= = SESE: k po ash BJ

eae a Se

: etl, la beewhoapetantodretes +? Sty Lynas ioc on

sRET ER ee eS SSS

ee See Sheen

ia ens Setote whe webs ng Sos QT

bbbutanheee acest size

=n 5

ret Sarena SEs

oe: aise

. THURS Rea Ke Reo ing

PINK eee

epESELEELEE

oo ne

Sinisa SoS T325

SD Se prshetes

Bas Eaabarasar s

Seisaieautan asians ube

Ran Ne Sea TATE

Soisie ees

> * me

La Rae at

PSST Saaeeant 5

3 SEED SSsessseeen La

eeteye

- me rere y. $

son, == —— yas

BaSeiaies

ates

Som aaa oa

: a een ony ‘ a a ae Pols -” ~~ Sy ie ~

See vee went i85 gel GEE a Tata i Nn Na 8 Bi at a ce a RRR SR 8 TR RNC A eg are rag ont i a ALCS GSE ti

SESS SSENC Eg eile ace ae IN EG CNN BRS retin A Sena RARER STR prey Pay feearen ets

FBR Sa lagi A LS Sos enc agg tee watts ones

> t ge Dem} ee} - y : . TAs .

. _ = ? -

eh ia

aA re

non

‘if

Gan ms

my “a . ee | ax

: . * ;

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GHOLOGY.

BRING A CONTINUATION OF THR ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTI’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Po Dy ab hes, ak ts., 2 G.S.,

ARTHUR, EL SHIPLEY; M.A., Sc.D., F.B.S., NZ.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.1S.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

BAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN.

1916.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini F

ex cconomié in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnaxvs.

Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tnt toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Se ele ss see eee he sylvanspowers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Tayror, Norwich, 1818.

G Ry ALERE & FLAMMAM.

/ / 4

Vee

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 103,

Page

I. The British Fishes of the Subfamily Clupeine and Related

Species in other Seas. By C. Tare Recan, M.A. (PlatesI-Ill.). 1

If. Rhynchotal Notes.—LX. By W.L. Distant ............ 19

III. Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXIII. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Colorado ..........ecesenee eee: 44

IV. New South-American Arctiade. By J. J. Joicry, F.LS.,

eee ers E ABE OE BER 2) picts avin fi 55 o> pede be Meda eas 53

V. New Delias and other Butterflies from the East. By J. J.

Jorcry, F.E.S., F.L.S., and G. Taupor, F.E.S. (Plates IV. & V.). 63

VI. On the Rats usually included in the Genus Arvicanthis, By

ye SERED NEE NLS se en ne 67

VII. On Rattus as a Generic Name, with a Note on the Nomen-

clature of Echimys and Loncheres. By OLDFIELD THOMAS........ 70

VIII. On the Generic Names applicable to the Chevrotains (7’ra-

tae ae ey COA DETEED PHOMAS). 2. 5 0 do ucpc cede wild valecsees cars 72

IX. On Two new Carnivores from Asia Minor. By W. F. Grir-

MITT BLACKLER, MIA. BIZ S. . «0a AEP Bip CR Toe ee SCORE Tee 73

X. On Two new Subspecies of Roedeer. By W. F. Grirritr

pe emmerranrae A TO Ae) eh etnies mine sk wu v'ese es Ke wane ered 78

Xi. A new Loricariid Fish of the Genus Cyclopiwm from Ecuador.

gee beareteesances, MA So Oi atcicist Haiese'd stds Soleo 3 otSjo «be wn 80

XII. A Revision of the “ Cribrimorph ” Cretaceous Polyzoa. By

ge i ee ECA,” es eRe pe ea he > ss ll'es «aerate at 81

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XIII. Description of a new Genus of the Family Lacertide from

Central Africa, By G. A. BouLenGer, F.RS. 1.6... eee ees 112

XIV. Notes on the Cephalopoda of the Irish Atlantic Slope. By

Aine Gi sNUARBY Woe. eas oes Ses eer emer ee oy - > eee 114

XV. One new Starfish and Five new Brittle Stars from the

Galapagos Islands. By Austin H. CLark

XVI. On Paragnathia, a Genus of the Crustacean Family

Gnathiide. By W. Omer Cooper, F.L.S. (Plate VI.)........ 122

XVII. Descriptions of new Pyralide of the Subfamilies Epi-

paschiane, Chrysaugie, Endotrichine, and Pyraline. By Sir

GroreE F. Hampson, Bart.,.F.Z.S., Ee. 2... cece ee eee e se eenes 126

NUMBER 104.

XVIII. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXXIX. By Prof. M‘inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.RS., &e.

(Plate Vile fools sep cae ec apse es oe eee oe eee ine 161

XIX. Parapherusa crasstpes (Haswell), an Amphipod of Austra-

lasian Seas. By Cuas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.LS.,

C.M.Z.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand.

(Plates VIU-X:) «sss scceceds ce Wad tsa ete eats Toho kis meee 199

XX. The Gribble (Limnoria lignorum, Rathke) attacking a Sub-

marine Cable in New Zealand. By Cuas. Curiron, M.A., D.Se.,

F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand .. 208

XXI. New Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. By Colonel C. Swrnox,

MAL SH LUSS, Gres et; satire mp ote ce tie hts\e este ts ket eee om ey rer 209

XXII. On the Hyoidean Apparatus of the Lion (F. leo) and Re-

lated Species of Fede. By R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., Superintendent

of the Zoological Society’s Gardens... ...........++:ee+eee+sees Dae

XXIII. Trieschna gossi, a new Genus and Species of Odonata

from the Eocene of Bournemouth. By Hrrsertr Campion.

(Plate XT.)

XXIV. On Small Mammals obtained in Sankuru, South Congo,

by Mr. H. Wilson. -By OLDFIELD THOMAS ...........-..+- eee. 204

XXV. On the Generic Names Rattus and Phyllomys, By

OUDFIETD ASTOMAB sq Gis ve ewicinl\s © « byeieetenetee ita Rte) aires socn 240

CONTENTS. v

Page

XXVI. Three new African Mice of the Genus Dendromus. By

ORAM TARASIOMABS © 0. i. a los so cso ole wee selon oly Ee ateuee dladet ae, Ants & 241

XXVIT. On the Occurrence of the Tropical Fow] Mite (Liponyssus

bursa, Berlese) in Australia, and a new Instance of its attacking

Pat EON YS EITR SUT At ssige cin rab hes nglcasssess cues + ga 245

NUMBER 105,

XXVIII. New and little-known Z?pulide, chiefly from Formosa.

yet Ho WwaARDs: DAS PS: = (Plate XU. es ee 8 245

XXIX. Descriptions of Eight new Species of Marine Mollusca

from the South Shetland Islands. By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S.

Ene 2 Oi (Cacia BRINE DERE Pe Ce eae eet en 269

XXX. Some Dental and Cranial Variations in the Scotch Wild

Cane eens syipestris). yk. 1. Pocock, BORIS. ob coded. secs 272

XXXI. Notes vn Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXIII. On some

Australian Genera. By RowLaAnp EH. Turner, F'.Z5., F.E.S..... 277

XXXII. Rhynchotal Notes—LXI. By W. L. Distant ...... 288

XXXII. Some Notes on the Eehimyine. By OLpFIELD THomAs. 294

XXXIV. On the Classification of the Cavies. By OLpFreLp

Re MAEY Pelaen S hs es 9.85 AtDan eis Ss sion @ ora, oleae) sa aoe e's wre wd 301

XXXYV. Two new Argentine Rodents, with a new Subgenus of

Crenami(ane /ExysUEDEUEULD) LHOMAS as .55 cies te valor +e vee os eid 504

XXXVI. On the Tooth-change, Cranial Characters, and Classifi-

cation of the Snow-Leopard or Ounce (felis uncea). By h. 1.

Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. 306

NUMBER 106,

XXXVII. The Scales of the Brotulid Fishes. By T. D. A.

Coenreres,- University of Colorado a fiir sit 2 mission reeism > 1 28 317

XXXVIII. The Structure of the Auditory Bulla in existing

Species of Felide. By R. I. Pocock, F.K.S., Superintendent of

thie Adologiesl Society's Gardens Jy 2.3): eld oes f dejsre' da b/o-oye eile o's 326

XXXIX, Two new Species of Akodon from Argentina. By

OppPIeuD THOMAS. 5235660500 e - 2 Sap BOR CEO ent PCr ene eek 334

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XL. The Grouping of the South-American Muride commonly

referred to Akodon. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.....-.....--0s0e ees 336

fone Shell-banding as a Means of Protection. By A. E. TRUE-

MAN, M.Sc., University College, Nottingham...............-.64: 341

XLII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—X XLV. On the Genus

Mela, Latr. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F.Z.8., FES. ........-. 343

XLII. Pisidium supinum, A. Schmidt, and P. parvulum, Clessin,

fossil in Ireland. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &c. ............ 546

XLIV. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies Epi-

paschiane, Chrysaugine, Endotrichine, and Pyraline. By Sir

GrorGe F. Hampson, Bart. F.Z.8., &¢. 4.25.06 .522- 5 2c ce cee 549

XLV. A new Species of the Crustacean Genus Squiila from West

Africa. By, W/L. SCAGMAN, IDISC.0 55 eee Sec )e cai. slam aie oa 373

New Books :—Antarctic and Subantarctic Fishes.—1. E. R. Ware.

Fishes. Australasian Antarctic Expedition. 2. W. F.THomp-

son. Fishes collected by the ‘ Albatross’ during 1888 between

Uruguay and Chile, on the Voyage through the Straits of

Mapellan ais. ce seem ale ake Pk eee Py Ee eae cr 377

New South-American Arctiade (Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 8, vol. xviii. pp. 53-62). (Plate XIV.); Notice of

Possible Suspension of the Rules of Nomenclature in the Cases

of Holothuria, 1758, vs. Physalia, 1801, and Lohadschia, 1888,

vs. Holothuria, 1791 ...... eee a get Poe ke OSA! 379, 380

NUMBER 107,

XLVI. A Revision of the “Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa.

By Wea); IoANG, MUA. EZ D: erica ka ieee ee oe ae Ss 381

XLVII. Note on a new Baboon (Simopithecus oswaldi, gen. et

sp. n.) from the (?) Pliocene of British Kast Africa. By C. W.

AnDREws, D.Sc, F.R.S. (British Museum, Natural History).

(Plate XV 2)s erases seeheh cath eh ek Maes nse et eee 410

XLVIII. On some ofthe Cranial and External Characters of the

Hunting Leopard or Cheetuh (Acinonyx jubatus). By R. I.

Pocock, F.R.S.,Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. 419

XLIX. The Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. By GiLBErr J.

PARROWVarasek ib ak’ os¢ ie 8! p ea IOP oa 2 aes 429

L. A new Bamboo-Rat from Perak. By OLpr1eLD THomas ., 445

. A

CONTENTS. Vii

Page

LI. A new Form of Delias from Rossel Island. By J. J.Jotcry,

Helcs, Mebpenind Ga PAGBOT, EBS. .eus eesti ds sensed nce ee 446

New Books:—The British Museum Catalogue of Ungulate Mammals.

—Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. VIII. Zoological

Results of the Abor Expedition, Part IX. .............065 4147

Proceedings of the Geological Society... .....:.seeceseseeeeeraee 448

NUMBER 108.

LIT. On new Neotropical Curculionide. By Guy A. K. MAr-

(SEU T iG; IDS Orne Uo, OFS DictG DONO PEO DORIC On SOT cere Cn ere eae 449

LITT. Some Species of Crista. By ArtHuR Wm. WaArTERs,

OE Say Ey Gesu Cb laterk Vila bri derath Aves eee eleda dvi uk duels oes 469

LIV. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Barbus from the

Pie GstArDOULENGMR HOR. Olc. sines ces ve ys ec eis cee wakes 478

LV. Two new Muride from South America, By OLpFririp

SBE H CAA per ter eectet al chart a) Mictefaierol v= eres. Vs oh «9:95 ott afale-d| 6 VPA vopracelss 6 wb,

LVI. New Species of Butterflies and Moths from Australia,

Africa, and the Indo-Malayan Region. By Colonel C. Swinnor,

Ae Sere ese NOSCne ee drc refutes WAM SN, SF «ib uncle vals via. Galel cle adie ¥ a4 Aine 480

LVII. Descriptions of Two new Mollusea of the Genera Lepto-

tyreand awa. By G. B. SOWERHY, F.L:S. oo... ccc eee cee le 491

LVIII. On the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island. By

rues eNO ie ciee staiste dice Gs echo a wiv e ce ve tien Fee eae as 492

LIX. Two new Australian Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A.,

Police. SUGRBERS 2. Sai CRS: eget ee Oe eeaeEEE nie einnca nena 498

New Book :—The Evolution of Aquatic Reptiles .............. 502

WAS. eee DEERE On eee 3%

Gi oe @)e0's ev) ele a) 8 0 eeevreeeerrse ese eee eeresees 503

Prare. |.

II.

LV.

PLATES IN VOL. XVIII.

Sardina sagax and S. neopilchardus.

Distribution of Sardina,

Seales of Sardina.

New Delias from New Guinea.

New and little-known butterflies from the East.

Paragnathia halidail, ¢ & 9. Gnathopod.

Cirratulus incertus.

IX. | Pasar crassipes.

Trizschna gossi, gen. et sp. n.

New species of Tipulidae.

New marine Mollusca from the South Shetland Islands.

New South-American Arctiade.

Simopithecus oswaldi.

Species of Crisia,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

aotbsencanacerreias per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas;

Ite, recuryato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenit Giannettasi, Bol, 1,

No. 103. JULY 1916.

I.—The British Fishes of the Subfamily Clupeine and Related

Species in other Seas. By CU. Tate Recan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plates I-III. ]

I. SysTEMATIC.

In the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes’ Giinther included in the genus

Clupea all the Clupeidee with mouth terminal, teeth minute

or absent, a complete mid-ventral series of scutes, and the

anal fin of moderate length, with less than 30 rays.

This conception of a large, varied, and cosmopolitan genus

is not well adapted for modern work on the relationships and

distribution of the species, and it is generally recognized

that the genus Clupea should be split up into several. But

there is no general agreement as to the limits and contents

of these genera, nor can there be until a thorough revision of

the whole group has been made.

The present paper is a systematic revision of the three

genera—Clupea, Alosa, and Sardina—represented on the

coasts of Britain. In his memoir on the Clupeoids of the

Caspian Sea (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xi, 1913, pp. 472-

480), L. Berg, Professor of Ichthyology in the Moscow

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 1

2 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

Academy of Agriculture, has defined the genera that occur

in Russian seas. It will be seen that I differ from him in

uniting Spratella with Clupea and in separating Sardina

from Sardinella; the last-named includes a number of

tropical and subtropical species that differ from the sardines

in more than one character, notably in that the operculum

has a single groove near its anterior edge instead of several

radiating grooves.

CLuPEA, Linn.

Elongate, compressed. Maxillary extending to below

anterior part or middle of eye; lower jaw projecting ; upper

not notched; teeth minute. Operculum smooth. Dorsal

fin of 15 to 21 rays; origin nearly equidistant from end of

snout and base of caudal. Anal of 14 to 21 rays; two last

rays not enlarged. Caudal forked; no enlarged caudal

scales. Pelvics 7- to 10-rayed, inserted below or in advance

of middle of dorsal. 44 to 65 scales in a longitudinal and

12 to 16 in a transverse series. Vertebre 46 to 59.

In his classical research Heincke has discussed at length -

the variation and specific characters of the herring and sprat_

as found in the North Sea and the Baltic, and has summarized

his conclusions on p. 59 of his second report (Viert. Ber.

Comm. Unters. Meere, Kiel, 1882).

Some authors regard the sprat as the type of a genus,

Spratella, distinct from Clupea, the principal difference being

the absence of vomerine teeth. It is here shown that three

closely related species from the Southern Hemisphere, which

resemble the sprat rather than the herring in the number of

fin-rays, scales, vertebre, and gill-rakers, and in the form

of the opercular bones, approach the herring in having the

pelvic fins 8-rayed and the maxillary longer than in the sprat.

Moreover, one of them, from Stewart Island, has the dentition

of the herring, and another, from Magellan and the Falklands,

has the ventral scutes weakly keeled, the vertebra in increased

number, and the pelvic fins often inserted a little behind the

vertical from the origin of the dorsal fin, ail characters of

C. harengus.

It would be of considerable interest to ascertain whether

these southern species show more resemblance to C. harengus

or to C. sprattus in breeding-habits and structure of eggs.

There are some little fishes from the Black and Caspian

Seas, three or four species in all, that bear a considerable

resemblance to the sprat. Berg refers them to the genus

Harengula, Val., which, according to his diagnosis, differs

of the Subfamily Clupeine. 3

from Spratella only in having the dorsal fin a little farther

forward and the pelvic fins a little farther back. The only

species of this group that I have seen (Clupea delicatula,

Nordm.) differs from Clupea in the structure of the anal

fin, which has the third last ray shorter than the one

preceding it and the last two rays enlarged, almost forming

separate finlets, just as in Sardina and Sardinella. This

is an important character, and, in my opinion, shows that

these little fishes are not at all closely related to Clupea

sprattus, and do not belong to the genus Clupea as restricted

above.

Synopsis of the Spectes.

I, Pelvic fins 9- (rarely 8- or 10-) rayed, inserted behind vertical from

origin of dorsal; preoperculum as broad as operculum; vomer

toothed. Dorsal 17-21. Anal 14-20. Vertebre 50-59, Gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch, in adult, 40-51.

Ventral scutes keeled both in front of and behind pelvic

HT. SE > PR Ohaind Get DOU DE CODE OT Cees 1. harengus.

Ventral scutes in front of pelvic fins not keeled ......., 2. pallasi,

II. Pelvic fins inserted nearly in vertical from origin of dorsal; oper-

culum broader than przeoperculum. Dorsal 15-19. Anal 17-21.

Vertebrae 46-51, Gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch, in

adult, 34-41.

A. Pelvic fins 8-rayed.

Vomer toothless; vertebrae 49-51 ....... ccc eee ee 3. fuegensis.

Wonterstootnless)s vente bice:4 ON .in sins sls inisi ove sis ois) sree cires 04 4. bassensis,

VGLIGI EC UTG GMO LaeiRIns IIc OOD ISS ENCED TIDE acer 5. holodon.

B. Pelvic fins 7-rayed ; vomer toothless .,........ 6. sprattus,

1. Clupea harengus.

Clupea harengus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 317 (1758); Giinth. Cat.

Fish. vii. p. 415 (1868) ; Day, Fish. Britain, ii. p. 208, pl. cxxxviii.

fig. 2 (1884) ; Smitt, Scandinavian Fish. p. 954, pl. xliii. fig. 1, &

xliv. fig. 1 (1895) ; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896,

p- 421.

Depth of body from less than 4 to more than 5 times in

the length, length of head 33 (young) to44, Snoutas long as

or longer than diameter of eye, which is 35 to 44 in the length

of head ; maxillary extending nearly to below middle of eye,

or sometimes beyond. An elongate-ovate patch of teeth on

the vomer. 44 to 51 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. Preeoperculum nearly or quite as broad as operculum,

which is narrower than diameter of eye. 55 to 65 scales ina

longitudinal and 14 to 16 in a transverse series. Ventral scutes,

except sometimes a few anterior ones, all distinctly keeled ;

12 to 20 between pelvic fing and anus. Dorsal 17 to 21;

4 Mr. ©. T. Regan on the British Fishes

origin equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal or ~

a little nearer the former. Anal 14 to 20. Pelvics 9-

(8- to 10-) rayed, inserted below anterior part or middle of

dorsal. Vertebree 51 to 59 (54 to 59 in the few examples

that I have examined). Silvery ; back greenish.

Northern Europe and Iceland to New York and the Bay of

Biscay.

Here described from numerous examples up to 400 mm.

long.

2. Clupea pallasun.

Clupea pallasii, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 263 (1847) ; Jord.

& Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 422.

Clupea mirabilis, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 188; Giinth. Cat.

Fish. vii. p. 418 (1868).

Closely related to C. harengus, differing especially in that

the scutes in front of the pelvic fins are not keeled. 10 to13 .

keeled scutes between pelvic fins andanus. Dorsal 18 to 19.

Anal 14 to 18. 40 to 48 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. 53 to 58 scales in a longitudinal series. Vertebre

50 to 53 (50, 51, 52, 53 in four specimens examined),

North Pacific, from Bering Sea to San Diego, the middle

of Hokkaido and Fusan.

Here described from ten examples, 160 to 300 mm. in

total length, from Alaska and California.

3. Clupea fuegensis.

Ciupea fuegensis, Jenyns, Zool. ‘ Beagle’ Fish. p. 133 (1842); Smitt,

Bihang. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. xxiv. 1898, iv. no. 5, p. 59, pl. v. fig. 41;

Regan, Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, xlix. 19138, p. 231.

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 4 to 44.

Snout as long as or a little longer than diameter of eye,

which is nearly 4 in the length of head; maxillary extending

nearly or quite to below middle of eye. An elongate patch

of minute teeth on tongue ; usually a series on palatines ;

vomer toothless. 38 to 40 gill-rakers on lower part of ante-

rior arch. Przeoperculum narrower than operculum, which

is as broad as diameter of eye. About 50 scales in a longi-

tudinal and 14 in a transverse series ; ventral scutes feebly

keeled and not sharply pointed, 22 to 25+10 to 13. Dorsal

16 to 18. Anal 17 to 20. Pelvics 8-rayed, inserted in or a

little behind the vertical from origin of dorsal, rarely a little

in advance of it. Vertebree 49 to 51. r

Magellan ; Falklands.

Several examples, 140-170 mm. in total length, from the

Falklands.

of the Subfamily Clupeine. 5

4, Clupea bassensis.

Clupea bassensis, McCulloch, Biol. Res, ‘Endeavour,’ i. 1911, p. 16,

pl. iv. fig. 2.

Searcely distinct from C. fuegensis, but vertebrae fewer

(46) and scutes more strongly keeled. Scales 46 to 48

in a longitudinal, 12 to 14 in a transverse series. Pelvic

fins inserted a little in advance of vertical from origin

of dorsal.

South Australia and Tasmania.

Two examples, 110 and 130 mm, in total length, from

Hobart.

5. Clupea holodon, sp. n.

Depth of body 44 in the length, length of head 44. Snout

a little longer than diameter of eye, which is nearly 4 in the

length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior 4 of

eye. An ovate patch of teeth on vomer, a single series on

palatines, a broad-ovate patch on tongue. 386 gill-rakers

on lower part of anterior arch. Preeoperculum narrower than

operculum, which is as broad as diameter of eye. About 48

scales in a longitudinal and 14 in a transverse series ; ventral

scutes keeled and pointed, 21+12. Dorsal 17. Anal 18.

Pelvics 8-rayed, inserted below origin of dorsal.

Stewart Island, New Zealand.

A single example, 122 mm. in total length, from Stewart

Island, presented in 1889 by C. Traill, Esq.

6. Clupea sprattus.

Clupea sprattus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 318 (1758) ; Giinth, Cat.

Fish. vii. p. 419 (1868); Day, Fish. Britain, il. p. 231, pl. cxxxix.

fig. 2 (1884); Smitt, Scandinavian Fish. p. 974 (1895).

Meletta phalerica (Risso), Moreau, Poiss. de France, iil. p. 445 (1881).

Meletta vulgaris, Moreau, ¢. ¢. p. 447. ne

Clupea suline, Autipa, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, lxxviii, 1906, p. 38,

pl. iil. figs. 1-6.

Depth of body 34 to 5} in length, length of head 3? (young)

to 53. Snout as long as or a little longer than diameter of

eye, which is 34 to 44 in the length of head. Maxillary

extending to below anterior 4 of eye. No teeth or vomer.

34 to 40 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Pre-

operculum narrower than operculum, which is as broad as

diameter of eye. 44 to 50 scales in a longitudinal and 12 to

15 in a transverse series. Ventral scutes keeled and pointed ;

9 to 13 between pelvic fins and anus. Dorsal 15 to 19;

6 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

origin a little nearer to base of caudal than to end of snout.

Anal 17 to 21. Pelvics 7-rayed, inserted below or a little in

advance of origin of dorsal. Vertebre 46 to 49.

Western and Southern Europe, from Norway to the Black

Sea.

Numerous examples up to 175 mm. in total length.

In specimens from the Black Sea, Dalmatia, and Nice I

count respectively 48, 48, and 49 vertebree.

A1osa, Cuv., 1829.

Régne Animal, ed, 2, ii. p. 319.

Deep or elongate, compressed ; abdomen sharp-edged.

Mouth large, the maxillary extending to below posterior part

of eye; lower jaw included ; upper with median notch ; teeth

minute or absent, none on vomer. Operculum with grooves

radiating towards suboperculum. Dorsal fin of 16 to 22 rays ;

origin nearer to end of snout than to base of caudal; a low

basal sheath, not extending upwards on last ray. Anal of

18 to 27 rays; basal sheath low ; two last rays not enlarged.

Caudal forked ; lobes scaly ; a pair of enlarged scales on each

side. Pelvics 9-rayed, inserted below anterior part of dorsal.

55 to 86 scales in a longitudinal and 16 to 26 in a transverse

series; ventral scutes prominent, with strong keels ending

posteriorly in sharp points. Vertebre 52 to 59.

North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Clupeonella, Kessler, with four species from the Black Sea

and nine from the Caspian (Berg, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xi. 1913, pp. 472-480), differs from A/osa in having

three patches of teeth on the palate, borne by the vomer and

palatine bones. The value of this character is somewhat

discounted by the fact that two closely related species of

Clupea (C. bassensis and C. holodon) scarcely differ except

in this respect ; also I find that in large adult specimens of

Clupeonella easpia the palate.is toothless. Pomolobus, Raf.,

with four species from the Atlantic coast of North America,

is distinguished from Alosa principally by the prominent

lower jaw, its tip not included within the upper.

The species of all three groups appear to be migratory,

spawning in fresh water, and perlfaps A/osa and Clupeonella

should rank only as subgenera of Pomolobus.

It is generally recognized that there are two species of

shad on the Atlantic coast of Europe—A. alosa, L., and

A. finta, Cuv., the former differing from the latter especially

in the more numerous gill-rakers, and also in the somewhat

of the Subfamily Clupeine. 7

deeper form, smaller scales, and longer anal fin. Hoek

(Tijdschr. Neder]. Dierk. Vereen. (2) vi. 1900, pp. 212-240)

has published the results of a detailed examination of a large

number of examples of these two species from the Rhine ;

the characters given by him hold good for specimens of both

species from the coasts of the British Isles and Portugal.

But the material in the British Museum collection indicates

that A. alosa may be replaced on the coasts of Morocco and

Algeria by a form with fewer gill-rakers, and that in the

same regions A. finta is represented by a race with the gill-

rakers in slightly greater nnmber, and in the Mediterranean

by another race with fewer gill-rakers than the typical form ;

moreover, both these southern forms of A. finta have the body

as deep as in A. alosa. A. finta has also given rise to non-

migratory colonies, one in the Lakes of Killarney, a,second

in Lakes Maggiore and Lugano, and a third in Lake Garda.

All these lacustrine races have the gill-rakers in increased

number, but whereas the Killarney shad is deeper in form

than the typical A. jfinta, the Italian ones are more slender

than the migratory shad of the Mediterranean.

The problem of species and subspecies is a difficult one,

and it is not pretended that the course here adopted has finally

solved it.

Synopsis of the Species and Subspecies *.

I, 21 to 26 scales in a transverse series.

55-85 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch . 1. alosa.

45 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.,., 2. africana,

II. 16-20 scales in a transverse series.

A. American,

a, 60-70 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

3. sapidissima.,

6. 40-50 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Depth 3-33 in the length ....... Pon em tidied S 4, alabame.

Depth 33-43 in the length .................. 4a. alabame ohiensis.

B, Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean.

24-27 gill-rakers; depth 32-44 ........00.005 5. finta,

Ser PUL-TAKGES spGGPhW Ol sa.t esc n ee teense os 5 a. finta killarnensis.

29 gill-rakers; depth3 ........ mA bree Wintetvier eh 58. finta algeriensis.

20-23 gill-rakers; depth 3-32 .............. 5c. finta nilotica,

30-34 gill-rakers ; depth about 4-43.......... 5d. finta lacustris.

36-40 or more gill-rakers; depth 423.......... 5e. finta gracilis.

* This synopsis applies to specimens of 200 mm, or more. Smaller

fishes have fewer gill-rakers and may be more slender.

8 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

1. Alosa alosa, Linn.

Clupea alosa (part.), Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 318 (1758).

Clupea alosa, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 433 (1868) ; Day, Fish. Britain,

ii. p. 235, pl. exl. (1884) ; Hoek, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen. (2)

vi. 1900, pp. 182-240.

Alosa vulgaris, Moreau, Poiss. de France, iii. p. 453 (1881).

Depth of body 3 to4 in the length, length of head 32 to 43.

Dorsal 18 to 21. Anal 22 to27. 70 to 86 scales in a longi-

tudinal and 22 to 26 in a transverse series. 55 to 85 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Coast of Europe, from Norway to Portugal.

Hight specimens examined, 200-500 mm. in total length.

2. Alosa africana, sp. n.

Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 33. 45

gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 19. Anal

25. 68 scales in a longitudinal and 22 in a transverse series.

A single specimen, 300 mm. in total length, from Algeria

(Playfair).

A smaller example, 140 mm. from Mogadore, is very

similar, but has only 33 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch (A. alosa of this size would have 40 to 50).

Giinther (Cat. Fish. vii. p. 36) has described a fish of

470 mm., without locality, as a hybrid between A. alosa and

A. finta. This is, perhaps, correct, as Hoek has shown that

specimens with an intermediate number of gill-rakers occur

in the Rhine. My material is insufficient for determining

the characters that distinguish A. africana from A. alosa x

A, finta; but the improbability that this hybrid should

be represented in the collection of the British Museum by

two African specimens and A. alosa by none from Africa is

so great that I have but little doubt that these examples

belong to a southern species standing in much the same

relation to A. alosa that A. alabame does to A. sapidissima.

3. Alosa sapidissima, Wilson.

Alosa sapidissima, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896,

p. 427, fig. 191.

Depth of body 3 to 3} in the length, length of head 33 to

4}. Dorsal 17 to 19. Anal 20 fo 22. 55 to 62 scales in a

longitudinal, 18 or 19 in a transverse series. 60 to 68 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Atlantic coast of U.S.A.

Four specimens examined, 300-400 mm. in total length.

of the Subfamily Clupeinee. 9

4, Alosa alabame, Jord. & Hverm.

Alosa alabame, Jord. & Everm. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1895, p. 203 ;

Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 2810, figs. 192, 192 a.

Differs from the preceding only in the fewer gill-rakers,

less than 50 on lower part of anterior arch.

Alabama River and Pensacola, Florida.

4a. Alosa alabame ohiensis, Everm.

Silt Evyermann, Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1901, p. 277, figs. 1,2

(1902).

More slender than typical A. alabame, the depth 3} to 43

in the length. 43 to 49 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch.

Total length 350-450 mm.

Mississippi.

5. Alosa finta, Cuv.

Clupea finta (part.), Cuv. Régne Anim. ed. 2, ii. p, 320 (1829) ;

Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 485 (1868); Day, Fish. Britain, p. 236,

pl. exli. (1884).

Alosa finta (part.), Moreau, Poiss. de France, iii. p. 456 (1881).

Depth of body 3? to 44 in the length, length of head 32

to 44. 24 to 27 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal 16 to 20. Anal 19 to 23. 55 to 65 scales in a longi-

tudinal, 16 to 20 in a transverse series. Ventral scutes 20 to

23418 to 16.

Atlantic coast of Hurope.

Several specimens from Britain and Portugal, up to

380 mm. in total length.

5a. Alosa finta killarnensis, subsp. n.

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 4. 38 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 17 to 19.

Anal 19 to 21. 55 to 60 scales in a longitudinal, 17 to 19

in a transverse series. Ventral scutes 21 to 22415 to 16.

Silvery ; back purplish ; a dark humeral spot; a lateral

series of about seven vertically expanded dark spots running

from behind operculum towards posterior end of anal fin. Z

Killarney.

A specimen of 210 mm. taken in January 1912. Two

smaller examples, 155 mm. long, taken in November 1875

have the depth of the body 3} in its length and 30 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the auterior arch.

10 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

56. Alosa finta algertensis, subsp. n.

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 4, 29 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 18. Anal 22.

58 scales in a longitudinal, 20 in a transverse series. Scutes

21+165.

A single specimen, 300 mm. in total length, from Algeria

(Playfair). A young fish of 170 mm. from Mogadore has

the depth 32 in the length and 24 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch ; it seems more likely that it pertains

to this race than to the typical A. finta.

5¢. Alosa finta nilotica, Geoff.

Clupea nilotica, I. Geoffr. Descr. Egypte Poiss. p. 286, pl. x. fig. 1

(1827).

Clupea finta, Bouleng. Cat. Afr. Freshwater Fish. i. p. 154, fig. 123

(1909).

Depth of body 3 to 3? in the length, length of head 32 to

42, 20 to 23 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal 17 to 20. Anal 20 to 24. 55 to 63 scales in a longi-

tudinal, 18 to 20 in a transverse series. Scutes 20 to 24+

14 to 15.

Mediterranean.

Several examples, up to 420 mm. in total length, from

Egypt, Constantinople, and the Adriatic. From Moreau’s

enumeration of the gill-rakers (Poiss. de France, iii. p. 456),

it seems that this form occurs also on the Mediterranean

coast of France. The two examples from Algeria listed by

Boulenger are not of this subspecies—one has 29, the other 45

gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

5d. Alosa finta lacustris.

Alosa vulgaris, Pavesi, Pesci e Pesca Ticino, p. 54 (1872).

Alosa finta, var. lacustris, Fatio, Faune Vert. Suisse, v. p. 51 (1890).

Depth of body 4 to 44 in the length, length of head 4.

30 to 34 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 63 to 70

scales (? including some on base of caudal) in a longitudinal

and 17 to 20 in a transverse series. Ventral scutes 38 to 41.

Vertebre 59.

Lakes Maggiore, Como, and Lugano.

Length 160-300 mm. or more.

5e, Alosa finta gracilis, subsp. n.

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 4. 36 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 17 to 19.

of the Subfamily Clupeine. 11

Anal 19 to 21. 55 to 60 scales ina longitudinal, 17 or 18 in

a transverse series. Scutes 23 or 24414 to 16. Silvery ;

back bluish.

Lake Garda.

Here described from a specimen of 150 mm.

Two others, 100 and 125 mm. long, have respectively

28 and 32 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Pavesi (‘ Pesci e Pesca Ticino,’ 1872) quotes Canestrini to

the effect that there may be as many as 61 gill-rakers on the

anterior arch (7. e. about 40 on the lower part) ; this form is

said to attain a length of 400 mm., and it is probable that in

specimens of that size the number of gill-rakers is still

greater.

SaRpDINA, Antipa, 1906.

Denkschr. Akad. Wien, xxiii. p. 54.

Clupanodon (part.), Lacép. Hist. Nat. Poiss. v. p. 468 (1803) ; Jordan

& Evyermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 423 (nec Jord. &

Gilb. 1883).

Elongate, moderately compressed; abdomen not sharp-

edged. Mouth moderate, the maxillary not extending beyond

middle of eye; lower jaw not prominent ; upper without or

with slight median notch; teeth minute or absent, none on

vomer. Hye with well-developed adipose lids. Operculum

with grooves radiating towards suboperculum. Dorsal fin of

16 to 20 rays, highest anteriorly, in the middle of the length

of the fish, its origin nearer to end of snout than to base of

caudal; a scaly sheath at base extending to tip of last ray.

Anal of 16 to 20 rays, low, depressible in a scaly sheath ;

two last rays enlarged. Caudal forked; on each side en-

larged scales at the inner edge of the scaly part of each lobe.

Pectorals scaly at base; pelvics 8-rayed, inserted below

middle or posterior part of dorsal. About 54 scales in a

longitudinal and 10 to 14 in a transverse series; ventral

scutes keeled, but not projecting beyond the edges of the

groove in which they lie. Vertebre 50 to 53.

Synopsis of the Species and Subspecies.

I. Seales unequal, the oblique rows alternately of larger and smaller

scales, the former covering the latter, so that 30 or less are

counted in a longitudinal series.

More than 60 gill-rakers on lower part of ante-

PRE EM cata 9 sss) > + 0 = 0 eam ate oe 1. pilchardus.

Not more than 60 gill-rakers on lower part of

TEROLIOTIALC Hamer ery tes a.¢ «0 ev erstetareates .»+, La, pilchardus sardina,

12 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

II. Scales all exposed, about 54 in a longitudinal series.

Head 33 to 4 in length; maxillary nearly or

quite reaching middle of eye, in adults;

70 (young) to 110 gill-rakers on lower part

of anterior arch). psy eis 1 < ste c eeiee 2. sagax.

Head 32 to 4% in length; maxillary not

reaching middle of eye; 60 (young) to 75

gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch . 3. neopilchardus.

Authors who have described Sardina pilchardus from

specimens that had lost their scales, and who have therefore

counted the scale-pockets, have assigned to it more than 50

scales in a longitudinal series (e. g., Giinther, Antipa) ; others

who have examined better-preserved material have counted

30 scales or less in a longitudinal series, The explanation of

this is that the scales are unequal in size and the smaller ones

are hidden by the larger; every oblique row that is visible

conceals the row behind it, which is formed of smaller scales.

In some examples the scales in certain areas may be of

equal size, or nearly so, and in rare cases nearly all the scales

of one side may be equal and regularly arranged, as in the

example described and figured by Day (P. Z.S. 1887, p. 129,

pl. xv.) as a hybrid pilchard and herring. This is a typical

Sardina pilchardus, except that on one side it is scaled almost

as in S. sagaw, i. e., nearly all the scales are exposed and

one can count more has 50 in a longitudinal series ; but a

few anterior scales on the upper part of the side have the

S. pilchardus arrangement.

1. Sardina pilchardus.

Clupea pilchardus, Walbaum, Artedi Pisce. iii. p. 38 (1792); Giinth.

Cat. Fish. vii. p. 489 (1868); Day, Fish. Britain, ii. p, 224, pl. exxxix.

(1884).

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 3? to

4}. Snout as long as or longer than diameter of eye, which

is 34 to 44 in length of head; maxillary extending to below

anterior } or 4 of eye, sometimes a little beyond ; depth of

cheek (from eye to anterior end of preoperculum) not greater

than diameter of eye. 63 (young) to 88 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch. Scales unequal, the oblique rows

alternately of larger and smaller scales, the former nearly or

quite concealing the latter. \Vertebree 52 or 53. Silvery

or golden ; back greenish or bluish ; a dark humeral spot

often followed by a series which may be invisible unless

the scales be removed.

Atlantic coast of Hurope from Portugal northward to the

British Isles.

of the Subfamily Clupeine. 13

In examples from Cornwal), 180-220 mm. in total length,

I count 69 to 88 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

branchial arch ; in specimens from Santander and Coruiia,

150-180 mm. long, I find 66 to 82, and in young fish of

110 mm. 63 and 65.

The Cornish specimens of 220 mm. are of about the

size usually attained, but not infrequently examples of

250 mm. or more may be captured, and one of 350 mm. has

been recorded.

la. Sardina pilchardus sardina.

Clupanodon sardina, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur, Mérid. p. 451 (1826).

Clupea pilchardus, vay. sardina, Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 440 (1868).

Sardina dobrogica, Antipa, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, Ixxiii. 1906, p. 42,

pl. ili. figs. 7-11.

Distinguished from the typical form by the fewer gill-

rakers, not more than 60 on the lower part of the anterior

branchial arch.

South-western part of the Black Sea; Mediterranean ;

Atlantic coast of Morocco ; Madeira; Canary Isles.

In specimens from Constantinople (140-150 mm.) I find

55 to 60 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch,

from the Adriatic (110-180 mm.) 50 to 60, and from Madeira

(175-180 mm.) 54 to 57.

180 mm. seems to be about the maximum size attained by

this form,

2. Sardina sagaz. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

Clupea sagax, Jenyns, Zool. ‘ Beagle,’ Fish. p. 134 (1842); Giinth.

Cat. Fish. vii. p. 443 (1868) ; Gilchrist, Marine Biol. Rep. S. Afr. i,

p. 57, fig. (1913).

Clupea melanosticta, Schlegel, Faun. Japon. Poiss. p. 237, pl. cyiii.

fig. 3 (1846); Kishinouye, Journ. Imp. Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo,

xiv. 1907, pp. 71, 94, pl. xvii.

Clupea ocellata, Pappé, Fish. Cape of Good Hope, p. 20 (1853).

Clupanodon ceruleus (Giard, 1854), Jordan & Evermann, Bull, U.S.

Nat. Mus, xlvii. 1896, p. 428.”

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 3}

(young) to 4. Snout longer than diameter of eye, which is

4 to 5 in length of head; in adults maxillary extending

nearly or quite to below middle of eye and depth of cheek

(from eye to anterior end of preoperculum) greater than

diameter of eye. 70 (young) to 110 gill-rakers on lower part

of anterior arch. Scales normally arranged, becoming quite

small towards the base of the caudal tin. Vertebree 50 to 52.

14 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

Silvery or golden; back greenish or bluish ; a small dark:

spot at base of each scale on back; often a series of larger

spots running backwards from the shoulder.

Chile and Peru ; Pacific coast of U.S.A. and Lower Cali-

fornia ; Japan ; South Africa.

I have examined a fair series of examples: from Chile six,

125-290 mm. in length (to end of middle caudal rays) ; from

California twelve, 150-260 mm.; from Japan more than

twenty, 115-210 mm.; and from South Africa six, 160-

210 mm. ‘The specimen figured, 210 mm. long, is from

South Africa.

I have counted the vertebre in several, and I find in one

from Chile 52; three from California 51, 52, 52; four from

Japan 50, 50, 50, 51; and two from South Africa 51, 51.

In specimens from Chile (125-290 mm.) I count 75 to 110

gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch,

from California (150-260 mm.) 80 to 100, from Japan (115-

210 mm.) 70 to 100, from South Africa (160-210 mm.) 100

to 105.

It is not improbable that a statistical study of a large series

of specimens would lead to the definition of the Japanese

(S. melanosticta), Californian (S. cerulea), and South African

(S. ocellata) pilchards as subspecies not fully identical with

the typical S. sagax from Chile.

The close relationship of this species to S. pilchardus is

shown not only by the structure of the adult fish, but the

eggs and larve also are precisely similar (fide Kishinouye),

and their growth, food, migrations, etc., are the same.

3. Sardina neopilchardus. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

Clupea neopilchardus, Steind. Denkschr. Akad. Wien, xli. 1879, p. 12

Waite, Rec. Canterbury Mus. i. 1911, p. 158.

Clupanodon neopilchardus, Stead, Fishes of Australia, p. 28, fig. 10

(1906) ; Edible Fish. N.S.Wales, p. 25, pl. iv. (1908).

Closely related to S. sagaz, differing as follows :—Length

of head 32 (young) to 431m the length of the fish. Maxillary

extending to below anterior + or 4 of eye; depth of cheek

not greater than diameter of eye, evenin adults. 60 (young)

to 75 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Western, Southern, and Eastern Australia; New Zealand.

Twelve examples, 110-230 mm. in total length, from New

South Wales and New Zealand; the largest specimen, from

Wellington, is figured.

# of the Subfamily Clupeinz. 15

TI. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

In the report on the ‘Terra Nova’ fishes I gave a general

account of the distribution of Antarctic and Subantarctic

fishes, and I came to the conclusion that to illustrate the

distribution of coast-fishes south of the tropics three zones

might be recognized—Antarctic, Subantarctic, and South

Temperate; the northern boundaries of these are the mean

annual surface-isotherms of 6°, 12°, and 20° C. respectively.

In the Northern Hemisphere the problem is more compli-

cated, and it is more difficult to limit and define the zones of

distribution ; but, if we regard the isotherms of 12° and 20° C.

as bounding the Temperate Zones both in the north and the

south, we find that the genus Sardina may be described as

inhabiting the North and South Temperate Zones, barely

overstepping their limits (cf. map, Pl. II.).

Sardina is absent from the Western Atlantic and from

China and the west of Corea; the reason for this is unknown,

but in the Western North Atiantic the meeting of the

Labrador Current and the Gulf Stream produce a sudden

transition from subarctic to almost tropical conditions, and

the absence of Sardina may be connected with this.

The wide distribution of this genus is of interest when the

close relationship of the species, and especially the practical

identity of the pilchards of South Africa, Japan, California,

and Chile, is taken into consideration.

The species are not oceanic, but may be found 50 miles or

more from land. ‘The eggs are pelagic and the young fish

swim at the surface, so that one can understand how a South

American species may have reached New Zealand or South

Africa ; but the crossing of the Tropical Zone would be more

difficult.

There is good evidence that in comparatively recent times

the limits of the Temperate Zones have fluctuated considerably.

‘Lo take only one example, the trout (Salmo trutta) of the

Atlantic coast of Europe ranges southward as a marine fish

to the Bay of Biscay, not much. south of the normal northern

limit of the pilehard (Surdina pilchardus). But the presence

of a trout in the rivers of Morocco indicates that not long ago

sea-trout ranged as far to the south as the pilchard does now,

and at that time the ancestral pilchard may, perhaps, have

extended into the area of the present Tropical Zone.

Fishes that descend to considerable depths are less likely

than shallow-water species or surface-swimmers to find the

‘Tropical Zone an impassable barrier. It is therefore of some

interest to note that Day has written of Sardina pilchardus :—

16 Mr, C. T. Regan on the British Fishes

“During the colder months of the year they are frequently

found in the stomachs of large ground-fish that have been

taken with ground-lines some distance from the shore” ;

whilst Kishinouye writes of S. sagax, ‘‘ We are told by

fishermen that the sardine is often found in the stomach of

deep-sea fishes, such as mutsu (Scombrops chilodipteroides),

gisu (Pterothrissus gisu), and tara (Gadus brandti).”

It does not seem likely that under present conditions there

is any interchange between the different colonies of Sardina

sagax, Chilean, Californian, Japanese, and South African ;

but under somewhat different conditions this may not have

been the case—with a warmer northern climate Sardina sagaz

may have had a continucus range in the northern part of the

Pacific. On the other hand, a contraction of the Tropical Zone

on the Pacific coast of America may have permitted an inter-

change of Chilean and Californian pilchards migrating in

moderately deep water. SS. neopilchardus may have evolved

from S. sagax in the seas of Australia and New Zealand,

whilst the latter has persisted without such conspicuous

modifications in the other parts of its range.

Alosa has a much more restricted distribution than Sardina,

as it occurs only in the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean.

Southwards it extends a short distance into the Tropical Zone

and northwards it ranges in the summer months well into. the

Subarctic Zone.

The more restricted distribution and the greater tendency

to form local races of Alosa as compared with Sardina are no

doubt correlated with the biological difference between the

two genera, that the shads breed in fresh water and the young

live in the rivers for a year or two before migrating to the

sea, whilst the pilchards are strictly marine and have pelagic

eggs and young. The local forms with a most restricted

distribution are, of course, the non-migratory lacustrine

colonies, such as the shads of Killarney or of Lake Garda.

Clupea harengus of the North Atlantic is closely related to

C. pallasii of the North Pacific. Both species extend into

the Arctic Zone, but neither is found on the northern coasts

of Asia or America; southwards they range throughout the

Subarctic Zone, and somewhat overstep its southern boundary.

There can be little doubt that under somewhat milder climatic

conditions the ancestral herring ranged along the whole

northern coast of Eurasia and, perhaps, of America ; it is not

surprising that the herrings, belonging to the colder northern

seas, are not represented in the Southern Hemisphere.

Clupea sprattus, of Western and Southern Hurope, has a

more southerly distribution than C. harengus, but does not

of the Subfamily Clupeinee. 17

range so far south as Sardina pilchardus ; it is not repre-

sented on the Atlantic coast of North America nor in the

North Pacific, but it is represented on the coasts of Pata-

gonia, Tasmania, and Stewart Island respectively by three

species that are more closely related to each other than either

is to C. sprattus. The greater distinctness of the northern

and southern species, as compared with Sardina, may be

correlated with their greater remoteness and colder habitat.

III. BroLogy AND EcoNoMICs.

Owing to their economic value the life-history of the

European Clupeide has been extensively studied, especially

in the North Sea. One need only mention the researches of

Hjort and Lea on the herring, Sund on the sprat, and Hoek

on the shads. But a fact that may, perhaps, be emphasized

is that the exotic species of Sardina resemble the Huropean

pilchard, not only in the structure of the adult fish, but in

that of the eggsand larve, and also in their biology—growth,

food, migrations, etc.,—and that the Australian and South

African species could certainly be made use of in the same

way as the Kuropean one.

I have examined the scales of a considerable number of

specimens, with a view to testing whether their structure

agrees with what is known as to the rate of growth ; a com-

plete examination of the scales of all the pilchards in the

British Museum collection would not be worth the time

expended on it, for to get a clear idea of the growth and age

of the species in any one locality it would be necessary to

examine large samples taken from different shoals throughout

the year *.

Marion (Ann. Mus. Marseilles, iv. 1891, fase. 1, pp. 99-

108, fase. 2, pp. 66-72) has shown that in the Mediterranean

Sardina pilchardus sardina breeds from January to May, and

that the earliest fry, hatched in March, may attain a length

of as much as 120-140 mm. by the end of the year, whilst

those hatched in June reach only 80-90 mm. in December.

Scales of specimens from Trieste, Dalmatia, Barcelona, and

Madeira bear this out, the first winter ring corresponding to

a length of 100-140 mm. (Pl. III. figs. 1, 3, 7) ; the largest

examples, 180 mm., have from 3 to 5 winter rings. A few

examples from Constantinople indicate that the average rate

* In a recent paper (Arch. Zool. lii. 1913, pp. 305-341) Fage has

published the results of investigations on the biology and scales of

S, pilchardus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 2

18 On the British Fishes of the Subfamily Clupeine.

of growth in the Black Sea may be slower and that a greater

age may be attained ; they measure 135-155 mm. in length,

and their scales have 3 to 6 winter rings (PI. III. figs. 8, 9).

According to Cunningham (‘ Marketable Marine Fishes,’

p. 168) Sardina pilchardus breeds at the mouth of the

Channel from June to October. It might, therefore, be

expected that the first winter ring would be formed at a

smaller size than in the Mediterranean race, and this proves

to be the case ; in the scales that I have seen it corresponds

to a length of 90 to 110 mm. (PI. III. figs. 2, 6); specimens

200-220 mm. long have from 5 to 8 winter rings. Scales of

S. pilehardus from Santander and Corujia (PI. III. figs. 4, 5)

are essentially similar to those from Cornwall.

Kishinouye has given a most interesting account of the

biology of the Japanese pilchard (S. sagax). According to

him the breeding-season is from February to May, and the

young fish may attain a length of more than 120 mm. by

the end of the year and 150 mm. in the second year ; this

is confirmed by the scales that I have examined (PI.?III.

figs. 10, 11), but not his conclusion that the maximum size

of 250 mm. may be reached in four or five years. In other

parts of its range the growth of S. sagax appears to be much

the same as in Japan, and S. neopilchardus (PI. ILI. fig. 12)

is essentially similar.

The fact that the structure of the scales conforms so well

to what is known of the rate of growth of the species may

be regarded as confirming, if any confirmation were necessary,

the soundness and accuracy of the methods used by Lea in

his researches on the herring.

The fishes of the genus Sardina are of great economic value.

Sardina pilchardus is the basis of the sardine industries of

France and Portugal and the pilchard fishery of Cornwall.

The Japanese, who rival the Norwegians in their utilization

of the resources of the sea, regard Sardina sagax as their

most important fish. According to Kishinouye it is appre-

ciated as a nutritious and palatable food, and enormous

quantities are pressed for oil or dried for manure ; also the

immature fish are tinned in oil and exported as “ Japanese

sardines.’ In California the same species is canned and

sold as “ Californian pilchards.”

Hitherto very little use appears to have been made of the

pilchards of South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand,

although they are very abundant; perhaps in the future

sardine industries will become established in those parts of

the British Empire.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 19

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

GATER I.

Fig. 1. Sardina sagax, 8. Africa, 210 mm.

Fig. 2. Sardina neopilchardus, New Zealand, 230 mm.

Pruate II,

Distribution of Sardina. The mean annual surface-isotherms of 6°, 12°,

and 20°C. areshown. ///////, S. pilchardus; \\\\NX,

S, pilchardus sardina; =, S. sagax ; \|\\|\|\\, S. neopilchardus.

Pyare Loe,

Diagrams of scales of Sardina.

Fig. 1. S. pilehardus sardina, Barcelona, 140 mm. .

Fig. 2. 8. pilchardus, Cornwall, 200 mm. (specimen figured by Day,

Pode ©1887, pl. xv):

Fig. 3. 8. pilchardus sardina, Trieste, 140 mm.

Fig. 4. 8. pilchardus, Santander, 175 mm.

Fig. 5, 8. pilchardus, Coruna, 160 mm.

Fig. 6. S. pilchardus, Cornwall, 210 mm.

Fig. 7. S. pilchardus sardina, Madeira, 180 mm.

Figs. 8,9. S. pilchardus sardina, Constantinople, 140 mm.

Figs. 10, 11. S. sagax, Japan, 200 and 190 mm.

Fig. 12. 8. neopilchardus, Wellington, N.Z., 230 mm.

Il.—Rhynchotal Notes—LX. By W. L. Disranr.

HoMmopreRa.

Fam. Membracida (continued from vol. xvi. p. 330).

Oxyrhachis tenebrosus.

Centrotus tenebrosus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 628 (1851).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Oxyrhachis lamborni, sp. n.

Body and legs piceous brown; tibize brownish ochraceous ;

pronotal carinations paler, more than apical half of posterior

pronotal process blackish ; membrane subhyaline, the base

and costal margin brownish ochraceous, remaining vevation

and a small spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin

piceous ; pronotum thickly finely punctate, centrally carinate,

the lateral processes broad, obtusely acute, a ie, upwardly

20 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

raised and slightly apically recurved, the posterior process

moderately compressed, strongly tricarinate, passing tegminal

apices, a little depressed a short distance from base, where

it is paler ochraceous in hue, the apex moderately concavely

attenuated.

Long., incl. post. pronot. process., 6 mm.; exp. ant. lat.

process. 3 mm.

Hab. 8. Nigeria (W. A. Lamborn).

Allied to O. tenebrosus, Walk., from which it differs in the

longer posterior pronotal process, which distinctly passes

the apices of the tegmina, the more slender upturned and

apically recurved lateral pronotal processes, &c.

Oxyrhachis pandatus, sp. n.

Pronotum piceous, the central carination, margins, and

apical areas of the anterior lateral processes and central area

of posterior pronotal process pale testaceous ; body beneath

and legs ochraceous, the femora piceous ; tegmina hyaline,

the venation brownish ochraceous, the base blackish ; pro-

notum somewhat coarsely punctate, the anterior lateral

processes obliquely upturned, their apices subacute and

recurved, their margins distinctly carinate, posterior process

passing tegminal apices, the apical area upturned, its apex

subacute, its under surface finely obsoletely serrate.

Long., incl. post. pronot. process., 8 mm.; exp. lat.

pronot. process. 84 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Hscalera, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to O. subserrata, Walk. (Congo and Angola), but

differing in smaller size, shorter and upturned lateral pro-

notal processes, and obsoletely serrate under surface of the

posterior pronotal process; from O. tenebrosus, Walk. (Sierra

Leone), it is to be distinguished by the longer and more

upturned posterior pronotal process and by the longer and

more acute pronotal lateral processes ; it is to be also separated

from O. gambia, Fairm, (Senegallia and Calabar), by the

longer posterior pronotal process.

Oxyrhachs nigropictus, sp. 0.

Pronotum pale testaceous, the frontal area, nearly apical

of posterior process, and the face black, the central discal

pronotal area with two blackish fasciz ; body beneath and

legs blackish, the tibiz pale testaceous ; tegmina hyaline,

the venation on costal area ochraceous, remaining venation

and a small spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin

blackish ; pronotum coarsely punctate, the lateral processes

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 21

short and broad, their apices obtusely acute, very slightly

upwardly directed, the posterior process tricarinate, mode-

rately compressed, about reaching the tegminal apices, its

apex subacute, a little concave centrally.

Long., incl. post. pronot. process., 5 mm. ; exp. pronot.

lat. process. 8 mm.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa; Valley of Upper Nzoia River (8S. A.

Neave).

A small species, to be recognized by the short, broad,

lateral pronotal processes and the distinct coloration.

Oxyrhachis yerburyi, sp. 0.

Body and legs more or less black ; tegmina hyaline, the

base and venation blackish ; pronotum coarsely punctate,

the lateral processes long, robust, distinctly carinate,

obliquely upwardly directed and apically recurved, the apices

obtusely acute, posterior process not reaching the tegminal

apices, strongly tricariuate, beyond base compressed and

ampliate and upwardly obliquely directed, beneath some-

what obsoletely serrate.

Long., incl. post. pronot. process., 64 mm.; exp. lat.

pronot. process. 55 mm.

Hab. Aden (Col. J. W. Yerbury).

Allied to O. versicolor, Dist., also from Aden, but differing

in the more robust and distinctly carimate lateral pronotal

processes, the ampliated posterior pronotal process, different

colour, &c.

Oxyrhachis delalandet.

Oxyrhachis delalandei, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) iv. p. 268 (1846) ;

Fieb. Rey. Ent. (3) iv. p. 18 (1876); Oshan. Verz. Pal. Hemipt.

Homopt. i. p. 40, n. 154 (1906).

Hab, Sicily, Tunis, Syria, Egypt, Mariat (Dep. Agr.

Egypt, Coll. Storey, Brit. Mus.). !

Fairmaire gave the habitat of his species as ‘‘ Cap de

Bonne-Espérance ” ; but several other of his species also

possess a mistaken locality, an error for which he was not

responsible and which at that time was of more or less

frequent occurrence.

Xiphistes australasia, sp. n.

Pronotum brownish ochraceous, more or less shortly

palely pilose; face darker in hue, but also shortly palely

pilose, ocelli a little nearer to each other than to eyes;

22 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled, the venation and extreme

basal area ochraceous ; pronotum with the lateral processes

long, directed forwardly and a little upwardly, triquetrous,

their apices truncate, inwardly rounded and outwardly

obsoletely subacute ; posterior process pane on tegmina

and slightly passing the posterior angle of inner tegminal

margin ; tibiz moderately dilated.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 8mm.

Hab. South Australia,

This genus, hitherto known from the Ethiopian and

Oriental regions, is now included in the Australasian region.

The specimen was sent me many years ago with some other

insects from the Goddefroy collection. It therefore probably

came from Queensland, though only labelled “ Sud-Austral.”

GODDEFROYINELLA.

Allied-to Xiphistes, but differing in the more robust and

regularly convex posterior pronotal process and the reticu-

lated apical tegminal area.

Goddefroyinella indicans, sp. 0.

Pronotum piceous, shortly ochraceously pilose; face a

little darker, shortly pilose, ocelli nearer eyes than to each

other ; tegmina subhyaline, the venation piceous, basal area

black and punctate ; pronotum centrally longitudinally

carinate, the lateral processes robust, compressed, directed

forwardly and slightly outwardly and upwardly, their apices

truncate, their inner and outer areas with several longi-

tudinal carinations, strongly triquetrous, posterior process

robust, narrowing on apical area, tricarinate, somewhat con-

vexly rounded, impinging on tegmina, its apex usually

reaching tegminal apex, sometimes shorter ; tegmina with

the apical area more or less reticulate, usually exhibiting

four distinct transverse series of small cells, sometimes only

three; legs dull testaceous, femora sometimes distinctly

darker, tibize moderately dilated.

Loug., incl. tegm., 6-63 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

3-34 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Gayndah (Brit. Mus.).

I have dedicated this genus to the memory of the old

mercantile house, Goddefroy Bros., of Hamburg, who always

instructed their employees who represented them abroad to

collect for their museum at home. The type of the genus

and species described above was sent me some forty years ago,

and has remained undescribed to the present day.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 23

Genus GoNGRONEURA.

Pedalion, Buckt. Mon. Membrace. p. 251 (1908), nom. preeoce.

Gongroneura, Jacobi, in Sjéstedt, Kilimandj. Exped. xii., Hom. p. 119

(1910), n. nom.

Jacobi rightly substituted the name Gongroneura for

Buckton’s Pedalion, a preoccupied name. He, however,

with Buckton, misunderstood Fairmaire’s species Oxyrhachis

delalandei, Jacobi making that species as the type of his

genus. However, as both the above writers figured their

species, no doubt can be felt as to the identity of the genus.

Type, G. fasciata, Buckt.

Gongroneura fasciata.

Oxyrhachis delalandii (?), Wall. List. Hom. ii. p. 505 (1851).

Pedalion delalandei, Buckt. (nec Fairm.), Monogr. Membrac. p. 252,

pl. lvii. fig. 7 a (1903).

Pedalion fasciatum, Buckt. l. e. p. 253, pl. Ix. fig. 8.

Pedalion punctipennis, Buckt. l. c. p. 258, pl. lvii. fig. 8.

Hab. Cape Colony, Natal, Mashonaland. .

The differences shown in the figures of the three above

species as drawn by Buckton are imaginary. He remarks in

his preface :—‘‘ Those who use the camera lucida in conjunc-

tion with the microscope are well aware that, with its signal

advantages, the prism has defects so far as exact drawing is

concerned.”

Gongroneura confusa, sp. 1.

Gongroneura delalandei, Jacobi (nec Fairm.), in Sjéstedt, Kilimandj.

Exped. xii., Hom. p. 119, tab. ii, figs. 1, 10, 10 a (1910).

Hab. Usambara.

Genus EutryYonia.

Eutryonia, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 34 (1903).

Hypsoprora, Goding (nec Stal), 1. c. p. 35.

Gelastorrhachis, Kirk. Rep. Haw. Plant. Assoc. 1906, p. 372.

Type, E. monstrifer, Walk. -

Eutryonia monstrifer.

Centrotus monstrifer, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 80 (1858).

Oxyrhachis ponderifer, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p, 316 (1862),

Hypsoprora cassis, Buckt. Monog. Membrac. p. 60, pl. ix. fig. 2 g

(1908) ; Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 35 (1903),

Eutryonia monstrifera, Goding, l. c. p. 34, pl. i. figs, 10, 11, 22, 26

(1903),

Hab. Australia.

24 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

The Hypsoprora cassis 3, Buckt., is only a much muti-

lated specimen of /. monstrifer, Walk. H. cassis 3 , Buckt.,

is (judging from the figure) another mutilated specimen

belonging probably to another species. Kirkaldy, in

giving differential characters for his proposed genus

Gelastorrhachis, was clearly unacquainted with the type of

Eutryonia.

Leptocentrus thelwalli, sp. n.

Pronotum, face, body beneath, and legs purplish black,

more or less pale ochraceously pilose ; scutellum and lateral

sternal areas ochraceous; tegmina subhyaline, strongly

wrinkled, base and venation fuscous brown, apical margin

bronzy ochraceous ; pronotum robust, convexly oblique,

thickly somewhat finely punctate, lateral processes somewhat

short and slender, their apices subacute, slightly backwardly

directed, disk faintly centrally carinate, posterior process

slender, strongly tricarinate, distinctly passing the posterior

angle of inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm.,7 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland (Thelwall).

This species is to be recognized from the other Ethiopian

members of Leptocentrus with which I am acquainted by the

robustly raised pronotal disk and the declivous posterior

pronotal process, which gives it the appearance of a species

of Tricoceps, from which it is at once separated by the broad,

short, and apically emarginate scutellum.

Leptocentrus australis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and femora black or dark

piceous; tibiz dark ochraceous ; a large spot at lateral

margins of sternum, a linear spot behind the pronotal lateral

processes, and a spot at each basal angle of the scutellum

greyish white ; tegmina pale bronzy brown, the base reddish

brown; pronotum strongly centrally longitudinally carinate,

the anterior lateral processes moderately short, directed

outwardly, their apices acute and recurved; posterior pro-

cess tricarinate, elevated above scutellum, and then obliquely

recurved to posterior angle of inner tegminal margin, which

its apex a little extends beyond; pronotum and scutellum

distinctly punctate, the apex of the latter distinctly recurved

and elevated.

Long., incl. tegm., 53-6 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

3-35 mm.

Hab. South Africa (Mansell Weale). Natal; Malvern

(G. A. K. Marshall).

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 2

Genus Empuusis.

Emphusis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 256 (1903) ; Dist. Faun. Brit.

Ind., Rhynch. iy. p. 36 (1907).

Emphusis occidentalis.

Centrotypus occidentalis, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii.

p- 27 (1903).

Hab. West Australia ; Swan River (Brit. Mus.).

Sertorius affinis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum piceous ; legs castaneous, apical areas

of the tibize ochraceous ; lateral areas of sternum and a spot

at each basa] angle of scutellum ochraceously tomentose ;

membrane subhyaline, wrinkled, veins ochraceous, those to

costal and subcostal areas castaneous, base piceous ; pro-

notum thickly punctate, the lateral processes slender, acute,

strongly outwardly directed, their apical areas black, cen-

trally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, robust and

convex above scutellum, and then straightly directed and

attenuate to apex, which just passes the posterior angle of

inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4mm.

Hab. New South Wales ; Sydney (J. J. Walker).

Alhed to S. australis, Fairm., from which it differs in the

more slender, straighter, and acute pronotal lateral processes

and the basally convex and apically straight posterior process.

Sertorius castaneus, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum castaneous ; body beneath more or

less ochraceously pilose ; legs pale castaneous ; lateral areas

of sternum and basal angles of scutellum palely ochraceously

pilose ; tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled, venation ochraceous,

base castaneous; pronotum coarsely punctate, moderately

centrally carinate, the lateral processes apically acute, out-

wardly, not upwardly, but distinctly a little backwardly

directed, posterior process tricarinate, gradually narrowing

from base, impinging on tegmina, but not reaching tegminal

apex.

Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 44 mm.

Hab. Australia (no precise locality).

In colour allied to S. luteus, Buckt., but differimg in the

more rugosely punctate pronotum and its more slender

lateral processes ; viewed from the front these processes are

longer and more straightly directed.

26 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Sertorius luteus.

Spherocentrus luteus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 244, pl. lvi. fig. 5

(nec fig. 6, fide Buckt.) (1903).

Acanthucus ? luteus, Kirk. Rep. Haw, Plant. Assoc. 1906, p. 379.

Hab. Adelaide.

Buckton’s figure of this species (pl. lvi. fig. 6a) has no

relation to his S. luteus, which is really represented on that

plate by fig. 5, ascribed to S. curvidens. The type of

S. luteus is now in the British Museum.

Seriorius insularis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black; body beneath and legs

piceous; lateral areas of the sternum ochraceously pubes-

cent ; tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled, the veins dark ochra-

ceous, the bdse and nearly basal halves of costal and sub-

costal areas black ; pronotum thickly finely punctate, finely

and obscurely ochraceously pilose, Jateral processes hori-

zontally produced, their obtuse apices a little recurved,

posterior process not quite reaching tegminal apices; tegmina

with the black areas distinctly punctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 6mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 3 mm.

Hab. Island New Britain.

This species differs from all the other (Australian) species

of the genus with which I am acquainted by the obtuse and

somewhat straightly produced lateral pronotal processes.

ASPASIANA, gen. Nov.

Pronotum moderately convexly gibbous, the posterior

process at base distinctly concavely raised above scutellum

and then broadly compressed, with the lateral areas globose,

before the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin it is

then suddenly narrowed, tricarinate, and convexly depressed

and impinging on inner tegminal margin, the anterior lateral

processes slender and acute, in the type directed outwardly

and very slightly backwardly ; face much broader than long,

the ocelli near base and closer to each other than to eyes,

the posterior margin strongly excavate before the clypeus ;

tegmina with five apical and two discoidal areas, the central

apical vein considerably bent, the inner discoidal area small ;

legs moderate in size, the tibia somewhat sulcate but not

dilated.

To be placed near the genus Sertorius, Stal.

Type, A. carbonaria, Walk. MS.

This species stood under the Neotropical genus Antonaé,

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 27

Stal, in the British Museum Collection, while the type,

labelled “ carbonaria, Walk.,” so far as I can trace, has never

been described.

Aspasiana carbonaria, sp. n.

carbonaria, Walk. MS.

Head and pronotum shining black ; body beneath thickly

ochraceously pilose; femora black or piceous, tibize and

tarsi brownish ochraceous ; tegmina subhyaline, the apical

area pale castaneous, extreme base and costal and subcostal

veins black ; pronotum finely punctate, the globose lateral

areas before middle of posterior process impunctate, narrow

acute apex not reaching tegminal apices ; legs finely pilose ;

other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 83 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. angl.

54 mm.

Hab. New Guinea (A. R. Wallace). -

Genus CERAON.

Daunus, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 87 (1866), nom. preoce.

Ceraon, Buckt. Mon. Membrace. p. 228 (1903).

Zanophora, Kirk. Entomologist, xxxvii. p. 279 (1904), n. nom.

Type, C. tasmaniea, Fairm. (Daunus).

Kirkaldy’s new name (supra) is rendered unnecessary by

Buckton’s previously published synonym.

Ceraon rubridorsatum.

Pterosticta rubridorsata, Buckt. Mon, Membrac. p. 230, pl. li. fig. 6 @

(1903).

Hab. 8. Australia ; Adelaide (type in Brit. Mus.).

Ceraon succisus.

Daunus succisus, Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p- 226, pl. 1. figs. 3, 3a

(1903).

Hab. S. Australia; Adelaide (type in Brit. Mus.).

Genus ACANTHUSUS.

Acanthusus, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 87 (1866); Gify. Vet.-Ak. Forh,

1869, p. 287 ; Goding, Proc, Linn. Soe. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 13 (1903).

Type, A. gracilispinus, Stal.

28 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Acanthusus trispinifer.

Centrotus trispinifer, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) iv. p. 515, pl. viii.

fig. 85 (1846) ; Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 611 (1851).

Acanthusus trispinifer, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 15,

pl. i. fig. 7 (1903).

Ophicentrus trispinifer, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 250, pl. lvii.

figs. 2, 2 a (1908),

Hab. Australia ; Tasmania.

Acanthusus nivalis, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum piceous, thickly greyishly pilose ;

body beneath and legs piceous, lateral areas of sternum

thickly greyishly tomentose ; a prominent greyish tomentose

spot at each basal angle of scutellum ; tegmina bronzy, the

apical area more distinctly so, the veins (excluding apical

area) more or less distinctly greyish, base and costal area

piceous and more or less greyishly pilose; pronotum

strongly centrally carinate, the lateral processes well pro-

duced, moderately flattened, broad at base but acutely

narrowed at apices, outwardly not upwardly directed, the

apices distinctly recurved, their anterior margins being thus

moderately convex, the disk behind these processes gibbousty

raised into a somewhat large compressed elevation, posterior

process almost reaching tegminal apices, strongly tricarinate,

concave near base and then convexly impinging on tegmina;

ocelhi about as far apart from each other as from eyes.

Long., incl. tegm., 34-4 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

24-3 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Brisbane (H. Hacker); Kuranda

(R. E. Turner).

In fresh examples of this species the greyishly pilose

appearance is probably very pronounced.

Acanthusus festivus, sp. n.

Pronotum and face reddish ochraceous, the posterior

process from base to near apex pale stramineous, the central

carination on frontal area and margins of lateral processes

black ; femora dark castaneous, their apices and the tibiz

and tarsi stramineous; tegmina bronzy brown, a costal spot

before apex and a larger apical spot stramineous; pronotum

anteriorly very strongly ceutrally carinate, the lateral pro-

cesses outwardly triangularly produced, outwardly and

apically very slightly upwardly directed, the disk behind

these processes strongly gibbously upwardly produced and

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 29

moderately compressed, posterior process concave for about

half its length from base and thence convex to apex, which

nearly reaches the tegminal apex ; ocelli almost as near to

eyes as to each other.

Long., incl. tegm., 4mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 24 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Ff. P. Dodd).

In this genus the late Mr. Kirkaldy (Rep, Haw. Plant.

Assoc. 1907, pp. 90-91) has described three species (two

from Queensland), which, however, have certainly nothing

to do with the two here described. As, however, Kirkaldy

stated that he could not “ draw any dividing line”’ between

the genera Centrotypus, Sertorius, and Acunthusus, he may

have probably made wrong generic determinations.

SPALIRISES, gen. nov.

Pronotum distinctly centrally carinate, the lateral pro-

cesses robust, transverse, their apices more or less recurved,

posterior process angularly elevated at base, then concavely

depressed to beyond scutellum, after which it is convexly

curved and impinges on tegminal margins, its apex recurved

and distinctly passing posterior angle of imner tegminal

margin, the apex subacute; face globose, with two central

obscure tuberculous ridges; legs simple; tegmina about

twice as long as broad, with four apical and two discoidal

cells.

Type, C. alticornis, Jacobi.

Spalirises alticornis.

Centrotus alticornis, Jacobi, Deutsch. Zentr.-Afrik.-Exped., Zool. Bd. iv.

Lief. 2, Homopt. p. 35, fig. a (nec 6, c) (1911).

Hab. Brit. E. Africa, Kericho Station (on black wattle,

Dr. C. M. Dobbs). Uganda; Mutanda (C. H. Marshall),

Mpanga Forest, Toro, 4800 ft. (S. A. Neave). Ruwenzori

(fide Jacobi).

CENTROTUSOIDES, gen. nov.

Pronotum strongly centrally carinate, frontally obliquely

declivous, the lateral processes robust, obliquely upwardly

directed, their apices obtusely pointed or subtruncate, their

margins carinate, and above with a posterior submarginal

carination, posterior process moderately compressed, strongly

tricarinate, a little raised above scutellum, above which it is

broadest and a little convexly arched, and beyond clavus

depressed and narrowed, its apex subacute and just passing

30 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; tegmina

somewhat short and broad, three transverse series of promi-

nent cells, four apical, three discoidal, and two subbasal ;

legs robust, but anterior tibiz not dilated.

This genus is allied to Centrotus, but differs from that.

and allied genera by the peculiar and distinct venation of

the tegmina.

Centrotusoides muiri, sp. 0.

Pronotum fuscous brown, frontal area and discal base

more or less ochraceous; legs fuscous, the apices of the

femora and the tibiz ochraceous, lateral areas of sternum

(excluding basal angle) greyishly tomentose; tegmina sub-

hyaline, the basal area ochraceous, the venation brownish

ochraceous ; pronotum finely punctate, with the apices of

the lateral processes obtusely pointed and very slightly

recurved ; other structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm.,64 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Natal; Durban (F. Muir).

Centrotusoides wealet, sp. n.

Pronotum fuscous brown, frontal area and discal base

more or less brownish ochraceous; legs pale fuscous brown ;

lateral areas of sternum (excluding basal angle) greyishly

tomentose ; tegmina subhyaline, the basal angle and the

venation brownish ochraceous ; pronotum finely punctate,

the disk strongly centrally carinate, the apices of the lateral

processes broadly truncate, not recurved, the posterior pro-

cess somewhat greyishly tomentose above the scutellum.

Long., incl. tegm., 63 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

44 mm.

Hab. 8S. Africa (Mansell Weale).

This species differs structurally from the preceding

(C. muiri) by the apically truncated anterior lateral processes

of the pronotum.

The late Mr. Mansell Weale’s collection of Rhynchota,

which I purchased many years ago, and which is now incor-

porated in the collection of the British Museum, was gene-

rally not locally labelled, but only described as from South

Africa.

BEAUFORTIANA, gen. DOv.

Allied to the preceding genus (Centrotusotdes), but differing

by the venation of the tegmina, which possesses only four

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Riynchotal Notes. 31

apical and two discoidal cells, the subbasal cells being

absent ; the posterior pronotal process is distinctly raised

above the scutellum, after which it is inwardly widened and

impinges on tegmina near the apex of clavus, its apical area

suddenly narrowed and subacute, the apex just passing the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; anterior

tibie slightly flattened and widened; other characters

generally as in Centrotusoides, but with the pronotum slightly

not strongly centrally carinate.

Beaufortiana cornuta, sp. n.

Body and legs reddish brown, the femora (excluding

apices) darker; tegmina subhyaline, the base and venation

more or less ochraceous ; pronotum thickly finely punctate,

the disk centrally finely carinate, the lateral processes some-

what long, upwardly and a little obliquely directed, their

apices distinctly recurved, the posterior process as described

in generic diagnosis, the frontal and upper surface remotely

greyishly pilose; face globose, punctate, greyishly pilose,

obsoletely centrally carinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 54 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Beaufort West.

Beaufortiana difficilis, sp. un.

Body reddish brown ; legs black, their apices and the

tibize ochraceous ; tegmina greyish white, venation very

pale ochraceous, the base, costal and subcostal veins bright

uchraceous ; pronotum punctate, obsoletely greyishly pilose,

disk very finely centrally carinate, lateral processes trans-

versely oblique, their apices slightly recurved and subacute,

posterior process separated from scutellum, beyond which it

is ampliated beneath, the apical area slender and reaching

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin; face

blackish, globose, centrally obsoletely carinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 4mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 3 mm.

Hab. Cape Colony ; Beaufort West.

A smaller species than the preceding (B. cornuta), the

lateral pronotal processes smaller and less recurved, posterior

pronotal process straighter, &c.

GoDINGELLA, gen. noy.

Pronotum very strongly rugose and irregularly carinate,

strongly centrally carinate, the lateral processes upwardly

and outwardly directed, triquetrous, the margins strongly

32 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

carinate and the upper surface more or less centrally carinate,

the carination of the outer margin is continued along the

outer margins of the posterior pronotal proeess, which is

centrally moderately sinuate and reaches or nearly reaches

the tegminal apex; ocelli a little nearer to each other than

to eyes; face strongly centrally excavate before base of

clypeus, eyes large and prominent ; tegmina elongate, about

three times as long as broad, apical cells elongate.

Allied to Sarantus, Stal, from which it is distinguished

by the rugosely carinate pronotum and the much more

slender and straighter posterior process to same, the narrower

tegmina and their different venation. A species insuffi-

ciently described by Kirkaldy from Queensland, and which

I have not seen, as Sarantus nobilis may possibly also belong

to Godingella, as may also the species described by Goding as

Sertorius giganticus from South Australia.

I have named this genus after Dr. F. W. Goding, our

distinguished pioneer in the study and description of the

Australian Membracidee.

Godingella queenslandensis, sp. n.

Pronotum piceous, above slightly or moderately ochra-

ceously pilose, its anterior margin before face and the face

itself strongly, longly, ochraceously pilose ; eyes ochraceous ;

legs castaneous, greyishly pilose ; sternum thickly greyishly

tomentose ; tegmina pale bronzy in hue, the venation, base,

and about apical third purplish brown; pronotum strongly

rugose and carinate, the lateral processes triquetrous, their

margins carinate, upwardly and a little outwardly directed,

their apices narrowed and recurved, their upper surface

distinctly centrally carmate, posterior process strongly tri-

carinate and almost reaching the tegminal apex ; scutellum

with a pale ochraceous spot at each basal angle.

Long., incl. tegm., 9-10 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

5 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

Genus SExtIvs.

Sextius, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 88 (1866); Berl. ent. Zeitschr. x.

p- 887 (1866); Cifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1869, p. 282; Goding, Proce.

Linn, Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 9 (1903).

Pterosticta, Buckt. (part.), Mon. Membrac. p. 229 (1903).

Type, S. virescens, Fairm.

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 33

Seatius rubrilineus.

Pterosticta rubrilinea, Buckt. Mon. Membrae. p. 230, pl. li. fig. 4 (1903).

Pterosticta xantha, Buckt. J. ¢. p. 231, pl. li. figs. 7 a, 6 (1903).

Hab, Adelaide.

In his deseription of P. xantha Buckton writes :—* Pro-

notum with two subacute short suprahumeral processes,

which are only slightly visible by the front aspect.” This

is shown in his fig. 7 a, but is incorrect, without the specimen

is turned upside down and then a little tilted backwards.

The figures 4 and 7 appear very different on pl. li., but are

the same species, the types of each being now before me.

Seaxtius spretus.

Pterosticta spreta, Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 2380, pl. li. fig. 5a (1908),

Sextius longinotum, Kirk. Rep. Haw. Plant. Assoc. 1906, p. 377.

Hab. Adelaide, Queensland.

In Buckton’s type, now before me, the posterior pronotal

process extends slightly beyond the apex of the tegmina—

the distinctive specific character described by Kirkaldy, but

not mentioned by Buckton. This is, however, not a constant

character, for in some specimens the posterior process only

reaches the tegminal! apex.

Sextius virescens.

Centrotus virescens, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) iv. p. 515 (1846).

Var. Sextius assimilis, Kirk. Rep. Haw. Plant. Assoc, 1906, p. 376.

Hab. “ New South Wales, Sydney.”

Sextius depressus.

Seatius depressus, Goding, Proc, Linn, Soc, N.S. W. xxvii. p. 12 (1903).

Kirkaldy (Rep. Haw. Plant. Assoc. 1906, p. 376)

expresses his doubt that this species is distinct from

S. virescens, Fairm., and states that it ‘is distinguished by

the absence of a cross-vein near the base of the tegmina,”

but that he had not seen the species. Its character, how-

ever, as given by Goding—“ lateral horns directed outward,

depressed towards apex, never turned upward,’—is one

which distinctly marks a series of specimens in the

British Museum received from Sydney, Queensland, and

elsewhere.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 3

34 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Sextius bucephalus, sp. n.

Pronotum greenish ochraceous ; face and legs dark ochra-

ceous; tegmina greenish ochraceous, the apical half more

hyaline and reflecting the ochraceous abdomen beneath;

pronotum somewhat coarsely punctate, the anterior lateral

processes very robust, a little forwardly and upwardly

directed, their apices obtusely acute, centrally longitudinally

carinate, the posterior process: very robust and faintly

tricarinate, its apex reaching or slightly passing the tegminal

apices ; apical areas of the tegmina reticulate.

Long. 6-7 mm.; exp. ant. eoaet process. 3-35 mm.

Hab. New South Wales, Sydney (J. J. Walker)

A number of other specimens are in the British Museum

simply labelled ‘‘ Australia.” Differs from S. virescens,

Fairm., by the more robust and obtuse anterior pronotal

processes and the robust posterior process reaching. or

passing the tegminal apices ; from S. depressus, Goding, it 1s

to be distinguished by tie strong anterior pronotal processes

being distinctly obliquely upwardly directed.

Sextius reticulatus, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous; face, a transverse fascia

between and including the anterior margins of the lateral

pronotal processes, and the femora (excluding apices) black ;

pronotum thickly, rather coarsely punctate, the lateral pro-

cesses very short, robust, and straightly directed outwardly,

finely centrally carinate, the posterior process robust, faintly

tricarinate, its apex not reaching the tegminal apices ;

tegmina with nearly the apical half subhyaline and strongly

reticulately veined; the legs and pronotal margin before

face are more darkly ochraceous than the upper surface.

Long., incl. tegm., 65 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

+ mm.

Hab. Australia; N.W. coast (Surg. J. Bynoe, R.N.).

The type of this species was presented to the British

Museum in 1844, and is to be structurally identified by the

short lateral processes, the robust posterior pronotal process,

and the strongly reticulate tegmina; the colour-markings

are also very pronounced.

Seatius major, sp. 0.

Body and legs pale testaceous ; tegmina subhyaline, with

the venation reddish ochraceous ; pronotum thickly pune-

tate, the lateral processes short, their apices obsoletely

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 35

acute, almost straightly produced, longitudinally carinate,

the posterior process about reaching tegminal apices, faintly

tricarinate, its apical area recurved; tegmina distinctly

wrinkled between the veins and usually with a few irregu-

larly scattered small black spots.

Long. 9 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Peak Downs, Gayndah.

Seaxtius atromaculatus, sp. n.

Pronotum pale virescent, anterior area between the lateral

angles pale purplish red; legs ochraceous; sternum

greyishly tomentose ; tegmina very pale virescent, the apex

pale brownish, a large black spot on upper basal area; pro-

notum thickly finely punctate, centrally finely carinate, the

anterior lateral processes short, broad, obtusely prominent,

the posterior process passing the posterior angle of the inner

tegminal margin, but not reaching the tegminal apex ;

apical angles of tegmina reticulate.

f Long., incl. tegm., 53-6 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

EurarrkMAIRiA, gen. nov.

Pronotum with the lateral processes broad, compressed,

their broad upper surfaces with several longitudinal strong

carinations, more or less subobliquely produced, and more

or less broadly apically truncate, the posterior process long,

more or less compressed, and broad on its basal area, its

lateral areas usually distinctly carinate, its apical area more

or less convexly impinging on tegmina, which are about

twice or a little more than twice as broad as long, the apical

cells elongate and five in number, preceded by two discoidal

cells.

Type, EZ. decisus, Walk.

Liufairmairia decisus.

Centrotus decisus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 621 (1851),

Sertorius acanthaspis (part.), Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviil,

p- 20 (1908).

Hab. Australia.

Kufaimairia harrisi, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum piceous brown; legs and abdomen

pale castaneous, the segmental margins ochraceous ; tegmina

36 Mr, W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes,

pale bronzy in hue, venation, base, and costal area (excluding

apex) ferruginous brown ; pronotum punctate and rugose,

the anterior lateral processes obliquely upwardly produced,

distinctly narrowed to apices, which are somewhat roundly

truncate, their upper surfaces flat and with three longitudinal

carinations, strongly, centrally, longitudinally carinate, the

posterior process faintly longitudinally carinate on the lateral

areas.

Long. 8} mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Queensland.

Described from a specimen forwarded by Dr. R. Hamlyn

Harris, Director of the Queensland Museum. Allied to

EF. decisus, Walk., but with the anterior lateral pronotal

processes narrower, and the lateral carimations on their

upper surfaces less profound and somewhat coalescing

apically, veins to apical cells of tegminma apically curved, &e,

Eufairmairia relatus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, sternum, and legs piceous ; lateral areas

of sternum and basal angles of scutellum ochraceously

tomentose ; tegmina subhyaline, the venation ochraceous,

base and about basal half of costal area ferruginous brown ;

pronotum finely rugose and punctate, centrally carinate, the

lateral processes moderately broad, compressed, obliquely

directed upwardly, apically truncate, their upper surfaces

longitudinally carinate, posterior process tricarinate, almost

reaching tegminal apex ; base and about basal half of costal

area to tegmina punctate.

Long., incl. tegm.,8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Gayndah.

Alhed to /. decisus, Walk., but with the lateral pronotal

processes much less produced and seen from the front more

apically acute, the posterior process apically a little broader

and laterally more distinctly carinate ; it differs from the

following species, /, consobrinus, by the more upwardly

directed lateral pronotal processes, which are also less

convex aud more truncate.

Hufairmairia fraternus, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum dull testaceous, faintly ochraceously

pilose ; legs a little paler testaceous; lateral areas of sternum

and basal angles of scutellum greyishly or pale ochraceously

tomentose ; tegmina pale hyaline, venation dull testaceous,

base black, basal half of costal area, and base of discoidal

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. on

area ferruginous ; pronotum finely wrinkled and punctate,

centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes

obliquely raised, a little narrowed to their apices, which are

also a little obliquely roundly truncate, their upper surfaces

longitudinally carinate, posterior process with the lateral

areas carinate, its apex passing the posterior angle of inner

tegminal margin, but not reaching tegminal apex. °

Long., incl. tegm., 7-8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

45-5 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Gayndah and Gatton. N.S.Wales ;

Capertee, Rylstone, and Lyndhurst.

Allied to E. relatus, Dist., but differing in the shorter

posterior pronotal process, the more apically rounded and

angulate lateral pronotal processes, different colour, &c.

Eufairmoiria consobrinus, sp. a.

Head and pronotum dark purplish brown; sternum and

legs a little paler; lateral areas of sternum and basal ang!es

of scutellum greyishly tomentose; tegmina subhyaline, the

venation ochraceous, base and basal half of costal area

purplish brown ; prenotum coarsely wrinkled and punctate,

centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes broad,

compressed, obliquely upwardly directed, their apices roundly

truncate, the posterior apical angle acute. their upper sur-

faces distinctly longitudinally carinate, posterior process

reaching or almost reaching the tegminal apex, tricarinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 7-8 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

5 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Rockhampton, Gayndah, Peak Downs.

N.S.Wales ; Coolabah. Victoria; Matlee.

From the preceding species /. consobrinus may be distin-

guished by the apically roundly trancate and posteriorly

angularly acute lateral pronotal processes.

Eufairmairia acanthaspis.

15 (1846).

Centrotus acanthaspis, Fairm, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) iv. p.

.S.W, xxviii.

Sertorius acanthaspis, Goding (part.), Proc. Linn. Sec, N.S.

p. 20 (1903).

This species is to be distinguished from the other species

of the genus by the ochraceous tibiz (‘“ fémurs noirs, tibias

jaunatres ”) ; in the specimen now before me the femora are

more piceous brown, the bases of the tibiz are also the same

colour; the lateral pronotal processes are directed outwardly

and a little obliquely upwardly, the posterior angle being

38 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

acute, their upper surfaces with several longitudinal carina-

tions, the posterior process reaches the apex of the abdomen

but not the tegminal apices.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

45 mm.

Hab. New South Wales; Port Jackson (Fuairmaire).

Queensland; Rockhampton (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to £2. consobrinus, Dist., from which it differs in the

slightly longer but much narrower lateral pronotal processes

and their more acute apices, shorter posterior pronotal

process, &c.

Eufairmairia distinctus, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black; sternum much suffused with

greyish pubescence ; legs black, more or less greyishly

pubescent ; interior angle of sternum and the scutellum

pale ochraceous; tegmina paie bronzy with darker suffu-

sions, base black immediately followed by an obscure pale

transverse fascia; pronotum thickly punctate and strongly,

centrally, longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes broad,

outwardly and a little upwardly directed, their apices

roundly truncate but with the posterior angle acute, the

upper surface with three strong longitudinal carinations,

posterior process very robust and compressed for about two-

thirds its length from base, where its upper surface is also

convex, its apical area attenuated and reaching the posterior

angle of the inner tegminal margin, its broad lateral margins

with two strong carinations ; ocelli about as near to eyes as

to each other ; clypeus strongly greyislily pilose.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5mm.

Hab. North Australia; Port Darwin.

A very distinct species, the robust posterior pronotal

process separating it from all the other described species.

Eufairmairia (?) cupreus, sp. v.

Face and clypeus black ; pronotum brownish ochraceous,

its basal frontal area black; sternum blackish, thickly

greyishly pilose; abdomen beneath brownish ochraceous,

the segmental margins paler ; legs brownish ochraceous ;

tegmina pale hyaline, the venation and extreme base brownish

ochraceous ; : pronotum coarsely punctate, the latera] pro-

cesses triangular, outwardly and a little obliquely produced,

their apices acute and slig xhtly recurved, their upper surfaces

very obsoletely carinate ; the posterior process robust oe

about half its length, the apical area roundly depressed, i

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 39

apex reaching the tegminal apices; ocelli about as near to

eyes as to each other.

Long., incl. tegm., 8mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. 8.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. E. Turner).

I have provisionally included this species in the genus,

though the lateral pronotal processes are aberrant. By the

colour-markings it appears to be allied to the species

described by Goding as Sertorius tepperi.

CEBEs, gen. nov.

Body elongate; tegmina about two and a half times as

long as broad (“the third apical cell, very long and narrow,

crossed by several transverse venules,” Goding) ; pronotum

centrally carinate, the anterior lateral processes triquetrous,

conical, more or less directed outwardly and a little up-

wardly ; posterior process tectiform, almost straight, slightly

narrowed above scutellum, gradually acuminate to apex,

curved downward, impinging on tegminal margin and

reaching tegminal apices (at least, in type); ocelli above a

line passing through the centre of the eyes, from which they

are nearly as far apart as from each other.

Cebes transiens.

Centrotus transiens, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 624 (1851).

Sertorius areolatus, Goding, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 23

(1903).

Hab, South Australia.

Cebes godingi, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and legs testaceous; tegmina_ sub-

hyaline, wrinkled, the base and veins testaceous ; pronotum

thickly, somewhat finely punctate, the anterior lateral pro-

cesses very robust, only obtusely narrowed at apices, mode-

rately directed upwardly and outwardly, the margins

distinctly carinate, the anterior area centrally carinate, the

posterior process tricarinate, its apex slightly passing the

tegminal apices; tegmina with the third apical cell crossed

by several transverse venules.

Long., incl. tegm.,6mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Australia (Buckton Coll.).

Allied to C. areolatus, Goding, but with the anterior lateral

pronotal processes very much more robust and less acute

apically, posterior process passing tegminal apices, differeut

colour, &c.

40 Mr. W. L. D’stant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

This species was labelled but not described in Buckton’s

Collection as Centruchoides rubridorsi (other species, mostly

mutilated, belonging to other genera, also bearing a similar

label and undescribed).

Otinotus doddi, sp. un.

Head and pronotum fuscous brown, palely pilose, frontal

pronotal area and face very longly and densely palely pilose ;

lateral areas of sternum and the scutellum pale ochraceous ;

legs pale brownish, shortly pilose; tegmina pale hyaline,

wrinkled, the prominent veins dull ochraceous, basal area

fuscous and pilose; pronotum very strongly centrally

carinate, the anterior lateral processes broad at base, sub-

acute at apices, directed outwardly and a little upwardly, the

apices slightly recurved, posterior process robust, beyond

middle narrowing to apex, a little convexly raised at base,

impinging on tegmina beyond scutellum, the apex passing

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 3 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

Otinotus albosignatus, sp. 1.

Head and pronotum castaneous ; legs brownish ochra-

ceous ; basal angles of scutellum and lateral areas of sternum

whitely tomentose ; tegmina pale bronzy brown, the apical

margin a little darker, the venation prominent ; pronotum

thickly coarsely punctate, strongly centrally carinate, the

posterior process tricarinate, the anterior lateral processes

long, broad at base, subacute at apices, directed obliquely

upwardly, apices not recurved, posterior process nearly

straight, beyond scutellum impinging on tegmina, the apex

acute, passing the posterior angle of inner tegminal margin,

but not reaching the tegminal apices.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

At mm,

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

Otinotoides australis, sp. 1.

Pronotum brownish ochraceous, the anterior pronotal

lateral processes black or nearly black, and the area between

them darker castaneous, posterior process (excluding base)

black; face pale castaneous ; femora pale castaneous, their

apices and the tibize and tarsi stramineous, tarsal claws

black; tegmina dull stramineous, base, costal and subcostal

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 41

areas, and the apical margin black ; pronotum punctate, the

lateral processes long, subacute, directed outwardly and a

little upwardly, centrally carimate, the posterior process

tricarinate, touching the scutellum and then moderately

convexly elevated, its apical half roundly deflected, its apex

slender, subacute, and almost reaching the tegminal apex ;

the dark areas of the tegmina more or less distinctly

punctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

34 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

Otinotoides solomonensis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black, shortly, obscurely, palely

pilose ; body beneath black, lateral areas of sternum, narrow

lateral margins of pronotum, and basal angles of scutellum

greyishly tomentose; legs black, apices of femora ochra-

ceous; tegmina purplish brown; pronotum punctate, with

the anterior lateral processes somewhat long and acute,

directed outwardly and upwardly, their apices moderately

recurved, centrally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate,

somewhat robust, touching the scutellum, where it is also

moderately convexly elevate, its apical half roundly deflected,

its apex passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin but not reaching tegminal apices, the tegmina are

strongly wrinkled, the base, costal and subcostal areas

punctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 55 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

4 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands (W. W. Froggatt).

Otinotoides intermedius, sp. n.

Centrotus intermedius, Buckt. MS.

Head and pronotum testaceous brown, obscurely, thickly,

shortly, palely pilose; body beneath and legs testaceous

brown ; lateral areas of the sternum and basal angles of

scutellum palely ochraceously tomentose ; tegmina sub-

hyaline, most of the venation, basal portions of the costal

and subcostal areas, and the base testaceous brown; pro-

notum punctate, centrally carinate, the lateral processes

robust, upwardly and outwardly directed, their apices

obtusely acute and a little recurved, their margins distinctly

carinate, posterior process tricarinate, robust, touching the

scutellum, above which it is a little convexly elevate, its

42 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

apical half roundly deflected, its apex almost reaching the

tegminal apices, the dark areas of the tegmina punctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

3 mm.

Hab. South Australia; Largs Bay (Tepper, Buckt. Coll.).

Queensland ; Gayndah, Peak Downs.

This species was contained in the Buckton Collection

named as above, but I can find no trace of a published

description. I therefore conserve the name and describe

the species.

Otinotoides spicatus, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum fuscous brown, obscurely, shortly,

palely pilose ; body beneath and legs fuscous brown ; lateral

areas of the sternum and basal angles of the scutellum palely

ochraceously tomentose; tegmina more or less fuscous

brown, the central portion of claval area with somewhat

obscure brassy reflections ; pronotum punctate and shortly

obscurely pilose, strongly centrally carimate, the lateral

processes broad and somewhat flattened on basal areas,

subacute at apices, outwardly and a little upwardly directed,

their apices distinctly recurved, posterior process some-

what slender, its apical half roundly deflected, the apex

acute and passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin, but not reaching the tegminal apices ; basal, costal,

and subcostal areas of the tegmina puuctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

4 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

Tshaka obortus, sp. nu.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black, obscurely shortly

pilose ; body beneath and femora black, tibia more casta-

neous, tarsi ochraceous ; tegmina usually very pale bronzy

brown, a blackish spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal

margin and the base black ; pronotum finely punctate, the

lateral processes long, outwardly directed, moderately curved,

the apices subacute, centrally longitudinally carinate, the

posterior process moderately slender, tricarinate, sinuately

directed downwardly, its apex just passing the posterior

angle of inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 45-5 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process.

3-34 mm.

Hab. Transvaal; Pretoria (forwarded by Mr. Claude

Fuller to the Imperial Bureau of Entomology).

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 43

Allied to 7. naturalis, Dist., but differing in the smaller

size, longer and more acute lateral pronotal processes, which,

when viewed from the front, are nearly straight in 7. natu-

ralis and strongly curved in 7. obortus.

Crirto, gen. nov.

Pronotum roundly gibbous before scutellum, the lateral

processes short, acute, more prominent when viewed from

the front than from behind, where they appear to be shorter

and Jess acute ; posterior process resting on scutellum at

base, beyond middle (where it is sinuate) attenuated, im-

pinging on tegminal margin, but not reaching tegminal

apex ; tegmina about twice as long as broad, five apical

areas, preceded by two discoidal areas ; face somewhat short,

ocelli almost in line with upper margins of eyes, from which

they are scarcely farther apart than from each other.

A genus to be placed near Hbhul, Dist., from which,

however, it is to be separated by the short but distinct

lateral pronotal processes and by the sinuate but not waved

posterior pronotal process.

Crito festivus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, and body beneath piceous ; lateral areas

of sternum and a large spot at each basal angle of scutellum

greyishly tomentose ; femora piceous, their apices and the

tibia and tarsi pale ochraceous ; tegmina subhyaline, with

a bronzy tint, the venation black, apical third pale casta-

neous where the venation is concolorous, apical margin

purplish brown; pronotum coarsely punctate; base of

tegmina and base of costal area punctate ; other structural

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

3 mm. .

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd).

ANZAC, gen. nov.

Body subelongate (face mutilated in the Fabrician type) ;

pronotum subelongate, laterally unarmed, but angulate at

base above eyes, anteriorly a little globosely truncate, cen-

trally longitudinally carinate, the posterior process robust,

broad at base, straight, tricarinate, gradually narrowing to

apex, which is subacute, and about reaching posterior angle

of inner tegminal margin: scutellum concealed ; femora

44 Mr. IT. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

moderately thickened ; tegmina extending beyond the abdo-

minal apex, subhyaline, apical areas six, anteapical cells

four.

Type, A. bipunctatus, Fabr.

This genus is allied to Kanada, Dist., which at present

contains one species from Bengal, and belongs to my division

Gargararia. The type is in the Banksian Collection con-

tained in the British Museum, and is here figured. The

species has been hitherto ascribed to the genus Seatius,

Stal, in his ‘ Hemiptera Fabriciana, had evidently not seen

it when he placed it in Sevtius. Kirkaldy (Rep. Haw.

Plant. Assoc. 1906, p. 376) records the species in error, for

he writes “the lateral horns turned a little forwards.”

Goding remarks that he had not seen the species, but

doubted if it was distinct from Sextius virescens, Fairm.

Anzac bipunctatus.

Membracis 2-punctata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 677 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii,

p. 318 (1781) ; Mant. Ins, ii. p. 265 (1787).

Centrotus 2-punctatus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. 11. p. 19 (1803).

Sextius bipunctatus, St&l, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. BB (1869) ; Goding, Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxviii. p. 12 (1903).

Body, tegmina, and legs pale tawny brown; tegmina with

two black spots near base.

Long. 5 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 2 mm.

Hab. Australia (Banksian Collection).

Anzac bipunctatus, Fabr.

I11.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—UX XIII.

By T. D. A. Cockrrett, University of Colorado.

Noroco.uetes, gen. nov. (Colletidze.)

Closely related to Goniocolletes, Ckll., but with only two

submarginal cells,

Male.—Colletiform, hairy; tongue deeply emarginate ;

blades of maxille broad, short, and rounded, with a peculiar

Records of Bees, 45

roughened (microscopically cancellate) surface; maxillary

palpi long, with six subequal joints; flagellum very long

and slender; stigma long and narrow, obtuse at apex.

Wings hairy ; marginal cell ending rather obtusely, a little

away from costa, with a very minute appendiculation ; costa

above marginal cell with a conspicuous fringe of dusky hair ;

second s.m. very long, receiving first r. n. far from base

(distance a little greater than length of first t.-c.); second

r.n. meeting second (morphologically third) t.-c.; b. n.

arched, falling just short of t.m., which is not very oblique.

Anterior tarsi short, the basal joint with long hair ; middle

femora produced beneath, subtriangular, the lower anterior

face with a large basin-like depression ; middle tarsi short,

the basitarsus very broad, parallel-sided, truncate at end,

longer than the other joints together; hind tibie not far

from twice as long, and much more than twice as bulky as

anterior or middle ones, with very long hair in front and

- behind; hind basitarsi broad at extreme base, with a spine,

the outer side of which bears long hair, but on the posterior

side, away from the spine, prolonged into a long eurved

extremely slender structure, ending in a flattened lamina,

and longer than the other four joints together; pulvilli

large ; claws bifid at end. Abdomen with hind margin of

fifth ventral segment elevated and greatly thickened in

middle ; sixth ventral segment with a great thickened

elevation, which has a sloping smooth triangular anterior

face,

Notocolleies heterodoxus, sp. D.

3 .—Nearly 11 mm. long.

Head, thorax, and abdomen with long erect very pale

ochreous-tinted hair, not forming bands on abdomen ;

head and thorax black, abdomen dark dull blue-green ;

malar space obsolete; mandibles bidentate, black ; face

densely covered with appressed hair, which shines like a

plate of polished silver in certain lights; scape black,

flagellum obscure reddish; front flattened, entirely dull;

mesothorax entirely dull, impunctate ; scutellum shining,

its hair strongly brownish; areaof metathorax dull, without

plicee, but its margin plicatulate; legs black, the anterior

and middle tibiz mainly red in front, and the tarsi partly

ferruginous; tegule black, rather small. Wings reddened,

stigma dark reddish, nervures fuscous. Abdomen rather

elongate.

Hab. “ Gawter. D. 8S. Austr.” [Gawler Range ?] (British

Museum, from F. Smith’s collection).

An extraordinary bee, related to the species of Gonzocolletes.

46 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Paracolletes abnormis, sp. 0.

¢ .—Length about 6 mm.

Rather slender ; black, with dull white hair, the face and

front densely covered with long shining white hair, com-

pletely hiding the surface up to level of anterior ocellus ;

the hair on front is abruptly limited above, and the portion of

the vertex carrying the large ocelli is flattened and depressed,

so as to appear part of the front, forming a basin bounded

above by a shining rim on each side, the vertex forming the

upper margin of the head narrow (antero-posteriorly) and

rounded ; cheeks smali ; mandibles with a dark red mark

in middle; scape black; flagellum pale ferruginous beneath

(including apical joint), dusky red above ; mesothorax

shining, with sparse small punctures; area of metathorax

semilunar, with very indistinct ruge; legs black, with the

knees, aritexior tibiz in front, the other tibize at apex, and

all the tarsi, clear ferruginous ; tarsal joints 2 to 4 broad-

triangular, giving the tarsi in this region an unusual

thickened appearance; tegule pale testaceous. Wings

hyaline, nervures and the rather large stigma; b.n. arched,

the lower part nearly vertical, almost reaching t.-m., which

is hardly at all oblique ; only two s.m. cells, the very long

second receiving the recurrent nervures near base and apex ;

on one side can be seen above a minute stump representing

the lost second t.-c., it is halfway between the first t.-c.

and the insertion of the third on the marginal ecll ; mar-

ginal cell long, rather obliquely truncate at apex. Abdomen

shining, with extremely fine punctures, no hair-bands, but

the surface thinly hairy; fifth ventral segment with a ‘long

dense fringe of white hair, longest at sides.

Hab. Alexandria, N. Australia (W. Stalker; British

Museum). 1

P. abnormis is a very peculiar species, which, from having

only two s.m. cells, would be associated with P. vitrifrons

(Sm.) and Andrenopsis flavorufus, Ckll., but it is not closely

related to either of these *.

Paracolletes nitidulus, sp. n.

? (Type).—Length 95-10 mm.

Shining black, not very robust, with thin white hair ;

vertex with long black hair ; mesothorax and scutellum with

* Since writing the above, I find that I overlooked a second specimen

of P. abnormis from the same locality. This has three submarginal

cells in both anterior wings ; the second s.m. small, receiv ing the first

r. ou. about the middle.

Records of Bees. 47

a little black hair scattered over the surface; face bare,

with white hair at sides; abdomen with broad but thin

marginal white hair-bands at sides of second and third

segments, and right across on fourth; fifth segment and

apex with heavy black hair, but the fifth with glittering

white hair at sides; venter with broad but thin bands of

glittering white hair, the last tinged with ochreous ; head

broad; blades of maxille smooth and polished; clypeus

shining, with large punctures, more or less in rows; no

clypeal keel, but front with a delicate keel, strongly elevated

between antenne ; front dull and punctured, with the sides

broadly and abruptly smooth and polished; antennz

ordinary, scape closely punctured, flagellum with apical

joint more or less rufous ; mesothorax shining, with fine

well-separated punctures; scutellum flattened, with larger

punctures; mesopieura nearly impunctate; area of meta-

thorax triangular, with fine and indistinct cross-striz ; legs

black, with pale hair, that of tarsi and outer side of tibiz

brownish ; scopa on lower side of hind tibize long and clear

white ; tegulz piceous. Wings brownish, stigma (which is

large) and nervures dark brown ; marginal cell rounded at

end; b.n. falling just short of t.-m., which is extremely

oblique ; second s.m. small, narrowed above, receiving first

r.n, at about end of its first third; third sm. large and

long, receiving second r.n. a considerable distance from

apex. Abdomen shining, with very minute inconspicuous

punctures ; first segment polished, the others not entirely

smooth ; pygidial plate large and broad, obtuse.

6 .— Length about 8°5 mm.

Slender ; face covered with shining white hair, very dense

and silvery at sides; cheeks with very long white hair;

frontal carina little developed ; front dull, with only narrow

indistinct glittering bands along orbits; antenne slender,

not very long for a male, black, flagellum obscure brown

beneath ; scutellum flattened on disc, sparsely punctured ;

mesothorax and scutellum with abundant long black hair,

as also the vertex ; anterior femora above and (except base)

in front, and their tibiz in front, ferruginous ; abdomen

without bands on apices of segments, but pale hair at

extreme base of fourth ; apical plate small, broadly rounded ;

fourth and fifth yentral segments with broad suff hair-bands,

that on fourth creamy-white, that on fifth dark fuscous,

nearly black. Hind wings with a conspicuous black apical

spot.

Hab. Yallingup, $.W. Australia, middle of September to

November, 1918,5 9,4 (RK. #. Turner ; British Museum).

48 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

An ordinary-looking species, but entirely unique by the

large black spot at end of marginal nervure of hind wing of

male. In the female this is represented by a much smaller,

elongated spot.

Paracolletes nigritulus, sp. n.

? .—Length about 7 mm.

Not very robust ; shining black, with scanty white hair;

black hair on vertex, and a little on thorax above; legs with

white hair, dark fuscous on outer side of tibie and tarsi;

abdomen with very scanty pale hair, not forming bands,

although it is more abundant along hind margins of third

and fourth segments; hair at apex of abdomen dark fuscous ;

venter with white hair-bands ; head broad ; clypeus highly

polished, with large punctures ; supraclypeal area almost

without punctures ; front shining, with scattered punctures ;

flagellum obscure reddish beneath ; mesothorax and scutel-

lum highly polished, with very Sparse exceedingly small

punctures ; area of metathorax smooth, triangular, with a

transverse obtuse angulation separating the apical vertical

face, which is produced ; legs black ; tegule fuscous. Wings

strongly brownish, the rather narrow stigma and the nervures

rufo-fuscous ; marginal cell truncate at end; b. n. meeting

the very oblique t.-m.; second s.m. small, receiving first

r. n. in middle; third s.m. receiving second r. n. some

distance from end (the distance about equal to upper side

of second s.m.). Abdomen shining but microscopically

sculptured, without evident punctures; hind margins of

segments rather obscurely pallid.

Hab. Yallingup, Nov. 1913 (R. E#. Turner; British

Museum), 2 ?.

Readily known by the small size, dusky wings, and

especially the truncate marginal cell. The clypeus is quite

convex and prominent.

Paracolletes simillimus, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 10°5 mm.

Shining black, the first three abdominal segments with a

faint purplish Justre in certain lights, but not properly

described as metallic; hair of head and thorax quite

abundant, variously coloured, as follows: long and white on

face and lower part of front, but with a faint creamy tint,

contrasting with the pure white of the long and very

abundant hair on lower part of cheeks; vertex, most of

front, mesothorax, and scutellums with thin erect dark

Records of Bees. 49

fuscous hair ; a tuft of fuscous just below wings, but pleura

and metathorax with long loose white hair ; tubercles, region

just behind, and adjacent corners of mesothorax with cream-

coloured hair, dense and conspicuous on tubercles; legs

with mainly white hair, long and spreading on hind legs;

on inner side of hind basitarsi the hair appears soot-colour

in some lights and silvery-white in others ; abdomen with-

out bands, but with thin erect white hair, partly black on

third aud fourth segments, and all black beyond; hind

margin of fourth ventral segment with a broad stiff fringe

of fuscous hair; face broad; eyes prominent, moderately

converging below ; mandibles red apically ; antennz biack,

not very long for a male ; mesothorax and scutellum shining,

sparsely punctured, the scutellum with a median groove;

area of metathorax large, triangular, with obscure cross-

strie, but no transverse keel; legs ordinary, hind tarsi

long; tegule piceous. Wings strongly brownish, with the

base colourless ; the nervures and lanceolate stigma dark

fuscous ; marginal cell obtuse at end; b. n. falling a little

short of the very oblique t.-m. ; first r. n. joining second

S.m. very near its beginning, second r. n. joining third s.m.

some distance from its end. Abdomen polished and shining,

with minute piliferous punctures.

Hab. Yallingup, Nov. 1913, 2 ¢ (R. L. Turner; British

Museum). :

This looks like P. metaliescens, Ckll., but the sculpture of

abdomen is entirely different. :

Paracolletes perpolitus, sp. nu.

g —Length about 9°5 mm.

Robust for a male, with elongate-pyriform abdomen ;

black, the head and thorax brilliantly shining, the abdomen

duller, with very fine punctures, the hind margins of the

segments depressed and brown; hair of head and thorax

long and quite abundant, white, but on vertex, mesothorax,

and scutellum greyish-fuscous ; legs with pale hair ; abdo-

men with very little hair, and no hair-bands, apical segments

with dark hair; ventral segments with thin bands of white

hair, but no stiff fringe; mandibles black ; clypeus broadly

overlapped by hair, but the disc bare, flattened, polished,

shining, almost wholly impunctate, with a low median ridge ;

antennz ordinary, flagellum ferruginous apically ; meso-

thorax and scutellum polished, with sparse punctures; area

of metathorax shining, finely transversely striated, obtusely

transversely ridged or angled; legs black, with last tarsal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 4

50 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

joint ferruginous, and anterior tibiz largely red in front ;

tegule dark brown. Wings hyaline ; stigma rather small,

reddish with a dark margin ; nervures fuscous ; b.n. almost

reaching t.-m. ; first r. n. joining second s.m. before middle,

second r. n. joining third s.m. very near end; marginal cell

rounded at end; third s.m. elongated, and very broad above.

Apical plate of abdomen red, rounded, subtruncate.

Hab. Yallingup, Dec. 1-12, 1913 (R. E. Turner ; British

Museum). /

Very close to P. incanescens, Ckll., which has the same

type of clypeus, but third submarginal cell quite differently

shaped, abdomen more finely punctured, and flagellum red

at end.

Paracolletes minutus, sp. 0.

¢.—Length a little over 6 mm.

Shining black, but head, thorax, and abdomen closely

and very distinctly punctured, the hind margins of abdo-

minal segments depressed and broadly brown ; hair of head

and thorax white, tinged with brown on vertex and scutellum,

sides of face and lower part of front with long pure white

hair ; abdomen without hair-bands ; head broad, but facial

quadrangle much longer than broad, narrowing below ;

mandibles ferruginous, only the base black ; clypeus flattened

in middle, with large punctures ; front very densely punc-

tured; flagellum obscure brown beneath; mesothorax

densely and strongly punctured, scutelluam with very dense

smaller punctures; area of metathorax dull and rugose;

pleura strongly punctured; legs black, with white hair,

anterior tibiz reddish in front; tegulze pellucid brown.

Wings rather short, dusky hyaline; stigma lanceolate,

reddish with dark margin; nervures fuscous; marginal

cell narrowly rounded at end; b. n. falling just short of

t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. well before middle;

third s.m. broad above, receiving second r. n. a moderate

distance (equal to distance of first r. n. from base of second

s.m.) from apex. Abdomen, except the broad depressed

apical margins of segments, densely and finely punctured,

with elevated ridges at sides just before the depressions ;

third and fourth ventral segments with long fringes of

white hair, fifth with a fringe of very short yellowish hair.

' Hab. Yallingup, Nov. 19138 (R. EF. Turner; British

Museum).

Easily known from P. punctatus (Sm.) by the closely

punctured thorax and colour of antennz and neryures.

Records of Bees. 51

Paracolletes eucalypti, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 10 mm.

Head blue-green, the lower part of clypeus black ; thorax

dark blue, mesothorax green, with middle of disc discoloured ;

hair of head and thorax mostly black, but white on lower

two-thirds of pleura and on cheeks ; mandibles and antennz

black ; abdomen rich deep purple-blue, hair at apex black.

Exceedingly like P. carinatus (Sm.), both sexes of which

were taken on the same plant at the same time, but easily

distinguished by the narrower abdomen, which is trans-

versely microscopically lineolate-punctate (making a dullish,

not polished, surface), and is only extremely indistinctly

punctured ; the b. n. falling short of t.-m.; and the dark

red tibiz.

Hab. Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Eucalyptus calo-

phylla rosea, Feb. 20, 1915 (R. Kelly ; British Museum).

This resembles P. castaneipes, Ckll., as to the legs, but

has much smaller eyes and broader face. It is related to

P. subviridis, Ckll., but the abdomen is quite differently

coloured.

Paracolletes moniliformis, sp. u.

3 .—Length 9 mm.

Rather slender ; head and thorax shining black ; abdomen

obscurely purplish on first two segments, greenish and

purplish on third, and greenish on the others ; hair of head

and thorax long, white with a slight ochreous tint, dark

fuscous on vertex, and mixed with fuscous on dorsum of

thorax ; face extremely broad, facial quadrangle broader

than long ; mandibles black, obscurely red at apex ; vertex

impunctate ; antenne black, the flagellar joints moniliform ;

mesothorax shining, only feebly punctured ; area of meta-

thorax polished, with no sharp transverse keel; legs black,

with pale hair ; tegule dark brown. Wings dusky, nervures

and stigma piceous ; first r. n. joming second s.m.in middle.

Abdomen with a dullish, sericeous ‘surface, no hair-bands ;

apical plate broad, truncate; venter with thin glittering

white hair.

Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia, Sept. 14-Oct. 31, 1913

(R. E. Turner ; British Museum).

Closely allied to P. ibex, Ckll., with similar flagellum,

but larger, with brownish wings and dark stigma.

52 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Paracolletes clypeatus, sp. n.

g —Length about 10 mm.

Rather robust ; head and thorax shining black, abdomen

dark purple ; hair of head and thorax long and abundant,

white on face, cheeks and occiput, black on vertex, pale grey

(mouse-grey) on thorax; head broad; mandibles black,

faintly reddish apically; clypeus and supraclypeal area

exposed, nearly bare, flattened, longitudinally striate, and

with a median keel; antenne black, only moderately long,

flagellum submoniliform ; mesothorax polished, with sparse

small punctures ; area of metathorax transversely striate ;

legs black, with the last tarsal joint and patch on inner side

of anterior tibie red; spurs bright ferruginous; tegule

piceous. Wings very short, hyaline, faintly dusky apically ;

stigma and nervures fuscous ; stigma very small ; first r. n.

joiing second s.m. about middle. Abdomen without hair-

bands ; hair at apex and on venter black.

? .—Length about 11 mm.

Robust, with the same facial structure, the median keel

going some distance up front ; hind tibize with an enormous

scopa, entirely black.

Hab. Yallingup, S8.W. Australia, Nov. and Dec. 1913

(R. E. Turner ; British Museum).

Entirely unique by the peculiar structure of the face.

The male is the type.

Paracolletes ferricornis, sp. n.

g .—Length a little over 11 mm.

Robust; black, with head, thorax, and abdomen abundantly

clothed with long pale fulvous hair; eyes large, pea-green,

inner orbits parallel; facial quadrangle much longer than

broad ; mandibles bidentate, black, with or without a red

spot near middle; ocelli far below level of top of eyes ;

scope very short, black, hairy ; flagellum long, entirely very

bright ferruginous ; third antennal joint very long, slender,

shining ; mesothorax shining, with small irregular punc-

tures; scutellum closely punctured except the anterior

margin, which is polished and impunctate; area of meta-

thorax triangular, without any distinct sculpture, but with

a median longitudinal pit (not always present), margin of

area not beaded ; legs slender but of normal structure, the

basitarsi long ; apices of femora broadly, and tibiz and tarsi

entirely, bright ferruginous ; tegulz ferruginous, punctured.

Wings reddish hyaline, stigma and nervures ferruginous ;

On new South-American Arctiade. 53

stigma extremely small; marginal cell long and narrow,

obtuse at end ; b. n. falling far short of t.-m. ; second s.m. very

broad, receiving first r. n. slightly beyond middle ; third s.m.

receiving second r, n. far from its end. Abdomen shining,

finely punctured, with long hair which extends over the

surface, but also forms rather distinct bands; apical plate

very broad, truncate, with rounded corners.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Centra! Australia (H. J. Hillier ;

British Museum),

In the colour of the antenne, &c., this is curiously

parallel with P. fimbriatinus hillieri, Ckll., from the same

locality. The species may be compared with P. fulvus, Sm.,

P. ruficornis, Sm., and P. waterhousei, Ckli., but is very

distinct by the structure of the metathorax, &c.

TV.—New South- American Arctiade.

By J. J. Joicey, F.L.S., F.E.S., and G. Tausor, F.E.S.

Tue types of the species herein described are all in the

collection of Joicey.

Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson for help in the

determination of the species.

Coloured figures of all these species will be published

later.

1. Thyrarctia semivitrea, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, legs, and abdomen as in cedo-nulli,

Stoll., white spot on tegulz much smaller.

Upperside-—Fore wing chocolate-brown. A _ triangular

hyaline patch at apex as in the allied species. A broad

hyaline band crosses the wing and extends costally from

before the base of vein 7 to middle of cell opposite vein 3,

and along outer margin from vein 5 to just below termina-

tion of vein 2, This band is indented in cellules 5 and 6,

and its proximal edge is straight. A thin waved dark

brown submarginal line crosses the band, representing, as it

were, the outer edge of a similar but much thicker line in

the allied species. A pale irregular discocellular patch, the

larger part of which lying outside the cell is bluish grey

edged with yellowish, the part within the cell is mostly dark

brown. The discocellulars are outlined with white, as is

also the base of vein 5 within the discocellular patch. Costa

cream-colour from apex to proximal border of hyaline band.

54 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

A pale bluish-white line runs from near base of vein 3 to

inner margin and parallel to outer margin, and a similar

line runs from 2 to inner margin near tornus; the lower

triangular space formed by the crossing of the lines is nearly

filled by a pale bluish-white suffusion. Hind wing as in

allied species, but fringe entirely white.

Underside-—Fore wing similar to upperside, but basal half

greyish white except a dark streak in cell and a dark patch

in and below cellule 2. Hind wing thinly scaled with white,

except-costal area which is much more thickly scaled.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Type from Rentema Falls, Upper Maranon, North Peru,

1000 feet (A. & ZH. Pratt). One example.

2. Prumala sulphurea, sp. 0.

Allied to lophocampoides, Feld. ;

@. Upperside of fore wing sulphur-yellow, bearing

greyish-white spots with a darker edging. Near base of

cell a large spot tinged slightly with red, and a dot at

extreme base on median vein; below cell a somewhat

rounded spot divided by a red line; a small spot near

upper angle of cell; a postdiscal row of small spots in

16-6, the ones in 3 and 4 more distally placed, the lower

three directed basad ; a second postdiscal row from inner

margin to 7, the one at inner margin very large and tinged

with red, the spot in 5 the next largest and darker than the

others ; a subterminal series of smaller spots of nearly equal

size; a dark brown spot at apex and another below it.

Hind wing yellowish white with a reddish tinge along inner

margin ; fringes pale yellow.

Underside of fore wing paler in basal area; the cell-spot,

the spot in 5 of the second postdiscal row, and the two

apical spots blackish brown and well defined ; the large

spot near the tornus pale red. Hind wing as above.

Antenne blackish brown, grey-white at tips; palpi

blackish -brown, dull red on outside posteriorly ; head and

thorax sulphur-yellow; abdomen buff; pectus yellowish

brown ; legs grey-brown with femora fringed with yellowish-

brown hair.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

2 ° ¢ from Oconeque, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 7000 feet

(G. Ockenden).

3. Neonerita yahuase, sp. n.

gd. Upperside of fore wing brick-red, crossed by a post-

new South-American Arctiadee. 55

discal yellowish-white band, which cuts off a rounded apical

area and extends along outer margin; distal edge of band

deeply incurved and inner edge slightly so. Hind wing

white, yellowish on the inner margin, cell washed with

red.

Underside paler than the upperside.

Antenne yellowish brown ; palpi grey-white, red laterally ;

head yellowish white, vertex red; tegule and _ patagia

yellowish white marked with red; abdomen grey-white

above with red dorsal spots on the two basal segments ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen white below.

Length of fore wing 11 mm.

1 g, Yahuas Terr., Upper Amazons, Peru.

4, Areomolis hematoneura, sp. uv.

Allied to rhodographa, Hamps.

dé. Upperside of fore wing grey-brown, veins striped with

red, but 1 a, 14, 2, 10-12 only red in distal part. A sub-

basal yellowish-white patch filling angle of median interspace

and base of cell, also forming a small subcostal spot; a

yellowish-white discal band from 1a to 3, filling base of 2

and in le merged into the subbasal band, traversed by a

thick red angled line which forms a short stripe in 16 and

a loop at base of le; a yellow spot at base of cellule 3, one

near base of 4,a larger oblong spot on discocellulars, a

small spot near base of 6, and a smaller one near base of 7 ;

nervules in cell striped with red basally and distally ; a sub-

terminal band of three groups of spots marked with red—

one at tornus in | 6 and 1 ¢, one in3 and 4& and not reaching

vein 5, a dot below 3, the third group of three spots in 5-7,

the one in 6 the largest ; marginal spots at ends of veins,

those in 3, 4, and 6 being joined to the larger spots; some

lighter grey scaling on each side of veins in postdiscal area.

Hind wing crimson, paler costally ; fringes whitish.

Underside of fore wing with basal and median area

crimson-pink, the yellowish areas showing through from

_above ; spots as above, but only faintly marked with red ;

veins striped with red, except costal; base of costa red.

Hind wing yellowish in costal area.

Head ochreous yellow mixed with red ; palpi red, third

segment black; antennze black, red at base; tegule and

patagia ochre-yellow with red fringes; thorax blackish

brown with red dorsal and lateral lines ; abdomen pale red

above, greyish below ; thorax pale red below; legs ochreous

marked with grey-brown, tarsi red, grey-brown at extremity.

56 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

1 g, La Selva, San Juan, Choco slopes of Colombia,

4600 feet, Sept. 1909.

5. Areomolis guianensis, sp. 0.

Resembles the preceding species.

9. Upperside of fore wing pale chocolate-brown speckled

with grey-white along costa and along either side of veins,

which are crimson. A creamy-white basal band, marked

with crimson, not reaching costal margin and inter rupted i in

cellule 1 6; a creamy-white discal band formed of two spots

in cell, one in angle of 2,a large oblong spot in le and

a smaller spot in lb, a still smaller spot in 1a; a postdiscal

band of three white spots in 4, 5, and 6, the middle one the

larger and more distally placed ; a small triangular spot at

base of cellule 7 ; a terminal series of creamy-white spots

in 1)-7, those in 3-6 oblong and larger than the others,

spot in 5 the smallest. Hind 2 wing crimson, paler costally.

Underside of fore wing paler than above, veins striped

with crimson, some crimson suffusion in upper part of cell

and in outer median area, bands and spots as above; fringes

chocolate-brown, yellowish white at the veins. Hind wing

as above.

Antenne brownish, posterior half striped with crimson

above; palpi grey-white, striped with crimson at sides ;

frons grey-white, edged with red in upper part; vertex

creamy white, basal segments edged with crimson at apices ;

tegule creamy white, edged with crimson, and bearing a

crimson spot ; patagia creamy white, fringed with crimson,

and bearing a central crimson line ; thorax probably creamy

white or buff, the specimen being rubbed; abdomen pale

crimson above, grey-white below; thorax grey-white below;

legs grey-white, tarsi of anterior and intermediate pair with

the two end-segments darker, anterior pair crimson on

outside.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, Sept. and May. ‘Type from St.

Jean du Maroni, Sept. 3 92 2.

6. Parevia guianensis, sp. D.

Allied to methemia, Schaus.

9. Upperside deep chocolate-brown. Fore wing with an

oblong yellow costal spot, rounded posteriorly, filling middle

of cell; a small yellow costal spot between this and an

apical spot; a triangularly-shaped yellow patch on the

new South-American Arctiade. 57

outer margin, limited anteriorly by vein 5 and narrowing

to the tornus ; a red dot on inner margin near tornus.

Underside of fore wing as above, but paler; hind wing

with basal half pale yellow.

Antennz missing; head and palpi ochreous, frons darker ;

thorax deep chocolate-browu ; abdomen red above, ochreous

below ; legs ochreous.

Length of fore wing 9 mm.

1 2, British Guiana.

7. Automolis metallica, sp. un.

Allied to Pseudoguapisa, Roths.

6. Wings dark chocolate-brown. Upperside of fvre

wing with a longitudinal yellow median stripe extending

from near the base in the median interspace to cellule 5,

twice as broad below vein 2 as above it, and not entering

the cell; a yellow spot in cellule 6 near the margin; veins

striped. with yellow. Hind wing with costal half yellow,

forming a straight edge below the cell.

Underside as above. Hind wing with costal yellow inter-

rupted at middle, yellow area extended in median interspace.

Antenne black ; head, palpi, thorax, and base of abdomen

dark chocolate-brown ; palpi on outside yellow at base and

apex ; frons and vertex metallic blue, a yellow dot at base

of antenne; tegulz and patagia yellow, edged with dark

brown ; legs dark brown, tarsi yellow, fore legs with end

tibial segment yellow ; abdomen deep brown with metallic-

blue dorsal spots, three on segments 5-7, a lateral series

of similar spots; basal area of ventral segments yellow, a

yellow lateral basal patch.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

In the co-type the stripe on the fore wing is much

narrower and above vein 2 is represented by a faint line ;

the subapical spot is on vein 6 instead of in the cellule ;

the yellow basal patch is absent.on the abdomen,

Hab. Chiriqui. 236.

8. Melese costimacula, sp. un.

Closely allied to amastris, Druce.

?. The upperside of fore wing is reddish chocolate-brown

and not so red as in amastris, without orange spots at the

base. There are two crimson dots near base on submedian,

one at extreme base of median and another at angle of

submedian. An orange dot in the cell, heavily ringed with

58 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

crimson. In other respects and in size not different from

amastris 2.

Hab. La Selva, San Juan, Choco slopes of Colombia,

4600 feet, Sept., Oct., 1909. 299.

9. Melese signata, sp. n.

Closely allied to russata, H. Edw.

6. Fore wing above darker brown than in russata.

Basal area with irregular orange-red patches forming a

basal, a median, and postdiseal series; the two first of

three spots each, the anterior spot in the cell, outer row

with anterior spot minute beyond end of cell; a white sub-

costal spot.

?. Fore wing above with costa edged with crimson to

apex ; a yellowish-white costal lunule reaching below vein 5 ;

crimson spots in basal area smaller than in ¢@, postdiscal

series and upper median spot absent ; fringe orange, edged

with crimson to vein 3, then blackish brown.

Size as russata.

Hab. Tabaconas River, N. Peru, 6000 feet (4. E. § F.

Prathy (tau Peles

10. Melese nebulosa, sp. n.

Allied to flavimaculata, Dogn.

2. Upperside of fore wing dark brown, largely suffused

with crimson except at distal margin, base, and basal two-

thirds of costa; a crimson spot in cell above vein 2; a

crimson and yellow subbasal patch between cell and inner

margin, bearing a yellow spot above the submedian ; close

to this another similar patch, not reaching vein 2, and

bearing a yellow spot above the submedian; in cellule 2,

near cell, a rounded crimson spot ringed with yellow;

between cell and apex, two subcostal spots in 5 and 6, the

upper one yellow, the lower larger and almost white ; a sub-

basal crimson spot on the median; the submedian edged

with crimson to outer edge of subbasal patch, and inner

margin yellow to same extent. Hind wing crimson, paler

basally.

Underside of fore wing crimson-pink; costa from opposite

vein 2 narrowly dark brown, apex broadly so and narrowing

to the tornus ; subapical spots as above. Hind wing pink.

Antenne blackish, whitish at tips; head and palpi

crimson, upper part of frons brown; tegule and base of

patagia yellow and crimson, patagia fringed with dark

new South-American Arctiadx. 59

brown ; abdomen crimson-pink above, paler below ; legs

smoky brown, tarsi grey-white, coxz and part of femora

pink.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Type from San Gaban, S. Peru, 2500 feet, March and

Eepril,.VO bse be? -

ll. Hyperthema reducta, sp. 0.

Closely allied to sanguineata, Walk.

¢. The basal. spot on fore wing is smaller and margin

of the hind wing broader than in the allied species. The

white area of the hind wing is well defined and fills the

lower third of cell, extending to nearly half of inner margin,

narrowing distally and forming a spot in 5 beyond cell.

2. The basal spot on fore wing is only represented by a

faint black dot and the distal spot is absent. The white

area of the hind wing is narrower. The specimen from

La Selva has the outer spot of the fore wing present, and

the white area of the hind wing asin the @.

Size as in sanguineata.

Types from Siato, Rio Siato, slopes of Choco, Colombia,

5200 feet, Sept. 1909. Also 1 ¢ from La Selva, San Juan,

slopes of Choco, Colombia, 4600 feet, Sept. 1909.

12. Hyperthema albipuncta, Schs., 2.

HH. albipuncta, Schaus, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii. p. 265

(1901) (Brazil). @.

¢. Fore wing reddish. Hind wing white, thinly scaled,

smoky brown at anal angle and at apex.

1 ¢ from Nivac, Matto Grosso, Brazil.

13. Carathis tabaconas, sp. u.

Distinct from other species of the genus.

fo. Upperside of fore wing chocolate-brown with yellowish-

brown spots. Some irregular spots forming a basal patch ;

a small and darker median spot a little distally of origin of

vein 2; a round spot in upper angle of cell; a subterminal

spot in 3 and 4, its lower part whitish; a dot at end of

vein 3; a rounded subapical patch, its outer part whitish

and defined by a darker zigzag line; a rounded spot

at apex. Hind wing hyaline; costa ‘yellowish brown ;

inner margin slightly crimson, blackish at anal angle;

fringes dark brown.

Underside similar to upperside.

60 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

Antenne dark brown; palpi yellowish, anteriorly brown ;

frons dark brown ; vertex yellowish brown ; tegulee yellowish

brown ; thorax and dorsal surface: of abdomen blackish

brown; abdomen crimson laterally and yellow below; legs

banded with yellowish brown and dark brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. River Tabaconas, N. Peru, 6000 feet (4. EL. § F.

Pratt), 19V2. 8. sis

14. Pelochyta suffusa, sp. n.

Allied to umbrata, Hmpsn., from Bolivia.

3. Upperside of fore wing smoky brown, with paler and

indistinct markings; a broad and oblique postdiscal band

from lower submedian to vein 6, close to this an outer

straight line which is jomed to the band in 3 and is wider

in 4 and 5,a pale basal stripe in 10. Hind wing dark

smoky brown, paler at base and with a yellowish tinge on

inner margin.

Underside smoky brown, hind wing yellowish brown in

basal part.

Palpi deep brown; antennz, head, and thorax smoky

brown ; basal jomt of antenne yellow on outside; abdomen

yellow ochreous, dorsally smoky brown, paler at base ;

pectus and legs smoky brown.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Rio Huacamayo, Carabaya, 8. Peru, 3100 feet,

vi. 1904 (G. Ockenden). 1 8.

15. Elysius mediofasciata, sp. n.

Allied to francki, Schaus, but distinguished by the post-

discal and marginal bands on the fore wing.

do. Upperside of fore wing dark brown, thickly irrorated

with crimson and paler distally. A subbasal orange patch

below the cell; an orange spot in cell at vein 3; a pale

orange postdiscal band at right angles to costa and not

touching end of cell, curving inwardly from vein 5 to 3,

touching cell in cellule 3, then curving outwards and not

quite reaching 1a ; a broad marginal border of pale orange,

narrowing from vein 5 to apex, and ending in a point on

vein 1a; a crimson patch at base below submedian. Hind

wing hyaline with costa crimson and inner margin crimson

to submedian.

Underside of fore wing crimson, paler in distal area.

Hind wing as above, costa paler distally.

new South-American Arctiade: 61

Antenne blackish brown; head and palpi crimson ;

thorax crimson mixed with orange ; abdomen orange above,

dark reddish brown below, basal half crimson above, 4 black

dorsal spots on segments 5-8, a lateral row of black spots ;

pectus crimson, coxe and femora crimson, tibiz and tarsi

blackish brown.

Length of fore wing 27 mm.

Type from San Gaban, S. Peru, 2500 feet, March and

April, 1918. 1 ¢.

16. Hemihyalea hampsoni, sp. u.

Distinct from other species in the genus.

g. Both sides of wings sooty black, more thinly scaled

in the discal areas.

Antenne missing for the greater part, but apparently

black, basal segment orange ; palpi, head, and thorax bright

orange; anterior segment of palpi black; abdomen deep

black, anal tuft orange in middle ; thorax below reddish

orange, also cox, rest of legs black.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Type from French Guiana(?). 1 ¢.

17. Neritos flavimargo, sp. n.

Allied to sardanapalus, Roths., but not so dark.

g. Upperside of fore wing deep crimson irrorated with

blackish. A triangular costal spot extending across upper

angle of cell and reaching below vein 5 ; apex and outer

margin narrowly yellow, widening in cellule 3. Hind wing

yellowish tinged with red.

Underside paler than above, with no dark irroration.

Hind wing with only a faint red tinge.

Antennz deep crimson, anterior third white; head and

thorax deep crimson, greyish ochreous below, vertex yellow ;

abdomen crimson above, greyish white below; legs greyish

ochreous.

2. Fore wing with costal spot not reaching vein 5 ;

yellow margin slightly wider in cellule 3.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2,11 mm.

Type ¢ from Contamana, Rio Ucayali, Nov—Dec. ;

? from Rio Ucayali; 1 g from Rentema Falls, Upper

Maranon, N. Peru, 1000 feet (A. /. Pratt).

18. Neritos cardinalis, Dogn., ?.

N. cardinalis, Dognin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xliii. p. 327 (1889)

(Colombia). ¢.

? similar to ¢. On fore wing the yellow subbasal band

62 On new South-American Arctiade.

is narrower, the costal spot is broader, the spot above

tornus constricted in cellule 3. .

Rio Ucayali, Upper Amazons; also 1 ¢, Rio Maranon;

1 ¢, Contamana, Rio Ucayali, Nov.—Dec.

19. milia castanea, sp. n.

Distinct from other species of the genus.

d. Upperside of fore wing chocolate-brown ; three white

subbasal spots in 1, 1c, and on costa, a white oblong spot

on costa just before upper angle of cell, a white costal dot

near apex and another at extreme apex ; fringes dark brown

and bearing a white spot at end of vein 2. Hind wing

smoky black and semihyaline, more thickly scaled on inner

marginal area.

Underside of fore wing similar to upperside, yellowish

white at base. . Hind wing brown, a yellowish spot at base

of costa, a small yellowish spot on costa near origin of vein 8.

Antenne dark brown; palpi yellow ; head and thorax

chocolate-yellow ; tegule pale yellow, edged outwardly with

chocolate-brown and bearing a brown dot near base;

abdomen black above, yellow below, with a lateral red

stripe; pectus and femora yellow; tibiz and tarsi brown,

banded with yellow.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Type from El Topo, Rio Pastaza, E. Ecuador, 4200 feet

(G. Palmer). 1 6.

20. Hyponerita hamoza, sp. n.

3d. Upperside of fore wing greyish brown. A yellowish-

white costal patch extending across end of cell and reaching

origin of vein 8, outwardly rounded and broadened on costa 3

a yellowish-white spot at apex ; a yellowish-white terminal

border, widest in cellule 3 and very narrow above this vein:

all these markings edged with a fine red line. Lind wing

yellowish white with a faint red tinge on inner area.

Underside as above. Fore wing with band and median

area greyish pink, base of costa red.

Antenne dark brown; palpi grey-brown; frons dark

brown, vertex yellowish white; abdomen creamy above,

grey-white below; pectus and legs grey-white.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Type from La Selva, San Juan, Choco slopes of Colombia,

4600 feet, Sept. 1909. The only example.

On new Butterflies from the East. 63

V.— New Delias and other Butterflies from the East.

By J. J. ~ JOICEY, F.E.S., F.L.S., and G. Tazort, F.E.S.

ae IV, & V.]

Wirn the exception of the first-named, the types of the

species herein described are in the collection of Joicey.

1, Delias egialea horracki, subsp. n.

This form is distinguished from egialea, Crm., from Java,

by the strong reduction of the bluish-grey scaling.

3. Upperside of fore wing black; basal half, from

middle of costa to anal angle, powdered with bluish-grey

sealing, this scaling being dense towards extremity of cell

and above submedian nervure; an indistinct bluish-grey

point at extremity of cell; a submarginal series of indistinct

bluish-grey points. Hind wing black; basal half bluish

grey to lower submedian, beyond this yellow.

Underside of fore wing black ; a large greyish-white patch

towards extremity and a double white spot at end of cell;

three elongate greyish-white patches from cellule 3 to inner

margin, the one in 3 the smallest; a submarginal series of

whitish dashes. Hind wing black; subbasal red band, cell

and two spots above bright yellow; a discal series of seven

bright yellow patclies, of which the last, in the lower median

interspace, is much the largest. ~

2. Upperside of fore wing blackish brown ; outer half of

cell, spot at extremity of cell, and three elongate patches

below cell orange-yellow ; submar ginal series of indistinct

and dull yellowish-grey spots. Hind wing blackish brown ;

outer half of cell, two patches above and one below the cell

orange-yellow ; basal half of inner marginal area whitish

grey ; bluish-grey scaling on inner part of cellular orange

patch and above cell.

Underside of fore wing similar to male, but cellular and

discal white markings more extended yellow. Hind wing as

in male, but subbasal red band slightly larger.

Hab. Bawean. 2 64, 1 2 in the collection of Made-

moiselle de Horrack, of Paris.

2. Delias enniana kapaura, Roths., 3.

(Pl. TV; fe, T.)

Delias enniana kapaura, Rothschild, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. xv. p. 178. no, 21 (Jan. 1915) ( (Kapaur). 9.

3. Upperside very similar to enniana, Ob. Find wing

64 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on

with black marginal border to above vein 4 a little broader

and much better defined.

Underside of fore wing with broader triangular costal spot.

The lower of the three apical spots is yellow in its upper part.

Hind wing with basal yellow area darker and only faintly

tinging cellules 4-6. The marginal border is wider and its

edge straighter than in enniana.

Ty ve J from River Uty, North Dutch New Guinea, Jan,

1910 (C. & F. Pratt) ; 1 & from same locality at 1500 feet,

March 1910; 1 &, Upper Setekwa River, South Dutch New

Guinea, 2000-3000 feet, vii.~ix. 1910 (A. S. Meek); 13,

1 ¢, Mount Misresi, Arfak, 3000 feet, Jan. 1910 (C. & F.

Pratt).

3. Delias dice eceicez, subsp. n.

(PLY: fiess26 yo ee)

Not having a true dice, Voll., before us, we compare this

with dorothea, Mitis., the Waigeu form.

3. Upperside of fore wing with edge of apical border

outwardly curved at vein 4, the border narrower below vein 3

and only reaching saitierh ian fold. ind-wing border

narrower, with a sir -aighter edge, and not reaching vein 5.

Underside of fore wing with a narrow costal “border and

costal bar; spots in apical area larger and much as in enniana,

Ob. Hind wing paler yellow than in dorothea, more thinly

scaled in cellules 4-6, and leaving a narrow white edging to

the marginal border above vein 4. Marginal border nar-

rower, edge straighter, four small spots, the larger in 6.

2. This specimen is probably from the Owen Stanley

Range, but bears no locality, and we place it here pro-

visionally.

Upperside as in dorothea, but hind wing with broader

margin.

Underside of fore wing with breader costal bar almost

united with distal border. Margin of hind wing much

broader and with a nearly straight edge.

Hah. British New Guinea, Owen Stanley Range. (Type

3, Lkeikei, 1500 feet, Jan—Feb: 1908, Andi: Prati?

loc. e)-eeln Tring Mus. a ¢ from Milne Bay.

4, Delias dice samarai, subsp. n.

(Pl. TV. figs. 4g foe)

3. Differs from ecetced in the less defined edge of the

apical black on the fore wing. On the hind wing the margin

is wider and extends beyond vein 6.

new Butterflies from the East. 65

Underside of fore wing with much broader costal bar than

in eceicez, and at its lower edge almost touching the apical

brown ; the costal border is also broader. ‘The apex is more

broadly brown, extending two-thirds along vein 4 and

reaching the submedian fold; the second apical spot is

rounded, the third shows no trace of yellow, the fourth and

fifth are linear. Hind wing not paler than in dorothea, the

edge of the marginal border evenly defined, and a series of

five distinct subterminal yellowish spots ; these spots are

absent in one specimen.

?. Resembles dorothea. Upperside of fore wing with

reduced costal white bar ; marginal brown broader between

vein 3 and inner margin; basal dark suffusion reaching

origin of vein 2, Hind wing with much broader marginal

brown than in dorothea and eceicei; basal dark suffasion

extended to origin of veins 7 and 2.

Underside of. fore wing with costal bar joined to the apical

brown ; third apical spot tinged with yellow. Hind wing

with the nearly straight edge of distal margin reaching

origin of vein 4.

Hab. BE. and §.E. British New Guinea. (¢ 9 types,

Samarai; also 2 ¢ ¢ Samarai.) In Tring Mus. 2 3 6,

1 2, Sariba Island.

5. Delias albertisi neyi, Ribbe, 2.

(PFW. fre..Gs)

Delias neyi, Ribbe, Insekten-Borse, xvii. p. 808 (1900) (Aroa River),

dG.

2. Upperside of fore wing with reduced white area, which

does not extend into cell. ind wing with broader black

margin.

Underside as in ¢.

Length of fore wing 34 mm.

Hab. British New Guinea, probably Yule Island.

The specimen bears the label. “ Amboine,” which is cer-

tainly erroneous. There are two g ¢ in the collection from

Yule Island, but these do not differ from mainland specimens.

In our series of five ¢ ¢ the discal spot of the hind wing is

variable in size, and in one specimen from Yule Island it is

absent.

6. Eribwa eudamippus le moulti, subsp. n.

(Pro Viagtoet

This form is intermediate between nigrobasalis, Lathy,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 5

66 On new Butterflies from the East.

from Siam, and rothschildi, Leech, from China. It more

resembles the former.

3. Body as in rothschildt.

Upperside of fore wing with cell all black or bearing a

pale streak. The spot at end of cell may or may not be

joined to the patch in 3. The basal black is not so extended

as in typical nigrobasalis, but is more so than in_ the

specimen of that form from the Shan States figured in Nov.

Zool. v. pl. xvi. fig. 2. The two inner submarginal spots in

cellules 14, le are either absent or the spot in le only is

present and the spot in 16 represented by a bluish lunule.

The subterminal spots are larger than in the allied forms,

especially so in proportion is the spot in 7; there is a minute

dot in 8 at the apex. Hind wing with some dark scaling

at extreme base. ‘he black marginal band is as broad as in

rothschildi and with an evenly defined edge. ‘The sub-

terminal spots are a little smaller than in this form and the

anal lobe is margined with yellow to half or more than half

its width.

Underside more resembling typical eudamippus than

rothschildi. On the hind wing the blue edging of the lunules

is only faintly marked, the subterminal spots are smaller, and

the silvery band is broken on the anal lobe by the extended

yellow.

Hab. Vrianosong, Tibet. 6 g¢ g sent us by Monsieur

Le Moult, of Paris.

7. Acca ventlia jobina, subsp. n.

(Pl. V. figs. 2 3, 3.9.)

& 2. Approaches pseudovenilia, Fruh., from Dutch New

Guinea, but the band is broader. On the fore wing the spot

in the lower median space is smaller than the others, and the

band is heavily margined with blue distally ; the subapical

spots are larger and closer together than in pseudovenilia.

On the hind wing the band narrows anally and is heavily

margined with blue distally.

1 ¢,3 2 2 from Jobi.

A single ? from the island of Mioswar in Geelvink Bay

may represent another race. It is much larger than other

forms, the fore wing measuring 31 mm. The band is very

broad, the spot in 2 on the fore wing measures 7 mm, and on

the hind wing the band is 6 mm. wide at its middle. It is

margined with violet-blue, though less heavily than in

jobina. ‘The subapical spots are very large.

On the Rats usually included in Arvicanthis. 67

8. Papilio horishanus, Mats. (PI. V. fig. 4.)

We take this opportunity of figuring this very interesting

Papilio. The specimen figured was taken at Gokansan,

Formosa, in August 1914.

This distinct species shows its relationship to kuehn?,

Honr., from Celebes, in the delicate carmine patch on the

hind wing below, this patch in kuwehni being small and

restricted to the discal area.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate IV,

Fig. 1. Delias enniana kapaura, Roths., ¢.

Fig. 2. dice eceicet, 3.

Fig. 3, —— -

Fig. 44 —— samarai, 3.

Fig. 5. —— 52%

Fig. 6. —— albertisi neyi, Ribbe, 2.

PLaTE V.

Fig. 1. Eribea eudamippus le moulti, 3.

Fig. 2. Acca venilia jobina, 3.

Fig. 3

Fig. 4. Papilio horishanus, Mats.

V1I.—On the Rats usually included in the Genus Arvicanthis.

By Ouprietp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THe variation in colour-pattern among the rats commonly

included in the genus Arvicanthis is so great that one would

expect that some generic or subgeneric division of them

would prove ultimately advisable. Some species are with-

out lines on the back, some have one, others four, and

others again a larger number of stripes which may or may

not be broken up into spots.

Of names already existing within the group the earliest is

Rattus, Donovan, but, as is shown in a succeeding paper,

that is antedated by earlier writers for other animals.

Then follow Arvicanthis, Lesson, and Jsomys, Sundevyall,

both based on the Nile rat, A. niloticus, and finally Lemnis-

comys, Trouessart, founded on the striped species, L. barbarus

being taken as typical. Recently Mr. Heller * has recog-

* Smiths, Misc, Coll, lix, no. 16, p, 12 (1912).

68 Mr. O. Thomas on the Rats usually

nized Lemniscomys as a genus for the “‘ striped or spotted ”

forms, but, working only from E. African material, he has

exaggerated the degree of difference occurring in the

zygomatic plate of the skull, nor has he mentioned the

pumilio group, which in that respect agrees with Arvicanthis.

A careful examination of the Museum material shows

that three quite distinct genera may be distinguished, whose

characteristics are as follows :—

ARVICANTHIS, Less.

Syn. Lsomys, Sund.

Type. A. niloticus (Mus niloticus, Geoff.).

Back generally without stripes, but sometimes with a

single mesial one, not very sharply defined. Fifth finger

normal in length, with a distinct sharply pointed claw.

Skull stout and heavy. Anterior zygomatic plate high,

its top at about two-thirds the height of the muzzle, its

anterior edge not or little cut back below.

Teeth stoutest of the group. Molars heavy, simple, the

laminze transverse and little folded ; in m*® the main lamina

is slightly slanted, thicker externally, but not folded on

itself.

These are the ordinary members of the “ niloticus” group,

known by their heavy form and generally unstriped colora-

tion. A paper on their species and subspecies has been

recently published by Mr. Dollman *.

Lemniscomys, Trouess.

Type. L. barbarus (Mus barbarus, Linn.).

Body striped and often spotted as well, the median line

of the back always black. Fifth finger shortened, with a

short nail instead of a claw.

Skull rather more lightly built than in Arvicanthis.

Anterior zygomatic plate low, the top only about half the

height of the muzzle, its front edge generally undercut and

concave, sometimes sharply so.

Molars smaller than in Arvicanthis, their laminz less

simply transverse, more bent backward internally. Main

lamina of m® strongly bent back on itself externally ; cleft

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. p. 584 (1911). In this paper

A. rex, Thos., is put aside ‘as its affinities are very doubtful.” In this

conclusion Mr. Dollman’s opinion is confirmed by my present observa-

tions, for the type of vex, unlike all members of true Arvicanthis, proves

to have a nail instead of a claw on the fifth finger. It may be pro-

visionally considered as a giant member of Desmomys, Thos.

included in the Genus Arvicanthis. 69

separating its tip from the small third lamina (whose large

axis is transverse) deep, so that the two only become con-

nected in old age.

Lemniscomys contains the great mass of the striped and

spotted rats of Africa. The better-known species like

barbarus and striatus are profusely striped and spotted,

while, on the other hand, in the spinalis* group there is only

a single median dorsal line, and it seemed natural to expect

some superspecific difference to be present between the two.

But not only are they identical in all structural characters,

but even in coloration certain of the rarer species practically

link up the two extremes. Thus in JL, striatus venustus the

lateral light spots are less developed than usual, and in

L. linulus, while present, they are so reduced that the species

was described as being specially related to L. * dorsalis.”

And, finally, E. African forms described as subspecies of the

same animal have a strong suspicion of lateral spotting.

There is therefore a practically complete intergradation

from one end of the series to the other.

RHABDOMYS, gen. nov.

Rattus, Donovan, 1827 ; nec G. Fisch. 1814; nec Desm. 1822.

Type. R. pumilio (Mus pumilio, Sparrm.).

Build lighter than in Arvicanthis. Back distinetly dark-

lined, but the median line light instead of dark, with two

dark lines on each side of it, making four in all ; the number

of dark lines is therefore even instead of odd. Fifth finger

normal, with a claw.

Skull comparatively lightly built, somewhat bowed in the

frontal region. Zygomatic plate not concave anteriorly.

Molars small, far lighter than in Arvicanthis, their

structure essentially as in Lemniscomys, the lamine similarly

bowed, or even alittle more so. Main lamina of m’ strongly

bent round on itself externally, and, owing to the shallowness

of the notch behind it, it is very early joined to the posterior

element of the tooth, which is round or longitudinally oval.

The pumilio group form a very distinct genus, charac-

terized as above detailed. Even in coloration, although

* The well-known animal usually called <Arvicanthis dorsalis un-

fortunately needs a new name, as Smith’s Mus dorsalis of 1845 is

invalidated by G. Fischer’s use of the same name for a Svcista in 1814

(Zoogn. iii. p. 66). I-would propose to replace dorsalis by spinalis, but

this would only stand asa subspecies of grise/da, Thos., the senior of the

various subspecific names which have been added to dorsalis. The proper

name of the South-African subspecies would therefore be Lemniscomys

griselda spinalis,

70 Mr, O. Thomas on

striated, the striation is essentially different from that in

Lemniscomys, the middle line here being light with an even

number of black lines external to it, while in both Lemnis-

comys and, if a line is present, in Arvicanthis, the middle

line is black, thus altering the whole pattern.

So far as is known, there are four definite dark lines in all

the species of Rhabdomys, no variation in the number or

continuity of the lines occurring in the genus. But in

desert forms, such as BR. p. bechuane, they are considerably

reduced in intensity.

A paper on the forms of Rhabdomys was published by

Mr. Wroughton in 1905 *.

VII.—On Rattus as a Generic Name, with a Note on the

Nomenclature of Echimys and Loncheres. By Oupririp

THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In Palmer’s ‘Index Generum Mammalium,’ 1904, the

standard work on mammalian generic names, Rattus is first

quoted (p. 601) as from Frisch, 1775, and then (p. 602) as

from Donovan, 1827, with a note to the latter that it “is

entitled to recognition if Rattus, Frisch, 1775, is not a valid

name.” Palmer also notes that Rattus, Zimmerman +, “is

not generally regarded as a valid generic name,” a conclusion

with which I concur. Frisch’s names are also now refused

recognition {, and therefore the question arises as to the

animal to which, if any, the name Rattus is applicable.

Palmer’s, and later on Miller’s, belief that Donovan’s use

of the name is the first valid one does not prove to be correct,

for it was used in valid form by Desmarest in 1822 (Mamm.

ii. pp. 297-300). Though placed in the synonymy of dus,

its type, settled by tautonymy, would clearly be Mus—or, as

now called, Epimys—ratius, Linn.

Fortunately, however, I have been able to find a still

earlier use of the name, which does not upset, as Desmarest’s

would, the now widely used Epimys, but falls on a rare and

little-known Paraguayan animal, the “Rat épineux ” of Azara.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 629.

+ Spec. Zool. Quadr. p. 344 (1777).

t Cf. Thomas and Miller, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 461.

Rattus as a Generic Name. 71

The reference is as follows :—

“2. Rattus spinosus, le rat épineux, d’Azara, vol. i. p. 73,

longitudine 10 pollicum,... .” *.

Even though it might be claimed that the combination

was meant for a mere translation of Azara’s name, in form

it is so correct and so similar to the “1. Hystrix macroura ”

and ‘3. Hystriz chrysura,” that precede and follow it, both

undeniably meant for generic and specific names, that I con-

sider we are justified in regarding it in a similar light, and

therefore as a valid founding of the generic name Rattus on

the species spinosus.

It is to be hoped that no earlier reference will be found,

as should such occur it will in all probability prove to be

based on Mus raitus, Linneus, and will therefore upset

Epimys. But after considerable search I have failed to find

anything earlier than Fischer’s fortunate reference to

Azara’s animal.

The application of Rattus among the Octodontidez has

next to be considered, but attention must first be drawn to

the much-discussed question of what species is the type of

Echimys, F. Cuv., 1809. Of the two species originally

included in it, the “ Lerot a queue dorée” and the “ Rat

épineux de d’Azara” (i.e., Loncheres chrysurus and Echimys

spinosus of recent zoologists), Dr. Allen, in 18997, fixed

upon the latter as the type, on the ground of elimination,

and this selection has been generally followed. But, un-

fortunately, in a book to which Mr. Gerrit Miller has recently

directed attention, Fleming’s ‘ Philosophy of Zoology, 1822 f,

“ Hystrix chrysurus”’ is selected as the type of Echimys, and

I fail to discover any means of upsetting this selection,

which is exactly on all fours with that of Sciurus volans as

the type of Pteromys, about which Mr. Miller wrote.

If, then, as we are compelled to do, we accept Fleming’s

selection, the name Echimys will become the correct term

for the animals usually known as Loncheres, with Echimys

chrysurus as the type, while the genus typified by Azara’s

Espinoso will have to bear another title.

For this latter the name Rattus, which has at least the

merit of being short, will be available, antedating Goeldi’s

Euryzygomatomys § by many years. Its two species are

Rattus spinosus and R. laticeps.

* G, Fischer, Zoogn. iii. p. 105 (1814),

+ Bull. Am. Mus, xii. p. 262.

t Vol. ii. p. 191.

§ Bol. Mus. Paraense, iii. p, 179 (1901).

72 Generic Names applicable to the Chevrotains.

By a curious and fortunate accident, the nomenclature

of the genera in Trouessart’s ‘Supplement ’* proves now to

come out practically correct, Echimys being there used for

the “Loncheres” group, while Rattus is called Euryzygo-

matomys. The use of Echimys is quoted from Allen, and

must therefore have been due to a misunderstanding of the

latter’s paper, in which he came to quite a different con-

clusion. But the result is none the less convenient.

VIII.—On the Generic Names applicable to the Chevrotains

(Tragulide). By Ouprretp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tur name Tragulus was first published by Brisson +, who

included in it four species. Of these the first, Tragulus

indicus, “ Le Chevrotain des Indes,’ was selected by

Merriam {, when writing a paper on Brisson’s genera, as

the genotype, and this selection we may accept. But the

belief that the Chevrotain des Indes was the Chevrotain

of India in the modern sense—that is to say, the spotted

Tragulus meminna—appears to me to be erroneous, and this

is very fortunate, for had it been so some confusion and

altering of names would have resulted.

For since the Meminna is at least subgenerically distinct

from the other Oriental Traguli, a new name would be

needed for the latter if the former were the type of Tragulus,

while the Meminna has already got a special name.

On looking up Brisson’s description, we find that all his

quotations are of early accounts of the Royal Antelope,

Neotragus pygmeus, which at first suggests the misfortune of

Tragulus itself being applicable to that animal and not to

the Chevrotains at all. But Brisson’s description is that

of a Chevrctain, not of an antelope, as the possession of

* Cat. Mamm. Suppl. p. 503 (1905).

+ Régn. An. (2) p. 12 (1762).

{ Science, i. p. 875 (1895). Only the first line of Merriam’s statement

about Zragulus can be accepted, his assertion (based on the synonymy)

about the identity of 7. zmdicus being fortunately incorrect. As indi-

cated by the double asterisk attached to the title, Brisson’s Tragulus

indicus was described from actual specimens examined by himself, and

therefore takes precedence of his synonymy. ;

On Two new Carnivores from Asta Minor. 73

canines indicates with certainty, and further examination

shows that the account is based on Buffon’s “ Chevrotain,”

of which he evidently saw the original specimens—colours,

dimensions, and tooth-characters all being in agreement

with those in Buffon’s work. We may therefore eliminate

the synonymy in Brisson, and accept the description as

indicating the genotype of Tragulus.

The animal thus described is clearly one of the unspotted

group related to 7. javanicus or napu, but which species is

immaterial for our present purpose. Certainly it is not the

Indian 7. meminna.

For the subgenus containing the latter, the name Memina

or Meminna (Gray) is unavailable, having been earlier used

by G. Fischer for an opossum *,

But Moschiola, first published invalidly by Hodgson in

conjunction with a nomen nudum, may be taken technically

from the synonymy given by Gray of his genus Meminna in

1852+, and will be available as a subgeneric name for the

Spotted Chevrotain, which I should therefore call Tragulus

(Moschiola) meminna.

Lastly, for the West-African Water-Chevrotain I should

now use Hyemoschus, as, apart from its different geological

horizon, it is sufficiently distinguished from Dorcatherium

by its different premolar formula.

ITX.—On Two new Carnivores from Asia Minor.

By W. F. Grirritt BLAcKLeER, M.A., F.Z.S.

THE British Museum contains specimens of a wild cat and a

badger from the region near Trebizond which do not appear

to have been described.

Felis sylvestris trapezia, subsp. n.

Resembling Felis sylvestris caucasica, but distinguishable

by the smaller size of the skull.

Colour.—General colour approaching the broccoli-brown of

Ridgway, with four black longitudinal lines on head and

nape of neck, two being continued on to the shoulders, where

they lie on either side parallel to a black median dorsal line

which commences near nape and continues almost to base of

* Zoogn. iii. p. 611 (1814).

+ Cat. Ungulata, p. 246 (1852).

74 Mr. W. F. G. Blackler on Two new

tail. Markings on flanks nearest in colour to the sepia of

Ridgway, appearing as three transverse stripes on the fore

part and as oval or rounded patches on the hinder region.

Stripes on the hind legs fairly well marked. Tail with

black terminal portion and at least four black annulations of

about 1 cm. each in breadth. Ears tinged with reddish

brown, which is more conspicuous near the tip, and have a

pointed tuft of black hairs projecting from the tip about

12 mm. long. Sooty patch at elbow apparent, but not so

marked as in F. s. caucasica. Underparts similar to colouring

of the Felis sylvestris group. Underfur of back and sides

mauvy grey basally, the distal half ochraceous buff. Long

hairs whitish at base, passing into black, with a cream-buff

annulation at or near the tip, most of the hairs ending in

black.

Skull.—Resembles that of F. s. sylvestrisand F. s. caucasica,

but is smaller. The mastoid breadth is conspicuously

narrower, the nasals are more or less considerably constricted

at a point midway in their length, and the auditory bulle

are more evenly rounded (although of same size and inflation)

than in the other two allied subspecies.

Dimensions of the type (as measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 530mm. ; tail 305; hind foot 133; ear 60.

Skull: condylo-basal length 86°2; basal length 782 ;

zygomatic breadth 66°8; rostral breadth over canines 24:8;

interorbital breadth 18-0; breadth of brain-case 43:0 ; mas-

toid breadth 38:2; palatal length 35:0; palatal breadth

(measured across to inner edge of molar alveoli) 32°2; length

of nasal suture 20°8.

Teeth: length of pm’ and pm* 17:0; maxillary tooth-row

30°3; three lower cheek-teeth 20°0 ; lower molar 7:9. All

teeth moderately worn.

Hab. Khotz, near Trebizond (North-eastern Asia Minor).

Alt. 500'.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 6. 5.1.28. Original num-

ber 2337. Collected on 17th January, 1906, by A. Robert,

and presented to the Museum by Oldtield Thomas, Esq.

Other specimens examined.—Three, all from the same

locality.

This wild cat is similar to Felis sylvestris sylvestris, but the

general colour is darker and more smoky-looking, and does

not present such a clear appearance as does that of the latter.

In this respect it approaches more nearly to Felis sylvestris

caucasica, of which the British Museum possesses a very good

specimen which agrees in skull-measurements with those

Carnivores from Asia Minor. 75

given by Satunin in his description of this subspecies. But

it differs from this one in the much smaller size of its skull

and in having the transverse stripes on the flanks only

occurring in the anterior region, where three stripes are

distinguishable, while in the posterior region the stripes tend

to become broken up and appear as distinct oval or rounded

spots, presenting also in this respect a distinctive difference

from both F. s. sylvestris and F. s. caucasica, where the

markings of the flanks preserve the striped character more or

less along the whole side of the body. The ears of this cat

have also a very marked pointed tuft of black hair at the tip,

which also helps to distinguish it. The curious constriction

of the nasal bones and the narrow breadth between the

mastoid processes, together with the smaller size of the skull,

besides the difference in the body-markings, fully justify

ranking this cat as a new subspecies.

The skull of F. s. caucasica in the British Museum has a

condylo-basal length of 94 mm.,, while the lengths of the three

complete skulls from Khotz are 86°2, 83:0, and 81 mm.

respectively.

Meles meles ponticus, subsp. n.

Superficially resembles J/e/es meles, but differs from the

two subspecies as described by Miller in having more inflated

auditory bulle and in the size and shape of the upper molar.

Colour.—Generally similar to Meles meles, back and sides

presenting a coarse grizzle of black and buff or buffy white ;

the black predominating on dorsal side, flanks showing more

of the lighter colour. Hairs on back buff or whitish buff at

bases, with a black band for their distal third part, and

terminating with a whitish tip of about 5mm. long. Under-

fur generally of darker buff than long hairs. Face and chin

white, with a dark black-brown band on either side of face

beginning behind nostril-pad, and extending backwards

including eyes and ears to about middle of neck, where it

fades into colour of back. Ears black-brown, anterior edge

white. Underparts and all four legs dark brown to black-

brown. ‘Tail shorter proportionately than in J/. meles, bushy,

coloured like back at base, but fading into dirty buffy white.

Skull.—Comparing this with a range of skulls of MZ. meles

meles and M. meles marianensis (mediterraneus, Barr.-Ham.),

the salient points of difference are that the auditory bulle

are slightly larger and very considerably more inflated and

rounded, the longitudinal inner ridge as described by Miller *

* ‘Mammals of Western Europe,’ p. 345.

76 Mr. W. F. G. Blackler on Two new

being more or less completely lost through the inflation. The

meatus is directed downwards and backwards from without

to within, the plane of backward direction being more oblique

to a line drawn at right angles to a median antero-posterior

line on the skull than in the other two allied forms. The

zygomata, even in the old specimens, are much thinner and

more slender generally along their whole length.

Teeth.— The upper molar is larger than in J/. meles meles,

and of about the length of MW. meles marianensis, but is

narrower in proportion to its length, exhibiting in a number

of specimens a mean ratio of 1 to 1:27 instead of 1 to 1:16-1:18

as in M. meles meles or 1 to 1°22 as in M. meles marianensis *.

It further shows a marked bend or constriction midway along

the inner edge between the inner anterior and_ posterior

cusps, so that the least width across the tooth between the

inner and outer anterior and posterior cusps is, on an average,

about 1 mm. less than in the other two allied types.

(For comparative measurements, see table on opposite page.)

Dimensions of the type (as measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 660 mm. ; tail 132 ; hind foot 105; ear 50.

Skull: greatest length 133-0; condylo-basal length 127-0;

basal length 115°5; zygomatic breadth 78:0; interorbital

breadth 28°4; palatal length 69°3; mastoid breadth 61:0 ;

width of brain-case 54°6.

Upper molar: length along inner margin 15°4 ; breadth

across the anterior cusps 12°1 ; least width across tooth at

constriction between anterior and posterior cusps 11:2,

Hab. Scalita, 30 miles 8. of Trebizond, North-eastern Asia

Minor. Alt. cire. 3000’.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 6.3.6.219. Original

number 2208. Collected by A. Robert, 2nd Dec., 1905, and

presented to the Museum by Oldtield Thomas, Esq.

Other specimens examined.—Three, all from same locality.

Head and body 710, 660, 600; tail 152, 125, 110; hind

foot 100, 80, 100; ear 40, 50, 43 respectively, measured in

millimetres. Skulls all exhibit the typical characteristics,

This badger, though similar in colouring to the European

forms, is immediately distinguishable by its large and inflated

auditory bulle and by the size and shape of the upper molar.

The following table of comparative measurements with a

number of specimens of AZ. meles meles and Md. meles marian-

ensis may be of interest :—

* In this respect it approaches M. meles canescens (Blauf.) and M. meles

minor (Sat.), of which the ratio is about 1 to 1:35, but the general

colouring is different and it is a much larger animal.

inor.

from Asia M

NLVOreS

Cai

“ce

‘ai0M ATYSITS

‘mI0M ATOPRIOPOTW

‘uI0M ATOPBIOPO TW,

‘m0 ATS

‘UIOA JON

‘urom APY SITS

‘ai0om ATQYSTS

‘a1o.m A[9}V.L0 po J

““

"UIOM JON

———_ $< ————— —

*Y399} JO MOTIpUo;

‘rvpout zeddn

UL YpBatq oF

Yyouey JO O1yeyy

8LX0-L1

8LXG-91

0-80-21

6-LX*6G-9L

6-LXF-9T

61% ¢-GT

6-2X6-91

6:2% 0-91

“TBLOUL Ta MOrT

6-11

0-6L

9-61

6-11

Z11

PLSD

Z-01

9-01

8-01

eLL

‘rejour zoddn

TAPIA 4svory

9-6LX9-FT

0-41 X8-FL

GELXF-9L

0-61 X0-9T

DGLXGST

8-61 X9-ET

8-GLX8-FL

GCLX¢-F1

0-6LX0-F1

6-[1X0-ST

6-ILX€-SI

6-[LX0-ST

LGLX FST

‘rejour saddq

*o 0 “OOtOt

Ot Ot to

SOP ORONO

“X89

Pe SS SS SS ES SS SE SS ee

Serenata ota. pia

Peeeeeees rene 922-9 "G9

soe) (OCA) BIG -O0Gs0

I‘ GI “$6

Freee eee seen gn eg err

er ar a a

E Rae 8

Se Sie

"saJaUl sajaul * Ay

‘snayuod sajau “fy

‘TaquINna "WW'|

78 Mr. W. F. G. Blackler on Two new

X.—On Two new Subspecies of Roedeer.

By W. F. Grirrirr BuAckier, M.A., F.Z.S.

WHILE working at a number of specimens of roedeer obtained

in 1906 in North-eastern Asia Minor, and comparing them

with all the other specimens in the possession of the British

Museum, I have been led to the conclusion that they present

sufficient characteristics to merit being classed as a separate

geographical race, and therefore propose giving them a new

name. At the same time I have been able to examine

closely a number of roedeer from France which were obtained

by the Museum subsequent to the time when Mr. Miller

worked on the group in preparing his ‘ Catalogue of the

Mammals of Western Europe,’ although some were provi-

sionally included under Capreolus capreolus capreolus at the

last moment before going to press. ‘These French roedeer

appear so distinct in their general colouring from any of the

other described forms, the difference being constant in all five

individuals examined, that it seems quite justifiable to class

them also as a new form.

Capreolus capreolus armenius, subsp. n.

Colour.—In winter pelage considerably darker and more

smoky than either Capreolus c. capreolus or C. ¢. transyl-

vanicus, showing hardiy any trace of yellow tinge as in the

former, the general colour approaching the sepia of Ridgway.

The colouring of the back is not unlike that of C. c. thotti

from Scotland, but that animal is readily distinguished from

this by the fact of the head and neck being darker than the

body. The middle part of the back is much darker than the

flanks, this darker area commencing just behind the ears and

extending backwards along the middle dorsal region to the

tail, with a tendency to broaden out on the rump. Face and

ears similar to colour of flanks, but slightly greyer. Inner

side of ears almost white, the hairs on the anterior edge being

quite white. Throat-patch and neck-patch well defined, the

hairs being tipped with white. Colouring of underside

almost as dark as in C. c. thott’, but bases of hairs much

lighter. Hairs all over the body generally much shorter

than in C. c. capreolus, measuring only about 25 mm. in

length on the back at the shoulder, and their basal colour is

the same, but the cream-buff annulations are shorter, rarely

Subspecies of Roedeer. 79

exceeding 3mm. Legs darker and tending to show more of

the grizzled character of the back than in the other European

forms. The older specimens have a whitish streak on the

outer posterior side of the fore legs, extending from just

below the elbow to about 4 cm. above the metacarpal joint.

Skull.—Principally characterized by its shortness and the

bluntness of the muzzle as compared with C. c. capreolus and

C.c. transylvanicus. The posterior ends of the nasals are

more rounded and do not stretch so far back as do those of

the other forms in relation to a line drawn across the skull at

the most anterior edges of the orbits.

Hab. Sumela, 30 miles south of Trebizond, N.E. Asia

Minor. Alt. cire. 3500’.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6. 3. 6.188. Original number

2136. Collected 8th November, 1905, by A. Robert, and

presented to the Museum by Oldfield Thomas, Hsq.

Dimensions (as measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 1080 mm.; hind foot 330; ear 125.

Skull: greatest length 189; condylo-basal length 180;

greatest breadth 67:2 ; interorbital breadth 50:0; length of

nasals 48°8 ; gnathion to orbit 95 ; gnathion to tooth-row 55°6 ;

maxillary tooth-row 58:0; length of molar series 34:5.

Capreolus capreolus joffrei, subsp. n.

Colour.—The back presents the typical grizzle, but the

general colour is very much yellower and warmer in tone,

almost approaching to Ridgway’s “mummy-brown,” the

light annulations being much more tawny than in C, e¢. ca-

preolus. A well-marked darker area along the middle of the

back. Throat- and neck-patches evident, but not clearly

marked. White area in tail-region considerably reduced.

Underside more tawny-coloured than in the allied forms.

Face and ears much greyer than body. Hairs on back about

40 mm. in length.

Skull.—The skull does not exhibit any particular cranial

peculiarity, except that it is shorter and smaller than the

three described continental subspecies, and in this respect, as

well as in general appearance, it greatly resembles that of

the British form. .

Hab. France. Type from Ferritres, near Paris.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 12.1.17.1. Original number

T. V.S. 644. Collected 23rd December, 1911, and presented

to the Museum by the Hon. N. ©. Rothschild.

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 1040 mm. (cire.) ; hind foot 298; ear 122.

80 On a new Loricariid Fish from Ecuador.

Skull: greatest length 179-0; condylo-basal length 173-0 ;

greatest breadth 84°6 ; interorbital breadth 54:4; length of

nasals 52°2; gnathion to orbit 92:0; gnathion to tooth-

row 53°3 ; maxillary tooth-row 59°6 ; molar series 34°3.

This roedeer can be readily distinguished from the other

European forms by the decided tawny-yellow colour of the

winter pelage.

XIL—A new Loricartid Fish of the Genus Cyclopium from

Ecuador. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Cyclopium mindoense, sp. n.

Length of head 4 in the length of fish. Interocular. width

equal to distance from eye to posterior nostril, 4in the length

of head. Nasal flap produced into a barbel; maxillary

barbel extending to base of pectoral; teeth acute, those of

outer series of preemaxillaries unicuspid except 3 or 4 median

teeth, which are bicuspid; mandibulary teeth bicuspid.

Anterior ray of dorsal a little longer than head ; outer ray of

pectoral produced, nearly } length of fish; outer pelvic ray

as long as anterior ray of dorsal. Adipose fin elongate,

extending on to caudal fin, with a well-developed spine that

extends to its free margin, but tapers off below, and appears

not quite to reach its base ; spine separated from caudal by a

space equal to } the length of the middle rays of that fin.

Anus equidistant from vertical through origin of dorsal and

last ray of anal, its distance from first ray of anal 3 the length

of the fish. Distance from snout to origin of dorsal fin 22 in

the length of the fish, from last ray of anal to caudal 7.

Body with irregular dark spots; anal and caudal dark at

base ; caudal also crossed by a dark bar.

A single specimen, 65 mm. in total length, from Mindo,

Western Ecuador, collected and presented to the Natural

History Museum by Mr. W. Goodfellow.

This species is related to C. cirratum, Regan (P. Z. 8.

1912, p. 670), from Western Colombia, which differs espe-

cially in the more posterior position of the vent (scarcely

nearer to vertical through origin of dorsal than to base of

caudal, separated from anal fin by a distance equal to } the

length of the fish), and in the more normal structure of the

spine of the adipose fin. C. ventrale, Eigenmann (Indian

Univ. Bull. x. 1912, no. 8, p. 15), is, as Kigenmann thought

likely, a synonym of C. cirratum,

On the “Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. $1

XI.—A4 Revision of the “ Cribrimorph’’? Cretaceous Polyzoa.

By W. D. Lane, M.A., F.Z.S.

(Published by permission of the Trusiees of the British Museum.)

Introductory.

A very large number of the Cretaceous Polyzoa, usually

placed in Criérilina and similar genera, fall into the groups

here described. Though it is possible that some of the

subdivisions of these families may eventually prove to be

unrelated, yet within these subdivisions the general evolu-

tionary history is so plain, and marches so agreeably with

the horizontal distribution of the forms, that there can be

no doubt that the grouping is mainly natural.

Before dealing with the families in detail, it is weil to

review their common structure and the evolutionary aims

common to all. Like all fossil Polyzoa, each form here

described is a colony (asty*) composed of individuals

(ecia*) incrusting other objects im free unilaminar or

bilaminar sheets, in cylindrical tree-like forms, or some-

times in multilaminar masses. The ecia are Cribrimorphs +

and Steginomorphs {, and are derived from Membranimorphs +

or Cheilostome Polyzoa with a box-like cecium of which

the uppermost side (front wall) has on it an oval rim (the

termen t) which may, or may not, be beset with spiues.

The termen includes the aperture. Outside the termen the

skeleton is calcareous, within it is chitinous. The Mem-

branimorphs which directly gave rise to Cribrimorphs had

a spiny termen, and of the terminal spines one pair

proximal to the orifice fuses across the middle lne and

forms the apertural bar +. The terminal spines distal to

the apertural bar (the apertural spines+) are typically six

in number, but may be reduced to four and occasionally

exceed six. Ithas not been possible to determine whether

the pair of terminal spines which form the apertural bar

are in every case homologous, but it is nearly certain that

this is so within a given family or subfamily. The

evolutionary history of the apertural spines is varied.

The terminal spines proximal to the apertural bar are

called coste and, leaning over the intra-terminal space,

* The colony is generally spoken of as the zoartwm and the individuals

as zowcia. For clear thinking, it is more convenient to have precise

terms, as here used, for the skeletal parts as opposed to the zoarium and

zocecium, which strictly apply to the body-wall as well as its secretions.

+ For these terms, see Lang, 1916, Geol. Mag. dee. vi. vol. ili. p. 76.

t For this term, see Lang, 1914, Geol. Mag. dee. vi. vol. i. p. 6.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. XVill, 6

82 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

they fuse in the middle line to form a calcareous, more

or less perforate, intraterminal front wall. Such forms are

Cribrimorphs.

The evolutionary aim in the development of all families

appears to be the disposal to the best advantage or least

detriment to the organism of superfluous Calcium Car-

bonate*. Doubtless, the ancestral Membranimorphs secreted

the terminal spines under this stimulus. Continued pressure

led to the exaggeration of the spines, and these, by bending

over and fice with their opposing fellows, formed a median

line of fusion which gave scope for a considerable deposition

of Calcium Carbonate.

Henceforward the disposal of Calcium Carbonate takes

place in three main directions, which may be simultaneously

pursued during the evolution of any one lineage. The

intraterminal front wall tends to become more solidified by

means of lateral fusions between the cost, and secondary

Calcium Carbonate may be piled up on the median line of

fusion. The distal apertural spines may thicken and fuse

with each other or with secondary tissue outside them to

form the distal shield of secondary aperture, while thickenings

or processes of the apertural bar, often helped by fusions

with avicularia or with the proximal pair of apertaral spines,

form the proximal shield of a secondary aperture. And,

thirdly, intereecial tissue may envelop the front wall

peripherally or group itself around intercecial avicularia

and, growing up, leave the intraterminal front wall sunk at

a lower level. The secondary aperture may continue to

grow in a tubular form, or may spread laterally and, by

meeting and fusing with the outgrowths of neighbouring

secondary apertures and intereecial tissue, may form a

complete secondary front wall (lamina peristomica of

Jullien) +; such forms are Steginomorphs, and occur inde-

pendently in several genera,

This general evolutionary history is corroborated in

individual cases by the facts of development. Ontogeny

is often used to elucidate the course of phylogeny, and the

ontogenetic stages of individual cecia can sometimes be seen

at the growing edge of the colony. But commoner and far

more useful are the growth-stages of the colony itself.

Astogeny {, like ontogeny, is frequently a useful guide to

the phylogeny of the form considered, and in fossil Polyzoa

* See Lang, 1916, Geol. Mag. dec. vi. vol. iii. pp. 74-77.

+ Jullien, 1886, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xi. p. 609.

{ Cumings, 1904, American Journ, Sci. vol. xvii. p. 50,

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 83

has this advantage, that each successive stage is left behind

and not, as a rule, covered over or obscured by further

growth.

A. Pelmatoporide, fam. nov.

Diagnosis. Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of moderate

or large size (4 mm. to 1? mm.), whose intraterminal front

wall is typically built of hollow terminal spines bent over

archwise, fused in the middle line, then bent vertically and

continued as free spines, the broken ends of which form

two rows of pelmata (if smail, pelmatidia)—hobnail-like

markings on the intraterminal front wall; lateral costal

fusions and secondary pelmata or pelmatidia may be

developed ; apertural spines typically 4, but occasionally

5, 6, or 7; a secondary aperture generally attained, and

by a variety of methods in the different lineages ; avicularia

primarily small and abundant (seldom absent), but may

become, secondarily, of a considerable size.

Tabular Diagnoses of Subfamilies of Pelmatoporide.

A. Coste thin, with a single series of pelmatidia

and no lateral costal fusions.

I. Costz separated by wide gaps ........ a, Francoporine.

II. Costz touching or very close together.

a, Avicularia occasional, rather large, and

pointing obliquely proximally ...... b. Opisthornithoporine,

6, Avicularia generally abundant and not

generally proximally directed.

1. Each half of the apertural bar bifid.. c. Kelestomine.

2. Apertural bar not bifid.

a, Avicularia, if emerging from se-

condary tissue, are either several,

placed around the aperture, or a

pair laterally or proximally placed

with regard to the aperture .... d. Tricephaloporine.

8. A pair of avicularia, distally placed

with regard to the aperture,

emerge from secondary tissue

which envelops the whole cecium

otherwise, except the aperture

and a small part of the intrater-

minal front wall; proximal aper-

tural spines fuse with a median

process of the apertural bar and

with the distal apertural spines,

forming a pair of hoop-like arches

on each side of the aperture ..., e. Pnictoporine.

B. Coste thin, with secondary pelmatidia and

lateral costal fusions ...,....... OCU f, Castanoporine.

84 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

C. Coste stout, with a lateral row of pelmata

and a median row of pelmatidia ........ g. Diacanthoporine.

D. Coste stout, with one or more series of

pelmata ....cecicceec esse enenenceerens h. Pelmatoporine.

a. Francoporrw2, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of Genera and Species.

A. Pelmatidia sometimes visible; intraterminal

front wall arched and not sunk in secondary

PiBsle isso. SEIU AE Sg ieee nae I. Francopora.

B. Pelmatidia quite obliterated by secondary

tissue in the median area of fusion; cecia

tend to be immersed in secondary intercecial

PIBSG ese eee Matsa tie oe ese eee een se Re Se II. Baptopora.

a. Smaller, about 3 mm.; secondary aperture

proximally formed by a process of the

apertural bar which probably fuses with

the proximal pair of apertural spines to

form hoop-like structures ............+- 1. B. immersa.

6. Larger, more than 3 mm. ; secondary aperture

proximally complete, probably formed as

in (@), but with the “ hoops” infilled with

Secondary Hissut. it oo esc ee = 2. B. insignis.

I, Francopora, gen. nov.

Species. Francopora canui; Senonian [Coniacian] ; Fé-

camp, N.E. of Le Havre, France.

Type-specimen. In the collection of F. Canu [a photograph

of type-specimen in the British Museum |.

II. Bapropora, gen. nov.

Genotype. B. immersa.

1. B. ummersa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28419; Coniacian ;

Yours, France.

2. B. [Escharipora] insignis (d’Orbigny), Pal. France. 1851,

pl. 687. figs. 1-3, 1852, p. 231 ; Senonian [Santonian ];

France.

b. OpvisrHORNITHOPORINZ.

OPISTHORNITHOPORA, gen. NOV.

Species. O. | Reptescharella] flabellata (d’Orbigny), Pal.

Franc. 1852, pl. 716. figs. 9-12, 1853, p. 469 ; Senonian ;

France. Interpreted according to M. Canu’s identification

of a specimen in his collection.

“Oribrimorph”’ Cretaceous Polyzoa. 35

ce. Keresrourns, subfam. uov.

Tabular Diagnoses of Genera and Species.

A. Coste fairly widely separate; proximal

pair of apertural spines not greatly en-

1 aes Ce ic cok ey ee .... I. Kelestoma.

WOPASby INCEUSHIN Pe parva. os fe ss eros «eps 1. K. elongatum.

Be Asty erect, Cylimaricnlicry ai tack, telssetsl oe 2. K. scalaris.

B, Cost nearly touching; proximal pair of

apertural spines enormously enlarged .... II. Morphasmopora.

1. Avicularia, although involved in the

proximal shield, are not raised on to it . 1. M. jukes-brownet.

2. Avicularia raised high on the proximal

SEO ery ctet ct pare eh. fort aisicha’s sas a 2, M. brydoner.

It is possible that Membraniporella aurita, Hennig, 1892,

Stud. Bry. Sver. Krit.; Act. Univ. Lundensis, Lunds Univ.

Ars-skrift, vol. xxvii. p. 38, pl. 11. figs. 34-35 ; mucronatus-

zone; Sweden ; is a Morphasmopora.

I. Kextestoma, Marsson.

Genotype. K. elongatum.

1. K. elongatum, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. Heft 1,

p. 99, pl. x. 138; mucronatus-zone ; Rigen.

2. K. scalaris, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 18006 ; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

II. MorpHasMopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. M. jukes-brownei (Brydone).

1. M. [Cribrilina] jukes-brownet (Brydone), 1906, Geol.

Mag. dec. v. vol. ili. p. 297, text-fig. 9 on p. 298;

mucronatus-zone ; Trimingham, Norfolk.

2. M. brydonei, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15122; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

d. TrrerpH4atoporin#, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of Genera.

A, Secondary aperture, if present, built up in

connection with two avicularia at the

proximo-lateral corners of, or laterally

86 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision

with regard to, the aperture. [In Haplo-

cephalopora these ayicularia are not con-

spicuous on the greatly prolonged aper-

tural ring. |

1, No secondary front wall is formed, or, if

so, it is formed by the swamping of the

intraterminal front wall by secondary

tissue.

a. Paired avicularia, if on the apertural

ring, stand out laterally on each side

of the aperture

6. Paired avicularia tend to disappear i in

the greatly prolonged apertural ring .

2. A secondary front wall tends to be formed

by the secondary tissue around the

aperture spreading proximally and

laterally ec 2Seaeiiaace ans xc eee iele

B, Secondary aperture always present and

built up in connection with three, four,

or more avicularia around the aperture.

1. CEcia of small size, about 3 mm. long;

less secondary tissue

2. CXcia large, about 1 mm. long; more

secondary tissue

of the

Il. Tricephalopora.

Il, Haplocephalopora.

Ill. Phractopora.

BNL ta i IV. Polycephalopora.

V. Antropora.

I. TRICEPHALOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. T. triceps (Marsson).

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Paired avicularia not carried up on to the

apertural ring so as finally to fuse over the

apertural bar; in some cases they are directed

proximally.

I. Apertural ring incomplete laterally.

a. Smaller, an mm. long; more “secondary

[NER doo aeons saa cade me AS) aoe

6. Larger, 3-3 mm. long; less secondary

tissue.

1. Avicularia somewhat irregular, some

proximally directed and some proxi-

mally placed with regard to the

APEITUTE 20. ccc eee ttc eee ee

2, Avicularia regular and laterally ig

with regard to the aperture

II. Apertural ring complete.

a, Avicularia blunt and round.

1. Avicularia regular and all distally

directed.

#. Median area of costal fusion smaller .

B. Median area of costal fusion larger.

a. CEcia hardly longer than broad

b. CEcia nearly twice as long as

broad. .)./:/.i% 2 ek eee

2. Avicularia rather irregular and some

proximally directed

eeeene

1. T. prenuneia. -

2. T. ansata.

3. T. vermicularis.

4. T. capitata.

5. T. brevis.

6. T. galeata.

7. T. somptingensis.

“Cribrimorph”’ Cretaceous Polyzoa. 87

6, Avicularia pointed and all proximally

directed.

ee VACUA an ERE SER Tears eles 3.00.6 3,8 « s6's 8. T. saltdeanensis.

DePAVI CULALIARGINGNL CI topes s\> sa) s cushes 6. aieer © 9. T. pustulosa.

B. Paired avicularia carried up on to apertural

ring and, finally, fuse over the apertural bar;

always directed distally.

I. Secondary tissue, with regard to the intra-

terminal front wall, is developed mainly

over the median area of fusion.

a, Little or no intercecial secondary tissue ., 10. 7. languessensis.

b. Abundant intercecial secondary tissue.

1. Costee coarser.

a. Larger, about ?mm.lone ........ ll. 7. trifaue.

B. Smaller, less than ? mm. long.

ney Coabeer a DOUt Us Sac. slags s,s ares ds 12. T. crepidula.

pee Costesraoubel Gr. assis «lciicres, 6s 13. T. castrum.

2. Coste finer. .

a; Aviculamarsmatlors/4!. 0.4) cae e.. 14. T. triceps.

PeeAviculamalareer 2 ooo. bea se ese 15. T. sherborni,

II. Secondary tissue, with regard to the intra-

terminal front wall, is developed mainly

over its peripheral portions.

a, A fair amount of primary front wall still

SLID a Oe Cop Remeron. COM enor 16. T. pings.

b. Very little primary front wall still visible.

1. Secondary aperture bent up ata high

angle so as to be nearly vertical .... 17. T. cerberus.

2. Secondary aperture bent up at a smaller

HN Ol sent aay tt hein ia bacade's ele saya a 18. T. prolifera.

1. T. prenuncia, sp. un.

Type-specimen. In M, Canu’s collection (a photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum) ; Coniacian; Fécamp,

N.E. of Le Havre, France.

2. T. ansata, sp. n.

Ty pe-specimen. British Museum, D. 28468; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, N.E. of Le Havre, France.

3. T. (Cellepora] vermicularis (Geinitz), 1846, Grund. d.

Verstein. p. 613, pl. xxi. 6, p. 85; mucronatus-zone ;

Riigen.

4. T. [Membraniporella| capitata (Canu), 1911, Ann. Mus.

Nac. Buenos Aires, vol. xxi. (series 3, vol. xiv.), p. 251,

pl. vi. figs. 1-3; Rocanéan ; Rio Negro,

5. T. [Semiescharipora| brevis (d’Orbigny), Pal. Frane.

1852, pl. 718. figs. 21-24, 1853, p. 485; Senonian ;

Sainte Colombe, France,

88 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

6. T.[Cellepora] galeata (Geinitz), 1846, Grund. d. Verstein.

p. 613, pl. xxiii. 6, p. 34; mucronatus-zone; Rigen.

7. T. somptingensis, sp, n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28113; quadratus-

zone ; Sompting, N.E. of Worthing, Sussex.

8. T. saltdeanensis, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28915; quadratus-

zone, depressus-subzone ; KE. of Brighton, Sussex.

9. T. [Membraniporella] pustulosa (Brydone), 1910, Geol.

Mag. dec. v. vol. vil. p. 483, pl. xxxvi. fig. 9; coran-

guinum-zone (the figured specimen comes from Graves-

end) ; Gravesend.

10. 7. languessensis, sp. n.

Ty pe-specimen. In collection of M. Canu (a photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum) ; Campanian ; Languesse,

France.

ll. 7. trifauz, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15417; mucronatus-

zone ; Riigen.

12. T. [Cellepora] crepidula (von Hagenow), 1839, Neues

Jahrbuch, p. 275, pl. iv. fig. 10 (interpreted, however,

by Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. Heft 1, p. 97, pl. x.

fig. 9) ; mucronatus-zone ; Rigen.

13. T. | Membraniporella| castrum (Brydone), 1909, Geol.

Mag. dec. v. vol. vi. p. 898, pl. xxii. figs. 4, 5; mucro-

natus-zone ; Trimingham.

14. T. | Cribrilina] triceps (Marsson), 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv.

Heft 1, p. 98, pl. x. fig. 12; mucronatus-zone ; Riigen.

15. T. | Cribrilina] sherborni (Brydone), 1906, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. il. p. 296, text-fig. 7 on p. 296 ; mucronatus-

zone ; Trimingham.

16. 7. | Cellepora, Escharoides | pinguis (von Hagenow), 1851,

Bry. Maastr. Kreid. p. 88, pl. x. fig. 15 ; Maastrichter-

Kalk ; Maastricht.

“Cribrimorph ”’ Cretaceous Polyzoa. 89

17. T. cerberus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28205; Danian ;

Faxe, Denmark.

18. T. | Reptescharellina| prolifera (Gabb & Horn), 1862,

Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, series ii. vol. v.

part il. p. 146, pl. xx. fig. 28 ; Danian; New Jersey.

Il. HaptocerHaLopora, gen. nov.

Species. H. uniceps, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28214; Danian ;

Faxe.

IIT. PHrRacropora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. constrata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A, A y-shaped mass of secondary tissue grows

proximally to the median process of the

apertural bar and forms a secondary front

wall; incrusting forms.

IeaN-SRAped. Mass PTOMR oh. 6 ow a « aeid mere Fala 4 1. P. operta.

2. V-shaped mass naIrow ....6-...ces see eee 2, P. constrata.

B. Secondary tissue above the V-shaped mass

grows proximally to form a secondary front

wall.

1, Secondary front wall incomplete.

PUB CRUSIIE OS hon int oh \e sisistore inxs ls oe wees 3. P. obducta.

EPOCH MUMIATONNAT) Vcc cideirie esis, ceale gs rae 4. P. obtecta.

2. Secondary front wall complete ; erect cylin-

ICDS Ye ebetotes ps 5 RS Se PACED OTE 5. P. gastropora.

1. P. operta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 17997 ; mucronatus-

zone ; Riigen.

2. P. constrata, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15332; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

3. P. obducta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15395 ; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

4. P. obtecta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15019, mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

90 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

5. P. [Porina] gastropora (Marsson), 1887, Pal. Abh.

vol. iv. Heft 1, p. 86, pl. vill. fig. 11 ; mucronatus-zone ;

Rugen.

IV. PotycEPHALOPORA, gen. Nov.

Genotype. P. hydra.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertures generally surrounded by three avi-

cularia only, two proximal-lateral and one

distal-lateral” Skee ce arta cee eter 1. P. trigemina.

B. Apertures generally surrounded with four

avicularia.

I, Incrusting, unilaminar; eecia shorter, about

once-and-a-half as long as broad.

a. Less secondary intercecial tissue........ 2. P. rustica.

b. More secondary intercecial tissue ...... 3. P. hydra,

II. Incrusting, unilaminar ; cecia longer, about

twice:as tony as WNGAd, 26 cieslosteeies oe nes 4, P. plicatella.

III. Incrusting, multilaminar; cecia about

once-and-a-half as long as broad.

a Costes less hantoOred) circ t stetetckets steerer 5. P. multiplex.

b. Coste more than’ 20). Sa es 6. P. insignis.

C. Apertures generally surrounded with five

avicularia.

I. Incrusting or erect, unilaminar.

a. Less coarse, 2 mm. long, or less; apertural

bar very swollen ...... APSR a aetih he ss ade oP. duroida:

b. Coarser.

1. A fair amount of secondary intercecial

TASS O apes stage = che (oan ete tect ine eee 8. P. multiceps.

2. Little or no secondary intercecial tissue. 9. P. bulbifera.

IL. Birect(bilamingr 5305 42)1s fates asp tele ets 10. P. pentapora,

Membraniporella obscurata, Brydone (1916, Geol. Mag.

dec. vi. vol. ii. p. 99, pl. vi. figs. 9, 10), from the cortestudi-

narium-zone of S. England is possibly a Polycephalopora,

but the figure and description are not clear enough to

certify this.

1. P. trigemina, sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 29003 ; quadratus-

zone ; depressus-subzone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

2. P. | Semiescharipora] rustica (d’Orbigny), Pal. Frane.

1852, pl. 718. figs. 13-16, 1853, p. 484; Senonian ;

Sainte-Colombe, France.

3. P. hydra, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 18001 ; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 91

4. P. [ Cellepora, Escharina| plicatella (von Hagenow), 1851,

Bry. Maastr. Kreid. p. 89, pl. x. fig. 12 ; Maastrichter-

Kalk; Maastricht.

5. P. multiplex, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28944; quadratus-

zone, depressus-subzone; N.E. of Worthing, Sussex.

6. P. [ Multescharipora| insignis (d’Orbigny), Pal. Frang.

1852, pl. 720. figs. 11-15, 1853, p. 496; Senonian,

[Campanian]; Meudon, France.

7. P. turgida, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 29000; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

8. P. multiceps, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15370; muecronatus-

zone ; Rigen.

9. P. | Escharina] bulbifera (Romer), 1840, Verstein. nord-

deutsch. kreid. p. 14, pl. v. fig.6; Ober kreidemergel

[Campanian |] ; Gehrden, Hanover.

10. P. [Escharipora| pentapora (D’Orbigny), Pal. Franc.

1851, pl. 685. figs. 5-8, 1852, p. 224; Senonian ;

Sainte-Colombe, France.

V. ANTROPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. cavernosa.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. A secondary front wall aimed at, though not

attained.

1. Incrusting, typically with five avicularia .. 1. A. specus.

2. Erect, unilaminar, typically with four avi-

cularia, though often more ............ 2. A. spelunca.

B. A complete secondary front wall attained.

1, Generally two longitudinal slits left above

the intraterminal front wall, which may,

however, be united proximally ; apertures

very large, about 3 mm. in diameter .... 3. A. cavernosa.

2. A semilunar slit left immediately proximally

to the apertures; apertures not nearly

SMR TOL CAATOUEL,.,,. 2 vi. «2 aaldkeienieie five « 4. A, lunaris.

92 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

1. A. specus, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15362; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

2. A. spelunca, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14972; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen. ;

3. A. cavernosa, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15438; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

4. A. lunaris, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In the collection of M. Canu (a_photo-

graph of type-specimen in British Museum) ; Campanian ;

Meudon.

e. Pywreroporin®, subfam. nov.

PNICTOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. sujfocata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Secondary tissue like bark, but not very

rugose.

1. Secondary tissue well developed, but not

enough to swamp the avicularia to a great

extent.

@. IACresing cr. cp ene aan ch see ote 1. P. alligata.

b.wHirech cylindrical 07 anos ccc rr sea 2. P. suffocata,

2. Secondary ‘tissue more developed, so that

even the avicularia tend to be swamped.. 3. P. strangulata,

B. Secondary tissue very rugose ............0. 4. P. obstructa.

1. P. alligata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8283 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Gillingham, Kent.

2. P. suffocata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28525 ; cortestudina-

rvium-zone; Luton, Kent.

3. P. strangulata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21180; coranguinum-

zone; Span Hill, Oxon.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 93

4, P. obstructa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21183; coranguinum-

zone ; Wooburn Green, Bucks.

f. Casranoporinaz, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. No secondary front wall formed.

I. Ring of secondary aperture incomplete.

a, Proximal shield,.if present, formed by the

flattening of the apertural bar.

1, Smaller.

de teO AVICWATIA, 2 ht A Le in bes I, Anornithopora.

8. Avicularia pointing in various direc-

EXT oe Rs Mone Pha EA een AF Il. Carydiopora.

2. Larger, avicularia of two kinds, (1) di-

rected distally and (2) directed proxi-

mally (the latter kind may be very

rare or absent)....... eC ee II. Castanopora.

3. Larger, avicularia (if present) of one

kind only, proximally directed...... IV. Rhiniopora.

6. Proximal shield formed by the ends of

the apertural bar produced upwards,

fusing and making a hoop over the

APPELUTAE DARL, 15 thea s\aeide> oa: «be « V. Phrynopora.

II. Ring of secondary aperture complete.

a. Coste finer, apertural ring solid........ VI. Hesperopora.

b. Coste coarser, apertural ring with large

BBEIGEATIONS 2 Vos Acie cone wissen el saae & VII. Stichocados.

B. A secondary front wall (lamina peristomica

of Jullien).

I, Secondary front wall formed by the expan-

sion of branched apertural spines and ? of

APORbREAl AVICUIATIA Yo) c:2/5°5 g.c'eeie ie Sojses eo = VIL. Ubaghsia.

II. Secondary front wall formed by the expan-

sions of a pair of apertural avicularia.

PapbECe by MNMAMINAE ss 5% ails 6 cies o/s ose IX. Steginopora.

Peebireer, PUATHIRAT: 95. 0. Ss ids 3» abso ble X. Disteginopora.

I. ANORNITHOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. imvolucris.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Costz about 17 ; intraterminal front wall less

consolidated ; apertural spines4........., 1, A. involucris.

B, Coste about 10-12; intraterminal front wall

more consolidated ; apertural spines 5 or6 . 2. A. irrostrata.

1. A. involucris, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 28111; quadratus-

zone, [ guadratus-subzone| ; N.E. of Worthing, Sussex.

94 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

2. A. wrrostrata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28994; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone ; N.E. of Worthing, Sussex.

II. Carypiopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. C. nucula.

Tabular Diagnoses of Species.

A, Avicularia fewer, smaller, and less pointed ;

less intercecial secondary tissue.

1. More eoste,,about 20 92.0. os oe teen 1. C. nucella.

2: Kewer cost, about t4 6 fists ces setae ae 2. C. coryli.

B, Avicularia more, larger and more pointed ;

more intercecial secondary tissue; costz

DUAN eer e vais othe le oar ntet scare etetematttat = tale) halos .. & Ci nucula,

1. C. nucella, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28995 ; quadratus-

zone, depressus-subzone; E. of Brighton, Sussex, :

2. C. coryli, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28998; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone; North Lancing, Sussex.

3. C. nucula, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28993 ; Marsupites-

zone ; Brighton, Sussex.

III. Casranopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. C. castanea.

Tabular Diagnoses of Species.

A. Large, proximally directed avicularia abundant. 1. C. retrorsa.

B. Large, proximally directed avicularia absent or

rare.

I, Length not more than ‘75 mm. and cecia very

BLOUbE . <:.o.et sayin bist has ments 2. C. dibleyt.

II. Length about 1 mm.; cecia longer rather than

broad.

a. Coste more than 25,

1. Avicularia more proximally placed with

regard to the aperture; incrusting .... 38. C. ornata.

2. Avicularia distally and laterally placed

with regard to the aperture; erect,

ler BT) As t60' oars a /arey ese ee ee oes 4, C. magnifica.

“Cribrimorph”” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 95

6. Coste 20-25.

1. Costa 20-22, 5-6 lateral costal fusions.

#. Apertures supra-semicircular; apertural

spines not much thickened, apertural

bar flattened, not very high ........ 5. C. nucifera.

8. Apertures somewhat cribriline; aper-

tural spines considerably thickened,

apertural bar stouter thana ........ 6. C. juglans.

2. Coste 20-25, 6-7 lateral costal fusions.

a. Apertures hardly cribriline, length

about ‘9 mm.; proximally directed

avicularia P occasional, »........... 7. C. castanea.

8. Apertures cribriline, length at least

1 mm. ; proximally directed avicularia

rare or absent.

a. Length 1-13 mm. ; aperture slightly

Sha DTS ap tote nes eae et 8. C. glandulosa.

b. Length 2 mm.; aperture markedly

CHIPENIN Awa snes dle via ceteeelect 9. C. guascot,

I. Co relrorsa, sp. Ws

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21170; Marsupites-

zone ; Odiham, Hants.

2. C. [ Cribrilina| dibleyi (Brydone), 1906, Geol. Mag. dee. v.

vol. ii. p. 297, text-fig. 8 on p. 297; mucronatus-zone ;

Trimingham, Norfolk.

3. C. [Reptescharipora] ornata (d’Orbigny), Pal. France.

1852, pl. 720. figs. 6-8, 1853, p, 494; Senonian ;

Venddme, France.

4, C. | Escharipora| magnifica (VOrbigny), Pal. Franc. 1851,

pl. 686. figs. 1-5; Hscharipora pretiosa, d’Orbigny,

1852, Pal. Frang. p. 227; Senonian [Campanian] ;

Sainte Colombe and Royan, France.

5. C. nucifera, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15600 ; mucronatus-

zone; Trimingham, Norfolk.

6. C. juglans, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15608 ; mucronatus-

zone; Trimingham, Norfolk.

7. C. castanea, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 16654; mucronatus-

zone ; Riigen.

96 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

8. C. glandulosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 15009 ;. mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

9. C. [Escharipora| guascoi (Ubaghs); 1865, Verh. nat.

Verein. pruss. Rheinlande und Westphalens, vol. xxii.

p- 51, pl. ii. fig. 3; Maastrichtian; Valkenburg, near

Maastricht.

IV. Rurniopora, gen. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Avicularia numerous.

L.. Coste more than, 50) weyers. sare, chan alee aetnie © 1. R. labiata.

II. Costz generally less than 30 ...........4.. 2. RK. aviculosa.

B. Avicularia rare or absent.

I, Length about 1 mm.; coste about 16 to 20;

5 or 6 lateral costal fusions.

a. Incrusting.

1. Coste tewer, 16-18; aperture sub-semi-

CIrculata See sep eee ee eee ere 3. R. radiata.

2, Costa more, 18-20; aperture supra-semi-

GIPCUIAT 2 |. mays bois in orsign te etaseat ae 4, R. aspera.

6; SHirect walla mit anv. cece se ete pie tiie 5. R. asperula.

CHTreet WeyAtMaNIChl™ Aise phos aisle eines fee ails 6. R. hispida.

Il. Length 1°5-1:7 mm.

u. Coste 20-23; apertural spines 4 ; 6-7 lateral

costal fusions; length 16 mm. Aperture

semicircular or supra-semicircular.

DP We rashiatae 8 Sacre ehevent ares ts ote rustone seabyere 7. Be. cacus,

2 -Hrect, unilamingn 2). cies ests eee 8. R. horrida.

b. Coste about 26 ; apertural spines 6-7 ; about

7 lateral costal fusions; length 1-6-1°7 mm.;

aperture slightly cribriline ............ 9. &, seabra.

c. Coste about 28-30; apertural spines 6-7 ;

about 7 lateral costal fusions; length 15-

17 mm. ; aperture markedly cribriline .. 10. ‘R. jurassica.

It is probable that Cellepora perforata, Quenstedt, 1879,

Pet. Deutsch. Abt. i. Band. vi. Heft 2, p. 312, pl. cliv. fig. 37,

Maastricht, is a Rdiniopora, but the characters cannot be

determined in sufficient detail to place it.

1. R. [ Cribrilina] labiata (Levinsen), 1907, Over. ov. d. Kgl.

Dankse Vidensk. Selsk. Forhand. for 1907, No. 4,

pp. 155-6, 158, Plate opposite p. 160, fig. 1;

[ Cretaceous ].

2. R. aviculosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M. Cauu (photograph

“Cribrimorph”’ Cretaceous Polyzoa.

of type-specimen in British Museum); Maastrichtian ;

Maastricht.

3. R. [ Reptescharella] radiata (d’Orbigny), Pal. Frang. 1852,

pl. 716. figs. 4-6, 1853, p. 468. Reptescharella sub-

radiata, V Orbigny, 1854, Pal. France. p. 1106; Senonian

[Campanian]; Meudon and Saintes, France.

4. R. aspera, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 15620; mucronatus-

zone ; ‘Trimingham, Norfolk.

5. R. [ Cribrilina] asperula (Marsson), 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv.

Heft 1, p. 97, pl. x. fig. 8 ; mucronatus-zone ; Riigen.

6. R. hispida, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14996; mucronatus-

zone ; Riigen.

7. R. [Cribrilina] cacus (Brydone), 1913, Geol. Mag. dec. v.

vol, x. p. 437, pl. xiv. figs. 6-8; mucronatus-zone ;

Trimingham, Norfolk.

8. R. horrida, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14171; mucronatus-

zone ; Rigen.

9. R. scabra, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14207 ; mucronatus-

zone ; Riigen.

10. R. [Membranipora| jurassica (Gregory), 1894, Geol.

Mag. dec. iv. vol. i. p. 62, text-fig. 1; Bathonian ;

Ranville. [ Maastrichtian; Maastricht]. Type-specimen.

British Museum, D. 180.

V. PHRyNopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. bufo.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural hoop narrow and slight ..........-. 1. P. bufo.

B. Apertural hoop encrmously swollen and en-

REC Uy setae Gale ach 5 <0 or oan aiinece ses.ce

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii.

2. P. areifera.

98 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

1 Puyo, sp. 1.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14974; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen.

2. P. [ Ubaghsia| arcifera (Jullien), 1886, Bull. Soc. Zool.

France, vol. xi. p. 618, pl. xx. figs. 2-4; Campanian ;

Meudon.

VI. HespPrropora, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. occidentalis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Cicia nearly as broad as long; secondary aper-

ture not so well-formed and subcircular.

I. Costze about 12; an occasional avicularium .. 1. ? A. walfordi.

HM WostataboutlGiee ccs. cect cise ee ee oe 2. H., occidentalis.

B. Ckcia nearly twice as long as broad; secondary

aperture more tubular and subtriangular ; cost

COS a hats Se toy oD ore saab uaa oenotan 3. H. danica.

1. ? H. [Cribrilina] walfordi (Pergens), 1894, Bull. Sce.

Belg. Géol. Pal. Hyd. vol. vii. Mémoirs, p. 187, pl. xi.

fig. 6 ; Maastrichtian ; Fauquemont.

2. H. occidentalis, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 19233; Danian;

New Jersey.

3. H. danica, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28304; Danian ;

Faxe, Denmark.

VII. Sricnocapos, Marsson.

Genotype. S. verruculosus.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Coste 12-14, with 4-5 lateral fusions ; length

SDGWE SAUNT. © 550.5 eine Gow eee niay eee 1. S. méenensis.

B. Coste about 12, with 3 lateral fusions ; length

OSU ATOM si eteie, ce sincicllaveleiuclucrerel waa acto een tiene 2. S. ordinatus.

C. Coste about 9, with 3-4 lateral fusions;

leneth‘about “6 mm." < oc bc. se ee eee 3. S. compositus.

D. Coste 6-7, with 2 lateral fusions; length

about) -Gfmims) 5 s/o + Sauna eit 4, S. verruculosus.

*Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 99

1. S. méenensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M. Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum) ; Danian ; Moen.

2. S. ordinatus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15115 ; mucronatus-

zone; Rigen.

3. S. compositus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 18977; Danian ;

New Jersey, U.S.A.

4. S. verruculosus, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. Band iv. Heft 1,

p. 101], pl. x. fig. 15 ; mucronatus-zone; Rigen.

VIII. Usacusta, Jullien.

Genotype. U. reticulata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural spines with few branches.

I. Apertures, avicularia and other spaces in the

secondary front wall form a regular pat-

tern; a shallow groove proximally placed

with regard to the aperture in the secondary

LOTS: GU AB oehs eine Gen id Cierra 1. U. ocellata.

II. Apertures, avicularia, and other spaces in

the secondary front wall very irregularly

arranged ; no shallow groove asinI..... 2. U. reticulata.

B. Apertural spines with many branches.

I. Smaller; apertures, avicularia, and other

spaces in the secondary front wall form a

regular pattern; a shallow groove proxi-

mally placed with regard to the aperture

in the secondary front wall ............ 3. U. demorgant.

II. Larger; apertures, avicularia, and other

spaces in the secondary front wall very

irregularly arranged; no shallow groove

BAM TE, oor telesales cca Mare te Stee rete ore 4, U. meudonensis.

1. U. [Steginopora| ocellata (J. Jullien), 1886, Bull. Soc.

Zool. France. vol. xi. p. 614, pl. xix. figs. 1-3 ; Senonian

[Campanian]; Port Brehay, France.

2. U. [Steginopora] reticulata (Ubaghs), 1865, Verh. nat.

Verein. pruss. Rhein. Westphalens, vol. xxu. p. 55,

pl. ii. a, fig.7; Maastrichtian ; Valkenberg and Geulem

near Maastricht.

100 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

3. U. [Steginopora] demorgani (Jullien), 1886, Bull. Soe.

Zool. France, vol. xi. p. 615, pl. xix. figs. 4-5, pl. xx.

fig. 1 ; Senonian [Campanian]; near Meudon, France.

4, U. [Steginopora] meudonensis (Jullien), 1886, op. cit.

p. 614, pl. xvii. & pl. xviii. figs. 1-3; Senonian [Cam-

panian |; near Meudon, France.

IX. Srectnoprora, d’Orbigny.

Genolectotype. S. ornata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Larger; paired avicularia do not project

above secondary front wall .............. 1. S. ornata.

B. Smaller; paired avicularia project above

secondary front wall .......eeeseeeeeree 2. S. aculeata.

1. S. ornata, d’Orbigny, Pal. France. 1852, pl. 721. figs. 1-4,

18538, p. 501; Senonian ; Sainte-Colombe, France.

2. S. aculeata, VOrbigny, Pal. Franc. 1852, pl. 721. figs. 5-8,

18538, p. 502 ; Senonian ; Sainte-Colombe, France.

X. Distecinopors, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. France. p. 235

(=Thoracophora, J. Jullien, 1886, Bull. Soc. Zool.

France, vol. xi. p. 610).

Genotype and only species here included. D. { Eschara|

horrida (WOrbigny), 1850, Prod. Pal. vol. ii. p. 264;

Senonian [Campanian] ; Meudon, France.

g. DracanrHororrn#, subfam. nov.

DIACANTHOPORA, gen. Nov.

Genotype. D. bispinosa.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Avicularia consisting of a pair distally placed

with regard to each aperture and directed

GUGWAFUS 5.5. oa cutle ele Biro etee nha eee 1. D. bispinosa.

B. Avicularia consisting of a pair proximally

placed with regard to each aperture and

directed inwards.

T, (Kia fairly close together ......2.-..5.. 2. D. abbottit.

II, (Heia widely spaced. ....°..°. “0 eee eee 3. D, distans.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 101

1. D. bispinosa, sp. 1

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8986 ; Danian ; Faxe,

Denmark.

[Escharipora| abbottit (Gabb & Horn), 1862, Journ.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2nd series, vol. v. part il.

p. 149, pl. xx. fig. 33 ; Danian ; New Jersey, U.S.A.

3. D. | Escharipora] distans (Gabb & Horn), 1862, op. cit.

p. 148, pl. xx. fig. 832 ; Danian ; New Jersey, U.S.A.

h. Permatororrvz, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Secondary aperture, when present, formed of

distal shield only.

I, Distal shield, when present, formed of a pair

of avicularia.

a. Distal shield, when present, incomplete .. L. Pelmatopora.

6. Distal shield always present, complete

PMS AC ISGS LOR oie ieic o Ca eR Onrar ee ACRES ei aeNAIE Il. Decurtaria.

II. Distal shield always present, formed of

apertural spines ....... Siaeeievecre a ee ats wo. ILL Murinopsia.

B, Proximal shield of secondary aperture, in so "

far as it is present, formed of a median pro-

cess of the apertural bar which ultimately

fuses with the proximal pair of apertural

RIDUTER, tee b dt aeicityclr eter te RN Ocr ea near nice IV. Sandalopora.

C. Proximal shield of secondary aperture, in so

far as it is present, formed by the upward

growth of a pair of avicularia, placed laterally

and proximally with regard to the aperture,

fusing over the apertural bar, which thus

does not take part in its formation.

I, One row of pelmata only (a doubtful second

row 1s sometimes distinguishable) ...... V. Ichnopora.

II. Two or more rows of pelmata. -

a, Apertures remain wide ; tissue of secon-

dary aperture spreads around, and finally

forms a secondary front wall (lamina

peristomica of Jullien) .............. VI. Batrachopora.

b, Apertures become tubular and further

growth of secondary tissue prolongs the

tubulax-aperture-. 3.0 steer oe ce ..+. WIL. Pachydera,

I. PeLMAToPoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. pero.

102 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Avicularia do not replace distal apertural

spines (7. e., there is no distal shield).

I. Median area of fusion is imperforate and

there are no secondary pelmata.

a. Intraterminal front wall well arched.

1. Little or no secondary intercecial tissue ;

avicularia small and blunt.

a. AVicn AL a ApOLadic, (ye 5). \-15(0 ape 1

B. Avicularia tend to be arranged 2 2 proxi-

mally and 2 distally with regard to

Che aperburo ss tye oeeeciat trays ee 2

2. A fair amount of secondary interecial

EISHUO’ nec terntiee ie e ian oie eee 3

b. Iniratermnnl front wall flat.

1. Erect, unilaminar. . ais hte cree

2. Erect, bilaminar.

wmCost-eabout One ae

II. Median area of fusion with two rows of

eae: ; Secondary pelmata present.

a. A pair of avicularia placed regularly,

proximally and ese with regard to

each aperture ........ opstene obs ded eiwtora te 7

b. Avicularia sporadic.

1. Coste 12-16; apertures large.

a. Intraterminal front wall distinctly

arched.

avaCostes d2irn as cate tar cet eichh esata)

Db; CostenlS ci ssawetaae ear nie jonieee 9

B. Intraterminal front wall fairly flat . 10

2. Costz more than 16, length nearly Imm.

a. Less secondary intercecial tissue . . seen als

8. More secondary intercecial tissue.

a. Apertures smaller, tending to be

P. calceata.

. P. crepidaria.

. P. solearis.

. P. interrupta,

. 5. P. chrysalis.

Bz. Costz 2oror nore pee ee eee ies 6.

P. striata.

. P. @orbignyt.

. P. pauciclaria.

. P. quadrata,

. P. fragilis.

P. insignis.

pomted: cor Sine ee neeee eens .. 12. P. suffulta.

b. Apertures larger, tending to be

POH Ged pote a salage able ital ee 13. P. fecampensis.

3. Coste more than 16, length not much

over 4 mm.

a. Apertures larger: ...ci0..)cfys 00s aie oliujes 242, Ue. felitonors.

8. Apertures smaller Sc iite enV ATO betters 15. P. gasterz.

Tl. Median area of fusion with more than

two rows of perforations ; secondary and

tertiary pelmata.

a. Incrusting; length less than 1 mm.

Seo ls vn Se sicieabin cn abiatie qa nille

B. Coste 18-20 :

b. Erect, unilaminar; length more than

1 mm.; coste 16- 18 ate ssharelehate tac creestene 18.

B. Apertural spines are replaced by avicularia

(z. €., a distal shield more or less present).

I. Both’ pairs of apertural spines are replaced

by, AvACwAIIA <5 ann 5 a eee eed 19

IJ. Distal pair only of apertural spines is re-

placed by avicularia.

. P. plantaris.

. P. simplex,

P. pero.

. P. quadrivolucris.

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 103

a. Proximal apertural spines are often still

visible and sometimes the distal pair as

WOM wcceg eat: 2. See Seiad bala 20. P. brydonet.

b. Proximal apertural spines (except in nean-

astic stages) entirely swamped by secon-

dary tissue, also (except in neanastic

stages) the distal pair, which are re-

placed by a pair of avicularia.

1. Avicularia minute, though they may be

somewhat lengthened .........+.... 21. P. bidens.

2. Avicularia stout, short, and peg-like ;

coste 15-18.

Pra MUBLCKUBEEIE 12) Sele eieds atone eskleevvoanes Lo, £. Mmarsuprorunm.

B= Breet, unilaminar =|... 122s sli Los -L. Tocdeanensts.

3. Avicularia long and hardly flattened.

a. Costz about 15-20.

1. Length about i mm.

dn MeCrustine, oo.) ..< Btu a Hee the heds) o4e Ly. Ganicconens?s.

6. Unilaminar, erect ...,.. wecececees 20. LP. lancingensis:

2, Length less than 1 mm.; outermost

intercostal perforations less slot-like.

a. Incrusting.

a, Less secondary intereecial tissue .. 26. P. saltdeanensis.

B. More secondary intercecial tissue .. 27. P. colliwm.

Or Vntlaminar; cree | ic. 6 e:eres 5 ne ois va 28. P. promontoriorum.

B. Coste about 12-15; outermost inter-

costal perforations circular; length

considerably less than 1 mm.

is Incrusting.. 221i. 24). SNaRGL ah Bea sats sre 29. P. ranunculoides.

Pee MAIMITVAT CLO CL eral cieis ose sie <<) . 80. P. lacuum.

y. Coste 10; otherwise as 8; incrusting . 31. P. gyrinoides.

4, Avicularia flattened and broad distally,

amd tend) foqmifarcate! “site eiclac's ole tos 32. P. somptingensis.

5. Avicularia very broad distally and dis-

tinctly bilobed.

PeemOURICE IS AET DES aye 2 ad o's) nie ole a's olin Slam oly ore 33. P. gregory?.

B. Erect, unilaminar ...... cieaoteis 1 .... 4. P. palmata.

y. Erect, bilaminar....... S eeaeherercaiere Si, « 35. P. damicornis.

1. P. calceata, sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 4032; Lower Seno-

nian; Chatham, Kent.

2. P. crepidaria, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21200 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Wooburn Green, Bucks.

3. P. solearis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21211 ; coranguinum-

zone; Hurley Bottom, Berks.

4, P. [ Semiescharipora] interrupta (VOrbigny), Pal. Frang.

1552, pl. 719. figs. 5-8, 1853, p. 487; Senonian ;

104 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

Saintes, France. [Interpreted according to Cann’s

identification of a specimen from the Coniacian of

Tours, in his collection, of which a photograph is in

the British Museum. |

5. P. [Escharipora] chrysalis (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc. 1851,

pl. 686. figs. 6-8, 1852, p. 228; Senonian ; Fief-neuf

and Pons, France.

6. P. [Escharipora| striata (d’Orbigny), Pal. France. 1851,

pl. 686. figs. 9-12, 1852, p. 229; [Senonian]; Sainte-

Colombe. =Escharipora mumia, d’Orbigny, Pal. Frang.

1851, pl. 687. figs. 4-6, 1852, p. 283; [Senonian] ;

Sainte-Colombe, fide Canu, 1900, Bull. Soc. Geol.

France, series ill. vol. xvii. p. 450. [Interpreted

according to Canu’s identification of a specimen from

the Coniacian of Villedieu, in his collection, of which

a photograph is in the British Museum. |

7. P. dorbignyt, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 28453; Coniacian ;

St. Avertin.

8. P. pauciclavia, sp. u.

Ty pe-specimen. British Museum, D. 28273; base of

coranguinum-zone ; E. of Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

9. P. quadrata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28271; base of

coranguinum-zone ; E. of Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

10. P. [Semiescharipora] fragilis (VOrbigny), Pal. France.

1852, pl. 717. figs. 8-11, 1858, p.480; Senonian [ Conia-

cian|; Fécamp. [Interpreted according to Canu’s

identification of a specimen from the Emscherian of

Fécamp, in his collection, of which there is a photograph

in the British Museum. ]

11. P. [Cribrilina] insignis (Canu), 1911, Ann. Mus. Nac.

Buenos Aires, vol. xxi. (3rd series, vol. xiv.) p. 252,

pl. vi. figs. 7-10; Rocanéan ; Roca, Argentine,

S. America.

12. P. [Cribrilina] suffulia (Brydone), 1913, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. x. p. 486, pl. xiv. fig. 4; coranguinum-zone ;

Gravesend, Kent.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaczous Polyzoa. 105

13. P. fecampensis, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28473; Senonian,

Coniacian ; Fécamp, France.

14. P. filliozati, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M. Canu (photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum) ; Emscherian; Fécamp,

France.

15. P. gastert, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28274; low in cor-

anguinum-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

16. P. plantaris, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 19620; coranguinum-

zone ; Alton, Hants.

Ree simplex, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28281; quadratus-

zone; Newhaven, Sussex.

18. P. pero, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28405; top of cor-

anguinum-zone ; Epsom, Surrey.

19. P. quadrivolucris, sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28907 ; coranguinum-

zone; West Horsley, Surrey.

20. P. brydonei, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 23396 ; top of cor-

anguinum-zone ; Epsom, Surrey.

21. P. bidens, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28934; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone ; North Lancing, Sussex.

22. P. marsupitorum, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28867 ; Marsupites-

zone ; Brighton, Sussex.

23. P. roedeanensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28868; Marsupites-

zone; Brighton, Sussex.

106 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

24. P. danktonensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 23963; guadratus-

zone, | depressa-subzone| ; Sompting, Sussex.

25. P. lancingensis, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28947; quadratus-

zone, | depressa-subzone | ; North Lancing, Sussex.

26. P. saltdeanensis, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28842; guadratus-

zone, depressa-subzone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

27. P. collium, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28824; quadratus-

zone, { pillula-subzone | ; North Lancing, Sussex.

28. P. promontoriorum, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28930; quadratus-

zone, | pillula-subzone] ; North Lancing, Sussex.

29. P. ranunculoides, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28856; gquadratus-

zone, depressa-subzone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

30. P. lacuum, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28862; qguadratus-

zone, | pillula-subzone | ; North Lancing, Sussex.

31. P. gyrinoides, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 28270; quadratus-

zone; K. of Brighton, Sussex.

32. P. somptingensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28762; quadratus-

zone, | guadratus-subzone] ; Sompting, Sussex.

83. P. [Cribrilina| gregoryi (Brydone), 1906, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. ii. p. 300, text-fig. 13 on p. 300 ; and 1913,

Geol. Mag. dec. v. vol. x. p. 436, pl. xiv. figs. 1, 2;

quadratus-zone, guadratus-subzone ; Upham, Hants.

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 107

34. P. palmata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8010; quadratus-

zone, guadratus-subzone; Winchester, Hants.

35. P. damicornis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 20204; gquadratus-

zone ; Seaford, Sussex.

IT. Decurraria, Jullien, 1886, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

vol. xi. p. 606.

Genotype and only species here recognized. D. [ Semi-

escharipora| cornuta (Beissel), 1865, Nat. Ver. Hollandsche

Maatsch. Wet. Haarlem, ser, 2, vol. xxii, Art. 3, p. 58,

pl. vii. figs. 77-81; Manatrichten: Aachen, Germany

| = Prosoporella, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. Heft 1

p. 100, with same genotype |.

III. Murinopsta, Jullien, 1886, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

vol. xi. p. 608.

[ = Lagodiopsis, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. Heft 1,

p. 99, genotype Multescharipora francqana, d’Orbigny. |

Genotype. M. guleata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. A pair of tubular avicularia project distally to

PHeMCISLAIURIEIO at laatae gels se ieieche yb )-fa'as eis << 1. M. francgana.

B. More than one pair of tubular avicularia project

distally to the distal shield ...............% 2. M. galeata.

1. M. | Multescharipora] francqana (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc.

1852, pl. 734. figs. 6-8, 1853, p. 497 ; [Campanian] :

Meudon, France.

2. M.[Semiescharipora| galeata (Beissel), 1865, Nat. Ver.

Hollandsche Maatsch. Wet. Haarlem, series 2, vol. xxii.

Art. 3, p. 55, pl. vi. figs. 70-75, pl. vu. fig. 76 ; Maas-

trichtian ; Aachen, Germany.

TV. SanpDALoPoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. S. soccata.

108 Mr. W. D. Lang—?fevision of the

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Median process of the apertural bar flattened

into a proximal shield.

I. Inerusting «3.4 os REN Ee oie le tahs iste ss ts @ ie ots 1. S. gallica.

Lf, rect wpilamingr see procs ee hice Ree sc ss ae 2. 8. lavardinensis.

B. Median process of the apertural bar spini-

form.

I. Little or no intercecial secondary tissue.

a. Length about 1 mm.; costa 18-20; erect,

uunmila wINAr \, pee reine deere ES 3. S. supplosa.

6. Length about 2 mm; coste about 15;

erect, unilaiinarh) Wis cine tek ade sobs os 4, S. soccata.

e. Length about 3 mm.; coste about 12;

NCTUSMED | ace ce 2 econ ORR eee 5. S. socculus.

II. A fair amount of intereecial secondary

tissue ; erect, cylindrical ............+% 6. S. caligata.

1. S. gallica, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28422; Turonian;

Lavardin, France.

2. S. lavardinensis, sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28421; Turonian ;

Lavardin, France.

3. S. supplosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28887; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

4. S. soccata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28257 ; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

5. S. socculus, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 24538 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Gillingham, Kent.

6. S. caligata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 2639 ; Lower Seno-

nian ; Chatham, Kent.

V. Icunoprora, gen. nov.

Genotype. I. vestigium.

“Cribrimorph” Oretaceous Polyzoa. 109

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Pelmata close to the middle line.

I. Coste more than 20, length about 1 mm.

a. Erect, unilaminar.

1. Avicularia placed more proximally .. 1, ? I. dentata.

2. Avicularia placed more distally ...... 2. I. socia.

Bo Wireet, | DiNaeer aete hele tials wie ee oo 0 3. I. campestris.

If. Costee 15-20, length less than 1 mm. ; erect,

ey Uae the ent Weten.: cisyateta espe. a) asi crcl vis) arebe love, a 4, I, filiformis.

B. Pelmata close to the middle line in some cecia

and somewhat separate in others, length less

pay erie se URCPUSEIOO: char. cate deine «sce oo 5. I. vestigium.

C. Pelmata widely separate with occasional per-

forations in the median area of fusion, and

secondary pelmata.

I. Coste 15-20, length about 1 mm. ........ 6. I. amica.,

II. Coste 10-15.

a, Avicularia do not fuse above the aper-

tural bar.

1. Incrusting ; avicularia very small and

GWEN ast ieee rota « alivcPixeiare: wees: 7. I. cavia.

2. Erect, unilaminar.

a. Avicularia small andlow ........ 8. I. cunicula.

8. Avicularia very largeand fairly high. 9. Z. asella.

3. Erect, bilaminar.

a. Avicularia rather small and low.... 10. ? I. porigera.

B. Avicularia large and very high .... 11. J. leporina.,

b. Avicularia fuse above the apertural bar.. 12. L. denticulata.

1. ?L. [Semiescharipora] dentata (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc.

1852, pl. 718. figs. 5-8, 1853, p. 482; Senonian ;

~ Meudon and Sainte-Colombe.

2. 0, soci, Sp. 1.

Tyne-specimen. British Museum, D. 28479; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, France.

3. I. campestris, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28461; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, France.

4, I. [| Escharipora] filiformis (d’Orbigny), 1852, Pal. Franc.

p- 232, pl. 700. figs. 13-15; [Emscherian] ; Fécamp,

France. [Interpreted according to Canu’s identifica-

tions of specimens from Fécamp in his collection, a

photograph of one of which is in the British Museum. ]

5. I. vestigium, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8133 ; coranguinum-

zone; Gillingham, Kent.

110 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

6. I. amica, sp. n.

Type-spectmen. In collection of M.Canu (a photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum) ; Coniacian; Fécamp.

7. I. cavia, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28451; Coniacian ;

St. Avertin, France.

8. I. cunicula, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28437; Coniacian ;

La Ribochére, France.

9. I. asella, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28449; Coniacian ;

St. Avertin, France.

10. ? I. [ Eschara] porigera (Stoliczka), 1872, “ Cret. Fauna

of Southern India, the Ciliopoda,” Pal. Indica, ser. viii.

vol. iv. no. il. p. 15, pl. i. fig. 8; Arrialoor group ;

Chokonadapooram.

11. I. [ Escharipora] leporina (D’Orbigny), Pal. Frang. 1851,

pl. 686. figs. 13-16, 1852, p. 230; Senonian; Villavard,

France. [Interpreted according to Canu’s identification

of a specimen from the Emscherian of Fécamp, in his

collection, of which there is a photograph in the

British Museum. |

12. I. [ Steginopora| denticulata (Brydone), 1910, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. vil. p. 481, pl. xxxvi. figs. 1-3; corangut-

num-zone ; Kent.

VI. BarracHopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. B. ranunculus.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Aperture smaller than the intraterminal front

wall.

J. Paired avicularia remain small.

a. Apertures comparatively small and narrow.

1, Cileta widely spaced 2. 5... <-sisslene 1. B. perforata.

2. Cicia fairly close.

a: rect, unllaminar 4.) =). eee eee 2. B. ovalis.

B. Erect, bilaminar.. sc as. sce seers 3. B. royanensis.

5. Apertures comparatively wide; cost

BDO AUDI S ora. 5 his wats apiece ene S 4, B. crassa.

“Oribrimorph”” Cretaceous Polyzoa. tit

II. Paired avicularia large and (? always) meet

over the apertural bar.

a, (Kcia smaller, 1 mm. or less .......... 5. B. ranunculus.

6. Cécia larger, more than 1 mm.

1. Ccia larger, twice as long as broad .. 6. B. aurita.

2. Gicia squatter, little longer than

broad.

a. Apertures wider; erect, unilaminar . 7.

8. Apertures narrower; incrusting.... 8.

B. Aperture nearly as large or as large as the

intraterminal front wall; a secondary front

wall is attained.

I. Length rather less than 1 mm.; coste

about 6 or 7; intercostal fusions about 3.. 9. B. hyla.

II. Length rather more than 1 mm.; costze

about 4or5; intercostal fusions about 2.. 10. B. ornata.

B. coaxans.

B, convexa.

Unplaceable, but probably a Batrachopora, Cellepora

(Discopora) signata, von Hagenow, 1851, Bry. Maastr.

Kreid. p. 96, pl. x. fig. 17 ; Maastrichtian ; Maastricht.

1. B. [Cribrilina] perforata (Marsson), 1887, Pal. Abh.

vol. iv. Heft 1, p. 98, pl. x. fig. 11; mucronatus-zone ;

Riigen, Germany.

2. B. | Semiescharipora | ovalis (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc. 1852,

pl. 719. figs. 13-16, 1853, p. 488; Senonian [ Maas-

trichtian] ; Royan, France.

3. B. royanensis, sp. 0.

Ty pe-specimen. In the collection of M. Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum); Maastrichtian ;

Royan, France.

4. B. crassa, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 16674 ; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen, Germany. ;

5. B. ranunculus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28838 ; mucronatus-

zone; Rigen, Germany.

6. B. aurita, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In the collection of M. Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum); Maastrichtian ;

Royan, France.

7. B. coaxans, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 14209; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen, Germany.

112 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a

8. B. [| Reptescharipora] convera (dOrbigny), Pal. Franc.

1852, pl. 720. figs. 1-3, 1853, p. 492 ; Senonian | Cam-

panian |; Meudon, France.

OF 2b. nyla, sp. 1.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 11852; Maastrich-

tian ; Maastricht.

10. B. [Cellepora] ornata (Goldfuss), 1826, Petr. Germ.

vol. i. p. 26, pl. ix. fig. 1; Maastrichtian ; Maastricht.

VIL. Pacuypera, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv.

Heft 1, p..00.

Genotype. P. grandis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Secondary aperture, though well formed, hardly

tubular; coste 8-10, with about 3 lateral

TUSTODS 2820 Mele opie ele © es Gkolondie ee eee ‘oie dee GPanans:

B. Secondary aperture distinctly tubular ; coste 6,

wath or lateral gusions ere meni eels 2. P. densa.

1. P. grandis, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. Heft 1,

p- 100, pl. x. fig. 14; mucronatus-zone; Rigen, Germany.

2. P. densa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28210; Danian ;

Faxe, Denmark.

['To be continued. |

XIII.—Description of a new Genus of the Family Lacertide

from Central Africa. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

BEDRIAGAIA.

Head-shields normal. Nostril pierced between the nasal,

a postnasal, and the first upper labial. Lower eyelid scaly.

Collar well marked. Dorsal scales large, rhombic, imbri-

cate, and keeled ; ventral plates obtusely pointed, imbricate,

and keeled. Digits compressed, with smooth scales infe-

riorly. Femoral pores. Tail long, cylindrical.

new Genus of the Family Lacertide. 113

Intermediate between Alyiroides, Bibr., and Poromera

Bigr. ; agreeing with the former in the dorsal lepidosis, with

the latter i in the ventral, in which it agrees also with Gastro-

pholis, Fisch.

In proposing a name for this remarkable new genus, I

have much pleasure in recalling the services rendered to

herpetology, and particularly to the study of the Lacertide,

by my esteemed friend Dr. J. de Bedriaga.

Bedriagaia tropidopholis.

Body moderately depressed. Head rather strongly

depressed, but occipital region convex; snout obtusely

pointed. Pterygoid teeth Absent: The hind limb reaches

the elbow of the “adpressed fore limb ; digits slender, some-

what bent at the articulations. Tail nearly three times as

long as head and body. Nasals small, forming a very short

suture behind the rostral ; frontonasal a little broader than

long ; prefrontals forming an extensive suture; frontal 14

times as long as broad, slightly shorter than its distance

from the end of the snout, as broad as the supraoculars, but

slightly broader in front than behind ; parietals 14 times as

long as broad, outer border convex ; interparietal scarcely

longer than broad, a little longer than the occipital, which

is broader, nearly as broad as the frontal; tour supra-

oculars, first small, fourth larger and in contact with the

upper temporal; six superciliaries; two granular scales

between the supraoculars and the superciliaries. Postnasal

forming a suture with the frontonasal ; five upper labials

anterior to the subocular, which is as broad beneath as

above ; two elongate upper temporals ; temporal scales rather

large, subequal, obtusely keeled. Gular scales granular in

front, larger and feebly keeled behind, with a median patch

of gradually enlarged and imbricate scales in the middle

towards the collar ; 24 scales in a straight line between the

symphysis of the chin-shields and the median collar-plate ;

no gular fold. Collar very strongly serrated, composed of 8

rather large plates. Scales on nape granular and keeled, on

body large, rhombic, imbricate and diagonally keeled, passing

gradually into the ventral plates; 24 scales across the

middle of the body. Ventral plates strongly, imbricate,

in 10 longitudinal and 83 transverse series. 6 preanal

plates. 12-13 femoral pores. 380 lamellar scales under the

fourth toe. Caudal scales keeled and pointed behind.

Bluish green above and beneath (in spirit), darker on the

back ; eight longitudinal series of small round light spots on

the nape and back, with small black spots between them;

Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 8

114. On the Cephalopoda of the Trish Atlantic Slope.

upper surface of anterior third of tail with regular dark

cross-bars,

Pofallensth See wae ccs be ous Ee 330

1 IGEN G Wa Ses Ca ba oe a 19

Wradthvotshendecn Gace cee kee es ill

Depth of heady, .ce aes ets. de eects 8

From end of snout to fore limb........ 30

i a ViEMIGS CER sie etnies tos 83

Fore limb iu 2 gcc eee eee en 26

FFL itnib ie cc reteterer tee eee eee ee 40

Boob? < hits 2 Seta eee mae hee ee PH

f v1) EA mae ea a 9 istniheeeder sn bt

A single female, probably not full-grown, from Modje,

Ituri, Belgian Congo (Dr. C. Christy’s Expedition).

XIV.—WNotes on the Cephalopoda of the Irish Atlantic Slope.

By Anne L, Massy.

THe Cephalopoda taken during the course of investigations

carried out on board the Department’s fishery cruiser ‘ Helga’

include two species and a larval form new to the British and

Irish area, namely :—

Bathyteuthis abyssicola, Hoyle, a young specimen of which

occurred at 50° 22’ N., 11° 40’ W., at soundings of 700-750

fathoms ; Brachioteuthis picta, Chun, an example of which,

with mantle-length of 88 mm., was taken at 51° 37’ N.,

2P a Wie vat 670-692 Fattoma and, thirdly, the larval

Ommatostrephid Ehynchoteuthion, with mantle- -length of

1°50 mm., was taken at 15 fathoms, over soundings of 290

fathoms. This belongs to the wide-bodied form and closely

resembles Chun’s * larva from the Bay of Bengal.

A young specimen of Onychoteuthis banksi (Leach) occurred

at 51° 7’ N., 11° 35’ 30 W., at. soundings, of, 325-4010

fathoms, and constitutes the first Irish reeord “of this widely

distributed species.

Anexample of Yaontdium pfefferi, Russel], with mantle-

length of 6 mm., was taken at 51° 54’ N., 11° 47’ W., at

soundings of 307 fathoms. This is the third specimen

recorded, our previous example having been taken at

51° 37' 30". N., 11° 56’ W., at soundings of 400 fathoms.

The type was captured at 60° 3’ N., 3° 53’ W., at soundings

of 276 fathoms t.

* Valdivia’ Exp., Cephalopoda, pt. 1, G!gopsida, pl. xxviii. fig. 1

(1910). J

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 8, vol. iii. (May 1909),

Ona new Starfish and new Britile Stars. PLEA

XV.—One new Starfish and Five new Brittle Stars from

the Galapagos Islands*. By Austin H. Cuark.

Freyella scalaris, sp. n.

Fourteen or fifteen arms; R=about 150 mm.; diameter

of disk 18 mm. to 22 mm.; diameter of elevated portion of

disk 15 mm. to 19 mm. ; length of genital region twice the

diameter of the disk ; diameter of ray at base 5 mm. ;

diameter of ray at widest part of genital inflation (15 mm.

from the base) 6 mm.

The edge of the disk is circular, with slight indications of

lobes on the arm-bases. ‘The abactinal membrane is very —

tight, covered with very small and numerous thin and

delicate plates which are thickly beset with very small and

fine evenly spaced spinules, each entirely encased in a

membranous sheath ; there are a few longer spinules about

the anal opening.

The madreporite is small, subcircular, situated on the

border of the raised portion of the disk, surrounded by

numerous spinelets, which form a rather large patch on the

adcentral side.

The interradial plates, which are confined to the side-wall

of the disk, are high and narrow, nearly twice as high as

broad, inconspicuous.

The rays are very long, narrow, tapering gradually, only

shghtly narrower at the base than throughout the very

extensive genital region, which is not inflated ; they are

subeylindrical at the base, and are little or not at all depressed

on the genital region.

The genital region extends along the arm for a distance

equal to twice the diameter of the disk. From the base of

the rays to the distal border of the genital region the abacti-

nal surface of the arms is covered, and completely enclosed,

by rounded-quadrate irregularly imbricating plates, arranged

in fairly regular transverse rows. Across the arm in the

ceutre of the plates composing each of these rows there runs

a regular baud of small spines, which are more than twice as

long as the spines on the disk and mostly or entirely naked.

At the arm-tjases these rows are closely crowded and the

spines are relatively small, but they rapidly become more

spaced and the spines increase in length; over the genital

region from fifty-five to sixty of these prominent spiniferous

* Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian

Institution,

116 Mr. A. H. Clark on a

transverse ridges may be counted, which are from 0°6 mm.

to 0°8 mm. apart. Hach of the plates in the transverse rows

bears from four to seven spines, usually in a somewhat

irregular single median linear series; occasionally one of

the spines may be more or less enlarged. Among these

spines are many minute pedicellariz.

Except where it is supported by plates the abactinal

membrane, which is very thin, is collapsed upon the ambu-

lacral ridge, which is plainly visible through it.

Beyond the genital region the transverse bands of plates

become more widely spaced, separated from each other by a

band of naked skin, the spines at the same time becoming

reduced to a narrow band of pedicellarie. There is a narrow

transverse band of plates over the lines of union between

all the ambulacral ossicles, and another over their central

portion. These bands become narrower and the plates

composing them more delicate, but they persist to the end

of the arms.

The adambulacral plates at first are broader than long,

becoming longer than broad after the proximal half of the

genital region, and very narrow and elongate distally. On

the furrow-margin they bear two very delicate spines, one

at either end of the plate, which reach halfway across the

furrow and are covered with a delicate membrane bearing

one or two pedicellariz. On the aboral end of the plate

above, and somewhat proximal to, the distal furrow-spine

there is a much longer and stouter spine, twice as long as

the furrow-spines and correspondingly stout, sheathed in

membrane and bearing numerous pedicellarie. Beyond

this and slightly proximal to it, situated approximately on

the actinolateral border of the plate, there is a long stout

spine nearly double the length of the preceding, enshrouded

in thick membrane covered with very numerous pedicellarie ;

as far as the end of the adoral fourth of the genital region

the end of this spine is expanded into a club-like, bifurcate,

or bluntly three- or four-pointed tip, but beyond this point

the tip is slender and sharp. On the abactinal border,

mounted on a small truncated conical plate affixed to the

adambulacrals, there is a long slender sharp spine, longer

than the preceding, sheathed in thin membrane.

The mouth-spines are two, thickly beset with pedicellaria.

The colour in alcohol is brownish yellow.

Type. Cat. no. 36950, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ’

Station 2807, Galapagos Islands, in 812 fathoms.

new Starfish and new Britile Stars. 117

Astrodendrum galapagensis, sp. n.

The disk is 7 mm. in diameter, strongly excavate in the

interbrachial regions.

This species appears to be related to A. sagaminum

(Déderlein), from which it differs in the following parti-

culars: the granulation of the disk and arms is much

coarser, the granules being rather widely scattered, so that

on the disk the major part of the surface is naked integu-

ment ; the granulation of the interbrachial spaces below is

closer than in A. sagaminum, and the granules are all sub-

equal instead of being of two distinct sizes, larger (and

fewer) and smaller (and more numerous), asin A. sagaminum.

Beneath, except in the interbrachial spaces, there are

only a few small and widely scattered granules.

The first arm-branch appears to consist of eight or nine

segments, the second of ten.

Type. Cat. no. 38581, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ’

Station 2818, among the Galapagos Islands, in 392 fathoms.

Ophiacantha cyrena, sp. 0.

The disk is 8 mm. in diameter ; the arms are 50 mm,

long.

The radial shields are visible just above the arm-bases as

small broad triangles with the outer angles broadly rounded ;

their length is less than half as much again as the greatest

width (which is just within the border of the disk); the

inner half of the distal border is produced slightly beyond

the edge of the disk, and is strongly convex; this convexity

is carried backward for some distance in the inner half of

the plate; there is a more or less pronounced elevation of

the median portion of the proximal half of each radial shield.

The radial shields of each pair are separated interiorly by a

wedge-shaped mass of plates with only slightly converging

sides, which at the border of’ the disk is usually about half

as broad as the length of the distal border of the shields.

Except for the small radial shields the disk is covered

with rounded, subequal, overlapping plates, each of which

bears a short truncated spine arising from an expanded

circular base ; these spines increase slightly in diameter

from the bottom to the top, and bear numerous small

spinules along their sides, which increase in length out-

wardly and form a prominent thorny crown. Some of the

scales in the wedge separating the radial shields of each

pair are much larger than the others, and than those of

118 Mr. A. H. Clark on @

the remainder of the dorsal surface of the disk ; few or none

of the scales in this area bear spines.

The interbrachial areas below and on the sides of the disk

are covered with small rounded imbricating scales which do

not bear spines.

The oral shields are, roughly, triangular ; the inner angle

is slightly more than a right angle; the outer angles are

very broadly rounded; the median third of the distal

border is occupied by a rather high, rounded, posterior

process.

The side mouth-shields are not quite in contact interiorly ;

they are narrow, with the proximal and distal borders

diverging only very slightly, the lateral angles somewhat

produced, and with a narrow posterior process enveloping

the broadly rounded outer angles of the oral shields.

The mouth-papille are five (rarely six) in number ; the

innermost is more or Jess spatulate, about twice as long as

the maximum width, broadly rounded distally ; the three

following become progressively more and more slender; the

outermost is broader again (about of the same proportions

as the second) with the outer part more or less bent toward

the apex of the jaw.

One or two tooth-papillz may be present.

The upper arm-plates are fan-shaped, broader than long,

with produced lateral angles and a rather sharply rounded

distal angle ; they are separated from each other the entire

length of the arm by the union of the side arm-plates.

The arm-spines are from seven to nine in number, slender,

very strongly flattened, and very finely spinous ; the two

uppermost are the longest (3 mm.in length on the proximal

segments), the others decreasing in length and becoming

very slender.

The second under arm-plate is slightly broader than long,

with the distal border gently convex ; the following increase

very slowly in length, so that the fifth is about as long as

broad with a strongly and evenly convex distal edge, and

the remainder are slightly longer than broad with an almost

semicircular distal border and the proximal border in the

form of an obtuse angle, delimited by the distal ventral

borders of the side arm-plates.

There is one broad, leaf-like, sharply pointed tentacle-

scale with serrate edges ; over the first two-or three arm

tentacle-pores there are two scales, narrower and less pointed

distally than those beyond, the inner the smaller.

Type. Cat. no. 38582, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ’

Station 2818, among the Galapagos Islands, in 392 fathoms.

new Starfish and new Brittle Stars. 119

Ophiacantha similis, sp. n.

This species is very nearly related to O. moniliformis,

Liitken and Mortensen, from which it differs in the following

particulars :—

The oral shields have an evenly curved distal border,

quite without the process so characteristic of O. moniliformis,

and a proximal border which is either a straight line or two

gently concave lines meeting in the centre to form a point

between the bases of the side mouth-shields.

The side mouth-shields are much larger than those of

O. moniliformis, and very different in shape; their internal

apposed edges are unusually long; on reaching the oral

shield these turn abruptly and run in a slightly curved,

sometimes almost straight, line to the first under arm- plate ;

frequently the distal borders of the side mouth-shields,

which are about as long as the apposed borders, are approxi-

mately straight, making a right angle with the latter ; the

outer borders make a regular curve from the inner apposed

blunted apices to the outer, similarly blunted, apices, which

are in contact with the distal portion of the first under arm-

plate. The side mouth-shields therefore resemble in shape

stout crescents with blunted ends or boomerangs. They lie

entirely within the lateral angles of the oral shields.

The mouth-papille are slightly shorter and stouter than

the corresponding structures in 0. moniliformis.

One or two tooth-papille are exceptionally present.

The teeth are much broader than those of O. moniliformis.

The side arm-plates are markedly shorter than in O. monili-

formis, and the arm-segments are much less swollen distally ;

the arm-spines, five or six in number, are much shorter than

those of O. moniliformis and noticeably stouter.

Type. Cat. no. 385838, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ’

Station 2818, among the Galapagos Islands, in 892 fathoms.

Ophiolebes mortenseni, sp. 0.

The diameter of the disk, which is rounded-pentagonal, is

5°5 mm.

The disk is covered with moderately large scales of very

uniform size, each of which bears a short cylindrical stump

terminating in a tuft of thorns. There is sometimes to be

seen on oue or both sides of the arm-bases a narrow linear

streak free of scales and stumps, which indicates the position

of the radial shield. The disk closely resembles that of

O. vestitus, Lyman, but the processes are cylindrical with

120 Mr. A. H. Clark on o@

rounded thorny summits, instead of being more or less

conical,

The arm-spines are six mm number, finely spinous, the

uppermost the longest, the following regularly decreasing

in length as in O. vestitus; the longest arm-spine (the

uppermost on the second side arm-plate beyond the disk) is

15 mm. long.

The arms and the structures about the mouth do not

seem to differ from the corresponding parts in O. vestitus.

Type. Cat. no. 88585, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ’

Station 2818, among the Galipagos Islands, in 892 fathoms.

Ophiophyllum marginatum, sp. un.

The disk is approximately circular, 7°5 mm. in diameter,

flat, and very thin, with the central portion covered with

rather large, subequal, rounded, slightly imbricating scales,

The arms are all broken, but were apparently short,

tapering rapidly from the base, strongly flattened, and low

triangular in section. The diameter of the arms at the base

is 1:75 mm.

In each interbrachial space there is a conspicuous fringe-

like border consisting of from eight to ten (usually nine or

ten) fish-scale-like plates, always with a central pair, which

increase in size and length outward from the median line.

The plates of the central pair are oblong, with the outer

corners slightly rounded, slightly broader than high to one-

third again as broad as high; the plates of the next pair

are rhombic, slightly larger than those of the central pair,

all of the sides the same length, the angles slightly rounded ;

the plates of the following pair are more oblique than those

of the second pair, and are markedly higher than broad ;

the plates of the succeeding pair are larger, with a straight

inner, but more or less curved outer, border, and a slightly

curved free outer edge,in shape not unlike the primary

(fore wing) of a butterfly ; the plates of the outermost pair

are triangular, with the outer sides and the distal apex

rounded, the latter reaching to the outer corner of the plate

of the preceding pair. ‘The plates of each pair dorsally

overlap the inner borders of the plates of the succeeding

pairs. The distal borders of these marginal plates form a

very slightly curved line between the arm-bases, in contrast

to the much more strongly curved border of the disk. The

outer sides of the plates of the outermost pair only slightly

overlap the outer proximal corners of the first side arm-

plates.

new Starfish and new Brittle Stars. 121

The radial shields are large and are roughly ovoid in

outline. From a point at the base of the arm they curve

regularly outward to the median interradial plates, their

free borders supporting the outer two or three marginal

plates ; from their broadly rounded ends they curve inward,

their inner sides being approximately parallel, until the

level of the inner end of the median broad plate of the

interradial column is reached, when they curve more rapidly

inward and then outward to the arm-bases.

An elongate, rounded, triangular plate separates the radial

shields, except just at the arm-bases.

The interradial portion of the disk between the distal

portion of the radial shields is covered with a large single

plate about half as large asa radial shield, which has strongly

slanting sides and a curved inner border, which is about as

long as the two lateral borders or half as long as the outer

border. This plate (which supports the two central pairs

of marginal scale-like plates) is joined with the plates of the

central region of the disk by a triple column of plates, con-

sisting of a broad and elongate central plate, on either side

of which is a column of two (rarely three) similar plates

placed end to end only half as broad as the central plate.

The ventral interradial areas of the disk are occupied by

ten or a dozen plates, usually two or three large ones on

either side, with an irregular column of much smaller plates

between them.

The genital slits are long, extending from the side mouth-

shields nearly to the edge of the disk. The genital plates

are prominent, rather wide, reaching from the lateral border

of the oral shields to the periphery of the ventral surface,

increasing in width outwardly.

The oral shields are transversely oval, about twice as

broad as long, the proximal border forming a slightly obtuse

angle.

The side mouth-shields are very narrow, in contact in-

wardly, running slowly to a point at the base of the genital

slit.

The mouth-papille form a narrow continuous band of

uniform height, with a straight outer profile ; they are six

in number, the innermost about as long as broad, the next

three increasing regularly in length, and the two outermost

much longer, about four times as long as high.

There are from two to four conical tooth-papille.

The teeth are long and sharp, triangular.

The upper arm-plates are very narrow, triangular, about

twice as long as broad ; the outer border is rounded, in

122 Mr. W. Omer Cooper on Paragnathia.

leneth about one-fourth the width of the arm, overlapping

slightly the base of the succeeding upper arm-plate ; beyond

the seventh the upper arm-plates are separated for an

increasingly large distance by the dorsal apposition of the

side arm-plates.

The side arm-plates are very large, with the dorso-lateral

border forming a sharp keel which is produced into a thin

knife-like border, increasing in height distally.

Within the sharp point formed by the outer corner of the

side arm-plates is a single, flattened, very thin spine, about

half as long as the segment, at first leaf-like, soon becoming

triangular, which is closely appressed to the arm and over-

laps the proximal part of the succeeding side arm-plate ;

viewed from below this spine forms a perfect continuation

of the lateral production of the side arm-plate.

The first under arm-plate is a slightly shortened pentagon

with strongly concave sides and sharply rounded corners ;

the next is six-sided, elongate, the lateral edges strongly

concave, the proximal angle truncated by the first, the distal

angle overlapping the base of the third, the proximal and

distal borders concave ; the following rapidly decrease in

size, becoming smaller and separated from each other by the

apposition of the side arm-plates.

There are two strongly curved tentacle-scales forming

between them a funnel enveloping the base of the tentacle.

The first arm-tentacle lies just beyond the distal end of

the mouth-frames, between the side mouth-shields and the

first under arm-plate.

Type. Cat. no. 388584, U.S.N.M., from ‘ Albatross ”

Station 2818, among the Galapagos Islands, in 392 fathoms.

XVI.—On Paragnathia, a Genus of the Crustacean Family

Gnathiide. By W. Omer Cooper, F.L.S.

[Plate VI.]

In the course of collecting along the shores of Christchurch

Harbour, Hants, in May 1915, I came across a number of

colonies of Gnathiidee, consisting principally of specimens

in the late Praniza stage and of a brilliant green or yellow

colour, They were at first taken to be Gnathia mazillaris

(Mont.), but upon a more careful examination it became

apparent that they belonged to the species described by

Bate aud Westwood under the name of Anceus halidaii, and

Mr. W. Omer Cooper on Paragnathia. 123

identified by Canon Norman with the Anceus formica of

Hesse. The description by Bate and Westwood proved,

upon comparison with my specimens, to be very accurate

and left no doubt whatever as to the identity of the species,

but Iam by no means inclined to believe that this can be

the same animal which Hesse described under the name of

Anceus formica. This latter species is described as having a

distinctly rounded head, gnathopods consisting of a single

flattened plate, and a rounded telson, none of which features

in any way agree with the description given by Bate aud

Westwood or with my specimens.

Upon a microscopical examination of the mouth-parts it

became apparent that this species is very widely separated

from the others belonging to the genus Gnathia, among

which it has, of course, been formerly placed. The five-

jointed gnathopods of both male and female and the absence

of maxillipeds in the latter at once distinguish it from all

other species of Gnathia, and the former characters, at least,

would appear to be of more than specific value as the

opercular two-jointed gnathopods are one of the most dis-

tinctive features of the genus. I therefore consider it best

to place this species in a new genus, Paragnathia, very

closely allied to Huneognathia (Stebbing), the only important

distinction being that the latter has the gnathopods of the

male six-jointed. As, however, no female of the only known

species of this genus—Euneognathia gigas (Beddard)—

appears to have been described, it would seem probable

that the females of the two genera might show further

distinguishing features, more especially as H. gigas and

P. halidaii are specifically very widely separated.

Since my first discovery of P. halidait at Christchurch

Harbour, I have found the species there in great abundance,

and I have also had it sent to me from near Plymouth and

from St. Andrews. It is probably more or less widely

distributed, but may easily be passed over on account of its

almost terrestrial mode of life. It would seem to be always

found where the water is more or less brackish, living in

small cavities in the banks just below high-water mark, and

a considerable number of specimens are usually found to-

gether in each cavity, the males apparently having small

holes leading from these cavities, into which they retire in

case of danger. They are exceedingly sluggish in their

habits, and. when frightened they usually sham death,

folding their legs close to their body. As in the case of

Gnathia, there is nothing to show that the adults ever eat,

and the use of the peculiar mouth-organs is unknown, The

124 Mr. W. Omer Cooper on Paragnathia.

larvee, like those of the Gnathiide, are parasitic on fish,

chiefly on the small flat fish which are frequently so plentiful

in somewhat brackish water ; they are most easily identified

by the shortness of the last abdominal segment and by the

eight-jointed flagellum of the inferior antenne.

As there does not appear to be any good modern description

of this species, I give one below, drawn up from an examina-

tion of specimens from Christchurch Harbour, together with

a definition of the genus Paragnathia.

Genus PARAGNATHIA.

J. & W. Omer Cooper, Zoologist, (4) xx., January 1916, p. 26.

Flagellum of inferior antenne eight-joited. Male with

mandibles and maxillipeds similar to those in Gnathia ;

maxillipeds absent in female. First pair of pereopods

(gnathopods) in male consisting of five flattened joints only

partially covering the oral area; in the female with five

subequal and similar joints, opercular plate absent.

Genotype. Anceus halidaii, Bate aud Westwood.

As in Gnathia, the superior antenne have the peduncle

three-jointed, the flagellum five-jointed in the male, four-

jointed in the female and larva. The inferior antenne have

the peduncle four-jointed ; the eight-jointed flagellum is

one of the points of resemblance between this genus and

Huneognathia.

Paragnathia halidaii (Bate and Westwood).

(Pl. VI. figs. 1, 2.)

Anceus halidati, Bate and Westwood, British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,

ii. 1868, p. 203.

Gnathia formica (non Anceus formica, Hesse), Norman, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. 1905, p. 86.

Male. Body somewhat elongated, about five times as long

as its greatest breadth; head subquadrangular ; eyes well

developed; anterior part of thorax without areolation,

divided from the posterior by a fairly deep constriction ;

fifth thoracic segment (third free segment) clearly separated

from the following ; abdomen much narrower than thorax,

sides straight, slightly decreasing in breadth towards the

telson, terminal segment short, triangular, not reaching

further than the middle of the uropods, provided with two

sete at the apex. Superior antenne reaching as far as the

middle of the flagellum of the inferior, which are about the

same length as the head ; peduncle of the superior antennz

Mr. W. Omer Cooper on Paragnathia. 125

consisting of three stout subequal joints, that of the inferior

pair with the first two joints short and strong, the third

joint slightly shorter than the fourth which is about twice

the length of the second, the fourth joint increasing in size

distally, and, together with the second and third joints of

the superior ,antenne, provided with numerous tufted sensory

hairs. Mandibles somewhat small and of a simple form,

with a small notch on the outer edge and with about seven

strong distinct teeth at the extremity. Maxillipeds with the

basipodite large and rounded, slightly longer than the palp,

which consists of four small joints provided with numerous

long plumose sete along their outer edges; the endite of

the basipodite of a regular oval shape, distinctly jointed

at the base, and provided with nine coupling-hooks along

theinner edge. First pair of perzeopods (gnathopods) con-

sisting of five flattened joints, ciliated on both edges and

provided with a few long and stout sete; the first joint

about two-thirds as broad as its length, the secoud very

smal], the third and fourth together equal in length to their

breadth and a little longer than the first joint, the fifth joint

small, more than twice as long as it is broad ; the other five

pairs of pereeopods adapted for walking, terminating in a

stout claw, the third, fourth, and fifth joints with a few

spines on the inner surface. Pleopods without sete, the

outer branch terminating in a short spine. Uropods fringed

with a few long sete. External sexual organ stout, bilobed

at the extremity. Length 5 mm. Colour dirty-white to

brown.

Female. Body rounded, head short and subtriangular ;

eyes rather large ; last abdominal segment short and tri-

angular. First pair of pereopods (gnathopods) somewhat

short and flattened, the last joint much smaller than the

others and bearing one or two set, the other joints having

numerous short stout spines along their edges; other

appendages as in the male. Length 4 mm. Colour grey:

Larva. Mouth-parts suctorial ; mandibles, maxille, and

maxillule styliform ; maxillipeds serrated on the inner edge,

palp two-jointed. First pair of pereopods terminating in a

stout claw, having a small tooth near the base ; others as in

adult. Pleopods fringed with sete. Length on leaving

brood-pouch 1°55 mm. Colour in late praniza stage bright

green or orange.

Distribution. St. Audrews ; Christchurch Harbour ; Ply-

mouth ; Strangford Lough, Ireland (Bate and Westwood) ;

Roscoff (Delage).

126 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

XVII.—Deseriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies

Epipaschiane, Chrysaugine, Endotrichine, and Pyralinee.

By Sir Georee F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c.

THE numbers attached to the species in the following paper refer

to my classification of the Hpipaschiane, Endotrichine, and

Pyraline in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, pp. 451 to 550, and

Chrysaugine in the P. Z. 8. 1897, pp. 633 to 692, and subsequent

supplementary paper in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History.’

Pyralide.

EPIPASCHIAN A

(36) Pococera strigidiscalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown mixed with

whitish ; antenne blackish; tarsi blackish brown ringed with

white. Fore wing olive-ochreous tinged with reddish mixed

with some white and a few black scales; subbasal whitish strize

from costa and cell with some black scales beyond them ; traces of

a diffused white antemedial line with some black scales before it in

submedian interspace; traces of an oblique sinuous white medial

line; a white patch in and beyond end of cell with an oblique

black discoidal striga formed of raised scales on it, some black

scales on the outer edge of the patch and blackish marks below it

above and below vein 1; subterminal line white, defined on inner

side by black points and with more prominent spot at inner margin,

excurved at middle, some reddish-brown suffusion with some black

scales on it beyond it on costal area; a terminal series of minute

quadrate black spots; cilia pale red, chequered with white towards

tornus. Hind wing semihyaline whitish, the veins tinged with

brown; the costal area and termen suffused with brown, the latter

narrowing to a point at vein 2; a terminal black line; cilia pale

red with a white line at base to vein 2, then whitish.

Hab. FR. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 2 type. Haxp. 26mm.

(8¢) Pococera mediosinalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish suffused with olive-brown; antennze

blackish, the shaft whitish towards base; abdomen grey suffused

with olive-brown and banded with blackish; tarsi except 1st joint

black ringed with white. Fore wing olive-brown, the basal area

with some whitish and some black irroration above base of inner

margin ; antemedial line black, obliquely excurved to submedian

fold, then slightly ineurved and defined on each side by white ;

a small black discoidal spot surrounded by whitish; a curved series

of minute black spots beyond the cell between discal and sub-

median folds; postmedial line black, slightly defined on outer side

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 127

by whitish, excurved between discal and. submedian folds; the

terminal area whitish towards apex, a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing semihyaline white irrorated with brown ; the

terminal area suffused with brown towards apex; a dark terminal

line; cilia white with a brown line near base; the underside with

the costal area irrorated with brown, an oblique brown discoidal

striga and curved postmedial line from costa to vein 2.

Hab. Cotomsta, Rio Derg, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 18 mm.

(77) Pococera arciferalis, sp. n.

Palpi very long, the 2nd joint fringed with hair above; antennz

of male fringed with hair above at middle.

S. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with red and mixed with

black-brown ; palpi fringed with black-brown hair above; pectus

and legs redder ; abdomen ochreous tinged with red and obscurely

banded with blackish brown, the ventral surface red. Fore wing

ochreous tinged with red, suffused with brown and irrorated with

blackish ; a blackish medial line with a broad ochreous band tinged

with red before it; an obliquely curved black discoidal lunule and

a blackish patch below end of cell; an evenly curved black line

from costa beyond middle to tornus with narrow ochreous band en

its outer side; a strong black terminai line; cilia ochreous with a

blackish line at middle, the tips reddish towards apex. Hind wing

semihyaline whitish, the apical area suffused with brown ; a terminal

series of blackish striz ; cilia tinged with red towards apex.

Hab. W. Cotomepta, San Antonio (Palmer), 2 d type. Eup.

28 mm.

(7 n) Pococera metaxanthalis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax rufous; antenne dark brown except

towards base; palpi with dark brown mixed; abdomen with the

base yellowish tinged with rufous, the terminal half blackish

irrorated with whitish, the anal tuft rufous; legs rufous, the fore

legs irrorated with blackish, the hind tibie fringed with ochreous

hair. Fore wing rutous slightly tinged with grey and irrorated

with blackish; a blackish fascia on base of inner margin; a small

black-brown antemedial spot in the cell and two larger spots in

submedian interspace; a small black-brown discoidal spot; a faint

dark postmedial shade, oblique to discal fold, then inwardly oblique ;

traces of dentate blackish subterminal marks defined on outer side

by whitish from discal fold to inner margin; some black points on

termen towards apex and small spots above and below vein 2.

Hind wing golden yellow, the terminal area fuscous, broadly at

costa, narrowing to tornus; cilia whitish mixed with fuscous.

Underside of fore wing fuscous, the costa rufous, expanding into a

patch before apex; hind wing with the costal area fuscous, the

costal edge fringed with rufous hair.

Hab, CotomBta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 Q type.

Exp. 32 mm.

128 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(10 6) Pecocera fuscifusalis, sp. n.

2. Head ochreous whitish, the 3rd joint of palpi and antenne

fuseous ; thorax ochreous, suffused with fuscous except the tegule

in front and shoulders; pectus and legs ochreous, the fore and

mid femora at extremities and tibize at base blackish; abdomen

ochreous dorsally suffused with rufous. Fore wing ochreous tinged

with red, the terminal area suffused with red, broadly on apical

area, the costal half suffused with fuscous black to end of cell,

extending at base to vein 1 and with oblique cuter edge produced

to a point beyond lower angle of cell; a diffused blackish spot

below middle of cell, and another rather nearer the base on inner

margin ; traces of a double medial line, oblique to submedian fold,

then inwardly oblique and sinuous ; a curved minutely dentate red

subterminal line ; a terminal series of black points; cilia whitish at

tips. Hind wing ochreous whitish tinged with brown, the terminal

area suffused with brown narrowing to tornus; cilia whitish at

tips.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni,1 9 type. Exp. 24 mm.

. (10c) Pococera seminigralis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax rufous with a few dark brown scales except

on tegule; antenne blackish except towards base; palpi with

black spot in front of 2nd joint at middle; abdomen whitish

tinged with rufous and with blackish segmental bands ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale rufous, the tarsi black

ringed with whitish. Fore wing pale rufous suffused with fuscous

and slightly irrorated with black to the postmedial line; a subbasal

black striga below the cell; minute black-brown spot in middle of

cell and tuft of raised black-brown scales below middle of cell;

a double oblique black line filled in with whitish from submedian

fold below end of cell to inner margin, slightly angled inwards at

vein 1; postmedial line strong, black, oblique, with another black

line beyond it from costa to discal fold; subterminal line pale,

faintly defined on each side by rufous, rather obliquely incurved to

discal fold, then minutely dentate to vein 2, then double blackish

filled in with whitish and oblique to inner margin, a deeper rufous

patch beyond it on costa and some greyish on terminal area below

apex ; a terminal series of black striz and a series of black points

near base of cilia which are chequered with fuscous towards apex.

Hind wing white with a reddish-brown tinge, the inner area

browner towards tornus, the apical area and veins towards termen

dark brown; a minute subterminal black spot on vein 2; cilia with

a punctiform brown line near base; the underside with blackish

discoidal point, oblique punctiform postmedial line from costa to

vein 4 and red-brown apical patch.

Hab. Peru, R. Ucayale, Contamino, 1d type. Hap. 22 mm.

Pyralide of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 129

(13 a) Pococera mesoleucalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white with an ochreous tinge ; palpi with

the 3rd joint black except at tip; antenne brown ; pectus and legs

white suffused with brown, the tarsi ringed with white; abdomen

white with obscure dorsal segmental blackish bands, the extremity

red-brown. Fore wing with the basal area white suffused with

brown with a goiden cupreous gloss, defined by the blackish ante-

medial line which is excurved below submedian fold; medial area

pure white with some brown irroration on costa; a small black spot

in middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot; the outer edge of

the white area produced to a point beyond lower angle of cell and

defined by traces of a blackish postmedial line ; the terminal area

brown with a cupreous gloss; cilia with white line at base and

white tips. Hind wing pure white, the terminal area suffused

with cupreous brown narrowing to a point at tornus; cilia with a

white line at base and white tips.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni,1 9 type. Hap, 22 mm.

(1f) Lepidogma minimalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with brown, the

head more fuscous; palpi fuscous black with a few white scales ;

fore legs suffused with fuscous, the tarsi black ringed with white.

Fore wing white tinged with brown and irrorated with blackish ;

an antemedial black point below the cell; a black medial shade

from costa to vein 1; a blackish discoidal striga with a patch of

blackish irroration above it on costa; the costa blackish towards

apex; a dark subterminal shade except towards inner margin ;

some blackish points on apical half of termen. Hind wing semi-

hyaline brownish white.

Hab. Cryton, Peradeniya, 1 9 type. Hap. 12 mm.

(8c) Lepidogma melanospila, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with red-brown; antenne

with the shaft ringed with dark brown; palpi with the 8rd joint

black at base;. tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous

suffused with red-brown, the extremity brown with a whitish band

before it, the ventral surface white. Fore wing ochreous tinged

with red-brown, especially on medial and terminal areas, and

irrorated with blackish; a black point in middle of cell and dis-

coidal striga of raised black scales; postmedial line rather diffused,

red-brown defined on outer side by a narrow ochreous band, excurved

at middle; a terminal series of black strize; cilia rufous with an

ochreous line at base. Hind wing ochreous suffused with red-

brown ; a diffused curved dark postmedial line between veins 4 and

2 defined on outer side by whitish ; a terminal series of black striz ;

cilia rufous with a fine ochreous line at base ; the underside whitish

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. i)

130 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

tinged with red and irrorated with brown, a curved brown post-

medial line, the terminal area suffused with brown, narrowing to a

point before tornus.

Hab. Goup Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 Q type. Hap.

20 mm.

(5) Lepidogma chrysochloralis, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 7 from 8 before 9; male with antemedial

tuft of hair in the cell.

3. Head and tegule white mixed with bright rufous, the

tegule with golden-green patches at middle of tips; palpi pale

green with the 3rd joint dark brown; patagia golden-green with

rufous tips, the dorsum of thorax white and rufous; pectus and

legs ochreous tinged with rufous, the tarsi blackish with pale rings ;

abdomen bright rufous, the ventral surface ochreous white. Fore

wing golden green; a bright rufous patch at base of inner area ;

a broad rufous antemedial band not quite reaching inner margin ;

a slight rufous medial line, somewhat excurved at the discocellulars

where there is some rufous suffusion beyond it; postmedial line

rufous, with small spot at costa, slightly bent outwards below

costa, then minutely waved to vein 4, then bent inwards and with

rufous band before it to inner margin, some black on the line

towards inner margin; a rutous subterminal band, broad except at

middle where it is constricted, some black on its inner edge towards

inner margin; a terminal series of small rufous spots; cilia

ochreous and rufous. Hind wing red-brown ; cilia cchreous tinged

with rufous ; the underside whitish towards base.

Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

20 min.

(16) Jocara albiferalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male with the process long and thickly scaled; fore

wing with the apical part of costa dilated into a lobe clothed with

downturned scales.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous ;

antenne with the hair towards extremity of the process blackish,

the shaft black; tarsi blackish towards extremities. Fore wing

with the basal area ochreous irrorated with fuscous brown, extend-

ing on costa to beyond middle, the rest of wing fuscous brown

with a rounded creamy-white postmedial patch on inner area ;

traces of an oblique sinuous ochreous line defined on outer side by

fuscous from submedian fold below end of cell to inner margin ;

a very indistinct pale waved subterminal line, excurved to vein 4,

then incurved. Hind wing creamy white, the termen fuscous

brown, broadly to vein 2, then narrow; cilia creamy white at tips;

the underside with the costa irrorated with brown, a small spot at

upper angle of cell, and indistinct postmedial line from costa to

vein 2.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni,1 ¢ type. Hxp. 26 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 131

(le) Jocara hemizonalis, sp. n.

Antennz of male with the process long and thickly scaled; fore

wing with antemedial fan of scales from median nervure.

3. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; antenne

with the process bright rufous, the shaft fuscous; palpi with the

3rd joint blackish; tarsi blackish with pale rings; abdomen

reddish ochreous, dorsally tinged with brown towards base. Fore

wing ochreous tinged with rufous and olive-green; the base

obliquely wrrorated with blackish scales; the tuft of scales from

median nervure tipped with black; a blackish medial line, minutely

waved to median nervure, then defined on inner side by ochreous

with a rufous band before it, slightly angled inwards on vein 1 and

excurved below it ; a point of raised black scales on discocellulars ;

a curved minutely dentate blackish subterminal line; a series of

minute black spots just before termen ; cilia with a series of sight

fuscous spots near base. Hind wing ochreous tinged with brown

and the inner area with rufous; the terminal area suffused with

brown and rufous, narrowing to tornus; a subterminal series of

dark points on the veins from costa to vein 2, defined on outer side

by ochreous ; a terminal series of black strie; cilia ochreous and

rufous; the underside whitish, the costal area ochreous irrorated

with red, the terminal area suffused with red, a dark point at upper

angle of cell and curved subterminal line except towards inner

margin.

Hab. Perv, Cushi, 1 ¢, El Porvenir, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 36 mm.

(17) Jocara lactiferalis, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous;

antennz fuscous; tarsi blackish with slight pale rings. Fore wing

ochreous suffused with rufous, the basal area more ochreous; the

tuft of scales below middle of cell tipped with blackish and with a

rufous patch below it; a slight dark medial line, below the cell

sinuous and defined on inner side by ochreous; a discoidal point

of raised black scales; a curved minutely dentate brownish sub-

terminal line defined on inner side by ochreous; a terminal series

of minute black spots; cilia with a fuscous line near base. Hind

wing ochreous suffused with reddish brown ; cilia reddish ochreous

with a brown line near base, the underside ochreous whitish, the

‘costal and terminal areas suffused with red-brown, a dark point at

upper angle of cell and diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libano (H. H. Smith), 5 2 type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(lp) Jocara thermochroalis, sp. n.

do. Head and thorax red slightly mixed with ochreous and

black ; palpi and basal joint of antenne black, the latter with the

shaft brown; pectus and legs ochreous mixed with red, the tarsi

black ringed with ochreous; abdomen ochreous tinged with red

132 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

and irrorated with brown. Fore wing deep vinous red irrorated

with whitish, the basal and medial areas thickly irrorated ; a sub-

basal black streak below the cell; antemedial line whitish, waved,

defined by some black scales; a black discoidal bar; the outer edge

of the whitish medial area defined by black scales beyond and below

the cell, angled outwards beyond lower angle of cell, then retracted

and excurved above inner margin; postmedial line blackish defined

on outer side by whitish, excurved below costa, then minutely

dentate ; a terminal series of black strie ; cilia with blackish lines

near base and tips. Hind wing white, the inner area tinged with

red, the apex suffused with brown; a dark terminal line; the

underside with the costal area irrorated with brown, a small blackish

discoidal spot, and indistinct postmedial line excurved below costa,

then with minute dark streaks on the veins.

Hab. CouompBia, San Antonio (Palmer), 2 3 type. Hap.

30 mim.

(1q) Jocara rufiapicalis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule rufous mixed with whitish ; antennz with

the shaft fuscous, the process with some black hair on inner side

towards extremity ; thorax whitish, the patagia with some black

scales towards base ; pectus and legs white mixed with rufous, the

tarsi rufous ringed with white; abdomen white tinged with ochreous

and irrorated with black except on ventral surface. Fore wing

silvery white irrorated with pale brown, the basal area reddish

ochreous with sinuous outer edge; a reddish-ochreous antemedial

patch from costa to below the cell, with some black on its inner

side in and below the cell and an excurved brownish line defined on

inner side by white from it to inner margin ; a small round black

discoidal spot with some reddish ochreous above it on costa ; post-

medial line brown defined on outer side by white, excurved below

costa, then minutely waved and incurved in submedian interspace,

a wedge-shaped rufous patch beyond it on costal area with a white

point defined on each side by black on the costa ; the terminal area

irrorated with grey; a terminal series of black strie; cilia white

with black points at the veins. Hind wing white, the terminal

area suffused with red-brown from apex to submedian fold; a

reddish discoidal bar ; a postmedial series of deep reddish points on

veins 5 to 2; a terminal series of blackish points; cilia white with

black points at the veins; the underside with the costal area and

terminal area to vein 2 suffused with red, a small black discoidal

spot, and curved postmedial line from costa to submedian fold.

Hab. Couompia, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Hap.

28 mm.

(1 v) Jocara albimedialis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; antenne

with the shaft fuscous, the process bright red; pectus and legs

ochreous, the fore legs suffused with red-brown ; abdomen ochreous

dorsally suffused with red-brown and with black subdorsal points

Pyralide of the Subjamily Epipaschiane. 133

on medial segments. Fore wing whitish suffused with purplish

red and irrorated with fuscous ; an oblique whitish subbasal striga

from below costa to submedian fold; a rather obliquely incurved

blackish medial line with broad diffused white band on its outer

side ; postmedial line blackish, slightly excurved below costa, then

obliquely incurved, some deeper red beyond it towards costa; a

terminal series of black striz; cilia purplish red with slight dark

lines near base and tips. Hind wing whitish suffused with reddish

brown ; a black terminal line interrupted at the veins; cilia pale

red, white at base and tips ; the underside paler except the terminal

area, the costal area irrorated with brown, a black discoidal point.

Hab. Peru, La Oroya (Ockenden), 2 3 type. Exp. 18 mm.

(lev) Jocara parallelalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with rufous ;

tarsi with sight palerings. Fore wing ochreous suffused with rufous;

antemedial line whitish; oblique, from discal fold in end of cell to

inner margin, defined on inner side by raised black scales in cell

and submedian interspace ; an oblique blackish line from origin of

vein 2 to inner margin; a slight black discoidal lunule ; a white

patch irrorated with black scales beyond upper angle of cell and an

oblique whitish line irrorated with black scales from just beyond

lower angle to inner margin, with blackish streaks beyond it below

veins 6 and 4 to the white postmedial line, which is excurved

between veins 6 and 4 to near termen, then oblique ; a bright rufous

patch on apical part of costa ; a fine black terminal line from below

apex to vein 3; cilia with a yellowish-white line at base, the tips

chequered fuscous and white. Hind wing whitish suffused with

brown, especially towards termen ; traces of a pale subterminal line

excurved at middle; cilia with a yellowish-white line at_ base,

chequered fuscous and white at tips; the underside with the costa

slightly irrorated with blackish, a black spot at upper angle of cell,

postmedial line blackish strongly excurved, from just below costa

to vein 2, defined on outer side by whitish below vein 6, the apex

suffused with red, a fine black terminal line forming dentate marks

towards apex.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 9 type. wp. 26 mm.

(3 a) Jocaru noloides, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax whitish tinged with rufous, the vertex of

head whiter; antenne fuscous ; palpi with the 3rd joint blackish ;

tarsi blackish ringed with white; abdomen white tinged with red-

brown, a black line at base of anal segment. Fore wing whitish

tinged with rufous especially on basal and terminal areas; a

minute black subbasal streak in submedian fold; a black ante-

medial shade formed by two diffused lines with a tuft of raised

black scales in the cell; a blackish medial line, slightly angled

inwards at median nervure and vein 1; a discoidal spot formed

by raised black scales; postmedial line blackish slightly defined

134 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

on outer side by whitish, strongly excurved from below costa to

vein 4; a subterminal reddish-brown shade, becoming blackish at

costa ; a terminal series of black strize; cilia with dark line near

base and points near tips. Hind wing semihyaline white faintly

tinged with brown; the terminal area suffused with fuscous brown,

broadly towards costa, narrowing to a point at vein 1; cilia whitish

with a brown line near base; the underside with the costal area

sutfused with fuscous brown, a blackish discoidal striga.

Hab. Banamas, Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 9 type. Ep.

18 mm.

(4a) Jocara rubralis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax deep red; pectus, legs, and abdomen

ochreous ee with rufous ; fore legs deep red in front, the tarsi

with pale ring Fore wing deep red suffused over dark brown ;

an antemedial black point below the cell and striga from vein 1 to

inner margin ; an indistinct pale sinuous medial line defined at sides

by brown; a bar of raised black and ochreous scales in cell towards

extremity, a point at lower angle of cell and a point on vein 2 below

end of cell; postmedial line whitish towards costa, then indistinct

and pale with minute whitish streaks at the veins, excurved below

vein 7, then oblique; a terminal series of black strie; cilia

ochreous faintly tinged with rufous. Hind wing white, the costal

area and terminal area to vein 2 suffused with brown; minute post-

medial brown streaks on veins 5 to 2; a terminal series of black

striz ; cilia red at tips towards apex, then with red line to vein 2 ;

the underside with the costal area tinged with red, the apical area

suffused with red, a small black spot at upper angle of cell.

Hab. W. Cotomsta, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Haxp.

32 mm.

(8) Spectrotrota erythrolepia, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown

and irrorated with blackish especially towards extremity of abdomen;

palpi reddish brown ; tarsi dark brown ringed with whitish. Fore

wing whitish tinged with red-brown mixed with crimson-red and

irrorated with black ; antemedial line black, rather inwardly oblique

and excurved just below the cell; a black discoidal bar; post- —

medial line rather diffused, black defined on outer side by white,

slightly waved, excurved to vein 3, then incurved; a terminal

series of small black spots; cilia white chequered with blackish.

Hind wing whitish tinged with red-brown and irrorated with

fuscous ; a diffused curved slightly waved fuscous postmedial line ;

a terminal series of small black spots; cilia chequered white and

blackish.

Hab. Formosa, Arizan (Wileman), 1 Q type. Hap. 22 mm.

Genus AR®OPASCHIA, nov.

Type, A. grisealis.

Palpi upturned, slender, the 2nd joint hardly reaching to vertex

Pyralide of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 135

of head, the 3rd rather long and acuminate; maxillary palpi fili-

form ; antenne of male ciliated, with a process from basal joint

not extending behind the head. Fore wing narrow; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for some distance; 6 from upper

angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3

and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not

anastomosing with 7.

Areopaschia grisealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white mixed ‘with reddish brown ; abdomen

white suffused with reddish brown; antenne blackish except

towards base, the processes blackish fringed with white hair; palpi

white irrorated with dark brown, the 2nd joint dark brown in front

towards extremity. Fore wing grey-white tinged with brown and

sparsely irrorated with black-brown; a blackish spot in base of

cell; a curved antemedial series of small black-brown spots from

costa to submedian fold; a small discoidal boss of raised metallic

black scales and another in submedian fold below end of cell;

a subterminal series of slight black-brown spots from costa to sub-

median fold, incurved to vein 5; a terminal series of minute black

spots. Hind wing semihyaline white, the termen tinged with

brown to submedian fold and with a brown terminal line and line

through the cilia to vein 1. ;

Hab. Brazti, Amazons, R. Ucayala, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm.

(2a) Macalla mediobarbalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male with very large fringe of hair in middle of

cell above, and fringe below apical part of costa.

6. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with olive greyish; the

basal joint of antenne behind and a tuft behind antenne white ;

pectus and legs grey mixed with brown, the fore femora with black

patch above, the fore and mid tibie with blackish bands, the tarsi

blackish ringed with white ; abdomen greyish olive mixed with dark

brown and with dorsal series of black bars. Fore wing dark brown

with a cupreous gloss, the basal area with more or less greyish olive;

an indistinct dark antemedial line. Hind wing dark brown with a

cupreous gloss, the cilia greyish with a dark line near base; the

underside greyer except the apical area and with slight dark

discoidal bar.

Hab. Stxutm (Moller), 2 3 type; Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace),

13. Exp. 24-30 mm.

(2b) Macalla flavicollaris, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with some greyish ;

basal joint of antennz white behind ; a tuft of hair behind antennz

and the tegule yellow tinged with red; pectus and legs yellowish

tinged with rufous, the tibie with some brown, the tarsi brown

ringed with whitish; metathorax edged with yellowish white ;

136 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

abdomen yellowish tinged with red, the basal half with some dark

brown mixed, the basal segment with ridge of yellowish-white

scales followed by a series of blackish bars. Fore wing dark brown

with a cupreous gloss, the basal area olive-ochreous with some red

mixed and with subbasal patches of brown scales below the cell and

on inner margin ; antemedial line slight, blackish, somewhat angled

outwards below costa, then sinuous; postmedial line indistinct,

dark, oblique from costa to vein 4, then incurved; a fine ochreous

terminal line with a series of small dark spots before it in the

interspaces. Hind wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; cilia

with a fine whitish line at base ; the underside greyish except the

area beyond the cell.

Hab. Durcn N. Gutnea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 13 type. Exp.

24 mm.

(7a) Macalla sordidalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax fuscous brown mixed with olive-green ; antenne

blackish, the shaft ringed with whitish above; pectus and legs

grey mixed with brown, the tarsi dark brown ringed with whitish ;

abdomen olive-green mixed with brown, a dorsal series of black

bars except at base. Fore wing olive-green mixed with dark

brown and black; a subbasal black spot below the cell; antemedial

line black, slightly excurved below costa, angled inwards on median

nervure, then oblique ; a tuft of raised black scales in cell towards

extremity and black discoidal bar ; postmedial line blackish, rather

diffused and waved, oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique;

a fine ochreous terminal line with series of small black spots before

it in the interspaces; cilia intersected with black at the veins.

Hind wing greyish brown, the veins and termen darker; cilia with

a fine ochreous line at base followed by a blackish line ; the under-

side with indistinct diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Sixutm (Moller), 1 3,7 2 type. Hap. 24-26 mm.

(86) Macalla mesaleucalis, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with some ochreous

white; tarsi ringed with white; abdomen whitish, tinged with

rufous at base, extremity, and on ventral surface. Fore wing

with the basal and terminal areas cupreous red-brown, the medial

area white irrorated with olive-yellow scales; a waved black ante-

medial line from cell to inner margin; a black discoidal spot;

postmedial line black, rather diffused and slightly waved, excurved

between veins 6 and 3, then retracted to below end of cell and

rather oblique to inner margin, some black irroration beyond it

and a diffused subterminal patch from below costa to vein 5;

a terminal series of small black spots and a series on the cilia.

Hind wing with the costal half of basal area white, the inner half

pale brown, the terminal area suffused with fuscous with a eupreous

gloss and narrowing to tornus; the underside with the basal half

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 137

white with some dark irroration on costa, a small black discoidal

spot.

Hab. Province WELLESLEY (Fidley), 1 3 type. Exp.32 mm.

(lle) Macalla rubripalpalis, sp. n.

d. Head rufous with some metallic black and white scales on

the antennal processes and vertex of head; antenne black-brown ;

tegule rufous with some white scales; thorax white with some

rufous scales and some black-brown on dorsum; abdomen rufous, the

base and extremity white; pectus and legs white mixed with some

rufous, the tarsi banded brown and white. Fore wing white, the

basal area irrorated with rufous, the inner medial area and the

terminal area with dark brown, the costal area rufous to end of

cell; two rather diffused blackish antemedial lines from the costal

area to inner margin ; a dark discoidal point; postmedial line dark

brown, dentate, oblique to vein 3, then incurved; an indistinct,

diffused, rather maculate, dark subterminal line; a terminal series

of small dark spots ; cilia chequered brown and white. Hind wing

white, the apical area tinged with brown; a brown terminal line.

Underside white, the costal and terminal areas of fore wing

suffused with brown.

Hab. DutcnH N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 S type.

Exp. 32 mm.

(112) Macalla albirufalis, sp. n.

@. Head white mixed with rufous, the antenne rufous, the

palpi with rufous ring near extremity of 2nd joint and the base of

3rd joint rufous; tegule olive-rufous; thorax white mixed with

olive-rufous, the patagia with olive-rufous patches at base and near

extremity ; abdomen white suffused with bright rufous towards

base, then irrorated with rufous; legs banded white and rufous,

the hind tibiz with dark bands at middle and near extremities.

Fore wing olive-rufous; a white point in the cell near base; an

antemedial white band with slightly waved edges, oblique to

median nervure; the inner medial area with some dark scales ; an

irregular white patch at middle of costa with traces of a line

formed by white scales from it to inner margin ; a white bar at

middle of cell and band of white and blackish scales from cell to

inner margin; a white discoidal spot with some blackish beyond it,

some above it on costa and a narrow dentate white band from

lower angle of cell to inner margin closely followed by a narrow

dentate white postmedial band; the postmedial area with an

oblique white mark between veins 5 and 3; a subterminal series

of white spots defined on each side by blackish scales, angled

outwards to near termen at veins 4, 3; cilia chequered white and

rufous. Hind wing white, faintly tinged with brown, the costal

area and terminal area except towards tornus suffused with brown ;

cilia white tinged with rufous and with an interrupted brown line

at middle. Underside of fore wing grey-brown, the costa rufous

138 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

to beyond middle; hind wing white, the costal area irrorated with

brown and rufous, the terminal area suffused with brown to sub-

median fold, a brown postmedial line oblique towards costa, then

curved and ending at submedian fold.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gutyea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 19, Snow Mts.,

Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1 2 type. Exp. 40 mm.

(141Lk) Macalla argenteorubra, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax fiery red, the back of head with tufts of

silvery-white scales, the patagia with patch of silvery-white scales

at middle and silvery-white tips; abdomen creamy white with

some rufous suffusion on dorsum; pectus creamy white and red;

tibie and tarsi ringed with white; ventral surface of abdomen

creamy white tinged with red. Fore wing fiery red irrorated with

blackish ; an antemedial series of slight silvery-white spots with a

larger spot further from base above inner margin; a medial silvery-

white line from costa to median nervure, angled outwards below

costa, and a spot on inner margin, followed by an oblique series of

obscure blackish marks, with some silvery-white scales on their

outer edge from above median nervure to vein 1; a diffused

silvery-white discoidal spot and an incurved series from lower angle

of cell to inner margin; a waved silvery-white postmedial line from

costa to vein 5, then a series of spots incurved below vein 3; the

postmedial area with small spots above and below vein 4; a sub-

terminal series of silvery-white spots defined on each side by black ;

cilia chequered white and fiery red with some black scales at

middle. Hind wing white, the costal area tinged with brown ;

a terminal series of brown striz; cilia chequered with red and

brown spots at base and intersected with red to vein 2. Underside

of fore wing pale brown, the costal area and terminal area except

towards tornus bright rufous, small ante- and postmedial whitish

spots on costa; hind wing creamy white, the costal area irrorated

with fulvous and brown scales, a slight fulvous spot at upper angle

of cell and diffused postmedial and subterminal bars from costa to

vein 5.

Hab. DutcH N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 S type.

Exp. 42 mm.

(117) Macalla chlorographalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale yellow-green mixed with cupreous

red, the tips of antennal processes and patagia bright cupreous red ;

tibie with cupreous-red patches, the tarsi blackish with pale rings ;

abdomen pale greenish suffused with red-brown, the ventral surface

ochreous. Fore wing golden green; the basal area almost entirely

suffused with deep red; an oblique white antemedial line, defined

on outer side by red below the cell; medial area suffused with red

to just below vein 2, leaving green streaks on the veins; a small

white spot defined on each side by black in middle of cell; slight

blackish streaks in the interspaces below end of cell; postmedial

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 139

line white defined on inner side by small black spots in the inter-

spaces, slightly excurved from below costa to submedian fold and

again above inner margin, some blackish beyond it on costa; the

terminal area suffused with red; the subterminal line golden-green,

oblique and rather diffused, emitting dentate marks on the veins

to termen, where they become white with black bars between them

in the interspaces ; cilia red, paler at tips. Hind wing red-brown,

the cilia red with a pale line at base; the underside brownish

white, the costal area irrorated with brown, the terminal area

suffused with brown, a small dark discoidal spot, and curved

postmedial line.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 $ type. Hap.

30 mm.

(11x) Macalla nyctizonalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous and irrorated

with a few black scales, the metathorax with blackish patch ; tarsi

brown with slight pale rings; abdomen ochreous suffused with

rufous. Fore wing ochreous, slightly tinged with rufous and

wrorated with black; a shght subbasal black point below the cell ;

a broad diffused black antemedial band, followed from submedian

fold to inner margin by the black antemedial line, which is also

represented by a black point on costa; a small black discoidal spot

and spot above it on costa; a blackish shade beyond the cell,

incurved below vein 4; postmedial line slight, dark, with black

spot at costa, excurved between veins 6 and 4, then incurved and

slightly waved, a wedge-shaped blackish patch beyond it from

costa to vein 5; a terminal series of black points and a series on

the cilia. Hind wing ochreous white slightly tinged with brown ;

traces of a curved postmedial line; the underside tinged with

rufous and with blackish discoidal point.

Hab, Puiirprrnes, Manila (Ledyard), 1 3 type. EHaxp.28 mm.

(126) Macalla nyctichroalis, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax black, the vertex of head, basal joint of

antenne behind, medial part of tegul, tips of patagia, and greater

part of vertex of thorax white; palpi at base and extremities of

2nd and 38rd joints white; pectus black and white; legs black

banded with white; abdomen white irrorated with black, the

terminal segments dorsally black irrorated with white. Fore wing

leaden fuscous and black; a small white patch at base; a silvery-

white antemedial patch narrowing towards costa and vein 1, where

it is confluent with some diffused white on medial part of inner

margin, some black before and beyond the white patch ; medial

white points on costa and below the cell; a black discoidal bar ;

a broad, slightly curved postmedial silvery-white band, narrowing

to costa and to a spot on inner margin, slightly connected with the

lower extremity of a spot beyond it on costa, below which there is

a black pateh; a terminal white band from below apex to tornus,

140 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

ill-defined on inner side and with series of small black spots on

termen; cilia white with slight fuscous points towards apex.

Hind wing whitish, broadly suffused with fuscous on costal and

terminal area; cilia whitish with diffused fuscous line, wholly

fuscous at apex; the underside with slight sinuous postmedial line.

Hab. Br. New Guinea, Sogeri, 1 9 type. Hap. 28 mm.

(13 ¢) Macalla euryleuca, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax fuscous black mixed with some grey, the

palpi and antennal processes except towards tips, the tegulz and base

of patagia cupreous red ; abdomen fuscous black with some cupreous

red on dorsum and a white band at base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white mixed with fuscous black and some

cupreous red, the tarsi black ringed with white. Fore wing with

the basal area fuscous black with some cupreous red before the

antemedial black bars from costa and inner margin and a tuft of

raised black scales in submedian fold rather nearer the base; the

medial area white with a slight rufous tinge ; a black discoidal bar

with tuft of long black and white scales at its lower extremity ;

postmedial line black, rather diffused, oblique to vein 4, then

slightly incurved and somewhat dentate; the terminal area

cupreous red with a terminal series of deeper red bars separated

by whitish on the extremities of the veins; cilia chequered black

and white at tips. Hind wing semihyaline white, the terminal

area black with a slight cupreous gloss, narrowing to tornus and

with slightly sinuous inner edge. Underside with the basal area

of fore wing and base of costal area of hind wing fuscous, the

terminal area of both wings black, the medial costal area of hind

wing white irrorated with some black scales.

Hab. Perv, San Gaban, 1 d type. Exp. 38 mm.

(14c¢) Macalla olivaris, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen olive-green slightly mixed with

brown ; antenne blackish; tarsi blackish ringed with white. Fore

wing pale olive-green, the terminal area suffused with black-brown ;

a minute subbasal black streak below the cell and bar on inner

area; a small tuft of raised black scales in middle of cell and

another on discocellulars; postmedial line black, rather diffused

and somewhat dentate, oblique to vein 4, then incurved; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing pale olive-green, the costal area

semihyaline whitish, the terminal area suffused with black-brown

except towards tornus; an oblique dark discoidal bar and in-

distinct curved postmedial line ; the underside whiter, the terminal

area blacker, the costal area irrorated with blackish, the discoidal

be and postmedial line distinct, the latter ending at submedian

old.

Hab. Gown Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 3d, 1 2 type,

Kumasi (Sanders), 19. Hap. 22-24 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subsamily Epipaschiane. 141

(156) Macalla atricinetalis, sp. n.

do. Head and thorax olive-brown, some whitish on dorsum of

thorax; tarsi blackish ringed with white; abdomen white irrorated

with black-brown and with a black band at base of dorsum, the

extremity ochreous. Fore wing olive-brown, the basal and terminal

areas irrorated with blackish; antemedial line black defined on

outer side by white, somewhat dentate and angled inwards below

median nervure; tufts of black scales in middle of cell and on

discocellulars, the former defined, except above, and the latter on

outer side by white; postmedial line blackish with a white mark

on its outer side at costa, somewhat dentate, oblique to vein 4,

then inwardly oblique to submedian fold and erect to inner margin ;

a terminal series of small blackish spots; the cilia chequered with

blackish. Hind wing reddish brown, the termen darker, the

costal area and cilia paler; the underside paler, the costal area

with dark irroration, the terminal area suffused with fuscous brown

to vein 2, a small dark discoidal spot and waved postmedial line

from costa to submedian fold.

Hab. TRAVANCORE, Pirmad (Imray), 1 3 type. Exp. 38 mm.

(16d) Macalla plumbeofusa, sp. n.

Q. Head and tegule pale red-brown with slight dark irroration ;

thorax leaden grey irrorated with dark brown ; abdomen whitish

tinged with red-brown and irrorated with darker red-brown;

antennz brown ; palpi whitish suffused with red-brown ; fore legs

dark red-brown, the tarsi ringed with white; pectus, mid and hind

legs white irrorated with blackish, the mid femora, except at base,

and tibiz suffused with blackish. Fore wing whitish suffused

with red-brown and glossed with leaden grey, the basal half more

fuscous ; traces of a sinuous brown antemedial line ; some diffused

rufous on discocellulars ; traces of a dentate brown postmedial line,

slightly angled outwards below vein 7 and inwards below end of

cell; a diffused brown subterminal patch on costal area with a

faint, slightly dentate pale subterminal line arising from it, slightly

defined on each side by brown; a terminal series of black points ;

cilia tinged with rufous. Hind wing pale grey-brown, the costal

area with a silvery gloss; a dark terminal line; cilia whitish with

a brown line near base. Underside pale grey-brown, the fore wing

and costal area of hind wing with a leaden gloss.

Hab. Roox I. (Meek), 2 2 type. Exp. 38 mm.

(219) Macalla pheoperalis, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale olive-brown mixed with

grey and blackish; antenne ringed with black; palpi blackish ;

pectus and legs suffused with black, the tarsi black ringed with

white. Fore wing pale olive-brown mixed with grey and irrorated

with black, the terminal area suffused with brown; a rather

diffused sinuous black antemedial line; a black discoidal bar ;

142 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

postmedial line rather diffused, black, incurved below vein 5 and

excurved above inner margin; a terminal series of black striz.

Hind wing grey suffused with fuscous brown; a fine white line at

base of cilia; the underside whitish irrorated with blackish, the

terminal area suffused with fuscous; an indistinct curved post-

medial line.

Hab. Cuyton, Galgama (Mackwood), 1 9 type. Exp. 16 mm.

(217) Macalla ochroalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with red-brown and

irrorated with a few black scales; antenne blackish; abdomen

ochreous irrorated with black. Fore wing ochreous tinged with

red-brown and sparsely irrorated with blackish, the terminal area

suffused with red-brown and thickly irrorated with black; the

costa with series of black points; a sinuous blackish antemedial

line; a black point at upper angle of cell; postmedial line rather

diffused, blackish, sinuous, arising below the costa; a terminal

series of black: points; cilia fuscous. Hind wing greyish suifused

with fuscous ; a fine dark terminal line and pale line at base of

cilia followed by a dark line; the underside whitish irrorated with

brown, an indistinct curved postmedial line.

Hab, Ceyuon, Eppawela (Green), 1 9 type. Hxp. 20 mm.

(22a) Macalla metaxanthalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax golden rufous mixed with some white ;

pectus and abdomen fulvous yellow. Fore wing golden rufous

irrorated with black and white, especially on medial area; an ante-

medial white patch below the cell and spot above inner margin ;

a diffused waved white postmedial line ; a subterminal series of

slight white and blackish marks in the interspaces, displaced

towards termen between veins 5 and 3, and with white spot before

it below vein 4; cilia chequered with white. Hind wing golden

yellow. Underside of fore wing golden yellow.

Hab. Durcn N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 3d type. Hap.

34-42 mm.

(24a) Macalla rugosalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax red-brown, roughly scaled ; abdomen pale

red-brown ; the femora with black-brown bands, the tarsi black-

brown, the tibiz at extremities and tarsi ringed with white. Fore

wing red-brown mixed with whitish and irrorated with dark brown ;

a diffused red-brown antemedial patch from costa to median

nervure, and a ridge of raised dark scales from cell to inner margin ;

some raised dark brown scales on discocellulars and a large patch

below end of cell; red-brown marks on costa at middle and just

beyond end of cell; a double curved postmedial series of minute

dark brown spots with a red-brown shade beyond them; a terminal

series of dark brown spots; cilia rufous with a series of small dark

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschianee. 143

brown spots at base. Hind wing pale greyish brown with a leaden

gloss, the costal and terminal areas greyer brown; cilia rufous with

slight dark spots at base from apex to submedian fold. Undersid

grey-brown with a leaden gloss, the inner areas whitish. .

Hab. Rook I. (Meek), 5 2 type. Exp. 40 mm.

(246) Macalla umbrosalis, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax ochreous mixed with black-brown and red-

brown ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with dark brown and dorsally

tinged with rufous at base, the genital tufts black. Fore wing

ochreous mixed with rufous and irrorated with black, especially on

medial and apical areas; rather diffused subbasal black marks

below the cell and above inner margin; traces of a waved black

antemedial line ; small black spots in middle of cell and on disco-

cellulars; postmedial line blackish, minutely dentate, oblique to

vein 4 and strongly incurved below vein 3, defined on outer side by

ochreous to vein 3, on which an ochreous streak is emitted to

termen; a terminal series of small blackish spots. Hind wing

grey suffused with reddish brown; the underside grey irrorated

with brown, the apical area suffused with brown.

Hab. Br. N. Guryesa, Mt. Kebea (Pratt), 1 3d type. up.

30 mm.

(24¢) dacalla plumbeopictalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white mixed with reddish ochreous ; palpi

with blackish bars at sides towards tips; antenne finely ringed

white and black ; tegule and patagia fuscous black at tips ; tibiz

banded with black, the tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen

white, dorsally suffused with rufous except at base, the sides

suffused with blackish, the ventral surface with small paired black

spots on 8rd to 5th segments. Fore wing white; the antemedial

area leaden grey irrorated with black; a triangular leaden-grey

and black patch from middle of costa to median nervure with a

tuft of black scales on it in the cell, then a diffused sinuous line to

inner margin ; a discoidal bar of raised black scales; small post-

medial black spots on costa and below vein 6, the area beyond

lower angle of cell tinged with olive-brown and the inner post-

medial area suffused with rufous; the terminal area black with a

leaden gloss, an olive-brown tinge before it towards costa ; a rather

diffused bluish-white line before termen with minute white streaks

beyond it on the veins ; cilia white, tinged with brown except at

apex and with small black spots at the extremities of the veins.

Hind wing white, the terminal area suffused with fuscous black,

narrowing to tornus; an oblique blackish subterminal striga at

vein 2 and a striga above tornus; the underside with the costal

area suffused with black, an indistinct sinuous brownish postmedial

line defined on outer side by white at costa.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 2 2 type. . Exp.

32-36 mm.

144 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(26a) Macalla pheobasalis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule ochreous tinged with rufous; palpi at tips

and antennz blackish; patagia and thorax brown and fuscous ;

pectus and legs whitish and brown, the tarsi black ringed with

white ; abdomen white irrorated with brown and fuscous, and with

blackish subdorsal bars on medial segments. Fore wing with the

basal area brown suffused with blackish, its outer edge oblique and

somewhat dentate; the rest of wing white irrorated with black

and suffused with rufous on medial area and above tornus, the

apical area suffused with rufous and fuscous; small wedge-shaped

black spots at angles of cell; postmedial line very strong, black

and oblique from costa to vein 5, then slight, strongly incurved to

submedian fold and produced to slight streaks on the veins, then

again excurved; a terminal series of blackish strie; cilia pale

rufous with a series of small blackish spots. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white; the terminal area suffused with fuscous, narrowing

to a point at vein 2, and with slight dark streaks at the veins;

cilia white with series of small black spots on apical half.

2. Thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; fore wing with the

basal area suffused with rufous to the oblique black antemedial

line.

Hab. Cvsa, Santiago (Schaus),5 $, 32 type. Exp. 30 mm.

(30a) Macalla albifurcalis, sp. n.

Hind wing of male with fold and tuft of long hair on inner

area above.

3. Head and tegule olive-rufous, the palpi white and black,

the antenne finely ringed white and black, the tegule black at

tips ; thorax white, the tips of patagia olive-rufous ; pectus and

legs white and rufous, the tibiz with blackish patches, the tarsi

black ringed with white; abdomen white, tinged with rufous

except towards base of dorsum. Fore wing with the basal area

olive-rufous with a white patch at base of costa, bounded from cell

to inner margin by the rather diffused black antemedial line which

is strongly bent outwards below the submedian fold and with some

black irroration before it; the medial area white with an olive-

rufous patch on middle of costa, a tuft of raised black scales in

middle of cell and a small discoidal spot ; postmedial line blackish,

olive-rufous at costa, rather diffused and waved, excurved between

veins 5 and 38, then incurved; the terminal area olive-rufous with

some fuscous suffusion at apex ; some white beyond the postmedial

line at costa and at middle of termen; a terminal series of small

blackish spots. Hind wing white, the terminal area suffused with

brown, the tuft on inner area rufous; traces of a curved brownish

postmedial line with minute dark spots at veins 2 and 1; a rather

punctiform dark terminal line; the underside with the costal area

tinged, with ochreous and irrorated with brown at middle, the

postmedial line more distinct.

Pyralide of the Subfamily Epipaschianz. 145

©. Abdomen with diffused subdorsal black patches except

towards base; fore wing with the black lines and diffused apical

patch much stronger; hind wing with the terminal area strongly

suffused with fuscous brown.

Hab. Travancore, Pirmad (2. L. §& Mrs. Imray), 2 8,

42 type; Penane (Flower), 19. Exp. 28-32 mm,

(306) Macalla hupehensis, sp. n.

$. Head and tegule white tinged with rufous; thorax white,

the patagia at base and dorsum irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen

ereamy white irrorated with black except the basal segment, the

anal tuft pale rutous ; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen pale rufous, the palpi with black ring near extremity

of 2nd joint, the tarsi dark brown ringed with white. Fore wing

white irrorated with black to the postmedial line, the terminal area

suffused with black-brown; a black point in the cell near base and

subbasal spot on costa; a rather diffused black antemedial line

from cell to inner margin; black spots in middle of cell and on

discocellulars, the former with a patch above it on costa; post-

medial line rather diffused, blackish, interrupted between veins

5 and 3, a white mark on its outer side at costa; a terminal series

of small blackish spots; cilia with a white line at base. Hind

wing whitish suffused with brown, the termen darker ; a white line

at base of cilia. Underside white suffused with brown; fore wing

with a patch beyond the cell and the area below the cell to the

postmedial line white, the postmedial line indistinct and entire ;

hind wing with small dark discoidal spot and indistinct diffused

postmedial line.

Hab. C. Cutxa, Hupeh Prov., Lui-shin-Tze (Betton), 13 type.

Hap, 22 mm.

(38 a) Macalla viridirufalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male on underside with fringe of large scales in

the cell.

6. Head and thorax creamy white tinged with green and mixed

with rufous, the patagia with oblique fuscous streaks ; palpi, frons,

pectus, and legs creamy white; abdomen creamy white, dorsally

suffused with rufous and fuscous. Fore wing olive-green mixed

with creamy white, the medial area-below the cell and subterminal

area below costa suffused with pinkish red and irrorated with dark

brown scales; a black spot below the cell before middle; ante-

medial line almost medial, blackish defined on inner side by white,

oblique towards costa, then erect and sinuous; a black discoidal

spot; postmedial line formed by dark brown marks in the inter-

spaces, defined on outer side by a narrow white band, oblique from

costa to vein 4 where it is angled outwards, then incurved; a

narrow diffused white band before termen with white streaks

beyond it on the veins; cilia creamy white with series of small

dark spots near base. Hind wing pale reddish brown, the terminal

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii, 10

146 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

area rather darker ; cilia whitish with a brown line near base ; the

underside paler except the terminal area, a black discoidal point,

and rather diffused sinuous brown postmedial line.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 $ type. Exp.

26 mi.

(2a) Locastra atriplagalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; palpi red-brown

and dark brown, the 2nd joint white behind towards tips; antennz

red-brown ; shoulders and outer edge of patagia with red-brown

stripes irrorated with blackish; legs brown and black, the tarsi

ringed with white; abdomen white tinged with rufous. Fore

wing white tinged with rufous; the antemedial area with a large

black patch from costa to submedian fold, with a tuft of black

hair on its lower edge, some pale golden green below its outer part,

its outer edge defined by white ; a small discoidal tuft of red scales

with a blackish mark above it on costa ; a curved blackish medial

line from submedian fold to inner margin, where there is a blackish

striga before it; some pink suffusion beyond the cell and on inner

medial area; a small red and blackish postmedial patch on costa ;

a diffused red and blackish postmedial line, obliquely incurved

below vein 6, the area beyond it pale golden green, becoming

whitish towards termen; an indistinct dentate white subterminal

line from vein 6 to inner margin, defined at sides by slight red

and blackish marks; a terminal series of minute blackish spots ;

cilia ochreous with a punctiform dark line at middle and dark line

near tips. Hind wing white, the terminal area broadly tinged

with pink to vein 2; a fine red terminal line and line through the

cilia. Underside of fore wing purplish pink, the costa and apical

area suffused with brown; hind wing with the costal area and

terminal area to vein 2 purplish pink, a shght red postmedial line

from costa to vein 2.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 19 type. Exp.

40 mm.

(7c) Stericta carniola, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous irrorated with a few black

scales, the antennal processes tipped with fiery red; palpi with the

3rd joint blackish at base and tips; fore legs suffused with dark

brown. Fore wing pale flesh-red, the basal area suffused with red-

brown, the terminal area red-brown with fine white streaks on the

veins, the streaks of hair white and blackish ; traces of an oblique

brown line from middle of costa to inner margin before middle ;

a faint slightly curved brown line just beyond the cell; a faint

brown postmedial line defined on outer side by whitish; a fine

white line at base of cilia. Hind wing pale flesh-red, the terminal

area tinged with red-brown except towards tornus with fine white

streaks on the veins, the streak of hair in discal fold black and the

streak in submedian fold black and white; a rufous medial shade

and slight red-brown postmedial line ; a fine white line at base of

Pyralide of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 147

cilia. Underside ochreous tinged with flesh-colour, the terminal

areas suffused with red-brown.

Hab. Br. N. Guryea, Dinawa (Pratt),2 5,19 type. Exp.

26 mm.

(126) Stericta trichasema, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous, the vertex of head

with minute black spot, the thorax irrorated with sume blackish

scales and the abdomen more strongly irrorated with black ; palpi

black at base and tips; fore tibie and the fore and mid tarsi

blackish, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing rufous mixed

with some whitish and irrorated with black, the streaks of hair

black and white; a slight black spot below base of cell and a

narrow subbasal band formed by black scales; a rather oblique

medial line formed by black scales; postmedial line slight, blackish,

dentate, defined on outer side by white between veins 5 and 2,

a small black spot beyond it above vein 6; a terminal series of

small black spots. Hind wing rufous mixed with some whitish

and irrorated with black; a blackish bar from lower angle of cell

to submedian fold; postmedial line blackish, oblique to vein 4,

then dentate, an oblique blackish shade beyond it from costa to

discal fold ; a terminal series of small black spots except towards

tornus. Underside whitish suffused with rufous; fore wing with

diffused dark postmedial line, excurved and dentate below discal

fold, the terminal area suffused with dark brown except towards

tornus ; hind wing with postmedial line oblique and blackish to

vein 5, then reddish and slightly waved ; a black terminal line from

below apex to vein 3.

Hab. Crxton, Kitulgala (Mackwood), 1 ¢ type. Exp. 32 mm.

(14a) Stericta melanochlora, sp. n.

Q. Head and tegule whitish tinged with red-brown; thorax

black-brown ; abdomen pale rufous, the sides and ventral surface

suifused with black; palpi irrorated with blackish; fore legs

blackish, the pectus and mid and hind legs rufous, the tarsi

blackish ringed with white. Fore wing black-brown, the medial

area with pale grey-green mixed, the terminal area pale grey-green,

the streaks of hair-like scales black ; a faint sinuous whitish ante-

medial line ; a white discoidal bar with tuft of black scales before

it; a slight waved postmedial line formed by white scales, excurved

at middle and with a series of small black spots formed by hair-

like scales beyond it. Hind wing black-brown, the terminal area

pale grey-green, the streak of hair-like scales below the cell black

and the one beyond the cell black and white; a slight curved,

waved, postmedial line formed by white scales with a series of small

dentate black spots beyond it formed by hair-like scales. Under-

side pale green suffused with black-brown to just beyond the

distinct dentate white postmedial line.

Hab. Stncavore (Ridley, Wood-Jones), 2 Q type. Exp.

26 mm.

10*

148 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(18a) Stericta mediovialis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax sap-green mixed with whitish ; abdomen

whitish tinged with rufous; legs banded with black-brown. Fore

wing sap-green mixed with some rufous, the terminal area whitish ;

small tufts of black scales below the cell at base and before middle ;

a diffused dentate whitish subbasal line from costa to vein 1; a

medial white band with rather sinuous edges traversed from discal

fold to inner margin by a slight greenish and rufous line; a dis-

coidal tuft of blackish scales; an oblique dark shade beyond the

cell from vein 6 to above vein 1; postmedial line whitish, diffused

at costa, then curved and dentate; a terminal series of black

points; cilia red-brown, white at base and tips. Hind wing glossy

red-brown with a dark terminal line; cilia rufous with a whitish

line at base and whitish tips. Underside rufous; fore wing with

fuscous suffusion in and beyond the cell; hind wing with dark

discoidal point.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Cairns (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp. 30 mm.

(19 9) Stericta phanerostola, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white tinged with rufous;

antenne and palpi rufous; legs suffused with rufous and banded

with blackish. Fore wing glossy grey-white tinged with rufous,

the terminal area with a browner tinge; the costa blackish towards

base with a subbasal white point on it; a patch of blackish scales

below the cell near base; a slight antemedial shade formed by

blackish scales with a slight curved line beyond it from cell to

inner margin, and a white spot at costa defined on outer side by

black ; a rather diffused blackish postmedial line defined on outer

side by white, excurved to submedian fold where it is somewhat

angled inwards; a terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing

glossy grey-white tinged with purplish; a terminal series of

blackish points. Underside white tinged with rufous; both wings

with indistinct curved brown postmedial line.

Hab. Br. N. GurneEa, Babooni (Pratt),1 dS type. Hep. 32mm.

(19m) Stericta ignebasalis, sp. n.

Antennz of male with short process; hind wing with the inner

margin fringed with long hair.

3. Head and thorax pale ochreous, the sides of tegule and the

patagia fiery red ; palpi at sides, the tibiz and tarsi tinged with

rufous ; abdomen ochreous suffused with fiery red, the ventral

surface whitish except at extremity. Fore wing with the basal

area fiery red, its outer edge oblique and defined by white, some

white at base of costa and some brown irroration on inner margin ;

the rest of wing pale fawn-colour ; a slight blackish discoidal spot

and dark mark above it on costa; some dark irroration beyond

lower angle of cell; a whitish subterminal line defined on each

side by slight dark marks except towards costa, where it is pure

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 149

white, slightly ineurved below costa, then minutely waved and

excurved at middle; an apical fiery-red patch and some slight red

suffusion towards tornus. Hind wing white, the fringe of hair on

inner margin fiery red. Underside of fore wing tinged with red ;

hind wing with the costal area irrorated with red.

Hab. DutcH N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

386 mm.

(216) Stericta maroniensis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule whitish tinged with rufous; thorax and

abdomen red-brown mixed with ochreous whitish ; palpi with

black point on Ist joint and spot in front of 2nd ; ” pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous suffused ate rufous, the

fore legs and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing ochreous suf-

fused with rufous, the basal half extending on inner area to tornus,

and the apical part of terminal area thickly irrorated with fuscous

and black; a slight black subbasal line from costa to vein 1;

antemedial line ochreous, slightly sinuous; a black medial line,

oblique to submedian fold, then double filled in with whitish and

incurved ; postmedial line biicls sinuous and approximated to the

medial line to submedian fold, then excurved; subterminal line

indistinct and pale reddish, oblique to discal fold, then minutely

dentate to vein 2, then double, blackish filled in with whitish and

angled inwards at submedian fold; a terminal series of black

striz ; cilia with some blackish at tips towards apex. Hind wing

semihyaline whitish with a faint rufous tinge, the costal area,

veins towards termen, and the termen suffused with red-brown ;

cilia white with a reddish-brown line through them, brown except

at base towards apex. Underside of fore wing red-brown, the

inner area whitish; hind wing whitish, the costal area tinged with

rufous, the apical area suffused with red-brown, a brown discoidal

spot and curved rather punctiform postmedial line.

Hab. Fx. Guinea, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 ¢ type. zp.

29 mm.

(8a) Orthaga hemileuca, sp. n.

Q. Head and tegule white tinged with rufous; shoulders deep

rufous with some black scales; thorax white tinged with rufous

and irrorated with some black scales; abdomen pale rufous irro-

rated with black ; antennz with slight dark rings; palpi irrorated

with blackish, a blackish spot in front of 2nd joint and ring near

its extremity; legs banded with blackish, the tarsi black ringed

with whitish. Fore wing with the basal area whitish suffused

with olive-brown and irrorated with blackish, the base and costa

with bright rufous mixed; medial area creamy white ; the terminal

area pale grey suffused with olive-brown especially towards costa ;

antemedial tufts of raised black scales in submedian fold and

below vein 1; a small medial brown spot on costa and fiery red

and brown spot at inner margin ; a small tuft of white and black

150 Sir G. F. Hamipson on new

scales on discocellulars with some fiery-red scales beyond it; post-

medial line blackish, diffused, slightly dentate, excurved to vein 3,

then incurved, the white extending to just beyond it at costa;

a terminal series of small black-brown spots; cilia creamy white

with a series of small brown spots. Hind wing whitish suffused

with red-brown, the cilia creamy white with a red-brown line

through them. Underside of fore wing whitish suffused with

brown; hind wing creamy white, the terminal area tinged with

brown, a black discoidal point, some fiery-red irroration with a few

black scales mixed through upper part of cell to the curved blackish

postmedial line.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 19 type. Exp.

36 mm.

(9c) Orthaga ewmictalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with red-

brown, the two latter irrorated with dark brown; antenne dark

brown with pale rings towards base; palpi whitish suffused with

rufous ; tarsi black-brown ringed with white. Fore wing creamy

white mixed with red-brown and dark brown; antemedial line

white, rather inwardly oblique and straight, with a slight black

spot on its outer side at costa; an ill-detined whitish and rufous

discoidal spot and diffused black-brown marks beyond and below

lower angle of cell; postmedial line white defined on inner side by

slight black spots in the interspaces, oblique to vein 5, excurved to

vein 3, then incurved ; the terminal area more strongly suffused with

brown and with a patch of white suffusion at middle; a terminal

series of small black-brown spots; cilia chequered creamy white

and brown with a red-brown line near base. Hind wing whitish

suffused with glossy reddish brown; a dark terminal line; cilia

creamy white with a brown line near base and the tips chequered

with brown. Underside of fore wing reddish brown, the inner area

whitish ; hind wing brownish white, the costal area irrorated with

rufous and dark brown, the terminal area dark reddish brown,

a curved brown postmedial line.

Hab. Durcu N. Gurnea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 2 type; Br. N.

GuinEa, Mt. Kebea (Pratt),1 9. Hap. 34 mm.

(9e) Orthaga hemarphoralis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule blood-red with a brownish tinge; antennze

brown ringed with whitish towards base; thorax white mixed with

rufous and red-brown ; abdomen rufous; palpi, pectus, and legs bright

rufous, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing with the basal half

white irrorated with red-brown and black-brown, extending on

costa to just beyond the postmedial line, the outer part of medial

area blood-red except at costa, the terminal area rufous with a

greyish tinge; a rather oblique and slightly sinuous black medial

line defined on each side by white ; postmedial line rather indistinct,

red-brown, shghtly dentate except towards costa, excurved from

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 151

below costa to submedian fold; a terminal series of blackish

points ; cilia pale red with a series of dark points at base. Hind

wing pale rufous witha terminal series of dark strizw, the cilia

bright rufous with a fine whitish line at base. Underside of fore

wing reddish brown, the inner area whitish; hind wing ochreous

white, the terminal area suffused with red-brown, the costal area

irrorated with fiery red, a faint curved postmedial line.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),

1 ¢, Setakwa R. (Meek), 1 S type. Kup. 32-34 mm.

(9f) Orthaga leucolophota, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax whitish tinged with rufous, the tips of

antennal processes and metathorax with some deep rufous and

blackish scales, the trons and a tuft of scales between antenn:e

black ; palpi irrorated with blackish, and with a black ring near

extremity of 2nd joint; abdomen white tinged with rufous and

irrorated with brown; legs banded with blackish, the tarsi black

ringed with white. Fore wing rufous; an elongate rather irregular

black patch defined by white on antemedial part of costa extending

to just below the cell, where there is a ridge of raised rufous and

white scales below it above a rather irregular black patch above

inner margin before the waved white antemedial line with a small

black spot beyond it on custa; small tufts of white scales on the

discoce!lulars and below end of cell; postmedial line white with a

small black spot before it at costa, oblique to vein 6, then slightly

waved, excurved to vein 4, then incurved and with some black

before and beyond it at submedian fold, a conical black-brown

patch beyond it from costa to vein 5, extending to apex; a terminal

series of small black spots; the cilia black at apex. Hind wing

ochreous tinged with brown; a dark terminal line; cilia rufous

with a whitish line at base and some fuscous towards apex. Under-

side of fore wing rufous suffused with brown, the inner area whitish,

the apical area darker, the postmedial line brown, curved and

slightly waved; hind wing ochreous tinged with brown, the costal

area rufous irrorated with brown, the apical area suffused with

brown, a curved slightly waved brown postmedial line defined on

outer side by whitish.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryza, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),

2 type. Hzxp. 32 mm.

(10 e) Orthaga ecphoceana, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen greyish tinged with

rufous ; palpi and legs greyish mixed with rufous and dark brown,

the tarsi black-brown ringed with whitish. Fore wing with

the base and costal area rufous irrorated with brown, the rest

of wing to end of cell white irrorated with dark brown, the

postmedial area except towards costa velvety black-brown with

incurved inner edge, the terminal area red-brown with a slight

greyish tinge; a slight interrupted brown line from discal fold

152 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

before end of cell to inner margin towards which it is distinet

and blackish; postmedial line very faint, pale, defining the outer

edge of the dark area, excurved to vein 4, then incurved ; a terminal

series of slight dark brown spots; cilia whitish mixed with brown

and with a brown line near base. Hind wing whitish suffused with

glossy reddish brown ; cilia with a fine whitish line at base followed

by a brown line. Underside of fore wing brown, the costa rufous,

the inner area whitish; hind wing brownish white, the costal area

suffused with rufous and irrorated with brown, an indistinct

curved slightly waved brown postmedial line from vein 4 to inner

margin.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mt. Kebea (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

28 mm.

(1O0f) Orthaga lithochroa, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish grey slightly irrorated

with red and dark brown; antenne fuscous brown; palpi and legs

irrorated with black, the tarsi blackish with pale rings. Fore wing

pale brownish grey irrorated with rufous and dark brown, the

apical area suffused with red-brown and dark brown; the costa

black to middle and with a black spot above end of cell; an ante-

medial tuft of scales below the cell; an oblique blackish shade

from the postmedial line at vein 5 to submedian fold below end of

cell; postmedial line dark brown, slightly waved, oblique to

vein 5 and incurved below vein 8; a terminal series of slight dark

points. Hind wing whitish tinged with brown; a darker terminal

line; cilia whitish with a brown line through them. Underside

whitish ; fore wing suffused with brown except the inner area;

hind wing with the costal area irrorated with brown, the apical

area suffused with brown, a curved slightly waved brown post-

medial line.

Hab. N. Avustratta, Port Darwin (Dodd), 1 2 type. Exp.

24 mm.

(2) Xenophasma chalcochlora, sp. un.

Proboscis fully developed; antenne of male with slight tufts of

scales at the joints ; fore wings with veins 4, 5 stalked; hind wing

with vein 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle of cell.

3S. Head and thorax pale golden green, the vertex of head

and basal joint of antenne rufous, the shaft of antenne ringed

with blackish ; abdomen whitish tinged with brown; legs banded

blackish and white. Fore wing golden green; a white spot

defined by blackish in base of cell, some blackish above it on costa ;

antemedial line black defined on inner side by white, rather diffused

on outer side, curved and slightly waved; black spots defined by

white in the cell towards extremity and on discocellulars; post-

medial line black defined on outer side by white, rather diffused on

inner side, incurved to discal fold, then excurved and slightly

angled outwards at veins 5, 4, 8, then incurved and slightly angled

at vein 2; some black striz on costa towards apex; a terminal

Pyralida of the Subfamily Epipaschiane. 1538

series of black bars defined on inner side by white. Hind wing

whitish tinged with brown; a slight dark discoidal point and post-

medial line excurved at middle; a dark terminal line. Underside

of fore wing pale olive-green, the costa with some black scales on

it to the postmedial line, a slight blackish discoidal spot, post-

medial line black towards costa, then indistinct, angled outward at

vein 4; hind wing whitish tinged with brown especially on

terminal area, a slight black spot on upper discocellular, post-

medial line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, excurved at

middle.

Hab. Cotompia, Minca (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type. Exp.

20 mm.

Genus TINEOPASCHIA, nov.

Type, T. minuta.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect, extending about one

and a half times length of head and rather thickly scaled to near

extremity ; maxillary palpi nearly as long as the labial palpi and

thickly scaled; frons smooth; antenne of male ciliated and

thickened by ridges of scales above; tibize smoothly scaled. Fore

wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9

stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle

of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 coincident; 8 strongly anastomosing

with 7.

Tineopaschia minuta, sp. n.

6. Head blackish, the antenne ringed black and whitish;

palpi black; thorax and abdomen whitish mixed with blackish.

Fore wing whitish tinged with brown and slightly irrorated with

blackish, the costal edge black -towards base; a black patch on

costa just before middle with an oblique slightly sinuous line from

it to inner margin; a blackish discoidal bar. Hind wing whitish

tinged with brown and slightly irrorated with fuscous. Underside

of fore wing whitish suffused with brown; hind wing white, the

costal and terminal areas tinged with brown and irrorated with

some dark scales. ;

Hab. Jamaica, Moneague (Walsingham), 1 3 type. Exp.

10 mm.

(2) Stenopaschia gallerialis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with whitish ; abdomen

white slightly tinged with red-brown. Fore wing red-brown

mixed with whitish and slightly irrorated with black, the costa

tinged with olive-green ; the antemedial part of costa blackish; a

rather inwardly oblique sinuous blackish medial line; a small

discoidal tuft of raised scales; an inwardly oblique minutely

waved dark brown postmedial line with a red-brown subterminal

shade rather closely approximated to it; some blackish on apical

154 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

part of costa and a terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing

whitish tinged with brown. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown

with an oblique blackish postmedial striga from costa detined on

each side by white; hind wing white, the costal area tinged with

brown.

Hab. Cotompta, Minca (H. H. Smith), 1 S type. Hap.

16 mm.

(2) Rhynchopaschia virescens, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax pale grey-green with a few fuscous scales,

the tips of patagia blackish ; abdomen pale brownish grey irrorated

with fuscous; antennze fuscous brown; sides of frons with black

spots; palpi suffused with black; legs suffused with black, the

tarsi black ringed with white. Fore wing with the costal half

pale green irrorated with white to the postmedial line, the rest of

wing whitish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with black

except on terminal area; a black point below base of cell; an ante-

medial boss of metallic-black scales on inner margin; a tuft of

long metallic-black scales in middle of cell and a tuft of black and

white hairs at upper angle of cell; postmedial line indistinct,

brown defined on outer side by white, oblique to discal fold, in-

curved and strongly dentate below vein 4, a black spot beyond it

on costa; a terminal series of slight blackish spots. Hind wing

whitish suffused with brown, the cilia with a fine white line at

base. Underside whitish strongly suffused with dark reddish

brown; hind wing with dark discoidal spot and diffused postmedial

line angled outwards beyond the cell.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 192 type. Hyp.

24 mm. «

Genus PROROPOCA, nov.

Type, P. rubrescens.

Proboseis fully developed; palpi downcurved, extending about

twice the length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi

strongly dilated with scales ; antennz of male laminate and ciliated ;

vertex of head clothed with rough hair. Fore wing narrow, the

apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; veins 3, 4, 5 radiating

from angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11

from cell. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell;

4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with 7.

Proropoca rubrescens, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous mixed with red-brown,

the last with small dorsal deep red-brown spots on 2nd to 4th

segments. Fore wing ochreous suffused with red-brown and

slightly irrorated with dark brown, the terminal area with a greyish

tinge ; some dark brown on costa near base and a subbasal tuft of

dark brown scales in the cell; a tuft of dark brown scales in

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Epipaschianee. 155

middie of cell and a rather diffused line defined on inner side by

ochreous white from cell to inner margin; a dark brown discoidal

bar of raised scales; an obliquely incurved dark red-brown shade

from apical part of costa to inner margin before the postmedial

line, which is white, slightly waved, excurved from below costa to

vein 3, then strongly incurved; a terminal series of dark brown

bars. Hind wing whitish suffused with brown, the terminal area

darker except towards tornus. Underside of fore wing glossy red-

brown ; hind wing whitish suffused with glossy red-brown, a brown

spot on upper discocellular.

Hab. Cotompta, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Exp.

22 mm.

Genus AUSTROPASCHIA, nov.

Type, A. porrigens.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi obliquely porrect, extending

about three times the length of head and strongly fringed with

hair above and below; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with hair;

antenne of female ciliated. Fore wing rather long and narrow,

the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from well

before angle of cell; 4, 5 radiating from angle; 6 from upper

angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell; a fan of scales just

below middle of cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from well before

angle of cell; 4, 5 radiating from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle;

8 free.

Austropaschia porrigens, sp. 0.

@. Head and thorax white mixed with brown; palpi blackish

at extremities; tarsi dark brown ringed with whitish; abdomen

ochreous white slightly irrorated with dark brown. Fore wing

grey-white irrorated with dark brown, the inner area with a red-

brown tinge; the fan of scales below middle of cell black-brown at

tip; a waved dark brown medial line ; an oblique black discoidal bar

of raised scales ; an oblique dark brown shade from vein 6 beyond

the cell to below end of cell; postmedial line black-brown, dentate,

oblique from costa to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and incurved

below vein 2 to below end of cell; some black-brown suffusion at

apex and a terminal series of black-brown striz ; cilia with a fine

white line at base. Hind wing whitish suffused with brown, the

terminal area darker except towards tornus; cilia with a brown

line near base. Underside of fore wing brown mixed with some

whitish, a postmedial whitish patch on costal area and a waved

brown postmedial line from costa to vein 4; hind wing white

tinged with brown, the postmedial area whiter from costa to vein 5,

the terminal area browner except towards tornus, a slight brown

discoidal spot and faint postmedial line from costa to vein 2.

Hab. W. Ausrrata, Yallingup (&. EL. Turner), 3 2 type.

Exp. 36-40 mm.

156 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Genus PoLIOPASCHTA, nov.

Type, P. brachypalpia.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi obliquely porrect, extending

about twice the length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair

above and below, produced to a point below at extremity, the 3rd

moderate and thickly scaled ; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with

hair; antenne of female ciliated. Fore wing with the apex

rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle and somewhat approximated for a short

distance ; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell;

a fan of scales below middle of cell and another on the disco-

cellulars. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4,5 from angle and somewhat approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with 7 at a point.

Poliopaschia brachypalpia, sp. un.

Q. Head and thorax white mixed with brown ; tibize and tarsi

with blackish bands ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with dark brown,

the ventral surface white. Fore wing white tinged in parts with

red-brown and irrorated with black, the antemedial, postmedial,

and subterminal parts of costa more thickly irrorated ; tufts of

scales at middle and end of cell and fan of scales below middle of

cell; a waved black medial line; short black streaks beyond the

cell on veins 4 to 2; postmedial line black, oblique to vein 5, then

dentate and incurved below vein 3, with slight black streaks beyond

it on veins 7 to 4 and on vein 2; a terminal series of blackish

points; cilia with a series of small brown spots near base and

brown line near tips. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown,

the terminal area suffused with brown ; an indistinct slightly waved

brown postmedial line from costa to vein 2, excurved below vein 5;

cilia white with a series of small dark brown spots at middle except

towards tornus. Underside of fore wing white suffused with brown

except on inner area, an indistinct brown postmedial line excurved

at middle ; hind wing white, the costal area irrorated with brown,

the veins beyond lower angle of cell tinged with brown, the

terminal area suffused with brown except towards tornus, a brown

discoidal point, the postmedial line more distinct and extending to

submedian fold.

Hab. W. Avstratia, Yallingup (R. EL. Turner), 1 Q type.

Exp. 34 mm.

CHRYSAUGINE.

(8a) Gephyra lamprosalis, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent.

3. Head and thorax glossy red-brown; abdomen grey tinged

with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing glossy red-brown; a slight

yellow mark on the costal excision towards apex; a fine white

Pyralide of the Subfamily Chrysaugine. 157

terminal line from apex to vein 4; cilia yellowish white at tips

except towards tornus. Hind wing grey tinged with reddish

brown. Underside grey tinged with brown; fore wing with the

hair below the costal lobe whitish, a slight oblique yellowish striga

from costa beyond middle and spot at the excision towards apex.

Hab. Peru, Cuzco Mts. (Garlepp), 2 S type. Exp. 12 mm.

(2) Neophrida meterythralis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fiery crimson with a slight ochreous

tinge ; legs pale red-brown, the tarsi white ringed with red-brown ;

pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing fiery

crimson with numerous faint oblique lines formed by striz with a

slight silvery gloss; an indistinct very oblique brown line from

costa before middle to inner margin beyond middle, a minute

yellowish spot in end of cell and red discoidal spot; a patch of

whitish suffusion on costal area before the oblique slightly curved

brown line from costa beyond middle to inner margin near tornus ;

the termen and cilia orange-yellow except at apex and tornus, its

inner edge slightly sinuous. Hind wing fiery crimson ; the cilia

rather paler, the hair on inner margin white. Underside of fore

wing deep crimson, the costal and immer areas irrorated with whitish

to near termen;. hind wing silvery white tinged with crimson

especially below the cell and on inner area, the termen crimson, a

crimson discoidal spot and curved postmedial line from costa to

submedian fold.

Hab. Costa Rica (Schaus), in U.S. Nat. Mus.; Venezvena,

Esteban Valley, Las Quignas, 1 d, 1 9 type. Eup. $ 42,

2 52 mm.

(2a) Salabrena flavisectalis, sp. u.

@. Head and base of tegule brownish white, the tips of tegula

purplish red, the thorax brown and purplish red; antenne dark

brown ; palpi pale red, the 3rd joint whitish above; fore legs pale

red; mid and hind legs dark brown and whitish; abdomen reddish

brown with whitish rings on two basal segments, the ventral

surface purplish red except towards extremity. Fore wing purplish

red slightly irrorated with fuscous, the medial area strongly irro-

rated except towards costa ; a slightly curved grey antemedial line

defined on each side by brown; an oblique sinuous yellowish-white

striga from middle of costa ; a small oblique wedge-shaped yellow

mark from costa beyond middle and a black line from vein 6,

excurved beyond the cell, then sinuous and double; cilia with

blackish line at middle, the tips white below apex and above

tornus. Hind wing glossy reddish brown, the cilia white at tips

except towards apex and tornus. Underside of fore wing grey-

brown, the costal area and terminal area except towards tornus

broadly rufous, an oblique yellowish-white striga from middle of

costa with two blackish lines arising from its lower extremity, a

faint curved blackish subterminal line; hind wing fuscous brown

to just beyond the waved white postmedial line, the costal area

158 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

with purplish red mixed, the terminal area purplish red, a slightly

waved blackish subterminal line, cilia blackish with series of white

points at base and the tips white except at apex and tornus.

Hab. Conomsta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 2 2 type.

Exp. 20 mm,

(4a) Idnea pheenicocraspis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax rufous mixed with greyish; abdomen

greyish tinged with rufous; fore and mid legs tinged with purplish

red, the tarsi whitish towards extremities. Fore wing grey-white

suffused with rufous and slightly irrorated with dark brown, the

costa purplish red at base and with oblique purplish-red shade from

costa before middle to beyond upper angle of cell, the postmedial

part of costa white; the terminal area and cilia purplish crimson

with a white shade before them; traces of a whitish postmedial

line forming strong dentitions on the veins from below costa to

vein 2. Hind wing reddish brown with a greyish gloss, the cilia

purplish crimson except towards tornus. Underside reddish brown

with a greyish gloss; fore wing with the basal half of costal area

tinged with purplish red, the terminal half of costa white.

Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 9 type. Exp. 36 mm.

(la) Azamora olivescens, sp. n.

Hind tibie of male without tuft of hair from base; fore wing

on underside with large patch of black-brown androconia on medial

area from subcostal nervure to vein 1.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous slightly tinged with

rufous. Fore wing ochreous tinged with olive-green ; the base of

costal area and a broad band before the antemedial line with a

rufous tinge; a fine curved brown antemedial line slightly defined

on outer side by whitish; the medial part of inner area slightly

tinged with rufous; a slight brownish discoidal spot; postmedial

line brown faintly defined on outer side by whitish, oblique to

vein 5, then incurved; a faint curved brown subterminal line bent

outwards to tornus; the apical part of costal area tinged with

rufous ; cilia with a dark brown line at base and dark brown tips.

Hind wing whitish tinged with brown, the postmedial area suffused

with black-brown androconia except just below vein 2 and at inner

margin; cilia with a dark brown line at base. Underside whitish

tinged with brownish ochreous ; fore wing with a large patch of

black-brown androconia from subcostal nervure to vein 1.

Hab. VeNezueta, Esteban Valley, Las Quignas, 1 ¢ type.

Hxp. 30 mm.

(4) Hypocosmia chrysopyra, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax glossy red-brown with a crimson tinge ;

antenn darker brown; tibie and Ist joint of tarsi fringed with

erimson-red hair below, the tufts of scales on Ist joint of tarsi

above black-brown, the rest of tarsi ringed brown and white;

ventral surface of abdomen with the anal segment white at

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Clrysaugine. 159

extremity. Fore wing metallic golden yellow, the basal and medial

areas suffused with purplish red; the 1st line almost medial,

silvery white defined on each side by black-brown, forming a spot

from costa to discal fold, then rather inwardly oblique ; two black-

brown postmedial lines filled in with silvery white towards costa,

oblique to vein 6 near termen, then inwardly oblique and more

widely separated, traces of a brown subterminal line just beyond it

and brown streaks to termen above and below vein 6; a black

terminal line; cilia purplish red with a yellowish line at base and

silvery-white tips towards apex and tornus. Hind wing golden

yellow, the apical area tinged with fiery red; a fiery-red terminal

line; cilia with a fine white line at base followed by a purplish-red

line, the tips silvery white except towards tornus. Underside

golden yellow, the fore wing, except the inner area and the costal

area of hind wing, suffused with purplish red; both wings with a

dark brown apical patch with a white striga before it from costa,

the fore wing with an irregular white patch at apex on the dark

atch.

. @. Legs dark brown and white without crimson-red hair below.

Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quignas, 1 2 ; Peru,

Yahuarmayo, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 22 mm.

(2) Heterauge albilineata, sp. n.

Head and thorax reddish brown tinged with grey; abdomen

fuscous, the anal tuft whitish ; palpi, pectus, fore and mid legs

fuscous, the hind legs whitish. Fore wing purplish red-brown

tinged with grey; an oblique sinuous white medial line; post-

medial line white, slightly excurved at middle ; cilia fuscous with

a white line at base. Hind wing fuscous brown with a white line

at base of cilia. Underside greyish fuscous, the costal area of fore

wing tinged with purplish red.

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 13,1 2

_ type. Hap. 16 mm.

(1b) Xantippa rufiflavalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax yellow suffused with rufous; abdomen

yellowish white slightly tinged with rufous ; palpi, fore legs, and

the tufts of scales on hind legs crimson-red. Fore wing yellow

suffused with rufous ; antemedial line yellow, straight, and erect;

postmedial line yellow faintly defined on inner side by brown and

with a dark brown point at costa, straight and erect; cilia yellow

with a crimson line at base. Hind wing yellowish white, the

apical area and hair on inner margin tinged with rufous; a fine

crimson terminal line and a line through the cilia from apex to

vein 38. Underside of fore wing crimson-red, the inner area

yellowish white, a deeper red antemedial bar from costa and a

yellow postmedial line from costa to vein 2 defined on inner side

by deeper red; hind wing yellowish white, the costal area tinged

and irrorated with crimson-red, a yellow postmedial line from costa

to vein 6,

160 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Chrysaagine,

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 d type.

Exp. 16 mm.

(38a) Xantippa purpureofusa, sp. un.

2. Head and thorax greyish ochreous suffused with deep purple-

red; abdomen whitish suffused with brown; tarsi ringed with

white; ventral surfaee of abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous.

Fore wing yellowish tinged and irrorated with deep purple-red,

the basal half of costal area strongly suffused with deep purple-red,

the terminal area deep purple-red; a purple-red discoidal spot and

a spot above it on costa; traces of a postmedial line, sinuous to

vein 8, then very oblique to above vein 1 before middle and erect

to inner margin; a terminal series of dark brown strive; cilia

greyish brown with an obscure dark line at middle. Hind wing

whitish suffused with reddish brown especially towards termen ;

a terminal series of dark brown strie; cilia tinged with purplish

red, whitish at base. Underside of fore wing reddish brown, the

costal area yellow thickly irrorated with purple-red and with a

small yellow spot above end of cell, the inner area whitish to the

obscure sinuous yellowish postmedial line; hind wing whitish, the

costal area and terminal area to vein 3 yellow thickly irrorated with

purple-red, a reddish discoidal striga and postmedial striga from

costa to discal fold.

Hab. Cotometa, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 2 type.

Exp, 22 mm.

(la) Parachma rufitinctalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dull ochreous tinged with reddish ;

abdomen greyish tinged with reddish; palpi, pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen dull ochreous suffused with purplish

red, the tarsi brownish ringed with whitish. Fore wing dull

ochreous tinged with purplish red; a diffused rather inwardly

oblique purplish-red medial shade and a postmedial shade somewhat

excurved at middle; cilia purplish red, white at tips. Hind wing

white tinged with brown; a fine red terminal line except towards

tornus. Underside of fore wing pale purplish red, the inner area

whitish, a yellowish mark at middle of costa defined on outer side

by brown, the postmedial line yellowish with a brown mark before

it on costa; hind wing whitish, the costal area and the terminal

area to vein 2 yellowish tinged and irrorated with purple-red, a

diffused purple-red postmedial line from costa to vein 5.

Hab. ARGENTINA, Goya (Perrens), 1 3 type. Exp. 18 mm.

(16) Parachma phenicochroa, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen purple-red, the last with a slight

whitish tinge; the spurs and tarsi of hind legs ringed with whitish.

Fore wing uniform purple-red. Hind wing fulvous orange, the

costa and cilia purplish red. Underside purplish red irrorated with

greyish.

Hab. Brazit, Amazons, Para, 1 2 type. Herp. 22 mm.

[To be continued. }

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 104. AUGUST 1916.

XVIII.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews.—No. XX XIX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &c.

[Plate VII. ]

. On the Coloration of Cesicirrus neglectus, Arwidsson.

. On Cirratulus (bioculatus) incertus, M‘T.

. On the British Serpulidee, with a Note of those procured in the

‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions and those obtained by Canon Norman in

Norwegian Waters.

. On a Placostegus from the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870.

Cote

1. On the Coloration of Ceesicirrus neglectus, Arwidsson.

Aut that is known of the coloration of this by no means

uncommon species is the remark by Cunningham and

Ramage*, in their “Polychet Fauna of the Firth of

Forth,” that in their “ Aviothea catenata the colour is

pinkish, pale towards the anterior end, with broad bands

surrounding the body at intervals.” The region whence

these authors drew their supples has since altered its

character, probably from pollution, so that a careful search

was unsuccessful. It lives gregariously in tubes of sand-

particles sunk in the sand. In the Welsh examples t+ the

anterior end of the annelid is somewhat pale, though the

median vessel causes a streak along the dorsum, the blood

* Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxiii. pp. 679 &e. (1888),

+ I am indebted to Mr. Arnold Watson for the living examples which

he sent from Wales.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xviii. 11

162 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

at the same time tinting the cephalic plate. In front of

the third bristle-tuft the anterior region has a smooth and

glistening cuticular coat, which is iridescent; and at the

segment-junction in front of the tuft (third) a faint reddish

belt, apparently from a blood-vessel, occurs. The next

segment-junction has a belt of red on each side of it,

apparently of reddish pigment, the specks of which pass

a short way on the following segment (fifth bristled), which

has its bristle-tuft about the middle. Then there is a

slight constriction of the body-wall—at which a broad

red belt occurs, a bristle-tuft (sixth) being placed just

in front of another red belt which passes all round the

body. The next bristle-tuft (seventh) is in front of a

furrow marking another segment, the anterior third of

which has the broadest band of red yet met with in front.

This is followed by a pale region ending at the next bristle-

tuft (eighth), and concluding the specially differentiated

region anteriorly, the seventh to eighth tufts being sepa-

rated by a long interval. The next segment and half of

the following are coloured except at the margins by’a

Jongitudinal belt of red, apparently along the intestine,

probably from an intestinal sinus, and thereafter the reddish

hue is due to the longitudinal and circular vessels, especially

those of the gut, the tip of the tail and its cirri being pale.

In these examples the majority of the short anal cirri had

processes at the tip, as Arwidsson shows in his figure *,

and describes as ‘short, fringe-like lobes,’—some being

only bifid, others trifid or quadrifid, whilst each of the

processes in a bifid form may have two or more minor

papille at the tip. Occasionally the cirrus ends in a

bluntly conical apex, with a minute papilla at each side

near the apex. The gut itself is yellowish or pale orange.

The proboscis, which is constantly protruded by the animal

when removed from its tube, shows a tinge of red from

a blood-vessel along the middle in extrusion, and its distal

region appears to be smooth.

2. On Cirratulus (bioculatus) incertus, W‘7,

In the ‘ Monograph of the British Marine Annelids ’ +

ambiguity was caused by the use of the specific name

bioculatus for a Cirratulid dredged in the Zetlandie seas

by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, the name dioculatus having been

applied by Keferstein{ to another Cirratulid differing

* Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxix. no. 6, p. 219.

+ Vol. iti. pt. i., text, p. 253.

{ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xii. p. 121, Taf. x. figs. 25-27,

—

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 163

from this in several particulars. The species is small,

and it is unknown whether it is a young or an adult form,

only a single example having been obtained, and it mea-

sures about five-eighths of an inch in spirit, its diameter

being about 1 mm. The general aspect is indicated in the

sketch (Pl. VII.), though the eyes have now disappeared.

The segments are about fifty-five in number. The head

shows less of a basal constriction than usual in examples of

Cirratulus cirratus of the same size. The cirri from the

fourth segment are of great length, probably reaching in

life beyond the tip of the tail. The latter has a similar

termination to that of C. cirratus, the ventral papilla being ~

the more prominent. The caudal region thus diverges

from Keferstein’s C. bioculatus, which possesses two well-

marked caudal cirri.

The dorsal capillary bristles in front are of considerable

length, and shorter forms are continued behind these.

Thus at the tenth foot the long slender tuft of finely-

tapered capillary bristles with a slight curvature at the

tip * occupies the dorsal division, whilst the ventral series

consist of bristles having short cylindrical shafts, which

expand into knifeblade-like tips finely tapered at the

extremity, five being fully developed. About the twentieth

foot the dorsal bristles are shorter but retain the same

character, and by-and-by hooks appear in this division.

In the ventral division they are at first accompanied by

a bristle—indeed, occasionally a bristle is found in the

dorsal division with the hooks + posteriorly. The hooks

thus correspond with those of Cirratulus, and differ from

Keferstein’s species or any allied form with the bifid

hooks f.

I am indebted to Mr. Southern, who has specially worked

at the Cirratulids, for drawing my attention to the ambiguity

of the title in the Monograph. It had escaped observation.

A reference to the figure of the hook in the Monograph

will show that it cannot be confounded with Keferstein’s

species.

3. On the British Serpulide.

The earlier investigators of the Serpulids gave a large

share of their attention to the calcareous tubes, founding

species on the nature of the coils and their texture, or,

it may be, on the structure of the opercula and branchie.

* ‘Monograph,’ pl. cill. fig. 16, + Id. pl. ev. fig. 19.

t Id, pl. cv. tig. 18. :

tt?

164 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

No modern investigator, however, would feel safe in

relying on these distinctions without also subjecting the

bristles, hooks, body-wall, and life-history to careful exa-

mination, In order to indicate the proportional abundance

of the Serpulids in British waters, notes of a few of the

collections made by exploring ships and by zoologists at

various limited localities are added, as well as extracts

from one or two memoirs devoted to the group.

Philippi* (1844) furnished a description of the Medi-

terranean Serpulids, entering no less than twenty-six, though

Grube in the same region had only twelve. Philippi relied

much on the structure of the opercula and, in the case of

Portula, on the spiral arrangement of the branchiz, or the

fan-like nature of the branchize in Psygmobranchus. These

data are insufficient, and consequently considerable con-

fusion resulted. Thus, for instance, his genus Vermuilia

included six new species, and of the two new forms one was

the common Pomatoceros triqueter and the other was pro-

bably synonymous with the ubiquitous Serpula vermicularis,

entered, as also was the former, under another genus.

Morch f (1861-63), in his “ Revisio Critica Serpu-

lidarum,” has about 125 species of Serpulids under six-

teen genera, Spirorbis having no less than twenty-seven,

Hydroides seventeen, Serpula fourteen, Vermilia twelve,

Protula and Placostegus each eleven, Ditrypa eight, and

the others smaller numbers. This list could be considerably

reduced almost under every genus.

Dr. Johnston f (1865) gives ten in the body of the work,

and in the Appendix Dr. Baird adds another and no less

than seventeen species of Sprrorbis from the literature of

the subject ; but in both cases the number of species needs

substantial reduction, since some appear under two or three

titles.

De Quatrefages § (1865) mentions about a hundred and

nine species as occurring throughout the ocean; but it is

evident that many are synonymous, and that the series

could be much reduced.

Twenty species are recorded by Malmgren || from the

extensive northern waters, ranging from Greenland to the

North Sea; but some of these are evidently doubtful, such

as the second species of Filograna and several species of

* Archiv f. Naturges. Bd. x. p. 186, Taf. vi. figs. A-T.

+ Naturhist. Tids. Kj¢benhavn, Bd. i. p. 347.

t Cat. Worms Brit. Mus. pp. 264 & 346.

§ Annel. t. ji. pp. 484 &e.

|| Annul. Polych. (sep. copy), p. 119.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 165

Spirorbis, and there is also doubt concerning Vermilia and

the two species of Ditrypa aud Hydroides.

Claparéde * (1868) includes nine Serpulids in his Nea-

politan Polychets, and they are spread over nine genera, of

which Psygmobranchus alone has two species.

Grube + (1877) records only two species in the extensive

collections of the German ship ‘ Gazelle, viz. a Serpula

and a Pomatoceros. In his Philippine Annelids seven

Serpulids are entered, six falling under Serpu/a and one

under Ditrypa.

Levinsen ¢ (1883) includes twenty species in his Northern

Polycheets, nine being Spirorbids, the rest being distributed

over nine genera, of which Protula and Ditrypa had each

two.

In the great expedition of the ‘Challenger’ (1885)

through the diverse waters of the world §, twenty-two

Serpulids were encountered, the genera most in evidence

being Protula (four), Serpula (five), and Placostegus (five),

the three thus representing more than half the total number

secured. It is interesting that not a single complete

Spirorbis—-only two or three fragments of tubes—was

obtained. In all probability, the haunt of the majority

of the Spirorbids is the littoral region both of foreign

seas and our own.

The expedition of the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer

‘Blake’ || (1887) in the rich waters of the Gulf of

Mexico and the Caribbean Sea produced under the able

hands of Ehlers (1887) only eleven species, but spread

over nine genera—Spirobranchus having three species, the

rest but one representative.

Twenty-six species of Spirorbis are described by Caullery

and Mesnil § (1897) in their important memoir on the genus,

and collected from various parts of the world.

Ehlers ** (1901) has thirteen, Serpulids in the collection of

Polychets from the Straits of Magelilan and from Chili,

of which eight are Spirorbids, the rest spread over four

genera.

In the careful account of the Serpulids from the Pacific

* Annél, Chétop. Naples.

+ Monat. Konig]. Akad. Wiss. Berlin.

} Meddel. nat. Forh. Copenhagen, pp. 189 &e.

§ ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii.

[le £8 Results of Dredging,’ &c., Mem. Museum Comp. Zool., Cam-

bridge, U.S.A., vol. xxxi.

qj “Bull. Ac, France et Belgique, t. xxx. p. 185, pls. vii.—x.

** Polycheten Magell. u. Chilen, Straindes.

166 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Coast of N. America by Mrs. Pixell-Goodrich* (1912)

eighteen species are recorded, more than half of which are

Spirorbids.

The same authoress (1913) describes six in her report on

the Serpulids of the Scottish Antarctic Expedition, three

being Spirorbids and three other genera having one each.

Mrs. Pixell-Goodrich (1913) enters no less than twenty-

five species secured by Prof. Stanley Gardiner in the

‘“‘ Perey Sladen Expedition” to the prolific waters of the

Indian Ocean. About half of these are under two genera,

viz. Hydroides (five) and Spirobranchus (eight), two of the

other genera having two species and Spirorbis three.

Twenty-nine species appear from the wide area included

in the ‘ Campagnes Scientifiques ’ of the Prince of Monaco

by the experienced hand of Prof. Fauvel f (1914). Seven

of these are Spirorbids.

In Canon Norman’s Norwegian dredgings three species

were obtained, viz. Hydroides norveyica, Serpula vermicularis,

and Ditrypa arietina. The same forms, with the addition

of Placostegus tridentatus at 305 fathoms, were procured by

the ‘Knight KErrant.? In the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of

1869 Protula protensa, Filograna implexa, Hydroides nor-

vegica, and Ditrypa arietina were dredged. The list was

slightly extended in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 ;

for, in addition to Filograna implexa, Hydroides. norvegica,

Serpula vermicularis, Placostegus tridentatus, and Ditrypa

arietina, a variety of Placostegus t,if not a new species, was

obtained off Cape de Gatte in 45 fathoms, and Pomatoceros

triqueter from Ras el Amush. The great numbers of

Ditrypa trom Bono Bay, and their comparatively small

size, were noteworthy.

The paucity of Serpulids in local faunas is noteworthy.

Thus, in the ‘ Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrates and

Fishes of St. Andrews’ (1875) seven occur, two being

Spirorbids, the others distributed over various genera.

The same number is given by Marion and Bobretzky §

(1875) at Marseilles, two belonging to the genus Apomatus,

the others singly to different genera. Leslie and Herdman ||

(1881), in their “ Invertebrate Fauna of the Firth of Forth,”

enumerate three Serpulids, two of which are Spirorbids.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1912, p. 784.

t+ Fascicule xlvi.

{ Vide p. 15.

§ Ann. Sc. Nat. 6° sér. t. iii. p. 94.

|| Proc, Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. vi. p. 67.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 167

Langerhans * (1880) enters eleven from Madeira, three

of which are Spirorbids. Some of the entries are doubtful.

Harvey Gibson + (1886) mentions seven in his “ Catalogue

of the Vermes of the Liverpool District”; but one of the

two Spirorbids is uncertain. Nineteen species are entered

by Lo Bianco ¢ (1893) in his “Tubicolous Annelids of

Naples,” and several of these are synonymous. As a

result of many years of patient labour at Dinard, France,

De St. Joseph met with nine species, all under diverse

genera. A single species of Spirorbis is entered.

Mr. Southern § (1914) enters eight species in the ‘* Survey

of Clare Island,” three of which are Spirorbids.

Six occur in Allen’s || (1915) “ Catalogue of the Polycheta

of Plymouth and South Devon,” three of which are Spi-

rorbids.

The first form is Protula tubularia, Montagu, which

especially abounds in British waters, voth in the south and

in the north. When the branchiz are removed, the anterior

aspect of the cephalic plate presents in the middle the two

somewhat triangular scars for the bases of the branchiz,

each surrounded by a rim, whilst between and beneath

them is the central mass connected with the mouth.

Dorsally, a fillet trends upward on each side to join the

prominent, curved, and acutely-pointed dorsal folds of the

collar, which forms a continuous frill on the lateral and

ventral edges. The branchiz are barred with pink and

green (Montagu), those, however, from Plymouth being

tinted only with red. |

Whilst a certain agreement exists between the cephalic

region of Protula and the Sabellide, the tenacity with

which the branchie cling to the basal tissue is characteristic

of the Serpulids. In Protula the branchize form two com-

paratively short forms, the filaments in each of which

range from thirty to sixty. They do not, as a rule,

present a spiral arrangement in the preparations, though

the tips are often coiled in various ways. Hach filament

springs from a basal web, which is elongated dorso-ventrally

to accommodate the large series of these organs, and

distally ends in a free subulate process, considerably longer

for instance, than in P. intestimum, in which the short tip

* Zeitschr. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxiv. p. 118.

7 Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. xl. p. 159.

¢ Atti Acad. Fisiche Mat. Napoli, vol. v. no. 1], pp. 81-95,

§ Proc. R. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. no. 47, p. 146.

| Jour, M. B. A. n.s., vol. x, p. 643.

168 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

has a slight web on the inner side. The pinne are of

moderate length and closely arranged in a double row along

the inner border, the basal region of each being wider ;

thereafter it tapers to the blunt tip. None of the camerated

chordoid tissue so characteristic of the Sabellid branchiz is

present either in filament or pinna, though it is clear that

cellular supporting tissue must be in both. The filaments

are best developed toward the dorsal edge of the fans.

Toward the tip of the filament the pinnz diminish in

length, and end in short papille at the base of the free

distal processes, into which, so far as can be observed, only

a blood-vessel enters. When thrown off, the vitality of the

branchize is considerable. .

A bilobed fillet lies between the bases of the branchize

dorsally, and at its ventral edge is a triangular process.

Ventrally is a wide gap leading to the mouth, which has a

short fissure in the lower lip.

In the small variety from Herm the subulate process at

the tip of the branchial filameut and the pinne are propor-

tionally shorter, but the structure is the same.

The dorsal lp, ciliated and often bordered with brown,

is placed between the first two dorsal branchie, and carries

two palpi. This is separated from the mouth by the ventral

hip, which is colourless.

The body in the free example is somewhat broad an-

teriorly, and tapers from the middle gradually to the tail,

which has a terminal anus. It is somewhat flattened both

dorsally and ventrally, a median groove occurring dorsally

in the anterior region and ventrally in the posterior region.

The anterior region, moreoyer, has the broad membranous

web, continuous anteriorly with the dorsal fold of the

collar, and which passes laterally above the bristle-tufts,

ending ventrally by joining that of the opposite side behind

the last bristle-tuft of the region. This membrane is sup-

ported by a greatly developed alar or dorsal process of the

foot, which tapers distally, and is freely mobile, so that

when the annelid withdraws itself into the tube this mem-

brane and the bristles are closely applied to the dorsum.

No spine supports the alar process, so that the muscles of

the bristles suffice for all its movements, which would appear

to be partly respiratory, since its blood-vessels are finely

reticulated.

The pore for the thoracie organ is placed on the second

setigerous segment in the mid-dorsal line (De St. Joseph).

The “ thorax” is greenish, the alar membrane veined with

green, and each segment is distinguished by a band of red.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 169

The first segment has two touches of orange or red (without

crystalline elements), whilst the abdomen is reddish or

orange.

The first region of the body consists of eight segments as

a rule, viz., the peristomial and seven bristled segments.

Moreover, as De St. Joseph pointed out, the first and the last

have glandular scutes on the ventral surface, the first, im a

line with the first bristle-tufts, being especially large. The

first setigerous process and its bristles are usually directed

differently from those which follow, viz., obliquely upward,

forward, and outward, the rest being in repose placed

obliquely upward and backward. The bristles are somewhat

shorter than those which follow, and present more distinct,

though very translucent and narrow wings. The typical

anterior bristles are pale golden and highly iridescent long

slender bristles with straight shafts and but slight curva-

ture of the finely tapered tips, the wings being so narrow

as to be almost indistinguishable, only a linear streak

indicating their presence on careful mspection. Such,

therefore, differs from the condition in P. tubularia, where

De St. Joseph describes and figures the wings as not only

distinct, but striated. The wings are also more distinct in

P. intestinum from the Mediterranean. It is possible that

friction modifies the wings in this region,and hence the more

evident nature of those on the first bristle-bundles, which

are less exposed.

The posterior region differs from that in Protula intes-

tinum, for instance, since it presents no evident bristles to

the naked eye or under a lens, for they are usually so

closely adpressed as to escape notice, whereas in P. intes-

tinum the posterior region has on each side a palisade of

long glistening bristles. Such, however, is apparently due

to friction, since in those best preserved similar though

smaller bristles occur in this species.

Other tufts show only short shafts dilating gradually

toward the distal end, which is curved, flattened, and trans-

lucent, the slender tips of which occasionally project beyond

the surface.

The small variety dredged off St. Peter Port, and found

between tide-marks at Herm, has somewhat better-developed

wings to its bristles, and the tips of the posterior bristles

are more clearly scimitar-shaped, being curved backward

like Symes’s knife. In others, the straight tips ended in

sharp points, but whether such was due to injury or mal-

formation is not at present clear.

The rows of hooks occur on the ventral side and behind

170 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the bases of the bristle-bundles in the anterior region, and

consist of minute, thin, translucent organs, which have a

long anterior face ending inferiorly in a slightly curved

spine corresponding to the main fang in other forms. The

edge appears to be minutely serrated. The outline below

the main fang forms a narrow gulf, and then trends to

the thin basal plate. The posterior outline dips imward so

as to make a prominent and bluntly conical crown, and

then joins the basal plate. The great number, transparency,

and delicate nature of these hooks are characteristic

features. If Wollebcek’s figure* of the look of Protula

arctica, Hansen, is correct, it differs from the foregoing in

general shape, shortness of the main fang, large size, and

small number of teeth above it—indeed, there are five times

the number in the British form.

The posterior hooks are smaller, but do not structurally

differ from the anterior. They are situated on prominent

lamelle along the sides of the body, and toward the tail

these are very closely arranged. The very minute serrations

on the anterior face of these hooks is in contrast with the

condition in Protula intestinum, and even with De St.

Joseph’s figure of P. tubularia.

No form in the whole range of the Polychets is of greater

interest than the second species, viz., Pilograna implexa,

Berkeley, the life-history and reproduction of which, its

plastic and protean character, as well as the concrete cal-

careous masses, often of considerable size, formed by its

thread-like tubes, combine to surround it with a halo of

interest, were it only for the study of variability in a single

type. In this form the cephalic region presents a smooth

gap between the rounded ends of the lamella forming a

border to the anterior division of the body. A little below

the edge of the lamella on each side is a flattened process of

the collar which expands considerably distally so as to form a

conspicuous structure. Ventrally the collar in the prepara-

tions folds backward as a broad lamella, split distally into

two lobes, which in all probability are directed forward when

in the tube. Two eyes occur in the dorsum of the peri-

stomial segment. Each consists of pigmented spherules

(“ crystallins,” De S¢. Joseph), numbering in the one seven

and in the other eye ten.

The branchiz are eight in number, four on each side, and

in the spirit- preparations are about half the length of the

* Skrift. svensk. Krist. 2 Bd. no. 18, p. 120, pl. xlviii. figs. 6a & 60.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 171

body. Each consists of a tapered filament with a somewhat

camerated axis, giving a transversely barred aspect due to

what De St. Joseph calls mucous cells, which have not the

differentiation of the Sabellid axis, and become indistinct in

mounted preparations. The long diameter of these cells is

about 2500th of an inch, less in their short diameter. A

double row of proportionally thick pinne is attached to the

inner edge, each pinna having a central axis of similar

structure to that of the filament, and the tip is bluntly

rounded and often curved. The distal pinnz diminish in

length, the last being a mere papilla, and the filament ends

in a short smooth process, often slightly clavate in spirit

and more opaque than the rest. Moreover, the dorsal fila-

ment on each side ends in a thin, flattened, and somewhat

ovoid plate, the pair performing the function of an oper-

culum. In fresh examples the pinne present a double row

of rough granular cells (mucous cells, De St. Joseph)

set in a hyaline matrix, and in some views these have a

spiral arrangement.

In an example a pair of elongated glandular sacs (ne-

phridia ?) occurred in front of the sixth bristle-tuft of the

anterior region im the ccelom, the tips crossing each other.

In structure they were granular. The intestinal canal is

dilated behind the anterior region (seventh bristle-tuft), and

runs as a straight tube from end to end. No diatoms or

radiolarians were found in it, only brownish granules and

sand-particles. The colour is translucent orange with the

intestine dusky brown. It tints the tube, so that it has a

faint reddish hue when the animal is within. The branchiz

are pale.

The first region of the body has seven or eight pairs of

bristle-tufts, which, with the peyistomial segment, makes a

total of eight, the second region has from thirty-five to forty

segments. The body is somewhat flattened both dorsally

and ventrally, with a median groove in the posterior region

on both surfaces, and terminates posteriorly in an anus

with a prominent papilla at each side, which, according

to De St. Joseph, may assist in the formation of the

tube. The anterior region has the alar membrane, which

stretches from the collar along each side to the posterior

edge of the last segment of the anterior region, where it

bends ventrally and joins that of the opposite side, as in

Protula, leaving a free flap posteriorly. It forms a more

uniform margin than in Protu/a, and is, in the preparations,

generally directed obliquely upward, the bristle-tufts being

172 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

beneath and so closely applied as to appear to be oblique

rays supporting it.

The first bristle-tuft is directed outward and forward,

and the bristles have translucent straight shafts and a

knife-shaped tapered tip. Two or three, again, have broader

curved tips with a differentiation or “ bite” at the basal

edge of the blade, but the serrations on this were not

visible under the power used.

The six pairs of bristles which follow slope upward and

backward, have similar translucent straight shafts, but the

tapered tips are more slender, and about two in each tuft

have the curved tips with the differentiation of the base seen

in the first bristle-tuft. The indistinctness of the serrations

is in bold contrast with the condition of such species as

Salmacina edificatrix, of Naples, yet the difference is only

one of degree.

The second region of the body seems to be devoid of

bristles for a short distance, whilst the posterior part has

them in pairs, the tips being long and finely tapered, with

distinct wings at the base. De St. Joseph mentions one or

two geniculate bristles in the ventral division.

The minute, translucent, anterior hooks have a nearly

straight anterior edge, serrated throughout and ending

below in a main fang, ‘the outline being continued with a

curve below the hook and ending at the basal edge. The

crown is minute, and the posterior outline slopes to the base,

which appears to have a straight edge. The rounded pro-

jection below the main fang, shown by De St. Joseph in

Filograna implexa, differs from that of the present examples.

These hooks are situated slightly behind and to the ventral

side of the bristles, and form considerable rows. The

posterior hooks are smaller, but agree in structure with

the anterior. They are placed on the dorsal side of the

bristle-tufts, and are few in number in each row.

The eggs are red and the embryos resemble those of

Salmacina dystert.

Early trochophores of a deep red colour occurred in the

vessels on the 9th June, the prototroch being visible on

each side. They simply rotate or swim in small circles,

but the larve with commencing segmentation of the body

dart through the water with great vigour, and often in a

straight line; whilst others made larger circles near the

bottom. One of the latter showed three segments behind

the head, and in all the two eyes were distinct.

The sperms seem to develop a little later than the ova,

none, indeed, appearing in the bud, but by-and-by they fill

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 173

the non-bristled region in front of the ovigerous segments

and bulge laterally, the region being thus characterised by

its pallor.

The masses of tubes formed by this species are often of

large size, showing that by rapid budding it can hold its own

in the struggle for existence, probably quite as effectively

as in the case of those with large ova—these being few.

The notion that the character of the tubes as to closeness

and divarication may indicate specific distinction is uncer-

tain. Much will depend on freedom from injury in the

living or dead condition and the site inhabited.

Not all the examples from St. Andrews have opercula.

Some have none, the tips of all the branchie (eight)

showing only a process enlarged at the tip, the granular

cells being arranged in a somewhat regular manner and

often hexagonal in outline.

The prominent dorsal edges of the collar of the next

species, Hydroides norvegica, Gunner, are supported by the

first bristle-bundles, a considerable gap, however, occurring

in the mid-dorsal line. It then passes ventrally to expand

into a large thin lamella sloping on each side to a median

notch, so as to be more or less bilobed, and is either

reflected backward or stretched forward on the base of the

branchie.

The branchiz form two well-marked fans on each side of

fifteen to eighteen filaments, the dorsal filament in addition

on each side being modified either into a complete or a rudi-

mentary operculum, and it seems to be immaterial which

side develops the complete organ, since it is sometimes the

one and sometimes the other. The branchial filaments are

of moderate length, and taper distally to end in a short

subulate process, often concealed when coiled. No special

chordoid or other axial structure is present, but the

cuticle is very thick. The pinne are rather short, devoid of

a special stiffening apparatus, and extend to the tip, par-

tially overlapping the terminal process. They taper a little

from base to apex.

In life the branchiz are spotted with crimson, and have a

pinkish hue from the colour of the pinne.

The pedicle of the operculum has a transparent but tough

investment of a cellular membrane (mainly hexagonal).

Internally is a yellowish fibro-granular apparently muscular

cylinder in the preparations. The distal funnel or disc of

the operculum is brownish and horny, and when viewed from

above has somewhat the aspect of a Chinese umbrella with

174 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

a fissured and spinous rim of sixteen to twenty or more

processes. Moreover, the upper surface of the disc is

armed with spikes, which form a series of rings round

the central area. In lateral view it is vase-shaped, with

a graceful inclination outward and upward from the

narrow stem. ach of the rays forms a stout tapering

process, terminated by a thin flexible tip, each side beg

armed with three or four stiffer and shorter spines, a double

contour being visible for fully the basal half. The longest

lateral spines are, as a rule, the distal pair, since they have

a wider area to guard. This elegant horny apparatus takes

the place of the calcareous operculum of other forms, and

the flexible tips of the rays apparently yield to a certain

extent in withdrawal into the tube, thus causing the spines to

approach each other more closely, and efficiently protecting

the aperture. In some large examples the dorsal and lateral

spikes are bifid, various smaller spikes occur in the intervals,

and an imperfect ray is intercalated between two of the

others.

The second tier of the operculum forms a graceful fluted

cup with about twenty-seven crenations, each separated

from its neighbour by an involution of the tough integu-

ment enclosing hypodermic cells and granules. The mus-

cular fibres in the centre of the stem expand as they

approach the lower operculum, the centre of which they pull

on, and so fix the elastic crenate margin on the sides of the

tube. The protection of the aperture is thus doubly secure,

for the distal spiny shield closes over the crenate cup and

exposes only the tough spiny rays to an aggressor. It

requires great force to detach this cup from the opercular

stalk, apparently from the toughness of the cuticle. The

rudimentary organ of the other dorsal edge is often minute,

resembling a Loxosoma, and springs from the fan near the

base of the first filament of the side.

The dorsal edge of the collar, which is supported by the

first bristle-bundles, forms the commencement of the alar

membrane, which passes backward over the anterior bristles

to their termination, beyond which its thin edge projects

ventrally as a flap of a bluntly conical outline. In the

preparations, as a rule, the anterior edges of the alar mem-

brane approach each other, whilst the posterior margins, as

they trend to the ventral surface, are wide apart. The

bristle-tufts stand clear of the membrane on each side, and

the free ventral flap is ample. The dorsal surface in this

region is somewhat flattened, whilst the ventral is slightly

convex and marked by a median groove. In the second

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Ties

region the dorsum of the body is slightly convex through-

out, and the ventral surface is but little flattened and marked

by a median groove, which runs to the tapered tail with the

bilobed anus at its extremity. There are about seventy

segments in the posterior region.

The general colour of the body is reddish orange, the alar

membrane anteriorly being paler. The lower tier of the

operculum is pinkish in lateral view.

The first setigerous process is separated by a considerable

interval from the second, and is directed upward and

forward. It has two kinds of pale golden bristles, viz., a

series with stout, slightly curved shafts which gently dilate

from the base upward to the shoulder, beneath which, in

the larger, is a slight convexity posteriorly. The shaft is

striated and has a central differentiation or axis which trends

distally to the long tapering process with a finely serrated

edge. Anteriorly, the shoulder abruptly ends in two short

spurs with rounded tips. Three of these bristles toward

the upper edge of the tuft are larger and longer than the

others and probably have special functions. The second

kind of bristle is a slender form with simple, tapering,

minutely serrated tip often slightly curved, and they are

distributed over the whole breadth of the fascicle, a few

shorter forms being visible at the lower edge.

Six pairs of bristle-tufts follow, their direction being

obliquely upward and backward. These are simple, rather

strong, slightly curved, and tapering bristles with narrow

serrated wings, and in ordinary specimens the tips seem

to have suffered from friction.

The posterior region of the body has no bristles anteriorly,

but toward the tail from nine to eleven pairs of long,

slender, tapering, capillary bristles appear, decreasing in

length from the first to the last. They are usually in pairs,

and are nearly straight, only a trace of a curve being

observable in their slender tips, which appear to be minutely

serrated. Moreover, at the base of these are four or five

brush-shaped forms with a cylindrical shaft and funnel-

shaped tip with short spikes.

The anterior rows of hooks are long and pass ventrally

from the bristle-bundles. Each hook is somewhat polygonal

in outline, the anterior edge having six strong teeth

(occasionally only five, im which case they are somewhat

larger) above the main fang, whilst below it a narrow gulf

and a prominent prow give a character to the hook. ‘The

posterior outline forms one of the oblique sides of the

polygon, the inferior outline being nearly straight, and slight

176 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

strize cross the body of the hook obliquely. The number

of hooks in these long rows is great, and the pigment-line

indicating them remains after removal of the cuticle and

hooks.

The posterior hooks have the posterior outline con-

siderably lengthened, so as to alter the character of the

hook and give it a resemblance to that often seen in the

Ampharetide and Terebellide. They have four teeth above

the chief fang, which is proportionally larger than in front,

and the basal outline is slightly convex. Oblique striz are

also present on the body of the hook. The ligament, as in

the anterior hooks, is attached to the angle between the

posterior outline and the base.

Dorsally the edge of the alar membrane in the fourth

form, Serpula vermicularis, L., is continuous with the collar

on each side—a considerable gap, however, intervening

between the points of attachment. ‘The collar then passes

on each side as a deep frilled lamella to the mid-ventral

line, where it is continuous with that of the opposite

side. The mouth opens between the branchie nearer the

ventral than the dorsal border ; dorsally it has the ciliated

upper lip, and ventrally the ciliated lower lip, whilst below

the latter is a triangular area.

The branchiz, which are from 30-32 on each side, form

two fans of moderate length, and are tinted of a fine red

hue near the tip. Each filament diminishes toward the

extremity and ends in a long tapering process. The cuticle

is thick, and the longitudinal and circular muscles well

developed, but no chordoid skeleton is present. The pinne

are of moderate length, the longest being about a third of the

length from the tip, and they taper from base to apex, and

likewise show no chordoid skeleton. Their colour is variable,

reddish with white bars, entirely red or white, with darker

zones ; sometimes the base is red and the rest white. The

pinne take their hue from the bars of colour of the region

to which they are fixed. In very young examples the base

is red, and the filaments greenish from the blood.

The opercula spring from the dorsal edge of the branchial

fans, that on the one side being short and rudimentary,

whilst that on the other forms a finely fluted vase supported

on a stalk, which gradually expands as it passes upward to

the fluted cup, which has from fifty to a hundred or

more denticulations (a hundred and six, De St. Joseph).

In many cases the functional operculum is on the

left, in others on the right. The distal cup is hollowed

Gatiy Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. La

and comparatively thin, and the divisional strie run to the

centre, cutting off the hypodermic area. Moreover, though

the surface of the cup appears smooth to the naked eye, it

presents under the microscope numerous minute chitinoid

papille, and, if it has been injured, the cicatrix and various

irregularities of the divisions are apparent. Occasionally

abnormalities not due to injury are present.

The body is, in the preparations, broad in front and

tapered gradually to the tail, which ends in the anus. It

is flattened both dorsally and ventrally anteriorly, and,

indeed, more or less so thro ughout, and marked ventrally

bya median groove which commences behind a triangular

area in front and extends to the posterior end of the body.

The anterior region consists of seven bristled segments and

the fused peristomial segment, and it is proportionally

shorter than in Hydroides. The alar membrane is broad

dorsally, the sides touching in front and separating pos-

teriorly, whilst the ventral lamella is of moderate breadth.

The first pair of pale golden bristles is even more widely

separated than in Hydroides, forming prominent setigerous

processes a little behind the anterior dorsal angle of the

alar membrane and collar. ‘The distance between these and

the next tuft is nearly as large as between the second and

seventh, and the direction is upward and forward. The

bristles closely correspond in structure with those of

Hydroides norvegica and their function is probably similar.

Hach tuft has a series of strong bristles with long, slightly

curved shafts which expand a little anteriorly at the

Shoulder, though some also present a slight convexity

posteriorly in the same region. On the anterior edge of the

shoulder are two short conical spurs, whilst the posterior

half is extended into a long,- tapering, serrated process.

As. indicated by Fauvel, the region below these spurs is

roughened by numerous spikes in young forms. They

afterwards completely disappear. Interspersed with these

are the long, simple, tapering, curved bristles with minutely

serrated edges, as in Hydroides. The other bristles of the

region spring from shorter setigerous processes, have nearly

straight shafts and slightly curved tapering tips with narrow

serrated rings.

Bristles are absent from a great part of the posterior

region, again reappearing in groups toward the tail. They

are very long, extremely slender bristles, tapering to a hair-

like point which is finely serrated. They are longest at the

commencement of the series and diminish posteriorly, and

are accompanied by short brush-shaped forms, one outline

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 12

178 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the —

of the funnel-shaped tip being longer than the other. The

posterior bristles have a peculiar fungoid growth which

forms a blackish coating to the shaft or to the tip.

The anterior hooks are avicular with four teeth above the

main fang, which has a well-marked gulf below and a

preminent prow, which projects about as far as the point

of the chief fang. The crown is comparatively narrow, and

the posterior outline is slightly concave, whilst the inferior

outline of the base is convex with a slight incurvation

posteriorly. The body of the hook is striated.

The posterior hooks are smaller, and have, as a rule, five

teeth above the main fang; the prow is less prominent, the

inflection of the posterior outline is nearer the base, and

the basal outline has a more distinct inflection posteriorly.

Strize likewise pass from the teeth down the body of the

hcok. The number of hooks in each row is large. Fauvel

gives a total of six to eight teeth in the posterior hooks.

Zube either fixed or free, of a rosy or greenish colour, and

measuring 3 or 4 inches in length, with a smoothly rounded

and dilated trumpet-like aperture, various lines of growth,

aud occasionally with a keel more or less rough. Anteriorly

it is straight or with a wide curve, but posteriorly often

coiled in a spiral manner. It is attached to shells, masses

of Cellepora, to rocks, stones, or vases thrown into the sea,

and is generally solitary, though masses of the tubes

occasionally occur both in the north and west of Scotland.

When on the inner surface of the lower (flat) valve of a

large oyster, the tubes are nearly parallel. In some the

prolongation of the tube takes place from the narrow (inner)

edge of the trumpet, and thus four or five prominent rings

may be formed auteriorly. Fauvel describes seven longi-

tudinal ridges in the typical form of tube—of which the

median dorsal is the most conspicuous.

The dorsal part of the collar in the next species, Poma-

tocerus triqueter, Li., forms a great free lamella, which,

probably by accident, is sometimes separated from the

rest of the collar, and its edges are laciniated, though

normally it seems to be smooth. The collar continues to

the ventral surface as a broad membrane usually thrown

into folds in the preparations. De St. Joseph considers the

separate parts of the collar dorsally are normal.

The branchiz are somewhat short, and as usual arranged in

two lateral fans of thirteen or fourteen (twenty, De St. Joseph)

filaments, each of which is tapered from base to apex, where

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 179

it is terminated by a subulate process of some length. The

pinne are short, and slightly tapered from base to apex.

A white band of great purity runs round the base of the

branchiz, bordered by a belt of red on each side. The

filaments are barred alternately with white and red.

Methylated spirit alters the red colour of the branchial

plumes to a permanent blue. De St. Joseph found Tricho-

dina pediculus, Ely., on the brauchiz at Dinard.

The single operculum springs from the dorsal edge of the

left fan by a somewhat rounded stem, enlarges and flattens

out as it proceeds upward, and dilates at the summit into a

large flat cushion for the support of the calcareous oper-

calum, which is prettily marked with white—shield-fashion.

Just before the last-mentioned dilatation it sends out a

process on each side resembling an ear, and cccasionally

this auricular process is bifid or quadrifid. The calcareous

tip assumes various forms—viz., conical, tuberculated,

saucer-shaped, bifid, or very often trifid. On removing the

calcareous cap, a tough layer is left on the summit of the

cushion with projections corresponding to the form of

the cap. The cone is not regular, but has its steepest side

piaced dorsally. After the action of hydrochloric acid,

a brownish scale of organic tissue with somewhat regular

hexagonal reticulations is left. Internaily the opercular

edicle has a strong elastic ligament from the summit to the

base surrounded by muscular bundles, chiefly transverse.

The thrusting out of the operculum (if such happens) is

thus voluntary, the withdrawal and retention more or less

involuntary.

The cuticle of the entire opercular apparatus is tough and

glistening, faintly marked under the microscope with fine

strie. The colour of the operculum varies, most being

pale, the stalk often presenting two specks of brown.

Almost every example from Lochmaddy, North Uist, has an

operculum with three prongs, the only exception being oue

here and there with only two prongs, but in all probability

a third would by-and-by appear. A variety with a flat

operculum from which the three spikes arose was also

occasionally met with. The operculum is a favourite site

for parasitic growths, such as the chambered Foraminifera,

Vorticella, and zoophytes.

The body is widest anteriorly, where the alar membrane

further increases the breadth, and tapers gradually to the

tail, which ends in a somewhat broad tip with a papilla at

each side. It is rounded dorsally, slightly flattened and

12*

180 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

grooved ventrally. The anterior region consists of six

bristled segments * and the fused peristomial segment, thus

differing from Serpula and Hydroides in the absence of the

conspicuous first pair of bristles on the dorsal edge of the

fused collar and alar membrane. The alar membrane passes

backward above the bristles, the sides separating as they go

to fuse with each other as a broad thin flap on the ventral

surface behind the anterior region. Anteriorly it and the

collar are yellowish externally and bluish internally, and the

bluish colour appears laterally and posteriorly. The posterior

region has sixty to seventy segments. All the bristles are

directed upward and backward as pale golden flattened

tufts, and the structure is the same throughout this region.

Each bristle has a translucent and nearly cylindrical shaft

with a slight curvature toward the commencement of the

tapering tip, which has two narrow wings so arranged that

in certain views the space between them seems to be

hollowed out. The dorsum anteriorly is pale brown or

purplish brown, whilst the general colour posteriorly is dull

yellow with pink lateral regions.

‘he posterior bristles have slender cylindrical shafts,

which diminish and then dilate superiorly as they approach

the broad shoulder, the spinous distal edge of which has a

concavity trending on one side to a delicately tapered whip.

This peculiar tip would seem to combine the functions of

the long simple and the brush-shaped bristles of other forms.

The anterior bristles have a proportionally short hold of

the tissues, a feature of importance in connection with the

habits of the annelid, and, whilst they point upward and

backward, the posterior are directed transversely or ventrally

and slightly forward. In each case the bristles are at the

end of the rows of hooks—the antericr at the dorsal end,

and the posterior at the ventral end.

The alimentary canal appears to be similar to that of

Sabella, forming a moniliform duct, wide anteriorly and

diminishing posteriorly. It is coated with nucleated cells

externally.

The ccelomic corpuscles are large and round.

A yellowish coiled gland (nephridium ?) occurs anteriorly,

external to the gut and adhering to the body-wall. Its

structure is granular.

De St. Joseph found Protozoa apparently referable to

Anoplophyra, Stein, in the intestine.

* De St. Joseph states that there are seven, but six only occur in

Britain.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 181

The anterior hooks have the shape of a triangle, the

posterior outline, which is slightly concave, gently curving

to the crown and forming the base of/the triangle, the sides

of which are formed by the anterior outline with its eight

teeth and the peculiarly modified main fang, which resembles

a blunt probe-like process with a small incurvation beneath,

the prow of the hook being minute and trending witha slight

curve to the inferior outline, which is nearly straight, and the

body of the hook is crossed by oblique striz. The number

of these hooks in each row is great, and in some they

are indicated by a dark line with a dark speck at the

ventral end.

The posterior hooks are smaller, and have only seven

teeth above the modified main fang, but their shape agrees

with those of the anterior hooks. Both these and the

anterior hooks are situated near the edges of muscular

lamelle, a provision probably enabling them to fix on the

walls of the tube with greater accuracy.

A variety which occurs abundantly at North Uist, and is

characterised by the sharp spike over the aperture of the

tube and almost invariably a three-pronged operculum, has

hooks which deviate from those at St. Andrews, for they

form a long triangle and have a larger number of teeth

above the modified main fang, viz., eight in the anterior

hooks and nine or ten in the posterior. A similar spike

over the aperture is met with at St. Andrews.

Habits. The species has great vitality, surviving in impure

water or living in a small quantity of unchanged sea-water

for a week. One example from St. Andrews reached Perth

on the 14th February, and lived till it was preserved on

July 3rd in a jug of “sea-water—mean while having made a

considerable addition to its tube, the new portion heing

distinguished by its pure white colour. The rapid growth

of the tube of the corresponding development of the annelid

is sufficiently shown by the presence of well-developed

examples on the carapace of the adult Carcinus menas.

Orton *, indeed (1914), found that it grew to nearly full size

in four mouths, and at this age the ova yielded practically

100 per cent. of embryos on being artificially fertilized.

The collar in Placostegus tridentatus, J. C. Fabricius, the

sixth form, is so thin as to be diaphanous, but it is deep, and

it is joined by the alar membrane dorsally on each side of

the hiatus, passing thereafter across the ventral surface to

* Journ. M. B. A. vol. x. p. 316,

182 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the other side. It is usually thrown into various frills, but

it presents no notch or break, though it is easily lacerated.

The branchiz are about twenty- eight j in each fan, of con-

siderable length, the filaments little tapered, and ending in a

short subulate process. The pinne are comparatively short,

but they pass to the base of the terminal process without

apparent diminution, so that the effect is to widen the tip.

No skeletogenous element appears in either filament or

pinna, but the cuticle of the former is thick.

The operculum arises by a stout pedicle on the dorsal

edge of the left fan, which is considerably thicker than

a branchial filament. The pedicle is flattened inferiorly,

eradually dilates in its upward course, and then enlarges

into the clavate operculum, which is truncated and hollowed

out, yellowish when seen laterally, somewhat olivaceous on

its distal surface. In lateral view the ventral outline of

the apparatus is the more convex, the dorsal beg nearly

straight.

The body is widest anteriorly, the alar membrane increasing

its bulk in this region, then tapers a little to the tail with the

anus at the tip posteriorly. It is rounded dorsally, slightly

flattened ventrally, where a median groove runs throughout

the posterior region.

Six pairs of bristle-bundles occur in the anterior region,

as in Pomatocerus, and each has tliree fascicles. The pale

golden bristles are a little narrowed at the insertion, have

straight shafts, and shghtly curved tapering tips, which end

in translucent hair-points, and with very narrow wings.

The posterior bristles are few in number, two or three, as a

rule, being in each foot. The shaft is slender and nearly

cylindrical, but is narrowed below the distal enlargement,

which forms a flattened blade with an almost transversely

spinous distal edge, one angle of which is produced into a

short whip or pointed process. It is remarkable how closely

such a bristle resembles the brush-shaped forms of the

Eunicidée and other groups.

The anterior hooks are in single rows, very numerous and

fairly large, but it is difficult from their translucency to

define their exact outline. The anterior edge is nearly

straight and saw-lhke from minute denticulations, the last

of which (probably corresponding to the main fang) projects

outward and downward as a minute blunt process, the body

of the hook forming a narrow, flattened, and transparent bar.

The crown is small and rounded, and the whole body of the

hook is easily curved under pressure.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 183

The posterior hooks do not differ essentially in structure

or arrangement, though they are smaller.

Reproduction —An example procured off North Unst by

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in July had a series of ova in a hollow on

the ventral surface behind the anterior region.

The tube is of great density, slightly translucent or

vitreous, and has anteriorly a sharp dorsal spike and two

infero-lateral spikes. A serrated keel runs along the mid-

dorsal line, and the tube is fixed to shells, stones, or other

submarine bodies. The inner surface is smooth and vitreous,

and the minute teeth along the anterior edge of the hook

must be of great hardness. Whilst the initial coil is adherent

the distal end stands up freely in many cases. When densely

grouped on stones the tubes are less rough and the aperture

is smoother, and as they are coiled and interwoven, with their

ends often free, a considerable change takes place in the

facies of the tube. It still retains its median ridge, but in

a modified form. The whole aspect of the mass is in con-

trast with the ordinary conditions of the species. Yet here

and there at the edges the usual aspect.is observed. ‘The

examples indicated came from the deeper water off St. An-

drew’s Bay, attached to sandstone and accompanied by the

tubes of Sabellaria.

In Apomatus ampulliferus, Phil., the seventh form, the

collar is less developed than in Placostegus, but though

narrower it is thicker and follows a similar arrangement,

as starting from the dorsal edge of the fused collar and

alar membrane it passes as a continuous fold across the

ventral aspect to the opposite side. The truncated anterior

end after removal of the branchize presents a somewhat

rounded central elevation with a fossa between it and the

coliar.

The branchie are reddish in life and are seven in number

on each side. They are of moderate length, somewhat soft

and thick, and in the preparations are usually coiled and

doubled. The broad filaments taper slightly toward the

extremity, and end in a subulate process, the pinnz

extending almost as far, so closely do they approach the

tip. The tissue of the filaments is lax, so that doubling

readily occurs, and both they and the pinnz have hypo-

dermic glandular cells, the tissue of the ciliated pinne

being especially soft, one moniliform blood-vessel being

conspicuous. Instead of the firm hyaline cuticle of other

184 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

forms, this apparently has a very thiu cuticle, the cells and

granules of the hypoderm almost reaching the surface.

Marion and Bobretzky speak of a second operculum on

another of the filaments. Their Apomatus assimilis differs

in having ‘‘cystallins” on the branchial filaments, but

perhaps this is only a variety of the above, which occasion-

ally shows pigment-specks at the base of the branchia. A

second small operculum is occasionally observed in those

from the Channel Islands—arising, as in the case of the

larger, from the tip of a branchial filament.

The operculum is a soft globular enlargement on the end

of a branchial filament, of the ordinary character as regards

general structure and the presence of pinne. It consists

of a layer of cuticle with a granular coat internally, and,

moreover, the globe contains several branching filaments,

resembling modified distal processes, which extend to the

free end of the operculum. While thus serving as a plug

to the aperture, the operculum would also appear to perform

a respiratory function and it is filled with fluid. . The

branchia bearing the operculum tapers little, and the pinne

pass up to its termination. A constriction then occurs,

followed by the slightly enlarged though short opercular

pedicle, which is again slightly constricted at its junction

with the operculum. In an example from St. Peter Port

the operculum showed no branching filaments, so that this

may be occasional or, perhaps, due to a parasitic growth.

The body of the preserved animal is somewhat stout and

short, the posterior region being especially massive, and it

tapers ouly a little to the slightly flattened tail. The

anterior region has a broad alar membrane, whilst the mid-

dorsum is distinguished by a long conica] elevation with the

apex directed forward and a median furrow, the rest of

the dorsum being more or less convex, except in the

instance where the hollows were filled with ova. The

ventral surface is rather convex than flattened, but it has

a median groove from end to end with the exception of the

break at the alar fold.

The collar-bristles form two conspicuous tufts, slanting

obliquely forward and outward from a point a little in front

of the bases of the first lateral tuft. They appear to have

the same structure.

The anterior region has six lateral setigerous processes on

the ventral side of the alar membrane, and six elevated rows

of hooks to their ventral edge. All the bristles are directed

upward and backward, and have a uniform structure, viz., a

straight shaft, narrowed at the insertion, then remaining

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 185

cylindrical to the curvature at the tip, after which it tapers

to a fine point. Serrated wings commence a little below

the curvature, widen, and then diminish distally. Bristles

appear to be absent in the anterior part of the posterior

region, only about twelve to fifteen of the terminal segments

having a pair of bristles on each side. The more anterior of

these have short straight shafts and sickle-shaped tips, the

broad tapering blade having its edge serrated. Toward the

tip of the tail, however, the terminal blade is knife-shaped

and less curved, a slight enlargement occurring at the end

of the shaft. Faint striz in all cross the tip obliquely from

the serrations. :

The anterior hooks are very diaphanous, with a minutely

serrated anterior margin ending inferiorly in a slightly pro-

jecting and modified (blunt) main fang, below which a gulf

occurs above the prow. The crown is rounded, and the

posterior outline has a deep indentation. The body of

the hook is faintly striated from the anterior face to the

base. The posterior hooks do not differ except in size.

The collar in Ditrypa arietina, O. F. Miiller, the

eighth species, though deep, is very thin and its edges

laciniated, whilst its surface is marked by the linear

streaks caused by the adpressed branchie. It is fissured

in the mid-dorsal line, but appears to be continuous from

side to side across the ventral surface. No alar membrane

is visible dorsally, though a trace of it probably exists.

The branchiz are of considerable length, arranged in two

semicircles of about a dozen filaments in each, and appear

to adhere closely together, as if they were bound by a deli-

cate web, though this has not been clearly made out except

at the base. The filaments taper from base to apex, and

end in a short process which scarcely projects further than

the adjoining pinne, though it is twice as thick and presents

amore distinct central space, whilst its surface has cilia.

The pinne are long, in a double row, and are so arranged

distally that they form a nearly even series, and thus give a

character to the tip of the branchie. Like the filament,

they possess no skeletogenous elements, though in the

former the cuticle is thick and tough. The free terminal

process of the filaments may have special branchial func-

tions when the animal withdraws into its tube, for they

project all round in the space below the opercular plug.

The pedicle of the operculum is long, and springs froin

the dorsal edge of the left branchial fan, and it remains

nearly cylindrical to the tips of the branchizw, where it

186 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

dilates into the long and shapely vase with the yellowish-

green or dull yellow calcareous plate, 1°20 mm. in diameter,

at its tip. The projection of the operculum proper beyond

the terminal processes of the branchiz is noteworthy. In

the ordinary spirit-preparations the pedicle hes in the midst

of the branchial filaments, and is thus in contrast with the

condition usually seen in other forms. The distal opercular

plate is flat and brittle, presenting under the microscope a

deep yellow hue and a minutely cellulo-granular aspect, the

margin, however, being hyaline. The pedicle is flattened

inferiorly, but toward the base of the opercular vase it is

rounded,

The body, which is 13-16 mm. or more in spirit, has not

been observed in the free condition, all being moulded by

the tube into a cylindrical form anteriorly, and ouly a little

tapered toward the tail, which has a short, conical outline.

The anterior region is distinguished by the six pairs of

bristles laterally, by an anterior achetous segment, and

by the fillet with a median notch ventrally—the representa-

tive of the broad fold in most Serpulids. The posterior

region consists of numerous (50-55) narrow segments,

most of which are devoid of bristles, and it terminates in

a somewhat broad flattened tail, with two rounded and

sometimes prominent aval papille (cirri). The first seg-

ment anteriorly contains the two excretory organs, the

canals of which unite to open between the two branchial

lobes.

The anterior bristles dilate a little above the insertion, the

shaft then being cylindrical to the commencement of the

tip, which tapers to a delicate point and has narrow wings.

The posterior region presents only one or two simple tapering

bristles in each segment toward the tail. These bristles are

usually slightly curved.

The anterior hooks are numerous (220, De St. Joseph)

in each row which runs ventrally from the bristle-tuft.

The crown is small, the anterior edge covered with many

(twenty to twenty-two, De St. Joseph) regularly arranged

sharp teeth, and the main fang is well developed, though

not sharp; whilst beneath it is a shallow gulf or notch with

a mere rudiment of a prow before merging into the inferior

border, which is nearly straight. The posterior outline

presents only a trace of an incurvation, and the striz on

the body of the hook incline from the front obliquely

toward it. The entire hook is thin and translucent. The

posterior hooks are fewer in number in each row, and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 187

considerably smaller, but their structure is the same. All

the hooks when in position have their teeth directed forward.

The tube is vitreous throughout the greater part of its

thickness, but the inner lining is opaque white, and its shape

is that of a long and sharp-pointed elephant’s tusk. The

anterior aperture is neatly rounded, but not dilated, whilst

by the gradual thinning of the outer layer a character is

given to it. The posterior end presents a minute aperture.

It measures from 25 to 385 mm. in length, and its wider

region in front is from 2 to 2°3 mm.

Various structures affect the external surface of the tube,

such as corals, other Serpulids (for example, Hydroides,

Serpula vermicularis, and Spirorbis), Polyzoa, and Sponges.

It is a favourite site for Lepraliz. A southern variety from

Bona Bay is considerably smaller, the largest being 25 mm.

long, is characterized by its brownish hue. In the Zetlandic

examples comparatively few abnormalities occur amongst

hundreds. Occasionally a constriction of the shell is

observed toward the wide anterior region, or the rings of

growth here and there are unusually prominent. Under

favourable conditions the delicate posterior end with its

greater curvature is entire, forming a needle-like commence-

ment to the tube. Rarely, as in certain Zetlandic examples,

a lateral ridge on each side runs from the anterior aperture

to the posterior end.

A rather rare species is Spirorbis caulleryi, sp. n., from the

under surface of stones in tidal pools in Guernsey and Herm,

and in this the cephalic collar is normal and forms a sheath

for the branchiz, which are seven or eight on each side.

The body is typical in outline, and has seven bristled seg-

ments. The first or collar-series consists of bristles which

have no distinct gap at the base of the tapered terminal blade

or a modified one. The former kind occurs in one group,

the straight shaft shghtly dilates at the shoulder, from which

the tip is bent backward and coarsely serrated, the serrations

next the shoulder being perhaps less distinct than those

which follow. The other group presents a distinct differentia-

tion of the base of the terminal blade, the separated part at

the shoulder having finer serrations, the edge beyond (bear-

ing the distinct serrations) being separated by a distinct

step. The base of the blade has five or six teeth at least in

lateral view, and in antero-posterior view this part appears

to form a spiked collar to the anterior edge-of the bristle.

The serrations on the terminal blade vary, some having fine,

others coarse points. The second bristle-tufts of the region

188 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

have straight shafts and tapered winged tips bent at a slight

angle. The bristles of the third tutt have in the peculiar

group aslightly curved tip (sickle-shaped) with the serra-

tions only at the tip, as described by Caullery and Mesnil

in Spirorbis cancellatus. The bristles of the posterior region

have broad tapering tips, bent nearly at a right angle, with

the edge coarsely serrated.

The branchiz are about four in number on each side, and

do not offer any noteworthy peculiarity.

The operculum is circular and hollowed out distally like

a saucer, with a short stalk or process like a reversed cone.

In young examples it is circular, forming a saucer-shaped

dise, but in the older forms it is sometimes nail-shaped—

that is, the circular shape is lost by an extension of one edge

toward the stalk. Externally is the clear outer investment

of the rim of the operculum, within which is a radially

arranged layer at right angles to it; then follows a broad

belt of circular fibres with strong longitudinal fibres con-

verging to the stalk. The calcareous investment is very

brittle.

The tube is vitreous and peculiarly coiled, so that the

aperture is on the summit of the spire. The whorls are

boldly ridged, and the ridges affect the shape of the aperture,

which is sometimes transversely elongated. The whorls

form a conical mass with a flattened under surface, in

the centre of which is the primary coil. The shape is thus

like an irregular blunt cone, and the shell is very hard and

glistens like pinkish porcelain.

The Spirorbis violaceus of Levinsen somewhat resembles

the bluish S. vitreus, O. Fabr., from the Arctic seas, as

usually observed on pebbles and stones, the aperture in both

tubes being on the summit of the coils; but the camerated

condition of the sulci of the outer whorls in the Arctic form

is not seen in the southern type. Both differ essentially

from the present species.

It also diverges from the S. violaceus of Levinsen in having

a more or less distinct gap above the crenulate web at the

base of the tip of the collar-bristles, and in the same way

differs from the older specimens mentioned and figured by

Caullery and Mesnil. Nosimpleserrate tip was observed in

any example, though some have a differentiated base with-

outadistinct gap. The operculum does not differ materially

from the figures and descriptions of S. violaceus given by

the French authors just mentioned, the ringed condition

and saucer-shaped tip being evident.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 189

The next, or tenth, form, Spirorbis spirillum, L., is every-

where abundant round the British shores on zoophytes, Fuci,

alge, Corallina officinalis, Flustra, and other structures. The

collar agrees with that in other Spirorbids in being widely

split posteriorly, but continuous in front, Its connection

with the membrane of the anterior setigerous region is also

normal. The branchiz appear to be few, viz., four on each

side, and the terminal processes of the filaments are short,

so that they do not project beyond the pinne, which thus

form a more or less even tip, since the distal pinne are

short.

The operculum forms a shallow vase with a foot or process

beneath, the edge of the latter being crenate. There is no

space for opercular embryonic development in this species.

The body is widest in front, and gradually tapers to the

tail whichis normal. The collar-bristles are characterized by

the absence of the gap near the base of the terminal blade.

They are comparatively small, have long straight shafts,

which dilate on reaching the distal shoulder, the terminal

region being sharply bent backward, tapered to a fine point,

and rather coarsely serrated along the edge especially at the

base. The other bristles conform to the usual type. The

figure of the collar-bristle, as given by Miss Pixell*, from the

Pacific Coast of North America, diverges considerably from

the British form, the tip being shorter and broader.

The second fascicle consists of simple winged bristles.

The posterior bristles have the tips bent at an angle or

“‘kneed,” and usually project little in the preparations.

Few forms appear to have had greater vicissitudes in nomen-

clature than the next, oreleveuth, species, viz., Spirorbis granu-

latus, i., a form which essentially differs from the Spirordis

granulatus,L., of Caullery and Mesnil +, from Greenland and

Nova Zembla, since the globular form of the operculum, as

figured by the French authors, no less than its ovigerous cha-

racter, separate it from the present species, which, as Fleming {

truly said in 1825, occurs “on old shells, but more frequently

on the underside of loose stones about low-water mark, very

common.” It is especially abundant on the rocks and

stones in rock-pools at St. Andrews. The branchiz are

pale, ten in number, and the cuticle of the filaments is thin,

so that the hypodermic elements form the main support.

190 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The filaments taper from base to apex, and end in a some-

what long non-ciliated process contaiming a blood-vessel

and which in life projects beyond the pinne, though in the

preparations the long terminal pinnz extend even beyond 1t.

The pinne are long throughout, and are richly ciliated.

No skeletogenous elements are present in these or in the

filaments, which, however, have a band of muscular fibres

passing from the base to the tip, but they do not appear to

enter the terminal process. ‘he entire branchial system,

indeed, is eminently contractile and under voluntary control.

The cilia on the pinne are large and long, and appear to be

under the control of the animal, since they remain quiescent

for a time and then commence to vibrate rapidly. The

branchiz on the approach of danger are shortened, grouped

together, and drawn in, the operculum following and closing

the tube. The pinne havea dotted aspect from the grouping

of the cilia in tufts, though this may only be apparent ;

moreover, the movement of each pinna is independent of the

others, so that it bends downward, jerks inward, and per-

forms various motions with celerity and accuracy. ‘The

wall is composed of firm mucoid (hypodermic) cells and a

greenish blood-vessel occurs in the centre, the fluid therein

being devoid of corpuscles. In contraction the pinne are,

by their muscular elements, only slightly shortened and

narrowed, so that when the branchial apparatus is again

unfolded the elastic nature of the tissues readily restores

them to the former size.

The operculum is funnel- or vase-shaped, hollow at the

tip, and gradually dilating from the stalk upward. The

distal plate is calcareous (effervescing under HCl) and the

muscular fibres pass from the pedicle to the eularged oper-

cular region, in which they spread out in a fan-like manner

to be attached to the distal cup. No trace of a central

cavity exists in this form, though a calcareous mass occurs

in the centre below the operculum, and its shape differs from

that in the developing young of other forms.

When removed from its tube the anterior region of the

body is pale, but the rest is of a pale grass-green. It is

widest anteriorly, and tapers posteriorly to a bluntly conical

tail, a rounded papilla being on each side of the anus. The

anterior region has four pairs of bristle-bundles, whilst the

posterior region consists of nineteen or twenty segments. No

cilia were observed on the anterior region, but they occurred

dorsally on the swollen greenish posterior region, and were

vigorous toward the tail—indeed, by far the greater part of

the body is supplied with cilia.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 198

The coelomic space is richly ciliated, and thus the contained

cells and granules are kept in active motion, a stream of

them proceeding posteriorly, and, it may be, escaping by a

rupture of the body-wall.

The intestinal canal is enlarged immediately behind the

anterior region, and such may represent the stomach, for a

gizzard-like portion is marked off by constrictions in front

of it. It is ciliated from this region to the vent, and elon-

gated collections of particles are often observed in motion in

the interior of the gut.

Two brownish-green granular glands lie obliquely on each

side of the gizzard-like portion of the alimentary canal.

The first or collar-bristles differ from those which succeed

not only in size but in direction and structure. Each con-

sists of a long straight shaft, slightly dilated and flattened

as it approaches the tip which is curved backward, and with

fine serrations at its rounded base, their size, however, in-

creasing as the gap is approached, three or four being

especially prominent next the notch, then the blade has a

smooth portion, after which the edge is finely serrated to the

delicately tapered extremity. Amongst these are a shorter

series of more slender bristles with simple tapering tips. This

bristle-tult 1s directed forward nearly in a line with the long

axis of the body, and the bristles are larger and longer than

those which follow. ‘The three sets of paired bristles which

succeed are simple and spear-shaped, with slightly curved

tips, the third or last pair having the tips of the bristles

somewhat broader.

The posterior bristles are placed in pairs on each edge of

the segments of the region, and in outline they somewhat

resemble an ancient long-toed boot with the sole (edge)

serrated. ‘They diminish in size from before backward.

The greenish circulatory fluid is carried forward by a

dorsal vessel, which is often curved in each segment over

the alimentary canal, and backward by a ventral trunk.

In an example from St. Andrews, in which the collar-

bristles had apparently been broken, the terminal blade was

finely tapered and translucent without evident trace of

serrations, whilst the basal web was coarsely spinose.

The anterior hooks have a long and minutely serrate

anterior edge, but the main fang inferiorly is short in lateral

view, and when looked at on end is flattened and bifid.

‘Lhe posterior hooks do not differ in structure, but are

smaller.

Very abundant likewise in British waters is Spirurbis

192 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

borealis, Daudin, the twelfth species, and it swarms equally

on the blades of the Fucit rocks and Laminarie in the south

as on those in the north. ‘This species also has many

synonyms, from the Serpula spirorbis, L., the Vermiculus

exiguus albus nautiloides of Lister, the Planorbis minimus of

Peters, to Spirorbis communis, S. reversa, S. baltica, and

S. linnei of others.

The collar is open as usual in the mid-dorsal line, but

continuous ventrally, and it joins the membrane of the

anterior setigerous region which De St. Jeseph has oceasion-

ally found of a bluish tint. The membrane passes ventrally

behind the last bristle-tuft and fuses with that of the opposite

side. At the base of the branchiz are two minute eyes on

the dorsum.

The branchie are four on each side, each filament having

a short, slender, and slightly tapered terminal process, and

bearing from sixteen to twenty pairs of rather long ciliated

and nearly cylindrical pinue, which do not arise quite opposite

each other. Their colour is dull yellow, with a tinge of green

from the blood-vessels. They are sensitive organs, receding

with a jerk into the tube on being touched.

The operculum, derived from the first left branchia, is

saucer-shaped, with a massive peduncle, is calcareous and

often infested by diatoms and other structures. De St.

Joseph found Cothurina maritima growing on the operculum,

and reproducing by fissiparity.

The body is dark brown in front from the alimentary

canal, reddish-orange posteriorly, aud 3 to 4 mm. in length.

The anterior region has three bristled segments, the first

series having characteristic tips. The first part of the

posterior region of the body is not segmented, though

ciliated, the total number of segments being 18-32, and

terminated by the anus with a rounded papilla on each side.

Each segment has two geniculate bristles. In the first

segment are two excretory orgaus, from which ciliated canals

join to form a single duct opening at the base of the

branchie.

De St. Joseph describes the alimentary apparatus as

composed of an oesophagus in the anterior region, a large,

brown cylindrical stomach immediately behind, followed by

a sinuous intestine. He found spicules of sponges, diatoms,

amongst others Sphenosira catena in the stomach, all pro-

bably carried in by muddy currents. A blood-sinus encircles

the canal, with lateral branches and ceca in each segment.

The first bristles arise from a nearly cylindrical setigerous

process, aud differ in detail from those of Spirorbis granu-

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 193

latus. The shafts are less robust, though straight, and

they also dilate distally into a flattened process at the com-

mencement of the tip, but no fine serrations occur on the

convex edge, the whole being occupied by two to five (Levin-

sen shows seven) rather coarse serrations, which slightly

increase in size from below upward in lateral view, the striz

on the flattened end of the shaft making them conspicuous.

Then the smooth edge of the “ bite ”’ occurs as it rises to the

somewhat bellied blade beyond, which, however, soon tapers

to a delicate extremity, usualiy with a marked curvature.

The bellied condition of the blade beyond the “bite” is a

diagnostic feature in comparison with the bristles of Sp.

granulatus, as also is the comparatively coarse edge, the

serrations on which point upward and outward, so that a

certain uniformity prevails. The basal part, moreover, is

separated only by a slight “‘step” from the distal, and the

serrations on it sometimes show a slightly different angle.

Such, however, diverges from the figure of the bristle given

by De St. Joseph, in which the distal serrations are at right

angles to the axis of the tip, an error probably due to an

indifferent microscope. The ‘‘ step” of this bristle shows a

distinct character when compared with the gap generally

present in the collar-bristles. The shorter brisstles are

simple tapering forms.

The bristles of the second setigerous process are simple

straight forms, the tapered tips of which are bent backward

and provided with wings. The four anterior bristles of the

third series agree with the foregoing in the finely-tapered

winged tips, but the posterior five have broader sickle-shaped

tips, with a smooth wing at the base, though the forward

curve of the sickle-like blade shows long serrations so that

they are pectinate, the tip being finely attenuate.

The anterior hooks are in rows of 23-55. Each forms

an elongate plate, narrower at one end than the other, the

anterior edge armed with about forty fine teeth. The main

fang is blunt. ‘The posterior hooks are similar, but smaller,

and the number in the rows is considerably less (6-18).

The sinistral tube is shaped like the shell of a Nautilus,

with a deep umbilicus on the free surface, and its main

bulk is composed of the last coil, which often hides the

earlier coils, though, in some, these are distinct in the

centre. The surface of the last coil is slightly bevelled and

marked by transverse lines of growth. The aperture is

circular, though a process of the tube projects beyond it on

the surface of the sea-weed. The tubes sometimes occur

in rows and on both surfaces of the Fucus. De St. Joseph

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 13

194 Prof. MIntosh’s Notes from the

met with Folliculina ampulla in the interior of a tube and

the ova of Automolos unipunctatus, Graff (Monocelis uni-

punctatus, CErst.), and Turbellarians are not uncommon in

tubes from St. Andrews and Lochmaddy.

The next, or thirteenth, species, which was probably included

by Sacchi as Serpula spirorbis in his ‘ Catalogue of the Shells

of Naples,’ has been well known since Claparéde described

it as Pileolaria militaris in his volume on the Annelids of

Naples. It is a southern type and, so far as known, has

hitherto been confined in the British area to the Channel

Islands, though Caullery and Mesnil found it not infrequent

on the shores of France, and Langerhans mentions a form

(his Spirorbis granulatus, L.) which these authors consider to

be only a variety from Madeira. It is rarely met with in

the Channel Islands.

The operculum is comparatively large, helmet-shaped, and

ornamented with denticulated ridges and accessory pro-

cesses. The cavity of the helmet performs the function

of a brood-pouch, and, in those captured in July and August,

was filled with large eggs and embryos—the breeding-season

at Naples being somewhat earlier, viz.,in June and July.

It differs from such as Spirorbis pagenstecheri, De Quatre-

fages, in so far as the opercular helmet is ready to receive

the ova without further addition or alteration. Its specific

name has reference to the helmet-like condition of the

operculum, which is ornamented with characteristic ridges.

The branchie have comparatively thick filaments which

end in along and slender process. The body is typical in

outline, has a deep reddish hue, and the same colour tinges

the branchiz, the collar, and the anterior membrane (Caul-

lery and Mesnil). Anterior region of three-bristled segments.

The first or collar-bristles are characterized by their size,

the coarseness of their serrations, the presence of a distinct

gap, and their yellow colour. Moreover, they are boldly

curved at the tip, so as almost to resemble “ kneed ” bristles.

They are accompanied by a series of simple bristles, which

are widest, though they do not quite reach the size of the

former bristles, at the base and gradually diminish to a

delicate hair-like tip. The next bristle-tuft has capillary

bristles with finely serrated rings, the shaft in each being

nearly cylindrical or very slightly tapered.

The sixth species of Spirorbis is one originally described

by Miss Pixell from the shores of British Columbia, and

which Mr. Southern procured in Blacksod Bay on the West

Coast of Ireland, and I am indebted to him for examples.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 195

In this the cephalic collar is well developed, forming a

Sheath for the base of the tentacles. The filaments of the

branchiz, which are fourteen in number, terminate distally

in a tapering subulate process, which extends considerably

beyond the pinnze. The nail-shaped operculum presents a

minutely cellular or reticulated structure, when viewed by

a high power from above, and a series of concentric rings.

A considerable process or talon occurs beneath it, the lower

edge of which varies in outline—sometimes being irregular,

at other times smooth. The distal concavity frequently

contains mud and minute alge.

The body has the typical coil, three bristled segments

occurring in front and twenty to thirty posteriorly. The

most powerful muscle seems to be that on the concave side

of the coil. The collar (first) bristles have straight shafts

dilating into a broad web at the base of the tip, which is

bent backward, is of moderate length, finely tapered, and

minutely serrated. The basal web is striated, each of the

striz ending in a sharp point, whilst the distal blade slants

obliquely to the serrated edge. The second tuft has bristles

with rather broad wings, and the blade tapers rather sud-

denly to a very fine point, so as to give a character to the

bristle. The third tuft has both winged and sickle-shaped

bristles, the edge of the latter being serrated.

The posterior bristles are minute, and project little

beyond the surface. They are geniculate at the tip, being

bent nearly at a right angle to the shaft and coarsely

serrated. The anterior hooks are stated by Miss Pixell

to be of ordinary shape, with about twenty teeth. The

tube is described by Miss -Pixell as dextral, large and

flat, thick and opaque, slightly roughened, but without

definite growth-lines. A slight median ridge and sometimes

one on either side; the aperture has, however, an entire

margin and measures 2 mm. across. The Irish examples

from Blacksod Bay, kindly forwarded by Mr. Southern,

were in dense clusters on stones and shells, sometimes only

the aperture being visible, whilst the tube itself formed a

lax spiral, quite different from the original account of

Miss Pixell, though it is still large. In lateral view the

elongated spires of some of the masses gave an unusual

depth to the Spirorbid coating. Some examples, indeed,

formed an elongated spiral tube, after the manner of the

horn of the Indian Antelope, or even that of the Koodoo.

Originally the tube appears to be small and flat, then, as the

annelid increases in size, the tube thickens, becomes loosely

spiral, and keeps pace with the growth of sponges or other

196 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

encrusting growths, so that its rounded and dilated aperture

(trumpet-like in some) is free. From Miss Pixell’s deserip-

tion, the tubes follow another mode of growth under different

circumstances,

A single example of the last species, viz., Spirorbis pusil-

loides, De St. Joseph, kindly sent by Mr. Southern, has

alone been under examination, and the collar-bristles in this

instance had no gap above he, web, and might pass for those

of 8. spirillum. Mr. Southern, however, states that he has

seen all intermediate forms between this and the typical

form with the differentiation at the base of the blade.

Caullery and Mesnil also found a simple geniculate con-

dition of the collar-bristles in preparations forwarded by

by Baron De St. Joseph. Whether the violet pigment on

the gut of S. pagenstecheri and the red on S. pusilloides

denotes more than variation is uncertain. The species was

first described by De St. Joseph under the name of Mera

pusilla*, but Miss Bush +, seeing that the specific name was

used by Rathke in 1836 for a species from the Black Sea,

proposed the present title. It chiefly occurs on shells of

oysters, though Southern found it on mussels and Trochi.

Two forms, familiar in the literature of the subject, are

not entered here, viz., Spirorbis heterostrophus, Montagu,

and Spirorbis carinatus, Montagu, since both are probably

included in the forms dealt with, and, at any rate, the

uncertainty can only be removed by a careful examination

of fresh animals. Miss Bush and others do not seem to

have formed a definite opinien about either.

Montagu (1803) { describes Spirorbis heterostrophus as

having ‘‘a strong, spiral shell, of a dirty white colour,

with two or three reverse velutions placed laterally, furnished

with three longitudinal ridges, one along the back, and

another on each side, roughly wrinkled transversely ; the

base is flat and somewhat spreading ; aperture orbicular,

and invariably placed opposite the sun’s apparent motion.

Diameter not a line.”

He procured it on oyster and other shells and on alge. It

is readily distinguished from S. spirorbis by the longitudinal

ridges, and by the contrary turn of the volutions. Under

slate-stones at Kingsbridge Bay in great abundance (covering

* Ann. Se. Nat. 7° sér. xvii. p. 35], pl. xiii. figs. 3888-392.

+ ‘ Tubicolous a siiotids from the Pacific’ (Harriman), Alaska Exped.,

1908, p. 250.

t Test. Brit. vol. 11. p. 50?.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 197

the surface), between tide-marks. He thought the sub-

saline quality of the water so far up this inlet, at ebb-tides,

not congenial to other forms. The tube at first sight re-

sembles that of S. granulatus, but appears to be coiled from

right to left, whereas that of the common form is sinistral.

lt shows a deep groove on the summit and two ridges.

Occasionally the aperture of the tube is turned upward.

All the specimens are of one size and small, so that they

may not be adult.

Montagu* found Spirorbis carinatus common on Arca

pilosa and Pinna ingens on the south coast, and describes it

as having “a dull, opaque, white, spiral shell; the outer

‘whirl’ rising into a carimated ridge on the top ; the middle

concave, sometimes pervious ; the interior volutions incon-

spicuous; base a little spreading; aperture round. Size

about half that of the S. spirorbis, from which it is readily

distinguished by the angulated shape of the exterior ‘ whirl,’

which is formed like S. triquetra, but always regularly

spiral.” Fleming + adds little to the original description,

though he states that the “ surface is transversely wrinkled,

the whole less regular than the preceding (S. granulatus),

with the aperture more ascending.” His examples appear

to have come from Shetland. Miss Bush ¢ thinks Fleming’s

form approaches S. quadrangularis, Stimpson, adding, “ but

it is not improbable both species occur on the English

coast.” She alludes to two forms, one dextral from

(juernsey and Ireland, the other sinistral from England,

but comes to no definite conclusion.

The tubes from Exmouth (1822) are small, and have a

reversed coil (sinistral) to that of Spirorbis heterostrophus.

The inner side of the last whorl is broadly grooved, whilst a

ridge runs along the top of the coil. The aperture is round,

the centre is either filled up by the early coils or is blank—

forming a large umbilicus. It resembles a young Syirorbis

granulatus, but only one groove is distinct. Levinsen, again

(2883), shows two ridges in his figure, and is of opinion that

it is synonymous with S. guadrangularis, Stimpson.

In the British Museum § a specimen labelled ‘ Spirorbis

carinaius, Montagu,” is attached to a Polyzoon like a

large Salicornaria, from Greenland (Copenhagen Museum).

The specimen has branchiz with long, tapering, terminal

* Test. Brit. ii. p. 502 (1803).

+ Edinb. Philos. Journ. vol. xii. p. 244.

¢ ‘Tubicolous Annelids from the Pacific,’ p. 249.

§ I am indebted to Dr. Harmer, Dr. Calman, and Mr. Tate Regan for

their courteous aid in the examination of this and other specimens.

198 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

processes, an operculum, the calcareous plate of which is

rounded, whilst the anterior region has three pairs of

bristles. The collar-bristles have the rather long tri-

angular web at the commencement of the tip furnished

with numerous small serrations, only the upper one or two

being larger, a rather shallow gap above it, and a tapering

blade with a finely serrated edge. These bristles thus

approach those of Spirorbis granulatus and S. borealis.

The third series appears to have sickle-shaped bristles.

The tube has three sharp ridges and two grooves, the ridges

differing from those of S. granulatus in their spinous: edge,

aud the median ridge in some becomes deeper at the aper-

ture, so that it forms a conspicuous keel, with a small sharp

point over the circular aperture.

4. On a Placostegus from the ‘ Porcupine’ Pen

of 1870.

The examples were dredged six miles from shore off Cape

de Gatte in 60-160 fathoms in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition

of 1870, attached to small stones. It is distinguished from

the northern Placostegus tridentatus by the longer and more

slender tube, which may be curved here and there but not

coiled, and by the presence of three coarsely serrated ridges

(a dorsal and two lateral). The three spines at the aperture

also differ in character, since they are longer and curved

outward.

The thin diaphanous collar seems to have the same

arrangement as in P. tridentatus, but the branchiz are pro-

portionally longer and less numerous, viz., 11-12 in each

fan, the filaments taper a little from base to apex, where a

longer terminal subulate process than in the former species

occurs. The long pinne, however, continue to its base.

The opercular stalk is slender and remains nearly of the

same diameter to the base of the vase-shaped operculum,

which, though smaller, is more elegant in shape than in

P. tridentatus. The truncated distal end is hollow and

horny, the rim only being yellowish.

The body is long and narrow, with six bristled segments

anteriorly, and numerous posterior segments which are flat-

tened toward the tail and end in an anus with a distinct and

rounded papilla at each side. The six setigerous processes

anteriorly have tufts of the same kind, viz., bristles with

straight ‘shafts, very slightly bent tips waht ae wings,

in which respects they do not materially differ from those

of P. tridentatus. Posteriorly bristles seemed to be absent

On Parapherusa crassipes (Laswell). 199

until near the tip of the tail, where each segment has a

single, long, slender, tapering bristle or two. The brush-

like bristles, however, are not absent, since they occur

toward the posterior end, in frout of the simple forms.

Each has a slender straight stem, which dilates distally

into the flattened spinous tip, ove side of which has a

minute whip or pointed process, the tip being thus asym-

metrical. The anterior hooks appear to be proportionally

smaller and broader than in P. tridentatus, and the modified

main fang is indistinct. In both the serrations of the

anterior edge resemble transverse grooves of a file, but they

are perhaps broader and more distinct in the present form.

The posterior hooks are slightly less, but agree in structure

with the foregoing.

The tube is small, elongated, tapered posteriorly, and

fixed to small pebbles. The dorsal and two lateral spinous

ridges are diagnostic when compared with the tube of

P. tridentatus, for the spinous processes on each are iso-

lated and prominent, as well as occasionally curved, as are

also the three anterior spines. Moreover, the entire tube

is more transparent than in P. ¢ridentatus, and the spines

especially so. It may represent, however, only a variety

of P. tridentatus, J. C. Fabricius.

XIX.—Parapherusa crassipes (Haswell), an Amphipod of

Australasian Seas. By Cuas. Cuiitron, M.A., D.Sc.,

LL.D., F:L.S., C.M.Z.S8., Professor of Biology, Canterbury

College, New Zealand.

(Plates VIII.-X.]

In 1879 Haswell described a new genus and _ species of

Amphipod from Clark Island, Port Jackson, New South

Wales, giving it the name of Harmonia crassipes, the name

being misprinted Harmomia on the original page (p. 330),

but correctly spelt in the explanation of the plates (p. 849).

In 1880, in his ‘ Preliminary Report on the Australian

Amphipoda,’ he used the name Chloris in referring to this

genus. It was included in the ‘Catalogue of the Australian

Crustacea’ published in 1882 under the name Harmonia

crassipes. In 1883 I recorded the species from Lyttelton,

New Zealand, and added a description of the female, which

had not been described by Haswell. In establishing the

genus Haswell stated that it had affinities with Lurystheus

200 Dr. C. Chilton on

and Amathia, being “ distinguished from the former by the

form of the telson and the stoutness of the pereopoda, and

from the latter mainly by the large size of the second gnatho-

poda.” Before recognizing that the species I had found at

Lyttelton was the same as Haswell’s, I had begun to describe

it as a new species of Hurystheus. In 1885 Haswell stated

that the relations of the species were not correctly expressed

by the position in which it was placed in the ‘* Catalogue of

Australian Crustacea,’ and that it belonged to the Corophiide.

He gave a new definition of the genus, still retaining the

erroneous statement that the maxillipeds had “a squamiform

plate on the basos only,” and describing the terminal uropoda

as ‘“biramous, the outer ramus with slightly hooked spines

and straight hairs, the inner with straight hairs only.”

In 1893 Della Valle gave the species as doubtfully

belonging to the genus Protomedeta. In ‘ Das Tierreich,

Amphipoda’ (1906, p. 383), Stebbing renamed the genus

Parapherusa, as the names Harmonia and Chloris were both

preoccupied, and placed it in the family Gammaridz between

the genera Paramicruropus and Amathillopsis, and he retained

it under the Gammanidee in 1910.

As there has thus been some difference of opinion as to the

systematic position of this Amphipod, and as there are several

points in its structure that have not yet been fully described,

the following account may be acceptable :—

In most respects (¢. @., in the mouth-parts, gnathopods, and

pereeopods) the species shows well the general characters of

the Gammaridz, the form of the palp of the mandible being

like that of many Gammaride, and showing that it cannot

come near to Hurystheus, as was originally supposed. In the

first antenna the secondary appendage is long, being nearly

half as long as the primary flagellum, and both the first and

the second antenne are fringed on the underside with long

slender set, giving an appearance not unlike that found in

some species of Hurystheus. ‘The greatly broadened perzeo-

pods again are paralleled by some species of Hurystheus, and

so is the long spine arising from the peduncle between the

rami of the first uropod. On the other hand, the telson,

though single and somewhat thick and apparently partially

rolled up, being convex above, shows neither hooks nor the

special character of that of Hurystheus and allied genera,

The outer ramus of the third uropod bears, in the male, a

peculiar stout seta or spinule dentate towards the end, some

ot the other sete are slightly curved towards the end and

finely serrate, but they seem quite distinct from the definite

hooked setee found in Jassa (formerly known as Podocerus)

Parapherusa crassipes (//aswell). 201

and in some genera of the Corophiide. Moreover, the

character described above is found only in the male; the

female differs in that both rami of the uropod are more

slender and bear simple sete of the ordinary type.

It appears, therefore, that the characters which were

thought to show resemblance to Hurystheus and the Coro-

phiide are superficial only, and the position in which Stebbing

has placed the species is probably the correct one, though the

difficulty of arranging the genera of the family Gammaride

according to their aflinities is, in the present state of our

knowledge, very great.

Genus PARAPHERUSA, Stebbing, 1906.

Harmonia, Haswell, 1879 : a

Chloris, Haswell, 1880, t preoccupied,

As there is only one species at present known in this

genus, the characters of the genus must be looked upon as

provisional only. They are described by Stebbing as

tollows :—

“Side-plates shallow. Antenna 1 the shorter, accessory

flagellum well developed. Mouth-parts normal. Mandible:

second joint of palp as long as third, but stouter. Maxillal:

inner plate with about ten long setee, outer with eleven spines ;

second joint of palp with seven or eight spine-teeth. Maxilla 2,

inner plate fringed on inner margin. Maxillipeds: inner

and outer plates well armed. Gnathopods 1 and 2 sub-

chelate, second much the larger in ¢, but notin 2. Perao-

pods 8-5 very stout. Uropod 3 very short, rami equal,

shorter than peduncle. ‘T'elson simple.”

Parapherusa crassipes (Haswell).

(Pls. VIII.-X. tigs. 1-24.)

Harmonia crassipes, Haswell, 1879, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. vol. iv.

pp. 3380, 349, pl. xix. fig. 3; Haswell, 1882, Cat. Australian Crus-

tacea, p. 251; Haswell, 1885, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. x. p. 106,

pl. xvi. fig. 9; Chilton, 1888, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xv. p. 82, pl. ii.

fig, 5; Della Valle, 1888, Fauna und Flora des Golfes yon Neapel,

vol. xx. p. 442.

Parapherusa crasstpes, Stebbing, 1906, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi., Amphi-

poda, p. 883; Stebbing, 1910, Austrahan Museum, Memoir 4, p, 641;

Chilton, 1909, Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, p. 6380.

Chloris, Haswell, 1880, Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 33,

Specific diagnosis.—Pleon-segments 5 and 6 very short.

Eyes narrow, reniform., Antenna | about half the length of

body and as long as antenna 2; flagellum longer than

peduncle, accessory flagellum well developed. Antenna 2

202 Dr. C. Chilton on

with flagellum subequal to peduncle. Gnathopod 1, in

female, with carpus and propod subequal in length, propod

oval, palm convex and occupying about half the hind margin;

in the mature male the propod “widens at the base and has a

very short, projecting, serrate hind margin, the palm slightly

concave. Gnathopod 2 in female like gnathopod 1, but

larger, and with carpus shorter and triangular ; in the male,

carpus very short, cup-shaped ; propod very large, oblong,

palm only slightly oblique, well defined, undulating, with

flat-topped teeth. Perzopoda 3, 4, 5 very stout, subequal i in

length. Uropod 1 with long curved spine arising from end

of peduncle and lying between the rami ; uropod 3 in the

female with both rami slender, about as long as the peduncle ;

in the male both rami much shorter than peduncle, the outer

bearing a peculiar spinule serrate towards the end.

Colour brown.

Length 4 mm.

Port Jackson, New South Wales; Griffith’s Point, Victoria ;

New Zealand, Antipodes Island.

The specific diagnosis given above has been modified from

that given by Stebbing. It may be supplemented by the

following fuller description : —

First antenne (Pl. VIII. fig. 1) subequal to or slightly

shorter than the lower, second joint of peduncle equal in length

to the first, but more slender ; the third about half the length

of the second; flagellum nearly twice aslong as the peduncle,

of twenty to thirty. joints; accessory flagellum long, more than

one-third the length of the primary, and consisting of about

nine to twelve joints ; the joints of the peduncle and the

more proximal portions of the flagellum bear small tufts of

long sete, considerably longer than the width of the joints

from which they arise; towards the end of the flagellum

these sete become progressively fewer in number and

shorter.

Second antenne (fig. 1): gland-cone very short, last two

joints of peduncle subequal, both with numerous tufts of long

sete projecting towards the underside of the appendage ; the

flagellum is slightly longer than the peduncle and contains

about fifteen to twenty joints, the more proximal ones bearing

long sete similar to those on the peduncle.

Upper lip (tig. 2) with distal border regularly convex and

fringed with the usual closely-set sete ; attached to this lip is

a triangular structure, the epistome, which has the extremity

rounded.

The mandible (figs. 3, 4, 5) is of normal form, with

cutting-edge, spine-row, and molar tubercle all well developed ;

Parapherusa crassipes (Haswell). 203

in the palp the first segment is short, less than half the length

of the second, the second and third are subequal, but the

third is more slender; the second bears on the inner convex

side about a dozen long setz ; on the third there is a regular

double row of sete on the distal half of the inner margin,

with longer sete near the base of the joint and two or three

very long ones at its extremity. The right and left man-

dibles differ in the structure of the inner cutting-edge ; in

the left this 1s formed of four or five large teeth, similar to

those of the outer cutting-edge, while in the right mandible

it is somewhat different in shape and terminates in about six

short small teeth. ‘The spine-row contains about ten serrated

spines,

The lower lip (fig. 6) : inner lobes large and broad, almost

as broad as the outer lobes ; the mandibular processes are

short and broad.

First maxille (figs. 7, 8): the inner lobe triangular, about

half as long as the outer lobe, and bearing on its inner convex

margin about a dozen long, slender, plumose sete ; the outer

lobe with about ten or eleven spines, most of which are finely

denticulate towards the ends; the palp reaching slightly

beyond the outer lobe, its first joint very short; the second

ends in about six short spines, and bears an oblique row of

setee on the surface near the extremity. In one maxilla the

spines at the end of the palp are shorter than in the maxilla

of the other side.

Second mazille (Pl. 1X. fig. 9) : both lobes short and broad,

broadly rounded at the ends, and bearing at the extremity

and on the distal portion of the inner margin the usual long

setee ; on the inner lobe there is also an oblique row of sete

arising from the surface.

Mazillipeds (figs. 10, 11): outer and inner lobes well

developed ; inner lobe truncate at the extremity, with two

stout, rather blunt teeth at the inner corner, and a number of

simple sete at the extremity and on the distal portion of the

inner margin; the outer lobe has its inner margin bordered

with about ten stout broad spines, becoming progressively

larger towards the distal end ; its extremity and part of its

outer curved margin bear long sete; other long sete arise

from the surface of the joint external to the stout spines ;

the carpal joint of the palp reaches far beyond the outer lobe

and is much longer than the propod; the propod is held

more or less vertically or at right angles to the plane of the

base, and bears a row of five or six long setz near its outer

and upper margin, and near the inner or lower margin a

rounded lobe fringed with many long sete; other long sete

204 Dr. C. Chilton on

arise at the base of this finger ; the terminal joint or finger

is long, curved, ending acutely, and has its inner margin

finely denticulate (see fig. 11). ;

The first gnathopod in the female (fig. 12) has the side-

plate almost square, the lower margin slightly convex, with

a few minute sete ; the basal joint is long, about three times

as long as broad; the ischium has a tuft of sete at the

postero-distal angle; the merus is almost quadrangular and

bears two small tufts of sete on the posterior margin near

the distal end and a row of stouter sete parallel to the distal

margin ; the carpus is slightly shorter than the propod and

almost oblong, narrowing abruptly at its junction with the

merus ; its anterior margin is very slightly convex and bears

only two or three small sete, and there is another small tuft

on the surface near the postero-distal angle; the propod is

oval in outline, somewhat narrowed at the base; anterior

margin regularly convex, with five or six short transverse

rows of sete, the posterior margin bearing three similar rows,

and there are also three or four rows on the surface of the

joint; the palm is regularly convex, not well defined, but

bearing one or two stout spines and small tufts of more

slender setee near the point against which the end of tlie

finger impinges, the rest of the palm towards the base of the

finger bearing a few short sete; the finger is strongly

curved, tapering gradually toan acute point, and when closed

fits closely against the palm.

In the young males the first gnathopod has the same

character as that just described for the female. In the older

males (fig. 13), however, the shape of the propod becomes

considerably different. It is widest at the base, the palm is

much longer, straight or slightly concave, and the hind

margin proper becomes very short, and in place of bearing

the typical transverse rows of sete 1s irregularly serrate; the

anterior margin and surface of the propod bear tufts of sete

similarly placed to those described in the female; the finger

is more strongly curved, so that when closed there is a space

between it and the palm. In the oldest males that I have

been able to examine there is practically no trace left on the

short hind margin of the transverse rows of sete. In other

specimens, however, presumably not so mature, this posterior

margin is longer and still bears some of the sete, though

these appear to be becoming shorter and modified into the

serrate surface found in the old specimens. In the female

and in young males the hind margin occupies nearly one-

half of the posterior, margin of the propod, while in the

fully developed male it forms only about a fourth of that

Parapherusa crassipes (J/asvvel/). 205

margin and protrudes considerably, so that the propod is

then broadest at the base instead of being narrowest at the

base as in the female and young male. Practically all the

transition-stages between these two extremes can be found.

The second gnathopod in the female (fig. 14) has the same

general shape as the first gnathopod, but is larger, and differs

in having the carpus shorter and triangular, being only about

half as long as the propod; the propod is oval, widest about

the middle, narrowing a little towards the distal end. ‘The

arrangement of sete on all the joints is practically the same

as that on the first gnathopod, and can be readily understood

from the figure without further description.

In the male the second gnathopod (Pl. X. fig. 15) is very

large and strong, the basal joint is rather short and is broad ;

on the outer side the margin forms a thin flange and is produced

at the distal end into a small rounded lobe, so that a groove

is formed on the anterior surface of the basal joint, into

which the distal portion of the limb fits when reflexed ; the

ischium is short and has its outer margin also produced into

a small lobe; the merus is short and produced at its antero-

distal angle into a subacute point; the carpus is short, tri-

angular, and cup-shaped, being hollowed at the end to receive

the greatly enlarged propod; the propod is oblong-oval,

widening slightly distally ; the palm is slightly oblique, well

defined by a sharp tooth, and has a large flat-topped tooth

near the base of the finger and a wide lobe at the centre of

the palm, with a deep rounded depression at each side ; the

finger is particularly large and strong.

In the fully developed second gnathopod of the male the

setee are very few, sometimes there are two or three small

tufts along the hind margin of the propod and a very small

tuft at the distal end of the anterior margin at the base of the

finger, and a few very short setze on the palm. In still older

specimens even these few sete are hardly distinguishable,

while, on the other hand, in younger males the sete may be

longer and more abundant and are present on the anterior

margin as well as on the hind margin, so that the whole

appendage approaches more nearly to the form found in the

female.

The first and second pereopods (fig. 16) are moderately

broad, especially the basal joint; the side-plates are rectangular

in both. There are no signs of glands in any of the joints

similar to those in Jassa, the Corophiide, ete., and these

erecopoda do not call for detailed description.

The third, fourth, and /fi/th perwopeds (fig. 17) are all

stout, particularly the fourth and fifth ; they increase some-

206 Dr. C. Chilton on

what in length posteriorly, but not greatly so, the fourth and

fifth being almost subequal and not very much longer than

the third. The basal joint in all is oblong, not much ex- —

panded, and is narrowed a little distally ; its posterior border

is obscurely serrate ; all the succeeding joints are stout; the

merus 1s only slightly produced at the postero-distal angle ;

the propod is much longer than the carpus ; the finger is

short and stout, with a small secondary nail. The arrange-

ment of the sete on the joint can be readily seen from

fis. AT:

The first uropod (figs. 18, 19) has the peduncle oblong,

rather shorter than the rami; it bears a small spinule at the

distal end of the upper margin, and from the lower part of

its extremity a long curved acute spine, fully half as long as

the inner ramus, projects between the two rami, recalling a

similar spine found in some species of Lurystheus, Corophium,

etc. ; the outer ramus is slightly shorter than the inner, both

bear two or three short spinules on the upper margin and

longer ones at the extremity.

The second uropod (fig. 20) has the peduncle subequal to

the inner ramus, the outer ramus being rather shorter ; there

is no eurved spine at the extremity of the peduncle, but

pee the uropod shows similar structure to that of the

rst.

The third uropod, in the male (figs. 21, 22), has the

peduncle stout and nearly twice as long as either of the rami:

these are short and broad, being less than twice as long as

broad ; the outer one bears at the extremity a peculiar stout

seta with fine serrations towards the end (see fig. 22)—in

addition to this there are five or six short sete which are

slightly curved at the end and some of which are finely

serrate ; the inner ramus bears at the extremity three or

four setee of the usual kind slightly longer than those on the

outer ramus and one or two smaller ones placed more proxi-

mally. In the female (fig. 23) both rami are more slender

and slightly longer, being about as long as the peduncle ;

they bear only simple sete.

The telson (fig. 24) is slightly convex above, so that it

appears fairly thick in side-view : it is broadest at the base,

where the breadth is about two-thirds the length, and narrows

slightly distally ; the posterior border is convex and bears

two small spines at each corner, and two or three smaller

spines are present on each lateral margin. There is no sign

on the telson of hooked spines.

Parapherusa crassipes (//aswell). 207

REFERENCES.

Cuttton, C. 1883. Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xv. pp. 69-86, pls. i.-iil.

—, 1909. “Crustacea” in ‘The Subant. Islands of New Zealand,’

pp. 601-671 (with 19 figures in the text).

Detxia Vatie, A. 1893. ‘Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel,’

20 Monographie.

Hasweti, W. A. 1879. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. iv. pp. 319-350.

—. 1880. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. pp. 30-34.

——. 1882. ‘Catalogue of the Australian Stalk- and Sessile-eyed

Crustacea.’ Australian Museum, Sydney.

1885. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. x. pp. 95-114, pls. x.-xviil.

SrepBine, T.R. R. 1906. ‘ Das Tierreich,’ 21 Lieferung, Amphipoda,

1], Gammaridea.

——. 1910. Australian Museum, Memoir 4, pp. 567-658, pls. 47*-60*.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

All the figures refer to Parapherusa crassipes,

Prate VII.

Fig. 1. Upper and lower antennz and anterior portion of head.

Fig. 2. Upper lip, with epistome.

Fig. 38. Left mandible.

Fig. 4. Cutting-edge of right mandible.

Fig. 5. Cutting-edge of left mandible.

Fig. 6. Lower lip.

Fig. 7. First maxilla.

Fig. 8. End of palp of first maxilla of opposite side.

PuaTE IX.

Fig. 9. Second maxilla.

Fig. 10. Maxilliped.

Fig. 11. End of palp of maxilliped (more highly magnified).

Fig. 12. First gnathopod of female.

Fig. 13. First gnathopod of male.

tg. 14. Second gnathopod of female.

PLATE X.

Fig. 15. Second gnathopod of male.

Fig. 16. First perzeopod.

Fig. 17. Fifth perzopod.

Fig. 18. Side-view of urus, with uropoda and telson.

Fig. 19. First uropod.

Fig. 20. Second uropod.

Fig. 21. Third uropod of male.

Fig. 22. Distal portion of the same, more highly magnified.

‘tg. 23. Third uropod of female.

Fig. 24. Telson.

208 On the Gribble attacking a Submarine Cable.

XX.—The Gribble (Limnoria lignorum, Rathke) attacking a

Submarine Cable in New Zealand. By Cuas. CHILton,

M.A., D.Sc., F.L.8S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury

College, New Zealand.

In 1904 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 380) I

recorded the presence in New Zealand of the gribble (Limnorta

lignorum, Rathke), which had been found attacking sub-

merged timbers in Auckland, Lyttelton, and Akaroa harbours.

The species has also been found at Cape Town in South

Africa, at Sydney in Australia, and at the Falkland Islands,

and has probably been unintentionally introduced in most

parts of the world.

In March 1916 Mr. Harold Hamilton, of the Dominion

Museum, Wellington, forwarded to me a piece of the gutta-

percha covering the inner core of the Cook Strait cable

which had been burrowed into by some marine crustacean,

together with three specimens of the animal. I found

another still in the hole bored by it. On examining these, I

found that they belonged to the species mentioned above,

being distinguished from the indigenous New Zealand species

L. segnis, Chilton, by the shape of the exopod of the maxiilli-

peds and by the possession of a fairly well developed three-

jointed palp to the mandibles. On further inquiry, I ascer-

tained from Mr. Shrimpton, of the Telegraph Department,

that the piece of cable examined came from a spot where

a failure had occurred off Sinclair Head in Cook Strait at a

depth of about 60 fathoms. The perforations that caused the

sea-water to reach the inner core of the cable existed at a

spot where a splice had been made, At other parts the

armouring-wire of the cable prevents the animal from pene-

trating to the inner core. This inner core was covered with

a thin sheet of gutta-percha, and it was through this that the

egribble was burrowing.

While it is not astonishing that the gribble should be

abundant in submerged timbers in harbours all over the

world, having doubtless been introduced by old wooden ships,

it is, perhaps, worthy of record that they have become so

abundant that they attack the submarine cable at a depth of

about 60 fathoms and at a distance of 12°75 nautical miles

from the entrance to Wellington Harbour and of 4°75 nautical

miles from the nearest land, Sinclair Head. It must be

remembered also that in Limnoria lignorum, as in most Isopods,

the eggs are carried in the ineubatory pouch under the body

of the female until the young are hatched almost in the adult

form, and that the animal is small and from its structure

would not be expected to have much power of locomotion.

On new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 209

XXI.— New Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera.

By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Lycenida.

Jamides gamblea, nov.

3. Fore wing of the same bright pale blue colour as in

alenas, Felder, and hylassus, Herbst, the central white band,

which is clean-cut and prominent in both those species, only

very faintly indicated ; costal and outer marginal line and

cilia black : hind wing with the basal two-thirds of the wing

pure white, outer third of the same blue colour as in the fore

wing, this colour not extending to the anal angle, which is

white ; a smail blue space at the base of the wing, outer

marginal line outside the blue space, and the cilia black.

Underside: markings pale chocolate-brown: fore wing with

the costal space very broadly and the outer margin narrowly

brown, the rest of the wing white; three transverse, short,

sinuous white lines across the brown colour near the apex,

a marginal white line, and a snbmarginal white lunular line:

hind wing with the brown colour of the fore wing continued

across the base; wing white, outer marginal third brown,

marginal line white ; a series of large black lunules lined all

round with white, one in each interspace—the first at the

anal angle small, the next larger, the third the largest, the

others gradually smaller in size ; a double row of fine, sinuous,

short white lines within the brown space above them. Body

above blue, beneath it is white; the legs are white and the

antenne chocolate-brown broadly ringed with white.

?. Forewing: upperside with costal and outer marginal

space broadly and uniformly black, some blue-grey scales in

the black space near the base: Itind wing with the outer half

black, some blue-grey scales at the base; the rest of both

wings white. Underside much as in the male, the brown

colour darker, the white median space somewhat narrower ;

the black lunular submarginal marks of the hind wing larger,

with four or five brilliant blue streaks outwards.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 1,8, inch.

Hab. Ceram Island; Kaye Island, close to Ceram.

Catochrysops strabo-binna, nov.

g. Uniformly smaller than C. strabo, Fabricius, the type

of which Aurivillius says * is identical with the Ceylon form

* Ent. Tidsk. 1897, p. 148. no. 56.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 14

210 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

ficured by Moore in Lep. of Ceylon, i. pl. xxvii. fig. 2.

Upperside with the colour dark greyish blue, darker and

different in shade of colour, the marginal line on both wings

deeper. Underside similar to strabo.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,5 inch.

Hab. Amboina.

Described from four males in my collection.

Catochrysops strabo-insularis.

3. Upperside pale cerulean-blue, marginal line on both

wings very finely black; an anteciliary fine white thread,

nearly obsolescent on the fore wings; cilia white, with

blackish bars on the hind wing; a black marginal spot in

the first anal interspace.

@?. Upperside paler. Fore wing with a broad blackish

costal band, widening gradually from the base, and narrowing

hindwards on the outer margin; two or three indistinct

submarginal brown spots near the hinder angle. Hind wing

similarly coloured, the costal space with a little darker shade ;

a double row of white lunular submarginal marks, with

brownish spots attached outside the outer row ; a black anal

spot ringed with pale orange.

The underside of both sexes as in strabo,

Expanse of wings, g 1, 2 7p inch.

Hab. Banda Island.

Described from eight males and one female in my collec-

tion ; the smallest sérabo form I have yet seen.

Euaspa bandana, nov.

3S ?. A smaller insect than EF. milionia, Hewitson, but of

much the same shade of colour, Fore wing with a broad

costal and marginal blackish band, widening from the base

to the apex, and extending evenly down the outer margin ;

the rest of the wing white, with its basal half-suffused with

cerulean-blue. Hind wing blackish, with a large white

patch in the upper disc and some blue suffusion at the base.

Underside greyish rufous, both wings crossed by a broad

white band not quite reaching the costa of the fore wing, the

basal portion with some white irregular markings, the outer

portion of darker lunular spots ringed with white ; a small

black spot at the anal angle of the hind wing, and larger one

next to it on the margin capped with orange.

Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 1 inch.

Hab. Banda Island, S. Moluccas.

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 211

Bullis buto.

Britomartis buto, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, N. H. Soc. 1895, p. 308,

pl. P, fig. 41, ¢ (@ ex errore).

Bullis buto, de Nicéville, Journ. As. Soc, Bengal, 1897, p. 559;

Swinhoe, Lep. Indica, ix. p. 90, pl. 722. figs. 3, 3a, ¢ (1911).

?. Upperside: fore wing dark bluish grey, with very

broad blackish band, as in the male, but not nearly so deeply

black, and somewhat broader than it is in the male: hind

wing also similarly dark bluish grey, the marginal band

blackish, broad on the costa, broadest at the apex and about

half the breadth on the outer margin; tails black, tipped

with white ; both wings with the cilia black ; an anteciliary

pale fine line on the hind wing. Underside uniform ochreous

grey; an ochreous-red somewhat sinuous discal line, edged

with white as in the male; a subterminal row of lunular

marks rather darker than the ground-colour, outwardly edged

with white, more pronounced on the hind wing ; some blue-

grey scales at the anal angle in the first four interspaces; a

large black anal spot, a smaller one in the third interspace

ringed with orange ; terminal line dark brown, with an inner

white thread ; antenne black ringed with white, club with

an orange tip.

Expanse of wings 1,/, inch.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

One example received from my native collector. The

female seems to be very rare; I have received many males

from the same collector.

Tajuria drucet.

Tajuria drucei, Swinhoe, Lep. Indica, ix. p. 107, pl. 728. figs. 4, 4a, 3

(1911).

9. Upperside with the markings much as in 7’. cippus,

Fabricius, but the marginal black band narrower and the

colour of both wings paler and more blue; the underside is

similar to that of the male, but the transverse lines are

somewhat more distinct.

Expanse of wings, 2; 1,3,-L jf inch.

Hab. Haipau, Shan States.

I have lately received one male and two females.

Zizera aruensis, nov.

3. Upperside dark greyish blue, with the margins-of both

wings broadly darker, all the black veins visible ; cilia

white, with brown bands. Underside grey, markings

bib 4 Colonel (. Swinhoe on

chestnut-brown, edged with white. Fore wing with a

lunular mark at the end of the cell; a postdiscal row of linear

marks, one in each interspace, becoming obsolescent towards

the costa ; a submarginal similar row, thicker and mostly

connected with each other, the space between them whitish ;

a marginal row of short thick lunules, ringed with white :

hind wing with a lunular mark at the end of the cell ; a sub-

basal spot below the costa, another below on the inner side

of the diseoidal lunule, a spot near the costa beyond its

middle, another below it in a line with the upper end of the

discoidal lunule; a discal row of spots, its upper portion

curved outwards to near the margin, then inwards in a line to

the middle of the abdominal margin, the spot in the second

interspace more inwards than the others; a double row of

lunules near the outer margin, the outer ones ringed with

white ; both wings with fine marginal black line ; grey cilia,

with a white basal thread.

9. Upperside uniform blackish brown, with a slight

purplish tinge, marginal line black. Underside as in the

male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 15, 2 7% inch.

Hab. Aru Island.

Described from a pair in my collection.

Family Lithosiide.

Scaptesyle luzonica, nov.

3. Head, body, and legs black. Upperside of wings dark,

bright yellow : fore wing with a narrow, black, transverse,

upright band a little beyond the middle, bent outwards

below the costa, then straight down to the hinder margin;

this band limits a purplish-pink space which cecupies the

outer portion of the wing, the costal line along it black:

hind wing with a black marginal band, thickest at the apex,

narrowing hindwards, terminating at the end of vein 2;

cilia of both wings black. Underside as on the upperside,

but duller in colour, the black band on the fore wing much

broader.

Expanse of wings, g, 1 inch.

flab. Luzon, Philippines.

Described from two males in my collection.

Family Arctiide.

Diacrisia sumatrana.

Diacrisia sumatrana, §, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi.

p. 148 (1905).

¢. Fore wing dull ochreous brown, paler than in the

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 213

male ; the only markings visible are:—a black spot on the

median vein at the base of vein 2; a very faint, sinuous,

transverse discal line, and a series of submarginal blackish

dots: hind wing paler, a spot at the end of the cell and a

submarginal, macular, pale brown band. Underside uni-

formly pale ochreous brown ; a submarginal, more or less

macular, and somewhat indistinct brown band across both

wings, and a spot at the end of the cell on the hind wing.

Head and body above and below concolorous with the wings ;

legs similarly coloured.

Expanse of wings, ? , 1,5 inch.

Hab. Sumatra.

I have one male from Sokaranda and many males and one

female from Padang.

Family Deilemeridz.

Deilemera egrota.

Leptosoma egrotum, 2, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 48, pl. v.

fig. 15 (1892).

do. Paler than the female : fore wing with the white discal

band much narrower and more irregular, the marginal spots

almost obsolete : hind wing with the blackish-brown marginal

band also much narrower and with the white spots in it also

almost obsolete. Underside with the dark portions darker

and uniformly blackish brown, the white band of the fore

wing broader than it is on the upperside, the white sub-

marginal spots larger and prominent.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,5 inch.

Liab. Mackay, Queensland.

Deilemera carissima.

Deilemera carissima, g, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 477,

pl. xix. fig. 1.

¢. Similar to the male incolour and pattern, but different

in shape, the hind wing being round and normal, with its

outer margin not excavated before the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 275 inches.

flab. Khasia Hills.

There are both sexes in my collection.

Deilemera tripunctaria.

Bombyx tripunctaria, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 1. p. 525 (1758).

Geometra tripunctaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxii. fig. EK (1775).

Leptosoma annulatum, Boisduval, Voy. de ‘1l’Astrolabe,’ Lép. p. 197,

pl. v. fig. 9 (1882).

Nyctemera doubledayi, Walker, ii. p. 892 (1854),

Hab. New Zealand.

214 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Linnzeus’s type certainly never came from the East Indies.

Aurivillius says (int. Tidsk. 1897, p. 163) Cramer’s figure

is typical ; I examined the type in the Thunberg Museum at

Upsala; it undoubtedly represents the common New Zealand

species described as annulatum by Boisduval and doubledayi

by Walker.

Deilemera atralba.

Nycteméra atralba, Hiibner, Verz. Schmett. p. 178 (1818).

Nyctemera sumatrensis, Heylarts, Compt. Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxix.

p- xvii (1890) ; Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. 1901, p. 139, pl. ii.

tig. 6.

Nyctemera tripunctaria, Walker (nec Linn.), ii. p. 897 (1854).

Hab, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Deilemera nigrovena.

Deilemera nigrovena, 2, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 74, pl. iv.

fig. 2.

3. Resembles the female, but the longitudinal bands on

the thorax are broader, and, instead of being yellow with

black stripes, it is black with thin yellow stripes ; otherwise

there is no difference.

ixpanse of wings, ¢, 24/5—-2,) inches.

Hab. Samanga, South Celebes.

I have three males from that locality.

Family Lymantriide.

Gazalina intermiata.

Gazalina intermixta, Swinhoe, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 806

(1900).

@. Wings pure white without any black on the veins:

fore wing with a well-curved, subbasal, black thin band and

two transverse, straight, thick black bands, well separated

from each other, the inner one upright, crossing the cell before

its middle, with a minute dent inwards below the upper

margin of the cell, the outer one inwardly oblique from the_

costa one-fourth from the apex to the hinder margin, a little

beyond the middle, with a corresponding minute outward

dent ; hind wing with an indistinct straight grey middle line

from the costa one-fourth from the apex to the abdominal

margin above the anal angle. Abdomen with a very large

anal tuft of hairs, ochreous grey, with the outer half brown.

Underside with a blackish transverse band beyond the

middle across both wings.

Expanse of wings, 2, 2 inches.

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 215

Hab. Jaintia Hills, Khasia Hills.

Sur George Hampson has sunk this very distinct form to

G. chrysolopha, Kollar*, from which it is quite distinct; I

have a fair series of each; the transverse bands of the fore

wing in the males are not always the same distance apart

from each other; one male has also the middle band on the

hind wing, and all have the prominent black bands on the

underside.

Leucoma ecnomoda.

Leucoma ecnomoda, $ , Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. p. 77

(1907).

9. Differs considerably from the male; both wings

hyaline except for the outer margins, with several short, thin,

outwardly inclined transverse streaks of white scales, several

on the basal half of the fore wing, and two or three on the

hind wing; the discoidal vein also similarly scaled; an

almost square, pale, chocolate-coloured patch on the middle

of the hinder margin of the fore wing, and the costal line

similarly coloured ; both wings with a somewhat narrow

pale chocolate outer band, its inner edge very irregular and

curved and bent in many places ; a streak from it extending

halfway up near the abdominal margin of the hind wing.

Underside as above, but the white-scaled marks more promi-

nent and on the hind wing morenumerous. Head chocolate,

collar white, thorax grey ; abdomen greyish pink on the

underside ; the abdomen white in its middle; pectus white ;

legs pink.

Expanse of wings, 2, 1,8, inch.

Hab. Java, Sumatra.

I have both sexes from Padang, W. Sumatra.

Euproctis lunifera.

Adlullia lunifera, Walker, xxxii. p. 392 (1865). 2 (nee ¢) ; Swinhoe,

Cat. Het. O. M. i. p. 184, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1892).

Euproctis discophora, Suellen, Tijd. voor Ent, xxii. p. 118, pl. ix, fig. 2

(1879). 3.

Hab. Celebes. Type in Mus. Oxon.

Euproctis celebensis, nom. nov.

Adluilia signata, Walker, xxxii. p. 393 (1865) (preeoce.).

Euproctis signata, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. i, p. 185 (1892).

Hab. Menado, Celebes (Wallace). Type in Mus. Oxon,

* Journ. Bomb, N. H, Soc. xvi. (2) p. 199 (1905).

216 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Signata preoccupied by Blanchard in Jacquemont, Be

Inde, iv., Ins. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 7 (1844).

Euproctis moalata, nom. nov.

Euproctis divisa, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 129 (1862) (preoce.) ;

Swinhoe, /. c. p. 186, pl. vi. fig. 14 (1892).

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace). Type in Mus. Oxon.

Divisa preoccupied by Walker, vol. iv. p. 836 (1855).

Euproctis coccinata, nov.

3g. Above and beneath antennz, head, body, legs, and

wings of a nearly uniform scarlet-colour ; on the upperside

of the fore wings there are two or three very indistinct longi-

tudinal streaks of grey scales, which make that wing look a

shade darker than the hind wing; the abdomen is a little

paler and has some whitish down its centre on the underside ;

otherwise the general colour is peculiarly uniform, without

any markings.

Expanse of wings, 3, 14 inch.

Hab. Hainan, China.

Dasychira posifusca.

Dasychira postfusca, §, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 9, pl. i.

g- ae

9. Wings whitish grey, conned sparsely with minute

grey atoms: fore wing with very indistinct traces of the

outer sinuous and recurved transverse line, and more distinct

submarginal grey line with dentations similar to those in the

male: hind wing with a patch of some dark greyish suffusion

at the apex. Underside whitish, some grey suffusion at the

base of fore wing and on the abdominal area of hind wing.

Abdomen brown, whitish at the anal third and on the under-

side, where there are some brown segmental bands.

Iixpanse of wings, ? , 2,2 inches.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Both sexes from the Khasia Hills are in my collection.

Family Notodontide.

Cetra seacona, nov.

3. Upperside: fore wing dark ochreous, irrorated with

grey atoms, the irrorations collected together in places forming

grey spots on the basal two-thirds of the wing ; a discal row

of more distinct spots, evenly outwardly curved from the

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. ak

costa one-fourth from the apex to the middle of the hinder

margin, the space beyond suffused with pale grey, containing

a submarginal and a marginal row of similar spots: hind

wing greyish ochreous, shading darker towards the outer

margin. Head and thorax dark ochreous, abdomen greyish

ochreous. Underside: body, legs, and wings whitish,

without any markings.

iixpanse of wings 2,%, inches.

_ Hab, Hainan.

Family Lasiocampide.

Metanastria sumatre, nov.

3d. Antennz dark greyish ochreous ; palpi, head, thorax,

and fore wing above dark brown, with a pinkish-red tinge ;

a minute white dot at the end of the cell, duplex transverse

darker brown bands, ante- and postmedial outwardly curved

below the costa, inwardly curved above the hinder margin ;

three minute submarginal white dots in the three uppermost

interspaces, ringed with black, and two black dots, touched

with white in the two next interspaces: hind wing paler, two

faintly indicated outwardly curved discal bands. Underside:

both wings uniformly coloured of a paler and duller pink-

brown, and both wings crossed by two brown discal bands

nearly straight and rather close to each other. Abdomen

above and beneath and the thorax beneath and the legs pale

pinkish brown ; sides of the head and pectus dark brown.

?. Upperside of a uniform pale brown colour, also with a

pinkish-red tinge; bands on both wings similar to those in

the male but narrower, the cell-spot and five submarginal

spots of the fore wing present but very indistinct. Underside

very slightly paler than the upperside, with the duplex discal

band faintly indicated, the antemedial band obsolete; antennze,

palpi, head, body above and below, and the legs concolorous

with the wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3,55, 2 4;%y inches.

Hab. Padang, Sumatra.

Allied to Md. purpurascens, Moore, from Borneo, which is

also in my collection; that species has also indications of the

dots on the fore wing, but the transverse bands are more

numerous and are quite differently situated, and the colour is

brown without the pinkish tinge.

Odonestis lucifuga.

Metanastria luerfuga, 3, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, i. p. 264,

pl. vi. fig. 5 (1892).

Odonestis malayica, § 2, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (8) xvi,

p. 178 (1916).

218 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Hab. Singapore, Sarawak, Borneo, Celebes.

The mistake was quite natural ; on looking over the B. M.-

collection I found three forms of plagifera, Walker, over that

name, and quite forgot that twenty-four years ago I had

described the male of one of them.

Family Noctuidae.

Aramuna padanga, nov.

qd. Fore wing ochreous brown, indications of an inner

transverse line; a medial rather broad and erect brownish

band, bent inwards below the costa; a postmedial black

line, much curved outwards and inwards, and indications

of a brown patch on the costa close to the apex: hind wing

pale greyish brown, without markings. Underside: fore

wing dark brown, the apical and outer marginal space paler,

the hinder margin broadly whitish. Head and body above

and below and the legs concolorous with the wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1 inch.

Hab. Padang, Sumatra.

Genus BocuLa, Guenée.

Bocula, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 295 (1852),

Borsippa, Walker, xy. p. 1756 (1858).

Bocula poaphilovdes.

Thermesia poaphiloides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 186 (1864).

Dyrzela poaphilorides, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 42, pl. i.

tig. 7 (1900).

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo ; Padang, Sumatra.

My specimen seems to be identical with my figure of

Walker’s type in Mus. Oxon. It is very difficult to place

the different species of this group, whether they come into

the section Bocula or Aramuna, divided by male characters

only. ‘The males of the group are exceedingly rare; in the

eleven species in my collection there are only two males, and

the types of nearly all are females; therefore all these species

must, until their males are found, be confined to the genus

Bocula.

Bocula punctilinea.

Borsippa punctilinea, Hampson, Ill. Het. viii. p. 83, pl. cxlvi. fig. 14, 2

(1891).

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (type).

I have specimens from Port Blair and Cherra Punji which

seem to me identical with the Nilgiri type, all females.

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 219

Bocula celebensis, nov.

9. Upperside: fore wing pinkish grey ; faint indications

of three transverse sinuous lines—antemedial, medial, and

postmedial; three pale points on costa near apex; a sub-

marginal sinuous line with three brownish patches on its

outer side near apex, next to it and on the hinder margin, the

first two more or less conjoined ; a black dot at the end of

the cell, another opposite it, on the submarginal line; a

series of marginal black dots: hind wing blackish brown

without markings. Underside: fore wing brown unmarked ;

hind wing with outer half brown, inner half grey ; a black

dot at the end of the cell of each wing, Head and body

above and below and the legs concolorous with the wings.

Exxpanse of wings, ?, 1 inch.

Hab, Celebes (Doherty).

Bocula sambawana, nov.

9. Upperside : fore wing pinkish fawn-colour, markings

brown ; a subbasal dot, one in the cell, and a ring constricted

in its middle at the end; antemedial and medial outwardly

curved line, neither reaching the hinder margin, but connected

together by a line excavated near the inner line; a discal

line, acutely angled outwards, against a broken subapical

patch, then straight and inwardly oblique to the hinder

margin; a marginal line and brown cilia, with a pale

ochreous base: hind wing greyish brown without markings ;

cilia as on fore wing. Underside pale greyish brown; a

discal outwardly curved line across the fore wing. Palpi

white beneath, body and legs streaked with white.

Exxpanse of wings, ?, | inch.

Hab. Sambawa Island (Doherty).

Family Geometridae.

Opthalmodes pulsaria.

Opthalmodes pulsaria, 3, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 489,

2. Wings of a greenish-grey colour, all the markings as

in the male. ;

Expanse of wings, 92, 2y'5 inches.

Hab. Khasia Hulls.

Opthalmodes lectularia.

Opthalmodes lectularia, 3, Swinhoe, /. ¢. pl. xix. fig. 4. .

@. A smaller insect than pulsaria; sexes alike.

220 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Expanse of wings, ? , 27> inches.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Hampson, in § Moths of India,’ iii. p. 255, has put both

these perfectly distinct forms as synonyms to QO. herbidaria,

Guenée, to which they have hardly a superficial resemblance ;

pulsaria, of which I have received many males and one

female from the Khasia Hills, is very common there; of

lectularia I have two males and two females in my collection, |

the colour and pattern of each very uniform ; I have seen

no variation in any specimen yet received ; herbidaria,

Guenée, diurnaria, Guenée, and pulsaria and lectularia, mihi,

are all good forms, perfectly distinct from each other; I

have a fine series of the first three. .

Dalima gigantea.

Dalima gigantea, 9, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 166

(1897),

&. Smaller and darker than the female ; the hind wing

suffused almost all over with dull ochreous red; the fore

wing is not so acute at the apex and the antenne long (quite

two-thirds the length of the costa of fore wing), serrate, with

fasciculated cilia for two-thirds of its length ; the markings

are as in the female.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 3,85 inches.

Hab. Jaintia Hills.

I have both sexes of this rare species; it 1s nearer in

structure to Dalima apicata, Moore, than to the subgenus

Panisala, Moore ; the excavation below the apex of the fore

wing and the length and peculiar stiff wire-like serrations of

two-thirds of the antenne do not quite bring it into any of

the sections of the genus Dalimaas worked out in Hampson’s

‘Moths of India,’ ili. p. 237. I have put it in my collection

between Panisala and Dalima.

Dilophodes khasiana.

Abraxas khasiana, & , Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 17.

Dilophophodes elegans, Hampson (nec Butler), Moths of India, iii.

p. 305 (1895).

¢. Fore wing like the male, the black spots somewhat

larger: hind wing with the spots in the marginal space

larger ; the middle submarginal spots joined to the marginal

spot, forming a large blotch of four conjoined spots; a large

apical spot.

new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 228

Expanse of wings, ?, 2 inches.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

In ‘Moths of India’ this is made a synonym of Butler’s

species, thus bringing the Japanese species into the fauna of

British India. I have both sexes of khastana and two males

of elegans from Yokohama and Oiyama. The Khasia Hills

form has all the spots more or less disconnected, but in the

Japanese form they are all more or less connected together ;

and it seems to me to be incorrect to lump together two forms

from such widely different localities, where the two forms

differ more or less in pattern.

Vithora nigripars.

Halthia nigripars, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 16, pl. i. fig.1. ¢.

Q. Like the male: fore wing with the basal white marks

almost obsolete ; the two large square white spots at the end

of and below the middle of the cell larger, as are also all the

white spots on the hind wings.

Expanse of wings 2,5; inches.

Hab. Khasia Hills, Jaintia Hills.

Family Pyralide.

Genus TELESPASTA, Swinhoe.

Telespasta, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) xvii. p. 294 (1906).

Telespasta cuprealis.

Pygospila cuprealis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p.19, pl. i. fig.4. ¢.

Pygospila evanidalis, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., June 1896, p. 14, pl. vi.

figs. 4,4 a. 9.

Hab, Khasia Hills,

Sisyrophora elwesialis.

Cydalmia elwesialis, Snellen, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 607, pl. xix,

figs. 1, la.

Glyphodes pfeiffere, var., Kenrick, P. Z. S. 1912, p. 554, pl. Ixviii.

fig. 21.

Hab. Sumatra ; Dutch New Guinea,

222 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

XXIT.—On the Hyoidean Apparatus of the Lion (F. leo) and

Related Species of Felide. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.,

Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens *.

In typical members of the Felidz the suspensorium (fig. 2, A),

or anterior cornu, of the hyoid consists of four elements—the

ceratohyal, epilyal and stylohyal (which are ossified in the

adult), and the tympanohyal (which generally, if not always,

remains cartilaginous through life up to its point of attach-

ment with the bulla) ft. But it is well known that the hyoid

apparatus of some of the larger species of Felide—JF. leo and

F. tigris, for example—differs from that of the majority of

species in the defective ossification of parts of the suspen-

sorium, so that the larynx, clamped though it be by the

basihyal and thyrohyals, is not held close up to the base of

the skull by a comparatively short series of contiguous and

jointed bones, but is imbedded in the muscles of the throat,

and is susceptible of much greater range of movement than

is ordinarily the case. The missing portion of the suspen-

sorium is represented by a long and slender “ ligament,” the

course of which it is by no means always easy to follow

through the muscles it traverses,

Blainville’s figures (Ostéogr. Atlas, Felis, pl. xi.) of the

hyoid in F. leo, F. tigris, and F. pardus, the only species

known up to the present time to possess the modification of

the suspensorium above described, show that the lower end

of the suspensorium is represented by the ceratohyal and the

upper by a styloid process which is undivided in F. pardus,

but divided into a proximal cartilaginous portion, and a distal

osseous portion in #. leo and F. tagris. The ligament, more-

over, carries one bead-like ossicle in /. leo and #. pardus and

two in F, tigris. Thus, the suspensorium in the lion, tiger,

and leopard consists of two main bones instead of three, the

ligament with the ossicles taking the place of the epihyal.

But, according to Blainville (Ostéogr. vol. 11., Fels, p. 32),

* The facts recorded in this paper are based upon dissections made in

the Society's Prosectorium.

+ Flower applied the term “ tympanohyal” to the ossicle of the hyoid

which is embedded in the styloid foramen of the skull. Mivart (‘The

Cat,’ pp. 77-78) extended the term to include the longish cartilage de-

pending from that bone. In this paper, without prejudice, I follow

Mivart’s terminology, leaving open the questiun as to whether or not

this cartilage is a separate element from the tympanohyal. It may

belong to the stylohyal. At all events, before ossification of the latter

sets in, it appears to form with the tympanohyal a continuous cartila-

ginous rod, which, for convenience, I speak of as the styloid process.

Hyoidean Apparatus of the Lion &e. 223

the suspensorium in the jaguar (F. onea), which on & priori

grounds might be expected to resemble that of the leopard, is

like the suspensorium of typical cats in consisting of three

Fig. 1.

A. Lateral view of hyoid apparatus of a young lion (Felis leo). _ st., sty-

loid process ; /., ligament with sesamoid cartilage (0.) ; ¢., cerato-

hyal; th., thyrohyal; 4., portion of bulla in profile.

B. The same of adult tiger (Felis tegris), Lettering as in A.

C. The same of immature ounce or snow-leopard (J. uwncia). Lettering

as in A and B.

Fig. A is approximately natural size; figs. B and C are two-thirds

natural size. Cartilaginous elements are dotted. The liga-

ments are not represented their natural length, but shortened

and twisted by the action of alcohol.

bones joined end. to end, without the intervention of a

ligament. It will be noticed, however, that his figure of the

hyoid of this species, although agreeing with the text in

294 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

indicating three distinct bones, shows the second bone from

the top joined to the inferior bone by a dotted line. I

Fig. 2.

A, Lateral view of hyoid of hunting leopard (Acinonyx jubatus), showing

the structure of this apparatus in normal species of Felide. |

ty.. tympanohyal cartilage; st., stylohyal; ep., epihyal ;

c., ceratohyal; th., thyrohyal.

B. The same of the adult common leopard (Felis pardus). Lettering as

in fig. 1, A.

C. The same in immature leopard (Felis pardus), Lettering as in

fig. 1, A.

D. The same in very young jaguar (Felis onca). Lettering asin fig. 1, A.

E. The same of one-year-old jaguar (Fels onca), Lettering asin fig. 1, A.

All two-thirds natural size. Ligament and cartilages represented

as in fig. 1.

supposed at one time, as probably others have done before,

that the elements of the suspensorium in this case were

Hyoidean Apparatus of the Lion &e. 225

Separated on the plate, so as to be fitted into it, although

there was no very obvious reason for selecting this particular

figure to be treated in that way. But I now believe that in the

preparation from which the figure in question was taken the

hyoid at the point indicated was divided by the interposition

of a ligament which was lost in maceration; and, secondly,

that Blainville’s assertion that the two bones were connected

was nothing but an inference based upon the assumption that

when the ligament is present the suspensorium contains only

two bones, and that when the suspensorium is composed of

three bones the ligament is absent.

The reasons given above for the opinion that Blainville’s

interpretation of the hyoid of F. onca was erroneous is

supported by the presence of the ligament in two examples

of this bone that I possess. In one, taken from a young cub

(fig. 2, D), there is a long cartilaginous styloid process, broad

above and tapering below, with a single cylindrical ossifica-

tion in its lower half a little less than its own length from

the cartilaginous inferior extremity. From this extremity a

longish ligament passes to the summit of the ceratohyal.

In this example the hyoid is rather smaller than that of a

domestic cat (/. catus). Ina second, much larger example

of the hyoid taken from a jaguar about one year old (fig. 2, EK)

the styloid process is divided into two distinct portions—an

upper, long, and somewhat curved cartilaginous piece and

a lower piece, consisting of a slender cylindrical bone with a

cartilaginous epiphysis at each end. From the short inferior

epiphysis the ligament runs to the ceratohyal.

The correspondence between the elements of the two hyoids

just described is quite clear from the figures (fig. 2, D, E) ;

and if the figure of the more advanced of the two be com-

pared with. that of the adult hyoid of F. onca depicted by

Blainville, it will, I think, be evident that the two long bones

coustituting the upper end of the suspensorium in the adult

are the homologues of the long cartilaginous element and the

shorter bony element in the one-year-old example above

described, the only difference being that the upper portion of

the suspensorium is ossified in the adult and cartilaginous

in the young.

In a very young leopard (fig. 2, C) I find that the suspen-

sorium consists of a long, cartilaginous, curved, styloid process,

broad at the top and tapering at the point, a longish liga

ment, and a short weakly ossified ceratohyal. In a full-

grown le (fig. 2, B) it is composed of the same elements,

but the inferior half of the styloid is ossified, its superior,

- broader, and more flattened half remaining cartilaginous. It

Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 15

226 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

is noticeable that the ligament is distinctly longer in this

species than in the jaguar, but in the examples examined

there is no trace of the oval sesamoid bone on the ligament

depicted by Blainville.

In an adult tiger (fig. 1, B) the suspensorium broadly

resembles that of the leopard, except that the broad upper

cartilaginous portion of the styloid bar is only about half

the length of the slender ossified portion and the latter has

a cartilaginous epiphysis at its lower extremity. From this a

long ligament, without oval ossification, passes to the summit

of the ceratohyal. Except for the absence of the ossicles on

the ligament and its longer styloid, this suspensorium

tolerably closely resembles that of the same species figured

by Blainville.

In the hyoid of a young lion (fig. 1, A) I find a long

partly cartilaginous styloid, with a distinct cartilaginous

epiphysis at its lower end, and long ligament passing to the

ceratohyal, and furnished near its upper end close to the tip

of the styloid with an oval cartilage.

Finally, in a young ounce (F uncia) the suspensorium is

composed of a long, tapering, cartilaginous, styloid process,

a comparatively short ligament, and the ceratohyal. The

structure of the hyoid in this species has not been previously

described (fig. 1, C).

Comparison between the hyoids of an adult leopard

(F. pardus), tiger (F. tigris), and cheetah (A. jubatus)

suggests that the cartilaginous tympanohyal and the ossified

stylohyal in the last are represented by the partly carti-

laginous and partly ossified proximal end of the suspensorium

in the other two; and since the ceratohyal is the distal end

of the suspensorium in the three forms, it seems obvious that

the epihyal of the cheetah is the part that is missing in the

tiger and leopard, its place being taken by the elastic

ligament.

But in the case of the jaguar (/. onca) this is not so clear.

In the adult of this species, according to Blainville, the upper

end of the suspensorium consists of two mutually jointed

bones, the proximal of which is long and slender. In the

young animal a year old (fig. 2, EZ) the upper bone is repre-

sented by a cartilage correspondingly long, and forms a

definite joint with the cartilaginous upper epiphysis of the

partially ossified lower element, and is at the same time more

sharply separated from the lower bony element than is the

proximal cartilage of the suspensorium, the tympanohyal

cartilage, from the bony stylohyoid element in the cheetah,

Hyoidean Apparatus of the Lion &e. 227

leopard, and tiger. The great length, indeed, of the upper

cartilaginous element in the young jaguar and its mode of

articulation with the second bony element suggest that it

is the homologue of the partly cartilaginous, partly ossified

upper element—that is to say, of the tympanohyal cartilage

and of the stylohyoid bone—in the cheetah, leopard, and

tiger. In that case, the second element in the jaguar corre-

sponds to the epihyal of the cheetah, and the comparatively

short ligament is interposed between the epihyal and the

eeratohyal, and does not replace the epihyal.

From the data available it does not appear to me that this

point can be settled; but I incline to the opinion that that

interpretation is correct, and that Blainville, although wrong

in stating that the ligament is absent in the jaguar, was

right in saying that the suspensorium in that animal consists

of the same bony elements—namely, the stylohyal, epihyal,

and ceratohyal—as in the normally constructed hyoids of

Felide. If this be so of the five species—namely, the lion,

tiger, leopard, ounce, and jaguar—which have an elastic

ligament in the hyoidean suspensorium, the jaguar is the

most primitive in retaining the three bony suspensorial

elements in the hyoid, and at the same time shows the first

step in the modification of the hyoid to have been the inter-

position of an elongated elastic ligament between the cerato-

hyal and the epihyal, and the second step, as illustrated in the

leopard, lion, and tiger, to have been the suppression of the

epihyal element. ‘The obvious suggestion here arises that

the bony nodule, or nodules, sometimes present near the

upper end of the ligament in these three species may be the

remnant of the epihyal.

Whichever of the two above-suggested interpretations

proves ultimately to be correct, the important fact remains

that in the lion, tiger, leopard, ounce, and jaguar there is a

longish or very long elastic ligament interposed between the

ceratohyal and the upper element of the hyoidean suspen-

sorium,

All the other species of the Felide that I have examined,

including F’. concolor, pardalis, wiedii, geoffroyt, jaguarondi,

pajeros, nebulosa, viverrina, bengalensis, serval, aurata, chaus,

ocreata, nigripes, sylvestris, caracal, lynx, rufa, and Aci-

nonyx (Cynelurus) jubatus, bear out the observations of

others, that there is no long elastic ligament in the suspen-

sorium in any form but the five enumerated above.

In his paper on the anatomy of the cheetah (Acinonyx

jubatus) Owen (Tr. Zool. Soc. i. p. 129, 1834) wrote as

follows :—‘“‘ In their internal structure the differences of the

15*

228 On the Hyoidean Apparatus of the Licn oe

Feles one from another are less easily appreciable than in”

their outward form. Perhaps the most marked among the

anatomical variations obtains in the mode of attachment of

the os hyotdes to the cranium ; and this difference is evinced

in the living animal by a difference in the variety and power

of the voice. Jn the lion an elastic ligament, about 6 inches

in length, connects on each side the lesser cornu [ceratohyal |

of the os hyotdes with the styloid process ; this ligament can

be stretched to 8 or 9 inches. The larynx is consequently

situated at a considerable distance from the posterior margin

of the bony palate ; but the soft palate is prolonged back-

wards to opposite the aperture of the glottis, and the tongue

is proportionately increased in length. Thus a gradually

expanding passage leads from the glottis, where the air is

rendered sonorous, to the mouth, and it is not unlikely that

the strong transverse ridges upon the bony palate may con-

tribute, with the preceding trumpet-like structure, to give

that intonation which is so aptly denominated ‘the roar of

the lion.’

“In the domestic Cat, in Felis planiceps, and in Felis

caracal the os hyoides is connected with the cranium... .

by an uninterrupted chain of bones.... The same structure

obtains in the Cheetah. From the difference in the voice,

the feline animals might have been expected, & priori, to

present some differences in that part of their anatomy which

relates to it.”

In this passage Owen was, I believe, the first to point out

the connection between the resonance of the voice and the

looseness of the hyoid in the lion. The same applies to the

tiger, the roar of which, used solely, I believe, as a sexual

call, is deceptively like that of the lion at times. On the

other hand, the roars of the jaguar and leopard are quite

different from those of the lion and tiger, but remarkably

like one another. It is not easy to describe them, but I have

elsewhere (P. Z. 8S. 1907, p. 677) compared the sound to

‘a series of hoarse barking coughs, an interval of about one

second separating each expiratory effort. It very much

resembles the sound produced by sawing a piece of thin wood

with a coarse-toothed saw” *. The voice of the ounce is

unknown to me. ‘The only sound I have heard these animals

make results from puffing throngh the nostrils. The tiger

has a similar habit when pleased. The voice of other

members of the Felidee cannot be described asa roar. The

* The name “jaguar” is, I presume, derived from the roar of the

animal, of which it is not a bad representation,

On a new Genus and Species of Odonata. 229

eall of the cheetah is a most decided mew, hardly distin-

guishable from that of domestic cats.

Apart from the roar there is another very distinctive

feature about the voice of the cats witha normal hyoid. This

is the familiar “ purr.”’ Lions, tigers, leopards, and jaguars

never purr; on the other hand, such widely different species

as cheetahs, pumas, caracals, jaguarondis, and others that

could be named, always, when sufficiently tamed, express

pleasure or content by that sound. These are interesting

differences correlated with the differences in the hy oidean

apparatus above described.

CONCLUSION.

The following are the main points this paper seeks to

establish :-—

1. The hyoid of the jaguar (Felis onca) resembles that of

the lion (#. leo), tiger (2. tigris), and leopard

(F. par was) in having “the suspensorium lengthened

by an elastic ligament interposed between the

ceratohyal and the upper elements of the suspen-

-sorium., Blainville, therefore, was wrong in

denying the existence of the ligament in the

jaguar.

2. The hyoid in the ounce (/. uncia) resembles that of

the above-mentioned species.

3. The species in which the hyoid is provided with this

ligament roar, but do not purr. All the other

species of Felidee with normally constructed hyoid

purr, but never roar.

XXIU1.—Trizschna gossi, a new Genus and Species of

Odonata from the Locene of Bournemouth. By Herserr

CAMPION.

[Plate XI]

In the ‘Entomologist’? for 1878 (vol. xi. p. 193) H. Goss

figured the right fore-wi ing of a fossil Adschnid dragonfly,

and made some general fees concerning it. The speci-

men was in a very fine state of preservation, and was

obtained by J. Starkie Gardner from the leat-beds (Bagshot

Sands) of Bournemouth, Hampshire. It was referred to

the genus Avschna, but no specific name was. proposed, no

measurements of the wing were stated, and no description of

the venation was given.

230 Mr. H. Campion on a

The figure was noticed by Scudder in 1890 (‘ Tertiary Ins.

N. Amer.’ pp. 142, 144), who remarked that ‘it appears to

belong to the subgenus Basizschna, but, as it is certainly

incorrectly drawn in some particulars, it may be in those,

such as the simplicity of the subnodal sector [2. ¢., the radial

sector], upon which this suggestion is based.”

Goss’s figure is certainly not a good one, but it evidently

represents a fossil purchased from J. 8. Gardner in 1892,

and now preserved in the British Museum (Natural History).

This is likewise a right fore-wing, in almost perfect preserva-

tion, from the Bagshot Beds of Bournemouth. With it is

placed the counterpart of the basal half of the fossil, which,

unlike the main slab, shows the extreme base of the wing.

For facilities for studying this beautiful fossil, which I

now proceed to describe, I am indebted to the kindness of

the Keeper of Geology, British Museum. I am also under

obligation to Dr. F. Ris, of Rheinau, Switzerland, for valuable

suggestions respecting relationships with recent genera.

Trieschna gossi, gen. et sp.n. (PI. XI.)

Right fore-wing :—Narrow*, entirely hyaline. Apex

acute. Length about 64mm. Width at its broadest part

13 mm. Costa strongly arched above the region of the

triangle. Modus almost exactly at the middle of the wing.

Distance between nodus and proximal end of pterostigma

20mm. ‘The antenodal cross-veins very numerous, as many

as thirty-three being visible; the usual two hypertrophied

antenodals cannot be detected. Twenty visible postnodals.

Pterostigma dark brown, broad, 5 mm. long, covering several

cells ; brace-vein rather slender, very oblique, the anterior end

not meeting exactly the proximal limit of the pterostigma.

Subcosta not produced beyond the nodus. No cross-veins in

the median space. Arculus at the level of the third ante-

nodal, moderately angulated; the branches of the media

arising very close together at about the middle. M, slightly

waved posteriorly before the level of the pterostigma. M,,

arising well beyond the level of the middle of the pterostigma.

My arching gently upwards just before the pterostigma, and

thereafter taking a markedly downward course. Oblique vein

notrecognizable. Sts bifurcating conspicuously (about § cells)

before the level of the proximal end of the pterostigma, and not

arching anteriorly ; fork almost symmetrical ; one row of

cells between the upper branch and Mg, and four rows of cells

within the fork at the widest part. KR. suppl. well developed,

* The principal diagnostic characters are printed in italics,

new Genus and Specics of Odonata. 231

hardly at all curved or waved, and separated fiom Rs at the

widest interval by three rows of cel/s. Mz reaching the hind

margin of the wing at about the level of the bifurcation of Rs.

M/, not bent away abruptly from M, beyond the level of the

nudus, but curving away trom it gently, so as to admit two

rows of cells from the level of the proximal end of R. suppl.

to the hind margin of the wing. At least seven cross-veins

in the supertriangle. Subtriangle traversed by a single cress-

vein. Five other cubito-anal cross-veins, amongst which

the anal crossing is not discernible. Triangle very long,

narrow, its base comparatively broad and bowed towards the

interior of the enclosure, its long axis directed outwards and

not at all forwards, containing seven cells, two of which ~

surmount a single large cell at the base. rig. suppl. long

and well developed, gently curved, its proximal end resting

upon the triangle only a very little below the outer corner,

its distal end reaching about as far as the proximal end of

M. suppl., from which it is separated by one row of cells.

AM. suppl. with a slight double curve; beginning as a well-

defined vein soon after the level of the proximal end of the

bridge ; separated from My, at first by two rows of cells,

under the nodus by three rows, and towards the margin of the

wing by two rows of small cells. Space between Cu, and

Cu, moderately dilated at the base, and with a single row of

cells. Cu, reaching the hind margin of the wing a little

beyond the level of the nodus. Cu, separating quite near to

the lower corner of the triangle, and continuing as a distinctly

marked vein about as faras the level of thenodus. The cells

between this vein and the hind margin of the wing numerous,

and arranged for the most part in oblique rows, thus giving

to Cu, an appearance of branching. The usual two rows of

cells between the anal vein and the hind margin of the

wing; twelve cells-in the upper row. ‘The membranule not

preserved.

Type of the genus and species the above-mentioned fossil

and its counterpart in the British Museum (Natural History),

Geol. Dept., reg. no. I. 2595.

There are several other fossil dragonflies with which

Trieschna gossi may be usefully compared. The oldest of

these appears to carry the history of the Adschnine well back

into Mesozoic times, for a figure of Morbeschna muensteri,

Germar, published by Prof. James G. Needham (Bull. Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist. xxii. p. 142, 1907), shows a venation com-

parable with that of the North-American Zeschnine Gomph-

eschna furcillata, Say, and evidently coming within the same

subfamily. ‘The history of this fossil is not given, but the

232 Mr. H. Campion on a

species was originally described from the Lithographic Stone —

of Bavaria. Another record from the Kimmeridgian which

may, perhaps, be mentioned here is that of a very small

nymph trom North-eastern Spain, described by Meunier

under the name of Palweschna vidali (Mem. Acad. Barcelona,

xi. no. 9, p. 122, pl. 1., 1914).

Eleven species of the subfamily from the Tertiary of

BHurope and North America were enumerated by Handlirsch

in 1907 (‘Die Fossilen Insekten,’ pp. 900-901). . Four of

them—schna larvata, Scudder, 4. dido, Hagen, 4. eudore,

Heer, and 4schna sp., Curtis—were described from nymphs,

and, even if their corresponding imagines should become

known, the different stages could hardly be associated

together with any degree of certainty. Moreover, the identi-

fication of these nymphs may not be even approximately

correct. Of the remains of adult specimens, one only—the

subject of the present paper—is known from the Hocene.

Both Anaz metis, Heer, from the Miocene of Radoboj,

Croatia, and schna separata, Scudder, from the Miocene

of Florissant, Colorado, have been referred by Needham

to the Nearctic genus Oploneschna. These two species,

as well as Litheschna needham?, Cockerell (Miocene of

Florissant), differ from Trieschna gossi in respect that in

them the vein Rs remains unbranched. As to Litheschna,

in 1913 Professor Cockerell considered that it ‘is perhaps

too close to Gompheschna” (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlv.

p- 579, footnote). schna polydore and 4. tyche, both

described by Heer from the Miocene of Oeningen, Baden,

were considered by Scudder “to belong pretty certainly to

/Eschna s. s.’”’ According to Heer’s figures (Neue Denkschr.

Schweiz. Ges. xi. t. iv. figs. 6, 7, 1850 [1849]), both these

fossils are greatly lacking in venational detail, and their exact

genetic position must be regarded as doubtful. But, however

this may be, they appear to differ from the Bournemouth

fossil in several characters of importance. ‘Thus, in the

Oeningen insects the branches of the media are more distinetly

separated from each other at their origin, the trig. suppl. is

not developed, and Rs bifurecates more distally, as well as

asymmetrically. In addition, the 7rieschna wing is at least

half as long again as the wings of Heer’s species. d&schna

solida, Scudder, Miocene of Florissant, has been declared by

Needham to be “the only fossil Adschna that seems to fit

that name in the modern sense of it” (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xxvi. p. 761, 1903).

Since the appearance of Handlirsch’s list, Cockereli has

new Genus and Species of Odonata. 233

published another species of Oploneschna (O. lapidaria) from

Florissant (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlv. p. 577, 1913).

The nearest relatives of Zrieschna are to be found among

the Auschnine of the present day, rather than among the

Miocene species which we have just considered. In the

linear arrangement of the subfamily proposed by Dr. E. M.

Walker, it would seem to find its proper place as a member of

the Brachytron group of genera, and of the Brachytron series

in that group (‘N. Amer. Dragonf. Genus Aislina,’ p. 25,

1912). Litheschna, also, alone of the Miocene forms, appa-

rently belongs to the Brachytron group, although not to the

same series. The phylogenetic tree on p. 24 of the work cited

shows the great branch formed by this group as ending with

three twigs, representing the closely-allied genera Brachytron

(Europe and Asia Minor), Hpteschna (North America), and

Aischnophlebia (Japan). With these Holarctic genera

Trieschna may be fittingly associated ; but, even at the first

glance, it is seen to differ from them by reason of the

narrowness of the fore-wing. The antenodals, too, are far

more numerous, Triwschna possessing 33 of those cross-veins,

as compared with 13-15 in Brachytron, 21-23 in Epieschna,

and 18-24 in Aschnophlebia (R. Martin, Coll. Selys, Ausch.,

fasc. xix. pp. 86, 129, 139-140, 1909). Of greater signifi-

eance still is the fact that in 77z@schna there are as many as

three rows of cells between the radial sector and the radial

supplement, instead of two rows, as in Aischnophlebia and

pieschna, or one row only, asin Brachytron. In Trieschna

the pterostigma is of moderate length, and is distinctly, if

weakly, braced, whereas in Brachytron and Aéschnophlebia it

is very long and not braced at all. Trteschna may be further

differentiated from A¥schnophlebia by the subcosta not being

prolonged beyond the nodus. In Epiceschna heros, Fabr., it

is evident that we have a very near relative of Trieschna

gossi, and the resemblance between them is unmistakable,

not only as regards general plan, but also in respect of such

characters as the shape of the triangle, the presence of three

rows of cells between M, and the median supplement, and the

retracted position, reduced length, and undecided bracing of

the pterostigma. Nevertheless, as we have seen, there are

differences of importance, and the narrowness of the fork of

the radial sector in Triewschna may be added to the other

distinguishing characters to which attention has been directed.

Tn conclusion, it may be pointed out that the Bournemouth

fossil indicates a dragonfly of great size, surpassing in alar

expanse any species now occurring in the British Isles, as

234 Mr. O. Thomas on

well as all known Tertiary A’schnine. With one exception,

the length of wing is greater also than in any of the recent

forms with which we have compared Trieschna. It is inter-

esting to find that the exception in question is furnished by

Ypiceeschna heros, the largest representatives of which would

about equal Trieschna fossi in spread of wing.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Trieschna gossi, gen. et sp. n., X 13. Bartonian of Bournemouth.

Type, Brit. Mus, (Nat. Hist.).

XXIV.—On Small Mammals obtained in Sankuru, South

Congo, by Mr. H. Wilson, By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tne British Museum has received from Mr. H. Wilson, of

Inkongo, on the Sankuru River, Southern Belgian Congo,

a small collection of mammals which are of sufficient interest

to deserve a list of them being published. This region of the

Congo has been little worked, and it is not surprising that

several of the forms need description as new.

It is to be hoped that Mr. Wilson may be able to obtain a

complete series of the local Mammalia, as all are certain to

form valuable additions to the National Collection.

1. Hemigalago demidoffi, Fisch.

6. 15,27. Inkongo.

“« Kashila. Common in woods.”—H. W.

2. Hidolon helvum, Kerr.

OG. tls Be . 32. .enkongo,

“Very common.”’—H. W.

3. Saecolaimus peli, Temm.

9. 383. Inkongo.

“ Shot in evening hunting insects.”—H. W.

4, Crocidura sp.

9.2. Inkongo,

5. Mungos ichneumon, L.

3. Inkongo.

Small Mammals from Sankuru, South Congo. — 235

6. Anomalurus jacksoni perustus, subsp. n.

9. 35. R. Lubefu, 75 miles north of Lusambo. Alt.

900 m. 12th February, 1915: B.M. no. 16. 5. 15. 9.

Type.

“‘ Native names ‘ Luchiyu’ or ‘ Lukuyi’ (Bakuba dialect).

Well known to natives everywhere.”’—H. W.

Similar to true jackson? in all essential characters, but the

body-colour, instead of being clear grey, much more brownish

olivaceous. Median area of face little lighter than rest of

EPper surface, while in jackson it is a whiter greyish.

imensions of type (as given by collector) :—

Head and body 300 mm.; tail 250; hind foot 52;

ear 33,

Skull : condylo-incisive length 53 ; zygomatic breadth 87 ;

upper cheek-tooth series 12.

An imperfect skin of this animal from Batempas, Sankuru,

was presented to the Museum by Mr. E. Torday in 1909,

and a second, obtained further east at Baraka, on the west

coast of Tanganyika, by Capt. Pauwels, was given by the

Tervueren Museum in 1912. Now that this third specimen

again shows the same more brownish-olivaceous colour as

compared with the dozen examples we have of true jacksoni

from Uganda and the Upper Welle, I think it advisable to

give the more southern form a special subspecific name.

Further south still, in Katanga, occurs the quite distinct

A. neavet, Dollm.

7. Anomalurus beecrofti, Fraser.

Immature ¢. 34. Tchimbangu, 60 miles west of Inkongo.

“This is the less-known of the two species of flying

squirrel recognized by the natives.”—H. W,

Like other immature specimens of A. beecroft7, this speci-

men is very greyish, with grey rump and parachute.

On laying out the specimens of beecrofti, however, I

find that while all the specimens from the west of the Niger

are more greyish, representing laniger, Temm., of Liberia

and the Gold Coast, and argenteus, Schwann, of Southern

Nigeria, those from §. Cameroons, Spanish Guinea, and

Gaboon average much deeper in tone, and these have been

taken for the typical beecroftd.

But the type of beecrofti, said to be from Fernando Po, and

other specimens closely agreeing with it, from about 7000-

8000’ on the Cameroon mountains, together represent yet

another race, characterized by its much longer fur and deeper

greenish coloration. JI therefore propose to describe the

more southern form as follows :—

236 Mr. O. Thomas on

Anomalurus beecrofti citrinus, subsp. n.

Fur, as in the other lowland forms, comparatively short,

about 16 mm. in length on the back, that of the type and

other highland specimens being nearly 30 mm, long. General

colour strong yellowish or ochraceous olive, citrine or citrine

drab, varying very much in tone, but averaging very much

stronger and darker than in the Gold Coast and Nigerian

forms; the parachute in adult specimens practically of the

same colour as the back, not distinctly greyer. Under

surface washed with deep reddish ochraceous, also rather

variable in tone.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 357 mm.; tail 225; hind foot 60;

ear 28.

Skull: greatest length 58:5; condylo-incisive length 53 ;

zygomatic breadth 38 ; upper tooth-series 12°8.

Hab. Lowlands from South Cameroons southwards to the

Gaboon. ‘Type from the Benito River, Spanish Guinea.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 2. 5. 15. Original

number 426. Collected by Mr.G. L. Bates. About a dozen

specimens examined.

8. Heliosciurus rufobrachiatus, Waterh,

. 28. Inkongo.

“* Native name ‘ Munkeyemi.’? Common in the big forests

near the river. More local than the Nkéca.”—H. JV.

9. Funisciurus congicus interior, subsp. n.

pe oily 89s 130. On nkonigo:

A strongly coloured race; the light lines yellowish instead

of white.

Most nearly allied to true F. c. congicus. General colour

of body more suffused with yellow than in that form, the

shoulders, back, and flanks strongly washed with rich yellowish

(near “ sulphine-yellow”’), Head, however, more brownish

grey, the crown quite brown; postauricular patches dull

whitish. Light lateral stripes yellowish, markedly different

from those ot the other races. Dark bands external to the

light ones well-marked, strongly defined. Rump and sides

of hips with a slight brownish rufous tinge. Throat and

inner side of fore limbs, inguinal region, and inner side of

hind limbs greyish white with a slight bluish tinge, not

yellowish as in congicus ; belly brownish white. Hands and

feet grey, not yellowish as in other forms. Tail dark, the

hairs with broad black subterminal band and yellowish-white

tip.

SS. eee ererhlh emcee eeee

Small Mammals from Sankuru, South Congo. 237

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 154 mm.; tail 151; hind foot 41;

ear 16.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 35-3 ; zygomatic breadth 22

upper tootl-row 6°9.

Hab. (as above).

Type the female (barely adult). B.M. no. 16. 5. 15, 12.

Killed 3rd November, 1915.

This subspecies is readily distinguishable from the other

three, which were characterized in 1904*, by its yellower

body-colour, yellowish light dorsal stripes, grey hands and

feet, the maioncebrown tinge of the rump and hips, and the

greyish- white colour of the throat and inguinal regions.

Thanks to the work of the late Dr. W. J. Ansorge, the

Museum contains good series of the Western Angolan races

of congicus (Kuhl’s type agreeing absolutely with that of

N. Angola), and now the present examples from the Sankuru

add considerably to the known range of the species, and

form the first specimens we have had coming unquestionably

from the area of the Congo.

10. Dendromus peci’ei, M.-Edw.

g- 0,263.9. 1,9. Inkongo.

(7) Common on grass-land. (26) Trapped in clearing of

bush.

Determination provisicnal, The condition of the specimens

renders it difficult to be certain if 26 is of the same species

or even of the same group of the genus as 7; 8 and 9 are

the young of the latter.

In try:ng to determine these specimens, I have come to the

conclusion bat it would be a convenience if the forms with a

nail on the fifth hind tee were separated subgenerically from

those with aclaw. The remarkable D. lovati, de Wint., of

Abyssinia, might also form a special subgenus.

The following arrangement is suggested :-—

A single dark line down back, or none.

Fifth hind toe with a claw .......... Subgenus Dendromys, s. s

Genotype D. mesomelas, Brants. Other species: D. in-

signis, Thos., acreus, Wr., pumilio, Wagn., messo-

rius, Thos., ruddi, Wr., ansorgeit, Thos. & Wr.,

jamesoni, Wr.

= ——

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 411 (1904). Now, however, that

I have seen to what extent bands wae streaks may be altered seasonally

by squirrels, 1 am inclined to think it possible that F. congicus congicus

and F. c. olivellus represent seasonal pelages of the same race. But

further dated specimens will be needed before this can be definitely

proved.

238 Mr. O. Thomas‘on

Fifth hind toe with a nail .......... Subgenus Poemys, noy.

Genotype D. melanotis, A.Sm. Otherspecies: D. nigri-

Srons, True., nyike *, Wr.

Three dark stripes down back, the middle one lightened along centre.

Fifth hind toe with a small claw hidden

by Halt ..0 sone eee oe cele cae ae Subgenus Chortomys, nov.

Genotype D. lovati, de Wint.

I can find no constant cranial distinction between Dendro-

mus and Poemys, but the skull of Chortomys has a certain

general resemblance in shape to that of Malacothriz.

The difference in these animals between a “claw” and a

“nail” is not very great, as the claws are small—far smaller

than those of the median digits—and their points only

slightly surpass the ends of the pads below them. That the

subgenera Dendromus and Poemys are distinct groups, how-

ever, is indicated by the fact that in nearly every part of

Africa one species of each of them is found, living side by

side, and thus showing that there is a real distinction between

them.

11. Rattus rattus, L.

g. 18. Inkongo.

12. Rattus (Atthomys) longicaudatus, Tullb.

&. 10, 20, 24. Inkongo.

13. Rattus (Praomys) tullbergi, Thos.

9. 25. Inkongo.

14. Malacomys wilsoni, sp. n.

g.17. Inkongo. B.M. no. 16.5. 15.32. Type.

‘“‘ Trapped on creepers overhanging stream.”’—H. JV.

General characters as in J. longipes, but a greyish-white

frontal patch present and skull different in details.

Size rather less than in J/, longipes, but in this genus

there is always considerable variation in this respect. General

colour of type, in bleached pelage, rather paler than the palest

of the series of other Malacomys, back approaching Ridgway’s

“ wood-brown.” Head mouse-grey, but the top of muzzle,

area round eyes, and top of crown blackish, surrounding a

conspicuous greyish-white frontal patch, the frontal being

much lighter and the surrounding areas darker than in the

other species. Colour elsewhere as usual. Tail bicolor, dark

above and whitish below, but this varies in JZ. longipes.

* The typical skin and two others. The specimens mentioned as with

grey-based belly-hairs belong to a different species, a member of Den-

dromus, s. 8., and therefore with a claw on the fifth digit.

Small Mammals from Sankuru, South Congo, 239

Skull—Nasals comparatively short and broad, less nar-

rowing backwards than usual. Anteorbital plate short, little

projected forwards. Interorbital region not so elongate and

paiallel-sided as in M. longipes, its edges sharply squared

and forming ridges evenly divergent backwards, In J. /on-

gipes the greater part of the supraorbital margin is smoothly

rounded, the inconspicuous ridges only commencing posterior

to the olfactory-cerebral constriction.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 151 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 38 ;

ear 27.

Skull: back of parietals to tip of nasals 35°35 ; zygomatic

breadth 17; nasals 16°2x4°8; interorbital breadth 6°8;

palatilar length 18°2; palatal foramina 6; upper molar

series 5°7.

This new species of the interesting genus Malacomys is

distinguished by its contrasted grey and blackish tace-

markings and the structure of the interorbital region of its

skull. I have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. Wilson,

to whom we are indebted for the collection of which it forms

a part.

Now that I have seen how much the skulls of Alalacomys

may differ in size in the same locality, I have considerable

doubt as to the specitic validity of J/. centralis, de Wint.,

which was distinguished mainly on size. The skull used as

representative of J/. longipes by Mr. Ge Winton was un-

usually small, and has since been supplemented by others

from the same region quite as large as average M. centralis.

15. Qnomys hypoxanthus, Puch.

dg. 19. Inkongo.

16. Lemniscomys striatus, L.

dg. 1,5, 6, 14,22; 9.3,4,12. Inkongo.

“* Tubasha.’ Common on open grass-land.”—//. IV.

17. LHybomys univittatus, Pet.

6. 23. Inkongo.

«Trapped in wood.”"—H. W.

18. Thamnomys rutilans, Pet.

9.16. Inkongo.

* Killed in clearing at edge of forest.”—H. W.

~19. Grammomys surdaster, Thos. & Wr.

$ (young). 13; 2. 29. Inkongo.

«‘ Trapped on site of old clearing.’”—/7. W.

240 = On the Generic Names Rattus and Phyllomys.

XXV.—On the Generic Names Rattus and Phyllomys.

By OLprieLp THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

SINCE my paper on Lattus as a generic name appeared in

the last number of the ‘ Annals,’ two papers, by Messrs. Hol-

lister and Goldman, affecting the questions there dealt with

have arrived from America.

I ventured to hope that no earlier use of Rattus than

Fischer’s in 1814 would be found, as that would probably

upset Hpimys for the genus containing the common rats.

This hope has been disappointed, for Mr. Hollister * has

found a use by the same author in 1803 T of Rattus for the

ordinary rats, with type Jus rattus t; and there being no

way in which we can escape admitting its validity, we must

discard Hpimys and accept fattus as the generic name for

the large genus of true rats.

As a consequence, my attempted use of Rattus for Azara’s

Spiny-rat fails, and this animal will have to bear the burden

of Huryzygomatomys as its generic name.

From the species which have commonly been placed in

“ Loncheres,” but which, as already shown, must bear the

name Lchimys, Mr. Goldman § has taken out a certain

number with simple laminated molars, and for these he

proposes to use the name Phyllomys, Lund.

But, in the first place, Phyllomys is antedated by Nelomys,

Jourdan, whose type is NV. blainville’, which has obviously the

same laminated upper molars, and, in the second, the north-

western species caniceps, with, presumably, dabilis and dar-

ling?, differs from it by having the lower molars also simply

laminated, which is not the casein Nelomys. I would, therc-

fore, propose to make a new genus, Diplomys, for these

species, with Loncheres caniceps, Giinth., as genotype. Other

species of true Velomys are brasiliensis ||, thomasi, medius, and

dasythriv.

* P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxix. p. 126 (1916).

+ National Mus. Naturg. Paris, ii. p. 128 (1803).

{ Mr. Hollister mentions “ M. decumanus” as the type; but the genus

is distinctly made for the “ Ratte,” French “ Rat,”= Mus rattus, the

mention of M. decumanus being merely as “ the most remarkable of the

other species.”

§ P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxix. p. 125 (1916).

| Mr. Goldman unites brasiliensis with armatus, Geoff. ; but the latter

is the Guiana red-cheeked species, a true Eehimys, and my Loncheres

guiane is no doubt synonymous with it.

On Three new African Mice. 241

XXVI.—Three new African Mice of the Genus Dendromus.

By OLpFIeLD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Dendromus nyase, sp. n.

Near D. mesomelas, but tail shorter.

General characters, including the presence of a claw on the

fifth hind toe, as in D. mesomelas. Colour above about as in

that species, though rather darker, this difference being more

marked on the flanks, which are less fulvous and more tawny.

Under surface more heavily mixed with slaty, the white ends

to the hairs shorter, and only those on the chin white to the

roots, A well-marked black dorsal stripe present. Tail

decidedly shorter than in mesomelas, dark brown above, a

little lighter below.

Skull about as in mesomelas.

~Dimensions of the type (taken on skin) :—

Head and body 80 mm.; tail (vertebrae im stu) 85; hind

foot (wet) 20:5.

Skull: greatest length 22°5 ; condylo-incisive length 20:2 ;

zygomatic breadth 11:6; nasals 8:3; breadth of brain-

ease 10; palatilar length 9°3 ; palatal foramina 4°9 ; upper

molar series 3°5; length of m 2°1.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, N. Nyasa. Alt. 6500’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 97.10.1.121. Original

number 119. Collected June 1896 by Mr. A. Whyte, and

presented by Sir H. H. Johnston.

This species is based on the two specimens of true Den-

dromys with greyish bellies which, as indicated in a previous

paper, were mixed up in Mr. Wroughton’s account of his

D. nyike. 'Vhat species, as identified by the type skin, is a

Poemys, with anail on the hind toe, although, misled by these

specimens, Mr. Wroughton stated that it had a claw.

D. nyase differs from its nearest ally, 7. mesomelas, by its

markedly shorter tail and darker-coloured flanks and under

surface. ‘There does not seem to be any sufficient reason for

distinguishing D. ayresi, Roberts, from D. mesomelas, any

more than the same author’s D. longicaudatus from D. me-

lanotis, but neither reasons for distinction nor general

characters are, in any of this author’s descriptions, suffi-

ciently clearly stated to make certainty possible. Topo-

typical specimens give, therefore, the only means of elucidating

his names, and in the present instance the Museum contains

examples supporting the identifications I now make.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. &. Vol. xviii. 16

242 On Three new African Mice.

Dendromus insignis kivu, subsp. n.

Like true insignis, but averaging smaller, and with rather

shorter fur. Colour quite similar, though the dorsal line is

not quite so heavy ; ; under surface ached with buffy.

Skull ranging from 22°5 to 24 mm. in total length, that of

true insignis ¢ “alwa ays about 25 mm. Supraorbital “edge more

sharply squared and with a greater tendency to the formation

of supraorbital ridges, which run forward to the Jevel of the

hinder end of the nasals. Molars rather variable in size, m’*

in the type only 2°0 mm. in length, but in other specimens

it may be 2°2 or 2°3 mm., as is usual in ¢nsignis.

Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 75 mm.; tail 88; hind foot 18-5;

ear 14,

Skull: greatest length 22°5; condylo-incisive length 19°6 ;

zygomatic breadth 11; nasals 9; interorbital breadth 3:1;

breadth of brain-case 10:3; palatilar length 9°2; palatal

foramina 4°9; upper molar series 3°2 ; length of m! 2:0.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 11.12. 3.117. Original

number 2170. Collected 31st May, 1911, by Robin Kemp ;

presented by Oldfield Thomas.

Hab, Kivu Region. Type from Buhamba, alt. 2000 m. ;

other specimens from Mukanda and Burunga.

While true insignis is very constant in size of skull, this

form, from further south near Lake Kivu, is curiously

variable; but all the six specimens available are distin-

guishable by the characters above detailed.

I confess I fail to see sufficient reason for the distinction

from D. insignis of the Mt. Gargues “ Dendromus mesomelas

pereivalt,” Heller, our series from the Aberdares containing

specimens agreeing both in colour and skull with the type of

insignis, and others with the topotypes of percivali given us

by Mr. Percival. The lumping of ¢nsignis with the southern

D. mesomelas appears equally unfounded.

Dendromus (Poemys) nigrifrons vulturnus, subsp. n.

Similar in all essential respects to true D. nigrifrons, but

the hairs of the whole underside broadly washed with bufty

above their slaty bases. Frontal and dorsal markings well-

defined. General colour of back as in négrifrons or slightly

more buffy.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 70 mm.; tail 75 ; hind foot 17.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 20; palatilar

On the Tropical Fowl Mite in Australia. 243

length 8:6; palatal foramina 4:5; upper molar series 3:1 ;

length of m* 17.

Hab. (of type). Chirinda Forest, Melsetter, Rhodesia.

Other specimens from Mazoe, Mashonaland (J. 7. Darling),

and Legogot, Barberton, Transvaal (feudd Exploration).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.7.19.39. Collected and

presented by C. F. M. Swynnerton, Esq.

Four specimens of D. nigrifrons from 8. Africa agree in

their strongly buffy undersides in contrast with the greyish

or only faintly buffy colour found in Hast-African and

Nigerian specimens of J). nigrifrons. Heller has distin-

guished a D. spectabilis (locality Lado) from the Kilima-njaro

D. nigrifrons, because of its “pearl-grey”’ and not buffy

underparts. But all our Hast-African specimens are more

or less greyish below, and the type was said to have the

“underparts white, tinged with yellowish brown.” No

white of any shade occurs on the Rhodesian form.

XXVIT.—On the Occurrence of the Tropical Fowl Mite

(Liponyssus bursa, Berlese) in Australia, and a new

Instance of its attacking Man. By Srantey Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a little paper entitled “On a widely distributed Gamasid

Mite (Leiognathus morsitans, sp. n.), parasitic on the

Domestic Fowl” *, I described a blood-sucking mite found

on the fowl in several parts of Africa, the Comoro Islands,

Mauritius, China, India, the Bahamas, and Columbia. Two

instances of this mite attacking Man are given in the paper

just mentioned.

Judging from its distribution, I have come to the conclusion

that this species is the same as that described by Prof. Antonio

Berlese under the name Leiognathus bursa from specimens

collected at Buenos Aires. Mr. I. W. Urich, Government

Entomologist at Trinidad, has recently sent specimens of

this mite found on the domestic fowl in that island to the

Imperial Bureau of Entomology. The British Museum has

just received specimens from Dr. J. Burton Cleland found

swarming on a sitting-hen at Sydney, Australia (ii. 1916).

* Bull, Ent. Res. vi. pp. 55-58, 3 text-figs, (1915).

244 On the Tropical Fowl Mite in Australia.

In the same consignment of parasitic Acari, he also sent

examples of L. bursa found biting human beings at Cre-

morne, Sydney (10. xii. 1915). Dr. Cleland suggests the

possibility of their having come from English starlings

building in the house. In his important paper on ‘ Injuries

and Diseases of Man in Australia attributable to Animals

(except Insects)” *, Dr. Cleland says :—

“ Gamasids from Fowls.—Gamasids, probably Dermanyssus

avium, sometimes pass from fowls and chickens to persons

handling them, when the irritation they cause produces

a rash. An instance of this at Port Pirie, in South

Australia, has been mentioned to me, and doubtless many

others have occurred.”

“Gamasids from Starlings—In Sydney, it has been

reported that in some cases, where English starlings have

built in the roof, the dwellers in the house have suffered

much irritation from mites introduced by the birds. In one

case, in a church, it is said that the roof had to be renovated

on account of the annoyance caused to the congregation by

these creatures.. The mites, Dr. T. Harvey Johnston tells

me, may prove the same as the one on fowls.”

It is probable that both the Gamasids from fowls and

starlings mentioned in the above extracts are referable to

LI. bursa, as were those from the same hosts forwarded to

me for examination. It is a remarkable fact that the

European fowl-mite (Dermanyssus galling, Redi) apparently

does not thrive in tropical and subtropical countries. Ihave

examined numerous batches of Gamasid fowl-mites from

different parts of the tropics, and there has never been a

single specimen of Dermanyssus galline amongst them.

The species sent was always L. bursa (L. morsitans, mihi).

Liponyssus bursa can easily be distinguished from D. galline

by the structure of its cheliceree (mandibles), which are in

the form of pincers, instead of each of them being a long

fine style; the shape of the dorsal scutum is also very

different, &c. The wide distribution of L. bursa is possibly

due to this mite being carried about by the common sparrow.

It is practically certain that when the name Dermanyssus

galling is met with in reports by entomologists on the

parasites of the fowl in tropical countries, Liponyssus bursa

is the species really concerned.

* J. Trop. Med, xvi, pp, 43-47 (1918); reprinted from Austr. Med.

Gaz. (1912),

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 105. SEPTEMBER 1916.

XXVIiL.— New and little-known Vipulide, chiefly from

Formosa. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate XI1.]

I RECENTLY received for examination from Dr. T. Shiraki,

Chief Entomologist at the Agricultural Experiment Station

in Formosa, a collection of Tipulide from that island. So

far as I am aware, only seven species of crane-flies have

hitherto been recorded from Formosa, and it is therefore not

surprising that this collection, the results of the study of

which are set forth below, contained a large proportion of

new and interesting forms. ‘The types of all the new For-

mosan species described here, with the exception of that of

Tipula shirakit, have been generously presented to the

British Museum collection by Dr. Shiraki. Descriptions of

a few other related forms already in the Museum’s possession

have been included. Most of the new species from Formosa

were collected at Arisan, a mountain locality 8000 feet above

sea-level.

LimnosBiinz.

LIMNOBIINI.

Dicranomyia fullowayi, Alex.

2 2, Arisan, 10. x. 1912 CZ. Niéobe).

These specimens agree sufficiently well with Alexander’s

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 175 4

246 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

description (Can. Ent. 1915, p. 79). This and D. punetu-

lata, Meij., are evidently closely allied, the latter differing

chiefly in its thoracic markings, ©

Dicranomyia alticola, sp.n, (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

Head blackish, rather shining, rostrum and palpi black,

antenne dark brown. Two or three basal joints of the

flagellum nearly spherical, remainder gradually becoming

more elongate, each bearing two or three hairs near the hase

which are not much longer than the joints. Thorea shining

ochreous ; }ronotum and central area of front half of pre-

scutum brownish $ pleuree lighter ochreous, unmarked. Ab-

domen (see fig. 1) uniformly dark brown above ; uniformly

ochreous below, except that the swollen bases of the valves

of the ovipositor (9s) are shining black. The anal cerci

(i. e., the dorsal valves of the ovipositor) are very short,

being very little longer than the tenth tergite ; the ninth

tergite is nearly three times as long as the tenth and con-

siderably longer than the eighth. Legs brownish, tips of

femora darker; claws each with a single tooth. Wings

hyaline, iridescent ; stigma light brown, but distinct; no

other markings. Se, ends in costa at about two-fifths of the

distance from the hase to the apex of Rs; Sc, more than

twice its own length distant from the tip of Sc,. Rs arising

well beyond the middle of the wing, gently curved at its

base, not much more than half as long as Ry,3. R, turned

sharply up to the costa at the marginal cross-vein. R-M

cross-vein present. Cu, meeting M either just before, at, or

just after the fork ; cell lst M, twice as long as its average

breadth, not quite as long as cell M, or 2nd My. alteres

with light stem and blackish knob.

Length of body 775 mm. ; wing 8 mm.

1:9; Arisan, 10: x. 1912 \@. Netobe) 1 2 telomelag

v. 1913 (M. Maki).

Perhaps most nearly allied to D. alta, Meij., but certainly

distinct. The species of this group, which seems to be

numerously represented in the Oriental Region, approach

Limnobia in the lengthened Sc, and make the distinction

between the two genera rather uncertain.

Geranomyia septemnotata, sp. n.

Tlead blackish grey ; eves nearly contiguous above and

absolutely so below. Proboscis black, a little longer than

the head and thorax together. Antenne missing. Thorax

reddish brown above ; three rather narrow dark brown stripes

new and little-known Tipulide. TAT,

on the prescutum, the lateral pair commencing at the pseudo-

suture and extending also over the scutum. Scutellum with

an indistinct darker central line. Pleurze ochreous. Pro-

thorax dark brownish. Abdomen dark brown above, venter

and ovipositor ochreous. ‘Tenth tergite longer than the

eighth and ninth together, but shorter than the anal valves,

which project slightly beyond the tip of the ventral (ninth

sternal) valves of the ovipositor. Legs uniformly light

brownish. Wings with a slight brownish tinge ; the seven

dark costal spots, also the other markings and the venation,

as in G. avocetta, Alex. Halteres blackish, stem lighter.

Length of body (without proboscis) 5-5 mm.; wing 6 mm.

fe rarisan, 10, x. 1912 CZ. Nitobe).

This insect, though very close to G. avocetta, Alex.,

G. semifasciata, Brun., and G. semistriata, Brun., seems to

be distinct from any of them.

Limnobia nitobet, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 2.)

Head blackish, grey-dusted ; rostrum, palpi, and antenne

black, the second antennal joint partly ochreous ; flagellar

joints oval, hairs as long as the joints. Thorax: neck and

prothorax yellowish. Prescutum ochreous, somewhat

shining; a broad blackish stripe along each side-margin,

nearly interrupted at the pseudosuture, but not reaching the

front ; two lines of black hairs. Scutum occupied almost

entirely by two blackish spots. Scutellum shining blackish,

yellowish in the middle towards the base. Postnotum dark

brownish, pleure mainly so. Abdomen ochieous, the seg-

ments with dark brown basal bands, ill-defined but broad.

Genitalia (fig. 2). Legs: coxee ochreous. I emora ochreous ;

tips black ; another rather narrower black ring at the base

of the apical third. 'Tibize ochreous, with black tips. Tarsi

black, base of first joint ochreous. Claws with one distinct

tooth near and some bristles at the base. Wings with a

slight yellowish tinge and rather numerous brown clouds,

which occur over the tips of most of the veins, also over the

base of Rs, over the cross-veins, and in the basal and inner

marginal cells. Sc, at tip of Sc;. Ry, ending in the costa

some distance beyond the marginal cross-vein. Rs arising

just beyond the middle of the wing, rather strongly arched.

Base of cell M, nearer wing-base than that of cell 2nd Mg.

Cu, joining M before the fork. Halteres ochreous.

Length of body 7 mm.; wing 7°5 mm.

1 g, Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (LZ. Nitobe).

248 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

A small species somewhat resembling the European L. fla-

vipes, F. It seems to have no near relative amongst the

described Oriental species.

Libnotes regalis, sp. n.

Flead missing. Thorax (damaged) ochreous, dusted over

with yellowish grey ; prescutum with four rather ill-defined |

blackish-brown yellowish-grey dusted stripes on the posterior

half, and with a dark mark at the side towards the front ;

scutum with a pair of somewhat triangular dark spots ;

scutellum dark at each side. Pleure mainly dark, an

ochreous spot on the upper half of the sternopleura. Abdomen

missing. Legs ochreous; tarsi more brownish ; a narrow

and rather indistinct dark ring near the tips of the femora.

Claws with three or four distinct teeth, the largest nearest

the apex. Wings remarkable for having two adventitious

cross-veins, placed in the cells Ry,, and Ry, (submarginal

and first posterior), the venation otherwise resembling that

of the L. peviloptera group: R, ends in the costa a short

distance beyond the marginal cross-vein ; M,,,. forks beyond

the middle of cell Ist M,, which is nearly four times as long

as its greatest breadth. Cu, meets M; halfway between the

base of cell Ist M, and the fork of M,,5. Ax is strongly

curved downwards at its tip. Ground-colour of wings

yellow. A deeper yellow spot over the base of Rs, surrounded

with a black border, from the lower edge of which a streak is

emitted towards the base of the wing. Black streaks over

many of the veins; a blackish spot on the wing-margin in

the cell An and another at the anal angle. The cord and all

the cross-veins, also the base of Ms, are broadly margined

with black, though these veins themselves remain of the

yellow ground-colour. Halteres with yellow stem and black

knob.

Size of wing 25x6mm.; length of front leg 43 mm. ;

middle lez 40 mm. ; hind leg 42 mm.

This is quite the most remarkable species yet described

in this genus. It is unfortunate that the specimen, like some

others in the collection, had been damaged by ants.

Taihoku (7. Shtraki). One specimen.

ANTOCHINI.

Teucholabis nigerrima, sp. n.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs entirely shining black,

black-haired. Wings blackish, a pale streak in cell Ax.

new and little-known 'Tipulidee. 249

Halteres black. Venation as in JT. fenestrata, O.-S. An-

teune scarcely as long as the thorax, most of the flagellar

joints globular, gradually decreasing in size towards the apex

of the antenne, last three or four joints more elongate.

Length of body 10 mm. ; wing 9 mm.

Horisha, 10. v. 1913 (JW. Maki), 1 g; Taihoku (7. Shi-_

rakt), 1 3.

Gymnastes ornatipennis (de Meij.).

muisan tO. x. 1912 (2 Nitobe), 2 2.

Thave recently (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., May 1916, p. 359)

suggested that this species be transferred from Gnophomyta

to Gymnastes. In the paper referred to I mentioned a

specimen from Japan which is in the British Museum collec-

tion. This specimen was taken at Idzu, vi. 1910 (S. Aki-

yama); it differs from typical ornatipennis in having the

basal wing-fascia broader and extending from the costa to the

hind margin ; the first mid-tarsal joint is yellowish with a

black tip, instead of all black, and the basal two-thirds (not

half only) of the first hind tarsal joint is yellow.

Dasymallomyia signata, Brun.

Horisha, 10. v. 1913 (4. Maki), 1 ¢.

idee ivineed that Alexaniler is justified in sinking

this genus under Gnophomyia ; it seems to me it might with

almost equal reason be included in Teucholabis. The name

had, therefore, better be allowed to stand at least until the

Oriental species are better known. Brunetti did not describe

the antenne. In this specimen the flagellar joints are rather

shortly oval, two or tnree at the base round; they are pro-

vided with a verticil of long hairs, nearly three times as long

as the joint, just before the middle ; the base is yellowish,

the remainder dark.

Antocha sp.

Horisha, 10. v. 1913 (AZ. Maki), 1 2.

Very much like the European species, and may, perhaps,

be the same, but the thorax is without any trace of darker

stripes, and the scutellum is grey instead of ochreous. Since

it is still uncertain whether the Huropean species is or is not

the same as the North-American A. opalizans, I retrain from

naming this specimen.

Atarba pallidicornis, sp. n.

Head dull, pale yellow. Antenne wholly pale yellow ;

250 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

first scapal joint not longer than the second; flagellar joints

rather elongate-oval, all about equal in length, with scattered

light brownish hairs; whole antenna about as long as the

head and thorax together. Yhorax moderately shining.

Prothorax pale yellow. Preescutum rather dark brown, with

a broad pale yellow median stripe from the front margin

almost to the suture ; the dark colour at the sides does not

quite reach the front. Scutum, scutellum, and postnotum

almost wholly brown, the first-named with a small yellowish

spot just behind the suture. Pleuree wholly pale yellow.

Abdomen pale yellowish, hind margins of tergites 1-5 brown.

Legs yellowish, femora and tibize narrowly black at the tips ;

tibiz without any trace of spurs*. Wings with both mem-

brane and veins pale yellowish. Venation much asin A. flava,

Brun., but Se; a little longer and cells M, and 2nd M, rather

shorter; M, and M3; rather more divergent. Halteres pale

yellowish.

Length of body or wing 6 mm.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (I. Nitobe), 1 2.

Atarba fuscicornis, sp. n.

Head shining ochreous. Antenne wholly blackish, a little

shorter than in A. pallidicornis, last few flagellar joints

distinctly shorter than those at the base. Labella yellowish,

palpi black. Thorax shining. Prescutum and seutum

ochreous in the middle, blackish brown at the sides up to the

front margin. Scutellum ochreous. Postnotum brownish.

Pleurz ochreous. Abdomen dark brownish above, ovipositor

and venter ochreous. Legs uniformly yellowish, tibiz

without spurs. Wings almost hyaline, veins yellowish ;

venation as in A. flava, Brun., except that Rs is more arched

at the base. Halteres ochreous.

Length of body 5°5 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Arisan, 10, x. 1912 (1. Netobe), 1 2 -

ERIOPTERINI.

Gnophomyia orientalis, de Meij.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (1. Nitobe), 1 ?.

This speciés, which I think must be correctly named,

agrees with G. nigrescens, Edw., in coloration and venation,

* An African species recently described by Riedel as Letponeura jean-

neli (vepresented in the British Museum) has small but distinct tibial

spurs.

new and little-known Tipulide. 251

but differs in the shorter ovipositor, the rather more con-

spicuous hairs on the veins, and the finer microscopic hairs

on the surface of the wings.

Gnophomyia similis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.)

Differs from G. orientalis as follows :—Ovipositor much

longer and straighter, the anal valves more than twice as

long as the ninth and tenth tergites together ; Cu, meeting

M well beyond the middle of cell Ist M,; microscopic hairs

on the wing-surface finer, scarcely visible as dark dots under

a magnification of 80.

Length of body 6 mm. ; wing 6°3 mm. ; ovipositor 1 mm.

Arisan, 10, x. 1912 CU. Nitobe), 1 2.

Molophilus costalis, sp. n.

Head yellow; proboscis and palpi black ; antennee with

the first four or five joints yellow, remainder brownish ;

flagellar joints oval, with long hairs near the base and shorter

ones near the apex. Thorax dull light reddish ochreous

above, margins of mesonotum yellow; pleurz ochreous

brown, rather shining. Abdomen rather light brownish

ochreous ; lateral line and seventh tergite somewhat darker ;

ovipositor bright ochreous. Legs ochreous ; tarsi and tips

of tibiee blackish brown. Wings greyish, whitish at the

base ; costa and wing-tip with yellow hair ; hair on remaining

veins and fringe dark grey. Bases of cells Ry and Mz; at

practically the same level. /alteres yellow.

Length of body or wing 4 mm.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (/. Netobe), 3 2.

Lrioptera (Erioptera) insignis, sp. n.

Head blackish, with a whitish-grey border to the eyes.

Proboscis pale, palpi and antenne dark brown. Antenne

about as long as the thorax ; basal flagellar joints oval, last

few elongate. In the male the flagellar joints bear very long

hairs on the upper side, shorter ones below; in the female

the hairs are much shorter. Zhorax rather dark reddish

brown, without distinct markings ; pleure with a bluish-grey

sheen, especially when looked at obliquely from above. Aé-

domen dark brown above, genitalia and venter ochreous.

The male hypopygium rather closely resembles that figured

by de Meijere tor E. notata. Legs ochreous brown ; femera

with a rather indistinct dark brown ring just before the tip.

Wings with a slight greyish tinge ; the cord and Cuya rather

252 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

indistinctly dark-bordered. Base of cell Ro markedly nearer

the wing-base than that of cell M,; ; Cu,+ Ms; nearly twice

as long as Ry,3. Halteres with pure white stem and dark

brown knob.

Length of body or wing 4°5-5 mm.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (If. Nitobe), 1 g, 1 9; also 1 din

British Museum from Tokyo, Japan (C. H. B. Wood).

This species differs slightly from 4. notata, de Meij., and

E. javanensis, de Meij., in venation ; it resembles the latter

in coloration, but the tips of the femora and tibie are not

white.

Erioptera (Erioptera) alboguttata, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. fig. 4.)

Head yellow ; proboscis, palpi, and antenne black. An-

tenne not much longer than the head, flagellum very slender,

with rather short hairs. Thorax: pronotum yellowish.

Mesonotum ochreous brown, rather darker on the margins.

Pleure: light ochreous, with an ill-defined dark brown longi-

tudinal stripe in the middle, ground-colour rather darker

below this stripe. -Addomen dark brown, genitalia (fig. 4)

orange. Legs entirely yellow (front legs and hind tibie and

tarsi missing). Wings brown, costa yellowish. A white

spot over the base of Rs; a white band over the cord; a

large white spot on the costa just beyond this; five or six

smaller white spots on the margin round the apical part of the

wing, and another white spot over the apical half of cell,

Ist M., and the bases of cells M, and 2nd My. Cu,+M;

nearly three times as long as Rp,3. Cell Ist M, open on one

wing, closed on the other. Cuya slightly recurrent (¢. e., in-

wardly oblique), joining M; a little beyond the fork.

Length of body 3 mm. ; wing 3°5 mm.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (I. Nitobe), 1 g.

This is a most interesting species, since its venation would

place it, according to Osten-Sacken’s table, in the subgenus

Lrioptera ; whereas in its spotted wings and recurrent Cua

it is clearly related to Mesocyphona. ‘The discovery of this

species adds support to Alexandei’s view that Mesocyphona

should not be regarded as more than a subgenus of Hrioptera.

Williston’s Z. annulipes from St. Vincent is another species

of this group.

Gonomyta (Lipophleps) nebulosa (de Meij.).

- Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (I. Nitobe), 2 9.

An immature male taken at the same time and place may

also belong here.

new and litile-known Tipulide. 253

Conosia trrorata, Wied.

Kotosho Island, 5. vii. 1912 (7. Shiraki), 1 ?.

LIMNOPHILINI.

Ephelia fascipennis, Brun.

Assan, 10.-x.1912 (1. Nitobe),1 °.

The specimen corresponds fairly well with Brunetti’s

description and figure, but the minute dots on the wing are

more numerous, and the dorsum of the thorax is grey with

sharply defined spots and streaks.

ANISOMERINI.

Eriocera (Physecrania) unicolor, de Meij.

Horisha, 1000 ft. (AZ. Maki), 1 Ss.

Agrees very well with de Meijere’s description, which was

based on a specimen trom Simalur, N.W. of Sumatra.

Eriocera (Androclosma) verticale, Wied.

Taihoku (7. Shiraki),1 9.

Eriocera (Eriocera) sauteriana, End.

Kotosho Island, 20. vii. 1912 (7. Shiraki), 1 3; Arisan,

ex, 1912) (7, Nitobe),'1 9.

‘The male is much smaller and more slender than the

female.

Eriocera (Eriocera) rubriceps, sp. n.

Head dull red, proboscis and palpi black; antennz dark

brown except for the reddish first joint. Front moderately

swollen, a small pit at the top of the swelling. First antennal

joint stout, less than twice as long as broad, second globular,

third half as long again as the fourth, cylindrical. Thoraa :

preescutum and scutum velvet-black, the former with four

inconspicuous leaden-coloured bat slightly reddish-tinged

stripes. Scutellum, postnotum, and pleure entirely dull

reddish brown. Abdomen: first tergite reddish orange with

a black hind border ; second to fifth orange with black hind

borders ; sixth and seventh velvet-black; eighth (mainly

hidden) and ninth dull orange ; valves of ovipositor shining

brownish; venter chiefly orange, except on the sixth and

seventh sternites, which are blackish. Legs rather stout,

2a Mr. F. W. Edwards on

dark brownish, femora somewhat lighter towards the base.

Wings almost uniformly dark brown. Cell Ry about three

times as long as its stem, the marginal cross-vein placed at

about a quarter of the distance between the base and tip of Ry.

First section of M,,, about as long as and almost in a line

with the R-—M cross-vein; a short stump arising from the

‘junction. Cu, meeting M;-just before the middle of cell

lst M., which is not much longer than broad. Halteres

black.

Length of body 21 mm.; size of wing 18 x 5:8 mm.

Papin, 12x-A910 C Te) Siarart) ee =

The nearest ally of this species 1s LH. scutellata, Kdw.,

from Ceylon, but the resemblance is not very close. Compare

with Longurio rubriceps, described below (p. 261).

AMALOPINI.

Rhaphidolabis brunettii, nom. nv.

(Gnophomyia aperta, Brun. Fauna Brit. Ind., Nemat. p. 492 ;

nec G. aperta, Coq.)

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (2. Witobe), 1 9 .

TIrPvutiInz.

CTENOPHORINI.

Pselliophora divisa, Brun.

‘This species was described by Brunetti (Rec. Ind. Mus. vi.

p-. 242) trom a single female from the “ Hast Indies.” ‘The

British Museum possesses a male from Sikkim, May 1896,

2000 ft. (J. G. Pelcher), aud a female from Bhutan (purchased

from Rosenberg). ‘Lhe male differs from the temale in

having the hind femora densely clothed with long black hair,

a remarkable character for a member of this genus. In both

sexes the uniformly red thorax is somewhat shining ; the

last four abdominal segments and the genitalia are uniformly

dull deep black. The dam. term. inf. of the male hypo-

pygium is serrate all along its dorsal margin.

Pselliophora speciosa, sp. 0.

A male in the British Museum from the Khasi Hills,

Assam (purchased from E. Heyne), is evidently allied to

Hs. divisa, particularly in regard to the densely hairy hind

femora and the genitalia; it differs, however, as follows :—

‘Lhorax uniformly black, considerably shining ; fifth abdo-

new and little-known Tipulide. 255

minal segment rather narrowly red at the base ; lam. term.

wf. of hypopygium of different shape and differently toothed.

Though at first sight this might easily be mistaken for

Es ctenophorina, it differs considerably in the genitalia and

also in the shining thorax, the long hair on the hind femora,

and the narrow white rings on the tibie.

Pselliophora ctenophorina, Riedel.

1 $, Kuskus, 25. v. 1908 (I. Nitobe); also 1 g in

British Museum from Koannania, 8. Formosa, 15, vi. 1906

(A. H. Wileman).

The Kuskus specimen agrees very well with Riedel’s

description (Ent. Mitt. ii. 1913, p 274), except that the last

Joint of the palpi is white with the tip black. In the Koan-

nania specimen the palpi are missing, but the wings are

yellowish brown as described by Riedel for the female of

Ps. ctenophorina. In both these specimens the thorax and

the tip of the abdomen are dull black, a point of some im-

portance not mentioned by Riedel.

Pselliophora semirufa, sp. u.

Head velvet-black, antenne and palpi black (last joint of

palpi missing). None of the antennal joints are distinctly

enlarged on the underside; the third joint is about as long

as the first, the fourth half as long as the third and a little

longer than the fifth. Zhorax uniformly velvet-black.

Abdomen with the first three segments entirely reddish

orange; middle part of fourth sternite and a rather broad

narrowly interrupted basal band on the fourth tergite of the

same colour ; remainder of fourth and the whole of the fifth

to eighth segments velvet-black ; ninth segment and ovi-

positor shining black. Legs black; hind femora orange on

the basal third; front and hind tibiz with a narrow white

band near the base (middle legs missing). Wings blackish

brown ; a yellow area across the bases of the basal cells,

divided by the dark veins which cross it ; two large some-

what oval yellow spots, almost united, occupying the apical

third of the basal cells, the upper one extending into the

inner marginal cell; a small yellow streak below Cu, ;

whitish patches i in the centres of cells An and Ax. Cell M,

just sessile; Cu, rather strongly curved downwards at the

tip, so that at the wing-margin the cell M; is twice as wide

as the cell Cu,. Halteres black, base of stem brownish.

Length of body 17 mm.; wing 17 mm.

Taihoku, xi. 1909 (J. Nitobe), “ e

256 Mr. F. W. Wdwards on

This species is nearly allied to Ps. ctenophorina, Riedel,

and Ps. fumiplena, Wlk., but is certainly distinct from both ;

there is a slight str Genel difference in the antenne: Riedel

describes those of Ps. ctenophorina as approaching those of

Prionocera in structure, the flagellar joints being elongated

on the underside ; in Ps. fumiplena this is true of the third

and, perhaps, the fourth joints, though not of the remainder.

In regard to coloration, Ps. semirufa is also well distinguished ;

from Ps. ctenophorina in the blotched wings and the narrower

white rings on the tibie; and from Ps. Jumiplena in the

more extensive wing-markings and the greater amount of

red on the abdomen. It is worth mentioning in this connec-

tion that Ps. fumiplena as described by Osten-Sacken appears

to consist of three allied species, two of which are bricfly

characterized below under the names flavibasis and sackent.

Pselliophora fumiplena, Wik.

The British Museum series of this species consists of three

males and five females, all labelled ‘ North China” ; they

were all seen by Osten-Sacken, who quite correctly noted the

variability in the wing-markings and in the amount of red on

the third and fourth abdominal segments. In all the speci-

mens the legs are black, all the tibia carrying conspicuous

white subbasal rings; the fifth and following segments of the

abdomen are entirely black; the base of the wing is entirely

blackish, except in one specimen, which has some rather

inconspicuous yellow streaks in this position; the male an-

tenn are entirely black ; the third joint of the female antennze

is rather distinctly produced below towards the tip; the

halteres are black.

The pair of bare black plates (/am. term. inf.?) visible

about the middle of the hypopygium when seen in end-view

are produced at their upper and inner corners into a long

tooth-like process. In Ps. flavibasts and Ps. sackeni the

hypopygium has an almost identical structure; Ps. cteno-

phorina is very similar, but the tootlh-like process is very

short, and there are some other differences.

Pselhophora flavibasis, sp. n.

There are three specimens in the British Museum collection :

a male from Nagasaki, 8. Japan, May 1886 (Leech); a

female from Lu-huang Island, Chusan Archipelago, May

(J.J. Walker), and a second female simply labelled ‘* China,”

which I regard as distinct from Ps. fumiplena. Only one of

new and little-known Tipulidae. 257

these specimens, and that the least perfect, was seen by

Osten-Sacken. All three show the following differences

from Walker’s species :—The wings are broadly yellow near

the base, the yellow colour extending to about a third of the

wing-length along the costa, though not so far along the

hind margin; the extreme wing-base, however, remains

black ; the tibia are much more brownish, so that the white

rings are much less clearly defined—in fact, in two of the

specimens they are practically absent. In the male the

femora as well as the tibize are for the most part yellowish

brown, as is the central axis of the antenne. he third

antennal joint of the female is not distinctly produced below.

The wing-markings, apart from the basal yellow patch, are

rather more developed than in the most strongly marked

specimens of Ps. fumiplena. Halteres light brown (¢) or

blackish (?).

Pselliophora sackent, sp. n.

Two males and a female labelled ‘ China” (Bowring) were

briefly described by Osten-Sacken (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxx.

p- 171), who somewhat doubtfully regarded them as a

variety of Ps. fumiplena.

Head dark brownish, with yellowish-brown hair; antenne

reddish, except for the appendages of the male flagellum,

which are blackish. Thorax: prothorax wholly or partly

brownish orange. Mesonotum brownish orange, with a

narrow blackish-brown border; scutellum blackish brown.

Postnotum mainly brownish orange. Pleure blackish brown,

with one or two brownish-orange spots. Abdomen: first

segment black ; second to seventh segments each orange with

a black triangle on the posterior margin, that on the second

segment rather small, the rest larger, and except that on the

third segment reaching the anterior margin. Hypopygium

mainly brownish orange, the tip blackish. Legs: coxa

partly blackish, especially the front half of the hind pair,

otherwise brownish orange; femora, tibiew, and first tarsal

joints entirely orange, except their extreme tips, which are

blackish ; the bases of the tibiz are somewhat lighter, but

without distinct pale rings ; remainder of tarsi dark brown.

Wings as in Ps. flavibasts, but the yellow at the base extends

halfway along the costa. /a/teres rather light brownish.

Brunetti’s Ps. bifascipennis, described from a female from

Shangliai, is evidently related to this species, but has brown

stripes on the mesonotum.

258 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

TPRUorN

Tipula shiraki, sp. n.

Head dark slate-grey, a narrow pale margin behind the

eyes, lower part of front grey-dusted. Front one-sixth of

the width of the head, not in the least swollen above the

antennze. Rostrum and palpi dark brown, black-haired like

the occiput. Antennz barely two-thirds as long as the

thorax, thirteen-jointed. First joint brownish towards the

base, more ochreous apically, second joint ochreous. ‘Third

joint a little more than half as long as the first, light brown

at each end, darker in the middle. Joints 4-11 all about

equal in length, light brown, the slight basal enlargement

blackish brown and bearing three long and one or two short

hairs; the long hairs are not much longer than the joint.

Twelfth joint two-thirds as long as the eleventh, thirteenth

half as long as the twelfth. Thorax: pronotum brownish.

Preescutum bare, greyish brown, more grey towards the

margins, with scarcely perceptible indications of four darker

stripes ; the entire margin narrowly blackish brown, most

noticeably so in front; a pair of small connected blackish-

brown spots immediately before the suture in the middle.

Scutum greyish brown, bare. Scutellum greyish brown,

with short scanty yellowish hairs, and with two rather large

and only narrowly separated black spots on its apical half.

Postnotum brownish grey, with rather dense, short, yellowish

pubescence. Pleurse ochreous, somewhat darker above; an

ill-defined blackish-brown stripe passes from the hind corner

of the preescutum, just under the wings and across the hypo-

pleura, connecting the dark margin of the prescutum with

the dark lateral abdominal stripe. Abdomen dark brown

above, a rather broad but ill-defined blackish lateral stripe,

indistinct on the last few segments; hind margins of tergites

narrowly pale ; venter ochreous. Ovipositor normal, shining

brown, bare. Legs brownish ochreous, tips of femora

broadly, of tibize and first two tarsal joints narrowly, blackish ;

last three tarsal joints black. Wéngs light brownish ; costal

cell and stigma darker brown; a brown spot in cell Cu, below

the middle of cell M; a brown cloud in cell M, placed on Cu

a little distance before the fork ; wing-membrane on each

side of the former of these spots and on the basal side of the

latter lighter ; a larger light patch covering the cell lst M,

and extending upwards to the stigma and outwards to the

base of the cell M,. Veins (except R) quite bare. Rs a

little longer than R,,, and about twice as long as R,; stigma

new and little-known Tipulide. 259

as long as Ro,3. Ry,5 ends either in the wing-tip or just

below it. Cell M, three times as long as its petiole. Cu, in

punctiform contact with M3. Cell Cu, at its tip slightly

wider than cell Ms. Cell Ax rather broad, slightly broadest

in the middle. Ha/teres dark brownish, tip of knob lighter.

Length of body 26mm. ; size of wing 24x6mm. Length

of hind femur 16 mm., hind tibia 18°5 mm.; first hind tarsal

joint 20 mm.

Arisan, 8000 ft., 10. x. 1912 (Z. Nitobe), 1 2; also 1 9

from Khasi Hills, Assam (purchased from E. Heyne), in

British Museum Collection. The latter specimen differs

chiefly in that Ry,; ends just below instead of at the wing-tip.

This interesting species kelongs to the same group as the

European T. fulvipennis, Deg., and has a_ considerable

resemblance to 7. demeijere’, Edw., recently described from

New Guinea. This latter differs in the dark postnotum and

broader wings, as well as in other characters. A species

described, but not named, by de Meijere (Tijd. v. Ent. liv.

p- 71) must resemble this species closely, but seems to be

different again.

Tipula coquilletti, End.

Arisan, 10. x. 1912 (J. Mitobe), 1 8.

Agrees quite well with Japanese specimens in the British

Museum.

Tipula rufomedia, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 5-7.)

Head velvet-black, rostrum somewhat shining at the

sides; palpi and antennz dull black, only the second antennal

joint somewhat reddish-tinged. Antenne alike in the two

sexes, about as long as the thorax, 13-jointed, but the last

joint very small and indistinct ; remaining flagellar joints all

about equal in length, oval-cylindrical, with a very slight

basal enlargement, and with three long and one or two

shorter verticillate hairs, the long hairs being about half as

long again as the joints ; pubescence fine, whitish, a little

longer on the under surface of the flagellum. First scapal

joint rather long, nearly smooth, enlarged apically. Rostrum

searcely as long as the head, nasus well-developed, with

rather long black hair. Thorar uniformly velvet-black,

neatly bare. Abdomen with the first segment velvet-black

beneath and at the sides, orange above; second to fifth

segments orange-red, black-haired, apical corners of the fifth

tergite and an indistinct lateral line on the third and fourth

black; sixth to ninth and genitalia entirely velvet-black.

260 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

Ninth tergite of male (fig. 5) broad, pointed, rather shining

apically, tip with a single blunt median tooth. Pleurites _

thick, clothed with dense black hair; claspers (fig. 6) almost

hidden by the projecting pleurites. Ninth tergite of female

(fig. 7) broadly and deeply emarginate ; anal valves very

short, fleshy ; valves of ovipositor very short. The abdomen

in both sexes is short and rather stout, that of the female

being rather broader but not longer (in proportion) than that

of the male. Legs blackish, slender, the first tarsal joints

not much longer than the tibie. Wings slightly and uni-

formly infuscated ; stigma distinct, yellowish brown. Tip of

R, present, but uncoloured. Rs short, less than twice as long

as the stigma, twice as long as Rg, or Ry, and about equal

in length to R3. R3 and Ry,5 nearly straight, the latter

ending just above the wing-tip. Basal deflection of R,,;

very short, shorter than the R-M cross-vein. Cell M,

almost parallel-sided, nearly three times as long as its petiole.

A short M—Cu cross-vein present. Cell Ax broad, broadest

in middle, extended a short distance beyond tne base of the

basal cells.

Length of body 11 mm.; abdomen 6 mm.; wing, ¢ 15,

° 17-5 mm:

2 6, Horisha (M. Maki); 1 2 in British Museum from

Formosa (A. &. Wileman), without exact locality.

This is one of the most strikingly coloured species of

Tipula I have seen, and it is surprising that it should not

have been described before. Its only near allies seem to be

T. melanomera, Walk., from Nepal, 7. cinereifrons, de Meij.,

from the Malayan region, and the new species described

below. Both the former have an entirely reddish thorax.

‘These four species form a very distinct group, distinguished

by the short stout abdomen and the remarkable female hypo-

pygium, with its short fleshy anal valves and its very short

ovipositor. (The anal valves in most species of Tipula form

the ensiform appendages, which are usually spoken of as the

dorsal valves of the ovipositor.) It might be justifiable to

remove these species from Tipula; but, as I can see no

character, apart from those of the genitalia, on which to base

a generic distinction, I refrain from doing so.

Tipula rufizona, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 8.)

A single female specimen in the British Museum Collection

from Chin-Fu-San, W. China (W. A. Maw), represents a

species which is evidently closely allied to ZT. rufomedia, but

is certainly quite distinct. It differs from 7. rufomedia as

new and little-known Tipulide. 261

follows :—Thorax not entirely velvet-black ; the preescutam

with four blackish-grey stripes, separated by three equally

broad stripes of the velvet-black ground-colour, the middle

-pair of grey stripes reaching the front margin and attenuated

behind at the suture; scutum and scutellum dull black

without any velvety appearance. The orange colour of the

abdomen is confined to the upper part of the first tergite, the

whole of the second segment, the middle part of the third

sternite, and narrow transverse bands at the bases of the third

and fourth tergites. The ninth tergite is much smaller and

less deeply emarginate, and the lobes of the ninth sternite

(fig. 8) are much Jarger. Wingsand legsasin 7’. rufomedia.

Length of body 14 mm.; wing 17°5 mm.

Longurio rubriceps, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.)

Head dull red; antenne, palpi, labella, nasus, and sides

and under surface of rostrum black. Rostrum very short,

only about half as long as the head, nasus as long as the

rostrum itself. Front rather swollen above the antenne.

First antennal joint scarcely twice as long as broad ; second

globular, a little broader than the first ; third about the size

and shape of the second ; fourth and fifth nearly globular,

diminishing in size; remainder slender and clothed with long

hairs, the joints ill-defined. Thorax uniformly velvet-black,

the mesonotum very much arched forwards-over the head.

Abdomen: first segment velvet-black, with a reddish area

near the tip ; second orange, narrowly black at the base and

apex; third, fourth, and fifth orange, with a narrow black

apical margin; sixth black, orange on the basal third ;

seventh, eighth, and genitalia (fig. 9) velvet-black. Legs:

coxe velvet-black ; trochanters dark brown; rest of legs

yellowish brown, the tarsi and the tips of the tibie darker,

Tibial spurs apparently absent; tarsi very long and slender,

the first joint nearly twice as long as the tibize. Wings

blackish brown; a small clear streak in the upper basal cell

and another in the cell An. Stigma oval, rather darker than

the ground-colour. Sc, present, but rather slender, nearly

vertical. Rs nearly twice as long as the stigma, and a little

longer than R.,3, which, in its turn, is just over twice as long

as R,. Cell M, petiolate, a little longer than its petiole.

Cu, in punctiform contact with M;. Halteres black.

Length of body 17 mm.; wing 16 mm. ; hind femur

11 mm. ; hind tibia 11 mm.; first hind tarsal joint 21 mm. ;

remainder of hind tarsus 8 mm.

The two previously described species of this genus are both

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 8. Vol. xviii. 18

262 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

from the North-American continent. The new species —

differs from DL. minimus, Alex., im coloration, in the longer

radial sector, and in the absence of a distinet M—Cu cross-

vein ; it resembles Alexander’s species in the long peticle of

the cell m.

The coloration of this species is so very different from that

of a normal Tipuline, and so remarkably like that of Hriceera .

rubriceps (described above, p. 253), that it is almost im-

possible to believe that the resemblance between these twe

can be merely accidental. Possibly both may be mimics of a

hymenopteron.

Shinten, 400 ft. (7. Shiraki), 1 3.

Longurio fulvus, sp. n.

The British Museum possesses two females of another very

distinet species of Longurio from North China (Coll. Fortune,

purchased from Stevens in 1856). It will be convenient to

describe them here under the above name.

Body wholly dull orange-ochreous, with the following

exceptions :—Palpi black ; flagellum of antenne dark brown ;

last abdominal segment and ovipositor black ; a rather narrow

interrupted black median line on the venter; legs dark

brownish; wings brownish-tinged, but not so dark as those

of L. rubriceps, hence the stigma is more conspicuous. Struc-

tural characters very similar to those of L. rubriceps, but the

third, fourth, and fifth antennal joints are more oval ; Sc, is

more oblique, the cell M, is about twice as long as its petiole ;

and the tarsi are not quite so long (this last character may

vary with sex). In one specimen Cu, is just in contact with

Ms, in the other a distinct M—Cu cross-vein is present.

Length of body 18 mm. ; wing 18 mm,; hind tibiall mm. ;

first hind tarsal joint 18 mm.

BRITHURA, gen. nov. (Pl. XII. figs. 10-12.)

Antenne not longer than the thorax, 14-jointed, the flagellar

joints with long verticillate hairs at the base, two above and

one below. Rostrum as long as the head, with distinct nasus.

Fourth palpal joint thin, as long as second and third together.

Front with a sharp-pointed conical elevation just above the

antenne. Body very stout; ninth abdominal tergite in the

male turgid, claspers rather narrow, twisted, projecting

beyond the ninth tergite and conspicuous from above. Legs

not greatly elongated, first tarsal joints considerably shorter

than the tibiz ; femora without apical comb ; claws with a

small tooth near the base ; empodia well developed. Wings

broad ; a slight projection on the costa above the stigma, a

new and little-known Tipulide. 263

distinct though shallow emargination at the apex of Cu, ;

anal extended some way beyond the base of the basal cells.

Sc, distinctly reaching costa; Sc short, oblique, near tip of

Se,. Rs rather short; R, present; R; nearly straight ;

R,,; curved downwards, ending below the tip of the wing.

Kt-M ecross-vein absent or quite short. Cell Ist M, penta-

gonal; cell M; petiolate, the petiole hardly half as long as

the cell.

Genotype, Brithura conifrons, sp. n.

This genus is distinguished from Zipula chiefly on account

of the presence of Sc, which terminates distinctly in the

costa. ‘The combination of a number of other minor pecu-

liarities gives the insects a very distinct facies. The venational

character of the presence of Sc; is not found, so far as I am

aware, in any species of J’pula or in the related genus

Ctenacroscelis ; it does occur, however, ina number of species

of Holorusia and Macromastiz, but these genera are, in my

opinion, less closely related to Lipula, since they are devoid

of verticillate hairs on the antenne.

Brithura conifrons, sp.n. (PL. XII. figs. 10 & 11.)

Head dark velvet-brown, a light V-shaped mark between

the frontal cone and the base of the antenne ; some short

dark hairs above and long ones below. Rostrum uniformly

dark brown. Palpi blackish, third joint lighter. Antenne :

first joint elongate, dark brown, black-haired ; second joint

cup-shaped, lighter brown, bare. Third joint nearly cylin-

drical, contracted at the base, blackish, about half as long as

the first. Remaining flagellar joints (except the last two) all

nearly equal in length to the third, dorsal surface straight,

with a slight basal enlargement, ventral surface evenly

convex ; pubescence very fine, not. more than one-sixth as

long as the width of the joints ; the three long verticillate

hairs are almost three times as long as the joints, and there

are, in addition, one or two shorter hairs at the base of each

joint on the inner side. ‘Twelfth joint a little shorter than

the eleventh, thirteenth more than half as long as the twelfth ;

the hairs on these two joints all about equal in length.

Thorax almost uniformly dark velvet-brown; mesonotum

with three lighter brown stripes; front edge of hypopleuree

silvery grey when seen from behind. Scutellum, postnotum,

and sides of prescutum rather thickly clothed with dark hair.

Abdomen dark brown, slightly shining, hind corners of tergites

grey; pubescence short, black; eighth and ninth segments

and genital appendages wholly orange, with orange pubes-

Lee

264 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

cence, which is very dense on the eighth sternite and at the

tip of the pleurite. The hypopygium (fig. 10) is very little

wider than the rest of the abdomen and about as long as the

sixth and seventh segments combined. Legs rather light

brownish, tarsi darker, femora with a dark brown ring a little

before the tip. Wings (fig. 11) with the ground-colour

rather dark brownish grey; costal cell and area round the ~

stigma yellowish; stigma rounded, blackish ; a small spot

over the base of Rs; a dark cloud over and surrounding the

cell lst mz. Pale markings distributed as follows :—A patch

near the tip of the upper basal cell; a mark shaped something

like the figures 80 conjoined occupying the apical half of the

lower basal cell; a small spot near the base of cell Cu, ;

small streaks along An and Ax near their tips; a spot in

cell R; connected with a larger one in cell Ry,;; small spots

on the wing-margin in cells R,,;, 2nd M,, M3, and Cu, and

two incell An. Rs gently curved, as long as Ry; marginal

cross-vein joining R.,3 just before the fork ; R—M cross-vein

absent, R,,; being tused with M,,. for a short distance ;

M-Cu cross-vein present, but very short. Halteres with

rather light brown stem; basal half of knob black, apical

half dark grey.

Length of body 21 mm. ; abdomen 12°5 x 2°5 mm.; wing

17°35 x5 mm.

Arisan, 8000 ft., 10. x. 1912, 1 g (I. Mitobe).

Brithura crassa, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 12.)

I take this opportunity of describing under this name a

single male specimen in the British Museum Collection which

was purchased from Stevens in 1852 and is simply labelled

“‘ Hast Indies” (¢. e., India?). It differs from B. conifrons

as follows :—Thirteenth antennal joint only one-third as long

as the twelfth. Thoracic dorsum with the stripes scarcely

perceptible, almost as dark as the ground-colour. Abdomen

rather longer in proportion, the tergites darker laterally ;

hypopygium (fig. 12) dark brown like the rest of the abdo-

men, much longer than in £. conifrons; a remarkable

downwardly projecting organ (? ninth sternite) on the under-

side; there is some orange hair at the base of the claspers,

though not on the pleurite. Wing-markings similar, but

there is no definite dark cloud over the discal cell; there is

only a <-shaped mark in the lower basal cell, the apex of

the < pointing towards the base of the wing; the pale spots

along the wing-margin are rather more distinct, and there is

an additional one present in the cell My. Rs half as long

new and little-known Tipulide. 265

again as R,; marginal cross-vein joining R, near its base ;

R-M cross-vein distinct, but rather short ; Cu; just in contact

with M;. Costal hump rather more prominent.

Length of body 31 mm.; abdomen 21 mm. ; wing 24 mm.

Breadth of abdomen 3 mm.; hypopygium 4:2 mm.; wing

24x 7 mm.

The wing-markings of this species resemble those of

Tipula thibetana, de Meij., rather closely, but from de Meijere’s

description and figures it is clear that his species is a true

Tipula.

Pachyrrhina citrina, sp. n.

Head dull orange-yellow, a small vertical triangle and a

very small spot at the upper corner of each eye dull brownish

black ; a patch on the upperside of the rostrum, including

the nasus, brownish black, rather shining. Palpi dark

brownish. Antenne ochreous, the last seven or eight joints

brownish ; flagellar joints nearly cylindrical, with dark hairs,

the first two joints without long hairs beneath, remainder

with one. Thorax with the ground-colour dull lemon-

yellow; pleurze, scutellum, and postnotum unmarked. The

three stripes on the prescutum shining leaden-black, nar-

rowly bordered with velvet-black ; the median stripe much

broadened anteriorly and reaching the front margin ; lateral

stripes with a downwardly-bent portion in front which is

velvet-black. A pair of velvet-black marks on the suture

connecting the lateral stripes of the prescutum with a pair

of large, shining, leaden-black spots on the scutum, which

are velvet-black at each end. Pronotum with a small

brownish mark at each side. Abdomen ochreous, with a

broad, uninterrupted, though rather ill-defined blackish

median stripe and narrower black lateral stripes; first seg-

ment wholly ochreous, seventh and eighth wholly blackish ;

ovipositor shining ochreous. Legs dingy brownish, tibie

and tarsi darker. Wings with very slight greyish tinge;

stigma light brownish, including a small patch of minute

hairs; costal cell between Sc, and the stigma yellowish.

Sc, present, but indistinct. Tip of R, very indistinct. Rs

normal, equal in length to the stigma or to Ry,3 or Rp.

Basal deflection of R,,; twice as long as and ina line with

the M-—Cu cross-vein. Cell Ist M, normal, elongate, the

cross-vein closing it joining M, a very short distance beyond

the fork.

Taihoku (7. Shiraki), 1 9.

This is apparently the species described, but not named,

266 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

by de Meijere (Tijd. v. Ent. liv. p. 77, 1911). It is also

nearly allied to P. constmilis, Brun., but seems to be distinct.

Pachyrrhina virgata, Coq.

Arisan, 8000 ft., 10. x. 1912 (7. Nitobe), 2 2.

There are some divergences from Coquillett’s description

which are probably due only to the difference of sex, Co-

quillett describing only the male. The female has been

recorded, but not described, by Alexander (Can. Ent. xivi.

p. 163). In the present specimens the abdomen is mainly

dark brown above, the base and apex of the first segment,

the ovipositor, the whole venter, and the margins of the

tergites, especially towards the base of segments 2—4, being

yellowish. In one specimen the dull brown spot at the tip of

the lateral thoracic stripe is distinct, making the stripe appear

bent downwards at the tip ; in the other it is not distinctly

so; this species would therefore seem to connect the group in

which the lateral stripe is bent with that in which it is not.

Pachyrrhina javensis, Dol.

A male from Kotosho Island, near Formosa, 20. vil. 1912

(T. Shirakt),

Osten-Sacken and Brunetti have both referred to the small

size of the discal cell as one of the distinguishing characters

of this species. It may also be noted that in the present

specimen and in a male from Trincomali, Ceylon (Lt.-Col.

Yerbury), the radial sector is extremely short, shorter even

than the descending portion of R,,;, and only about half as

long as the stigma. In some females from Ceylon which I

refer with a certain amount of doubt to this species, the vena-

tion is similar except that Rs is not quite so short. In all

these specimens a noteworthy feature, previously overlooked,

is that the stigma is devoid of hairs. As in most of the

species of this genus, Sc; is present, though shorter than

Sc,; the area of the costal cell between Sc, and R, is in this

species concolorous with the dark stigma.

Pachyrrhina parva, sp. n.

Head entirely orange; upper surface of rostrum shining ;

front considerably swollen. Antenna little longer than the

head and thorax together, 13-jointed, the last jomt minute;

scape and first flagellar joint orange, remainder dark brown.

Intermediate flagellar joints with well-marked basal enlarge-

ment and median emargination on the underside, upperside

new and little-known Tipulide. 267

slightly concave ; pubescence nearly as long as the width of

the joint. Palpi yellow. Thorax: pronotum entirely dull

orange. Preescutum dull orange-ochreous, with the usual

three shining stripes; the middle part only ‘of these stripes 1s

blackish, the dark colour shading off gradually into the orange

ground- colour ; there 1s, however, a sharply defined edge

to the shining parts. The dark colour of the median stripe

barely reaches thé front margin. Scutum shining orange-

ochreous, the usual dark spots absent ; a black mark just

above and in front of the root of the wing, extending a short

distance along the suture. Scutellum and postnotum 1 entirely

shining orange-ochreous ; pleure uniformly orange-ochreous,

slightly shining. Abdomen almost entirely orange-ochreous,

the only dark marking being an ill-defined blackish streak on

the lateral margins of the second, third, and fourth tergites.

Legs yellow, tarsi dark brown, tips of femora and tibia

narrowly black. Wings almost hyaline, stigma no darker,

devoid of hairs. Rs, R.,3, and R, all about equal in length,

descending portion of R,,; not much shorter. Discal cell

normal. Cell M, petiolate. Halteres ochreous.

Length of body 8°5 mm.; wing 8 mm.

Arisan, 8000 ft., 10. x. 1912 (Z. Nitobe), 1 So.

A very distinct species, owing to the small size and the

unusual thoracic marking.

Pachyrrhina formosensis, sp. n.

Head missing. Thorax almost uniformly brownish

ochreous, not particularly shining ; the only dark marking is

a blackish streak on each lateral margin of the scutum just

above and in front of the wing-root. Abdomen dull yellow-

ochreous, with broad median and narrow lateral black stripes.

The median stripe extends almost continuously along seg-

ments 2-7, broadening out slightly on the posterior margins

and being only narrowly interrupted near the bases of

segments 2 and 3, segments 1 and 8 being entirely pale

above. The lateral stripe extends from segments 1-8, is of

even width throughout, and is narrowly interrupted behind

the middle of segment 2 and before the middle of segments

3-6. Ovipositor brownish ochreous. Legs ochreous, tips of

femora and tibize indistinctly darker, tarsi brownish. Wings

slightly brownish-tinged, the stigma and the subcostal cell

(but not the costal) dark brown ; ; also an ill-defined brown

margin to the apical part of the wing; a rather inconspicuous

pale spot on each side of the stigma, which bears a few

hairs ; descending portion of R,,; dark-margined and very

268 On new and little-known Tipulide.

oblique. Se; incomplete. Rs equal in length to Rg, a little

shorter than R,,3, which in its turn is a little shorter than

the stigma. Cell M, sessile. Cell 1st M, of the normal

elongate shape. Cu, fused with M for some distance, but

leaving it again before the fork. Cell Cu, at tip not much

narrower than cell M3. Ha/teres light brownish.

Length of thorax and abdomen 14°56 mm.; wing 14 mm.

Kammotu, 10. iv. 1910, 1 ¢ (1. Nitobe).

Although this specimen lacks the head, it seems worth

while to describe it, owing to several peculiarities of colora-

tion and one of venation—the fusion of Cu, with M. P. pal-

loris, Coq., has a very similar wing, but in that species the

costal cell is dark and the thorax is distinctly striped, the

lateral stripes having a velvet-black spot on each side of their

anteriorends. P.immaculata, Wulp, has not been adequately

described, but apparently differs in being of smaller size and

in having the legs dark and last two abdominal segments

black.

Pachyrrhina sinensis, sp. n.

A female specimen in the British Museum from N. China

(Fortune) representing another new species allied to P. palloris,

Coq., and P. formosensis may be described here.

Head dull orange ; asmall, triangular, shining, light brown

spot on the vertex; rostrum shining brown, somewhat

darker above. Palpi brownish. Scape of antenne orange

(flagellum missing). Thorax: pronotum dull, orange in

the middle, brown at the sides. Mesothorax with the entire

surface slightly shining, the postnotum moreso. Prescutum

brownish ochreous, with four darker brown stripes, the

middle pair just connected in front of the suture, rather

lighter in colour and less well-defined than the lateral pair.

Scutum rather dark brownish, lighter in the middle, a velvet-

black streak on each lateral margin, just in front of the

wing-base, continued narrowly nearly halfway along the

suture. Seutellum yellowish brown. Postnotum pale in the

middle, brown at the sides. Pleurse mainly pale ochreous ; a

rather broad but ill-defined brown stripe runs from the lateral

stripe of the prescutum to the middle coxe. Abdomen

moderately shining, brownish ochreous; first segment dark

above; segments 2-6 with large blackish-brown triangles on

the posterior margin, second segment also with a brown spot

near the base; hind margins of segments 7 and 8 narrowly

brownish; blackish lateral stripes as in P. formosensis,

except that they are rather broadly interrupted at the base of

‘On new Species of Marine Mollusca. 269

the eighth segment. Legs as in P. jormosensis. Wings as

in P. formosensis, except that the base and the costal cell, as

well as the subcostal, are dark brown ; there is no pale spot

beyond the stiema ; the ascending part of Cu, is dark-

margined, and the celk M, is shortly petiolate.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Dicranomyia alticola, sp. n. Apex of 2 abdomen, side-view

(from balsam preparation). xX 35.

Fig. 2. Gnophomyia similis, sp. n. Apex of 2 abdomen, side-view

(from dry specimen). xX 35.

3. Limnobia nitobei, sp. n. ¢ hypopygium from below. x 35.

4. Erioptera alboguttata, sp.n. ¢ hypopyrgium from below. x 35.

5. Tipula rufomedia, sp.n. ¢ hypopygium from below. x 10.

Fig. 6. Ditto. of right clasper, inner side-view. xX 23.

7. Ditto. Tip of 2 abdomen from below. x 10.

8. Tipula rufizona, sp.n. Tip of 2 abdomen from below. x 10.

Fig. 9. Longurio rubriceps, sp. n. ¢ hypopygium from above (penis

removed). xX 13.

Fig. 10. Brithura conifrons, gen. et sp. n. Tip of ¢ abdomen, side-view

(dry specimen). x 55.

Fig. 11. Ditto. Apical half of wing. x 4.

Fig. 12. Brithura crassa, sp.n. Tip of ¢ abdomen, side-view. xX 5°.

XXIX.— Descriptions of Eight new Species of Marine

Mollusca from the South Shetland sland. By H. B.

Preston, F.Z.S

[Plate XIII.]

Tue thanks of the author are due to Mr. A. G. Bennet, of

the Falkland Islands, for the material described in the present

short paper ; when the difficulties of collecting in what is

(even in the height of summer) an exceptionally rigorous

climate, in great discomfort and without adequate apparatus,

are taken into consideration, it will be readily appreciated

how much Mr. Bennett was able to accomplish during his

short stay at Deception Island in the summer of 1913-14.

Limacina costulata, sp.n. (Fig. 1.)

Shell discoidal, almost planulate above, with slightly

exserted apical whorls, extremely thin, white, vitreous, trans-

parent ; whorls 4, the last large and produced below, trans-

versely costulate : : ‘umbilicus deep, showing the coiling of the

whorls ; aperture broadly auriform.

270 Mr. H. B. Preston on new Species of

Alt. 4, diam. maj. 6, diam. min. 4°5 mm.

Aperture: alt. 3°75, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. From the stomachs of fish taken in Bransfield Straits,

South Shetland Islands (A. G. Bennett).

Lunatia bransfieldensis, sp. n. (Fig. 2.)

Shell perforate, ovate, rather basally elongated, whitish ;

whorls 34, the last large, descending in front, smooth ; suture

impressed ; umbilicus narrow, deep; columella margin

descending obliquely, then rather sharply curved and very

obliquely descending in the opposite direction, extending

above into a thickish, white, well-defined, parietal callus,

which recedes in its median part to form a very broad sinus ;

labrum simple ; aperture ovate ; operculum concave, corneous,

shining, laminiferous, three-whorled, with excentric nucleus.

Alt. 8, diam. maj. 7°75, diam. min. 6:25 mm.

Alt. 6°25, diam. 4 mm.

Hab. From the stomachs of fish, taken in 15 fathoms,

Bransfield Straits, South Shetland Islands (A. G. Bennett).

Levilitorina claviformis, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Shell subcorneous, perforate, turbinately fusiform, reddish

brown; remaining whorls 4, the first three regularly in-

creasing, the last very rapidly so, convex, smooth but for

transverse growth-lines ; suture impressed ; umbilicus very

narrow, appearing as a narrow fissure ; columella margin

descending in an oblique curve, very slightly outwardly

reflexed, extending above into a thick, restricted, well-defined,

parietal callus, which unites it with the upper margin of the

labrum ; labrum very narrowly outwardly dilated ; aperture

rather roundly ovate, large for the size of the shell; oper-

culum horny laminiferous, paucispiral, with excentric nucleus.

Alt. 4, diam. maj. 2°75, diam. min. 2 mm.

Hab. On rocks at low water inside Deception Harbour,

South Shetlands (A. G. Bennett).

Mr. Bennett collected a large number of this form, all of

which have lost their extreme apices through erosion ; it is a

very variable species both in general shape and in the colour

of the interior of the shell, which in some specimens is of a

lilac-colour, while in others it is of an olive-green or brown

hue.

Pellilitorina bennetti, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Shell small, imperforate, subcorneous, ovate, reddish

Marine Mollusca from the South Shetland Islands. 271

brown ; whorls 3, rapidly increasing, the last very large,

smooth but for lines of growth; suture impressed ; columella

margin almost vertically descending in a very slight curve,

angled towards the base ; labrum simple; aperture roundly

ovate, gaping, large for the size of the shell.

Ait. 2, diam. maj. 2, diam. min. 1°75 mm.

Hab. Bransfield Strait, South Shetland; washed from

sea-weed from a depth of 15 fathoms (A. G. Bennett).

Pellilitorina bransjieldensis, sp.n. (Fig. 5.)

Shell ovate, subcorneous, perforate, dull purplish brown,

polished, shining; whorls 34, rapidly increasing, smooth ;

suture impressed; umbilicus moderately wide, deep; colu-

mella margin rather obliquely descending in a gentle curve,

spreading above into an ill-defined parietal ee labrum

simple ; aperture ovate, wide, large for the size of the shell ;

operculum horny, three-whorled, with subcentral nucleus.

Alt. 5, diam. maj. 5:5, diam. min, 4:25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 3°5 mm.

Hab. From stomachs of fish taken in Bransfield Straits off

Deception Island, South Shetlands (A. G. Bennett).

Limatula deceptionensis, sp.n. (Fig. 6.)

Shell small, ovate, white, finely concentrically striate, and

sculptured longitudinally in the median part with from ten

to twelve fine costule, which become obsolete and finally

disappear altogether on either side, in which parts the shell

shows traces of oblique, distant, radiate striae; umbones

rather small, prominent ; auriculee of about equal form and

size ; dorsal margin very gently arched ; ventral margin

rounded ; anterior side abruptly descending, very gently

rounded ; posterior side a little less abruptly descending and

more rounded.

Long. 5:5, lat. 4°5 mm.

Hab. Dredged inside Deeeption Harbour, South Shetlands,

in 6 fathoms (A. G. Bennett).

Lissarea bennetit, sp.n. (Figs. 7, 7 a.)

Shell differing from L.rubrofusca, Smith*, from Kerguelen,

in its darker colour, it being of a dark purplish tint, in its

rather more produced anterior side, and broader posterior

* Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1879, vol. clxviii. p. 19, pl. ix. fig. 17.

272 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some Dental and

side; the general inflation of the shell is more evenly

distributed throughout than is the case in LZ. rubrofusea, and

the crenulation of the ventral margin is, in places, either

obsolete or non-existent.

Long. 3°25, lat. 4°25 mm.

Hab. From the stomachs of fish taken in Bransfield Straits,

South Shetland, in 15 fathoms (type) ; also washed from

sea-weed dredged in the same locality and at the same depth

(A. G. Bennett).

Tellimya flavida, sp.n. (Fig. 8.)

Shell rectangularly and obtusely cuneiform, covered with

a yellow periostracum ; both valves concentrically striate ;

umbones much eroded; dorsal margin slightly arched;

ventsal margin very gently rounded ; anterior side abruptly

descending, very slightly rounded; posterior side obtusely

rounded ; right valve furnished with two broad grooves to

receive the terminal portions of a slightly oblique, short,

projecting, anterior and a more elongated, less oblique, poste-

rior cardinal tooth in the left valve, these teeth being situated

one on either side of the internal ligament.

Long. 2, lat. 2°75 mm.

Hab. From the stomachs of fish taken in Bransfield Straits,

South Shetland Islands, at a depth of 15 fathoms (A. G.

Bennett).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Iimacina costulata, sp. u., X 6.

Fig. 2. Lunatia bransfieldensis, sp. n., X 4.

Fig. 3. Levilitorina claviformis, sp. n., X 8.

Fig. 4. Pellilitorina bennetti, sp. n., x 10.

Fig. 5. bransfieldensis, sp. N., X 4.

Fig. 6. Iimatula deceptionensis, sp. n., X 6.

Figs. 7, 7a. Lissarca bennetti, sp. n., X 6.

Fig. 8. Tellimya flavida, sp. n., X 10.

XXX.—Some Dental and Cranial Variations in the Scotch

Wild Cat (Felis sylvestris). By R. I. Pococn, F.R.S.

The Presence of Extra Premolars.

In Felide the normal first upper premolar, pm? of the typical

mammalian series, is very variable in occurrence. In some

groups of related species it is practically constantly present ;

SS =

Cranial Variations in the Scotch Wild Cat. 273

in others it is equally constantly absent; in others it may be

absent or present within the limits of the same species.

When present it is, except in the case of F. planiceps, a

small or very small tooth, reduced in size to give depth to

the penetration of the upper canine, and is probably funetion-

less or nearly so.

The suppression of pm? of the lower jaw to give depth to

the penetration of the lower canine has been carried a stage

further—almost, indeed, to completion,—only a compara-

tively few instances of its presence having been observed.

The reduction in size or suppression “of these premolars

leaves primarily a longish postcanine diastema; and the

depth of this is frequently increased by the emargination of

the alveolar border which formerly carried the teeth, and not

infrequently by the elevation of the anterior portion of the

mandible carrying the canines and incisors. ‘The presence

of this diastema must, I think, be regarded as a primitive

feature. Hence its suppression by the shortening of the

jaws resulting in juxtaposition between the canines and the

first large premolars (pm’*) above and below, such as has

taken place in Acinonyx (Cynailurus), must be interpreted as

a derivative feature.

In Bateson’s ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’

pp. 223-224 (1894), there are records of the presence of an

additional anterior upper premolar on one or both sides in an

example of F. pardus, F’. eyra, of F. sylvestris, quoted as catus,

from Athens, and of several domestic cats, quoted as domes-

tica and caligata. Also there are records of an additional

anterior lower premolar on one or both sides in an example of

Ff. concolor, of F. sylvestris or ocreata, of F. sylvestris, and

of a few domestic cats. To these must be added a reference,

overlooked by Bateson, to the occurrence of the extra lower

premolar in an example of /. tigri’s (Lydekker, J. A. 5.

Bengal, xlvii. pt. 2, pp. 2-3, pl. i1., 1878).

In a series of elevén skulls of F. sylvestris, all from

Inverness-shire or Ross-shire, in my possession, no fewer

than four—that is to say, over 33 per cent.—have an addi-

tional anterior lower premolar, three showing it on both sides

and one on the right side only; and in one skull of the

former category of three there is an additional anterior upper

premolar on the left side.

In all the skulls of other species of Felide belonging to

the Zoological Society, only one has an extra premolar—

namely, a skull of #. wiedi (macrura),—which exhibits it

on the left side above. ‘The rest, of which in some cases

there are tolerably large series—7. ¢., eleven of /. pardus,

274

Variations in the dentition of Felis sylvestris.

A. Jaws showing the presence of pm! in the maxilla and of pmz in the

B, C, D.

mandible.

Cheek-teeth of three examples, drawn from the buccal side,

showing differences in the interlocking of the carnassials ; bony

areas of mandible and maxilla dotted. /, inner lobe of upper

carnassial in three positions; m, inner end of upper molar

abutting against the suppressed talon of the lower carnassial.

In C pm, of the mandible is retained.

Cranial Variations tn the Scotch Wild Cat. pay ie

eight of F. pardalis,—there is no trace of supplementary

premolars either above or below.

From the data available to me it seems, therefore, that the

development of accessory anterior premolars is a much

commoner feature in F, sylvestris than in any other species

of Felidz; and, considering the closeness of the relationship

between that species and domestic cats, 1 am disposed to

attribute the occurrence of accessory anterior premolars in

domestic cats to their kinship with /. sylvestris, and to

dissociate it altogether from any alleged effects of domesti-

cation. Furthermore, it appears to me that the comparative

frequency of the presence of these supernumerary teeth—at all

events, in the mandible in J. sylvestris—justifies the view that

the character is not accidental, but is of atavistic significance.

In the skull of /. sylvestris above referred to as possessing

two premolars in the posteanine space of the left maxilla the

two teeth are set close together in distinct alveoli, are one-

rooted and simple-crowned. The posterior of the two, which

is much too large to be regarded as the corresponding tooth

of the milk-series, is the counterpart of the single little pre-

molar of the right side, and seems clearly to be pm? of the

permanent set. The tooth in front of it is both longer and

thicker and has a more conical crown. Until evidence to

the contrary is forthcoming, this tooth may be regarded as

pm’ (text-fig. A, pm’).

In the example of F. wied? (macrura) with two small

premolars also on the left side in the postcanine space of the

maxilla the sizes of the teeth are reversed, the anterior of the

two being smaller than the posterior. But here, again, the

posterior is the counterpart in size and shape of the little

anterior premolar of the opposite side, and appears certainly

to be pm? of the permanent set. But the anterior of the two,

although the smaller, is too large to be interpreted as the

retained milk-predecessor of the tooth behind it.

In the four skulls of . sylvestris with the small anterior

premolar in the mandible these extra teeth are in size and

shape very similar to the small upper premolars ( pm?) of the

maxilla. It is especially to be noted that they are placed

with absolute symmetry in all four skulls *, in front of and

close to but a little on the inner side of the succeeding tooth.

Their distance from the latter varies slightly individually,

but not more so than pm? of the maxilla varies in position in

individual skulls. Provisionally, at all events, I think these

* In the skull with this tooth missing on one side, the original position

of the tooth is marked by the scar of its closed alveolus.

276 On some Variations in the Scotch Wild Cat.

extra teeth may be interpreted as pm? of the mandible—a

tooth which is typically missing in Felide (text-figs. A, C,

pm).

The Interlocking of the Carnassials.

In the Felidee, as a rule, the upper carnassial is provided

with an anterior cuspidate lobe projecting inwards towards

the middle line of the palate. This lobe varies considerably

in size even in closely related forms, and in some cases, as in

F. manul, is reduced to a more vestigial stage even than in

Acinonya (Cynailurus) jubatus, where it is generally described

as absent. In neither of these species, so far as I am aware,

does it ever carry a cusp, and in both of them the anterior

blade of the lower carnassial slides over the position this lobe

occupies when present in other cats. When this lobe is

present and of large size, the blade in question of the lower

carnassial typically passes behind it when tne mouth is

closed.

These facts suggest that the reduction of the inner lobe and

of its cusp are modifications that have arisen in connection

with a slight alteration in the relative positions of the car-

nassials either by movement of the teeth themselves or by

requisite changes of the upper or lower jaws, enabling the

anterior blade of the lower carnassial to slide over practically

the whole depth of the enlarged fore part of the upper.

Similarly, the suppression or reduction of the talon or third

cusp of the lower carnassial enables the whole of the large

cutting-blade of that tooth to pass along the inner side of the

posterior portion of the upper carnassial without obstruction

from the upper molar. It would be incorrect, in my opinion,

to say that the cusps in question have been actually worn off

by the action of the appropriate opposed teeth; but that

would be the Lamarckian inference to be drawn from the

observed facts. At all events, the removal of these cusps

gives the greatest possible value to the cutting action of the

carnassials in the cats, just as the removal of the anterior

premolars increases the depth of penetration of the canines.

That the mutual fitting of the carnassials is not to be

trusted absolutely as a systematic character in Felis is shown

by its inconstancy in my series of F. sylvestris from Scotland.

Jn one specimen (fig. B, 2) the anterior blade of the lower

carnassial closes upon the summit of the inner lobe of the

upper, a condition representing the theoretical stage precedent

to the suppression of the lobe in /. manul and A. jubatus.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 277

In another (tig. C, 7) the point of the anterior blade passes

just behind tie apex of the lobe. In a third the blade slides

altogether behind the lobe, so that the latter practically

reaches the posterior cusp of the last premolar, blocking the

space between it and the carnassial, as is typically the case

in species of Felida in which the lobe of the upper carnassial

is well developed (fig. D, 2).

Fronto-squamosal Junction.

In a series of twelve skulls of F. bengalensis the frontal

bone is separated from the squamosal by a bridge formed by

a downward process from the parietal meeting the upper end

of the alisphenoid. This appears to be the general rule in

the Felide. In an example of F. manul, however, the

parietal is excluded from the alisphenoid by the junction of

the frontal with the squamosal. One would, perhaps, be

inclined to regard this character as a useful and reliable

- systematic point, were it not that in &. sylvestris the junction

of the bones at this point isa highly variable feature. Some-.

times there is a tolerably broad parieto-alisphenoid bridge

between the frontal and squamosal. At other times the

bridge is quite narrow ; at others it is obliterated altogether

by the union of the frontal and squamosal.

XX XI.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.z—X XIII. On some

Australian Genera. By Rowuanp KE. Turner, F.Z.S.,

F.E.S.

Family Crabronida.

Subfamily Parranryi2.

Cerceris gilberti, sp. n.

2. Nigra; mandibulis basi, clypeo, scapo, fronte sub antennis,

macula magna pone oculos, pronoto macula magna utrinque,

tegulis, scutello linea transversa, postscutello pedibusqne flavis ;

flagello, segmentis dorsalibus secundo basi, tertio quintoque,

segmentisque ventralibus secundo, tertio, quinto sextoque brunneo-

auriantiacis ; clypeo lamina libera, porrecta, brevi, apice emargi-

nata; mesopleuris haud dentatis; segmento mediano area basali

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 19

278 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

basi oblique striata; alis hyalinis, apice leviter infumatis, venis

fuscis, stigmate testaceo.

Long. 10 mm.

?. Clypeus with the lamina free from the base, short and

broadly emarginate at the apex; the apical margin of the

clypeus below the lamina broadly truncate. The whole

dorsal surface and the mesopleuree closely and rather coarsely

punctured ; antennze inserted about half as far again from

the anterior ocellus as from the base of the clypeus ; second

joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the third. Pro-

notum rounded at the anterior angles ; enclosed area of the

median segment obliquely striated at the base, opaque, and

microscopically punctured at the apex. First abdominal

segment more than half as broad again as long; pygidial

area twice as long as broad, broadly truncate at the apex, the

sides almost parallel.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (G. Turner).

One female only.

I had overlooked this species until lately, though the

specimen has been in my collection for many years. It is

nearly allied to C. opposita, Sm., but differs much in colour ;

the lamina of the clypeus is broader and more deeply emar-

ginate; the striation of the enclosed area of the median

seoment is confined to the basal half; the petiole is narrower

and the pygidial area much broader.

Subfamily Azpacrrvz.

Miscothyris perlucidus, sp. n.

©. Nigra; mandibulis basi, elypeo, pronoto, mesopleuris macula

sub alis, scutello macula magna, postscutello fascia transversa,

segmento dorsali secundo fascia angusta apicali lateribus dilatata,

segmentisque dorsalibus 3-5 fascia angusta apicali flavis ; flagello

apice infuscato, tegulis, callis humeralibus, pygidio, femoribus

apice, tiblis tarsisque brunneo-testaceis; alis hyalinis, leviter

infumatis, venis fuscis.

6. Femine similis; segmento dorsali sexto apice flavo-fasciato ;

septimo flavo.

Long., 2 7 mm., d 5-6 mm.

2. Eyes strongly converging towards the base of the

antennee, thence diverging again towards the clypeus ; sepa-

rated at the base of the antennze by a distance about equal to

the length of the scape. Clypeus very broadly truncate at

the apex, more than twice as broad at the apex as long, very

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 279

strongly narrowed to the base, minutely punctured. Second

joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the third ; the first

stout and globular, more than half as long as the second.

Posterior ocelli very far apart, at least three times as far from

each other as from the eyes, separated from the eyes by a

distance about equal to the diameter of one ocellus; the

facets of the eyes very large in front, smaller on the sides.

Head and thorax subopaque, microscopically punctured ;

median segment smooth and shining, the basal area well

defined, the posterior slope divided by a longitudinal sulcus.

Abdomen subopaque, minutely punctured; second ventral

segment shining, with a few large and scattered punctures ;

pygidial area closely clothed with stiff fulvous sete. Third

abscissa of the radius about half as long again as the second ;

first recurrent nervure received by the first cubital cell at a

distance from the apex equal to about half the length of the

second abscissa of the radius; second recurrent nervure

received just before the apex of the second cubital cell,

strongly bent inwards towards the cubitus. Hind tibiz

feebly serrate.

3. The eyes are distinctly further apart at the base of the

antennze than in the female.

Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland (Ff. P. Dodd).

This is nearly allied to lucidulus, Turn., from the same

locality, but is a smaller species, with many more yellow

markings and differently coloured legs. The second abscissa

of the radius is shorter in lucidulus and the first recurrent

nervure is received nearer to the apex of the first cubital cell.

The punctures are more minute than in duboulay, Turn.,

which is also very closely allied.

Subfamily Larriz.

Key to the Australian Species of Notogonia.

2g.

1. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

fully equal to the length of the scape ; ;

tarsal ungues not unusually long.... DV. australis, Sauss.

Eyes separated on the vertex bya distance

not exceeding three-quarters of the

length of the scape, usually much

less; tarsal ungues unusually long .. 2.

2. Dorsal surface of the median segment

coarsely reticulate ..........+s000s N. retiaria, Turn.

280

10.

ine

Sculpture of the dorsal surface of the

median segment almost obsolete, some-

times with indistinct transverse strim.

. Median segment with a longitudinal sul-

cus on the dorsal surface ; ; the lateral

and posterior margins not sharply

defined. 1200. Wea cect wea

Dorsal’ surface of the “median segment

without a sulcus, the sapiens sharply

Gennede. acne aes «Eppes ei cape

Comb of the fore tarsi long, the spines

strongly spatulate .......... eects

Comb of the fore tarsi short .....

. The whole mesonotum densely clothed

with golden pubescence ............

Pubescence of the mesonotum sparse,

except on the sides, not golden......

. Wings with a broad fuscous fascia across

the middle, the apex also fuscous,

leaving a hyaline lunule; the fuscous

band sometimes extending to the base.

Wings fusco-hyaline or hyaline........

. Fourth abscissa of the radius distinctly

shorter than the second and third

combined; apical truncation of the

radial cell broad, oblique or straight .

Fourth abscissa of the radius at least as

long as the second and third com-

bined ; apical truncation of the radial

cell narrower, never oblique ........

. Truncation of the radial cell oblique ;

distance between the recurrent ner-

vures on the cubitus almost equal to

the second abscissa of the radius ....

Truncation of the radial cell straight ;

recurrent nervures almost meeting on

ihe! CubibiS: ':¥.4,. canis Aen eee ee

. Second joint of the flavellum distinctly

shorter than the third; apical joint

of the tarsi ferruginous ............

Second joint of the flagellum at least

equal to the third ; apical joint of the

tarsi never ferruginous above ......

The depression on the middle of the an-

terior margin of the mesonotum very

broad, extending posteriorly beyond

the middle of the segment..........

The depression on the middle of the an-

terior margin of the mesonotum not

very broad; not nearly reaching the

middle of the seement ............

Distance between the eyes on the vertex

not more than half as great again as

the length of the first joint of the fla-

gellum ; median segment no longer

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

N. abbreviata, Turn.

4, =

N. spathulifera, Turn.

N. chrysonota, Sm.

N. regina, Turn.

N. obliquetruncata, Turn.

N, recondita, Turn.

N. agitata, Turn.

10.

N. serena, Turn.

#1.

Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 281

than its basal breadth ; wings fusco-

hyalinier tava tae brdiew sie sare state cie 0 N. commixta, Turn,

Distance between the eyes on the vertex

equal to twice the length of the second

joint of the flagellum; median seg-

ment longer than its basal breadth ;

wines SUbRyAlINe. 666 ri. os. a sule oe os N. basilissa, Turn.

1. Notogonia australis, Sauss.

Tachytes australis, Sauss. Mem. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.

p. 19 (1854). ? (nec 1867).

Larrada australis, Sauss. Mélang. Hymén. ii. p. 69 (1854).

Larra australis, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 474 (1908); Turn.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 554 (1914).

Notogonia australis, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 251

(1916).

This interesting species approaches Larra in the short

tarsal ungues and sparse pubescence of the pygidial area,

also in the characters of the head; but otherwise it has the

characters of Notogonia, and is best placed in that genus.

Hab. Kaglehawk Neck, Tasmania (Zurner) ; Adelaide,

S.A.; Yallingup, W.A. (Zurner).

2, Notogonia abbreviata, Turn.

Notogonia abbreviata, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 481 (1908).

Easily distinguished by the median segment, which is not

margined laterally or apically, and has a median sulcus on

the dorsal surface. The incision of the mandibles is much less

distinct than in typical Notegonia, approaching Liris.

Hub. Cairns and Mackay, Q. (Lurner).

3. Notogonia retiaria, Turn.

Notogonia retiaria, Turn. Proc, Zool. Soc. London, p. 479 (1908). @.

The median segment of this little species has the dorsal

surface coarsely reticulate ; the third cubital cell is also much

less produced on the cubitus than in most species of the

genus. Allied to the Indian N. reticulata, Cam.

Hab. Kalamunda, W.A. (Zurner), April; Kuranda, Q.

(Turner), June.

282 Mr. R. EH. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

4. Notogonia regina, Turn.

Notogonia regina, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 475 (1908). &.

Easily distinguished by the very broad fuscous fascia and

apical margin of the fore wing, a hyaline lunule being left

occupying the apical half of the radial cell, the third cubital

cell, and a large part of the area beyond the cells. The

female has orange antenne. In a specimen from Cape York

the whole fore wing except the lunule is fuscous.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner) ; Kuranda, Q. (Turner) ; Cape

York, Q. (Turner).

5. Notogonia spathulifera, sp. n.

@. Nigra; argenteo-pubescens ; alis fusco-hyalinis ; tarsis anticis

spinis longis spatulatis instructis.

Long. 16 mm.

2. Clypeus closely microscopically punctured, with a few

large punctures near the apex, slightly convex, clothed rather —

sparsely with very pale golden pubescence, which extends on

the front as far as the anterior ocellus. Second and third

joints of the flagellum subequal ; the eyes separated on the

vertex by a distance exceeding the length of the second joint

of the flagellum. Mesonotum broadly depressed in the

middle of the anterior margin, the depression extending

beyond the middle of the segment, which is closely micro-

scopically punctured and clothed on the sides with very pale

golden pubescence. Median segment a little longer than its

basal breadth, the sides somewhat depressed, but distinctly

margined, the depressed portion rather strongly transversely

striated, the striz not extending on to the flat dorsal surface,

but extending over the lateral carine on to the sides of the

segment, where they become much more delicate and in-

distinct; the depressed lateral portions of the dorsal area

clothed with silver pubescence; the posterior truncation

abrupt, the surface transversely striated on the sides, and

with a deep median suleus. The four basal dorsal segments

of the abdomen with broad apical fasciz of silver pubescence ;

pygidial area closely and rather strongly punctured, clothed

with dull pubescence which in some lights shows silver, the

lateral margins well defined, strongly convergent towards the

apex, which is very narrowly truncate. Third abscissa of

the radius twice as long as the second, the fourth considerably

longer than the second and third combined; the distance

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. 283

between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal to the

second abscissa of the radius.

Hab. Port Darwin, N.T. (G. F. Hill) ; Bathurst Island,

N.T. (Dodd).

This closely resembles N. serena, Turn., superficially, but

may be easily distinguished by the long spatulate spines of

the fore tarsi and by the much narrower pygidial area.

6. Notogonia chrysonota, Sm.

Larrada chrysonota, Sm. Traus. Ent. Soc. London, p. 304 (1869). 9°.

Larrada crassipes, Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 294 (1873).

Notogona chrysonota, Turn, Proc. Zool, Soc. London, p. 475 (1908).

Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay); Adelaide, S.A.

7. Notogonia serena, Turn.

Notogonia serena, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 478 (1908). 9.

Nearly related to spathulifera, but differs in the short

spines of the fore tarsus and in the much broader pygidial

area, ‘T'his is one of the commonest species of the genus in

North Queensland.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q.

8. Notogonia obliquetruncata, Turn.

g qd )

_ Notogonia obliquetruncata, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 479

(1908). 9.

The truncation of the radial cell is oblique and broad,

making the cell shorter than in the other species. The

depression on the median segment does not reach the middle.

Hab. Port Darwin (Zurner) ; Yallingup, W.A. (Turner).

9. Notogonia commixta, Turn.

Notogonia commixta, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, p. 480 (1908). ?.

The abdominal fasciz are more obscure than in the most

nearly allied species. It is a fairly common species at

Kuranda.

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner), February to July.

284 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

10. Notogonia basilissa, Turn.

Notogonia basilissa, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 476 (1908). 2.

The type has the apical joints of the antenne orange, but

J think that this isan aberration ; other specimens apparently

of the same species have the antenne wholly black.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner).

11. Notogonia agitata, Turn.

Notogonia agitata, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 477 (1908). 9.

This has the second joint of the flagellum distinctly shorter

than the third ; it is a smaller species than the two last, but

is very closely allied.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

12. Notogonia recondita, sp. n.

9. Nigra, albido-pubescens; tarsis articulo apicali ferrugineo ;

segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia lata apicali sordide albo-pubes-

cente ; alis subhyalinis, venis ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis.

6. Femine similis; tarsis articulo apicali fusco.

Long., 9 8-9 mm., ¢ 65 mm.

9. Clypeus and front closely clothed with silver pubes-

cence; the clypeus minutely punctured, subcarinate Jongi-

tudinally in the middle ; the apical margin transverse, smooth

and shining. Second and third joints of the flagellum sub-

equal; the eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about

equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.

Pronotum searcely depressed below the mesonotum, higher

in the middle than at the sides, obliquely sloped anteriorly.

Median depression of the anterior margin of the mesonotuin

almost obsolete; the apical angles clothed with whitish

pubescence. Median segment longer than the basal breadth ;

the dorsal surface finely granulate, with an almost obsolete

median carina, and a few short transverse strie near the

apical angles; abruptly truncate posteriorly, the surface of

the truncation finely transversely striate, with a deep median

sulcus. Pygidial area long and narrow, very narrowly

truncate at the apex, shining, with large scattered punctures,

almost entirely without pubescence. Comb of the fore tarsi

short. Radial cell broadly truncate at the apex; the third

abscissa of the radius at least half as long again as the

Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 285

second, the two combined much longer than the fourth ; the

recurrent nervures almost meeting on the cubitus.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), November to March; Ku-

randa, Q. (Turner), May.

This belongs to the group of small species with a broadly

truncate radial cell and a short fourth abscissa of the radius,

to which N. obliquetruncata also belongs. From that species

it is separated by the straight apical margin of the radial

cell, by the shorter second abscissa of the cubitus, by the

greater approximation of the recurrent nervures, and by the

mueh narrower pygidial area. In obliquetruncaia the sides

of the pygidial area diverge strongly towards the base, but

only slightly in the present species ; the surface of the area

is bare throughout in the present species, only on the basal

half in obliquetruncata. ‘his is the Australian form of the

wide-ranging LV. pompiliformis, Costa.

Lyroda queenslandensis, sp. n.

6. Niger; scapo subtus tegulisque testaceis; mandibulis basi,

abdomine segmentis primo secundoque, tibiis, tarsis anticis,

tarsisque intermediis et posticis hic illic infuscatis, terrugineis ;

alis hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 6 mm.

3. Clypeus short and broad, minutely punctured and

clothed with silver pubescence, with a distinctly longitudinal

carina, the apical margin feebly excised in the middle.

Head opaque, not visibly punctured, a very delicate frontal

sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus. Second joint of the

flagellum equal to the third, twice as long as the first. Inner

margins of the eyes parallel, the posterior ocelli as far from

the eyes as from each other. Thorax opaque, minutely and

closely punctured ; a transverse, crenulate, impressed line at

the base of the scutellum, the latter less opaque than the

mesonotum. Median segment a little shorter than the basal

breadth, slightly narrowed to the apex, very finely granulate,

with a distinct median carina ; the sides of the segment very

closely and minutely striato-punctate ; the surface of the

posterior truncation rather coarsely transversely striated, with

a shallow median sulcus. Abdomen shining, microscopically

punctured ; dorsal segments 1-4 with an apical band of very

short and sparse white. pubescence. ‘Third abscissa of the

radius distinctly longer than the second, the third cubital cell

less than twice as long on the cubitus as on the radius ; first

recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital

286 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

nervure, second received close to the middle of the second

cubital cell.

Hab. Bundaberg, Q. (Perkins).

This is near formosa, Sm., an Indo-Malayan species, but

differs in the colour of the legs and scape. It differs widely

from the other Australian species LZ. michaelsent, Schulz,

both in colour and the sculpture of the median segment, also

in the position of the recurrent nervures and the shape of the

third cubital cell.

Subfamily Nrrerivz.

Key to the Australian Genera.

1. Radial cell appendiculate; first transverse

cubital nervure oblique, almost interstitial

with the recurrent nervure; pronotum

short, the dorsal surface transverse ...... Nitela, Latr.

Radial cell without an appendix; first trans-

verse cubital nervure joining the radius at

right angles, the recurrent nervure re-

ceived far before the end of the cubital

cell; pronotum long, produced and nar-

rowed ‘anteriorly 9 .).) visemes eis er .+.. <Auchenophorus, Turn.

Key to the Australian Species of Nitela.

1, Legs entirely ferruginous..............0 2.

Legs almost entirely black .............. NY, australiensis, Schulz,

2. Mesonotum coarsely transversely striate-

TRIHOUIENS) yaoogadoonddGonbgo00DDOL NV. reticulata, Turn,

Mesonotum opaque, the sculpture indistinct

ENGIN icec meee Heke Hear Seat NV. kurande, Turn.

1. Nitela australiensis, Schulz.

Nitela australiensis, Schulz, Fauna Stidwest Australiens, i. xiil. p. 483

(1908).

Mitela nigricans, Turn. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 428 (1910).

I do not think, after an examination of specimens from

different localities, that these can be separated. ‘Lhe species

has a very wide range in Australia, and may be found on

dead LHucalyptus trees which have been attacked by small

beetles, in the holes of which the Nitela probably forms its

nest. ‘Tasmanian specimens differ slightly, having the poste-

rior ocelli further from the eyes than in the typical form, but

they are not typical nigricans.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 287

Hab. Yallingup, W.A. (Turner) ; Bundaberg, Q. (Per-

kins) ; Kuranda, Q. (Turner) ; Eaglehawk Neck, Tasmania

(Turner).

2. Nitela kurande, Turn.

Mitela kurande, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 508 (1908). 9.

flab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner), January to June ; Bunda-

berg, Q. (Perkins) ; Caloundra, Q. (Hacker), September.

3. Nitela reticulata, Turn.

Nitela reticulata, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 508 (1908). 2.

This is easily distinguished from other Australian species

by the coarse sculpture of the mesonotum. It appears to be

much more uncommon than the others, as I have only seen

the type.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), May.

Key to the Species of Auchenophorus.

1. Thorax, median segment, and abdomen en-

tirely plue-green or blackish .......... 2.

.Prothorax, mesonotum, and three basal abdo-

minal segments ferruginous red, the re-

mainder of the thorax and abdomen and

the median segment blue .............. A. coruscans, Turn,

2. Enclosed area of the median segment trian-

gular; median segment and abdomen

blue-green ; radial cell on the costa scarcely

longer than the stigma, receiving the trans-

verse cubital nervure close to the middle., A. eneus, Turn.

Enclosed area of the median segment broadly

rounded at the apex ; median segment and

abdomen, except the ferruginous apical

segment, blackish; radial cell on the costa

much longer than the stigma, receiving

the transverse cubital nervure far beyond

the middle ........ Sale emia Sarma s oye rea. A, fulvicornis, Turn,

1. Auchenophorus coruscans, Turn.

Auchenophorus coruscans, Turn, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist, (7) xix. p. 271

(1907). Q.

This beautiful species is the type of the genus, and is easily

distinguished by the colouring. ‘The pronotum is somewhat

longer and much more convex than in the other species ; the

288 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

neuration is similar to that of eneus, but the radial cell is a

little longer.

Lab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), October and November.

2. Auchenophorus eneus, Turn.

Auchenophorus eneus, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 271

(1907). 9.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Zurner), February; Kuranda, Q.

(Turner), January.

3. Auchenophorus fulvicornis, Turn.

Auchenophorus fulvicornis, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 272

(1907). d.

The female is much larger than the male, measuring

10 mm. in length, and is of more robust build than the other

species. ‘The enclosed area of the median segment is very

coarsely longitudinally striated. The colouring is more

obscure in the female than in the male. When the wings

are closed this species closely resembles Hphutomorpha im-

pressiventris, André, and other similarly coloured Mutillide,

with which it is found running on the ground.

flab. Kuranda, Q. ( Zurner), January.

XXXII.—Rhynchotal Notes—LXI. By W. L. Disranz.

HoMopreERA.

Fam. Membracide (continued from p. 44).

Telingana recurvata, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black ; a°marginal frontal fascia on

each side of pronotum beneath the bases of the lateral pro-

cesses, suffusions to face, narrow basal margins of pronotum,

and the scutellum greyishly tomentose; body beneath and

legs black, posterior tibie (excluding apex) ochraceous,

abdomen above with the segmental margins narrowly testa-

ceous, beneath more or less greyishly tomentose ; membrane

pale zeneous, the venation and narrow apical margin fuscous-

brown, basal and costal areas black; pronotum coarsely

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 289

punctate and rugulose, the lateral processes outwardly and a

little upwardly directed, strongly and regularly recurved,

apices acute, above distinctly longitudinally carinate, poste-

rior process slender, strongly tricarinate, in length reaching

abdominal apex ; scutellum distinctly longer than broad. |

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; breadth lat. pronot. process.

6 mm.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (A. R. Wallace).

Allied to T. subsimilis, Walk., but differing by the strongly

recurved lateral pronotal processes, &e.

The Centrotus subsimilis, Walk. (Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

Zool. i. p. 163, 1857), is founded on a damaged specimen in

which the scutellum is mutilated.

Telingana? varipes.

Centrotus varipes, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. i. p. 164

(1857).

Hab. Borneo.

Walker’s type is a mutilated specimen, and in his descrip-

tion of the thorax—‘ cornu postico brevi”—one must read

“posterior pronotal process mutilated.” The scutellum is

also badly damaged.

Leptocentrus albonotata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs black ; basal

margin of scutellum, lateral margins of face, and lateral

spots to sternum greyish white; tegmina subhyaline, palely

geneous, venation brownish, margins narrowly piceous or

black, base black, immediately followed by a large greyish-

white spot ; pronotum thickly punctate, the lateral processes

moderately short, straightly directed outwardly, gradually

narrowing to apices which are acute, centrally longitudinally

carinate, posterior process slender, tricarinate, well separated

from the scutellum, almost obliquely straight, very slightly

sinnate, its apex acute and slightly passing the posterior

angle of inner tegminal margin ; scutellum about as long as

broad ; eyes testaceous.

Long., incl. tegm., 65 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process.

34 mm.

Hab. Nilgiris; Hillgrove, 400-600 feet, on coffee (Pusa

Coll.).

290 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Leptocentrus abduliah, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum fuscous brown, distinctly

pilose ; legs castaneous ; tegmina pale zeneous, extreme base

and costal area continued to apex, fuscous brown ; pronotum

coarsely punctate, the lateral processes very long, upwardly

and outwardly directed, somewhat broadly compressed, above

strongly longitudinally carinate, apices subtruncate, their

anterior angles rounded, the posterior angles subacute, poste-

rior process slender, tricarinate, elevated above scutellum,

apical area depressed and about reaching abdominal apex ;

scutellum about as broad as long.

Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 6 mm.

Hab. Siamese Malay States; Bulsit Besar (Annandale &

Robinson).

This species is very distinct by the long and suberect

lateral pronotal processes.

ARIMANES, gen. nov.

Face stout and broad (imperfectly seen in unique carded

type) ; pronotum long and narrow, not upwardly directed,

narrower at apex than at base, strongly centrally cariate,

theanterior lateral processes long, directed forwardly,scarcely

outwardly, a little upwardly, their apices clavate and trun-

cate, distinctly tricarinate, and between the carinations

distinctly broadly sulcate, the upper carination extending

about halfway over disk of pronotum, posterior process

gradually narrowing from base to apex, moderately convexly

curved and reaching tegminal apices, tricarinate ; tegmina

a little more than twice as long as broad, the costal and

subcostal areas granulate, apical areas four.

This genus is allied to Ceraon and Lubra.

Arimanes doryensis, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum piceous black, finely and somewhat

obscurely sprinkled with minute whitish spots, the anterior

lateral and posterior pronotal processes and body more

piceous brown, a whitish tomentose fascia from outer base

of each lateral process to sternum, where it is continued on

each lateral margin ; legs ochraceous ; tegmina pale bronzy

brown with a few obscure whitish tomentose spots; pro-

notum (including the anterior and posterior processes)

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 291

thickly punctate ; other structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm. and ant. pronot. process., 9 mm.

Hab. New Guinea; Dory (A. R. Wallace).

Centrotypus bowringi, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and body beneath black ; legs piceous ;

abdomen beneath and sternum thickly, longly, ochraceously

pilose ; tegmina shining castaneous, the costal area piceous ;

pronotum coarsely punctate, centrally strongly medially

carinate, the lateral processes moderately broad, upwardly

recurved, their upper surfaces distinctly longitudinally

carinate, their apices broadly subacute, seen from the front

more straightly oblique and apically acute, posterior process

strongly tricarinate, its apex reaching the posterior angle of

inner tegminal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.

Hab. Penang (J. C. Bowring).

Allied to C. shelfordi, Dist., from Borneo, but differing in

the shape and structure to the lateral pronotal processes,

which are more slender and apically subacute than in that

species.

PoLonivs, gen. nov.

General shape and form of the Australasian genus Ser-

torius, but with the posterior pronotal process not promi-

nently thickened at its base, and only about reaching the

posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; apical areas

to the tegmina longer and their veins more or less turned

inwardly as in Pogon.

Polonius liseratensis, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum black, finely shortly pilose, the face

and front of pronotum longly, thickly, ochraceously pilose ;

legs castaneous, palely pilose ; scutellum with an apical spot ;

tegmina castaneous, base and costal area black or piceous; pro-

notum finely punctate, centrally longitudinally carinate, the

lateral processes very short and recurved, their apices acute,

posterior process strongly tricarinate, moderately slender, its

base very slightly separated from scutellum, its apex acute

and about reaching the posterior angle of the inner tegminal

margin ; legs longly pilose.

292 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes.

Long., incl. tegm., 74 mm.; exp. tegm. 4 mm.

Hab. Siamese Malay States; Biserat (Annandale & Robin-

On).

Centrotus talumensis, sp. n.

Pronotum piceous, the disk sparingly blackly tuberculate,

the lateral angles short, robust, thickly coarsely biackly

tuberculate, their apices roundly truncate, very shortly and

obsoletely acute, centrally transversely ridged, the disk with

a black central carination continued on the posterior process,

which is tricarinate and thickly somewhat finely punctate ;

scutellum with a dull ochraceous spot on each side of base,

lateral areas of sternum also more or less dull ochraceous ;

face black, finely punctate; abdomen beneath greyishly

pilose, the segmental margins dull ochraceous; legs casta-

neous brown; tegmina dark castaneous brown, basal and

costal areas coarsely punctate.

Long. 8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm.

Hab. Siamese Malay States ; Talum (Annandale 5 Robin-

son).

Allied to C. matangensis, Dist., a Bornean species, but with

the lateral pronotal angles shorter and their apices, especially

when viewed from the front, broader and truncate.

Otinotoides subflavipes.

Centrotus subflavipes, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol: x. p. 189

(1868).

Hab. New Guinea.

The type of this species isa mutilated specimen, the lateral

pronotal process being almost absent and the posterior pro-

cess being broken off before apex.

The species is allied to O. pallipes, Walk.

Otinotoides contractus.

Centrotus contractus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 188

(1868).

Hab. Aru.

Genus LosocEentTRUSs.

Lobocentrus, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 727.

Dograna, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch, iv. p, 24 (1907).

Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 293

Lobocentrus zonatus.

Lobocentrus zonatus, Stal, dify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 728.

Campylocentrus falco, Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 243, pl. lvi. figs. 2, 24

(1903).

Hab. Philippines.

Lobocentrus suffultus.

Dograna suffulta, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. iv. p. 24 (1907).

Hab. Bombay.

Eufairmairia densus.

Centrotus densus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 163

(1857).

Hab. Borneo.

Tricentrus acer.

Centrotus acer, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 163 (1858),

Hab. Malacca.

Centrotus ferrugineus, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187

(1868).

Hab. New Guinea.

This is another mutilated unique specimen described by

Walker, who accurately writes :—‘‘The hind horn of the

specimen here described is broken.” In the absence of a

perfect specimen, generic identification is impossible. It

may belong to or come near the genus Tricentrus.

Otinotus oneratus.

Centrotus oneratus, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 78 (1858).

Otinotus oneratus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. vi. p. 160 (1916).

? Centrotus invarius, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 621 (1851).

The unique type of Walker’s Centrotus invarius is a muti-

lated specimen in which the apical area of the posterior

pronotal process is missing. In all other respects the species

appertains to QO. oneratus, and, if accepted, would take

priority in publication. I prefer, however, to leave C. in-

varius as a doubtful and mutilated type, the locality of

which was uncertain and given by Walker as “ China (?).”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 20

294 Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine.

Nilautama tricornis.

Nilautama tricornis, Melich. Notes Leyd. Mus. xxxvi. p. 114, pl. ni

fig. 8 (1914). ;

Hab. Java (Jacobson). Siamese Malay States; Patani

(Annandale 5; Robinson).

Nilautama? cicadiformis.

Centrotus cicadiformis, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 164

(1857).

Hab. Borneo.

In describing this terribly mutilated specimen Walker

writes :— Lateral horns of the thorax almost obsolete’; no

hind horn.”? The lateral pronotal processes are clearly

broken off near their bases, and are not, therefore, ‘ obso-

lete’”’?; the posterior process has clearly been broken off

at its base by the action of the inserted entomological pin.

It has the appearance of a Nilautama, but the venation of

the tegmina is a little more reticulate near the apical areas. .

Terentius rolandi.

Terentius rolandi, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 492 (1915).

I described this species from a specimen collected by

Mr. R. E. Turner in N. Queensland. Mr. Froggatt, of

Sydney, has now sent me another specimen collected in New

Guinea, Binituri River (Murray).

XX XITI.—Some Notes on the Echimyine.

By OLpFIeELp THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.,

IN a recent paper * Mr. Goldman has drawn attention to the

advisability of separating what he terms “ Phyllomys,? the

spiny rats with simple laminated upper molars, from ‘“ Zon-

cheres,” those with more complex teeth, and in the advantage

of this separation I entirely agree. The names of the two

genera are not, however, as Mr. Goldman has put them, but

respectively Nelomys and Echimys, for reasons which have

been already explained fT.

* P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxix. p. 125 (1916).

t Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xviii. p. 240.

Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine. 295

The spineless species with complicated Echimys-like teeth

may be retained as a distinet genus, Jsothrix, with type

I. bistriata, and other species villosa (which perhaps=

bistriata), orinoct, picta, and pagura [I. pachyura, Wagn.,

renamed later J. crassicaudus, was said to be probably the

same as Lund’s Nelomys antricola, which is a Cercomys].

At the same time, it may be observed that there appears

to be no constant difference in skull or dentition between

Echimys and Isothrix, though the marked distinction in the

characters of the coat justifies the retention of the genus

Lsothrix, with which Lasturomys is synonymous.

Of the type-species of Echimys, E. chrysurus, Zimm., of

Guiana, the Museum possesses examples from the Upper

Corentyn (Sir R. Schomburgk), R. Supinaam (Ff. V. McCon-

nell), and Potaro Highlands (Dr. C. Bovallius), while a skin

of the closely allied but smaller Amazonian species H. palea-

ceus, Licht., has been received from the Goeldi Museum, Para

(locality, Peixe Boi), as also have two specimens of the

“Toro”? of the Lower Amazons, Lchimys grandis, Wagn.

(Santarem and Faro).

The other Guiana species, which was described by me in

1888 as Loncheres guiane, is unquestionably LE. armatus,

Geoff., whose determination has been long in doubt, but

whose locality (Cayenne) and external characters, as shown

in Lichtenstein’s figure, absolutely agree with those of

L. guiane, with which ZL. castaneus, Allen, is also synony-

mous. ‘The species ranges from Trinidad and the mainland

opposite eastwards to Cayenne, and also occurs on the Lower

Amazon (Para, Cametdé) and in Northern Maranhao (Miri-

tiba). It is exceedingly variable in coloration, as is shown

by our considerable series from British Guiana, where it is

very common.

Finally, the three closely related species semivillosus, punc-

tatus, and carrikeri occur in Eastern Colombia and Venezuela,

but material does not exist for their proper comparison with

each other.

In Nelomys (syn. Phyllomys) the upper molars consist of

four simple transverse lamin, which persist without

coalescing with each other at different ages, this continued

separation being due to the equal depth of the three trans-

verse valleys dividing the lamin. In Hehimys and Isothria,

owing to the varying depth of the valleys, the laminze

coalesce and present a more complicated pattern, which

varies at different ages.

Of Nelomys blainvillei, Jourdan, the genotype, the Museum

possesses one of the original specimens collected on the Isla

20*

~“

296 Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine.

de Deos, Bahia, by M. Blanchet, and sent by M. Pictet to the

Zoological Society’s Museumin 1838 (B.M.no. 55. 12. 24. 116).

Unfortunately the skull is missing, one ramus of the lower

jaw being alone preserved; but from this, as from the figures

of the teeth published by Geoffroy and Wagner, there can be

no doubt that this handsome species, of which no recent

specimens have been recorded, has the laminated upper teeth

above described. Whence it follows that the genus should

be termed Nelomys, this name antedating Phyllomys by two

years. All the species of the genus are spiny, for it now

proves that the non-spiny species deserve generic separation

from true Velomys.

“« Loncheres’’ caniceps, Giinth., from Antioquia, is the first

described of these latter, and, besides the type, the Museum

contains an example from Bayone, North Keuador, collected

by Flemming and Miketta. Two other allied species, both

from Panama, are Loncheres labilis, Bangs, and Isothrix

darling?, Goldman. All three have been placed in Phyllomys

by Goldman.

But on examination of the teeth of the two specimens of

caniceps above referred to, I have found that not only are the

upper molars transversely laminated, as in Nelomys, but the

lower molars are of similar structure, which is not the case

in Nelomys, whose,lower teeth, unlike the upper, are compli-

cated, very much as in Hehimys, with the laminz variously

forked and united. Excellent figures of two stages of the

Nelomys molars were given by Hensel *, and from these the

characters may be readily perceived.

But in caniceps, and presumably in labil’s and darling?, all

the lamine of the lower teeth are as completely separated as

those of the upper teeth, and though the middle one of each

molar is slightly bowed and angularly convex forward in the

centre, yet there is no complexity or junction between different

laminee, as is the case in Nelomys.

On this account I have suggested t that a new genus,

termed Diplomys, should be formed for caniceps and its

relatives. Briefly stated, its diagnosis would be as follows :—

Lower molars simply and transversely laminated, duplicating

the character of the upper ones.

Fur rather harsh, but not definitely spinous. Other

characters as in Nelomys.

Genotype. Diplomys caniceps (Loncheres caniceps, Giinth.).

Other species. 1). labilis (Bangs), D. darling? (Goldman),

Range. Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador.

* Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, pl. i. figs. 11 & 12.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 240.

Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine. 297

It thus appears that the ranges of the genera of the present

group are to a great extent separate, Nelomys being South

Brazilian, Echimys and Isothria occurring in ‘Amazonia and

the Pipaicies to the northwards, while “Diplomys is alone

foundain Colombia and Panama.

With regard to the species of Velomys, much confusion and

ignorance exists, largely owing to the fact that so many of

the earlier species were described without their exact localities

being known, and often without reference to their dental

characters. For these reasons it is impossible to identify

with any certainty, and I would propose altogether to set

aside, the animals bearing the specific names of didelphordes,

ecm. obscurus, Wagu., and unicolor, Riipp., until such

time as a competent examination of the type-specimens shows

what the names represent. Possibly, however, all three are

_the form of the Rio Janeiro region, for which I now pro-

visionally use Lund’s name brasz/iensis.

Wagner’s nigrispina, of Sio Paulo, is as yet unrepresented

in the Museum ; but, thanks to the kindness of Dr. H. von

Ihering, we have three specimens of the largest species,

thomasi, of the Island of Sao Sebastiao, originally described

asa Mesomys. And of the smaller southern forms, medius

and dasythriz we have a number of specimens, including the

type of the former and a co- typical siull from Hensel’s

collection of the latter.

From the most northern point of the range of the genus,

north-west of Bahia, we have a fine series of a species which

appears to be new, and may be called

Nelomys lamarum, sp. n.

Size small, about as in brasiliensis and dasythrix. General

colour paler than in any other species, the general tone above

little darker than ‘‘ ochraceous buff”’ ; sides clearer and paler,

becoming more drabby on the sides of the belly. Underside

generally pure white to the roots of the hairs from chin to

inguinal region, but the white is of very variable breadth,

either extending uearly the full breadth of the belly, nar-

rowed to a mere middle line, which is the most usual condition,

or altogether interrupted over the ventral area. Head rather

greyer than back ; whiskers and the inconspicuous tufts over

the ears brown. Spines of back about 18 mm. in length,

grey, with a blackish subterminal band and a buffy tip; hairs

between the spines similarly grey, with bright buffy or

ochraceous ends. Hands and feet buffy whitish. ‘Tail about

as long as the trunk, its base hairy, the remainder thinly

hairy, the hairs not hiding the scales, the terminal tuft little

298 Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine.

developed ; brown above, whitish below ; scales about ten to

the centimetre.

Skull about as in NV. dasythrix, the palatal notch perhaps

deeper and sharper. Relation of back of nasals to end of

premaxillary processes very variable.

Dimensions in the flesh :—

Head and body 220 mm.; tail 212; hind foot 33;

ear 14. -

Skull: greatest length 51; condylo-incisive length 45 ;

zygomatic breadth 24; nasals 15°2 x 5; interorbital breadth 11;

palatilar length 19; upper tooth-series 11-2.

Hab. Lamareé, Bahia, about 70 miles N.W. of Bahia city.

Alt. 300 mm.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 3.9. 5.96. Original

number 1414. Collected 24th May, 1903, by Alphonse

Robert. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Thirteen specimens.

This species is readily distinguishable from any other we

have by its pale colour and less bushy tail. It had been

provisionally determined as dide/phoides, Desm., but there is

really nothing to connect it with that species, which had no

locality, is far smaller, and was stated to be of a brown

colour, which no one would say of the present animal.

Indeed, there is no evidence that didelphoides even belonged

to the restricted genus Velomys.

Of the original Echimys hispidus, ‘ Geoff.,” apparently

first validly published by Desmarest in 1817, I have, by the

kindness of Dr. Anthony, been privileged to examine the

typical skull, still preserved in the Paris Museum. This

shows that 1. Aispidus, about which so much confusion has

arisen from time to time, belongs to none of the genera to

which it has been hitherto referred, but is a Mesomys, appa-

rently quite similar to J/. ecaudatus, Wagn. As a result,

the early and suitable name Aispidus will happily replace

the unfortunate term ecaudatus, given to a specimen which

had lost its tail. Some notes on the characters of this rare

genus were published in 1905 *.

DacTYLomys.

A comparison of our specimens of Dactylomys dactylinus,

Geoff., and D. peruanus, Allen, indicate that they might very

well represent distinct subgenera. LD. dactylinus has its long

tail practically naked (apart from the base), the few fine hairs

on it not at all hiding the scales, which are large and con-

spicuous. Indeed, it is the most prominently naked tail in

the family, almost rivalling that of Uromys in this respect.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. p. 590.

Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimyine. 299

On the other hand, D. perwanus has a very hairy tail, which

is really quite bushy for the basal half, and well clothed to

the more or less tufted end, the scales being only just percep-

tible between the hairs on the subterminal fifth. ‘This diffe-

rence gives the animals quite a different appearance, and no

doubt indicates a difference in habits.

In the teeth, while the outer re-entrant angles in the upper

molars of D. dactylinus are of equal extension throughout,

running from one-half to three-fifths across each tooth, in

D. peruanus their angles, similar to those of dactylinus in

the premolar and m*, are in m? and m? of unequal extension,

the posterior running across nearly to the inner edge of the

tooth, while the anterior is as in the other teeth.

Under these circumstances I would suggest that D. peru-

anus should form the type of a new SE OBSLOS, which might

be called Lachnomys.

The claws of Lachnomys, both before and behind, are

absolutely as in true Dactylomys.

'THRINACODUS.

This genus is very nearly allied to Dactylomys, but differs

in the character of its claws, which are normal throughout,

except that the second hind pair is modified into an oblique

asymmetrical nail, as in many other members of the family.

Its tail is intermediate in hairiness between that of true

Dactylomys and of Lachnomys. ‘The angles of its molars

approach those of the latter form.

The specimens available come from three different regions

—Merida, Bogota, and Antioquia, the last being the type-

locality.

Those from Merida have distinctly larger skull and larger

teeth, and might be distinguished specitically.

Thrinacodus edax, sp. n

Colour and other external characters as in 7. albicauda,

but the tail completely white along the under surface, the

terminal half above also white ; line of demarcation tairly

abrupt.

Skull larger than in 7’ albicauda. Molars broader and

heavier. In an adult topotype of albscauda the breadth

across the most distant points of the two premolars is 8°5 mm.,

and the breadth of each tooth, measured diagonally from the

front of the two inner points to the second of the outer points,

is 4°0 mm., while in edax these measurements are respec-

tively 9°2 and 4:6 mm.; and the other teeth are all in

proportion.

300 Mr. O. Thomas on the Echimy ine.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Head and body 225 mm. ; tail 345; hind foot 46°5.

Skull: greatest length 57; condylo-incisive length 51:4 ;

zygomatic breadth 29:3 ; nasals 18°2 x 6; interorbital breadth

12-2 ; palatilar length 23 ; upper tooth-series 15:2.

Hab. Sierra de Merida. Alt. 2800 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 5.7.5.7. Original num-

ber 17. Collected on 15th December, 1903, by 8. Briceiio.

Three specimens.

On the other hand, the specimens from Bogota and Antio-

quia agree closely with each other in all important respects.

The last group on which I have any comment to make is

that of the short-tailed spiny rats, which includes Azara’s

spiny rat, the first of the subfamily to be discovered, and

neatly the last to have its technical name settled. For

Fleming’s selection of EZ. chrysurus as the type of Lchimys

has dispossessed spinosus of the generic name by which it has

been so long known, and it must now bear Goeldi’s term _

Euryzygomatomys.

But turther consideration makes me think that its Brazilian

relative, “‘ Hehimys”’ laticeps, differs so much from it as to

justify the erection for it of a special genus, which might be

diagnosed as follows :—

CLYOMYS, gen. nov.

Fore-claws fossorial, much longer than in Euryzygoma-

tomys.

Bulle hypertrophied, a great part of them visible external

to the paroccipital processes when viewed from behind.

Molars proportionally small, the last upper soon losing the

posterior transverse cleft, so that the tooth-surface is then

circular, with one notch only on each side of it. In Lury-

zygomatomys the most worn teeth always show traces ot a

trilaminate structure.

Genotype. Clyomys laticeps (Mesomys laticeps, Winge* ;

Echimys laticeps, Thos.).

Other distinctions between spznosus and /aticeps are pointed

out in my paper on the latter, which is the only member of

the family with distinctly fossorial claws and hypertrophied

bullee.

* By the modern rules, the fact that Winge published the statement

that “ Loncheres laticeps, Lund=Mesomys sprnosus, Desm.,” made him

the author of the specific name, even though he did not recognize the

distinctness of the animal from Mesomys spinosus. His description and

figures of the latter all refer to Clyomys laticeps,

On the Classification of the Cavies. 301

Within Huryzygomatomys I now find it possible to distin-

guish from the true Paraguayan spdnosus the form found in

Santa Catherina as follows :—

Euryzygomatomys catellus, sp. n.

General colour and other external characters as in FZ, spi-

mosus, except that on the under surface the white area is

much reduced in extent. In spinosus the whole under surface

from chin to inguinal region is white, and this colour extends

nearly or quite over the whole breadth of the belly, where it

grades, without very sharp line ef demarcation, into the buffy

or drab of the flanks. In FE. catellus, on the other hand, the

chin and throat are suffused with brownish, there is a marked

brown patch in the middle of the chest, and the white of the

belly is reduced to a comparatively narrow median area owing

to the encroachment on it of the brownish or drabby flank-

colour, from which its line of demarcation is somewhat

abruptly defined.

The skull is, on the whole, similar to that of JH. spinosus,

except that the V of the palatal notch is less excessively

narrow and pointed, and does not extend quite so far into the

palate—at most to the posterior third of m?, and more often

only to the hinder edge of that tooth.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men before skinning) :—

Head and body 245 mm. ; tail 53; hind foot 35; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 49; condylo-incisive length 46°2 ;

zygomatic breadth 27°3; nasals 14°3x6°5; interorbital

breadth 11; palatilar length 19°2; upper tooth-series 10.

Hab. Santa Catherina. Type from Joinville.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9.11.19. 30. Collected

by W. Ehrhardt. Four specimens.

I have provisionally used a binomial name for this animal ;

but intermediate forms may prove to exist in the little-known

country between its type-locality and that of EH. spinosus,

and it will then have to be regarded as a subspecies.

XXXIV.—On the Classification of the Cavies.

By Ouprietp THomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Mr. Witrrep Oscoop has recently published a suggested

revision of the classification of the Cavies*, and has divided

* Field Museum Publ, Zool. x. p. 194 (1915),

302 On the Classification of the Cavies.

them into two genera, one of these being subdivided into

three subgenera. He recognizes the genus Kerodon, in-

cluding K. rupestris only, as disunct from Cavia, mainly on

account of its peculiar sternum and other skeletal charac-

teristics, while within the large genus Cavia he only gives

subgeneric importance to the molar characters usually used

to distinguish Cavia s.s. from the other forms with teeth like

those of Kerodon, which have generally been included in the

latter genus.

Among these, again, he has discovered a character in the

complete interruption of the maxillary in front of the

lacrymals, to distinguish Galea (musteloides, boliviensis, spizt,

&c.) from Cavia s. s. (porcellus, aperea, &c.) and “ Caviella”’

(australis, menas, &c.).

In naming some specimens recently received, I have had

occasion to examine Mr. Osgood’s classification, which is

clearly a distinct advance in the matter, though I would

venture to propose some amplification of it.

Mr. Osgood’s sections, whether called genera or subgenera, _

are all clearly defined natural groups, easily distinguished

from each other by definite characters, and I would, there-

fore, suggest that they should all be treated as genera.

In addition, I would erect a special genus for my Cavia

niata, which is quite a specialized form, readily distinguish-

able from the other members of Caviella, in which Mr. Osgood

includes it.

The following is a synopsis of the genera, the characters

not being in any way detailed, as such of them as have not

been published by Waterhouse and other earlier writers

have been well described by Osgood :—

A. Cheek-teeth complicated, as indicated by

Waterhouse * ipl vide 9 ir, occemep eee 1. Cavia, Linn.

Genotype, C. porcellus, L. Other species: C. aperea, Erxl., rufescens,

Lund, cutlerz, Benn., atahualpe, Osg.

B, Cheek-teeth comparatively simple (¢f. Water-

house, pl. vi. figs. 1-8).

a. Toes with claws. ‘ Sternum broad and flat”

( Osgood).

a’, Skull shortened, bowed. JIncisors un-

pigmented. Orbital branch of maxillary

continuous as a narrow strip in front of

lacrymals.

a*. Incisors nearly vertical, their angle to

the line of the molars, measured as

described in the footnotet, about 100°.

* Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. (1848).

+ When publishing the method of obtaining this important angle

(J. Bombay N. H. Soc. xxiv. p. 408, footnote, 1916), I took it from the

terminal part of the enamel-coy ered front of the tooth, believing that in

On the Classification of the Cavies. 303

M* more complicated, with heel long

and separated from the rest of the

posterior lobe by a deep notch ...... 2. Caviella, Osg.

Genotype, C. australis, Geoff. & D’Orb. Other species: C. menas,

hos,

6°, Incisors much thrown forward, their

angle with the line of the tooth-row

about 115°. J* less complicated, the

heel a mere short triangular projection,

without internal notch ............ 3. Monticavia, g. n.

Genotype, M. niata (Cavia niata, Thos.). Other form: M. niata

palidior, Thos,

6. Skull not specially shortened. Incisors

pigmented, directed backwards, their

angle about 85° with the line of the

tooth-row. Orbital branch of maxillary

completely interrupted by lacrymal.... 4. Galea, Meyen.

Genotype, G. musteloides, Meyen. Other species: G. boliviensis,

Waterh., auceps, Thos., syia7, Wagl., flavidens, Brandt, wellsi, Osg., pa-

lustris, Thos.

6. Toes with nails. Skeletal characters de-

Sembed: py Ospood.(2e!)e:5 kets skid sos 5. Kerodon, F. Cuv.

Genotype, K. rupestris (Cavia rupestris, Wied).

this way a more exact measurement might be obtained. But this involves

the anomaly that teeth which appear to the eye approximately vertical have

a measured index of about 75°, instead of 90°, while teeth with a measured

angle of 90° are in reality what one calls “ thrown forward.” The object

of all such measurements being to give a more exact method of expres-

sion to eye-judgments, I would propose now to alter the measurement, to

make it more in conformity with the general impression.

This may be done by adjusting one limb of the goniometer to the

chord of the curve shown in side-view by the whole exposed part of the

tooth, from the highest external corner where it issues from the bone to

the tip of the tooth. The other limb is then adjusted parallel with the

tooth-row, this being easily done by eye, and the resulting angle read off.

As explained before, specimens with properly developed incisors, neither

pulled out nor pushed in, are necessary, and it is also essential that the

examples should be without imperfections in the bone at the point

where the incisors leave it.

The resultant angles are all, of course, considerably higher than before,

and I now give the angles in the same animals measured in the revised

way. Rattus listert comes out at 52° instead of 26°-28°, R. rattus 70°

80°, R. berdmorei about 100°. Rhizomys 82°-87°, Nyctocleptes 97° or 98°,

Bathyergus about 105°, Cannomys 112°-115°; while in the most extreme

form of all, Heliophobius, the angle is about 180°. A Canadian beaver

stands at 90°, a Cynomys at 95°, and an Ondatra at 96°.

As before, a fairly large limit of error must be allowed; but this does

not seem to be greater in the new way, which undoubtedly gives a truer

idea of the angle at which the incisors are set.

Instead of a goniometer, a simple protractor may be used, and the

angle judged by eye; but in that case the limits of error would un-

doubtedly be larger. Even then, however, there is a gain in exactness

as compared with the old vague statements of “ incisors thrown forward”

or “ directed backward,” without any effort at measurement at all.

304 Mr. O. Thomas on

XXXV.—Two new Argentine Rodents, with a new Subgenus

of Ctenomys. By OLpDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THANKS to the hospitality of the owners of the ranche, and

especially to the kind assistance of Don Cecil Porteous,

Mr. Robin Kemp has been enabled to make a collection of

small mammals at La Maria Luisa Ranche, on the Pampas

of Buenos Ayres Province. Among the specimens so obtained

are a series of a Tuco-tuco, which appears to be distinct from

any described.

It may be called

Ctenomys porteousi, sp. 0.

Allied to Ct. azare, but larger, with much larger bullee and

less developed parietal ridges.

General colour above approximately “ cinnamon-brown,”

lined with blackish, the median area of the back darkened,

sometimes quite to black, but the dark area not sharply

defined. Top of muzzle and crown also blackish. Under

surface near ‘ vinaceous buff” or rather more drabby, the

bases of the hairs, as usual, dark slaty. Hands and feet

buffy whitish. Tail dull whitish, drabby, or pale brown, the

terminal crest darker, often blackish.

Skull, as compared with that of Ct. azarae, decidedly larger

(like sexes being compared), but of the same general shape.

Crown smooth, the parietal ridges, which are particularly

well marked in azar@, almost imperceptible in the oldest

specimens. Incisive fissure of medium size, close in front of

the palatal foramina, and in the same general hollow with

them. Foramen magnum unusually high, with either one or

two projections downwards on its upper edge. Bullee much

larger than in azare, which, in turn, has them larger than in

talarum. Incisors slightly less thrown forward than in azare

(angle with tooth-row about 97°-100°, as compared with

105°-108°), their front surface rather darker in colour,

approximately “ xanthine orange.”’

Dimensions of adult male and female (the first the

type) :—

Head and body 185, 150 mm.; tail 86, 79; hind foot

35, 32.

Skull: length in middle line 46°5, 42 ; condylo-incisive

length 46°5, 41°5 ; diagonal length from gnathion to back of

bulla 48°8, 44; zygomatic breadth 27°8, 25 ; nasals 16°5, 15;

Two new Argentine Rodents. 305

interorbital breadth 9, 8°33; least breadth across brain-case

18°5, 18; greatest breadth on bullee 26°8, 25°3 ; bulle, length

diagonally in horizontal plane 18,17 ; breadth at right angles

to last 9°5, 9. Upper molar series (alveoli) 10:9.

Hab. Bonifacio, S.W. Buenos Ayres Province, about

36° 40’ S., 62° W. Other specimens from Papin, El Inca

(thanks to the help of Mr. George Hughes), and La Zauja in

the same region. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 2639. Collected by

R. Kemp, 27th May, 1916. Sixteen specimens.

Just as Ct. azare, which occurs in the western half of the

Buenos Ayres Pampas, from General Acha to San Rafael,

differs from the Eastern Ct. talarum (La Plata to Bahia

Blanca) by its slightly larger size and much larger bull, so

it ig in turn exceeded in both respects by the present form,

which occurs between the two. The blackened area on the

back also distinguishes this species, no such darkened area

being present in azare.

J have named this distinct Tuco-tuco in honour of Don Cecil

Porteous, but in doing so I may also recall the help

Mr. Kemp has received from Col. J. J. Porteous in various

matters connected with his trip.

The fine series obtained by Mr. Kemp indicates that the

males average decidedly larger than the females, a point

which it is not always easy to determine owing to the great

difficulty in this genus of deciding as to the age of individual

specimens.

The genus Ctenomys, as a whole, is remarkably uniform in

superspecific characters, and I find it impossible to subdivide

it in any way, with the one exception that Ct. leucodon,

Waterh., of the Bolivian Plateau, differs so much by its

practically unpigmented incisors'and the extent to which they

are thrown forward (angle about 118°, the majority of the

species being about 10U° or, at most, 11U°) that it apparently

deserves subgeneric distinction. I would suggest for the

new subgenus the name of Haptomys.

Reithrodon cuniculotdes pampanus, subsp. n.

General essential characters as in cuniculoides of the south,

not as in the more northern typicus. Body-colour of the

same greyish olivaceous as examples from the Valle del Lago

Blanco which I assign to hatchert, Allen, but fur rather

shorter. Feet smaller, slenderer, and less heavily furred,

though the terminal part of the sole is not so naked as in

typicus. Tail well-furred, as in the southern form, but less

“

306 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Tooth-change,

strongly contrasted dark and light, the dark line along its

upper side narrower and with less black in it.

Skull with the posterior nares narrowed and closed in to a

sharp angle, level with the front edge of the pits in the para-

pterygoid fossee, just as in cuniculo(des and hatcher?, not as

in typicus. Colour of incisors darker than in cunieulotdes.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 145 mm. ; tail 85; hind foot 29; ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 35:5; condylo-incisive length 32°6 ;

zygomatic breadth 19°8 ; nasals 15; palatilar length 16°8 ;

palatal foramina 9; postforaminal palate 7; upper molar

series 6°7,

Hab. Southern pampas of Buenos Ayres ieegeaee Type

from Peru, F.C.P., about 200 kilometres N.W. of Balia

Blanca.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 13. 11.1.1. Ori-

ginal number 3. Collected 20th July, 1913, and_presented

by F. H. F. Parkes, Esq. Three specimens. Others ob-

anak by A. W. Whyte and W. A. Smithers.

This seems to be the northern representative of the 2. cuni- -

culoides of Patagonia, differing from R. typicus of Uruguay

and Corrientes by more essential characters than any that

separate the southern forms from each other. On this account

I should consider hatchert also asa subspecies of cuniculoides,

although I confess J have not for comparison modern topo-

types of the latter. But, according to the describer of

R. hatchert, the differences are mainly in colour.

XXXVI.—On the Tooth-change, Cranial Characters, and

Classification of the Snow-Leopard or Ounce (Felis uncia),

By R.I. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Zoological

Society’s Gardens.

Tuts paper is based mainly upon a series of skulls in the

collection of the Zoological Society. Two of the series are

those of the snow-leopard or ounce (Felis uncia), whose

cranial characters have never been fully described, so far

as I am aware. The animals themselves lived only a few

months in captivity. Hence the features the skulls

present may be regarded without hesitation as normal.

Neither animal was mature, and since by chance these

skulls show very clearly the successive steps in the tooth-

change, an account of that process may be interesting. Of

greater interest, however, are certain characteristics shown

Cranial Characters, &c., of the Snow-Leopard. 307

by the occipital region, more particularly those connected.

with the tympanic bulle, when compared with those parts

in F, leo, tigris, pardus, and onca.

The Succession of the Teeth.

There is nothing noteworthy in the structure of the teeth

of the deciduous set.

In the smaller of the two skulls, measuring 125 mm. in

basal length, the tooth-change has just started. In the upper

jaw the two inner pairs of deciduous incisors have been shed

and replaced by those of the permanent set, which are fully

erupted; but the deciduous outer incisors are still in place,

with the tips of the corresponding teeth of the permanent

set appearing through the bone just behind them.

The first deciduous premolar has been shed, pushed out by

the crown of the permanent tooth, which, however, lies deep

in its alveolus.

The canines and second and third premolars of the

deciduous set are in place and fully functional ; but the

molar, lying some distance behind the last deciduous pre-

molar, is through the bone, but not quite fully erupted.

In this stage, therefore, the four median incisors, the first

premolars, and the molars of the permanent set are cut,

while the outer incisors, the canines, and second and third

premolars of the deciduous set are still in full use.

In the next stage, shown by the larger skull measuring

131 mm. in basal length, the outer deciduous incisors have

been replaced by those of tle permanent set, which are

slightly higher than the rest of the series.

The deciduous canines are shed and the permanent canines

are half-erupted.

The first permanent premolar and the molar are fully

erupted, and the third permanent premolar (carnassial) has

pushed out its small predecessor and is erupted nearly to the

level of the deciduous second premolar, which is fully

functional just in front of it, and is the only tooth of the

deciduous set still retained.

On each side of the upper jaw, therefore, the permanent

teeth become functional approximately in the following

order :—(1) the two inner incisors; (2) the first premolar

and the molar together; (38) the outer incisors; (4) the

canine and the third premolar (carnassial) at the same

time ; (5) the second premolar. The deciduous teeth are

shed in corresponding order, the last to fall being the second

premolar (carnassial). ‘Thus the carnassials of the deciduous

and permanent sets are functional at the same time.

308 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the Tooth-change,

In the mandible of the smaller skull the deciduous incisors

are shed, those of the permanent set being in place, although

the outer teeth are shorter than the rest. The canines and

premolars (pm, pms) of the deciduous set are fully functional,

but the alveolus of the molar (carnassial) is open, the poste-

rior cusp projecting just above the bone.

In the second and older skull all the incisors are fully

erupted, the deciduous canines are shed, and the permanent

canines half up. The cheek-teeth on one side consist of the

two deciduous premolars and the molar (carnassial), which

is as high as the deciduous milk-premolar, but, on the other

side, the first deciduous premolar (pm) has been pushed

out by the tip of its successor, which is just level with the

rim of the alveolus.

In each ramus of the mandible, therefore, the permanent

teeth become functional approximately in the following

order :—(1) the two inner incisors; (2) the outer incisor;

(3) the molar (carnassial) ; (4) the canine; (5) the first

premolar ; (6) the second premolar.

The change in the upper and lower jaws closely coincides, ©

allowance being made for the complete absence in the man-

dibie of a tooth representing the first premolar of the

maxilla and for the functional correspondence of the second

and third premolars of the maxilla with the second premolar

and molar of the mandible. Of the cheek-teeth, the first of

the permanent set to erupt above and below are the molars,

and the last to erupt are the teeth immediately preceding

the permanent carnassials—that is to say, pm® of the maxilla

and pm, of the mandible of the normal mammalian series.

The Cranial Characters of F. uncia.

The main sources of information known to me about the

skull of F. uncia are the figure and description published by

Gray *, and derived from a specimen with defective occiput

and base, which was then, as it is now, the sole example

available for examination in the collection of the British

Museum.

In the Zoological Society’s collection there are two perfect

skulls of animals from Kashmir. The larger of the two,

almost in the final stage of tooth-change, is only slightly

smaller than the adult described by Gray, the total length in

the latter being 64 inches and the zygomatic width 43 inches,

whereas in mine the total length is 6 inches, the zygomatic

width 42, and the basal length 52.

* P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 262; Cat. Carn. Mamm. etc. p. 8 (1869).

Cranial Characters, &c., of the Snow-Leopard. 309

The only obvious differences between the two skulls are

the greater elevation of the forehead between the postorbital

processes and the deeper depression at the base of the muzzle

above in Gray’s example. These differences are probably

attributable to differences of age. However that may be,

the closeness of the resemblances suggests that the specimen

in the Zoological Society had attained practically its perma-

nent form in the characters mentioned below, the more

important of which are those cited as distinctive of F. uncia

in comparison with F. leo, tigris, pardus, and onca, the

species to which, as I have recently shown*, F. uncia is

affiliated by the structure of the hyoid bone.

The principal cranial features of F. leo, tigris, pardus, and

onea can be verified in any museum of repute. Those of

F. uncia are, generally speaking, similar, but the skull is

relatively broader, shorter, and more vaulted, being elevated

between the postorbital processes and sloped and some-

what lynx-like in the muzzle, which is depressed posteriorly

above. There is no evidence of the development of a

strong sagittal crest or of a deep constriction behind or in

front of the short blunt postorbital processes. The orbits

are comparatively large in relation to the temporal fossz

and the posterior portions of the zygomata are not markedly

salient. The upper end of the maxilla is long, acutely

angled, and projects very noticeably farther back than the

broad and short nasals. The straightness and inclination

of the fronto-maxillary-nasal suture, the form of the pre-

maxill, the plane of the anterior nares, the flatness of the

cheek above the carnassial, the height of the lacrymal bone

above the foramen, the large size of the anteorbital foramen

as compared with the palatal foramen of the orbit, are

practically as in the other species mentioned above. The

mesopterygoid fossa is nearly paraliel-sided, the hamulars

only converge slightly posteriorly, the anterior angles are

rounded, the anterior border transverse, with two small

spines and a small median notch. The palate is moderately

prolonged and narrow posteriorly, and the postero-lateral

borders of the palate show an angular emargination passing

in front of the line of the molar (fig. 1).

The most marked characters of the skull are found in the

occipital region. The basioccipital is deeply excavated up

against the bulla, the anterior end of the excavation deepening

into a pit holding a thick muscular tendon (fig. 1). The

foramen magnum is higher than wide, with a very thick

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. xviii. p. 221-229 (1916),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 21

310 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Tooth-change,

inferior border, and the condyles are everted, so that the

distance between their inner edges exceeds the width of the

foramen. The bulle are separated by a very narrow valley

from the vertical glenoid ridge of the squamosal (fig. 2 A, v),

the groove on the bulla marking the line of the partition

passes from the styloid to a point behind the basioccipital

suture on the inner side and lies a long way below the

————_——————

Aili

Base of skull of Uncia uncia with bulla of right side (left of figure) cut

open to show the inner chamber and the partition (p) separating

it from the outer or auditory chamber. On the left bulla p

marks the groove showing the line of origin of the partition,

Depressions on basioccipital also shown,

auditory meatus (figs. 1, 2, y). Thus the auditory chamber

is comparatively very large and antero-internally passes in

front of the extremity of the posterior chamber (fig. 4 C),

the cavity of which is still further reduced by the convex

bulging of the partition (fig. 1, p).

In the mandible the chin is nearly vertical in its anterior

two-thirds and sharply curved backwards inferiorly.

Cranial Characters, &c., of the Snow-Leopard. 311

In the sum total of its characters the skull of F. uncia

differs considerably from the skulls of F’. leo, tigris, pardus,

and onca ; but, as stated above, the most marked differences

are found in the occipital region, which does not appear to

have been previously described in /. uncia.

In F’. leo, tigris, pardus, and onca the foramen magnum is

wider than high, its inferior edge is comparatively thin, the

width between the inner edges of the condyles is equal to

A. Right tympanic bulla of Uneia uncia seen obliquely from behind,

showing the narrow valley (v) between the bulla and the elenoid

ridge of the squamosal and the line of origin of the partition ( p).

B. The same of Panthera onca,

the width of the foramen, there is no deep depression,

deepening in front, up against the bulle on the basioccipital,

aud there is a comparatively wide valley between the bullie

and the glenoid ridge of the squamosal (fig. 2B, v). Finally,

the partition of the bulla is low, rises tolerably close to the

auditory meatus, the line of its origin running from a point

just in front of the stylomastoid foramen to a point on the

anterior face of the bulla (fig. 2 B, y) ; and when the bulla

312 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Tooth-change,

is cut open the posterior chamber is seen to be much larger

than the anterior or auditory chamber, and its auditery

portion extends forwards along the inner part of the bulla

approximately as far as, or farther than, the anterior part of

the auditory chamber (fig. 4A, B).

pee=

Deis Dopp

A. Right tympanic bulla of Uncia uncia seen from the inner side, with

the wall of the inner chamber cut open from the summit to the

basioccipital. p, partition between the chambers ; per, periotic

bone against which the partition abuts; m, mastoid ; pocc, par-

occipital ; c, condyle ; d, depression on basioccipital.

B. The same of Panthera onca. The crest rising from the posterior end

of the partition marks the stylomastoid groove.

In some half-dozen skulls of F. pardus from Asia and

Africa there is no great variation in the internal structure of

the bulla. In all cases the ridge formed on the wall of the

Cranial Characters, &c., of the Snow-Leopard. 313

posterior chamber by the stylomastoid groove is distinct

from the low partition and runs upwards, when the skull is

inverted, from its posterior end. The same applies to two

skulls of F. onca (fig. 3B) and to four of F. tigris. But in

A. Right bulla of Panthera leo extracted and viewed from its upper, or

attached, surface, part of the roof of the inner chamber cut

away. e, carotid groove; ew, floor of eustachian tube; ea, ex-

ternal auditory meatus with horseshoe-shaped tympanic bone ;

oc, outer or auditory chamber separated by the partition from

inner chamber (7c), the extent of which is indicated by the

dotted line following the contour of the bulla.

B. The same of Pantheru pardus (from India), but the roof left intact.

OC. The same of Uncia uncia,

three skulls of /’. leo the partition is somewhat higher and

longer, and the auditory chamber consequently a little

larger relatively (fig. 4A).

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Classification ke.

The Classification and Generic Nomenclature of F. uncia

and its Allies.

In the paper already quoted, I have shown that the five

species here discussed differ from other existing species of

Felidee in the structure of the hyoid apparatus. To this

character, at all events, generic value should be given. But

it appears to me that the combination of cranial features

exhibited by /. wncia, particularly in the occipital and

auditory bones, entitles that species to generic separation

from F. leo, tigris, pardus, and onca, the skulls of which

differ in comparatively minor points from each other and

show many cross-resemblances.

The view that the external differences observable between

these species in coloration and hair-growth are worth generic

recognition does not appeal to me. For example, Gray

adopted the generic name Leo for F. leo mainly on the

strength of the secondary sexual characters, which he knew

to be exceedingly variable in development racially or indi-

vidually, although he was not aware that they are sometimes

not developed at all*; and, as regards pattern, I have else-

where shown { that the markings of F/. leo, as exhibited by

the cubs, sometimes show a complete transition between the

stripes of /’. tigris and the spots of F’. onca or pardus, although

usually, when visible, which is not always the case, ap-

proaching the rosette type exhibited by the two last mentioned

species.

Nevertheless, since the tendency of modern systematic

mammalogy has found in the present instance expression in

the admission of many species of leopard, lion, jaguar, aud

tiger, it is possible, perhaps probable, that the logical out-

come of that process—namely, the ascription of generic rank

to each of these animals—will be followed in the future. If

that be so, nominal symbols are available for them.

Rejecting the validity of Leo and Tigris, published by

Frisch m 1775 }, it seems that Oken was the first author

to introduce generic terms for the leopard, tiger, and lion.

By pagination the following is the order of their publi-

cation :—

Panthera, Oken, Lehrb. Zool. 2nd Abth. pp. 1052-1066

* Col. Patterson’s man-eating lions of Tsavo were described as maneless,

and, judging from his photographs, they were not distinguishable, so far

as the mane is concerned, from lionesses.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) xx. p. 436 (1907).

{ Following the decision of Sherborne a of Thomas and Miller,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 461 (1905).

of F. uncia and tts Allies. 315

(1816). With other species were included vulgaris =

pardus, Linn.; americana=onca, Linn.; alba=uncia,

Schreb. Of these, pardus is the type, according

to Allen’s decision (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. xvi.

pp. 377-378, 1902).

Tigris, Oken, tom. cit. pp. 1066-1070 ; type by tautonymy

tigris, Linn. (Palmer, 1904).

Leo, Oken, tom. cit. pp. 1070-1076 ; type by tautonymy

leo, Linn. (Palmer, 1904).

Furthermore, the following names are available for the

remaining two speeiee of large cats which come into this

group :—

Uncia, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xiv. p. 394

(1854) ; type by tautonomy wncia, Schreb.

Jaguarius, Severtzow, Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) x. pp. 886 & 390

(1858), proposed as a subgenus of Panthera for FI’, onca,

Linn., which is its type.

It does not appear to me that these conclusions, which are

set forth in Palmer’s ‘Index Generum Mammalium,’ 1904,

are open to dispute.

Adopting, then, the view here advocated, that F’. uncia is

entitled to generic distinction from F. leo, tigris, pardus,

and onca, it will take the name Uncia ; while, for the category

composed of the remaining four species, Panthera is by page

priority in Oken’s work the correct title, with Tigris, Leo,

and Jaguarius as synonyms according to the system I adopt *.

The only other name which might possibly be claimed as

superseding Panthera is Leopardus, Forskal (Descr. Anim.

etc. p. v, 1775). This name, however, was published without

citation of genotype. It was followed merely by the Arabic

name nimr, which clearly cannot be regarded as a specific

title in a zoological sense. In the Arabic tongue it probably

embraces both the leopard (pardus) and the cheetah or

hunting leopard (jubatus), At all events, according to

Tristram (‘ Nat. Hist. of the Bible,’ ed. 9, 1898, p. 114) the

Hebrew term namer “ doubtless comprehended both these

Species” +.

* In Agassiz’s ‘ Nomenclator’ and Palmer’s ‘ Index’ the name Pan-

thera is alleged to have been given by Hiibner to a genus of Lepidoptera

in 1816, thus synchronizing ‘with Oken’s publication. I am indebted,

however, to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for the information that 1816 for

Hiibner’s work is a misprint for 1826. Thus the way is cleared for the

adoption of Panthera, Oken.

+ Mr. Oldfield Thomas and Mr, Knud Andersen concur in the rejection

of Leopardus, Forskal.

316 The Classification &c. of F. uncia and its Allies.

It may be added that Matschie’s classification of these

large Felide as Uncia for leo, tigris, and concolor and Leo-

pardus for pardus, uncia, and onca (SB. Ges. Nat. Fr.

Berlin, 1895, pp. 198-199)—a classification which was

adopted by Trouessart in 1904 (Cat. Mamm., Suppl. p. 265)

—is quite indefensible both from the zoological and nominal

standpoints. The valuelessness of Matschie’s opinion on the

question of the affinities of the species concerned is attested

by his regarding uncia as a subspecies of pardus and by his

placing concolor with tigris and leo in a genus from which

pardus and onca are excluded. It cannot be doubted that

the relationship between onca and pardus is greater than

that between wncia and pardus, and that tigris is much more

nearly akin to pardus than it is to concolor. Yet Matschie’s

classification implies the precise opposite of these conclusions.

And as regards his choice of names, uncia by tautonymy,

let alone the selective actions of Severtzow and Gray, is the

type of Uncia and Leopardus, rejecting Forskal’s work, is

not admissible either for pardus or onca or wncia, since none

of these species was included when it was first proposed by

Gray in 1842 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 260). It was

applied to griseus, pictus, ellioti, and horsfieldi. Since one

of these must be the type, I select griseus, which probably

connotes a subspecies of pardalis. That Gray intended

pardus to come into Leopardus is shown by his subsequent

writings ; but there seems to be no defensible pretext for its

admission, gratifying as it would be to relegate Leopardus to

the synonymy of Panthera. ‘

The principal cranial differences between Uncia and Pan-

thera may he briefly contrasted as follows :—

a, Outer chamber of the bulla very large and involving the

whole of the anterior portion of its cavity, the line of

the partition remote from the meatus and running from

the stylomastoid foramen to a point on the inner surface

close to the basioccipital suture; a narrow valley be-

tween the bulla and the glenoid joint; basioccipital

deeply excavated laterally, a deep pit at the anterior end

Of the CXCAVATION, 2): .é/ji cal u iiisus vine site elon tele Uneia.

b. Outer chamber of bulla comparatively small, not involving

the whole of the anterior portion of the cavity; the

partition-line close to the meatus and ceasing towards

the anterior edge of the bulla; a wide valley between

the bulla and the glenoid joint; basioccipital at most

shallowly excavated laterally .......0ssecsaesceuns Panthera.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERLES.]

No. 106. OCTOBER 1916.

XXX VII.—The Scales of the Brotulid Fishes.

By T. D. A. Cockrretu, University of Colorado.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington,’

vol. xxvi. (1913) p. 76, I gave a brief account of the scales

of two species of Brotulidz. Since that time, thanks to the

kindness of Dr. Hugh M. Smith, I have been able to study

the scales of numerous species of this family, and thus gain

some idea of the range of modification and the general scale-

characters of the group. In the synopsis which follows it

‘will be seen that the subfamilies can usually be distinguished

by scale-characters ; but the Bythidine are not sharply

differentiated from some of the Neobythitine. Neobythites

and Dicrolene, with numerous species, possess scales of a

very uniform type, little modified from what we may suppose

to have been the primitive pattern of the group. The tribe

Bassozetini, with the radii absent or greatly reduced, must

be looked upon as a specialized, not a primitive, group.

This idea, based at first on the study of the scales, appears

to be confirmed by the other characters of the fishes. The

Lucifugine scale must be looked upon as a rather degenerate

member of a primitive series. Brotula appears to have a

primitive type of scale, but distinct in minor details, and not

to be very closely associated with the Neobythitine.

We are naturally led to ask, What characters have

Brotulid scales in common with those of the Ophidiidz ?

The general type of scale is quite the same, with coarse

circuli, and numerous radii all around. There is no network

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 22

315 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the

or system of lines between the circuli in the apical field,

even in latinucleate scales. The following synopsis separates —

the Ophidian types studied :—

Scales small (much less than 2 mm. long),

elongate or long-oval, with rounded

ends; nucleus central or nearly so; radii

sttongly zigzag.

Scales larger and broader ...........+4. Rissolamarginata (New

York; U.S.N.M.).

Seales smaller, with flatter sides........ Ophidion vassali (Mes-

sina; U.S.N.M.).

Scales variously shaped; nucleus basad of

middle ; radii not, or not strongly, zigzag. 1.

1. Seales variable in form, but usually dis-

tinctly triangular; nucleus subbasal.... Genypterus blacodes

(Tasmania; Brit. Mus.).

Scales not at all triangular or pyriform.... 2.

2. Scales very small; very broad-oval, not very

far from circular; nucleus basad of

middle, but not very near base; radil

comparatively few, undulate.......... Lepophidium emmelas

(Pacific Ocean; U.S.N.M.).

Scales larger; oblong or long-oval; nucleus

subbacal: 'y.2c;.. 2e Boh piel tee ee

3. Scales small, about 1°50 to 1:75 mm. long;

apical radii undulate ................ Lepophidium cervinum

(Albatross Sta. 2591; U.S.N.M.).

Scales larger, over 2mm. long, some 2°50;

apex much broader and more obtuse .. Lepophidium microlepis

(Albatross ; U.S.N.M.).

The stem form here would seem to be Lepophidium, the

scales of which are constructed as in Brotula, except that

the sculpture is relatively much less dense, and the separate

elements are rather differently shaped. The elements are,

however, essentially alike in character; quadrate, with a

median transverse ridge. It seems impossible to find any

salient general characters to separate Ophidiid from Brotulid

scales. The scales suggest that perhaps L. emmelas should

be generically separated from the other species. It may be,

however, that my material is immature.

Zoarces viviparus (Baltic; U.S.N.M.) has small broad-

oval scales, with ceutral nucleus, coarse circuli, and radii all

around. There is here a general resemblance to Ophidion or

Rissola, but the scales are less elongate and the radii are not

zigzag. The almost straight, continuous, rather widely

spaced radii at once distinguish Zoarces from Stygicola and

Hephthocara.

I have previously called attention to the great resemblance

between the scales of Brotulide and those of certain genera

Scales of the Brotulid Fishes. 319

of Gadide. Scales of Lepophidium microlepis are constructed

quite in the same manner as those of Microgadus tomcod.

Gadus esmarkit (Norway ; Collett, U.S.N.M.) differs by the

shorter elemeuts or denser circuli. Other Gadids are entirely

different ; thus Physiculus (japonicus and nigrescens) has the

basal circuli all longitudinal, in the manner of Bregmaceros,

though the scales are otherwise very different from that

genus, having the apical circuli wrinkled or labyrinthiform,

and no radial ribs between the circuli, or radii of any sort.

Thus, with scales alone, we should commit the error of asso-

ciating Microgadus and its allies with the Ophidiids and

Brotulids, much more closely than with such Gadids as

Physiculus.

Brotulidez.

Scales circular or nearly, with radii all around, but

these irregular and largely broken .......... 1.

Scales elongate, or, if almost circular (G/ypto-

phidium), the lateral radii curved, so that their

apical parts are at right angles to the latero-

basal radii, which is not true of the genera

under the opposite alternative .............. 2.

1. Scales very small, less than 1 mm. broad ........ Lucifugine.

Scales larger, over 2 mm. broad ...............- Hephthocarine.

2. Seales very elongate; the extremely numerous

radii forming with the circuli a network the

meshes of which, except toward the periphery,

are quadrate or diamond-shaped, and are not

broken up by fine lines forming a secondary,

PAOLO MMe HOEW OPEC «72 <6 fs 0 ile ane cle ale G0 ole Brotuline.

Scales elongate or broad-oval ; when the radii and

circuli form a network, the meshes are short

and transverse, or, if subquadrate (Bassogigas

and Neobythites), are broken up by fine lines

auto), Secondary NOtWOPK ..cw ces ween ew bes 3.

3. Seales broad-oval or oblong, with radii all around,

Pep ateralvGues CULVER 3. ss. wes cea as sy oleieel = Bythitine.

Seales broad-oval, or oblong, or elongate; radii

well developed, or nearly or quite absent .... Neobythitine.

Luctrueinz.

Stygicola dentata (Poey). Cuba (U.S.N.M.).

The minute circular scales have the nucleus practically

central, and the coarse circuli broken into segments by the

irregular radii. Some of the smaller scales are oval.

Except for the radii, there is a general resemblance to the

scales of Lota.

22*

320 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the

HepHTHOCARIN 2.

Hephthocara crassiceps, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Buton

Strait (U.S.N.M.).

The nearly circular scales are much larger than those of

Stygicola, but similar in structure, though the sculpture is

relatively finer. The nucleus is distinctly away from the

middle.

Brorvurinz.

Brotula maculata scales are described in Proc. Biol. See.

Washington, xxvi. p. 76. They are quite distinct from

those iin all Brhee Brotulids seen.

Byruirin#,

Scales small, *broad-ovyal ss £52! 30. .0 eee Me iL,

Scales larger oblongs.), Ses oe eee TE ns 2.

1. ‘Radit more numerous ey 2s eee eee Catetyx.

Radi less numerots 9 40) 8), 22S Re eae Aenobythites.

2. Taduslinenn:’ ; PVA Sass Be. Ue ae Bae aes oe Grammonus.

Basal radii broadened, widely interrupting the

Cireolies ft nek Reet tee eee a eee Diplacanthopoma.

Catetyx platycephalus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Molucca

Passage (U.S.N.M.).

Seales broad-oval, about 2 mm. long and 1°5 broad ;

nucleus a little anterior to middle; radii numerous, the

lateral ones curved.

Xenobythites armiger, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Mindanao

(U.S.N.M.).

Scales broad-oval, a little over 1 mm. long, about °75

broad; lateral radii strongly curved. This is quite of the

same general type as Cateiyz.

Grammonus robustus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Between

Cebu and Leyte (U.S.N.M.).

Seales oblong, 2°5 to nearly 3 mm. long, 1°70 to 2 broad,

the sides more or less flattened ; radii very numerous, linear ;

nucleus at or near the middle.

Diplacanthopoma brunnea, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Pala-

wan Passage (U.S.N.M.).

Scales oblong, about 2°75 mm. long and 2 broad ; nucleus

Scales of the Brotulid Fishes. 321

distinctly apicad of middle; radii numerous, the basal ones

broad hyaline lanes between the interrupted circuli.

The Bythitine, as restricted by Radcliffe, seem rather

closely allied on scale-characters ; Diplacanthopoma is the

most distinct of the genera examined. On the other hand,

I am at a loss to separate the Bythitinz on scale-characters

from the group of Neobythitine typified by Glyptophidium.

The species of Bythitine may be separated from those of

Neobythitinee on comparison of scales, but there is no

general or important character to separate the subfamilies.

NeoBYruirinz.

Radii absent or greatly reduced (tribe Basso-

DELLE) Se ec Ge IO CERRO eT CCE Ie

Teantinwell developed: s0..). 02k. 6 sees ols 2.

1. Seales small, 2 mm. long or less; rudi-

ments of basal radii, or radii absent,

but apical circuli connected by fine

WIGS ened Sh eooe SON COOPER Ce COC Ore Eretmichthys.

Scales large, over 4 mm. long; distinct

basal radii, of the type of those in

Diplacanthopoma, and occasional rudi-

ments of apical radii; a secondary

network of fine lines in apical field .. Bassozetus robustus.

Seales very large, about 8 mm. long and

5°25 broad, nucleus a little below

middle; no radii; minute reticulation

of apical field very distinct .......... Bassozetus elongatus.

2. Scaleselongated; nucleus above the middle;

basal radii separated from lateral, which

haye a quite different direction, or

lateral radii absent (tribe Monomito-

(LIS) lon Eno Be nic Ooi nee oponc 3.

Scales broad-oval or elongated; radii all

around, not or hardly modified .,..:. 5.

oe areral TAGE ADSCBE. . 2. 24s cals seis 6 wef cle Monomitopus microlepis.

ite rally EXeNGPLCSCM ED wi ettntciera's siols' e's orem are 4,

4, Lateral radii feebly developed .......... Monomeropus garmant.

Lateral radii well developed, but very

quel yap aeeday yy te acter sPadcie er tery aie) te Monomitopus pallidus.

5. Scales broad-oval or subquadrate ........

Seales more elongate .........ccescseee &

6. Scales small, regularly oval; nucleus well

Pasadvot-middlow 1. «<i. nee « »ee+. Barathrodemus.

Scales larger, more or less quadrate...... Glyptophidium.

. Network of radii and circuli in apical field

forming transversely elongated areas,

not broken up by a secondary reticula-

tion of fine lines*; nucleus far basad. 8.

bea |

* Latinucleate scales of Homostolus show this feature, however.

322 Mr. T. D. A. Cockereli on the

Network of radii and cireuli in apical field

forming quadrate or subquadrate spaces,

broken up by a secondary network of

fine dines} cr ctee ten Sees Shee hee 9:

8. Radii more numerous ........... sonics Oe Hypopleuron.

Radi less, numerops|\ .%.f.: 3 iitecie sereis s Homostolus.

9. Scales rather oblong, not twice as long as

WINE. | Coane ts oa ae te ee eta eee Bassogigas.

DCALES MONPOF ee weak a cee ete eee Neobythites & Dicrolene.

Judging from the scales, it appears that Eretmichthys and

Bassozetus form avery distinct group ; Monomitopus and

Monomeropus also stand together well apart from the rest of

the subfamily. These should be regarded as distinct tribes,

at least. The other genera seem to be more closely related,

forming all together a single fairly compact group.

Eretmichthys remifer, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Celebes

(OS Sc eos

Scales from caudal region oval, 2 mm. long or less; circuli

not very dense; nucleus a little apicad of middle.

Bassozetus robustus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Palawan

Passage (U.S.N.M.).

Scales long-oval ; nucleus near the middle.

Bassozetus elonygatus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Celebes

(U.S N.M.).

This seems subgenerically distinct from B. robustus.

Monomitopus microlepis, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Between

Cebu and Leyte (U.S.N.M.).

This appears to be very distinct from the other species.

The scales are about 2°75 mm. long and 1°25 broad, with the

lateral radii absent, or at most represented by broken rudi-

ments. The latero-basal radii are curved, and, aithough

there are 14. to 20 basal radii, they run into one another, aud

only 3 or 4 reach the nucleus. The system of fine lines

between the circuli in the apical field is rather poorly

developed.

Monomitopus pallidus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Between

Mindoro and Panay (U.S.N.M.).

Scales 3 to 3°25 mm. long and about 1°70 broad; basal

radii more parallel than in M. microlepis, more reaching the

nuclear region ; widely spaced but very distinct lateral radii,

o_o

Scales of the Brotulid Fishes. 323

at right angles to the latero-basal, or rarely continuous with

a latero-basal, making a large L; lateral system of radii

continued across the apical field, so that there are radii all

around ; fine lines between circuli in apical field usually

well developed, though they may be absent when the nucleus

is far apicad.

Monomeropus garmani, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Celebes

(U.S.N.M.).

Scales nearly 4mm. long and slightly over 2 broad, rather

parallel-sided and truncate at ends; nucleus considerably

above the middle; about 15 basal radii, few reaching

nucleus; lateral and apical radi very feebly developed ;

apical field with the lines or network between the circuli

very well developed. ‘These scales are quite of the same

general type as those of Monomitopus. Monomeropus 1s,

perhaps, not more than a subgenus.

Barathrodemus nasutus, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Celebes

(U.S.N.M.).

Seales broad-oval, rather over 2 mm. long and 1°5 wide ;

numerous radii all arcund ; nucleus basad of middle. This

differs greatly from the Monomitopus group by the position

of the nucleus and wide spread of the basal radii.

Glyptophidium lucidum, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Be-

tween Gillolo and Kayoa Is. (U.S.N.M.).

Dorsal scales about 4°5 mm. long and 3°75 broad. The

only one I obtained is latinucleate, but it shows rather

widely spaced radii all around. I cannot distinguish it

from the scales of G. oceanium, although the two fishes seem

to be subgenerically distinct.

Glyptophidium oceanium, Smith & Radcliffe. Philippine Is.

GUS INE.)

I took a loose scale from the dorsal surface of the type,

but on examination it proved to be that of some Macrurid.

Dr. H. M. Smith kindly sent me several lots of scales subse-

quently, clearly establishing their character. The scales are

rather large, more or less quadrate, but very variable in

shape, with the nucleus about the middle or nearer the base.

There are linear radii all around, and the lateral ones tend

to be strongly curved basally, so that they diverge nearly at

324 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the

right angles from the direction of the basal radii. This

may, perhaps, be taken as an indication that the fish has

evolved from a type with long scales. There is no secondary

network or system of lines between the circuli in the apical

field. Although Glyptophidium and Barathrodemus are

linked together on account of the shape of their scales, they

appear to represent quite independent developments, the

details of the sculpture being different.

Hypopleuron caninum, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Near

Kayoa I. (U.S.N.M.).

Seales about 3 mm. long and 2 wide, rather oblong, but

variable in form; very numerous radii all around ; nucleus

far toward the base; apical! field without fine lines or net-

work between the circuli; lateral and basal radii spreading

from the nucleus, without bend or dislocation. Except in

shape, these scales have no resemblance to those of Mer-

luccius, which resembles Hypopleuron in the remarkable

modification of the vertebre.

Homostolus acer, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Mindanao

*(U.S.NM.):

Seales about 4 mm. long and 2°5 broad, or smaller and

narrower; nucleus far toward base; radu all around ;

normal scales have no lines or network between the circuli

in apical field, but latinucleate scales have a fine network

apicad of the nuclear area. The lateral circuli opposite the

nucleus are directed obliquely upward ; in Hypopleuron they

are directed outward or only a little obliquely. The circuli

are much denser than in Neodythites.

Bassogigas equatoris, Smith & Radcliffe. Type. Celebes

(ULSzN AM):

Scales oblong, 3-3°5 mm. long, 2—2°25 broad ; nucleus

subbasal ; radii all around, lateral not bent, but many in-

complete ; apical region with a fine secondary network.

The subbasal nucleus at once separates this from the scales

of the Bythitine.

Neobythites steaticus is described in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.

XaWie pa 10.

The species of Neobythites have elongated scales with

broadly rounded ends; nucleus far basad ; radii numerous,

Scales of the Brotulid Fishes. 325

all around, no break between the lateral and basal series ;

apical field with a fine network between the circuli. WN. lon-

gipes, Smith & Radcliffe, N. purus, Smith & Radcliffe, and

N. fasciatus, Smith & Radcliffe, have exactly the same

pattern as N. steaticus.

Dicrolene scales (D. longimana, Smith & Radcliffe; D. tristis,

Smith & Radcliffe, D. intronigra, Alcock) do not differ

from those of Neobythites.

D. intronigra is remarkable for the length of the scales,

which are about 4°25 mm. long and 2 broad. In D. tristis

they are about 3°75 mm. long. Many of the scales of

Neobythites and Dicrolene are latiuucleate.

A note should be added with reference to Bregmaceros.

In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxvi. p. 77, I was certainly in

error with reference to the ‘“squarish to suboval plates,”

which appear, in good dry material, to be really depressions.

They, therefore, have nothing to do with the veritable trans-

versely ridged plates of Gadus, the Ophidids, and Brotulids,

which really are distinct elements, and in some mounts can

be seen as distinct entities, separate from the scales to which

they were attached. Bregmaceros japonicus (Misaki, Japan ;

Stanford University) shows exactly the same features as

B. atripinnis, except that the very broad scales have no

angulation of the circuli in the middle line above.

Aside from the question of Bregmaceros, it now appears

certain that the theory of Tims, that scales arose from the

fusion of separate placoid-like elements, is incorrect. In the

remarkable shark Hridacnis radcliffei, Smith, the scales are

arranged in rows exactly as in Teleosts ; and although they

are of course placoid, with a central spine, they are broadly

expanded laterally, and the expanded portions have a minute

reticular sculpture. “The sculpture on the EHridacnis scale

is, however, represented by lines enclosing hexagonal areas,

which are more or less narrowed at either end, and are

placed so that the middles of those of one row approximately

correspond to the ends of those of the rows adjacent. There

is here a distinct resemblance to the sculpture of Ceciliid

(Amphibian) scales. Granting that placoid scales are

exceedingly different from those of Teleosts, as shown by

Goodrich and others, they, nevertheless, surely represent

essentially homologous structures.

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Auditory Bulla

XXX VIII.—The Structure of the Auditory Bulla in existing

Species of Felide. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Super-

intendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens *.

For distinguishing the genera and species of Felidz a great

variety of cranial characters have been employed. One,

however, seems to have escaped altogether the attention of

systematists—namely, the size and position of the partition |

dividing the tympanic bulla into two chambers.

It may be recalled that the partition arises on the inner side

of, and below, the tympanic annulus, and ascends towards the

periotic bone, with which its free margin is in contact, or

almost in contact, except posteriorly close to the fenestra

rotunda. It thus cuts off the outer or auditory chamber of

the bulla from the inner and posterior larger chamber

except where the fenestra rotunda perforates the periotic, at

which point there is a passage from the outer to the inner

chamber. The posterior end of the partition is, to all intents

and purposes, a fixed point, marked on the outside of the

bulla by the stylomastoid foramen and on the inside usually

by a ridge of bone formed by the indentation of the stylo-

mastoid groove. But the position of the line of origin of

the partition below the tympanic annulus and its anterior

termination vary considerably in different species ; and the

variations in these respects have a profound effect upon the

relative sizes of the two chambers. When the partition

rises close to the annulus and extends only slightly beyond

the part of the periotic exposed within the bulla, the outer

or auditory chamber is small and the inner chamber is large.

Conversely, when it rises some distance below the annulus

and passes forwards well in advance of the exposed portion

of the periotic, the outer chamber is enlarged at the

expense of the inner chamber. The line of the origin of

the partition is generally marked on the outer surface

of the bulla by a shallow groove, curving forwards from the

stylomastoid foramen.

I have recently pointed out + that the skull of the Snow

Leopard or Ounce (Uncia uncia) differs very considerably

from that of the Leopard (Panthera pardus), the Jaguar

(P. onca), the Tiger (P. tigris) and the Lion (P. /eo), in the

* The materials upon which the observations recorded in this paper

are based are a series of skulls belonging to the Zoological Society,

supplemented, mainly, so far as the external features of the bulla are

concerned, by the skulls in the collection of the British Museum.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xxxviii., Sept. 1916.

—

in existing Species of Felidee. 327

height and direction of this partition and in the relatively

large size of the outer or auditory chamber; and I find

that similar differences are observable between certain other

species of Felidze.

In Felis aurata, temminckii, marmorata, planiceps, viver-

rina, nebulosa, concolor, pardalis, wiedii, and other tropical,

or mainly tropical, species the bulla with its low partition,

small outer chamber, and capacious inner chamber conforms,

in a general way, to the type I have described and figured in

Fig. 1.

Felis pardalis. (No precise locality.)

A. Right bulla, from below, with inner chamber laid open.

B. The same, from inner side.

C. The same, from outer side.

p-, partition ; x., periotic; p.’, line of origin of partition.

Panthera onca. In F. pardalis, for example, the groove on

the outer side of the bulla is close to the inferior margin of

the auditory meatus, and within the inflated inner chamber

the partition is very low posteriorly where it passes into the

stylomastoid ridge and increases a little in height anteriorly,

almost the entire space of the bulla being occupied by the

inner chamber (fig. 1).

The opposite extreme in the structure of the bulla is

exhibited by F. manul (fig. 2), in which the groove marking

328 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Auditory Bulla

the line of the partition runs from the stylomastoid foramen

obliquely inwards and forwards across the summit of the

inverted bulla and ceases at the occipito-sphenoidal suture.

The partition, which is almost vertical, divides the bulla

into two approximately equal chambers, of which the outer,

or auditory, occupies the whole of the anterior portion of

Felis manul. (Tibet.)

A. Base of skull, from below, with inner chamber of right bulla laid open.

B. Right bulla of same, from inner side.

C. The same bulla, from outer side.

p-, partition ; x., periotic; p.’, line of origin of partition.

the bulla, the inner or posterior chamber ceasing in front

at the occipito-sphenoidal suture, where it is compressed to

form an acutely angular corner. J. manul, indeed, sur-

passes Uncia uncia in the enlargement of the outer at the

expense of the inner chamber, since in Uncia the line of

origin of the partition does not reach the summit of the

in eaisting Species of Felide. 329

bulla and the anterior extremity of the inner chamber is

less narrowly compressed.

A species which agrees very nearly with /. manul in the

structure of the bulla is /. pajeros, allowance being made

for the greater expansion of the inner chamber posteriorly—

a feature observable, by the way, in many of the smaller

and medium-sized American Felide as compared with

tropical African and Asiatic species. F. manul and

F’, pajeros, indeed, differ from all the other species of Fels

Fig. 3.

Felis canadensis. (No precise locality.)

A. Right bulla, from below, with inner chamber laid open.

B. The same, from the inner side.

C. The same, from the outer side.

p-, partition; x., periotic ; p.’, line of origin of partition.

whose bullz I have examined in the extension of the outer

auditory chamber well in advance of the inner chamber.

Between the extremes presented by the bulle of /. manul

and F. pardalis, for example, there is almost every gradation

in the size of the partition and of the relative dimensions of

the two chambers.

In the skulls that I have examined, two that come nearest

to #. manul and F. pajeros are those of Felis lynx (or Lynx

lynx) isabellina. But in these, the partition, though large,

does not reach the summit of the bulla and terminates in front

330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Auditory Bulla

towards the inner angle of the anterior edge of the bulla.

The outer chamber extends slightly more forwards than the

anterior end of the inner chamber, which in front forms a

narrow passage between the partition and the wall of the

Felis sylvestris. (Scotland.)

A. Base of skull, from below, with inner chamber of right bulla laid open.

B. Right bulla of the same, from inner side.

C. The same, from outer side.

p-, partition; x., periotic; p.’, line of origin of partition.

bulla owing to the encroachment of the partition on the -

chamber at this point. The bull of two specimens of

F. canadensis (fig. 3) differ rather unexpectedly from those

in existing Species of Felide. 331

of isabellina in the particulars just mentioned—that is to

say, the partition does not advance so far internally in front,

so that the anterior portion of the inner chamber is much

broader. On the other hand, the posterior portion of this

chamber is less capacious. One skull of F. rufa—or a

closely related form—agrees substantially in the structure

of the bulla with those of F. canadensis.

The bull of several examples of F. caracal agree closely

with those of F’. rufa and canadensis, except that the posterior

chamber is relatively more capacious aud the outer chamber

slightly less so.

Felis geoffroyi. (La Plata.)

A. Right bulla, from below, with inner chamber laid open.

B. The same, from the inner side.

C. The same, from the outer side.

p., partition; x., periotic; p.’, line of origin of partition.

Resembling the lynxes in varying degree, according to the

species, are the cats belonging to the genus Felis in the

strict sense of the word—namely, Ff. ocreata, sylvestris,

ornata, chaus, nigripes, and their allies (fig. 4). In this group

the partition is relatively as high and as large in nigripes as

it is in lynxes and is considerably larger than in ocreata,

ornata, and sylvestris. In chaus it is still smaller. But in

all cases the partition is very noticeably larger and rises

higher above the crest of the tympanic annulus than in

pardalis, nebulosa, planiceps, marmorata, and others which

resemble Panthera pardus and onca in having a low partition

332 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Auditory Bulla

shutting off a very small outer chamber from a capacious ©

inner chamber.

Other stages in the intergradation between these two

types of bull are shown by F. geofroyi and F. serval. In

I’. geoffroyi (fig. 5) the partition rises about the same distance

below the rim of the auditory meatus as in F. chaus, and is

only a little shallower at its deepest point than in that

species ; but it is much shallower at its posterior end below,

or, when the skull is inverted, above the periotie orifice

between the chambers. From the figure, moreover, it will

be seen that the partition lies much farther forwards within

Felis serval, var. servalina. (Uganda.)

A. Right bulla, from below, with inner chamber laid open.

B. The same, from inner side.

C. The same, from outer side.

p-, partition ; 2., periotic ; p.', line of origin of partition.

the cavity of the bulla than in F.. sylvestris, with which

F. chaus agrees, and that the inner chamber is produced and

capacious posteriorly as in /’. pardalis (compare figs. 1 and 5).

In F. serval (fig. 6) the position of the partition within

the bulla, and the degree of inflation of the inner chamber

posteriorly agree with the condition seen in #’. chaus and

F’, sylvestris ; but the partition is lower, especially behind,

than in F. chaus, and rises close beneath the rim of the

auditory meatus.

Finally, in the genus Acinonyz, better known as Cynailurus,

‘in existing Species of Felide. 333

the structure of the bulla and the height of the partition

agree, broadly speaking, with those of the lynxes and of the

species of the Felis group in the restricted sense of that

term (fig. 7).

Another point worth attention is the apparent corre-

spondence, partial at all events, between the structure of

the bulla and the habitat of the species. Although in the

Fig. 7.

—

a er

Acinonyx jubatus, (Brit. E. Africa.)

A. Right bulla, from outer side.

B. The same, from inner side, with inner chamber laid open.

p., partition; w., periotic ; p.’, line of origin of partition.

present state of our knowledge, it is impossible to make a

general statement on the matter, a review of the facts

suggests that, broadly speaking, the species with a low

partition and a very small outer or auditory chamber inhabit

forest or jungle, whereas those with a high partition and

large outer chamber frequent open country. For instance,

Felis manul, Lynx isabellinus, and Uncia uncia occur in rocky

Ann. & Mag. N. fist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 23

334 Mr. O. Thomas on new

situations in Central Asia, F. pajeros in the pampas of

S. America, /. caracal and Acinonyx jubatus in the sandy or

grassy plains of Africa and tropical Asia. All of these

species have a comparatively high partition and large outer

chamber. On the other hand, Panthera pardus and onca,

Felis pardalis, nebulosa, marmorata, aurata, and others

with a very low partition and small outer chamber are

essentially dwellers in thick forest. /. concolor, however,

is apparently exceptional. In the skulls examined the

partition is as low and the outer chamber practically as

small as in the typical forest and jungle species. Neverthe-

less, this cat, as is well known, lives both in swampy jungles

and in high rocky hills. I have not seen sufficient numbers

of skulls to know whether or not there is any variation in

the bulla according to the habitat ; but in view of the above-

mentioned facts, I should infer that the puma has com-

paratively recently adapted itself to open-country conditions.

This brief enumeration of the main facts is sufficient to

establish some interesting conclusions. First, that within

the limits of the species, or genera, of Felide intergradation

exists in the size and position of the partition and the relative

capacity of the two chambers of the bulla. Second, that the.

structure of this part of the skull cannot by itself be regarded

as evidence of affinity between species, as is shown by the simi-

larity between such evidently unrelated forms as Felis manul

and F. pajeros and Uncia uncia. ‘Third, that species which

for other reasons must be regarded as allies—namely, those

belonging to Felis, in a restricted sense of the word (such as

sylvestris, ocreata, chaus), and the lynxes (L. lynx, canadensis,

and caracal)—have bull of a similar type, varying a little

according to the species.

XXXIX.—Two new Species of Akodon trom Argentina.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Akodon dolores, sp. n.

A rather large coarsely lined brown species.

Size about as in A. obscurus. General colour a uniform

pale olive-brown (darker than “drab” of Ridgway, paler

than ‘ olive-brown”’), not nearly so olivaceous as in arenicola

Species of Akodon from Argentina. 335

and its allies, rather coarsely lined on the back with the ends

of the darker hairs. Under surface washed with pale drabby

whitish, the bases of the hairs slate. Head uniform with

back. Eyes with narrow buffy rims. Ears brown. Hands

and feet dull whitish. Tail well-haired, bicolor, blackish

brown above, dull whitish below, but the contrast not

strongly marked.

Skull of somewhat similar build to that of A. obseurus,

stout, rather strongly bowed, with broad interorbital region,

the edges of which are square but not beaded or ridged.

Palatal foramina well open. Posterior nares narrow. In-

cisors rather more turned back than usual, but there is some

variation in this respect, the angle with the tooth-row in one

specimen only 66°, while in others it rises to 74°, 75°, 79°,

and 80°, a range of variation quite unusual; but the first

specimen is probably abnormal.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 116 mm.; tail 89; hind foot 23 (range

from 20); ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 29; condylo-incisive length 27° ;

zygomatic breadth 15:2; nasals 10°7; interorbital breadth 5:1;

breadth of brain-case 12°2; palatilar length 12°8 ; palatal

foramina 7-2 ; post-foraminal palate 4:2 ; upper molar series

(worn) 4°8.

flab. Yacanto, near Villa Dolores, south-western slopes

of the Sierra de Cordova. Alt. 900 m.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 16.1.6.38. Original number

2536. Collected 19th November, 1915, by R. Kemp. Pre-

sented by Oldfield Thomas. Five specimens.

This well-marked species looks as if it were allied to

A, obscurus and lenguarum, but its incisors are markedly less

thrown outwards. Its skull is perhaps most like that of

A. varius, from which, however, as from all the others, it is

readily distinguishable by its uniform pale brown colour.

Akodon simulator, sp. n.

Allied to A. varius, but with the coloration of members of

the longipilis-hirtus group (genus Abrothriz of the succeeding

paper).

Size fairly large. Fur long, hairs of back about 9-10 mm.

in length. General colour dark greyish, strongly suffused on

the back with ‘clay-colour”’ ; head, shoulders, flanks, and

hips slaty or purplish grey. Under surface washed with

buffy or drabby whitish, the basal seven-eighths of the hairs

dark slaty ; chin prominently contrasted white, the hairs

336 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

white to their bases. Hands and feet grey. Tail blackish

brown above, whitish below.

Skull very like that of A. varius ; interorbital region not

quite so broad, similarly square-edged, without definite ridges.

Incisors slightly more slender.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 98 mm.; tail 79; hind foot 24 ; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 28°5 ; condylo-incisive length 27 ;

zygomatic breadth 14°7; nasals 10:2; interorbital breadth

4°6; breadth of brain-case 12°2; palatilar length 12°6;

palatal foramina 7; post-foraminal palate 4; upper molar

series 4°9.

Hab. Tucuman. Type from Villa Nouges, San Pablo.

Alt. 1200 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2.1.5.8. Original num-

ber 1365. Collected 22nd September, 1901, by L. Dinelli.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Six specimens.

While this species resembles A. varius in tne buffy or clay-

colour of the dorsal suffusion, it differs by the contrasted grey

of the head, shoulders, flanks, and hips, which give it a decep-

tive resemblance to the species of Abrothriz. But there is

no doubt that its nearest relationship is with the first-named

animal. Its peculiar white chin is unique, but I should not

lay very much stress on this character, which may easily

prove variable. ;

XL.—The Grouping of the South-Amertcan Muridse

commonly referred to Akodon. By OupFirtp THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In his ‘Mammals of Patagonia’ Dr. J. A. Allen has drawn

attention to the composite nature of what is usually called

Akodon, and has indicated one or two groups which he thinks

ought to be generically or subgenerically distinguished—for

example, those named below Chaleomys and Chreomys.

I have now had an opportunity to examine the whole

group, which I find—uniform as it is in essential characters,

and notably in the hypsodontism and general structure of the

teeth—may be subdivided into seven genera. Of these, three

—Akodon, Abrothrix, and Zygodontomys—were previously

provided with names, while four need new ones. Two of

these four are inhabitants of the Andean plateau and two

of the lowlands of Brazil. A special subgenus is also made

for A. wrosus, A. urichi, and their allies.

> 6)

Muridse commonly referred to Akodon, 337

The following key to the genera may assist in the deter-

mination of specimens :—

A. Supraorbital edges more or less squared.

a. Claws normal. Bulle not enlarged.

a”, Form unmodified; tail of medium length;

eyes not reduced.

a*. Supraorbital edges square or beaded,

but without overhanging ledges.

a‘, Supraorbital edge beaded. .M' with-

out notch on anterior face........ I. Zygodontomys.

6*, Supraorbital edge not or scarcely

beaded. MM? with anterior notch.. Il. Akodon.

@. Fur normal. Colour grey, oliva-

ceous, or pale brown .........- II. A. Akodon, s. 8.

6°. Fur velvety. Colour dark brown

OLCOPPELY.” “a's. - 1-1 ad cee ees .. IL. B. Chalcomys.

b°. Supraorbital edges with overhanging

ledges. MM?! with notch............ Ill. Thalpomys.

&. Form Pitymys-like, with short tail and

reduced eyes. M* with notch........ IV. Thaptomys.

b. Claws elongated. Interorbital region broad,

with squared edges. Bullze enlarged. M*

Aye OMG OCE IT.) celal ae loiciay sie widely « sla els V. Belomys.

B. Supraorbital edges rounded. MM’ without an-

terior notch.

a, Snout not elongated. Brightly contrasted

markings present. J ore-claws lengthened.

Balle darcy bie able 2 as ee « erie Goce : VI. Chreeomys.

6, Snout elongated. Colorationnormal. Fore-

claws not lengthened, Bulle normal.... VII. Adrothriz.

JI. Zyaovontomys, Allen.

Form normal. Fur coarse. Colour coarsely lined brown,

the lining heavier than in any other members of the group.

Claws of normal proportions, the fourth * fore-claw 2°1 mm.

in a specimen with hind foot 24 mm., and the fourth hind

claw 2°6 mm.

Skull comparatively strongly built, its upper outline evenly

bowed. Supraorbital edges square, with well-defined beads

running back across the parietals. Zygomatic plate well

thrown forward, its front edge often slightly concave.

Palatal foramina scarcely or not narrowed behind, and not

penetrating so far between the molars as in most of the

succeeding genera.

First molar without a deep groove separating the two

cusps of the anterior lamina.

* Although the third claw is generally a little longer than the fourth,

the two vary together, and there seems no objection to taking the length

of the fourth as being by far the most convenient to measure on dried

skins, the third being commonly hidden behind the fourth. In measuring

the corresponding claw behind, care must be taken to remember the

reversed position of the foot in modern skins.

338 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

Genotype. Z. cherriei, Allen (Oryzomys cherriez, Allen).

The recognition of Zygodontomys as a genus distinct from —

Akodon is somewhat provisional, and can only be finally

settled when specimens with unworn molars of many more

species are available for examination. Such species as

Akodon lenguarum undoubtedly tend to connect the two

groups, but without a series of young specimens a definite

conclusion is not easy to arrive at.

II. Axopon, Meyen.

Fur generally less coarse than in Zygodontomys. Colour

variable, the more typical species greyish olivaceous, without

special markings. Claws rather variable, the members of

the obscurus group with rather longer fore-claws than is the

case in the others ; a specimen of A. boliviensis has fourth

fore-claw 2°0 mm., hind 2°7, of A. obscurus fore 2°7, hind 3°7.

Skull more lightly built than in Zygodontomys. Inter-

orbital region fairly narrow, its edges squared more or less

sharply, and occasionally with slight beading, but never with

overhanging ledges. Palatal foramina usually narrowed

behind, penetrating far between the molars. Bullze compara-

tively small.

First upper molar with a well-defined groove or valley on

its anterior surface between the cusps of the first lamina ;

this wears out as age advances, but slight traces of it may

generally be perceived.

T'wo subgenera, as follows :—

Il. A. AKopov, s. s.

Fur normal. Colour grey, pale brown, or olivaceous.

Skull of normal shape; the brain-case and interorbital

region fairly narrow.

Genotype. Akodon boliviensis, Meyen.

II. B. Cuatcomys, subgen. nov.

Fur fine and velvety. Colour dark brown or coppery, the

under surface scarcely lighter than the upper.

Skull with large rounded brain-case and broad interorbital

region. :

Genotype. Akodon (Chaleomys) erosus, Thos.

Other species: wrichi, All., venezuelensis, All., meridensis,

All.

This subgenus contains the blackish Akodons, which, like

Melanomys in relation to Oryzomys, form a special group in

the tropical countries of north-western South America, |

Muridze commonly referred to Akodon. 339

Hiven after the removal of the members of Chalcomys, the

genus Akodon tends to divide into two—the more typical

species, light and delicate, with thinly built skulls, and gene-

rally of a more uniform olivaceous colour, and those with

comparatively heavy skulls, and with their colour more

contrasted with blackish lining. The latter group seem to

approach Zygodontomys, and may prove to intergrade with it.

Ill, THALPoMyYS, gen. nov.

Fur crisp. Colour of only species warm ochraceous or

rufous. Fourth fore-claw 2°0 mim., hind 2-2.

Skull and teeth as in Akodon, except that there is a distinct

overhanging ledge on each edge of the interorbital region.

Palatal foramina long, much narrowed behind.

First molar of the only specimen available, although worn,

showing clear trace of an anterior groove,

Genotype. TJ. lasiotts (Mus lasiotis, Lund; LHabrothrix

lasiotis, Winge).

IV. THAPTOMYS, gen. nov.

General build modified for a subterranean life, very much

as in the most marked species of Pitymys, the tur short and

velvety, the eyes reduced in size, and the tail shortened.

Fore and hind claws about equal, the fourth 2-6-2°8 mm. in

length.

Skull strorigly built ; interorbital region very broad, with

squared edges. Zygomatic plate scarcely projected forwards.

Palatal foramina smallest im the group, narrow, scarcely

reaching the level of m’. Bulle small.

First molar with anterior notch,

Genotype, V.subterraneus (Hesperomys subterraneus, Hens.).

(This is probably a synonym ot “S Jdus nigrita,” Licht., but

1 use a name about whose identification there can be no

doubt.)

A genus distinguished by the modifications due to a more

completely subterranean lite.

V. BoLomys, gen. nov.

Fur normal or rather coarse. Colour strongly lined, with

contrasted light underside. Claws elongated, the fore nearly

as long as the hind; in BL. albiventer the tourth may attain

3°3 mm. in front and 38°5 beliund.

Skull stout and strongly built, with broad square-edged

interorbital region. Zygomatic plate projected forward.

“

340 On. South- American: Muridee.

Palatal foramina narrowed behind, continued well between

the molars. Bullee very large.

First molar apparently without anterior notch, but quite

young specimens are not available.

Genotype. B. amenus (Akodon amenus, Thos.).

Other species: LB. a/biventer, Thos., B. berlepschi, Thos.

By its large bulle and long claws Bolomys resembles

Chreomys, but the general facies and the structure of the

rest of the skull seem to indicate a nearer relationship to

Akodon. :

The three species are all inhabitants of the Andean

highlands.

VI. Curaomys, gen. nov.

Fur long, soft, and fine. Coloration very striking, with

contrasted patches of white or ochraceous. lars large.

Claws long, the anterior exceeding the posterior ; fourth fore

claw in C. pulcherrimus 4-0 mm., fourth hind 3°6.

Skull with large rounded brain-case. Interorbital region

with its edges smoothly rounded. Zygomatic plate scarcely

projected forward. Palatal foramina of medium length.

Bulle very large.

Incisors unusually slender, their front surface a paler

yellow than in the other genera. First molars without

anterior notch.

Genotype. C. pulcherrimus (Akodon pulcherrimus, Thos.).

Other species: C. bacchante, Thos., jelskit, Thos., and

probably scalops, Gay.

VII. Aproturix, Waterh.

Fur long and soft. Coloration normal—generally slaty

grey with a suffusion of buffy in the dorsal area. Claws not

elongated.

Skull with rounded brain-case and long muzzle. Inter-

orbital region of medium breadth, its edges smoothly rounded.

Bullee of normal size, not enlarged.

First molar without anterior notch.

Genotype. A. longipilis, Waterh.

Other species: A. hirtus, Thos., suffusus, Thos., france?,

Thos.

On Shell-banding as a Means of Protection. 341

XLI.—Shell-banding as a Means of Protection.

By A. EH. Trueman, M.Sc., University College, Nottingham,

Autuovuen the alternate light and dark bands which charac-

terize many animals may have some value as a protection,

yet it must not be supposed that any protective device will

ensure complete safety to the species which adoptsit. Thus,

S. D. Judd * found that large numbers of insects, supposedly

protected in various ways, were, nevertheless, detected by

birds. W.H. Dall+ has suggested that the tendency to

striped markings would probably aid in the concealment of

snail-shells, although it is well known that many banded

snail-shells (Helix nemoralis, L.) are broken at thrush

‘anvils.” In this case, however, the value of the banding

can be investigated with less difficulty, for a considerable

proportion of the shells of this species are unbanded or have

few bands. If, then, the banding is of real value in

rendering the shells less conspicuous, the proportion of

unbanded shells among those eaptured by birds will be

greater than the proportion normally occurring in the same

district.

This problem is dealt with in an interesting paper by

Rev. E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock t, who stated that around

Brigg the shells occurring most commonly at thrush anvils

were unbanded, while shells with one band came next in

order, although these varieties were not the most abundant

in the neighbourhood. The comparatively complex formule

which Mr. Woodruffe-Peacock used in his work make his

records of great value ; the less definite but quicker method

of simply counting the bands is, however, adopted here, since

it allows of a more convenient comparison of the broken

shells and the standard collection.

. Both these collections were made from the same locality—

a belt of country on the Magnesian Limestone, some 3 miles

long, stretching from Wollaton to Strelley, on the west of

Nottingham. Since the Mollusca are less abundant in this

locality than in Lincolnshire, large anvils such as those

described in the paper referred to§$ are unknown; conse-

quently, the records here given refer only to some two

thousand shells. The standard collection made for com-

parison consisted of unbleached dead shells found during the

* * American Naturalist,’ xxxili. 1899, p. 461.

+ See J. W. Taylor, Monog. Land and Freshwater Shells of Brit, Is,

vol. 1. p. 95 (1894),

t “Thrush Stones,” Naturalist, 1909, pp. 171-174 & 257-259,

§ Loe, cit. p. 171.

342 On Shell-banding as a Means of Protection.

winter ; a collector seeking living shells in their natural

haunts, since he would be working under conditions some-

what similar to the birds themselves, would probably secure

an excessive proportion of unbanded shells. During the

winter, however, the relative absence of vegetation makes it

easy to see dead shells of all types, and so the standard

collection gives a fairly correct representation of their

proportions.

Striking confirmation of Mr. Woodruffe- Peacock’s

observations on the localization of the different varieties was

obtained while making this collection; thus, in the lane

near Broxtowe for a distance of 50 yards quite four-fifths of

the shells found had one band only.

The complete details of the collections were as follows :-—

Standard Collection, ‘ Anvil” Collection.

Unbanded ) icjeccp 25 per cent. 38 per cent.

band aoe Ste eas HGS 08 aes

2 Be mae aes wie ak Ada De oe

Si 5s pate ne tere Ga Mae

OPA eke eee Q: tes Sigs

D dos Geass cree eet LV pre OB crcigs

6 lessthanl ,, ie

Thus, although fully two-fifths of the standard collection

had the normal five bands, little more than half this propor-

tion of the broken shells were somarked. Further, although

unbanded shells constituted only a quarter of the standard

collection, they occurred in greater numbers among the

broken shells. The chances of an unbanded shell being

observed are, according to these figures, about three times as

great as of a normal shell. Stated more concisely, in the

standard collection there was an average of 2°9 bands per

ae ; among the broken shells the average was much lower,

Oper shell.

teas figures appear to confirm previous work, although

the present investigation has been carried out in a different

district and in quite a different manner. Certainly it seems

clear that banding alone is not a guarantee of safety—as a

matter of fact, a reasonably large percentage of banded

shells are detected by the birds. Yet the figures appear to

show that banded shells are less liable to be seen—or, at

least, to be eaten—than unbanded.

In concluding, I should like to express my indebtedness to

Prof. J. W. Carr, Prof. H. H. Swinnerton, and the Rev. E. A.

Woodruffe-Peacock for the assistance they have given me in

carrying out this work.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 343

XLII.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXI1V. On the

Genus Nitela, Latr.. By RowLanp EK. TuRNeER, F.Z.5.,

F.E.S.

THE genus WVitela consists of very small wasps, which form

their nests in dry wood, often in deserted beetle-holes, preying

onsmall Homoptera. The genus has a wide range, occurring

in all regions of the Old World and also in the Neotropical

region, but apparently is absent from North America.

Owing to the small size of the species, the genus is poorly

represented in most collections, and doubtless many more

remain to be discovered. Of the fifteen species recorded in

this paper five are from Africa south of the Equator, two

from Kurope, one of these extending through India to Ceylon,

three from Australia, and five from the Neotropical region.

Genus Nirena, Latr.

1. Nitela spinolae, Latr.

Nitela spinolae, Latr. Gen. Crust. & Insect. iy. p. 77 (1809). @.

Hab. Europe.

2. Nitela fallax, Koll.

bes fallax, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxili, p. 343 (1883).

(6) Pe

Hab. Tyrol (Kohl) ; Pusa, Bihar (G. A. Dutt) ; Ceylon

( Thwaites),

I have not seen European specimens, but from the descrip-

tion | consider there can be no doubt that the Indian speci-

mens belong to the same species. ‘The genus does not appear

to have been previously recorded from Iudia.

3. NVitela sculpturata, nom. nov.

Nitela reticulata, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p, 508, 1908 (October).

@ (nec NX. reticulata, Ducke, 1908, March),

Diicke’s name has priority by a few months, and must be

retained for the Brazilian species.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

344 Mr, Ri. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

A, Nitela kurande, Turn.

Nitela kurande, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 508 (1908). 9.

Hab. Eastern coast districts of Queensland.

5. Nitela australiensts, Schulz.

Nitela austrahensis, Schulz, Fauna Sidwest Australiens, i. xiii. p. 483

(1908). ©.

Nitela ngricans, Turn. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 428 (1910). 9.

Hab. S.W. Australia, Tasmania, Hastern Queensland.

6. Nitela capicola, Brauns.

Mitela capicola, Brauns, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lxi. p. 140 (1911).

I have not seen this species, but from the description it

appears to be a form of NV. fallax, or, at all events, very

closely allied to that species.

Hab. Port Elizabeth, South Africa.

7. Nitela transvaalensis, Brauns.

Nitela transvaalensis, Brauns, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Ixi. p. 141

(1908). 9.

Hab. Lichtenberg, Transvaal.

8. Nitela promontorii, Brauns.

Nitela promontorii, Brauns, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Ixi. p. 141

(1911). ¢.

Hab. Uitenhage, S. Africa.

9. Nitela mercett, Brauns.

Nitela merceti, Brauns, Verh, zool,-bot. Ges. Wien, Ixi. p. 142 (1911).

2d.

Hab. Willowmore, S. Africa.

10. Nitela rufiventris, Turn.

Nitela rufiventris, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 448

(1916). 9.

Hab. Nyasaland.

Mr. R. EK, Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 345

11. Nitela reticulata, Diicke.

Nitela reticulata, Diicke, Rey. d’Entom, xxyii. p. 47 (1908). 9.

Hab, Para.

12. Nitela amazonica, Diicke.

Mitela amazonica, Diicke, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, liii. p. 270 (1903).

fab. Para, Minas Geraes.

13. Nitela schmidti, Brauns.

Nitela schmidti, Brauns, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lxi, p. 142 (1911).

a 2 z

Hab. Costa Rica. —

14. Nitela costaricensis, Brauns.

Nitela costaricensis, Brauns, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Ixi. p. 143

GSLs. OF

Hab. Costa Rica.

15. Nitela darwini, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, tegulis, femoribus macula apicali, tibiis

macula basali, tarsisque articulo basali ferrugineis; alis hyalinis,

iridescentibus, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 3°5 mm.

?. Head finely and very closely punctured, the clypeus

and front as high as the base of. the antennz covered with

silver pubescence. Posterior ocelli twice as far from each

other as from the eyes. Pronotum short, the anterior and

posterior margins distinctly raised, the space between them

with distinct longitudinal striez; the anterior margin feebly

arched, not straight. Mesonotum rather more strongly and

closely punctured than the head, the scutellum and_post-

scutellum more finely punctured. Mesopleure very finely

punctured, the grooves shallow. Median segment coarsely

longitudinally striated, the striz slightly diverging towards

the apex; the surface of the apical truncation very finely

granulate ; the sides of the segment finely rugulose-striate.

346 Mr. B. B. Woodward on Pisidium supinum and

Abdomen shining, the two basal segments smooth, the apical

segments sparsely punctured.

Hab. Charles Island, Galapagos (C. Darwin).

This was taken by Charles Darwin on the voyage of the

‘Beagle, but has remained undescribed. It is much more

nearly allied to the two species described by Dr. Brauns

from Costa Rica than to those from the lower Amazon.

From NV. schmidti it differs in the proportionate distance

between the posterior ocelli and the eyes, the ocelli being as

far from the eyes as from each other in schmidti, From

costaricensis it differs in the sculpture of the median segment,

and from both in details of colour.

XLIT.—Pisidium supinum, A. Schmidt, ae P. parvulum,

Clessin, fossil in Ireland. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S..

&e.

In the ‘Irish Naturalist’ for July (pp. 101-105), Mr. R. A.

Phillips places on record the occurrence of Pisidium supinum

and P. parvulum in some sandy deposits in Ireland. His

material, with customary courtesy, he has placed at my

disposal for examination, and I have great pleasure in

cordially congratulating him and his coadjutor, Mr. A. W.

Stelfox, in having added these species to the Irish Molluscan

fauna, and, in the latter case, to the British as well.

At the same time some statements in My. Phillips’s paper

and some of the results claimed cannot be passed without

challenge.

The pair of valves submitted as P. parvulum from the

Suir, near Clonmel, and two of the three valves from the

Shannon at Plassy, near Limerick, belong undoubtedly to

that species. The odd larger valve from the Shannon is

manifestly not the same, and through rolling has so com-

pletely lost its hinge-characters that it is impossible to place

it with any certainty, although not improbably it is a young

example of P. lilljeborgu. Judging from the state of preser-

vation of the shells, living examples may yet be found in

these two localities. Of the thirteen valves sent as P. par-

vulum from the Suir, near Fiddown, five are referable to that

species, the remainder, judged even by Mr. Phillips’s own

criteria, are young P. supinum. Three out of a score of

valves from the Barrow, near New Ross, are also passable as

P. parvulum, fossil in Ireland. 347

P. parvulum, the balance, again, being P. supinwm, although

the adult form has not yet been recorded from there *,

None of the specimens from the Pleistocene deposits of the

Thames received as P. parvulum from either Mr. Phillips or

Mr. Stelfox could at all be made to agree with true examples

of the species or the diagnoses in the paper. Since stray

valves of P. lilljeborgit have been found in these deposits,

there is no inherent improbability in the occurrence of its

northern congener P. parvulum; but though the writer has

again carefully searched his abundant material, no example

can so far be found. .

Shells supposed to be living P. parvulum from the Grand

Junction Canal in Hertfordshire, shown me by Mr. C. Old-

ham, are merely fry of P. supinum.

The characters on which Mr. Phillips relies for differen-

tiating P. parvulum from the closely similar young individuals

of P. supinum cannot altogether be accepted as valid. Thus

he says :—‘“‘ In the left valve the base of the lower cardinal

tooth (¢ 2) is not continuous with that of the anterior lateral

(a II), but runs at an angle across the top of it, and tapers off

to near the shell-margin.” It is so figured by Mr. Stelfox in

the accompanying plate, and when first placed under the

microscope and superficially examined, the specimen figured

appears to bear out the statement. When, however, it is

earefully examined and tested by varying the incidence of the

light, this conclusion is dispelled. ‘The true base of the

cardinal tooth proves continuous along the edge of the hinge-

plate with the lateral, as the well-known morphology of the

Pelecypod hinge would postulate, whilst the anterior margin

of the tooth it is that tails off partly in the manner, but not

wholly in the degree described. Specimens, moreover, in my

collection are not wanting in which this margin has also

preserved its continuity with the lateral tooth, The same

feature is observable to a greater or less degree in other

species of the genus in which the cardinal teeth are set more

or less at an angle to the hinge-line. This, then, is not a

specific character. Nor is the depth of the ligament-pit,

which an examination of extensive series shows to vary with

the individual and with age; some of my P. parvulum have

a very well-marked ligament-pit, with a ridge on the ventral

side. The degree of application of the dorsal marginal teeth

in the right valve to the shell-margin is likewise not a

reliable criterion; adult and unmistakable examples of

* Some very thickened forms of P. casertanwm do occur in the deposit

that much resemble P. supinwm, and may have led to the latter being

overlooked.

348 On Pisidium supinum and P. parvulum.

P. supinum in my collection have these teeth quite as much

separated from the shell-margin as shown in Mr. Phillips’s ©

figure, and instanced by him as characteristic of P. parvulum.

It is all a matter of sufficient material on which to base

conclusions, and that at present Mr. Phillips and Mr. Stelfox

do not seem to possess, and its lack cannot be compensated

for by zeal even as great as theirs.

A feature that is of real importance is the character of the

cardinal teeth in the left valve. In P. supinum the apex of

c¢ 2 is directed towards the umbo, so that its posterior margin

seems to directly traverse the hinge-plate, and, ¢4 being

parallel to it, the effect is given of both teeth lying trans-

versely to the hinge-line. In P. parvulum, on the other

hand, these two teeth appear as approximately parallel with

the shell-margin.

With respect to P. swpinum, there is no question as to its

occurrence in the sands named, but there is just a doubt as to

how it got there. The deposit in which this species was

first found in Ireland—namely, at Waterford Bridge, by

Mr. Phillips—contained a specimen of Vivipara, which genus

has so far not yet been established as Irish, pieces of flint,

which is not a product of southern Ireland, and the apical

portion of a Tara inquinata, the well-known fossil charac-

terizing the Woolwich beds, which certainly are altogether

unknown in Ireland. Moreover, since the mineralization of

the specimens of P. supinum and some other shells in the

deposit differed from that of the rest and agreed exactly

with the state of preservation of the shells in the Thames

Holocene sands, the inference was irresistible that they had

been introduced in ballast.

Mr. Phillips pleads in correspondence that the Fiddown

deposits, being 15 miles higher up the river, where no boats

with ballast go, this possibility of introduction is precluded.

In view of the facts above recited, however, and remembering

that trade with Ireland has been going on for many centuries,

during the greater part of which time small sailing vessels

would be employed that could proceed higher up stream, the

possibility of importation is not lightly to be ignored.

Moreover, in the days before half-hundredweights or bars of

iron were available with which to trim the boat, and in the

absence of rocks from the Thames foreshores, what more

likely than that bags filled with river-sand should be employed.

In short, stronger proof than is at present adduced should be

offered ere the claim that P. suptnum is indigenous in Ireland

can be established.

On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Chrysaugine. 349

XLIV.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies

Epipaschiane, Chrysauginz, Endotrichine, and Pyraline.

By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c.

[Continued from p. 160. ]

(3) Callasopia undulilinea, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with pale red-

brown; palpi with the 3rd joint white at base; fore tarsi rufous

ringed with white, the mid tarsi whitish, the hind tarsi white with

a rufous band at extremity of 2nd joint. Fore wing whitish

suffused and irrorated with red-brown; the medial area with four

waved red-brown lines ; postmedial line double, red-brown filled in

with whitish, oblique to discal fold, then minutely waved ; a puncti-

form red-brown terminal line. Hind wing whitish suffused with

reddish brown, a slight dark terminal line. Underside of fore wing

reddish brown, the costal area rufous with a postmedial white spot

on it; hind wing whitish tinged with brown, the costal area

irorated with rufous, a small rufous spot on upper discocellular

and double waved postmedial line filled in with whitish from costa

to vein 4.

Hab. Perv, Pozuzo,1 d type. Exp. 16 mm.

(16) Uliosoma exciralis, sp. n.

Fore wing with the costa excised beyond middle.

@. Head and thorax whitish suffused with brick-red ; abdomen

dark brown, whitish at base, the ventral surface whitish. Fore

wing whitish suffused with purplish red and irrorated with dark

brown, especially on antemedial area ; a curved white medial line

and rather oblique slightly sinuous postmedial line. Hind wing

whitish suffused with dark brown and faintly tinged with purplish.

Underside white irrorated with dark brown and faintly tinged

with red.

Hab. Cotomptia, Choko, Prov, Condoto (Spurrell), 1 2 type.

Exp. 14 mm.

(le) Uliosoma umbrilineata, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax whitish suffused with purplish pink;

abdomen orange-yellow with pale rings; palpi, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen deeper purple-pink, the mid tarsi pure white,

black at extremities. Fore wing whitish, suffused with purplish

pink; fine erect dark brown ante- and postmedial lines; a slight

brown terminal line. Hind wing whitish tinged with purplish

pink ; a slight brown terminal line. Underside of fore wing pale

purplish pink, the costal area irrorated with dark brown to the

postmedial line and with slight yellow marks on medial part of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 24

350 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

costa, the postmedial line fine, black with a black point at costa,

straight and erect, obsolescent towards inner margin, a terminal —

series of dark strie; hind wing whitish tinged with pink except

on inner area, the costal area irrorated with purplish red, a curved

reddish postmedial line and terminal series of dark striz.

Hab. Peru, Rio Pacaya, 1 9 type. xp. 12 mm.

(1d) Uliosoma acutialis, sp. n.

Hind tibie slightly fringed with hair, the Ist joint of tarsi

without tuft of scales; abdomen of male without lateral tufts

of hair; fore wing narrow, the apex produced.

3. Head and thorax yellow tinged with purplish pink ; abdomen

white ; fore legs white, the tibiz purplish red in front; mid legs

white, the tibiz purplish red; hind legs purplish red. Fore wing

yellowish, the basal half suffused with purplish pink, the post-

medial area tinged with purplish pink, the terminal area purplish

pink, narrowing to tornus and with its inner edge slightly in-

curved below costa; cilia yellowish white, tinged with purplish

pink towards apex. Hind wing white. Underside of fore wing

yellowish suffused with purplish pmk; hind wing white, the

costal area suffused with purplish pink.

Hab. W. Cotomsta, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Kap.

18 mm.

(3) Uliosoma caphysoides, sp. n.

Hind tibie slightly fringed with hair, the Ist joint of tarsi

without tuft of scales; abdomen of male without lateral tufts of

hair; fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from cell.

3. Head and thorax pale purplish red; abdomen white tinged

with red-brown ; tarsi whitish; ventral surface of abdomen suf-

fused with purplish red. Fore wing whitish suffused and irrorated

with purplish red ; straight erect white ante- and postmedial lines ;

a deeper purplish-red terminal line; cilia pale purplish red at base,

white at tips. Hind wing white faintly tinged with purplish red,

especially on apical area. Underside of fore wing purplish red;

hind wing whitish, the costal area suffused with purplish red.

Hab. Peru, Rio Pacaya, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 12 mm.

(8a) Caphys dentilinea, sp. nu.

36. Head and thorax greyish tinged with purplish red ; abdomen

ochreous white ; palpi and legs suffused with reddish brown. Fore

wing whitish suffused and slightly irorated with purplish red ;

antemedial line white defined on outer side by brown, oblique

to submedian fold, then incurved; a black point at middle of

costa; postmedial line white defined on inner side by brown and

with a black point at costa, erect to discal fold, then excurved

and minutely dentate to submedian fold, where it is slightly

angled inwards; cilia whitish at tips. Hind wing white faintly

tinged with brown; a fine brown line through the cilia from

apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing brown, the costal and

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Chrysaugine. 351

terminal areas yellowish tinged with purplish pink, a black point

at middle of costa, the postmedial line rather diffused yellowish

defined on inner side by black towards costa; hind wing white,

the costal area yellowish thickly irrorated with purple-red, a slight

waved subterminal line from costa to vein 2.

2. Head, thorax, and fore wing more strongly suffused with

purple-red.

Hab. Cotompta, Minca (H. H. Sinith), 2 3, Sierra del Libane

(A. H. Smith), 1 3,12 type. Exp. 14-22 mm.

(4a) Caphys pheogrammalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull purplish red; tarsi ringed

with whitish. Fore wing pale dull purplish red; indistinct,

slightly sinuous, dark, erect, ante- and postmedial lines, the latter

faintly defined on each side by whitish to discal fold; a terminal

series of dark points; cilia purplish pink. Hind wing brown

tinged with purplish red, the cilia with a whitish line at base.

Underside of fore wing dull purplish red, ‘the costa whitish on

postmedial area, the postmedial line ochreous defined on each side

by brown and with some brown irroration beyond it; hind wing

whitish tinged with brown, the costal area purplish red irrorated

with brown except towards base, the termen purplish red except

towards tornus, a brown subterminal line defined on outer side by

ochreous from costa to vein 5, a dark brown terminal line.

Hab. Br. Guiana, Bartica (Parish), 1g type. Exp. 14 mm.

Genus MEGACAPHYS, nov.

Type, Caphys titana, Schaus.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi downcurved, extending about

twice the length of head and thickly scaled; frons smoothly

scaled; antenne of female minutely ciliated; tibie slightly

fringed with hair. Fore wing with the costa and termen evenly

curved ; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; 6 from

upper angle ; igo Sy O10 stalked ; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent ;

6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with 7.

In key differs from Adenopteryx in the fore wing having

veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked; hind wing with vein 4 absent.

(la) Tetraschistis dentilinealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish slightly tinged with purplish red ;

abdomen whitish tinged with brownish ochreous except at base ;

palpi brownish at tips; legs reddish brown; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen rufous. Fore wing w hitish suffused with pale

purplish red; antemedial line slight, F blackish: oblique to above

vein 1, then erect; a black discoidal point and a point above it

on costa; postmedial line blackish, oblique towards costa, then

dentate, inwardly oblique below vein 4. Hind wing white, the

termen faintly tinged with brown. Underside of fore wing

24*

352 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

whitish tinged and irrorated with brown except on inner area,

a blackish discoidal point with oblique black mark above it from

costa, the postmedial line forming a black spot at costa, faint

below vein 6, bent outwards at vein 5 and obsolete below vein 2;

hind wing whitish, the costal area tinged and irrorated with red-

brown, a slightly waved blackish postmedial line from costa to

vein 5, excurved below costa.

Hab. CotomsBta, Choko, Prov. Condoto (Spurrell), 1 3 type.

Exp, 24 mm.

(1b) Tetraschistis ectopolia, sp. n.

o. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish mixed with red-brown ;

antenne ringed with blackish; tibie at extremities and the tarsi

ringed with black-brown. Fore wing red-brown mixed with

whitish, the termen whitish except at apex; a fan of large

scales below the cell near base; traces of a waved whitish medial

line with a white striga from costa and small dark brown scale-

tooth on inner margin; a white subterminal line, oblique to

vein 6, then slightly waved, incurved at submedian fold; a puncti-

form black-brown terminal line; cilia whitish mixed with brown.

Hind w'ng whitish tinged with brown, the terminal area suffused

with brown except towards tornus. Underside of fore wing

reddish brown, the costal area rufous with a white subterminal

bar from costa; hind wing whitish tinged with brown, the costal

area rufous, the terminal area suffused with red-brown to vein 3,

an obscure dark spot on upper discocellular, a whitish postmedial

line defined on each side by brown from costa to vein 5.

Hab. Perv, St. Domingo (Ockenden),1 $ type. Exp. 24mm.

(2a) Tetraschistis ectrocta, sp. n.

Fore wing with the costa slightly excised at middle and towards

apex.

‘ @. Head and thorax purplish pink; abdomen whitish suffused

with red-brown ; antennz ringed with dark brown; palpi bright

red-brown, the 2nd joint at middle and the 8rd joint at base

white; legs bright red-brown, the fore tarsi ringed with white,

* the mid and hind tarsi white ringed with brown. Fore wing

bright red-brown with a purplish tinge and slightly irrorated

with blackish; a black discoidal point with oblique whitish

striga above it from costa; postmedial line faint, whitish with

some black scales before and beyond it at costa, oblique to

vein 5, then inwardly oblique; a slight whitish spot on costa

just before apex; cilia with a fine white line at base followed

by a purple-pink line, the tips white. Hind wing whitish suf-

fused with brown, the cilia white faintly tinged with brown and

with a brown line near base from apex to submedian fold.

Underside of fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown, ante-

and postmedial white bars from costa defined on each side by

dark brown, a whitish patch on costa towards apex, the termen

darker brown slightly indented by creamy white at the veins,

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Chrysaugiue. 353

the cilia creamy white with a purplish-red line near base; hind

wing whitish tinged with brown, the costal area ochreous white

irror mated with red, two black bars from costa near base, a double faint

curved dark postmedial line, blackish and filled in with white on

costal area, a dark terminal line.

Hab. Braziz, Rio Janeiro, 1 Q type. Herp. 20 mm,

(3) Pelasgis griseolimalis, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 9 absent.

3. Head and thorax bright red-brown; abdomen greyish

brown; tarsi whitish except the 1st joint and tuft on hind tarsi,

the spurs tipped with white. Fore wing bright red-brown, the

terminal area purplish grey; some whitish at base of inner

margin; antemedial line whitish, oblique, some whitish suffusion

beyond it except on inner area; a blackish discoidal bar; a bright

rufous patch on postmedial costal area ; postmedial line pale grey

with a pure white bar from costa, then excurved; a terminal

series of black points; cilia with a red-brown line near base.

Hind wing grey-brown, the termen darker; cilia pale with a

brown line through them. Underside of fore wing grey-brown,

the terminal half of costal area and the terminal area to vein 4

bright rufous, the inner area whitish to the postmedial line ;

hind wing whitish suffused with brown, the apex rufous, a blackish

mark on upper discocellular and curved white postmedial line

defined on inner side by brown ; cilia white at base.

Hab. Perv, Pozuzo,1 ¢ type. Hxp. 20 mm.

(8) Curicta metaxanthalis, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen not excised towards tornus.

3S. Head and thorax chestnut-brown; abdomen ochreous yellow;

legs and ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with brown ;

tarsi brown ringed with whitish. Fore wing glossy chestnut-

brown with slight dark irroration; faint traces of a brown sub-

terminal line, incurved below vein 8; cilia darker except towards

tornus. Hind wing ochreous yellow, the apical area tinged with

brown, the termen and cilia dark reddish brown. Underside of

fore wing grey-brown, the. inner area whitish, the costa with some

whitish beyond middle; hind wing with the costal area and the

terminal area to vein 3 suffused with red-brown.

Hab. N. Guinea, Ron I. (Doherty), 3 3 type. Hap. 22 mm.

(5) Curicta peruviensis, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen hardly excised below apex, a discoidal

fan of scales,

3. Head and thorax bright chestnut-brown; abdomen red-

brown; palpi and fore and mid tibiz deep chocolate-brown ;

ventral surface of abdomen chestnut-brown, Fore wing bright

chestnut-brown irrorated with yellowish white, the basal area paler

except towards costa ; antemedial line white defined on outer side

354: Sir G. F. Hampson on new

by red-brown, very oblique; the discoidal fan of scales black-

brown; postmedial line white, oblique to vein 5, then inwardly -

oblique ; a fine white terminal line. Hind wing pale red-brown,

the veins towards termen streaked with fiery red, on vein 2

extending half way to the cell; a slight curved whitish post-

medial line from costa to submedian fold; a fine white terminal

line; cilia fiery red with a white line at middle and white tips.

Underside of fore wing pale red-brown, the costal area bright

chestnut-red, the inner area whitish, an obseure blackish discoidal

spot, the postmedial line defined on inner side by brown; hind

wing bright chestnut-red, a curved very slightly waved white

postmedial line defined on inner side by brown.

Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 ¢ type. wp. 40 mm.

(3) Murgisca pyrophoralis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax maroon-red ; abdomen glossy dark grey-

brown; pectus and legs dark grey-brown, the tufts of scales on

the mid tibie and tarsi maroon-red, the tarsi ringed with white.

Fore wing maroon-red, the postmedial area brilliant fiery red

except at costa and inner margin; the antemedial area suffused

with fiery red beyond the vesicle from costa to vein 1; a white

striga from middle of costa with some yellow beyond it and a

minute white spot in upper part of cell; a small silvery-white

spot below end of cell with some yellow beyond it; some yellow

beyond upper angle of cell; an oblique silvery-white postmedial

spot from costa, then a faint curved greyish line, a white striga

from costa well beyond it; cilia yellowish white at tips except

towards tornus. Hind wing dark glossy grey-brown. Underside

of fore wing grey-brown, the terminal half of costa reddish and

yellowish with a yellowish bar from costa to discal fold; hind

wing grey-brown, the costal area tinged with red except towards

base, a diffused whitish postmedial line from costa to submedian

fold. .

@. Fore wing with the fiery red on antemedial area reduced

to a spot above vein 1.

Hab. Peru, Charape R., Taraconas (Pratt), 1 do, 1 2 type.

Exp. 26 mm. .

Genus RHYNCHOTOSALE, nov.

Type, Tosale filata, Dogn.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi downcurved, extending about

the length of head; antennze of male almost simple; hind tibize

and 1st joint of tarsi with tufts of scales. Fore wing of male

with large tympanic vesicle at base, the frenulum flattened, the

retinaculum forming a ring; the termen excised towards tornus,

the inner margin lobed near base; vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked,

7 from before 9; 10 from angle of cell; 11 from cell; a large

patch of androconia on underside. Hind wing with the termen

somewhat excurved at middle; veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell,

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Chrysaugine. 355

4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 7 slightly anastomosing with 8 ;

a large patch of androconia on upper side on costal area towards

apex.

In key differs from Steptopalpia in the termen of fore wing

being excised towards tornus, vein 7 from before 9, 10 from

cell; the palpi about the length of head.

(7) Lepidomys furvilimacealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale purplish red; abdomen brownish

ochreous ; legs purple-brown, the tarsi ringed with white; ventral

surface of abdomen whitish suffused with purple-brown. Fore

wing pale purplish red tinged with brown, the terminal area suf-

fused with cupreous red; an almost straight erect reddish-white

almost medial line; postmedial line reddish white, slightly ex-

curved from below costa to vein 4 and with a white point at

costa; a brownish terminal line; cilia purplish pink. Hind wing

white tinged with brown, the terminal area tinged with purple

to vein 2; cilia purplish pink with white tips to vein 2, then

whitish with a brownish line near base. Underside of fore wing

purplish red irrorated with some white scales, the inner area

ochreous white, the postmedial line ochreous white, a slight dark

diseoidal bar; hind wing with the costal and terminal areas

suffused with purplish red, a curved whitish postmedial line.

Hab. Boutvia, Sara Prov., 2 ¢ type. Hap., 5 24, 2 26 mm.

(8) Lepidomys meterythralis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown, tarsi ringed with

whitish. Fore wing purplish red-brown, the terminal half of

costa deep red ; a faint pale curved line just beyond middle, with

oblique pure white bar from costa ; a postmedial pure white point

on costa; a terminal series of pure white points. Hind wing

bright fulvous red. Underside fulvous red; fore wing with the

costa brownish with a postmedial white point on it.

Hab. Pur, Iquitos, 1 2 type. Herp. 16 mm.

Genus THERMOTESIA, nov.

Type, Nachaba violascens, Schaus.

Palpi rostriform, downcurved, about three times length of head

and moderately fringed with hair above and below; frons with

large tuft of hair; antenne of male ciliated; tibie slightly

fringed with hair, Fore wing with the apex rounded, the termen

evenly curved; vein 2 from angle of cell; 3, 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7

shortly stalked; 8 and 10 shortly stalked, 9 absent; 11 from

cell; the male with a groove below costa before middle on upper-

side followed by a lobe fringed with large scales below. Hind

wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3, 4, 5 from angle;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

(4) Lophopleura rectifascia, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax deep maroon-red; abdomen dark reddish

356 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey-brown.

Fore wing deep maroon-red with a slight silvery gloss; an erect —

chrome-yellow antemedial band, somewhat expanding to costa;

the terminal half of costa black-brown ; a slight dark postmedial

line arising below the costal tuft and strongly excurved beyond

upper angle of cell; a fine dark terminal line; cilia dark at tips.

Hind wing dark reddish brown with a deep maroon-red triangular

patch from lower angle of cell to termen; cilia with a dark line

at middle and some w vhitish at tips. Underside grey-brown ; hind

wing with curved dark postmedial line.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.

(2) Pachypodistes angulata, sp. n.

Fore wing with the costa slightly excised just beyond middle,

but the apex not produced upwards, the termen excised below

vein 4 and produced to points at veins 6, 4,3; veins 4, 5 from

cell; 7, 8, 10, 11 stalked, 9 absent; hind wing with the termen

excurved at middle and produced to slight points at veins 7, 6, 4, 3.

$. Head and thorax pale ochreous brown with a faint purplish

tinge; abdomen pale ochreous brown urorated with blackish ;

palpi and legs red-brown mixed with blackish; ventral surface

of abdomen red-brown. Fore wing pale purplish red-brown ;

a rather diffused red-brown antemedial line, slightly excurved

below costa, then very oblique; a black discoidal point; a

rather diffused red-brown postmedial line, excurved below costa,

then very oblique; cilia deep purple-red at tips. Hind wing

ochreous tinged with brown, the terminal area suffused with

brown; an oblique diffused dark medial line from vein 6 to sub-

median fold; cilia with black points at veins 8 to 6, the medial

part tinged with purple-red and with blackish line near tips.

Underside ochreous tinged with purplish red except on inner

areas ; fore wing with blackish discoidal point and diffused post-

medial line excurved below costa, then oblique to submedian fold ;

hind wing with black discoidal point and oblique slightly sinuous

dark postmedial line from costa to lower angle of cell.

Hab. Peru, St. Gaban, 1 ¢ type. KEuxp. 32 mm.

(3) Pachypodistes sthenistis, sp. v.

Fore wing narrow, the costa slightly excised just beyond middle

but not pr oduced upwards at apex, the termen very oblique and

slightly excised from vein 5 to tornus; vein 3 from angle of cell;

4, 5 stalked; 7, 8, and 10 stalked, 9 absent; 11 from cell; hind

wing with the termen slightly. excised at discal fold; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked.

$. Head and thorax bright red-brown with a purplish tinge;

abdomen glossy red-brown, ochreous at extreme base; palpi and

legs bright red-brown with slight dark irroration. "Fore _ wing

bright red-brown with a faint purplish tinge and irrorated with

blackish ; faint traces of a diffused curved dark antemedial line

and of a postmedial line excurved below costa, then oblique. Hind

Pyralide of the Subfamily Endotrichine. 357

wing bright red-brown with a faint purplish tinge and irrorated

with blackish, the costa ochreous towards base; faint traces of a

curved slightly waved dark postmedial line. Underside ochreous

suffused with purplish red-brown and irrorated with black except

on inner areas; both wings with diffuse curved dark postmedial

line from costa to vein 2.

Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type.

Kap. 32 mm.

E/NDOTRICHINA.

(2a) Endotricha pyrochroa, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen fiery crimson; antenne tinged

with brown except towards base; proboscis white towards base ;

palpi with the Ist joint white in front; pectus with a fan of

silvery-white scales in front; mid tibie and tarsi white in front.

Fore wing fiery crimson, the basal part of costal area and the

medial area slightly tinged with brown, the costa with a series

of dark points on it; a slightly waved antemedial brown line;

a blackish striga on upper discocellular; postmedial line brown,

excurved and minutely waved to submedian fold where it is

slightly incurved, then again excurved; the terminal area with

slight dark irroration; a terminal series of blackish points ; cilia

brownish. Hind wing fiery crimson, the basal and costal areas

tinged with brown, the inner area whitish; a rather obliquely

curved dark medial line; a curved brown postmedial line, slightly

waved to submedian fold; the terminal area irrorated with

blackish ; a terminal series of blackish strie; cilia dark brown

with a crimson line at base. Underside fiery crimson, the costal

and terminal areas with some dark iroration; fore wing with

a series of minute black spots on costa, a curved slightly waved

dark postmedial line; hind wing with dark subterminal line,

oblique towards costa, then excurved.

Hab. Durcu N. Gutyea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 2 type. Heap.

26 min.

(3 6) Endotricha chionosema, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen crimson-red irrorated with a

few dark scales; antenne brownish; legs dull red suffused with

fuscous ; ventral surface of abdomen fuscous at base. Fore wing

dull crimson-red, the costa fuscous brown with a series of white

points on it, the basal half fuscous brown with a leaden gloss from

just below costa to inner margin, the hair on which is red; a

whitish medial line, obliquely excurved to vein 1, then incurved ;

the terminal area irrorated with fuscous brown, less thickly on

costal half; a slightly waved pale red subterminal line, white

at costa and defined on outer side by fuscous, ending on termen at

vein 1; cilia pale crimson with a black line near base to vein 1,

the tips black at apex, then white to vein 4. Hind wing pale

crimson irrorated with blackish; a large patch clothed with white

358 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

androconia on costal area from base to near apex, its lower edge

rounded; a pale red subterminal line defined on each side by black

scales, slightly angled inwards at vein 2; a blackish terminal line ;

cilia with a black ie near base, the tips white to submedian fold.

Underside of fore wing greyish fuscous except on costal area to

beyond middle and to tornus with a large patch of white andro-

conia on it; hind wing with the costal half suffused with fuscous

black from near base to the curved slightly waved blackish sub-

terminal line defined on outer side by whitish except towards

costa.

@. Fore wing brighter crimson-red, the basal area tinged with

brown to the pale curved antemedial line, the cilia pure white at

tips to near tornus; hind wing tinged with brown and irrorated

with blackish except on tornal area, an indistinct oblique pale

medial line; underside of fore wing tinged with fuscous to the

subterminal line, the inner area whitish except at tornus; hind

wing irrorated with blackish, an oblique blackish medial line and

a pale oblique slightly waved postmedial line defined on inner side

by blackish.

ss ah Gutnesa, Goodenough I. (Meek), 15, 19 _

Exp., 2, 9 20 mm.

(6a) Endotricha melanobasis, sp. n.

Hind wing of male with large patch of rufous androconia on

upperside below medial part of costa.

3. Head and thorax fuscous black; abdomen pale red with

a black band on 38rd segment; antenne whitish tinged - with

fuscous; pectus and legs pale red, the fore legs suffused with

black in front. Fore wing with the basal area blackish to

the curved whitish antemedial line, the medial area whitish,

the terminal area pale purplish red irrorated with brown, the

medial part of costa with white points with black between

them; an indistinct blackish and pale subterminal line, obliquely

curved to discal fold, then erect; a black terminal line; cilia

pure white to vein 6, then pale red at base with blackish line

near base, the tips blackish at middle, then white to tornus.

Hind wing with the basal area blackish, an elongate patch of

rufous androconia below costa from near base to beyond middle ;

the medial area pale purplish pink below the patch defined on

outer side by the slightly waved white postmedial line; the

terminal area pale purplish pink irrorated with fuscous; cilia

chequered pinkish and blackish with the tips white to vein 2.

Underside pale purplish pink irrorated with fuscous, the basal

area of both wings and the area beyond lower angle of cell of

fore wing euitaseds with fuscous; fore wing with series of white

points on costa with blackish between them, black discoidal bar,

and diffused postmedial line from discal fold to above tornus ;

hind wing with diffused oblique sinuous black medial and post-

medial lines.

Hab. Assam, Khasis (essary), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 20 mm.

Pyralids of the Subfamily Endotrichine. 359

(8a) Endotricha thermidora, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fiery rufous, the tips of tegule,

metathorax, and base of abdomen ochreous. Fore wing fiery

rufous sparsely irrorated with black; the costa with a series of

yellow points with black-brown between them to beyond middle ;

a small blackish discoidal spot and traces of an oblique waved

yellowish line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a very

shghtly curved yellowish subterminal line defined on outer side by

blackish ; a terminal series of black strie; the terminal area and

base of cilia purplish pink, the latter pale yellow at tips. Hind

wing pale purplish pink, the terminal area sparsely irrorated with

black; a curved yellow postmedial line from discal fold to inner

margin, defined on outer side by black scales and on inner side by

blackish towards inner margin ; a terminal series of black striz ;

cilia pale yellow at tips. Underside of fore wing purplish pink

irrorated with blackish, the inner area yellowish, the costa with

series of yellow points with blackish between them, the sub-

terminal line curved to discal fold, then slightly waved; hind

wing yellow, the costal and terminal areas purplish pink irrorated

with blackish, a dark antemedial line oblique to median nervure,

a small black spot on upper discocellular, a curved slightly waved

yellow postmedial line defined on each side by blackish scales,

slightly incurved at discal fold.

2. Strongly tinged with red-brown ; fore wing with indistinct

pale antemedial line, oblique to submedian fold, a minute black

point at upper angle of cell, cilia with some black scales on outer

edge of the pink basal part; hind wing with faint pale line from

lower angle of cell to inner margin, a faint pale postmedial line

arising at vein 6 and excurved to vein 2, no black strie on termen

but a black line at middle of cilia; underside of both wings

purplish red irrorated with blackish; hind wing with indistinct

curved dark antemedial line and slightly waved double postmedial

line.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),

1 S type, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 2; Br. N. Guryea,

Humboldt Bay (Doherty), 13. Hzp., 5 22, 9 20 mm.

(8 b) Endotricha encaustalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish red; pectus whitish

behind ; mid tibiz and hind legs whitish tinged with red. Fore

wing purplish red irrorated with a few blackish scales ; the costa

with a series of white pomts, with some black between them to

beyond middle; traces of a double blackish medial line from cell

to inner margin, slightly excurved at vein 1; a black discoidal

bar ; a terminal series of black points; cilia purplish pink at base,

yellowish white at tips. Hind wing fiery red, the terminal area

_ purplish red, the costal area to near apex and the inner area

whitish ; an indistinct oblique blackish postmedial line from vein 6

to 2, then curved and whitish to tornus ; a terminal series of black

360 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

points between discal and submedian folds and a striga towards

tornus ; cilia purplish pink at base, yellowish white at tips. Under-

side purplish red irrorated with blackish, the inner half of hind wing

whitish except at termen ; fore wing with rather punctiform whitish

subterminal line defined on inner side by black scales, curved to

discal fold then erect to tornus; hind wing with the postmedial

line whitish defined on inner side by red, oblique from costa to

vein 2, then curved to tornus.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Hyxp.

26 mm.

(9a) Endotricha xanthorhodalis, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellowish tinged with

purplish red. Fore wing pale yellow tinged and irrorated with

purplish red, the basal half of costa redder, the termen more

purplish pink; the costa with series of yellowish-white points

with some black between them towards base; a rather diffused

erect red antemedial line; a red discoidal point; a curved yellowish-

white subterminal line; a terminal series of black points; cilia

purplish pink at base, pure white at tips. Hind wing pale yellow,

the terminal area suffused with purplish pink except at costa,

narrowing to tornus; a diffused red medial bar from submedian

fold to above inner margin; an indistinct red postmedial line,

excurved to vein 2, then oblique to tornus; cilia purplish pink at

base, pure white at tips. Underside pale yellow, the costal and

terminal areas suffused and irrorated with purplish pink; fore wing

with blackish between the points on costa to apex, a slight black

discoidal point, the subterminal line slightly waved; hind wing

with rather diffused waved red medial line and double curved

postmedial line.

Hab. QurEns~anp, Cedar Bay (Meek), 1 S type. Hap.

24 mm.

(9 ¢) Endotricha lignitalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish red, the last

irrorated with black except on basal segment, the 2nd and 38rd

segments thickly irrorated; legs irrorated with blackish. Fore

wing pale brownish red irrorated with black; the costa with

series of whitish points with black between them to end of cell;

a slightly curved whitish medial line defined on inner side by

rather diffused black; a black discoidal spot; a curved whitish

subterminal line defined on each side by black scales, more

distinctly defined on outer side by black towards costa; a ter-

minal series of blackish points; cilia with a slight dark line at

middle and pure white tips. Hind wing pale brownish red

irrorated with blackish except the submedian fold, which is

rufous, the cell and costal area to near apex white; a slight

dark medial line from cell to above inner margin where it forms

a small spot; an obliquely curved whitish postmedial line from

discal fold to inner margin near tornus, defined on outer side

Pyralids of the Subfamily Endotrichine. 361

by diffused black; cilia with a black line at middle and pure

white tips. Underside of fore wing flesh-red irrorated with

black, the inner area white, the subterminal line minutely waved,

somewhat oblique to vein 6; hind wing whitish, the costal and

terminal areas flesh-red irrorated with blackish, a slightly curved

pale red medial line, postmedial line whitish defined on each side

by blackish scales, oblique and slightly sinuous to vein 2 and

ending at tornus.

Q. Abdomen not irrorated with black; hind wing with the

medial line blackish and more distinct, the postmedial line oblique

from discal fold to tornus; underside of fore wing with the sub-

terminal line bent inwards at discal fold.

Hab. QuEENSLAND, Townsville (Dodd), 1 3 type; N. Aus-

TRAaLIA, Port Darwin (Dodd),1d,19. zp. 20 mm.

(9d) Endotricha occidentalis, sp. n.

3S. Head and thorax purplish red; abdomen ochreous whitish

tinged with pink especially towards extremity and on ventral

surface and slightly irrorated with black; fore legs suffused with

black. Fore wing purplish red slightly irrorated with black ;

the costa with series of whitish points; a slight blackish discoidal

bar; a faint curved whitish subterminal line defined on inner

side by some black scales; a terminal series of black strie; cilia

blackish at middle, the tips white. Hind wing ochreous whitish

tinged with purplish red especially on terminal half and irrorated

with black; a faint whitish postmedial line, oblique to vein 2,

then curved to inner margin near tornus; the termen more thickly

irrorated with black and with terminal series of blackish strize ;

cilia black at middle, the tips white. Underside purplish red,

the inner areas whitish; fore wing with small black discoidal

spot, the subterminal line defined on inner side by black and

slightly bent inwards to costa; hind wing with rather maculate

blackish medial line and rather diffused slightly waved postmedial

line defined on outer side by whitish.

Hab. W. Avustrata, Waroona (Berthoud), 1 3 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(9f) Eidotricha murecinalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish pink, the last irrorated

with blackish except towards base. Fore wing purplish pink

irrorated with black; the costa with series of whitish points; a

whitish medial line, obliquely curved to submedian fold, then

erect; a minute black discoidal spot; a curved very slightly

waved whitish subterminal line; a terminal series of black strie.

Hind wing purplish pink irrorated with blackish, the cell and

costal area to near apex whitish; an oblique white medial line

defined on each side by black scales from discal fold to inner

margin, to which it is slightly bent inwards; postmedial line

white defined on each side by black scales, slightly curved to

362 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

submedian fold, then excurved to tornus; a terminal series of

black striw; cilia whitish tinged with pink and with blackish

line at middle. Underside of fore wing purplish pink irrorated

with black, a black discoidal lunule; subterminal line whitish,

defined on inner side by black except towards costa, slightly

waved, obliquely curved to discal fold, then oblique to tornus ;

hind wing with the costal and terminal areas purplish pink, the

former irrorated with black, a black discoidal bar with oblique

line from it to inner margin, a curved black line from costa

to discal fold just beyond the cell, an oblique black line defined

on outer side by white and slightly waved from costa beyond

middle to tornus.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 3 type. Exp.

20 mm.

(99) Endotricha primulina, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow; palpi with the

3rd joint blackish, white at tips ; maxillary palpi blackish ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white, the fore

tibiz suffused with brown in front. Fore wing pale yellow,

the costal area tinged with pink, the terminal area suffused with

pink; a postmedial white mark on costa, with a faint curved

pinkish line from it to inner margin; cilia black-brown at base,

pure white at tips. Hind wing pale yellow slightly tinged with

pinkish, the terminal area suffused with pink; a slight dark

discoidal spot; a faint pinkish postmedial line; cilia black at

base, pure white at tips. Underside pale ochreous; fore wing

with the costal and terminal areas suffused with red, a curved

red postmedial line; hind wing with reddish discoidal point and

oblique postmedial line, the termen tinged with red.

Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 1 d type. Exp.

12 mm.

(9k) Endotricha sareochroa, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dull rufous slightly irrorated with darker

scales; abdomen brighter rufous, the medial segments strongly

irrorated with black; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

irrorated with black. Fore wing dull rufous with an ochreous

tinge and irrorated with blackish; the costa with a series of

whitish points with some blackish between them; a whitish

antemedial line with a black shade before it from cell to inner

margin, slightly angled outwards at median nervure and vein 1;

a blackish discoidal striga; subterminal line faint, pale defined

on each side by some blackish scales, slightly sinuous; a terminal

series of blackish points; cilia with a blackish line near base.

Hind wing pale rufous to beyond middle, the terminal area

whitish tinged with rufous and slightly irrorated with dark

scales; a dark brown terminal line; cilia with a series of dark

brown points from apex to submedian fold. Underside white

tinged with rufous; fore wing with the costa rufous with series

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Endotrichine. 363

of white points on it, a slightly waved rufous subterminal line

from costa to vein 2; hind wing with the costal area irrorated

with blackish, a diffused waved brown postmedial line.

@. Fore wing with the basal area suffused with brown, the

rest of wing rufous; hind wing pale rufous; the underside with

the lines faint.

Hab. W. Avustratta, Sherlock R. (Clements), 2 5,1 Q type.

Exp. 20-22 mm.

(10a) Endotricha pulveralis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown irrorated with

black-brown ; antenne ringed with blackish. Fore wing pale

red-brown thickly irrorated with black-brown; a faint rather

diffused dark antemedial line; a blackish discoidal spot; a faint

diffused curved dark subterminal line with slight whitish points

on it; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing whitish

tinged with brown and irrorated with dark brown; a slight

blackish discoidal point; a terminal series of blackish points.

Underside of fore wing greyish suffused and irrorated with red-

brown, the costa with series of dark points; hind wing white

tinged and irrorated with brown, a minute black spot at upper

angle of cell, a very faint double sinuous brown postmedial line.

Hab. Bontn Is., Parry’s Group (Holst), 1 9 type. Exp.

30 mm.

(14a) Endotricha formosensis, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous with a reddish tinge,

the anal tuft purplish red; antennz whitish tinged with fuscous ;

legs whitish suffused with brown. Fore wing purplish red, the

basal area strongly suffused with fuscous, the rest of wing tinged

and irrorated with fuscous ; antemedial line white, curved, a series

of white points with black between them beyond it on costa;

a blackish discoidal bar; subterminal line whitish defined on both

sides by black, slightly waved, obliquely curved to diseal fold,

then erect to tornus; a terminal series of black striz; cilia pale

yellow, purplish pink at base at middle and tornus and with series

of blackish spots from discal fold to tornus, the tips blackish at

middle. Hind wing purplish pink, suffused with fuscous to beyond

the postmedial line then -slightly irrorated with fuscous, the costal

area whitish to beyond middle; oblique slightly waved white

medial and postmedial lines converging towards inner margin; a

terminal series of blackish bars; cilia pale yellow, purplish pink

at base and with dark line at middle to vein 2, then with series

of pink and dark spots. Underside purplish pink; fore wing

irrorated with black, the inner area white except at tornus, the

costa with series of white points with black between them, a

black discoidal spot, the subterminal line black defined on outer

side by whitish, waved, obliquely curved to discal fold then erect

to tornus; hind wing with the area below discal fold white to

the postmedial line, an oblique sinuous black medial line and .

waved postmedial line defined on outer side by black.

364 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish pink, the last tinged

with fuscous except at base; fore wing with the basal area

slightly tinged with fuscous, the antemedial line diffused on outer

side, the subterminal line more bent inwards at discal fold.

Hab. Formosa, Arizan (Wileman), 1 3, 2 2 type. Hap.

20-22 mm. ;

(21a) Endotricha metacuralis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale purplish pink; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen brown mixed with whitish.

Fore wing pale purplish pink slightly wrorated with whitish; a

series of white points on costa with dark brown between them;

a yellow medial band, its inner edge curved, its outer diffused ;

a slight black discoidal lunule; subterminal line white defined

on each side by brown, slightly waved and somewhat incurved

at discal fold; a black terminal line; cilia pale yellow,. reddish

brown at apex and middle. Hind wing pale purplish pink thickly

irrorated with fuscous; a broad yellowish-white medial band

narrowing to inner margin, its edges slightly waved and defined

by fuscous; a black terminal line; cilia pale yellow with a dark

brown line near base from apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing

purplish pink irrorated with fuscous, a diffused black discoidal

spot, the subterminal line bent inwards at discal fold; hind wing

with the*basal area and medial band white except at costa, the

latter defined by black which on outer side is defined by a fine

white line and angled outwards at discal fold.

Hab. Formosa, Rantaizan (Wileman), 392 type. Hap. 24mm.

(21 6) Endotricha pyrrhema, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow tinged with

red, the anal tuft crimson; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen yellowish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing fiery

crimson; the costa with a series of white points with dark brown

between them except towards base; a sinuous red antemedial line

with a diffused yellow band beyond it except towards costa; a

slight dark discoidal striga ; a yellow patch on costal area before

the subterminal line which is slight, whitish defined on outer side

by black scales and very slightly waved; a terminal series of

black points; cilia dark brown at apex, a series of blackish points

at middle to vein 8 and the tips white to vein 3. Hind wing

fiery crimson ; a broad yellow medial band, its outer edge slightly

waved; the costal area white to near apex; the terminal area

slightly irrorated with fuscous; a terminal series of black points;

cilia paler and with some dark scales at tips. Underside of fore

wing fiery crimson irrorated with blackish, the inner area whitish

to near tornus, a small black discoidal spot with some yellow

above it, the yellow before the subterminal line extending to

vein 3; hind wing fiery crimson, the basal area with some yellow

except towards costa, the yellow medial band defined by slightly

. waved crimson lines, on outer side with a yellow line beyond it.

Hab. Ampotna (Doherty), 1 g type. Exp. 16 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Endotrichinee. 365

(22 a) Endotricha paliolata, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax fuscous black, the tegule with long

scales forming a hood over the thorax and with tuft of long

white hair below them from prothorax; abdomen with the three

basal segments black and crimson-red, the rest yellow; palpi,

pectus, and legs black-brown with a cupreous tinge; ventral

surface of abdomen whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing

fuscous black with some crimson scales mixed; a curved black

antemedial line with a band beyond it which is yellow becoming

yellowish white towards inner margin; a yellow patch on costal

area before the subterminal line, which is crimson defined on

outer side by black, very slightly waved, curved to discal fold,

then erect to tornus; the apex crimson; a black terminal line;

cilia fiery crimson, yellow towards apex. Hind wing fuscous

black with a slight crimson tinge; the inner margin dull crimson

towards base; a broad yellowish medial band edged by white and

defined by slightly waved black lines; the terminal area crimson

towards tornus; a black terminal line from apex to vein 2;

eilia crimson to submedian fold, then white and the hair on inner

margin white. Underside of fore wing fuscous mixed with

crimson, the inner area white, a series of yellow points on costa

with black between them, the subterminal line bent inwards at

discal fold, then waved; hind wing fuscous black mixed with

erimson, a broad oblique white medial band edged by slightly

waved black lines, the line on outer side defined by a fine white

line.

Hab. Lovistaves, St. Aignan (Meek), 1 $type. Exp. 18 mm.

os (226) Endotricha borneoensis, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale purplish pink; tufts of

long brownish-white hair arising from below the patagia; antennz

brown. Fore wing pale purplish pink slightly irrorated with

brown ; a broad yellow medial band defined on inner side by a

slight dark antemedial line and with a slight black discoidal

lunule on its outer edge; a faint pale subterminal line slightly

defined on each side by brown, obliquely curved to discal fold,

then erect and minutely waved to tornus; a terminal series of

black points. Hind wing with the basal area pale purplish pink

irrorated with brown, the rest of wing yellow with a few black

scales; the apex purplish pink with a blackish striga before it

from costa and two black points on termen towards apex. Under-

side of fore wing pale purplish pink irrorated with blackish, the

costa with series of whitish points with blackish between them,

a black discoidal bar; hind wing with the basal area pale purplish

pink, the rest of wing yellow with the apex pink with some dark

striz on it; a slight black discoidal luuule.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace), 1 3 type. Exp. 16 mm.

(226) Endotricha rhodomicta, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish pink mixed with dark

brown, the patagia extending to far beyond the metathorax,

- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 25

366 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

black-brown above towards extremity and with tufts of long

brownish hair below them; anal tuft with yellowish mixed ;

antenne brownish. Fore wing purplish pink mixed with brown ;-

antemedial line brown, excurved to submedian fold, a patch of

yellow tinged with red beyond it on costal area conjoined to a

broad pale yellow band from cell to inner margin; the terminal

half of costa with a series of whitish points with blackish between

them ; a minutely waved yellow subterminal line defined on each

side by brown; a terminal series of black strie; cilia yellow.

Hind wing with the basal area purplish pink mixed with brown,

the costal area and inner margin yellowish white, the rest of

wing pale yellow, a pale rufous line with some crimson scales on

it from costa beyond middle to termen at vein 1. Underside of

fore wing with the basal area fuscous brown, the rest of wing

purplish “pink irrorated with brown, the inner area yellow, the

costa with series of yellow points with black between them, a

slight black discoidal lunule, the subterminal line bent imwards

at discal fold; hind wing yellow, the basal area irrurated with

brown and crimson except towards inner margin, the medial part

of costa irrorated with crimson, a slightly waved black medial

line from costa to submedian fold and two slightly waved crimson

postmedial lines, the inner ending on termen at vein 1, the outer

before termen at vein 3.

@. Head, thorax, abdomen, and wings with the purplish pink

brighter.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Week), 1 3, 129;

Br. N. Guinea, Biagi, Mambare (Meek), 1 S type. Exp. 20-

24 mm. ;

(31a) Endotricha pulchella, sp. n. ¢

@. Head and thorax white mixed with dark brown; abdomen

white, the medial segments fulvous red ringed with white;

antennze white; palpi fuscous brown with some white at base

and towards tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white. Fore wing white, the area from before middle to the

postmedial line suffused with fulvous orange except towards costa,

the apical area with a large rather diffused fulvous-orange patch

extending to discal fold and with a rufous tinge below it; an

indistinct rufous antemedial line, interrupted in the cell; a rufous

discoidal bar; postmedial line rufous, excurved at middle; three

rather diffused conjoined dark brown spots on apical half of

termen, the apical spot defined on inner side by white; cilia

tinged with rufous except towards tornus. _ Hind wing’ white,

the medial area fulvous orange except towards costa, wrorated

with red-brown towards inner margin, the terminal area tinged

with rufous except at costa, deep rufous towards tornus; a dark

brown discoidal spot; a strongly curved deep red-brown post-

medial line, curving along the inner margin then up to vein 1

before middle; the cilia with a dark brown line towards tornus

and the hair on inner margin with dark brown mixed beyond

middle. Underside white ; fore wings with brown discoidal striga

and both wings with curved postmedial line.

ffab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman),19 type. Exp. 18 mm,

Pyralida of the Subjamily Endotrichine. 367

(84) Endotricha pyralodes, sp. n.

Antenne of male laminate ; the patagia short.

Head and thorax rufous suffused with red-brown; antenne

fulvous; abdomen fulvous; legs rufous irrorated with brown,

the tarsi brown with slight pale rings. Fore wing rufous irro-

rated and in parts suffused with dark brown; an indistinct

obliquely curved dark medial line and indistinct curved pest-

medial line, the area between them and beyond -them at costa

somewhat paler; a terminal series of blackish points and whitish

line at base of cilia. Hind wing fulvous yellow, the costal area

from before middle and the terminal area pale thickly irrorated

and suffused with fuscous brown; cilia whitish at base, blackish

at tips. Underside of fore wing yellowish suffused and irrorated

with fuscous ; hind wing fulvous yellow, the costal area suffused

and irrorated with fuscous, the terminal area irrorated with

fuscous, a small black discoidal spot.

Hab. Gop Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 5, 1 Q type.

Exp., § 20,2 28mm. -

(8) Orthoraphis striatalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax white slightly mixed with red-brown ; antennz

ringed with brown; palpi dark brown, the 2nd and 8rd joints

white at tips; maxillary palpi dark brown, white at tips. Fore

wing creamy white thickly striated with red-brown, the terminal

area suffused with red-brown, the costal edge blackish towards

base; antemedial line blackish defined on inner side by white,

angled inwards at median nervure and outwards at submedian

fold; a black discoidal point and three points on postmedial

part of costa; subterminal line white defined on inner side by

black, angled outwards at discal fold; cilia creamy white at base

except towards apex. Hind wing creamy white, the terminal

area tinged with red-brown except towards tornus; a brownish

shade from costa to beyond lower angle of cell and dark post-

medial bar on inner area. Underside of fore wing red-brown

irrorated with ochreous white, three black spots on postmedial

part of costa with whitish between them, the subterminal line

indistinct ; hind wing white, the costal and terminal areas irro-

rated with red-brown, a blackish discoidal spot and obliquely

curved postmedial line from costa to vein 1, faint between vein 4

and submedian fold.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith),5 o,1 9.

Exp. 20-24 mm.

Genus GONIOPHYSETIS, nov.

Type, G. lactealis.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect, extending about the

length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi triangularly

scaled; frons smooth; antenne of male annulate and somewhat

laminate. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced, the

termen slightly excised below apex and strongly excurved at

25*

368 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

middle, the cilia dentate; veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of

cell; 6 from just below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from

cell. Hind wing with the termen somewhat excised below apex -

and excurved at middle, the cilia dentate; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 5 from above angle; 6, 7 from upper angle;

7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Goniophysetis lactealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last slightly tinged

with red-brown before extremity; palpi and maxillary palpi black.

Fore wing white, slightly irrorated with rufous, more strongly at

middle of terminal area; a fine blackish almost medial and

slightly sinuous line, excurved from below costa to submedian

fold; a discoidal lunule faintly defined by brown scales; post-

medial line blackish, oblique towards costa, excurved at middle,

then inwardly oblique, a bright rufous shade beyond it’ between

veins 7 and 4; a black terminal line and two fine brown lines

at base of cilia. Hind wing white tinged and irorated with

rufous except on basal and costal areas; a curved blackish ante-

medial line; postmedial line blackish, curved, with small black

spot on it below vein 2; a black terminal line, stronger at discal

fold and fine brown line near base of cilia. Underside white with

the markings slight; hind wing with black discoidal point and

some bright rufous on the postmedial line towards costa.

@. Palpi and maxillary palpi white; fore wing with much

stronger fiery-red shade beyond the postmedial line from costa

to vein 4.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 3, 1 & type.

Exp., $ 26, 9 30 mm.

(2) Ischnoscopa chalcistis, sp. 0.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a leaden-grey

gloss. Fore wing dark brown with a golden-bronze gloss; a

curved pale brassy antemedial band and a similar postmedial

band incurved below vein 4. Hind wing yellowish white tinged

with brown; cilia brown with a leaden gloss. Underside of fore

wing pale glossy brown with an oblique postmedial whitish bar

from costa; hind wing yellowish white tinged with brown.

Hab. Purrterrnes, Negros (Whitehead), 2 3 type. Ezp.

12 mm.

(16) Hendecasis apicefulva, sp. n.

2. White; palpi and maxillary palpi black at tips. Fore wing

with black point on vein 1 near base ; antemedial black points on

subcostal nervure and in submedian fold ; a double pale ochreous-

brown postmedial line, oblique and slightly curved to vein 1, then

bent inwards to inner margin; the costal area tinged with fulvous

yellow towards apex; the apical part of termen fulvous yellow

narrowing to a point at vein 4 and defined on inner side by a

curved black line. Hind wing with double curved antemedial] line,

the inner line ochreous brown, the outer black; an indistinct

Pyrahide of the Subfamily Endotrichine, 369

double ochreous-brown postmedial line, rather oblique to vein 1,

then bent inwards to inner margin where there is a black point on

the inner line; the terminal area faintly tinged with ochreous

brown; a black bar on termen in submedian interspace ; cilia

ochreous brown. Underside of fore wing with minute discoidal

lunule faintly defined by blackish, a double ochreous-brown sub-

terminal line, oblique to vein 4, Ghana curved to inner margin;

hind wing with double curved ochreous-brown subterminal line

with black points on the inner line at costa, discal fold, and inner

margin.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Kikuyu Escarpment (Doherty), 1 ? type.

Exp. 12 mm.

(4) Hendecasis fulviplaga, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous ;

antenne with slight brownish rings; tarsi brown ringed w ith

white. Fore wing white slightly tinged with ochreous especially

on basal area and irrorated with some blackish scales; a subbasal

and two antemedial curved fulvous-yellow lines with some black

scales on them; a slight blackish discoidal point; postmedial

line fulvous yellow with some black scales on it, excurved below

costa, then oblique and sinuous, an oblique fulvous patch irrorated

with black scales beyond it from costa to discal fold; a faint

diffused fulvous patch on costal area before apex and another

before middie of termen; a very narrow terminal pale fulvous-

yellow band defined on inner side by some black scales and by

an incurved line towards apex; cilia tinged with yellow, the

tips black at apex and above middle. Hind wing white; an

indistinct double curved fulvous-yellow antemedial line with some

black scales on it from cell to inner margin ; two fulvous-yellow

postmedial lines with some black seales on them, the inner line

with black points on it below vein 2 and at inner margin; the

terminal area slightly tinged with ochreous; a fulvous-yellow

terminal line with some black scales on it. Underside white

tinged with ochreous and slightly irrorated with blackish.

Hab. Br. E. AFBICA, Kikuyu Escarpment (Doherty), 1 3 type.

Exp. 16 mm.

Genus NooRDODES, nov.

Type, N. purpureoflava.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi downcurved, extending about

twice the length of head and fringed with hair above and below;

maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; frons obliquely scaled;

antenne of male ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs about

one-third length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from close

to angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 7 shortly

stalked with 8, 9, 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from

close to angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 9 anastomosing with 8.

Noordodes purpureoflava, sp. nu.

3. Head and thorax yellow, the shoulders, pro- and metathorax

370 Nine. Hampson on new

purplish red, the patagia tinged with purplish red at tips; antenne

ringed with purplish red; palpi and maxillary palpi deep purplish

red, the former silvery white below towards base ; throat and coxze

silvery white; fore tibize with deep purplish-red band and silvery-

white extremity ; abdomen yellow, dorsally suffused with purplish

red except at “base. Fore wing chrome-yellow, the costal area,

a subbasal patch on inner area, a larger medial patch on inner

area, small discoidal spot, and the terminal area purplish red

slightly glossed with silvery blue, the last intersected by an

oblique yellow fascia to termen between veins 4 and 2; cilia

yellow slightly tinged with red. Hind wing chrome-yellow, the

costal area and submedian fold semihyaline white; a wedge-

shaped purplish-red patch below and beyond lower end of cell

and a patch beyond it on termen with slightly waved inner

edge. Underside yellow ; fore wing with large semicircular apical

purplish- -red patch extending to just below vein 4.

| Hab. Duvcu N. Guryea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 1 3 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

(5) Cotachena fuscimarginalis, sp. u.

@. Head and thorax orange; palpi with the 2nd joint streaked

with black above and below; pectus and legs whitish, the fore legs

streaked with fuscous; abdomen orange, whitish below. Fore

wing orange; the costa fuscous connected with two small spots

in base of cell, a quadrate spot in middle of cell with slight

oblique line from it to vein 1 and a narrow black discoidal lunule ;

postmedial line black defined by yellow on outer side towards

costa, then fuscous, very slightly angled outwards just_ below

costa, then ineurved, strongly bent outwards between veins 5

and 2, retracted to near base of vein 2, then slightly sinuons

to inner margin; the termen narrowly fuscous with a series of

slight yellow striz on it; cilia with fine black line at base and

yellowish tips. Hind wing orange; a minute dark discoidal

lunule; postmedial line slightly bent outwards between veins 5

and 2, then retracted to below end of eell and oblique to inner

margin; the termen narrowly fuscous with somewhat diffused

and slightly waved inner edge; cilia yellow with a black line

near base.

Hab. New Guryea, Milne Bay (Meek), 2 9 type. Eup.

24 mm.

PYRALINZ.

(Lf) Aglossa fumifusalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax dull rufous; abdomen whitish tinged with

rufous and irrorated with blackish; antennz tinged with fuscous ;

palpi and legs irrorated with black, the tarsi blackish ringed with

white. Fore wing pale rufous; an indistinct waved blackish

antemedial line ; the medial part of costa with some small blackish

spots on it; a ‘small blackish discoidal spot; some fuscous suf-

fusion before the slightly waved blackish postmedial line which

is excurved to subme dian fold, then incurved; a terminal series of

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraline. 371

black bars. Hind wing whitish suffused with pale rufous and

irrorated with fuscous; a curved whitish postmedial line defined

on inner side by diffused blackish and on outer by a slight fuscous

shade ; a terminal series of black bars. Underside whitish suffused

with rufous and irrorated with fuscous ; fore wing with small black

discoidal spot, and both wings with curved blackish postmedial

line.

Hab. Br. EK. Arnica, Uganda Ry., Kibwezi (Weave), 1 9 type.

Eup. 24 mm.

(5a) Aglossa thermochroa, n. n.

Aglossa rubralis, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xvii. p. 220 (1906), nee Hmpsn.

1900,

(3) Paraglossa fumicilialis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fiery rufous; palpi, pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen paler rufous. Fore wing fiery

red; a curved yellow postmedial line with three slight black

marks near its origin on costa; a blackish terminal line; cilia

blackish with a leaden gloss and a fine whitish line at base.

Hind wing fiery red, the terminal area irrorated with fuscous ;

an indistinct curved yellowish line just beyond middle; cilia

blackish with a leaden gloss and a fine whitish line at base.

Underside ochreous tinged with red and irrorated with blackish ;

both wings with curved yellowish postmedial line defined on inner

side by diffused blackish.

Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates),5 ¢,1 2 type. Hap.

22-24 mm.

(4) Paraglossa sanguimarginalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish ochreous. Fore wing

brownish ochreous, the costal and terminal areas suffused with

purplish red; some blackish points on medial part of costa and

a small blackish discoidal spot; an indistinct curved ochreous

postmedial line faintly defined on inner side by red and ending

on inner margin near tornus; a fine whitish line at base of

cilia. Hind wing brownish ochreous tinged with purplish red

and irrorated with a few brown scales, the terminal area strongly

suffused with purplish red; a curved ochreous postmedial line

defined on inner side by red; cilia with a purplish-red line at

middle. Underside ochreous suffused with. purplish red and

nrorated with brown except on terminal areas; fore wing with

series of small black spots on costa to end of cell and small

discoidal spot; both wings with pale curved postmedial band

defined on inner side by diffused brown.

Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 3d type. Lzp.

18-22 mm.

(1b) Hypsopygia polycyclophora, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3 and 6 stalked, 4 absent.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with purplish pink

and irrorated with black; pectus and legs whitish suffused with

purplish pink. Fore wing whitish mixed with purplish pink

372 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyvaline.

and irrorated with black; the basal area more suffused with

black, its outer edge curved and angled inwards at vein 1; a

round medial whitish spot defined by black scales above middle ~

of inner margin and similar spots above and below the angles

of cell and beyond the cell between veins 5 and 3; a blackish

subterminal line arising at vein 6, excurved to vein 3, then

incurved, a whitish spot beyond it below the costa; cilia with

a series of slight black spots at middle. Hind wing whitish

mixed with purplish pink and irrorated with black; a round

whitish spot defined by blackish on vein 2 just beyond the ceil

and a similar smaller spot on vein 3 before the slightly-waved

whitish subterminal line somewhat incurved above vein 1; cilia

with a series of small black spots at middle. Underside whitish

suffused with purplish pink and slightly irrorated with black ;

both wings with whitish subterminal line defined by blackish as

above.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 S type. Exp.

16 mm.

(le) Hypsopygia apicalis, sp. n.

Hind wing with vein 3 stalked with 4, 5.

Head and thorax pale olive-green ; abdomen ochreous ; antenne

ochreous tinged with brown ; legs and ventral surface of abdomen

ochreous mixed with dark brown, the tarsi blackish ringed with

ochreous. Fore wing pale olive-green, the costal area tinged with

rufous and irrorated with dark brown; a faint whitish medial

line, incurved below submedian fold ; a black point at upper angle

of cell; the apical area cupreous red irrorated with dark brown,

extending to vein 4 and defined on inner side by a curved white

line ; cilia whitish at base and pale red at tips to vein 4. Hind

wing grey suffused with brown, the cilia whitish tinged with

red-brown. Underside of fore wing fuscous black, the costa

tinged with rufous, the inner area whitish; hind wing grey

suffused with fuseous.

Hab. Gowp Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 4 3, 5 2 type.

Exp. 16-20 mm.

(2a) Pyralis galactalis, sp. n.

Pyralis ocellalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 509 (nec Led.).

Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent.

¢. Head and thorax red-brown suffused with fuscous ; abdomen

ochreous, the basal segment with purple-brown patch, the 2nd

tinged with fiery red, the others with subdorsal series of purple-

“oor n patches ; ame) palpi, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

ochreous suffused with red. Fore w ing with the basal area purple-

brown suffused with fuscous, the medial area creamy ochreous

tinged with rufous towards the postmedial line, the terminal area

ochreous suffused with purplish red; the outer edge of the dark

basal area sinuous; the medial part of costa with alternating

pale rufous and whitish spots; a round whitish spot with pale

rufous annulus at upper angle of cell and others below and beyond

On a new Species of Squilla from West Africa. 373

lower angle of cell and on vein 1; postmedial line white defined

on each side by red-brown, excurved to vein 2, then incurved.

Hind wing creamy ochreous tinged with rufous especially on

basal area; a blackish-brown patch above basal half of inner

margin, with a white bar at its extremity; a curved very slightly

waved white postmedial line defined on each side by dark brown

and by black on outer side at tornus; a fine rufous line near base

‘of cilia. Underside ochreous white; fore wing with the costal

and terminal areas tinged and irrorated with red, the costa with

series of white points with dark brown between them to the

postmedial line, which is defined on outer side by red-brown ;

hind wing with the costal area tinged and irrorated with red,

the postmedial line as above but less distinct.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica (Gregory), 1 36, Machakos (Crawshay),

1 3d; Masnonatann, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 g type; ADEN,

Haithalhim (Yerbury),1 3. Hap. 14-18 mm.

{Te be continued. ]

XLV.—A new Species of the Crustacean Genus Squilla from

West Africa. By W. 'T. CALMAN, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Squilla africana, sp. n.

Squilla empusa (part.), Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. 1880,

23.

Squilla empusa, Jurich, Die Stomatopoden d. deutschen Tiefsee-Expe-

dition. Wiss. Ergeb. d. d. Tiefsee-Exp. ‘ Valdivia,’ vii, 1904, p. 566,

pl. xxv. fig. 3.

Non Squilla empusa, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, i. 1818,

p- 250.

Description.— Dorsal surface smooth and more or less

polished between the carine. Breadth of carapace behind

antero-lateral teeth about one-half of its length. Anterior

margin on either side of rostral plate concave and slightly

oblique, tips of strong antero-lateral teeth not nearly reaching

level of frontal edge.

All carinze of carapace well marked. Median carina

forked in front and behind; in full-grown specimens it is

always interrupted just where it divides anteriorly, and in

some specimens the limbs of the fork are almost obliterated.

Dorsal pit a little nearer to the frontal margin than to the

cervical groove ; anterior fork of median carina extending

not more than two-thirds of the distance from frontal margin

to dorsal pit. Lateral margin of carapace distinctly angled

posteriorly,

374 Dr. W. T. Calman on a

Rostral plate nearly as long as it is broad at the base,

nearly parallel-sided, with a short but distinct median carina.

Anterior lobe of ‘ocular somite rounded, with a shallow

median notch. Eyes with corneal axis "about equal to

peduncular axis, set obliquely.

Dorsal processes of antennular somite directed forwards.

Antennular peduncle shorter than carapace.

Sqrulla africana, sp.n. Carapace, with rostral plate, from above.

Third segment of mandibular palp about twice as long as

second.

Raptorial limb with a strong curved tooth posteriorly on

distal edge of proximal segment ; carpus with an undivided

ridge ending in a rectangular tooth on its anterior surface ;

propodus more than three times as long as wide, its pectinated

new Species of Squilla from West Africa. 318

edge ending distally in a very slight tuberele. Daetylus

with six teeth, including the terminal one.

Fifth thoracie limb without epipodite.

Free thoracic somites with well-marked submedian and

intermediate earinze not ending in spines. Fifth somite with

Jateral teeth undivided, acute, and strongly curved, so that

the points are turned almost directly forwards. Lateral

plates of sixth and seventh somites less acute than in

S. empusa.

Squilla africana, sp.n. a, Yaptorial limb from the side, showing the

hook-like tooth on the proximal segment and other characters ;

b, carpus, seen obliquely from in front, showing the ridge on the

anterior face.

Abdominal somites with well-marked carinz. Lateral

carin ending in spines on all the somites, the intermediate,

as a rule, on all except the first and second, and the submedian

only on the sixth.

Telson resembling that of S. empusa, but with marginal

teeth usually longer and more slender; six to eight denticles

376 «Ona new Species of Squilla from West Africa.

between the submedian teeth, six to eight on each side

between submedian and intermediate, and one between inter-

mediate and lateral. Marginal thickenings at bases of

denticles and teeth not confluent in either sex. Exopod of

uropods with seven or eight spines on proximal segment.

A good deal of dark pigment persists in spirit-specimens,

the whole dorsal surface being usually sprinkled with minute

chromatophores ; the most conspicuous and constant markings

are a posterior marginal line on each of the free thoracic and

abdominal somites, a short transverse band on the tergum of

the third abdominal somite, and a conspicuous blotch on the

exopod of the uropods, occupying the distal portion of the

first segment and the inner edge of the second.

Total length up to 138 mm, :

HAlolotype.—Male from Lagos, West Africa. Total length

(tip of rostrum to tip of submedian telson spines) 134 mm. ;

length of carapace in median line (excluding rostrum) 27°75

mm, Presented by Mr. J. Cadman. Brit. Mus. reg. no.

1914, Ad SOT

Paratypes in Brit. Mus.—The Gambia (4 sps.) ; Sierra

Leone (1 sp.) ; Lagos (3 lots, 11 sps.) ; the Gaboon (2 lots,

2 sps.); West Africa (1 sp.).

Remarks. — The West-African specimens referred by

Mr. Miers to the North-American Squclla empusa, Say, prove,

on re-examination, to belong to this very distinct species.

Although closely resembling both S. empusa and the Medi-

terranean S. mantis, Latreille, it differs from them in having

epipodites only on the first four (instead of five) pairs of

thoracic appendages, and in the presence of a tooth on the

proximal segment and an undivided ridge (instead of two or

three teeth) on the carpus of the raptorial limbs. It agrees

with S. mantis and differs from S. empusa in the relative

positions of the dorsal pit and the anterior bifurcation on the

median carina of the carapace; but it resembles S. empusa

in the shorter corneal axis of the eyes and in the pigmentation

(so far as it is retained in spirit-specimens), especially in the

dark spot on the uropods.

‘Lhe fact that all the West-African specimens of Sguzlla in

the Museum collection belong to this new species makes it

probable that all records of S. empusa from that region refer

to S. africana. Jurich’s elaborate description (J. ¢.) of a

solitary specimen from the Congo does not mention a single

one of the distinctive characters, but his figure shows, in the

position of the dorsal pit of the carapace, the strongly pro-

curved processes of the fifth thoracic somite, and, less dis-

tinctly, in the undivided ridge on the carpus, features that are

peculiar to S. africana,

Dibliographical Notice. 377

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Antarctic and Subantarctic Fishes.

1, KE. R. Warre. shes. Australasian Antarctic Expedition.

Scientific Reports, Series C, Vol. III. Pt. 1. Pp. 1-92,

pls. i.-v., maps 1, li.

2. W. F. Tuompson. Fishes collected by the ‘Albatross’ during 1888

between Uruguay and Chile, on the Voyage through the Straits

of Magellan. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. L. 1916, pp. 401-476,

pls. i1.—vi.

Mr. EK. R. Warre’s important and finely illustrated memoir on the

fishes of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition is especially valuable

in that it gives the first account of the fishes of Adelie Land, Queen

Mary Land, and Macquarie Island.

Of 28 species obtained off the coasts of Antarctica 23 are Noto-

theniformes ; 4 of these are new, but the majority of the remainder

were already known from Victoria Land, and it is evident that the

fish-fauna of Adelie Land and Queen Mary Land is essentially the

same as that of Victoria Land. Two species, Gerlachea australis

and Dolloidraco longidorsalis, hitherto known only from Graham

Land, were taken off Queen Mary Land, adding to the number of

fishes with a circumpolar distribution. Cryodraco antareticus is

also recorded from Queen Mary Land, but there can be little doubt

that the example obtained was C. atkinsoni, and I am disinclined,

on the present evidence, to accept Mr. Waite’s view that these two

species are identical.

Of the four new species, three belong to the family Bathy-

Graconide ; one of these is a Bathydraco, the second belongs to a

new genus—Aconichthys—distinguished from Bathydraco by the

presence of three lateral lines, and the third is made the type of a

new genus—Cygnodraco—which is doubtfully distinet from Para-

cheenichthys, since actual examination of specimens shows that in

the last-named genus the lateral line has no bony plates, and it is

principally on their absence that Mr. Waite relies in defining his

new genus. The fourth new species is a new generic type in the

family Cheenichthyide ; the reduced spinous dorsal fin and the

presence of a lower lateral line at the base of the anal fin distin-

guish it from Champsocephalus.

Of the five species that are not Nototheniiformes, two are

Macrurids that were obtained by the ‘Scotia’ off Coats Land, two

are Zoarcids first described from the collection made by the ‘ Gauss’

at Wilhelm Land, and the fifth is a Paraliparis that will probably

prove, if actual comparison can be made, to be specifically identical

with P. antarcticus, taken by the ‘Terra Nova’ to the south of the

Balleny Islands.

Of the ten species recorded from Macquarie Island, five are

378 Bibliographical Notice.

yelagic or bathypelagic. A large shark appears to be the southern

representative of the arctic Somniosus microcephalus ; the Mycte-

phide are Myctophum antarcticum, a widely distributed species,

and Lampanyctus brauert, previously known from off Coats Land

and from N.H. of the Falklands. A new genus and species,

Notesudis hamiltoni, is of doubtful position, but seems to have much

in commen with Scopelosaurus, Bleek., and IJdiacanthus aurora,

described as new, appears to be a synonym of J. niger, Regan.

Examination of the type of the last-named species shows that it

has the number of vertebre and of branchiostegals given by Waite ;

of the supposed differences the backward position of the ventrals

and mere forward position of the anal relatively to the ventrals are

discounted by the statement that ‘‘ having floated off with the skin

the actual position of the ventral fins cannot be ascertained with

certainty”; differences in the preservation of the specimens and in

method of measurement may account for the apparently larger eye

of Jf. aurora, and the fact that the barbel is attached to the hasi-

hyal and has no fixed point of origin in relation to the mandible

explains an apparent difference in its position.

The coast-fishes of Macquarie Island are of much greater interest

than the pelagic or bathypelagic species that happened to be taken

near it. The determination of four of the five species listed by

Waite cannot be questioned, but the other, which he calls Nothena

coriiceps, Var. macguariensis, appears to differ from NV. coriiceps in

the fewer dorsal rays and broader interorbital region—just the

characters used to define NV. rossit in my synopsis of the genus.

Comparing the fish described and figured by Waite with examples

of NV. rossit, of which there is now a large series from South

Georgia in the Natural History Museum, I conclude that it belongs

to that species, the type of which is from an unknown locality,

but was quite likely taken at Kerguelen.

The known distribution of the five species from Macquarie Island

may be shown in tabular form :—

Graham Land

Magellan. and Kerguelen. Antipodes.

§. Georgia.

Jotothenta rosstt......4. 54 + ? Ae

macrocephala ...... + + +

COUDECKA 2 Gi ssstale's Sn ae oe beh oa

Harpagifer bispinis...... a ao

Zanclorhynchus spinifer .. vii 4.

It is very interesting to find that the relationship with Kerguelen,

more than 3000 miles distant, but on nearly the same isotherm,

appears to be closer than with the subantarctic islands of New

Zealand, only some 400 miles to the north-east.

A new genus and species of Bovichthyide—Aurion effulgens—is

described from a specimen taken in 50° 60° §., 165° E. ‘This has

many features in common with Bovichthys decipiens, Giinth., also

taken in the open sea (50° 8., 170° W.); but re-examination of the

Miscellaneous. 379

type of the latter reveals no trace of the curious leaf-like luminous

organs on the snout that characterize the new genus,

Mr. Thompson’s paper includes a revision of the species of Noto-

thenia found in the Magellan district. He describes as new

N. longicauda, gilberti, latifrons, and jordani, which will probably

prove to be synonyms of WV. brevicauda, tessellata, microlepidota, and

ramsay? respectively ; but as the types of two of the supposed new

species measure only about 60 mm. in total length, it is difficult to

place them with certainty. Mr. Thompson separates NV. squamiceps

from NV. sima, and unites NV. wiltoni with NV. longipes; re-examina-

tion of the specimens in the Natural History Museum does not lead

me to accept these conclusions. It may be noted that if I am

correct in regarding NV. latifrons as the young of NV. microlepidota,

the number of species of this genus common to the Magellan and

Antipodes districts is increased to three, NV. microlepidota, macro-

cephala, and cornucola; records of N. corviceps in these districts

appear to refer to the last-named.

There can be little doubt that /diacanthus retrodorsalis is another

synonym of J. niger, so that this species, first described in 1914

from off Cape North, New Zealand, has since been redescribed from

near Macquarie Island and off Lota, Chile. C. Tate Reean.

MISCELLANEOUS.

New South-American Arctiadw (Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag,

Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xviii. pp. 53-62).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Thyrarctia semivitrea, 3, p. 53.

Fig. 2. Prumala sulphurea, 2, p. 54.

Fig. 3. Neonerita yahuase, 3, p. 54.

Fig. 4. Areomolis hematoneura, 3, p. 55.

Fig. 6. guianensis, 2, p. 06.

Fig. 6. Parevia guianensis, 2, p. 56.

Fig. 7. Automolis metallica, 3, p. 57.

Fig. 8. Melese costimacula, 2, p. 57.

Fig. 9. signata, 3, p. 58, 5

fig. 10. —— asf

he al nebulosa, 2, p. 58.

Fig. 12. Hyperthema reducta, 8, p. 59.

Fig. 13 ree

Ivy. 14. Carathis tabaconas, 3, p. 59.

Fig. 15, Pelochyta suffusa, 3, p. 60.

ig. 16. Sychestia omissus, Roths., ¢.

Fig. 17. Elysius mediofasciata, 3, p. 60.

Fig. 18. Hemihyalea hampsoni, 3, p. 61.

Fig. 19. Neritos flavimargo, 3, p. 6

Fig. 20. A’milia castanea, 3, p. 62.

. Hyponerita hamoia, 3, p. 62.

—

380 Miscellaneous.

Office of Secretary to International Commission on Zoological Nomen-

clature. Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum,

Washington, D.C.

Notice of Possible Suspension of the ‘Rules of Nomenclature in the

Cases of Holothuria, 1758, vs. Physalia, 1801, and Bohadschia,

1833, vs. Holothuria, 1791.

In accordance with the requirements prescribed by the International

Congress of Zoology, notice to the zoological profession is hereby

given that on or about October 1, 1917, the undersigned proposes

to recommend to the International Commission on Zoological

Nomenclature that the Rules be suspended in the following cases :—

Holothuria, Linn., 1758 (type physalis), vs. Physalia, Lamarck,

1801 (type pelagica). The effect of suspension will be to retain

Physalia as generic name for the Portuguese Man of War. ~

Bohadschia, Jaeger, 1833, vs. Holothuria, Bruguiére, 1791. The

effect of the suspension will be to retain Holothuria for the Sea

Cucumbers.

The motion for suspension includes the following points :—

(1) Suspend the Rules in the case of the generic names in

question ;

(2) Permanently reject Holothuria, 1758, type physalis ;

(3) Validate Physalia, 1801, type pelagica (syn. physalis, 1758) ;

(4) Accept Holothuria as dating from Bruguiére, 1791, despite

the existence of Holothuria, 1758 (if rejected) ;

(5) Said suspension is not to be construed as invalidating any

specific name.

The grounds advanced for suspension will be :—

(a) A strict application of the Rules in these cases will result in

greater confusion than uniformity, because ‘

(6) The cases involve a transfer of generic names, almost

universally accepted in the sense given above since 1791 (for

Holothuria) and since 1801 (for Physalia), t6 genera in other

groups in connection with which they have been used by only a

very few authors during more than 100 years.

The undersigned cordially invites zoologists to communicate, not

later than September 1, 1917, to him or to any other member of

the Commission, either their approval or disapproval of the

proposed action.

C. W. Srizzs,

Secretary to Commission.

38 |

TEE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL. HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERIBS.]

No. 107. NOVEMBER 1916.

XLVI.—A Revision of the “ Cribrimorph’’ Cretaceous

Polyzoa. By W. D. Lane, M.A., F.Z.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Concluded from p. 112.1]

B. Andrioporide, fam. nov.

Uniserial and multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of small

size (4-4 mm. in length), in which the intraterminal front

wall is formed of cost which, arching over, fuse along the

middle line and do not, as a rule, bend upwards and be-

come free spines ; where this is the case, however, the free

continuations of the cost are solid; lateral fusions may

take place between the cost, and costal fusion may be so

complete that the boundaries between the coste may nearly

or quite vanish ; very little secondary tissue is developed

between the cecia or in connection with the apertures ;

avicularia are minute, primitively blunt, secondarily pointed ;

apertural spines, if present, six in number, sometimes

thickened, but never so in connection with secondary tissue ;

no fusions take place between outgrowths of the apertural

bar and the apertural spines.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Subfamilies.

A. Costz are not specially flattened, and bear

neither a median row of pores nor a median

slit; nor do they occasionally fuse with

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. -Vol. xviii. 26

their neighbours completely, so as to pro-

duce a costa of double thickness ........ a. Andrioporine.

LB. Costz are more or less flattened and bear a

median row of pores ; a costa occasionally

completely fuses with its neighbour, form-

ing a costa of double width ............ b. Phophleine.

C. Coste bear a median slit ...... eign ale wie. @. Schistacanthoporine.

a, ANDRIOPORIN#, Subfam. nov.

382 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Uniserial, incrusting.

I. Avicularia generally present ; intraterminal

front wall simply arched and costz more

OF ABSS Used wie tae e erelee igs iets 1. Andriopora

II. Avicularia absent ; intraterminal front wall

entirely fused, traces only of the cost

remaining, and apertural bar forming a

hun as ee ere ae Sine atone me If. Corymbopora.

B. Multiserial (except sometimes in neanastic

stages), incrusting.

J. No secondary aperture.

a. Median area of fusion not surrounded by

a circle of spines.

1. Apertural bar not forming a hump.

a, Avicularia numerous or, if few, not

medianly placed.

I. Furrows between costz plainly visible.

a, Apertural spines not markedly thick-

ened.

1, Apertural bar not flattened and pro-

duced vertically, so as to form a

rudimentary proximal shield.

a. Apertures very primitive (subsemi-

ejrenlar) . dans <s tt Be eet eves III. Polyceratopora.

8. Apertures not very primitive.

a. Larger, not so squat,and apertural

spines not at all thickened ...... IV. Argopora.

b. Smaller, squat, and apertural

spines slightly thickened.

1. (Ecia not separated by much

circum-avicularian tissue .,.... V. Nannopora.

2, CEcia separated by much circum-

avicularian tissue (? keneecia) .. VI. Distansescharella.

2. Apertural bar much flattened verti-

cally, forming a rudimentary proxi-

mialshield' strc = ete tsie cae ee VIL. Angelopora.

b. Apertural spines decidedly thickened.

1. Apertural bar produced into a

MeGsAN SPO care see Rie tae 9 lel se ei VIII. Euchetlopora.

2. Apertural bar not produced into a

median spine.

as Avicularia absent sp: Msi. cee IX. Kankopora.

8. Avicularia few, pointed.......... X. Oligotopora.

*Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 383

II. Furrows between cost almost or

UME TASIDIG gt. > aes ys ea ah XI. Tricolpopore.

8. Avicularia few and generally one placed

distally to each cecium ; proximal pair

of apertural spines tend to be thickened. XII. Monoceratepora.

2. Apertural bar forms a hump .......... XIII. Hybopora.

3. An ayicularium medianly placed above

apertural bar; secondary tissue covers

intraterminal front wall.............. XIV. Hippiopora.

b. Median area of fusion surrounded by a

ring of solid spines; apertural spines

BIER ORC ES nearer vt wh oetaiatens HR cde « XV. Aolopora,

II, A secondary aperture more or less formed,

a. Proximal shield of secondary aperture

formed by the upward growth of a flat-

tened shield-shaped apertural bar, not

displaying a thickened median spine;

distal shield formed by fusion of distal

SUIS EG acy aly t's ta a spel <P aidishe ¥ Se XVI. Auchenopora.

b. Proximal shield of secondary aperture

formed by the general- upward growth of

the apertural bar and the backward growth

of its median spine, the end (at least) of

which fuses with the median line of the

intraterminal front wall; apertural spines

retain their identity and do not form,

in the absence of ovicells, a complete

PRIESTER io ratia stots cco =| spo jeiafese wlan) XVII. Pancheilopora.

C. Erect, cylindrical.

I. Intraterminal front wall not so completely

fused ; ovicells with radial sculpture .... XVIII. Lekythoglena.

If. Intraterminal front wall completely fused. XIX. Holostegopora.

I. ANDRIOPORA, gen. Nov.

Genotype. A. homunculus.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural spines not markedly thickened.

I, Apertural bar not produced vertically nor much

compressed in a vertical plane.

a. Costal fusions less perfect ; costee about 16.

1. Shorter; apertural bar not very wide.

«. Caude short or none; capitula rounded. 1. A. brevis.

8. Caude longer; capitulanotso rounded. 2. A. méckleri.

2. Longer; apertural bar very wide; caudz

shorter ; capitula long and narrow...... 3. A. arion.

b. Costal fusions more perfect ; a tendency to

solid spines at median area of fusion; cost

PE 8) Meese a ay ploy aie stay ates 2.6 as. 4"6: woe eee 4. A. gallica.

proximal] apertura] shield.

a. Apertural bar much flattened in a vertical

26*

384 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

plane; avicularia directed inwards; cost

15-22 Oo es Chobe its a ach tee oe ee, a See eee

b. Apertural bar somewhat flattened and sloping

proximally ; avicularia directed outwards ;

costee 14-15,

AS Garidze BiOrb Tx...-.5- 2 -rsieto'e ster Pere barca 6. A. linearis.

2, ‘Candas lone” 20a. ces non ee eee 7. A. porrecta.

ce. Apertural bar very slightly flattened and

produced vertically in a median ie

costes 1G-1S Seeker cients a ieee ,

B. Apertural spines decidedly thickened.

I. G&cia stout ; caude short or none.

1. Coste slightly fused; apertural bar with

5. A. homunculus.

8. A. imax.

median process ; coste about 12.......... 9. A. gastert.

2. Coste firmly fused; apertural bar not

specially modified ; costee about 20 ...... 10. A. frequens.

II. Cicia meagre ; candie long.

1. Costze slightly fused; about O Fan Jos teats 11. A. levinsent.

2. Coste firmly fused ; about 18............ 12, A. aggregata.

1. A. | Hippothoa] brevis (Reuss.), 1872, Palaeontographica,

vol. xx. part 1, p. 100, pl. xxiv. fig. 1 ; Cenomanian ;

Saxony.

2. A. méckleri, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 23020 ; Chalk Mar! ;

Cambridge.

3. A. artion, sp. Nn.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 25544; low in

cortestudinarium-zone ; S.E. of Boxmoor, Herts.

4. A. gallica, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28480; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, France.

5. A. homunculus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum. D. 8212 ; Holaster planus-

zone ; Borstal, S.W. of Chatham, Kent.

6. A. [ Cribrilina] linearis (Vine), 1893, Rep. Brit. Ass. for

1892, Edinburgh, p. 316. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 2638; Lower Senonian; Chatham, Kent.

7, A. porrecta, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 7308 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Charlton, Kent.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 385

8. A. limaz, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21953 ; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Luton, S.E. of Chatham, Kent.

9. A. gasteri, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28249; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

10. A. frequens, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28252; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

11. A. levinseni, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28235 ; mucronatus-

zone; Rigen.

12. A. [Hippothoa] aggregata (Marsson), 1887, Pal. Abh.

vol. iv. part 1, p. 92, pl. ix. fig. 10; mucronatus-zone ;

Riigen.

II. CorympBorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. C. religata, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28488; Cenomanian, Korycaner Schichten ;

Kank, Bohemia.

III. Potycerarorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. [Lepralia] euglypha (Novak), 1877, Denk.

k. Acad. Wiss. Wi ien, vol. xxxvil. part il. p. 92, pl.i. figs. 10-

11; Cenomanian, Korycaner Schichten ; Bohemia.

IV. Arcopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. segnis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Coste about 16; length about 4mm. ........ 1. A. segnis.

B. Costz about 20. ;

I. Smaller, nearer 4 mm. in length; secondary

tissue surroundsavicularia .............. 2. A. pigra.

II. Larger; no secondary tissue surrounds avi-

CWIAMIA) ..<)42 5 CREE DUR Sac TO a ee 3, A. improba,

386 Mr. W. D. Lane—Revision of the

1. A. segnis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 4047; Lower Seno-—

nian; Chatham, Kent.

2. A. pigra, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. In collection of M.Canu (a photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum) ; Coniacian or Cam-

panian; La Bonneville, France.

3. A. improba, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28912; quadratus-

zone, depressa-subzone ; HE. of Brighton, Sussex.

V. NANNoPoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. N. pygmea.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertures hardly “cribriline” ...........0.: 1. NV. paternensis.

B. Apertures entirely “ cribriline.”

Ty .Ciiciaiclose topet her’. (A: ceen ans nae cece 2. N. pygmea.

II. Gicia somewhat separate. ...........0cccen 3. NV, lepida.

1. N. paternensis, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28455; Coniacian ;

St. Paterne, France.

2. N. | Reptescharella| pygmea (d@’Orbigny), Pal. Franc. 1852,

pl. 716. figs. 7-8, 1853, p. 468; Senonian; Sainte-

Colombe, France; interpreted according to Canu’s

identification of a specimen from Tours or Villedieu,

in his collection (a photograph of this specimen is in

the British Museum).

3. N. lepida, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M.Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum) ; [Senonian] ;

Tours or Villedieu, France.

VI. Disransescnare.ta, d’Orbigny, 1853,

Pal. France. p. 463.

Genosyntypes. Cellepora familiaris, von Hagenow, 1839,

Neues Jahrbuch, p. 274.

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 387

Escharina inflata, Romer, 1840, Verst.

norddeutsch. Kreidegeb. p. 14, pl. v.

fig. 5.

Escharina radiata, Reuss, 1846, Verst.

bohm. Kreid, Abt. ii. p. 68, pl. xv. fig. 19.

Genolectotype. D. familiaris.

M. Canu has identified a specimen in his collection as

Distansescharella according to d’Orbigny’s collection, and

evidently relies on the distance apart of the normal ecia,

with avicularia packed between, as diagnostic ; this is not

so in Escharina radiata, Reuss, and there appear to be no

avicularia in #. inflata, Romer; presumably, therefore,

d’Orbigny interpreted Distansescharella on Cellepora famili-

aris, Hagenow. This form is, consequently, selected as the

genotype, though it appears never to have been figured nor

adequately described; the genus can, however, be inter-

preted provisionally by M. Canu’s specimen.

1. D. @orbigny?, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M. Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum); Coniacian; Ville-

dieu, France.

VII. -ANGELoporRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. nuntia, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 21214; coranguinum-zone ; Wooburn Green,

Bucks.

VIII. EvcHetLopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. E. labiosa.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Costee about 12, cecia small, about }mm. .... 1. £. pediculosa.

B. Coste about 16.

T. Smaller, about } mm.-........0+sesseeer 2. E. labellosa.

IL, Larger, about 3 MM. 2... cee reece ereeees 3, FE. labiosa.

C. Coste about 20-24.

I. Avicularia present.

a. Smaller, about mm. ......26csseereees 4, E. lepida.

b. Larger, about $mm. .........-eeeseeeeee 5. E. crassescens.

DeyAvicularia absent: 65.06 c50 cee ce maine eee os 6. E. radiata.

1. E. pediculosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 11463 ; Lower Seno-

nian; Hertford.

388 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

2. LH. labellosa, sp. n.

Ty pe-specimen. In collection of M.Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum); Coniacian ; Lille,

France.

3. EH. labiosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. .28250; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Lewes, Sussex.

4. EH. lepida, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M. Canu (a photograph

of type-specimen in British Museum) ; Coniacian ; Lisle.

5. EH. crassescens, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28910; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

6. E. [| Escharina| radiata (Romer), 1840, Verst. nord-

deutsch. Kreidegeb. p. 13, pl. v. fig. 4; Senonian or

Turonian ; Peme, Germany.

IX. Kankopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. K. kankensis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A... ‘Costes 8-10! = Sor is... tiie ce eiae Gis eae eae eee 1. K. kankensis.

IB, Costa nl2ink, dencicee cetera Noreen MO Tae 2. K. intlata.

1. K. kankensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28494 ; Cenomanian,

Korycaner Schichten ; Kank, Bohemia.

2. K. | Escharina | inflata (Romer), 1840, Verst. norddeutsch.

Kreidegeb. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 5; Cenomanian, Hils-con-

glomerat ; Essen, Germany.

X. OLigoroporA, gen. nov.

Genotype. O. novaki, sp. n.=Lepralia pediculus, Novak.

1877, Denk. k. Acad. Wiss. Wien, vol, xxxvil. part ii. p. 93,

pl. i. fig. 12; Turonian, Teplitzer Schichten ; Hundorf,

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 389

Bohemia. Non Lepralia pediculus, Reuss, 1874, Palaeonto-

graphica, vol. xx. part il. p. 129, pl. xxiv. fig. 16; Turonian,

ob. Planer ; Strehlen, Saxony.

XI. Tricotpopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. JT. trisinuata, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28447 ; Coniacian ; St. Avertin, France.

XII. Monocrratorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. M. unicornis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural bar undifferentiated, cost about 18;

apertures primitive (subsemicircular).

I, Proximal apertural spines hardly thickened ;

apertures less primitive ............000+-- M., lewestensis,

II. Proximal apertural spines decidedly thick-

ened ; apertures more primitive .......... M. gamblei.

B.* Apertural bar with median process and flattened

in a vertical plane; apertures about semi-

GOTH CLS SS ee a ae M. unicornis.

1. M. lewesiensis; sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28248 ; Holaster

planus-zone; Malling Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

2. M. gamblet, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28530 ; Lower Seno-

nian ; Chatham, Kent.

3. M. unicornis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28247 ; coranguinum-

zone; W. of Beachy Head, Sussex.

XIII. Hygopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. gibba, sp. un. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28493; Cenomanian, Korycaner Schichten ;

Kank, Bohemia.

XIV. Hrppiorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. equestris, sp. nu. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28909 ; guadratus-zone, pillula-subzone ; North

Lancing, Sussex.

390 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

XV. Mo orora, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. distincta.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. ‘Tubercles on median line of fusion 14-16, those

on the apertural bar being well developed.

Apertural bar less flattened in a vertical plane. 1. 4. distincta.

B. Tubercles on median line of fusion 12-14, those

on the apertural bar being absent or poorly

developed. Apertural bar more flattened in a

Vertical plane" .2:; 5.1. cies astauetecg, tee Si aepemadok 2. A. stellata.

l. A. distincta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28062; coranguinum-

zone; Upper Basildon, Berks.

2. A. stellata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28911; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone ; North Lancing, Sussex. é

XVI. AucHENopoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. guttur, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28219; Danian; Faxe, Denmark.

XVII. PancHEILoPora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. magnilabrosa, sp.u. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28911; quadratus-zone, depressa-subzone ;

Ki. of Brighton, Sussex.

XVIII, Lexyrnociena, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv.

part 1, p. 90.

Genosyntypes. L. ampullacea, Marsson, 1887, op. cit.

p. 91, plex. ig.

L. effigurata, Marsson, 1887, op. cit. p. 91,

pl. ix. fig. 8.

Genolectotype. L. ampullacea, Marsson, 1887, loc. cit. ;

mucronatus-zone ; Rigen, Germany.

XIX. Hotostecopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. epsomensis, sp.n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 23959; top of coranguinum-zone; Epsom,

Surrey.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 391

b. Prropxtem.s, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Furrows between the costze visible ...... Seale. ds hiophieas

B. Furrows between the cost obliterated, and

intraterminal front wall completely fused .... II. Trilophopora.

I. Puioput@a, Gabb & Horn, 1862, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, ser. ii. vol. v. p. 150. x

Genotype. P. sagena.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertures not markedly pliophlceine (apertural

bar bent into a V-shape—otherwise ‘‘ cribri-

line”),

I. Intercostal fusions not obvious.

1, Apertural bar not medianly produced as a

flat projection.

a. Cicia not very long (3 to little more than

4mm).

1. Avicularia broad and blunt.

a, (Hcia } mm. or more in length .... S P. striata.

B. Cicia about +m length ............ . P. pupoides.

2, Avicularia narrow and more or less

sharp.

a, Aperture hardly cribriline.

a. Intercostal furrows almost vanish . 3. P. cicatricifera.

b. Intercostal furrows conspicuous .. 4. P, elegantula.

8. Aperture cribriline to slightly plio-

UAIGETEGS |G ore chan Ce oe mipelicn kicko 5. P. palea.

b. CEcia very long (2 mm.—] mm.) and nar-

SAA ots coils xo Paslte eS «Vis nels Giese eae 6. P. brongniarti.

2. Apertural bar produced medianly as a flat

OO (400) ne 7. P. columbina.

II. Intercostal fusions obvious.

Gea COBLG AGUS 5 vss an siero-e sie! Syoreleye retee stn) tele 8. P. sagena.

6. Coste 13-15.

1. Apertures hardly eribriline ............ 9. P. ostreicola.

2. Apertures cribriline—slightly pliophleine 10, P. gluma.

B. Apertures remarkably pliophloeine.

A. Intraterminal front wall flatter ............ ll. P. cornuta.

B. Intraterminal front wall more arched........ 12. P. subvitrea,

1. P. striata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 15415; mucronatus-

zone; Riigen, Germany.

2, P. [Reptescharella| pupoides (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc.

1852, pl. 716. figs. 13-15, 1853, p. 470; Senonian

[Campanian ] ; Royan, France. Interpreted according.

392 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

to M. Canu’s identification of a specimen from the

Campanian of Roux, France, in his collection. (A _

photograph of this specimen is in the British Museum.)

3. P. [ Cribrilina] cicatricifera (Brydone), 1914, Geol. Mag.

dec. vi. vol. i. p. 97, pl. iv. figs. 1-2; Senonian ;

England.

4. P. [Cellepora, Escharina| elegantula (von Hagenow),

1851, Bry. Maastr. Kreid. p. 90, pl. x. fig. 13; Maas-

trichtian; Maastricht (non Reptescharipora elegantula,

Beissel, 1865, Bry. Aach. Kreid., Nat. Verh. holl.

Maatsch. Wet. Haarlem, ser. ii. vol. xxii. Art. 3, p. 60,

pl. vii. fig. 82, which is P. cornuta, vide infra).

5. P. palea, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D, 28221; Danian ;

Faxe, Denmark.

6. P. [Cellepora, Escharina] brongniarti (Hagenow), 1851,

Bry. Maastr. Kr. p. 90, pl. x. fig. 14 ; Maastrichtian ;

Maastricht.

7. P. columbina, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 27749 ; Santonian ;

Coulommiers, France. ;

8. P. [Flustra]| sagena (Morton), 1834, Synop. Organ. Cret.

United States, p. 79, pl. xii. fig. 7; [Danian] ; New

Jersey, U.S.A.

9. P. [Cribrilina] ostreicola (Brydone),

dec. v. vol. vi. p. 399, pl. xxiii. figs.

zone ; Trimingham, Norfolk.

1909, Geol. Mag.

1-2; mucronatus-

10. P. gluma, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28233; Danian ;

Faxe, Denmark.

1l. P. [Cellepora] cornuta (Hagenow), 1839, Neues Jahr-

buch, p. 271; mucronatus-zone; Riigen, Germany.

Interpreted by Hagenow’s later figure, 1851, Bry.

Maastr. Kr. p. 89, pl. x. fig. 11; Maastrichtian ;

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 393

Maastricht. = Replescharipora elegantula, Beissel, 1865,

Bry. Aach. Kreid. p. 60, pl. vii. fig. 82 (non=C. ele-

gantula, Hagenow, 1851, vide supra). = Cribrilina beis-

seli, Brydone, 1909, Geol. Mag. dec. v. vol. vi. p. 399.

12. P. [Cribrilina] subvitrea (Brydone), 1909, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. vi. p. 899, pl. xxii. figs. 3-4; mucronatus-

zone; Trimingham, Norfolk.

II. TrrLopHoporA, sp. n.

Genotype. T. trifida, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28229 ; Danian ; Faxe, Denmark.

c. ScursTacaNTHOPORIN, subfam. nov.

SCHISTACANTHOPORA, gen. Noy.

Genotype. S. fissa,sp.n. Type-specimen. In the collection

of M. Canu [a photograph of type-specimen in the British

Museum) ; Maastrichtian ; Royan.

C. Lagynoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of moderate size (about

2mm. long, seldom less than 4 mm. Jong), in which the

intraterminal front wall is formed of costz which fuse along

the middle line, but there are seldom obvious intercostal

fusions and no free spines in the median area of fusion; a

general solidification of the intraterminal front wall takes

place during evolution by the widening of the median area

of fusion, by the closer juxtaposition of the costz, and

occasionally by definite intercostal fusions ; a secondary

aperture may be formed by means of a proximal shield com-

posed of fusions of the proximal pair of apertural spines

with a median process of the apertural bar—otherwise the

family is singularly free from secondary tissue; apertural

spines 4-6, typically and primarily 6, reduced in some cases

to 4; avicularia few, fairly large and blunt, with oval

apertures, tending to disappear; a large, more or less

distally placed communication-pore present.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Subfamilies.

A, A niedian process of the apertural bar present,

which ultimately fuses with the proximal

pair of apertural spines to form a proximal

shield of a secondary aperture .......... »» a, Lagynoporine,

394 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

B. No secondary aperture, but apertural bar

sharply bent proximally, and bearing no

median process like that in A; avicularia

TATC: OP AVSCDE a; ce asi elope as eee ene b. Leptochetloporine.

a. Lagyvoporryva, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Apertural spines always6 ............00:: I. Hexvacanthopora.

B. Apertural spines primitively 6, as shown in

the neanastic cecia, but finally 4.

I. Costee widely separate; median process of

apertural: bar Lim Fons teitag sy 3 = ooo Il. Prodromopora.

II. Costze more or less closely juxtaposed ;

median process of apertural bar strongly

developed *p4/ Gis oxi ois chnorte et erence Ill. Lagynopora.

I. HexacaNTHOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. sexspinosa.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Cécia smaller (about § mm.); costa 18-20 .. 1. H. sexspinosa.

B. Cécia larger (more than 2 mm.).

LO Oot ee era, Se eR nee eae 2. H. kintburiensis.

TE COstee ee oo sais nicl aoe cima Arron 3. H. brightonensis.

1. H. sexspinosa, sp. un.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21205; Marsupites-

zone; Odiham, Hants.

2. H. kintburiensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21204; guadratus-

zone; Kintbury, Berks.

3. H. brightonensis, sp. u.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28890 ; Marsupites-

zone; Brighton, Sussex.

II. PropRomorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. precursor, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 8351 ; coranguinum-zone ; Gillingham, N.E. of

Chatham, Kent.

Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 395

Il]. Lacynopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. L. lagena.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Intercostal fusions absent or not obvious.

I, CGicia smaller (less than } to } mm. in length) ;

costz not so closely juxtaposed ; avicularia,

if present, smaller.

me Wore'coste (about 18) ..........c08. 20% 1. L. birlingensis.

b. Bewer costes (about 14). 52.065 0005.000-0s 2. L. saltdeanensis.

II, Cicia larger (3 mm. or more in length) ; costez

closely juxtaposed; avicularia, if present,

larger (except in LZ. amphora).

a. Intraterminal front wall more arched, cost

15-20; length about 3 mm.

1. Intercostal furrows less obvious ........ 3. L. furcifera.

2. Intercostal furrows more obvious.

geaebiciniclose 60Seher 22... sacs ess 4. L. lagena.

GEROMIGCUG CIREANE o7ct.-5 faeces dctlce. se sk nas 5. L. pediculus.

b, Intraterminal front wall flatter; length more

than 2 mm.

1, Median area of fusion less wide; intra-

terminal front wall less flat; coste

1103 [SARS ec orn OR ont oa 6. L.amphora,

2. Median area of fusion wider ; intraterminal

front wall flatter.

MACOS TADOU LSE Os p< eins aauc oie «soho lelecsts 7. L. urceolus.

[oe (GU ee" 1131 13 eer eee eee 8. L. ampulla.

B. Intercostal fusions rather obvious ............ 9. L. horsleyensis.

1. L. birlingensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28254 ; coranguinum-

zone; W. of Beachy Head, Sussex.

2. L..saltdeanensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28896; quadratus-

zone, depressa-subzone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

3. L. [Cribrilina| furcifera (Brydone), 1910, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. vil. p. 391, pl. xxx. figs. 6-8; Senonian ;

Suffolk.

4. LL. lagena, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 4042 ; Lower Seno-

nian ; Chatham, Kent.

5. L. {| Lepralia] pediculus (Reuss), 1874, Palaeontographica,

vol. xx. part ii. p. 129, pl. xxiv. fig. 16; Upper Turo-

nian ; Strehlen, Germany.

396 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

6. L: amphora, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 28255; quadratus-

zone, pillula-subzone ; W. of Newhaven, Sussex.

7. L. urceolus, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28889; quadratus-

zone, depressa-subzone ; HK. of Brighton, Sussex.

8. L. ampulla, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28256; quadratus-

zone; W. of Newhaven, Sussex.

9. L. horsleyensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28908; [high in]

coranguinum-zone ; West Horsley, N.E. of Guildford, Surrey.

b. Lerrocuertororin”, subfam. nov.

LEPTOCHEILOPORA, gen. Nov.

Genotype. L. tenuilabrosa.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. (cia very small—less than } mm, long........ 1. L. vulnerata.

B. Cicia small, 5 to 2 mm. long.

I. Apertural spines comparatively large; intra-

terminal front wall well arched.

a. Intercostal furrows very obscure .......... 2. L. filliozati.

b. Intercostal furrows clearly marked.

1. Coste about 15, aperture hardly cribriline. 3. ZL. arcuata.

2. Costz 16-20; aperture cribriline........ 4, L. languessensis.

IJ. Apertura] spines minute; intraterminal front

wall flatter.

a. Ovicells formed like the intraterminal front

pov Ae sera fede sracete': Cieks bis ieneies eke eae eee 5. L. tenuilabrosa,

6, Ovaicelis plain |. cake ee ie ete eee 6. L. regularis.

C. CEcia larger—nearly 1 mm. long ........ wee. 0. ZL. magna,

1. L. [Cribrilina| vulnerata (Brydone), 1914, Geol. Mag.

dec. vi. vol. 1. p. 97, pl. iv. figs. 3-4; mucronatus-zone ;

Trimingham, Weybourn, Norfolk.

2. L. [ Cribrilina] filliozati (Brydone), 1910, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. vil. p. 391, pl. xxx. figs. 9-10; quadratus-

zone ; Hants.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 397

3. L. arcuata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28294; quadratus-

zone ; E. of Brighton, Sussex.

4. L. languessensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. In collection of M.Canu (a photograph of

type-specimen in British Museum); Campanian; Lan-

guesse, France.

5. L. tenuilabrosa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28892; Marsupites-

zone ; Brighton, Sussex.

6. ?L. [Reptoporella| regularis (d’Orbigny), Pal. Franc.

1852, pl. 717. figs. 6-7, 1853, p. 475; Senonian ;

Sainte-Colombe, France. If this is a Lagynoporid,

d’Orbigny’s artist has drawn an cecium from the peri-

phery of the asty, and repeated it, thus causing the

distal communication-pore to appear in those inner

cecia in which it naturally would be hid.

7. L. magna, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 19623 ; mucronatus-

zone ; Liineburg, Hanover.

D. Rhacheoporida, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of fair size (about 2 mm.),

with the intraterminal front wall formed of flattened cost

which are firmly fused in a narrow projecting median seam

but have no intercostal. fusions; apertural spines 4 ;

secondary intercecial tissue tends to be developed; the

apertural bar has a median process; there is a tendency to

form a secondary aperture of which ‘the proximal shield is

formed (1) by the whole apertural bar alone, or (2) by the

fusion of the apertural bar with the proximal pair of

apertural spines, or (3) by a pair of avicularia lying proxi-

mally and laterally with regard to the aperture ; avicularia

small and numerous.

Tabular Diagnosis of the Subfamilies.

A. Cicia comparatively delicate; avicularia, if

definite in position, lie outside the apertural

TIM ee anes erate He otekoaiegeta e aard eels ike wae a, Rhacheoporine.

B. Cicia comparatively coarse ; avicularia tubu-

lar, a pair involved in the apertural ring.... b. Disheloporine,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 8. Vol. xviii. Pat

Mr. -W. D. Lang—Revision of the

a. Raacunorortn#£, subfam. noy.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Secondary aperture absent, or, if present, is con-

fined to certain cecia only ‘(presumably involved

in the formation of an ovicell), and the proxi-

mal shield is formed of the apertural bar only.

1 ie secondary aperture; all cecia alike.

. Ends of the costee form a ne median

seam Bie ete

. Ends of the coste form two or more rows

of minute solid tubercles in median area of

fusion..... ae aor:

II. Certain cecia only (presumably pearing ovi-

cells) have a secondary aperture whose

proximal shield consists of the apertural bar

only and whose distal shield is formed of

secondary tissue which rely the aper-

tural spines ..... Pecee eae sis se

B. A secondary aperture always 8 present i in all cecia.

1. Secondary aperture with a proximal shield

formed by the fusion of the proximal pair of

apertural spines with a median process of the

apertural barf wsei.a ess oon cloves Resta pasion ees

Il. Secondary aperture formed entirely by the

fusion of avicularia, which, growing up, re-

place the apertural spines ........

eee we eee eeree .

I. RuacHeopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. R. suéa.

1. Rhacheopora.

Il. Hystricopora.

ILI. Prosotopora.

IV. Diancopora.

V. Diceratopora.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Larger (more than 3 mm, long); avicularia

somewhat pointed and tend to be directed to-

wards the middle line of the cecium.

I. Less secondary interccial tissue ; erect, uni-

serial,

a. Costee 26-28 ;

NOSIS. Sto atiG ooo Ko emo Oboe dON

b. Cost 30 or more; generally two avicularia

toeach aperture= sie cae «ies wide oeaee ees

More secondary tissue.

. Erect, unilaminar .....

i. Erect, bilamimen ei st coker sate so Geese

B. Smaller (3 mm. or less in length); avicularia

blunter and tend to be directed upwards and

away from the middle line of the cecium.

I. Less secondary tissue ; incrusting, unilaminar.

II. More secondary tissue ; erect, cylindrical ....

about one avicularium to each

Wee

co pli Lo Miles:

Vécamp, France.

12-15, 1853, p.

[ Semiescharipora ] obliqua (dVOrbigny),

481 ;

R. obiaqua.

3. R. larvalis.

3. R. bidens.

4, R. incrassuta.

5. FR. vallata.

6. R. suta.

Pal. France.

Senonian ;

“Cribrimorph”’ Cretaceous Polyzoa. 399

2. R. larvalis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 23466; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, France.

3. R. bidens, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28539; Lower

Senonian ; Chatham, Kent.

4. ?R. [Escharipora| incrassata (d’Orbigny), Pal. France.

1851, pl. 685. figs. 1-4, 1852, p. 223; Senonian ;

Meudon, France.

5. FR. vallata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28302; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Lewes, Sussex.

6. R. suta; sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 4225; Lower Seno-

nian ; Chatham, Kent.

Il. Hysrricopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. H. horrida, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 28460; Coniacian ; Fécamp, France.

I[I. Prosoropora, gen. nov.

Genotype. P. arrecta.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Ver y many costee—about 40 ................ 1. P neptunt.

B. Larger (nearly 1 mm. long), more costes (about

32) ; ; secondary aperture much lower; avicularia

not so arrect ; erect, unlaminar ............ 2. P. bicornis.

C_ Smaller (about ? mm. long), fewer cost (about

22); secondary aperture much higher; avi-

cularia more arrect; erect, cylindrical........ 3. P. arrecta.

1. P. [Eschara, pga ate neptunt (d’Orbiguy), 1850,

Prod. Pal. vol. u. p. 264; Senonian; ‘Tours. Inter-

preted onthe to dOrbigny, 1851, Pal. Frane.

pls. 603. figs. 7-9, 684, fig. 12, 1852, p. 221 ; Senonian ;

Royan.

400 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

2. P. bicornis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 24388 ; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Luton, S.E. of Chatham, Kent.

3. P. arrecta, sp. 0.

Ty pe-specimen. British Museum, D. 8184; coranguinum-

zone ; Gillingham, N.E. of Chatham, Kent.

IV. Drancopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. D. ancora, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

_ Museum, D. 4035 ; Lower Senonian ; Chatham, Keat.

V. DicrratTopoRa, gen. nov.

Genotype. D. bivia, sp. n. . Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 24534; coranguinum-zone; Gillingham, N.E.

of Chatham, Kent.

b. Disuetoporry#, subfam. nov.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Intraterminal front wall more arched; less

secondary tissue; no secondary aperture...... I. Dishelopora.

B. Intraterminal front wall flatter; much secondary

intercecial tissue; a secondary aperture formed

by a general prolongation of the apertural bar

AS e PrOXiMAalShiGld yA cis ceiere apete setae reeys II. Geisopora.

I. DisHELopPoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. D. bicuspis.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural bar not specially differentiated ;

length about 3 mm.

I. Costee 20-30; unilaminar, incrusting...... 1. D. euckmerensis.

II. Coste 16-20; unilaminar, incrusting .... 2. D. bispinosa.

B. Apertural bar with broad median process ;

cost 16-20; length 3-3 mm.; unilaminar,

INCTUSUNE S Cacraenontae oe eee 3. D. valvata,

C. Apertural bar with narrow median projection ;

unilaminar, incrusting.

I. Coste 10-15; length about 2mm......... 4. D. elaviceps.

II. Coste 16-20; length nearly 1 mm. ...... 5. D. bicuspis.

D. Apertural bar much flattened and proximally

bent, with no obvious spine or crest; costee

12-16 or more; unilaminar, incrusting.

I, Length about 3mm: 2. Sacha oe ne 6. D. binoculata.

II, Length about 1 mm. ..,..... 7. D. biforis.

1. D. cuckmerensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28298; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Cuckmere Haven, Sussex.

2. D. bispinosa, sp. 0.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28922; low in

coranguinum-zone ; Hindover, N.E. of Seaford, Sussex.

3. D. valvata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 4964; Lower Seno-

nian ; Chatham, Kent.

4, D. [ Cribrilina] claviceps (Brydone), 1910, Geol. Mag.

dec. v. vol. vii. p. 390, pl. xxx. figs. 2-5 ; Senonian ;

England. Interpreted according to specimens from

the coranguinum-zone, in the collection of Mr. G. E,

Dibley, and identified by Mr. Brydone as this species.

5. D. bicuspis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21202; coranguinum-

zone ; Wooburn Green, Bucks.

6. D. binoculata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8167 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Gillingham, N.E. of Chatham, Kent.

7. D. biforis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 8362; cortestudi-

narium-zone ; Luton, 8.E. of Chatham, Kent.

II, Grtsopora, gen. nov.

Genotype. G. protecta, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 15421; mucronatus-zone ; Riigen, Germany.

E. Otoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa in which the intra-

terminal front wall consists of arched tapering spines that

may be quite separated lateraily, and merely overlapping

those of the opposite side in the middle line, without fusion,

402 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

or with slight fusion, or may be firmly fused medianly, and

touching, but not fused laterally ; au apertural bar is either

not formed or imperfectly formed (that is, the spines of which

it is formed overlap and the subsequent fusion does not

produce a bilaterally symmetrical structure) ; extraterminal

front wall always visible and often considerably developed,

especially proximally ; apertural spines, if present, four,

never much enlarged; a secondary aperture never formed ;

avicularia paired and generally pointed, primitively not

large, narrow and straight, secondarily larger, wider, and

curved towards the aperture, finally absent ; ovicells with a

median keel or seam and, consequently, an aperture some-

what mucronately pointed above,

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera and Species.

A. Coste separate, not fused in the middle

line, or very slightly so.

1. Avicularia present; first pair of coste

not larger than the rest ............ I, ANAPTOPORA.

a. Avicularia large and pointed.

1. Incrusting, unilaminar .......... 1. A. disjuncta.

2, rect, cylindrienl er. ote arene she 2. A. cantabridgensis.

b. Avicularia tend to dwindle and be-

come blunt ; erect, cylindrical .... 3. A. mécklert.

If. Avicularia absent; first pair of coste

larger than the restand are notcurved. II. ANoropora inaurita.

B. Coste firmly fused in the middle line,

and laterally adjacent, but not fused .. III. Oropora auricula.

I. ANAPTOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. A. disjuncta.

1. A. disjuncta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 23269 ; Cenomanian ;

Chalk Marl; Cambridge.

2. A. cantabridgensis, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21788 ; Cenomanian,

Chalk Mar] ; Cambridge.

3. A. méckleri, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 21858 ; Cenomanian,

Chalk Marl; Cambridge.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 403

IJ. Anoropora, gen. noy.

Genotype. 4. inaurita, sp. np. Type-specimen, British

Museum, D. 21789; Cenomanian, Chalk Marl; Cam-

bridge.

III. Ovrorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. O. auricula, sp. un. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 23044; Cenomanian, Chalk Marl; Cambridge.

IF’. Ctenoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa with uniserial early

stages whose intraterminal front wall is furnished with very

thin cylindrical costz, arched over and hardly fused or very

slightly fused in the middle line and with no lateral fusions,

but the coste are firmly fused beneath to a ground-tissue

that forms a solid arched intraterminal front wall; apertural

bar imperfectly formed (that is, the two costee of which it

is composed overlap and the subsequent fusion does not

hide this to form a bilaterally symmetrical apertural bar) ;

apertural spines small, four in number; avicularia generally

a pair to each aperture, small and blunt ; no secondary

interceecial tissue or secondary apertures.

Crenopora, gen. nov.

Genotype, C. pecten, sp. n. Type-specimen. British

Museum, D. 21691 ; Cenomanian, Chalk Marl ; Cambridge.

G. Calpidoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of fair size (about ~ mm.

in length), of which the intraterminal front wail is not “much

arched and is composed of stout, flattish, parallel-sided

costee of unequal thickness, widely separate efecrally but

firmly fused in the middle line; the apertural bar has a

median projection, which may be flattened into a proximal

shield; there is much intercecial secondary tissue ; avicularia

small to moderate-sized, more or less pointed.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Genera.

A. Median area of fusion comparatively narrow ;

avicularia sharp.

I, Avicularia paired, situated laterally rather

than proximally with regard to the aperture. [. Calpidopora.

404 Mr. W.D. Lang—Revision of the

II. Avicularia sporadic or, if paired, situated

proximally rather than laterally with re-

gard tothe: aperturen . 4 <2 oe «sles + ini eae Il. Rhabdopora,

B. Median area of fusion comparatively broad ;

avicularia comparatively blunt ............ Ill. Graptopora.

I. CaLPIpopoRA, gen. nov.

Genotype. C. diota.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Apertural bar with unflattened median pro-

jection.

T. Avicularia minute, straight.

a. Incrusting, unilaminar.

1. Avicularia, more than one pair to each

SPOKbOTOe 5 oom bit ois ase he ee eee 1. C. subfallax.

2. Avicularia, a pair only to each aperture.. 2. C. novaki.

be hrectMbtlaminarte ee ten eee eter. 3. C. mumia.

II. Avicularia larger, slightly curved; erect,

yNUAMiNar,. (os) ites wade eae la Pea ees 4, C. diota.

B. Apertural bar flattened to form a proximal

shield.

I. Proximal shield narrow; avicularia larger

than (A), but still small, curved, and

pointed ; erect, bilaminar .............++.- 5. C. auritulus.

Il. Proxima] shield broader; avicularia larger,

curved, and pointed ; erect, unilaminar .... 6. C. aurita.

1. C. [Membraniporella| subfallaw (Lecointre), 1912, Bull.

Soe. Géol. France, series iv. vol. xii. p. 354, pl. xiv.

fig. 5 ; Cenomanian; Le Mans, France.

2. C. novaki, sp. nu.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28508 ; Cenomanian ;

Korycaner Schichten ; Kank, Bohemia.

3. C. [Eschara| mumia (Pocta), 1892, Mech. Kory. Kank.

Kut. Hor.; Cesk. Acad. Cis. Frant. Josefa, p. 32, pl. iv.

figs. 10-11; Cenomanian, Korycaner Schichten;

Kank, Bohemia.

4. C. diota, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28509; Cenomanian ;

Korycaner Schichten; Kank, Bohemia,

5. C. auritulus, sp. n.

Type-specimen, British Museum, D. 28513 ; Cenomanian ;

Korycaner Schichten; Kank, Bohemia.

“Oribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 405

6. C. aurita, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28511 ; Cenomanian ;

Korycaner Schichten; Kank, Bohemia.

IJ. Ruapporora, gen. nov.

Genotype. R. virgata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

AemINeLUStings UNIAMINA "sence te seis sess 0. 0 1. R. virgata.

RB. Erect, unilaminar ........ SOOO EaaO sic Biota 2. R. virgulata.

EMCEE ADU ININOT! Uiyry e plcisie.» lel clemiele » 2208s e:a'e's 3. R. tigrina.

1. R. virgata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28429; Turonian ;

N.E. of Chartre-sur-Loir, France.

2. R. virgulata, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28431 ; Upper Turo-

nian ; N.E. of Chartre-sur-Loir, France.

3. R. tigrina, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 28425; Turonian ;

N.E. of Chartre-sur-Loir, France.

III. Graprorora, gen. nov.

Genotype. G. scripta.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. (cia very long, about three times as. long as

broad. ;"erect mamma ~ ¢ vc << «as se. Se cee 1. G. semicostata.

B. Cécia little more than twice as long as broad.

I. Gicia fairly parallel-sided ; unilaminar ...... 2. G. seripta.

II. cia fusiform ; erect, bilaminar .......... 3. G. raripora.

1. G. [Semiescharipora] semicostata (d’Orbigny), Pal.

Frang. 1852, pl. 719. figs. 1-4, 1853, p. 486; Senonian ;

Tours, France.

2. G. scripta, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 27750; Santonian ;

Coulommiers, France.

406 Mr. WD. Lang— Revision of the

3. G. | Escharipora| raripora (dOrbigny), 1852, Pal. Frane.

p. 234, pl. 703. figs. 16-18; Senonian; near Tours,

France.

H. Myagroporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of fair size (4-2 mm. in

length), exhibiting a great development of intereecial secon-

dary tissue with a very primitive intraterminal front wall ;

the latter consists of thin, cylindrical, pointed coste, widely

separate laterally and very slightly or hardly fused medianly ;

the apertural bar is imperfect ; the apertural spines are four

in number, the proximal pair as large..as the coste and

directed straight upwards; avicularia tubular, rising above

the intercecial tissue and sporadic, but a pair generally le

side by side in the space distal to one cecium and proximal

to the next (really the area directly over the proximal part

of the extraterminal front wall which has been swamped by

secondary tissue); apertures of avicularia blunt and slightly

constricted, directed a.say from the median line of the

cecium to which they may be referred, and obliquely up-

wards.

MyaGRoporRA, gen. noy.

Genotype. M. muscipuld.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Incrusting or erect, unilaminar; cecia small,

about... MMsi.>. do. sen ek aac ewicee eae ee 1. M. cavea.

B. Erect, cylindrical; cecia larger, about 2mm. .. 2. M. muscipula.

1. M. cavea, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 25543; low in cor-

testudinarium-zone ; S.E. of Boxmoor, Herts.

2. M. muscipula, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 25501; low in cor-

festudinarium-zone ; S.E. of Boxmoor, Herts.

I. Taractoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of very variable size, of

which the intraterminal front wall is composed of few, flat,

wide, but rapidly tapering cost, widely separate laterally,

but firmly fused in a thin median line of fusion; apertural

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 407

bar very thick, with a median projection ; apertural spines

four ; secondary intercecial tissue much developed; avi-

cularia numerous, sporadic, small, blunt, and with constricted

apertures, growing up with the intereecial secondary tissue

and tending to swamp the intraterminal front wall by

forming an incomplete secondary frout wall.

TaRACTOPORA, gen. Nov.

Genotype. 7. confusa.

Tabular Diaynoses of the Species.

A. Coste about 6.

I. Avicularia smaller and less secondary tissue.. 1. 7. confusa.

If. Avicularia larger and more secondary tissue. 2. 7. obseurata.

B. Coste 8-10; avicularia small and much second-

BES CISION Bat raya ser aye orks o ores a¥e a 5 203m 0's 3. T. rostrata.

1. 7. confusa, sp. n.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 25538; low in cor-

testudinarium-zone ; S.E. of Boxmoor, Herts.

2. LT. [Membraniporella| obscurata (Brydone), 1916, Geol.

Mag. dec. vi. vol. ii. p. 99, pl. vi. figs. 9-10; cor-

testudinarium-zone; Seaford, Sussex.

3. LT. rostrata, sp. un.

Type-specimen. In the collection of M. Canu (a photograph

-of the type-specimen in British Museum) ; Coniacian ;

Fécamp, France.

J. Thoracoporide, fam. nov.

Multiserial Cheilostome Polyzoa of small to moderate size

4-2 mm. in length) derived from ‘“‘ Membranimorphs”’ with

ovate apertures; the intraterminal front wall is formed of

few, thin, cylindrical, well-arched costz, widely separate

laterally and hardly fused or firmly joined in a thin median

line of fusion; apertural spines four, the proximal pair as

large as the cost ; little or no secondary tissue developed ;

avicularia fairly large, sporadic, with long spatulate man-

dibles, in general shape resembling the avicularia of the

Eleidz (eleocellaria of Canu, 1900, Bull. Soe. Géol. France,

ser. li. vol. xxviil. p. 341).

408 Mr. W. D. Lang—Revision of the

THORACOPORA, gen. nov.

Genotype. 7. costata.

Tabular Diagnoses of the Species.

A. Larger, about 2 mm.; avicularia larger; cost

very slightly fuus ed or not fused medianly .... 1. 7. raptriz.

B. Smaller, about 3-2 mm,

I. Avicularia smaller, hardly spatulate ........ 2. T. pontifera.

II. Avicularia larger, spatulate.............00. 3. T. costata.

]. 7. rapirir, sp. mn.

Type-specimen. British Museum, D. 11135 ; Lower Seno-

nian; Chatham, Kent.

2. T. | Membraniporella| pontifera (Brydone), 1916, Geol.

Mag. dec. vi. vol. ii. p 99, pl. vi. fig. 8; coranguinum-

zone ; Gravesend, Kent.

3. T. costata, sp. n.

Type-specumen. British Museum, D. 24406 ; coranguinum-

zone ; Luton, 8.E. of Chatham, Kent.

Indeterminable Described Forms.

A. Described by d’Orbigny, 1851-3, Pal. Franc., Ter. Cret.

vol. v. :—

1. Escharella arge, 1851, pl. 666. figs. 7-9, 1852, p.219; Senonian ;

Royan.

2. Rimies Napier complanata, 1852, pl. 718. figs. 17-20, 1853,

p. 484; Senonian ; Vendome.

3. Reptescharella costata, 1852, pl. 716. figs. 16-18, 1853, p 470;

Senonian; Tours.

4, Reptescharipora exigua, 1852, pl. 719. figs. 20-22, 1853, p. 491 ;

Senonian; Meudon.

5. Disteginopora francqana, 1852, pl. 784. figs. 9-11, 1853, p. 498;

Senonian ; Meudon.

6. Reptescharella inequalis, 1852, pl. 716. figs. 1-8, 1853, p. 467 ;

Senonian ; France.

7. Escharipora inornata, 1851, pl. 686. figs. 17-19, 1852, p. 230;

Senonian ; Sainte-Colombe.

8. Semiescharipora trregularis, 1852, pl. 719. figs. 9-12, 18653,

p- 487 ; Senonian; Saintes, Pons.

9. Steginopora irregularis, 1852, pl. 720. figs. 16-19, 1853, p. 500 ;

Senonian ; Saintes.

“Cribrimorph” Cretaceous Polyzoa. 409

10. Escharina loriert, 1851, pl. 604, figs. 11-12, Repteschurella loriert,

1853, p. 466 ; Cenomanian ; Le Mans.

11. Reptescharipora meudonensis, 1852, pl. 719. figs. 17-19, 1853,

p. 491; Senonian ; Meudon.

12. Semtescharipora mumia, 1852, pl. 718. figs. 9-12, 1853, p. 483 ;

Senonian ; Sainte-Colombe.

13. Escharipora ovalis, 1552, p. 233, pl. 703. figs. 13-15; Senonian ;

Tours.

14. Reptescharella ovula, 1852, pl. 715, figs. 17-19, 1853, p. 466 ;

Cenomanian; N. of Tourtenay.

15. Escharipora plana, 1851, pl. 685. figs. 17-19, 1852, p. 226;

Senonian ; Vendome.

16. Escharipora prolifica, 1851, pl. 685. figs. 138-16, 1852, p. 225;

Senonian; near Sainte-Colombe.

Steginopora pulchella, 1852, pl. 721. figs. 9-12, 1858, p. 503;

Senonian; Vendome.

18. Reptescharipora punctata, 1852, pl. 720. figs. 4-5, 1858, p. 493 ;

Senonian ; Tours.

19. Escharella ramosa, 1851, pl. 684. figs. 9-11, 1852, p. 220;

Senonian ; Meudon.

20. Eseharipora regularis, 1851, pl. 685. figs. 9-12, 1852, p. 224;

Senonian; Sainte-Colombe.

21. Reptescharipora rustica, 1852, pl. 720. figs. 9-10, 1853, p. 494;

Senonian; Royan.

22. Semiescharipora simplex, 1852, ‘pl. 718. figs, 1-4, 1853, p. 481;

Senonian ; Fécamp.

—

B. Described by Brydone, 1909-10, Geol. Mag. dec. v.

vols. vi. & vil. :-—

23. Membraniporella fallax, 1910, p. 482, pl. xxxvi. figs. 6-8;

Marsupites- and coranguinum-zones ; Hants and Kent.

24, Steginopora gravensis, 1910, p. 481, pl. xxxi. figs. 4-5; cor-

anguinum-zone ; Gravesend.

25. Membraniporella monastica, 1909, p. 398, pl. xxi. figs. 1-3;

mucronatus-zone ; Trimingham.

. Described by Hennig, 1892, Lunds Uniy. Arsskr.

vol. XXViil. no. xi. :—

26. Membraniporella juvensis, p. 39, pl. il. figs, 86-87 ; Upper

Senonian; Sweden.

27. Cribrilina levis, p. 37, pl. il. figs. 29-80; Upper Senonian ;

Sweden. E

28. Cribrilina quadrisulcata, p. 38, pl. i. figs. 31-32; Danian;

Annetorp, Sweden.

Described by von Hagenow, 1851, Bry. Maastr. Kreid.:—

29, Eschara edwardsiana, p. 70, pl. viii. fig. 12; Maastrichtian ;

Maastricht.

30, Cellepora (Escharina) lessoni, p. 89, pl. x. fig. 10; Maastrichtian ;

Maastricht,

410 Dr. C. W.Andrews on a new Baboon from

E. Described by Reuss, 1872, Palaeontographica, vol. xx.

part 1, :—

51. Eschara pupoides, p. 107, pl. xxvi. fig. 5; Cenomanian ;.

Saxony.

32. Lepralia undata, p. 104, pl. xxv. fig. 5; Cenomanian; Saxony.

F. Described in various works :—

33. Cribrilina collaris, Marsson, 1887, Pal. Abh. vol. iv. part 1,

p. 98, pl. x. fig. 10; meucronatus-zone; Rigen.

34. Cribrilina falcoburgensis, Pergens, 1894, Bull. Soe. belge Géol.

vol. vii. Mém. p. 188, text-fig. 7 on p. 188; Maastrichtian ;

35. Escharipora immersa, Gabb & Horn, 1862, Journ. Acad. Nat.

Se Philadelphia, series 2, vol. v. p. 149; Danian ; New

ersey.

36. Cellepora mcisa, Hagenow, 1839, Neues Jahrbuch Min. p- 275,

pl. iv. fig. 11; mer onatus-zone ; Rugen.

37. Cribrilina nitidifor mis, Vine, 1893, Brit. Assoe. Rep. for 1892,

pp- 316, 836; Lower Senonian ; ‘Chatham.

38. Escharoides peltata, Romer, 1840, Verst. Norddeutsch. Kreide-

geb. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 7; Senonian; Peine.

39. Cellepora prona, Stoliczka, 1872, Pal. Indica, series viii. vol. iv,

no. 2, p. 12, pl. i. fig. 1; Arrialoor Group ; Poodoopoliam.

40, Cellepora scutigera, Reuss, 1854, Denk. k. Acad. Wiss. Wien,

vol. vii. p. 136, pl. xxvii. fig. 6; Turonian; Nefgrab.

The author hopes to be able in the future to expand the

above revision, with its terse tabular diagnoses, into a volume

of the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Cretaceous Bryozoa.’

XLVII.—Note on a new Baboon (Simopithecus oswaldi,

gen. et sp. n.) from the (?) Pliocene of British East Africa.

By C. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.R.S. (British Museum,

Natural History).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate XV.]

On his return journey from Karungu Dr. Felix Oswald*

visited Homa Mountain, near the eastern shores of the

Victoria Nyanza—a locality in which mammalian remains

had been previously collected by Mr. Milliken. In addition

to the remains of the elephant already known, he obtained

* ‘Geographical Journal,’ vol. xli. (1913) p. 114; also Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. vol. Ixx. (1914) p. 128.

the (?) Pliocene of British East Africa. 411

numerous bones and teeth of Antelopes, Phacocherus, and

Hippopotamus, together with portions of the skull, mandible,

and limb-bones of the large baboon which forms the subject

of the present paper. The bones were found in a greenish-

grey sandstone exposed in a low cliff near the lake-shore

west of the Awach River; the age of the bed is doubtful,

but probably it was late Pliocene or early Pleistocene.

PRIMATES.

Family Cercopithecide.

Among the more important specimens in Dr. Oswald’s

collection are the numerous remains of a large baboon, which

present a number of peculiar characters. The principal

pieces are:—(1l) the facial portion of a female skull, the

region belrind the lower part of the orbits and the greater

part of the premaxille being wanting; (2) a mandible,

probably belonging to.the same individual, wanting the right

ramus behind the second molar and the angular region of

the left ramus. ‘These two specimens form the basis for the

description given below. In addition to these there are

a right maxilla with the molars in excellent preservation, a

portion of a left mandibular ramus with pm,—m;, part of a

smaller right mandibular ramus witii pm ;—m., and the poste-

rior portion of a left ramus showing the condyle and angle.

There are also several odd teeth, including the lower canines

of an old male. Altogether, the parts of the skull and

mandible preserved indicate the presence of at least four

individuals.

The other portions of the skeleton represented are portions

of humeri, radii, ulnz, ossa innominata, femora, the astra-

galus, calcaneum, and cuboid; these belong to several

individuals, differing considerably in size. All the remains

are highly mineralized and in a beautiful state of preserva-

tion ; in nearly all cases they terminate in fresh fractures,

showing that further collecting would probably yield more

complete material.

Skull (Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 2).—The most important specimen

is the facial portion of a skull, which, from the small size of

the canine, is clearly that of a female. The whole of the

cranial portion is wanting, the fracture occurring at about

the middle cf the orbits, only the lower portions of which

are preserved ; the base of the jugal region of the zygomatic

arch is preserved on both sides, but is most nearly complete

on the right. ‘The nasals are wanting, as also are the tooth-

bearing portions of the premaxille. ‘The only other portion

412 Dr. C. W- Andrews on a new Baboon from

of the skull preserved is an imperfect right maxilla (fig. 3)

of a rather younger individual with the true molars in an

excellent state of preservation.

The portion of the face beneath the orbits is short and

considerably deeper than in Papio, Theropithecus, and in the

female Macacus, the skulls most nearly resembling the fossil

in this respect being those of males of Macacus and Cerco-

cebus; this deepening of the face is consequent upon the

large size of the maxilla, which, again, seems to be correlated

with the relatively large size of the cheek-teeth. The outer

face of the maxillais, on the whole, gentiy convex from above

downwards, there being only a very slight concavity on the

side of the face in front of the base of the zygomatic arch, as

in Macacus. In the type-specimen of Papio subhimalayanus,

Meyer, sp., this depression is likewise wanting, but here the

depth of the maxillary region is much less. In Papio and

Theropithecus this depression is well developed, and in the

males may form a sharply defined fossa.

The nasals are entirely wanting, but it can be seen that

they were. small and that possibly the maxille met in

the middle line above them; it is not possible to be certain

what were their relations to the facial processes of the

premaxille, which are the only portions of those bones

remaining. These processes are short and probably only

just overlapped the lower ends of the nasals, a condition

resembling that seen in Theropithecus. In Papio, Macacus,

and Cercocebus, on the other hand, the posterior ends of

the premaxillze extend considerably between the nasals and

maxillze behind the level of the posterior border of the narial

opening.

The facial suture between the maxilla and jugal com-

mences at about the inner third of the lower border of the

orbits, and runs outwards and downwards on to the base

of the zygomatic process, the lower edge of which is in part

formed by the maxilla. he anterior face of the jugal, which

is relatively large and massive, is gently convex ; it looks

more directly forwards and less upwards, and stands out

farther than in Papio or, to a less degree, Macacus, in this

last respect even surpassing Theropithecus, where also it is

very prominent. The nearly vertical position of the jugal is

correlated with the shortness of the face, the backward slope

being especially marked in the long-snouted Papio. One

consequence of this backward slope is that in Papio the orbit

lies considerably behind the level of the last molar ; in

Macacus the lower border of the orbit is over mp, while in the

present specimen it is about over the anterior lobe of m3.

the (?) Pliocene of British East Africa. 413

Probably, however, the precise relative position with regard

to the teeth varies considerably with age and sex.

There are two small facial foramina about 5 mm. apart on

the suture between the maxilla and jugal ; the upper opening

is about 1°5 em. beneath the orbit; in other ape skulls

examined these openings do not occur on the suture, but

perforate the maxilla.

The palate is strongly concave from side to side, and the

slit-hke posterior palatine foramina are on the maxillo-

palatine suture at about the level of the posterior lobe of ms.

The Upper Teeth (P1..XV. figs. 2 & 3).—In the skull above

described the tooth-series from the canine to the last molar

is well preserved on the right side, while on the left pms is

missing; the premolars and first molar are in an advanced

state of wear, the pattern of the crowns being obliterated.

A second specimen of the right maxilla (fig. 3) has m,—m;

well preserved and ina much less advanced state of wear, the

posterior columns of m; being still intact.

The upper molars in their general structure are very

similar to those of the recent baboons ( Papio, Theropithecus),

but differ in their relatively larger size, and especially in their

greater length in proportion to their width; in the last

character they resemble the molars of Theropithecus most

nearly. The intermediate cusps are well developed, so that

in wear the inner tubercles show a well-marked trefoil

pattern. There is a well-developed cingulum on the front

and back of the molars. The upper premolars present no

special peculiarities, while the canine is small and projects

little below the premolars, showing that the individual was

a female. The form of the crown of the canine is almost

identical with that seen in a female specimen of Thero-

pithecus gelada.

The dimensions of the skull (in millimetres) are :—

Width at outer ends of base of zygomatic process ...... 110

Depth of face from orbit to alveolar border ............ 45

Width of palate between the first molars.............. 28

The dimensions of the upper teeth (in millimetres) are :—

Length, Width.

Ms ateteteh Shr eens 2 hoe 15

(iE: = OP OCETIOEL 15 13

TO. 2 6S OO ED OOOUE 12 11

Fi. — Bee ae 7 10

{SUES PAGER ORAL 7 8

7E Go EA ack LCR 8 7

The measurements in m,-pms are taken on the surface of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 28

414 Dr. C. W. Andrews on a new Baboon from

wear. The length of the molar series taken together is

43 mm.

Mandible (P\. XV. fig. 4).—The mandible is very massively

constructed, probably in correlation with the large size of

the teeth. The symphysis is deep ; its upper surface between

the incisors, canines, and third premolars is only slightly

concave from side to side, and slopes gently downwards and

backwards till, at about the level of pm, it turns suddenly

downwards to the deep geniohyal fossa. The shallowness

and length of this upper part of the symphysis seem to be

exceptional. In Papio, where also it is not very deeply con-

cave from side to side, it terminates about the level of the

back of pm;; in Theropithecus this region is much more deeply

coneaye and slopes more steeply downwards ; in Macacus it is

altogether shorter. In Papio falconeri, Lydekker, sp., from

the Pliocene of the Siwalik Hills, the mandible is massive

and deep, as in the present species ; but even in this case

the symphysis is shorter, and at the same time the teeth are

relatively smaller. The outer face of the horizontal ramus

beneath the premolars and first molar is nearly flat, showing

little trace of the concavity seen in this position in Papio

and Theropithecus, especially in the males. In Macacus the

depression is less marked, especially in the females, and in

the so-called Papio falconert it is much as in the present

specimen. The anterior border of the ascending ramus 1s

straight or even slightly concave; in the other apes with

which comparison has been made it is convex at least in its

upper portion ; this nearly straight anterior border is inclined

considerably backwards. The coronoid process rises above

the condyle; it is larger and more prominent than in

Macacus and Theropithecus, and is thickened at its upper

end. The condyle is wider from side to side than in Ma-

cacus and Papio, in this respect resembling that of Thero-

pithecus ; the greater width is accounted for by the consider-

able degree to which it projects on the inner side. In the

type-specimen there is on the outer face of the ascending

ramus, a little beneath the base of the coronoid process, a

well-marked prominénce, perforated below by a foramen

which I have not seen in any other ape mandible. In the

female mandible the outer face of the ascending ramus is

only slightly concave in front of the ridge running down

from the condyle, much as in Macacus, while in another jaw,

probably of a male, this concavity is a little more marked,

but less so than in the female Theropithecus ; in the males

of Papio and Theropithecus this depression is strongly

developed. The angle of the jaw is not preserved in the

the (?) Pliocene of British East Africa. 415

mandible above described, but in another specimen it is seen

to be rounded, with a slightly inflexed margin. The dental

foramen is in the position usual in the family.

Lower Molars (P\. XV. figs. 4 & 5).—In the figured man-

dible the incisors and canines are represented by their broken

bases only. The canines (c.) are oval in section and are

small, showing that the individual was a female. The ante-

rior premolar (pmz;) is likewise small, but its anterior face is

enlarged and produced downwards and forwards to receive

the bite of the posterior edge of the upper canine, as is usual

in this group. The remaining teeth, though proportionately

larger, are similar to those of Theropithecus, the inter-

mediate cusps being well developed and there being an even

larger talon in m3. This talon consists of a large cusp and a

raised border with well-marked crenulations connecting it

with the postero-internal cusp; in Papio and Macacus the

talon is proportionately much smaller.

The dimensions of the mandible of the type-specimen (in

millimetres) are :—

Per SVAN YSIS ty. = tant ci Ad ids Gt tole Fietan ev, tie eh ens « AB

Length from incisive border to back of condyle ........ 13

Width of ascending ramus at condyle ................ 48

Depth of horizontal ramus beneath m,...............- 5

Lagat Oe ae CIE CASE dl

ed ” ” ”

The dimensions of the teeth (in millimetres) are :—

Length, Width.

High UA Dea toner hs 10 7

VELL ho aio acc One 9 8

PI AS aS eee ae qu! e

EA a eR Ooh le ?

Teh de, veep es 20 DE

Thecollection also includes a pairof very large lower canines

(Pl. XV. fig. 6), presumably of an old male. That of the right

side has lost most of its crown, but the left is nearly complete,

only the tip of the root being lost. The root is very massive

and oval in section, the long axis being antero-posterior; on

the inner face there is a slight longitudinal groove. The

crown is greatly worn on its posterior face, tlie surface of wear

terminating below in a sharp oblique step. This condition

is almost exactly similar to that seen in an old male Thero-

pithecus, but here the tooth as a whole is much more slender.

The length of the left tooth (so far as preserved) is about

46 mm., the width of its root from before backwards 17 mm.,

and that from side to side 11 mm.

28*

416 Dr. C. W. Andrews on a new Baboon from

From the comparisons given above, it will be seen that the

present species differs in numerous points from the related

living forms. In the case of the fossils also it has been

shown to differ from the so-called Papio subhimalayanus,

Meyer, sp., and from Papio falconeri, Lydekker, sp.*. In

Oreopithecus of the Upper Miocene of Monte Bamboli the

molars are considerably longer than wide, and Schlosser +

remarks on their similarity to those of Theropithecus gelada,

a species to which our fossil also approximates ; but, at the

same time, there are important differences. Thus, in Oreo-

pithecus the last upper molar is nearly quadrate in outline

instead of being much longer than wide, and, lastly, in the

molars of Oreopithecus the intermediate tubercles and the

anterior and posterior portions of the cingulum are much

less developed. Mesopithecus, from the Upper Miocene of

Pikermi, apart from its much smaller size, differs in many

respects, especially in the more quadrate outline of its upper

molars and the fact that the last upper molar is considerably

smaller than the tooth in front ; in the lower molars there

is practically no anterior cingulum and the intermediate

tubercles are scarcely at all developed. .

Dolichopithecus, described by Depéret } from the Middle

Pliocene of Rousselon, differs in the smaller size and simpler

character of the talon of the lower m3, the large size of the

lower pm;, and the much shorter symphysis of the mandible,

the horizontal ramus of which is nevertheless deep.

Libypithecus, described by Stromer§ from the Middle

Phocene of the Wadi Natrun, differs widely in the relatively

small size of the cheek-teeth, in the nearly quadrate outline

of the molars, in which the anterior and posterior portions

of the cingulum and the intermediate cusps are little

developed. In fact, Libypithecus, Dolichopithecus, and

Mesopithecus are all apparently much more nearly related to

the Semnopithecinz than to the true baboons. <Aulaxinuus,

described by Cocchi||, seems to be identical with Macacus

* Lydekker, ‘Siwalik Mammalia, Supplement i. p. 6, pl. i.

figs. 3, 3a (Paleont. Indica, ser. x. vol. iv., 1886).

+ Schlosser, “Die Affen Lemuren etc. des europiischen Tertiirs,”

Beitr. Palaont. Gesterr.-Ung. Bd. vi. (1887) p. 16.

{ Depéret, ‘‘ Les Animaux pliocénes du Roussilon,” p. 11, Mém. Soe.

géol. France (Paléont.), mém. 3 (1890).

§ Stromer, “ Mitteilungen tiber Wirbeltierreste aus dem Mittelpliocin

des Natrontales (Aigypten),” Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. Bd. 65

(1913-14), p. 350.

| Cocchi, “Su di due Scimmie fossili italiane,” Bol. R. Com. geol.

Ital. vol. iii. (1872) p. 68.

the (?) Pliocene of British East Africa. 417

(Pithecus). Remains of other extinct baboons are known,

but in most cases are too imperfect for useful comparison.

On the whole, it may be asserted that the specimen now

described represents a new generic type distinguished by

(1) the shortness of the snout, (2) the relatively large size

of the cheek-teeth, (3) the great length of the molars in

proportion to their width.

The name Simopithecus is proposed for this genus, the

name of the species being S. oswaldi, The female skull and

lower jaw described above are to be taken as the type-

specimens *,

This comparatively short-snouted form, with its powerful

dentition, may, perhaps, have been the forerunner of the

baboons with the elongate muzzles, and in many respects

resembles the Gelada baboon (Theropithecus gelada) of

Abyssinia, in which the prolongation of the face is less

marked than in most species of Papio, especially in the

males.

It is unfortunate that the lmb-bones are nearly all in-

complete, so that their proportions cannot be estimated

with certainty. Some of the specimens show that some indi-

viduals of this species attained a very large size.

The humerus is represented by the distal end of a large

specimen and the lower three-fourths of a smaller one, both

from the left side. In the large specimen the flange on the

ulnar side of the articulation is less produced than in the

mandrill (Papio sphing) and the male of Theropithecus.

Otherwise it is very similar to that of the mandrill, espe-

cially in the strong development of the internal condyle.

The width of the distal articulation in the fossil is 84 mm. ;

in a large mandrill with a humerus 222 mm. long the width

is 33 mm.; in the male Theropithecus it is 23 mm. The

form of the distal end of the smaller humerus is almost

exactly as in the male Theropithecus, but, judging from the

ridges on the shaft, the bone was considerably shorter and

* A brief account of a number of mammalian remains from Central

Africa has lately been given by Hans Reck (Sitzungsb. Gesellsch.

Naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, nos. 3 & 7, 1914). These specimens are

from beds, probably of Pliocene age, exposed on the sides of a gorge

cutting into the edge of the Serengeti Plateau at Oldoway (lat. 3°S.,

long. 35° 25' E.). Among the more important discoveries are two

species of elephant, one apparently very similar to, if not identical with,

that from Homa Mountain, a baboon which may be the same as that

now described, a three-toed horse near Hipparion, and, lastly, a nearly

complete human skeleton which Reck regarded as contemporary with

the other remains, though this seems to be at least doubtful.

418 Dr. C. W. Andrews on a new Baboon.

stouter ; the deltoid crest is much less developed than in the

mandrill.

The radius is represented by one complete specimen and

the upper ends of two others, one of very large size. The

complete bone has its shaft less compressed and with a more

rounded anterior face than in the mandrill; the muscular

ridges are less marked than in that animal, but, on the

other hand, more so than in the male Theropithecus, in

which, however, the bicipital tuberosity is more feebly deve-

loped. The bone, as a whole, is more slender than im the

mandrill. Its dimensions (in millimetres) are :— .

Width of Width of Width of

Length. upper end. lower end. shaft.

Simopithecus ......0. 200 16 23 ved olla

Mien dirill eee cate oe 225 19 25 19

Male Theropithecus .. 190 13 23 15

Those of the corresponding bone in the mandrill and

Theropithecus are given for comparison.

The large radius measures 22 mm. across its upper end,

indicating a larger animal than any baboon with which

comparison could be made.

The ulna is represented by one specimen from the left side,

wanting the distal epiphysis. This is about the same size

as the ulna of the Anubis baboon, but is more massive

throughout. Its length (without the lower epiphysis) is

224 mm ; the ulna of the mandrill (measured in the same

way) 220 mm., and that of Theropithecus 195 mm. It indi-

cates a large animal, but not so large as that to which the

larger radius belonged.

The os innominatum is represented by two imperfect speci-

mens, one larger than the other and of very massive build.

In both only the region of the acetabulum is preserved, the

ends of the ilium, pubis, and ischium being lost. The pelvis

is mdre heavily built than in the mandrill. The approximate

antero-posterior diameter of the acetabulum is 30 mm., in

the mandrill 28 mm., and in the male Theropithecus 25 mm.

The femur is represented by the proximal end of a large

specimen and the shaft of a smaller one, both of the right

side. In the large specimen the diameter of the head is

28 mm., the width of the neck 20 mm., the width of the

upper end of the bone as a whole 56mm. In a mandriil

femur 258 mm. long the corresponding measurements are

25 mm., 18 mm., and 50 mm. The digital fossa is very

deep, The shaft of the smaller specimen is nearly circular

On some Characters of the Hunting Leopard. 419

in section as in the mandrill and Theropithecus ; its antero-

posterior diameter is 18 mm., that from side to side 16 mm.

There is a very strongly developed linea aspera.

The astragalus has a much less prominent flange on the

inner side beneath the tibial facet and the surface for the

internal maleolus is more concave than in the astragali of

baboons with which it was compared.

The calcaneum does not present any special peculiarity ; its

length is 49 mm., in the mandrill skeleton used for com-

parison it is 46mm. The cudoid is longer and narrower

than in the mandrill.

So far as they go, the limb-bones seem to indicate that

there probably was considerable difference in size in the

sexes, the male being a very large and powerful animal.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Anterior portion of skull of Simopithecus oswaldi, from right side.

(Type-specimen.) # nat. size.

Fig. 2. Ditto, palatal view. 2? nat. size.

Fig. 3. Right upper molars of a younger individual. Nat. size.

Fig. 4. Mandible, from left side. ? nat. size.

Fig. 5, Lower molars and premolars. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. Lower canine of male. Nat. size.

c., canine; pm. 3-4, third and fourth premolars ; m. 1-5, molars.

XLVII.—On some of the Cranial and External Characters

of the Hunting Leopard or Cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus).

By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Zoological

Society’s Gardens.

Since 1830, when the hunting leopard, commonly known in

England as the cheetah, was severed by Wagler from the

genus Felis under the name (ynailurus, there has been almost

complete unanimity with regard to its claim to generic rank.

In a great majority of text-books, monographs, and syste-

matic lists it is quoted as Cynelurus ; but the oldest available

title appears to be Acénonyx, proposed by Brookes in 1828 *.

* Quoting from Palmer’s Index, the full synonymy is :—

Acinonyx, Brookes, Cat. Anat. & Zool. Mus. of Joshua Brookes, p. 33

(1828); Burnett, Q. J. Sci. Lit. & Art, xxviil., 1829 (1880).

Cynailurus, Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph. p. 30 (1830).

Guepardus, Duvernoy, L’Institut, Paris, ii. no. 51, p. 145 (1884).

Cynofelis, Lesson, Nouy. Tabl. Régne Anim., Mamm, p. 48 (1842),

420 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Cranial

The character usually cited as distinctive of Acinonya« is

the incomplete sheathing of the claws, owing to longer or

weaker retractile ligaments than are found in other forms of

Felidse. To this have been added the relatively longer limbs

and thinner body and one or two cranial features, such as the

absence of the inner lobe on the upper carnassial and the

smallness of the anteorbital foramen. But since the cranial

characters mentioned are not distinctive, and the thinness of

the body and length of limb are approximately equalled in

some of the typical Felidz, e. g., the serval (F. serval), and

the characters derived from the feet are very imperfectly

Fig. 1.

Jaws of Acinonyx jubatus, nat. size, showing particularly the obliteration

of the postcanine space when the mouth is closed.

described and understood, it may be useful to state what are

the actual differences between Aciénonyx and other members

of the family.

Skull.—Neither of the cranial characters quoted above as

alleged to be distinctive of Acinonyx can be granted that

claim. The skull, nevertheless, presents a combination of

features quite important enough, in my opinion, to justify

the admission of the genus without taking the feet or other

characters into consideration.

The skull is short, high, and dome-shaped, the facial and

cranial regions being tolerably evenly and steeply sloped

from the interorbital region of the frontals. The face is not

and External Characters of the Hunting Leopard. 421

more strongly sloped than in some other forms of Felide,

e. g., Felis manul and F. pardina, but the slope of the upper-

side of the cranium is unusually steep, and is accompanied by

the deflection of the basicranial axis, so as to form a more

obtuse angle with the plane of the palate than is observable

in any other species of the family.

A marked peculiarity lies in the set of the teeth, very

noticeable when the jaws are closed (fig. 1). There is then

no space behind the upper canine. The obliteration of this

space, present to a varying degree in all other species of

Felide, arises from the correlation of three features :—

(1) The anterior portion of the mandible carrying the canine

is not elevated, the edge of the alveolus of that tooth being ina

line with the alveoli of the cheek-teeth ; (2) the first premolar

of the mandible and the first large premolar of the maxilla

are set comparatively close to the lower and upper canines

respectively, so that the lower premolar in question, together

with the minute first premolar (pm?) of the maxilla, blocks

the space behind the upper canine; (3) the cheek-teeth of the

maxilla overlap those of the mandible externally to such an

extent that the point of the median blade of the upper

carnassial reaches about one-third of the distance between

the alveolar border and the inferior edge of the mandible,

Nevertheless, in other members of the Felidz the extent to

which the postcanine space is developed varies enormously.

It is largest in f’. nebulosa, smallest apparently in F’. pardalis ;

and, with respect to this character, there is less difference

between Acinony# and F. pardalis than between the latter

and Ff, nebulosa.

Other dental characters are the relative smallness of the

canines, the narrowness of the alveolar border of the pre-

maxillee, and the suppression of the cusp on the sma]Jl inner

lobe of the upper carnassial, so that the anterior blade of the

lower carnassial, as I have elsewhere recorded*, slides over

the median blade of the upper almost to the palate. This

modification contributes to the close fitting of the upper and

lower cheek-teeth mentioned above.

One or two other characters of the skull may be briefly

alluded to:—(1) The jaws are narrowed anteriorly, the

planes of the lower half of the maxille inclining obliquely

forwards and inwards almost in the same line as the sub-

orbital portion of the zygomata, which are less salient than in

most other species of Felidee. (2) The nasals are long and

posteriorly wide, the width of each in a line with the tip of

the short nasal process of the frontal being approximately as

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1916, p. 276.

422 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Cranial

wide as the adjacent maxilla at the same level. (3) The

maxillee are evenly narrowed above, their apex being on a level

with the nasals above. (4) The anteorbital foramen is very -

small, sometimes divided, always set far below the orbital

edge, and there is no thickening of the maxilla or zygoma

Fig. 2.

rye LVI)

Wied) Wy

et iy

rs)

Hat lls

thal é

A. Left ear of Actnonyx jubatus.

B. Rhinarium of the same, from the side.

C. The same, from above.

D. The same, from the front.

externally to it. (5) The orbital floor is more reduced than

in Panthera even. (6) The bulla has a comparatively high

partition, as I have already recorded*. (7) The anterior

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1916, p. 333, fig. 7.

and External Characters of the Hunting Leopard. 423

narial aperture is large. (8) The posterior narial aperture is

unique in size, its height from the palate to the presphenoid

being approximately equal to its width.

The Principal External Characters.—As I have said, the

serval is almost as long in the leg and compressed in the

body as the hunting leopard, but the latter entirely lacks

the elasticity of gait and suppleness of body and limb so

noticeable in all the typical members of the family. The

head is rounded and relatively smaller than in any other

genus ; but I can find nothing in the facial vibrisse, the

rhinarium, or the ears generically distinctive of Aeinonyz.

As in other Felidz, the interramal tuft of facial vibrisse is

absent. The mystacial and superciliary tufts are shorter

than in the majority of cats, and the two genal tufts are

obsolete in the specimens examined. They are, as a rule,

but not by any means always, conspicuous in the family, and

it may be inferred that their functional, if not actual,

suppression in Acinonyz, as well as the comparative shortness

of the superciliary and mystacial vibrissee are an adaptation

to life in open country.

The rhinarium (fig. 2, B, C, D), when viewed from above,

shows a tolerably large naked area, the hairs of the muzzle

forming a convex line extending transversely from the poste-

rior end of the narial slits. From the lateral aspect the

rhinarium is prominent above, its edge sloping downwards

and backwards to the upper end of the dilatable naked tract

cleaving the upper lip. The deep gutter impressing this

tract is continued upwards as a shallow groove between the

anterior nares, which are comparatively large and encircled

laterally by a narrow strip of naked skin.

The ear (fig. 2, A) has a large bursa with the anterior flap

or lamina deeply notched. The antero-internal ridge shows

a small anguiar excrescence overlapping the base of the

supratragus (plica principalis), which exhibits a large and

rounded excrescence. The antero-external ridge ends in-

feriorly in a long low tragus. ‘The postero-internal and

postero-external ridges are well developed, and the latter

carries a rectangular antitragal elevation fitting behind the

tragus,

The anus and external genitalia are normal. The area

between the anus and the scrotum and the scrotum itself are

hairy. The prepuce, which is close in front of the scrotum,

is naked mesially, hairy laterally. The glans penis is short

and subconical, with lightly convex lower margin, corre-

spondingly concave upper margin, and pointed apex. Its

surface is beset with lineally arranged spicules, which are

424 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Cranial

Fig. 3.

A. Lower view of extended left tore paw of common leopard (Panthera

vardus), with the hairs cut short to show the extent of the

interdigital webs and the integumental claw-sheaths.

B, The same of the left hind paw.

Both figures are one-half natural size.

and External Characters of the Hunting Leopard. 425

Fig. 4,

A, Lower view of extended left fore paw of cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus),

with the hairs cut short to show the extent of the interdigital

webs and the complete absence of integumental claw-sheaths.

B. The same of the left hind paw.

Both figures one-half natural size,

426 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Cranial

coarser at the base than at the apex of the glans, where they

become obsolete. As is well known, the domestic cat (Felis

catus) has a spicular glans; but in a leopard (Panthera

pardus) the glans was smooth.

Feet.—For a proper appreciation of the peculiarities of the

feet of Acinonysx it is necessary briefly to describe those of

one of the more typical members of the family. The feet of

the common leopard (Panthera pardus) will serve as well as

another for this purpose. .

The fore paw is broad (fig. 3, A). The webs extend

almost up to the distal ends of the digital pads, which are

smooth and soft and subelliptical in shape, with rounded

distal ends. The plantar pad is large, wide, asymmetrical,

and smooth and cushion-like, and marked posteriorly by

two shallow grooves defining the lateral lobes. The pollical

pad is small and rounded and set approximately half-way up

the space between the plantar and carpal pads. This space

is less than the width of the plantar pad, and the carpal pad

is large, cordate, and apically rounded.

The claw of the pollex is enveloped by a hood-like sheath.

The sheaths of the claws of the remaining digits consist of

a pair of lobes—an external and internal—connected over the

base of the claw above by a flap of integument. These lobes

are sufficiently large to conceal the tips of the retracted claws.

The hind foot (fig. 3, B) in its general features is similar

to the fore foot, but is a little smaller, has the plantar pad

more symmetrical, the edges of the webs considerably more

emarginate and scarcely extending beyond the proximal ends

of the digital pads, and the claw-sheaths considerably smaller,

especially the inner lobes of the second, fourth, and fifth

digits, the claws of which are sheathed mainly externally,

i. e., away from the middle line.

The feet of Acinonyax were by Mivart dismissed as differing

rom those of felis in having imperfectly retractile claws,

although the retractile elastic ligaments found in Felis are

present. The function of these ligaments is to pull the

terminal claw-bearing phalanx alongside the outer surface of

the penultimate phalanx, thus raising the tip of the claw

off the ground. So far as the action of these ligaments is

concerned, the claws of this genus are approximately, if not

quite, as retractile as in some species of Felis. The incom-

pleteness of their withdrawal, therefore, arises from some

other factor—and this is the total absence of the lobes of

skin constituting the claw-sheaths in Felis *.

* Lydekker, therefore, is misleading when he says “the claws can

only be partially withdrawn into their protecting sheaths’ (Royal Nat.

and External Characters of the Hunting Leopard. 427

That is the primary difference between the feet of Actnonyx

and of other genera of Felide.

There are other differences, however, of considerable

interest. In the fore foot (figs. 4A, 5 B) the median web be-

tween the third and fourth digits just reaches the proximal

end of the digital pads and has a widely emarginate border.

The lateral webs are much shallower and do not reach the

proximal ends of the pads of the second and fifth digits,

but the web tying together the fourth and fifth digits is

considerably more deeply emarginate than that joining the

second and third digits. .

The pads are hard and smooth. The digital pads are

strongly compressed and hard in front beneath tle base of

the claws, and are upturned somewhat as in Hyena, and the

narrow plantar pad is provided on each side of its highest

portion posteriorly with’ a strong longitudinal ridge.

The pollex is situated high above the plantar pad ; its pad

is elliptical. The carpal pad is large, piriform, projecting,

and furnished with a hard sharp point.

The hind foot (fig. 4 B) is subsymmetrical, a little larger

than the fore foot, and has slightly larger pads, and all the

webs are shallower and more deeply emarginate. The pads

are very similar in form to those of the fore foot, but the

plantar pad, as is usually the case in Felide, is more

symmetrical.

In both the fore and hind feet the interdigital spaces are

thickly clothed with long hairs.

As the description and figures show, the feet of Acinonyx

are very different from those of Panthera. They are equally

different from the feet of several species referred to Felis,

but by no means so different from them all, because within

the limits of that genus, as at present understood, there is

very considerable variation in the development of the claw-

sheaths and interdigital webs. These I propose to deal with

in a subsequent paper. At present it 1s sufficient to state

that the feet of Acinonyw differ from the feet of all otber

species of Felidz in the complete absence of integumental

claw-sheaths, and that it is to this modification mainly that

the so-called imperfect withdrawal of the claws is due.

Mr. Lydekker was, I believe, expressing the prevalent

Hist. i. p. 442, 1894) and the claws at their extremities are “always

protruded from their sheaths” (‘Cats” in Lloyd’s Nat. Hist. p. 201,

1896). Clearly, also, Flower did not know the facts of the case when

he described the claws as being less completely retractile ‘‘ owing to the

feebler development of the elastic ligament” (‘ Mammalia,’ p. 523, 1891).

428 On some Characters of the Hunting Leopard.

opinion with-regard to the feet of As’nonya when he described

them as more generalized than those of Felis ; but, since the

only character he was acquainted with was the imperfect.

withdrawal of the claws, his remark applied solely to that

point. I believe, on the contrary, that that character, as well

as the others in which the feet depart from the feline type,

have been secondarily acquired in adaptation to this animal’s

Fig. 5.

A. Lateral view of right fore paw of ocelot (Felis pardalis), showing the

plane of the digital pads and tips of the claws protruding from

the integumental sheaths. (The paws of F. pardalis are very

similar to those of Panthera pardus.)

B. The same of Acinonyx jubatus, showing the uptilting of the digital

pads, the slightly less elevated claws, and the complete absence

of protective integumental sheaths.

These figures (nat. size) are taken from specimens with the

hairs of the paws cut short.

peculiar method of hunting. As is well known, the cheetah

does not, at all events as arule, adopt the true cat’s method of

pouncing on its prey from a point of vantage at comparatively

close quarters, but runs down antelope in the open by sheer

speed of foot. Allits moreobvious external features—its small

light head, narrow chest and body, long, thin, sinewy legs,

and powerful hind quarters—are obviously adapted to that

On the Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 429

end. So, too, with the feet. The protruding claws, hard,

pointed, digital pads, ridged plantar pads, deeply emarginate

webs, and wide hind feet are all better fitted for securing a

firm hold upon hard or sandy ground and for traversing it

swiftly and surely than are the softer more pliable feet of other

members of the cat tribe ; and I think it is probable that the

long, rigid, and sharp carpal pad, when jammed against the

soil, aids in arresting the headlong rush when a rapid turn

after the pursued quarry is required. The long heavy tail,

too, probably acts as a balance in wheeling at full speed.

Similarly, the great enlargement of the posterior narial orifice

must be regarded as a modification serving the end of

admitting an abundant supply of air to the lungs to maintain

the maximum of speed over the comparatively long distance

that often has to be trawersed before the fleet-footed quarry is

overtaken *.

Reverting once more to the feet, it is interesting to note

that of all the species of Felidz the caracal (7. caracal) comes

nearest to the hunting leopard (Accnonyx) in the structure of

the hind feet, and the caracal is the only other species of the

family, so far as | am aware, which is trained in much the

same way in certain parts of India for hunting game f.

XLIX.—The Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon.

By Givpert J. Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a pamphlet (‘ All about Grub,’ by R. C. Haldane) pub-

lished in Ceylon in 1881 the enormous amount of damage to

the coffee-plantations of the island due to the root-destroying

larvee of the Melolonthinze was described, and a rather un-

successful attempt made to distinguish the various species of

cockchafers (as they are collectively called) responsible for

the injury. In an appendix the statement is made that “ It

* According to Major F. G. Alexander (‘ Harmsworth’s Natural His-

tory, i. p. 414, 1910) the hunting leopard can keep up its speed for

500 yards or more.

+ Blantord (‘ Mammals of British India,’ p. 89, 1888) :—“ Some Indian

princes are said to have kept a large number of varacals for the purpose

of hunting. Vigne, who saw them used, says that their speed is, if

possible, greater in proportion even than that of the hunting leopard.”

Ann, & Mag. N. fist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 29

430 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

will, perhaps,-surprise many planters to learn that there are

between 15 and 20 kinds of cockchafers to be found in

Ceylon.” The enumeration which follows shows that the

term is used in a wide serse, which includes not only the

Melolonthinee, but the allied subfamily Ruteline, of which

alone L have enumerated, in two recent papers in the Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist., 45 species found in Ceylon. The Ceylon

Melolonthinze were dealt with systematically by Brenske in

Stett. ent. Zeit. 1900 (p. 341), and a total of 48 species

counted. In the list which follows I enumerate 70, and it is

quite certain that this number will be largely increased by

future collecting. My present object is less to add to the list

than to correct its nomenclature, which is in a very confused

state, chiefly owing to the numerous and quite worthless

descriptions of Walker, in which generic names are applied

at random and all characters of real importance completely

ignored. The types of these being in the British Museum, I

have attempted to finally remove this difficulty.

One very large and remarkable insect included in Brenske’s

list (Hucirrus mellyi) is now omitted. It occurs in Borneo,

Sumatra, and the Malay Peninsula; but there can be no

doubt, I think, that its attribution to Ceylon is merely an

ancient error. Another Melolonthid described as Ceylonese

( Trichoderma e-ylanica, Nonfr.) has been recently declared

by Moser to have actually come trom South America (Deutsche

ent. Zeits. 1912, p. 325).

Three of Walker’s species supposed by Brenske to belong

to this group, although unrecognizable by him, really belong

to the Rutelid genus Anomala. They are “ Omaloplia”

fracta, hamifera, and semicincta. Three others—Rhizotroyus

suleifer, Plectris glabrilinea, and Plectris punctuligera—with

the other species called Addenda by Walker (Ann. Nat. Hist.

(4) iii, 1859, p. 219) have never been found, and may or

may not belong to this group.

An interesting point in connection with this part of the

Ceylon fauna is the total absence of the Hoplimi, which are

numerous in the northern parts of India, as well as in Assam,

Burma, and the Malayan Region.

The types of the new species in the following list are in

the British Museum. Nearly all were found by Mr. E. E.

Green or Mr. George Lewis, or by both :—

Periserica (“ Isonychus”) ventralis, Walk.

P. picta, Brenske.

P. fulvostriata, Brenske. This was described by Brenske as a variety of

the preceding, but it is quite distinct.

Melolenthine Beetles of Ceylon. 431

Periserica (“ Omaloplia”) interrupta, Walk.

P. (“ Sericesthis”) subsignata, Walk. The type is a unique and very

defective female.

P. nigripennis, sp. 0.

Selaserica nitida, Cand.

S. scutellaris, sp. D.

S. sericea, sp. n.

S. pusilla, sp. n.

Serica variolosa, Motsch, = S. maculifera, Brenske. Although Mot-

schulsky’s description of the legs is rather incomprehensible, there

seems to me to be no reasonable doubt that his insect, which Brenske

found himself unable to identify, is the latter’s S. maculifera. It is

curious that Brenske has charged Motschulsky with omitting to

give the dimensions—a fault of which he is not guilty, but which

Brenske himself, in the same paper, has perpetrated more than once

(see Autoserica cinerea and Neoserica splendifica, p. 431).

S. rubescens, sp. n.

S. fusa, Brenske.

8. lurida, Breuske. This afd the two following species are unknown to

me.

S. nana, Brenske.

S. distincticornis, Brenske. -

S, (“ Sertcesthis”) confirmata, Walk.

S. maculicauda, sp. n.

Autoserica (“ Sericesthis”) mollis, Walk.= A. singhalensis, Brenske.

Brenske has referred to the considerable variations in size exhibited

by this insect. ‘Thesmaller form, to which his type belongs, is gene-

rally distinguishable by sharper hind angles to the pronotum and

less sharp and rather abbreviated supramarginal carinz to the elytra.

It can hardly be regarded as specifically distinct.

A, (“ Sericesthis”) rotundata, Walk.=S. immunita, Brenske.

A, straba, Brenske. I do not know this species or the two which here

follow.

A. implicata, Brenske.

A. fistulosa, Brenske.

A. cinnabarina, Brenske.

A. calearata, Brenske.

A. chalybea, Brenske.

A, weligamana, Brenske.

A, dubia, sp. 1.

A. cinerea, Brenske. Unknown to me.

A. pubescens, sp. n.

Neoserica bombycina, Karsch.

N. splendifica, Brenske. Unknown to me.

Apogonia rauca, F.=(“ Anomala”) punctatissina, Walk. TI believe

Apogonia soluta, liberata, and vatacta, of Kolbe (the last mistakenly

referred to as ‘ incerta” and ‘“‘inserta”’ by Brenske, Stett. ent. Zeit.

1900, p. 349), to be forms of A. rauca, F., as well as Brenske’s

var. unistriata.

A, proliva, sp. 0.

A, ferruginea, F.= A. uniformis, Bl., and A. anfracta, Karsch. The

types of A. ferruginea and rauca are in the British Museum.

A, cava, Karsch. This is a doubtful species. The fragmentary descrip-

tion applies entirely to A. ferruginea, of which the type may bea

rather large specimen.

29%

432 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Apogonia (“ Plectris”) solida, Walk.= A. ludificans, Brenske. This was

described by Brenske as a variety of A. comosa, Karsch, but I be-

lieve it to be specifically distinct. It is invar iably larger, with the

head and pronotum less closely punctured and the front tibia less

produced at the end.

A. comosa, Karsch. I consider it doubtful whether this really occurs on

the mainland of India as maintained by Brenske.

A, lateralis, sp. 0.

A. lurida, Karsch.

A, nana, Walk. The type is unique and in bad condition.

A. equabilis, Karsch.

A, gracilis, sp. 1.

A. coriacea, Wat.

A. nietneri, Kolbe.

A. fulvosetosa, sp. 0.

Schizonycha ruficollis, F.= (“ Rhizetrogus”’) equalis, Walk, and S. singha-

lensis, Brenske. This was described by Fabricius from Southern

India, and Brenske gives no sufficient reason for distinguishing the

Ceylonese specimens. After a careful comparison of many examples

from both Ceylon and the mainland (including the types of Walker

and Fabricius) and a male specimen determined by Brenske himself

as S. singhalensis I have come to the conclusion that they are

identical. The genitalia of the males are alike.

Engertia maculosa, Brenske, A peculiar insect, decorated with patches

of scales, of which apparently only a single female is yet known.

Confirmation is needed of its Ceylon habitat.

Lepidiota (‘‘ Melolontha”) ferruginosa, Walk.

Leucopholis pinguis, Burm.=“ Melolontha” rubiginosa, Walk.

I. horni, Brenske. Unknown to me.

Stephanopholis singhalensis, Brenske.

S. rubicundus, sp. 0.

S. cribricollis, sp. 0.

S. melolonthoides, Brenske. Brenske saw specimens of this labelled

“ Columbien” and “ Manila,” both of themimprobable localities. It

seems possible that the former was a mistake for Columbo; but I do

not know the species.

Holotrichia serrata, F.= H. ceylonensis, Moser. The minute differences

pointed out by Moser do not seem to indicate more than a slight

local race, of which probably many might be distinguished in this

wide-ranging species.

FH. insularis, Brenske.

H. reynaudi, Blanch.=“ Melolontha” pingiis, Walk., and H. remorata,

Brenske. M. Lesne has kindly established this synonymy for me

by examination of Blanchard’s type in the Paris Museum. In his

table of the Ceylon species (Stett. ent. Zeit. Ixi. 1900, p. 858), and

in Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 11. 1894, pp. 19 & 66, Brenske has applied

Blanchard’s name to the following species.

i. disparilis, sp. n.= Holotrichia reynaudi, Brenske.

H. scabrifrons, Brenske. This species, described from a single male in

1892, Brenske has entirely omitted in his table of 1900. Mr.G. Lewis

found asingle female, nowin the British Museum, at Bogawantalawa.

FH, (“ Rhizotrogus”) inducta, Walk.

H. (“ Rhizotrogus”) hirtipectus, Walk.= H. convertfrons, Moser.

IT, (‘* Melolontha”’) setosa, Walk.

H., rufoflava, Brenske.

Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 433

Brahmina flavipennis, Moser, Deutsche ent. Zeits, 1913, p. 276.

Mucrotrichia eurystoma, Burm.= (‘‘ Rhizotrogus”) exactus, Walk., and

M. parva, Brenske. Brenske applies the name evxacta to small

specimens of eurystoma, but the latter name is used by him for the

following species.

M. furcifer, sp.n. This species, of which the male has a long antennal

club and a remarkable pair of prongs at the end of the abdomen, has

been carefully described by Brenske (Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxvii, 1892,

p- 176) under the name of M. eurystoma, Burm. Burmeister’s com-

parison with Rhizotrogus ruficornis, the words “nitidus” and

“olanzend,” and particularly the “kurzborstig” clothing of the

body beneath clearly exclude the present insect.

Mrerotrichia ( Rhizotrogus”) costata, Walk.= M. puttalama, Brenske.

M. singhalensis, Brenske.

Idvochelyna, gen. noy. (* Isonychus”) pectoralis, Walk.

The genus Periserica is represented in the recent ‘ Cata-

logue ot the Melolonthinz’ by only two species, of which one

— Omaloplia fracta, Walkezx—really belongs to the Ruteline.

Walker actually described three species ot the genus, which

he distributed amongst three different genera, and six are

now known to me, all inhabitants of Ceylon. They will,

perhaps, be recognizable from the following key :—

1 ( 8). Upper surface pruinose.

2 ( 5). Form short and globular.

3 ( 4). Sides of the pronotum yellow........ picta, Brenske.

4 ( 3). Sides of the pronotum not yellow.... ventralis, Walk.

5 ( 2). Form more elongate.

6 ( 7). Pronotum and elytra yellow and black. fulvostriata, Brenske.

8 ( 1). Upper surface shining.

9 (10), Etytra pale, with dark marks ...... .. wtmterrupta, Walk.

10 ( 9). Klytra black, with small yellow marks. subsiynata, Walk.

Periserica nigripennis, sp. 0.

Nigra, capite pronoto scutelloque leviter cupreo-micantibus, pronoto

prope marginem anguste tlavo-vittato, elytris opacis, sericeis ;

elongata, tere oblonga, corpore supra parcissime sat longe setosa,

capite parce punctato, clypeo medio tumido, margine antico tere

recto, fronte medio fere carinato; pronoto modice punctato,

lateribus vix arcuatis, angulis anticis paulo productis, posticis

leviter rotundatis ; scutello parcissime punctato ; elytris striatis,

striis minute parum regulariter punctatis, intervallis convexis,

parce punctatis; pygidio modice punctato, subsericeo ; tibiis an-

ticis tridentatis :

3, antennis 4-lamellatis, lamella prima paulo abbreviata.

Long. 8 mm.; lat. max. 4°90 mm.

A434 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Hab. Cryton: Horton Plains (May, #. H. Green).

A single male specimen.

‘This species is easily recognized by its long narrow shape,

the shining head and prothorax, the latter with narrow

lateral yellow stripes, and opaque silky elytra. There is a

rather strong smooth elevation at the middle of the clypeus,

which is scarcely emarginate in front. The head, pronotum

and scutellum, and also the pygidium, are deeply but sparsely

punetured, The elytra are finely, closely, and rather irregu-

larly punctured in the neighbourhood of the striz.

Sclaserica scutellaris, sp. n.

Rufa, polita, nitida, scutello solum opaco, elongata, elytrorum lati-

tudine maximo apicem versus; capite grosse sed parce punctato,

clypeo antice valde reflexo, fere recto ; pronoto parce et sat minute

punctato, lateribus vix arcuatis, angulo antico paulo producto,

postico rotundato; elytris profunde striatis, striis minute punc-

tatis, interstitiis paulo convexis, minutissime et parcissime

punctatis ; tibiis anticis tridentatis.

Long. 10 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

Hab. CEYLON: Dikoya, 4000 feet (Dec., Jan., G. Lewis).

The type is a unique female. ;

This resembles S. nitida, Cand., but is a little smaller and

relatively rather shorter and more dilated behind. It is

shining, like S. nitida, but with the scutellum opaque and

with a very feeble silky reflection upon the elytra. ‘The few

punctures upon the elytral intervals are still more fine and

scanty than in S. nitida; the alternate intervals are not

distinctly broader than the others, as in that, nor more

strongly punctured. The outermost interval is well punc-

tured, but the rest are almost smooth. ‘The hind angles of

the pronotum are more rounded.

Sclaserica sericea, sp. n.

Late rufa, sericea, vix opaca, capite nitido, ovalis, postice sat

lata; capite grosse punctato, antice paulo tumido, levigato,

clypei margine antico valde reflexo, leviter emarginato, fronte

medio levigato, vix carinato, pronoto fortiter sat crebre punc-

tato, lateraliter paulo grossius, lateribus fere rectis, angulis an-

ticis paulo productis, posticis obtusis ; scutello paulo punctato ;

elytris fortiter, irregulariter punctatis, striatis, striis crebre punc-

tatis, interstitils convexis ; tibiis anticis tridentatis :

dg, antennis 4-lamellatis, lamella prima paulo abbreviata.

Long. 10 mm.; lat. max, 6 mm.

Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 455

TTah, CEYLON: Bogawantalawa, 5000 ft. (between 21st

March and 4th April, G. Lewis).

The type is a single male.

It is rather lighter red in colour than S. nétida and scutel-

laris, and still shorter and more dilated behind than the

latter. The clypeus alone is shining, and the remainder of

the upper surface not opaque, but having a strong opalescent

silky lustre. ‘The puneturation is strong and deep, very

scanty upon the head, fairly close upon the pronotum and in

the elytral strie, and scanty, though coarse, upon the in-

»tervals, which are convex and of nearly uniform width.

Selaserica pusilla, sp. n.

Rufo-testacea, elytris paulo pallidioribus, nitidissima, scutello

elytrorumque marginibus externis opacis, sat longe ovata, capite

fortiter sat parce punctato, clypeo medio levi, tumido, margine

antico fortiter exciso et reflexo; pronoto fortiter sat crebre et

zqualiter punctato, lateribus arcuatis, angulis anticis paulo

acutis, posticis rotundatis; elytris punctato-striatis, punctis

profundis, irregularibus, intervallis convexis, parce punctatis ;

tibia antica tridentata, dento supero minutg, aliis longibus :

3, antennis equaliter 4-flabellatis, oculis magnis :

Long. 7-8 mm.

._ Hab. Ceyton: Diyatalawa (Sept., 7. Bainbrigge Flet-

cher; Oct., H. H. Green).

This is a very distinct species of small size, rather pale

colour, and very shining surface, the scutellum and the lateral

margins of the elytra alone remaining opaque. ‘The punctu-

ration is everywhere rather coarse and fairly close upon the

pronotum and in the elytral striz. The upper surface bears

rather long but scanty erect hairs, which are more numerous

at the sides and along the front:margin of the pronotum.

The clypeus is elevated in the middle and deeply emarginate

in front. The sides ef the pronotum are evenly rounded and

the hind angles completely rounded away. The third tooth

of the front tibia is very blunt and feeble, and the others

rather long and sharp. ‘he club of the antenna is rather

long in both sexes.

The eyes of the male are large, the intervening space being

less than twice the diameter of one eye as seen from above.

436 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Serica rubescens, sp. n.

Rufescens, opaca, ovata, elytris regulariter profunde striatis, sat

dense minute setosis, capillis longioribus raris erectis, pro-

thoracis lateribus lineaque mediana flavis, capite crebre punctato,

oculis haud magnis.

Long. 4-5 mm.; lat. max. 3-3°5 mm.

Hab. Cryton: Bogawantalawa, 5000 ft. (March, April,

G. Lewis) ; Hakgala (March, April, E. H. Green) ; Horton

Plains (May, L. E. Green).

In his description of Serica maculifera (=variolosa, Motsch.)

Brenske has mentioned a unicolorous red-brown variety.

This, although very closely similar to S. variolosa, is un-

doubtedly a distinct species, to which I have given the name

above. It is relatively broader than S. vardolosa, much more

red in colour, often with a yellow scutellum, and the sides

and middle line of the pronotum yellow as in the other species.

The eyes are smaller and farther apart, the forehead more

evenly punctured and without a median caiina, the elytra

more deeply and regularly sulcate and more finely punctured,

with more numerous minute setse and shorter erect bristles.

Serica maculicauda, sp. n.

Rufa, elytris obscurioribus pygidioque basi nigro-biplagiato ; tota

opaca, sericea, clypeo, tibiis tarsisque nitidis; elongato-ovata,

conyexa, pedibus gracilibus ; clypeo modice punctato, antrorsum

attenuato, margine antico reflexo, leviter exciso, fronte et pro-

noto sat parce punctatis, hujus lateribus fere rectis, angulis

anticis acutis, posticis rotundatis ; scutello elongato, modice punc-

tato; elytris striatis, interstitiis angustis, convexis, subtiliter

parce punctatis; pygidio magis crebre punctato, haud dense

erecte piloso; tibiis anticis tridentatis, dente supero obtuso ;

antennis 9-articulatis, clava triflabellata.

Long. 12-13 mm.; lat. max. 7-7°5 mm,

Hab. Ceyton: Namunukuli (Feb., 2. EL. Green).

I have seen only three male specimens.

It is arather large species, of almost the same size and

shape as Selaserica nitida, Gand., but covered with an opaque

velvety bloom which leaves only the clypeus, tibia, and tarsi

shining. The head, pronotum, scutellum, and lower surface

are of a fairly bright red colour, the elytra very deep red, and

the pygidium is decorated on each side with a large semi-

circular black patch placed on the base-line. The lower

Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 437

surface and pygidium are clothed with erect, not very long or

close, hairs, and a very few similar hairs are traceable upon

the upper surface. ‘lhe legs are long and slender, the front

tibia armed with three teeth, of which the uppermost is very

blunt.

I refer this provisionally to the genus Scrica, although,

according to Brenske’s unsatisfactory table of the genera

(Berl. ent. Zeit. xlii, 1897, p. 354), it should be placed in a

different section on account of its tridentate front tibiae. The

only alternative is the creation of another new genus, which

is undesirable upon such slight ground and in the present

tangled state of the group. A closely related species is

“ Sericesthis” confirmata, Walker, which is scarcely more

than half the length of S. maculicauda and more elongate.

These two insects have a marked affinity to the species of

Selaserica. ‘

Autoserica dubia, sp. n.

Nigro-fusca, clypeo pedibus corporeque subtus rufis, sericeo-opaca,

sparsissime erecte setosa, elongato-ovata, pedibus gracilibus, tibia

postica paulo dilatata, valde spinosa, calcare superiori longitudine

ad tarsi articulum primum quali, clypeo nitido, leviter punctato,

antice paulo tumido, subtiliter emarginato; pronoto parce et

minute punctato, lateribus fere rectis, antice leviter arcuatis,

angulis posticis fere rectis; scutello elongato, acuto; elytris

punctato-striatis, interstitiis conyexis, vix punctatis; pygidio

parce subtiliter punctato:

¢, oculis magnis, clava antennali longe triflabellata.

Long. 8-9 mm.

Hab. Cxeyion: Pattipola (May, EZ. LE. Green).

This species closely resembles A. weligamana, Brenske,

and I have, therefore, referred it to Autoserica, although in

both species the legs are slender, and they would be almost

equally well placed in the genus Serica.

A, dubia has the same elongate-oval shape as the allied

species, as well as the dark brown colour and dull silky lustre

of the upper surface ; but the minute scale-like sete are

scarcely perceptible and the erect bristles are extremely few.

In the male the eyes are much larger (the diameter of each

not much less than the width of the space separating them)

and the club of the antenna is much longer. The punctura-

tion is very fine everywhere, moderately close in the elytral

strie, and very sparse elsewhere. ‘lhe clypeus is very

shining; feebly emarginate in front, the front tibia strongly

438 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

bidentate, the hind tibia a little dilated and bearing very long

and stout spines, the upper terminal one as long as the basal

joint of the tarsus.

Autoserica pubescens, sp. 0.

Brunnea, ovalis, cinereo-pubescens, capite nitido parce ineequaliter

punctato et erecte setoso, clypeo antice leviter tumido, margine

antico fere recto, fortiter reflexo, pronoto, scutello et elytris

eequaliter dense punctatis et subtiliter cinereo-setosis.

Long. 6-6°5 mm.

fab. CeYLon: Colombo (April, 2. £. Green) ; Yatiyan-

tota (Sept., 4. 7. Green).

This appears to be very similar to A. cinerea, Brenske, and

is probably the species described by Brenske with the desig-

nation No. 106. The upper surface is finely, densely, and

uniformly punctured and closely clothed with short grey

decumbent hairs, except the head, which is shining, thinly

aud irregularly punctured, and bears only a few erect bristles.

The first joint of the hind tarsus is longer than the second,

and the antennal club of the male is as long as the footstalk.

Kolbe has enumerated (Ent. Nachr. xxv. 1899, p. 198)

eleven species of Apogonia inhabiting Ceylon. Although I

do not recognize several of these, there is no doubt that the

actual number is considerably larger. Omitting the doubtful

A. cava, Karsch, those now known to me may be tabulated

as follows :—

18). Body naked above.

15). Elytra not relatively long.

14). Elytra strongly punctured.

13). Forehead shining, not densely punctured.

10). Pronotum well punctured,

9). Elytra not very densely punctured.

8). Tarsi long, those of the ¢ very broad and

clypeus:bilobed ie Aaa te are. ceteris equabilis, Karsch.

. Tarsi shorter, male and female similar.... ferruginea, F.

. Elytra very densely punctured .......... rauca, F,

. Pronotum sparsely punctured,

. Punctures of pronotum coarse .......04. proliva, sp. 0.

. Punctures of pronotum fine ............ nana, Walker,

. Forehead densely punctured, not shining . durida, Karsch.

. Elytra finely punctured.........ss00008 nietnert, Kolbe.

. Elytra relatively long.

. Large; pronotum scarcely punctured .... coriacea, Wat.

G). Small; pronotum distinctly punctured .. gracilis, sp. n.

OH oO he COO NO ou to be

Nie 0 OM all KOS) Ronit |

eee ee Ne eee eer OS ee

Ce Oo

Pa fd fe el ed

Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 439

18 ( 1). Body clothed with hair or scales above.

19 (24). Clothing consisting of long erect hairs.

20 (25). Elytra without opaque lateral margins,

21 (22). Forehead not densely punctured ........ solida, Walker.

22 (21). Forehead densely punctured ........... . comosa, Karsch.

23 (20). Elytra with opaque lateral margins...... lateralis, sp. n.

24 (19). Clothing consisting of scales or sete .... fulvosetosa, sp. n.

These insects are generally subject to considerable varia-

tion, and there is no apparent advantage in applying names

to their various phases, as has been done by Brenske and

Kolbe.

The new species named above are here described.

Apogonia prolixa, sp. n.

Obscure senea vel viridi-nigra, tarsis antennisque rufis; robusta,

modice elongata, convexa, nitida, fere nuda; clypeo brevi, for-

titer punctato, antice levissime emarginato, fronte parce sed

profunde, pronoto grosse et parcissime, punctatis, hujus lateribus

post medium fortiter arcuatis, antice et postice valde contractis,

angulis anticis acutis, posticis obtusis; scutello elongato, fere

impunctato; elytris fortiter ac crebre punctatis, lineis discoidali-

bus 2 geminatis parum perspicuis; pygidio grosse punctato ;

corpore subtus fortiter, lateraliter crebre punctato; tibiis anticis

3-dentatis, dente supero obtuso.

Long. 12 mm.; lat. max. 7 mm.

Hab. CEYLON: Ambawela (April, Z. /. Green).

Only a single female specimen was found.

This is most nearly related to A. rauca, F., but is more

elongate, the pronotum especially heing narrow and strongly

contracted in front and behind, so that the general outline is

less compact. ‘The clypeus is very gently emarginate. The

puncturation, though equally strong, is much less close than

in A. rauca. The pronotum is only very scantily punctured

and the scutellum is long and almost smooth, having only a

very few minute and inconspicuous punctures, ‘he third

tooth to the front tibia, although feeble, is very distinctive,

as there is no trace of it in A. rauea.

Apogonia gracilis, sp. n.

Castanea, lateribus nonnunquam dilutioribus, capite (clypeo excepto)

tibiisque fuscis, corpore subtus, pygidio, femoribus, tarsis an-

tennisque flavescentibus; elongato-ovata, angusta, nitida, glabra,

fere nuda; clypeo brevi, fortiter punctato, antice leviter emar-

ginato, angulis rotundatis ; fronte et vertice parce et irregulariter

440 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

minute punctatis, convexis ; pronoto parce haud fortiter punctato,

lateribus arcuatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis obtusis ;

scutello levi; elytris elongatis, sat fortiter haud crebre punc-

tatis, lineis longitudinalibus angustis elevatis parum distinctis;

pygidio punctis paucis magnis profunde impresso; pedibus

gracilibus, tibiis anticis tridentatis, dentibus duobus Be

approximatis, haud acutis:

3, oculis magnis, clypeo angustiori, fortius emarginato.

Long. 8-9 mm.; lat. max. 4-4°5 mm.

Hab. Ceyton: Hakgala (May, H. EL. Green); Pattipola

(May, LE. E. Green).

This species is very peculiar from its smooth shining upper

surface and very long narrow form, due to the elongation of

the elytra, the head and prothorax being very short. Its

nearest ally seems to be A. coriacea, Wat., but it is smaller,

much more elongate, and light brown in colour, with the

tibia and the hinder part of the head dark. The punctura-

tion is deep, though rather scanty. The legs are long and

slender, the front tibia armed with three teeth, of which the

uppermost is small and rather remote from the other two,

which are close together, blunt, and not long.

There is considerable difference between the sexes. The

male has the eyes larger and more prominent, the clypeus

narrower and more strongly emarginate, the tarsi longer and

more hairy and the front ones dilated. The abdomen is

contracted beneath in this sex, the pygidium ventral in

position and very protuberant.

Apogonia lateralis, sp. n

Fusco-brunnea, antice leviter metallica, paulo relucens, supra

undique erecte pilosa, breviter ovata; capite dense sat fortiter

punctato, clypeo breviter rotundato-truncato; pronoto etiam

fortiter et crebre punctato, basi medio paulo lobato, lateribus post

medium valde angulatis, antice rectis, angulis omnibus obtusis ;

scutello minutius punctato; elytris fortiter ac dense punctatis,

costis duabus discoidalibus angustis parum perspicuis, marginibus

externis ab ante medium ad apicem haud late opacis; pygidio

nitido, grosse punctato, corpore subtus fortiter haud dense punc-

tato; tibia antica fortiter bidentato, dente apicali longo et

curvato.

Long. 7-7°5 mm.; lat. max. 4°5 mm.

Hab. Ceyton: Northern Province, Killinochchi (No-

vember, /. HL. Green).

A small, feebly metallic, brownish species, thickly clothed

Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 441

with erect pale hair, and very similar to A. comosa, Karsch.

It differs from that in having the head still more closely

punctured, the sides of the pronotum more strongly rounded

behind the middle, the terminal tooth of the front tibia more

produced and the upper tooth shorter, but most markedly

by the peculiar opaque band bordering the elytra externally.

‘This is due to a microscopic sculpturing of the surface upon

this area, which extends from near the middle of the outer

margin to the sutural angle. It is flattened, and the punc-

tures upon it are partially obiiterated.

Four specimens were taken by Mr, Green.

Apogonia fulvosetosa, sp. n.

Obscure rufo-cuprea, undiqye breviter squamoso-setosa, setis fulvis,

decumbentibus, corporis supra inequaliter dispersis, corpore sub-

tus squamis minutis regularibus vestito; rdbusta, sat lata, capite

grosse inequaliter punctato, clypeo brevi, punctato; pronoto

rugose punctato, fossis vagis nonnullis lineaque levi interrupta

mediana predito, lateribus post medium fortiter arcuatis, angulis

anticis productis acutis, posticis obtusis; scutello crebre punc-

tato et squamoso; elytris crebre punctato-rugosis, callis humerali-

bus et apicalibus prominentibus ; pygidio grosse et rugose punc-

tato, medio anguste carinato; pedibus gracilibus, tibia antica

dentibus duobus brevibus tertioque vix perspicuo armata:

d, tarsis paulo longioribus.

Long. 11-12 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Hab. CreYLon: Peradeniya (EH. EL. Green).

Mr. Green found two specimens of this—a female in April

and a male in the following May. It is of great interest

from the fact that the nearest allied species are found in

Celebes and other Malayan islands. It is a large compact

insect, with a fine and close but irregular sculpture, and

clothed with close-lying elongate yellow scales or scale-like

sete, those of the upper surface more elongate and less

minute and regularly disposed than those upon the lower

surface. The entire upper surface is finely and closely but

rather rugosely punctured, with small smooth areas upon the

head and pronotum, and several large shallow depressions

upon the latter. The pygidium has a narrow, smooth, longi-

tudinal carina along the middle. ‘The legs are slender, the

front tibia bearing two small and blunt teeth placed close

together at the extremity and a very feeble one above them.

The tarsi of the male are a little longer, and upon the front

teet a little more dilated, than those of the female.

442 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Stephanopholis rubicundus, sp. n.

Rufus, minute sat disperse flavo-squamosus, modice nitidus, cor-

poris supra squamis minutis, elongatis, subtus paulo latioribus et

densioribus; elongatus, fere depressus, capite rugose punctato,

clypeo brevi, basi haud contracto, margine antice fere recto ;

pronoto fortiter sat crebre punetato, lateribus medio angulatis,

angulis anticis obtusis, posticis acutis ; scutello lato, parce punc-

tato; elytris grosse fere rugose punctatis, singulo 5 -costato, costis

angustis, valde elevatis, politis ; pygidio crebre punctato-rugoso

et squamoso ; pectore dense fulvo-villoso.

Long. 18°5 mm. ; lat. max. 10 mm.

Hab. CEYLON: Bentote.

The only specimen I have seen is a male taken by the late

Lord Dormer. It is a smaller and more compact insect than

S. singalensis, and the scales with which it is clothed are

much smaller and less closely set. The clypeus is smaller,

more transverse, and not contracted at its base. The sides of

the pronotum are less abruptly angulated in the middle and

the hind augles are sharp and a little produced. The scu-

tellum is broader and less strongly punctured. The elytra

are coarsely punctured, each puncture containing a very

minute elongate scale, and there are five sharp smooth costie

upon each, the first bordering the suture. ‘The pygidium is

rather closely pitted, each pit containing an oval scale, and

the sides of the body beneath are closely clothed with similar

but rather larger scales. The metasternal episterna also bear

large scales partially covered with long yellow hair, with

which the whole of the thorax is clothed beneath.

Stephanopholis cribricollis, sp. n.

Fusco-brunneus, tarsis antennisque rufis, minute et dense fulvo-

squamosus; ovatus, convexus, haud nitidus, capite dense rugoso

et setoso, fere plano, clypei margine antico recto, reflexo, lateribus

arcuatis, basi haud contractis; pronoto dense rugoso, medio

paulo grossius, ubique dense squamoso, squamis minutis, elon-

gatis, lateribus post medium angulatis, angulis anticis obtusis,

posticis fere rectis, haud acutis, paulo depressis ; elytris grosse et

confluenter punctatis, paulo minus dense squamosis, leviter tri-

costatis, parte externo vix costato; pygidio abdomineque subtus

dense et minute flavo-squamosis, pectore longe fulvo-hirto.

Long. 19 mm.; lat. max. 9 mm.

ITab. CEYLON: Udugama (Dec., E. EH. Green).

Melvlonthine Beetles of Ceylon. 443

The unique type is a male presented by the Colombo

Museum. A female specimen taken several years previously

in the same locality probably belongs to the same species,

but differs in the shape of the scales and other important

features.

It is a more densely sculptured species than S. singalensis

and rubicundus, and the clothing of scales is also denser,

especially upon the pronotum. ‘These are much smaller than

those of S. singalensis, but are similar in size and shape

to those of S. rubicundus. The elytral coste are less narrow

and prominent than in the two species mentioned. They

consist of three well-marked dorsal ones—the first bordering

the suture—and two very faint lateral ones. The legs, claws,

and antenne are similar in all three species. The clypeus is

not narrowed at the base, as in S, singalensis. The pronotum

is very finely and closely’ rugose and quite opaque, with the

front angles obtuse but well marked, and the hind angles

rectangular but blunt.

Holotrichia disparilis, sp. n.

Late ferruginea, capite fusco; elongata, convexa, supra nitida,

capite grosse punctato, vertice rugoso, clypeo arcuato, vix per-

spicue inciso; pronoto fortiter haud crebre punctato, lateribus

medio fortiter angulatis antice paulo explanatis, minute crenu-

latis, angulis anticis paulo productis; scutello utrinque minute

punctato ; elytris fortiter sat equaliter punctatis, singulo costa

suturali distincta et tribus discoidalibus parum distinctis preedito,

partibus apicalibus et lateralibus densius punctatis ; pygidio un-

dique dense punctato ; pectore longe et dense pallide piloso:

dg, pedibus paulo gracilioribus : >

2, elytris apicem versus grosse rugosis.

Long. 18-21 mm.; lat. max. 9-10 mm.

Hab. CryLon: Kalupahani, Haldummulle, Kelani Valley,

near Colombo (W. Braine); Udapursellawa (April, EZ. £,

Green) ; Hewaheta (March, H. E. Green).

Alttiough similar in its general form and nearly related to

H. reynaudi, Bl., this species has a very different appearance,

due to its shining upper surface and closer puncturation, It

is most markedly separated from other known species by the

curious coarsely rugose area near the end of the elytra, but

this is peculiar to the female.

As the names of all but one of the four species of

444 On the Melolonthine Beetles of Ceylon.

Microtrichia in Brenske’s table are incorrect, the following

one may be substituted :—

1 (2). Elytra not setose.......... $b ae 94 4 stnghalensis, Brenske.

2 (1). Elytra setose.

3 (4). Body clothed with soft hair beneath .... furcifer, Arrow.

4 (3). Body without soft hair.

2 (6). Upper surface slightly shining .......... eurystoma, Burm.

6 (5). Upper surface not shining, very densely

punietured’), 1.15. FIs kt ease Pela nists Sets costata, Walk.

IDIOCHELYNA, gen. nov.

Corpus elongatum, paulo depressam. Pedes modice longi; tarsi

parum graciles, quam tibias vix longiores; ungues simplices.

Antenne 8-articulate, clava 5-articulata, elongata. Clypeus

angustus, subcircularis, basi leviter constricto, margine fortiter

reflexo. Labrum acuminatum, ad clypeum connatum. Man-

dibule obsoletze. Maxille degenerate, palpis gracilibus, 4-articu-

latis, articulo ultimo longo. Labium parvum, digitiforme, palpis

contiguis, biarticulatis, articulo ultimo longissimo, recto. Abdo-

men subtus haud solidum, paulo arcuatum.

Femina igunota.

This genus is constituted for ‘‘ Zsonychus”’ pectoralis of

Walker, a very peculiar insect without near affinity to any

known Oriental genus. It belongs to the curious group in

which the biting-parts of the mouth have completely degene-

rated, and the nearest related forms known to me are Pachy-

colus and Perissosoma, of the Madagascar region. As is the

case with those, only the male is known. ‘The legs are

fairly long, but the tarsi are scarcely longer than the tibiz

and the claws are quite simple. ‘The antennz consist of only

eizht joints, the three basal ones short and stout, and the

remaining five forming a long club to which the footstalk

is attached at about a third of its length. Mandibles are

practically absent, and the maxille merely form bases

tor the long straight palpi, of which the last joint is

as long as the other three together. The labium forms a

long finger- like process, with “its palpi close together and

consisting of a short basal joint and a terminal one about

four times as long.

Several specimens of this were taken by Mr. E. E. Green

at Hakgala in September.

On a new Bamboo-Rat from Perak. 445

L.—A new Bamboo-Rat from Perak.

By OLpDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In 1902 the British Museum received from Mr. L. Wray, of

the Perak Museum, a specimen with skull of a bamboo-rat,

referred at the time to Rhizomys pruinosus, from Bukit

Gantang, Larut. Anexample of the ordinary Malay bamboo-

rat of the genus JVyctocleptes was also sent with the same

consignment.

In writing my notes on bamboo-rats last year *, I ignored

the Perak Rhizomys, because of a doubt as to its having its

proper skull; but now Mr. H.C. Robinson, in connection

with his general work on Malayan mammals, has asked me

to examine and report on this specimen, as being the only

Malayan Rhizomys (s. s.) on record.

The skull is unfortunately in a very bad condition, but, so

far as it shows any definite characters, it agrees with that of

Nyctocleptes rather than Rhizomys, while the skin is clearly

referable to the latter genus. I am disposed to believe,

therefore, that when the specimen was stuffed, as it had been

in Perak, the local taxidermist had inserted in the skin a

skull of Wyctocleptes, common enough in that region.

The skin, however, shows by itself such characters as

indicate that the species is new. It may be called

Rhizomys umbriceps, sp. 0.

Most nearly related to the R. pannosus of South-eastern

Siam, with which it shares the harsh poor fur, the general

colour, and the absence of the distinctive hoary appearance

found in FR. pruinosus and senex. Body-colour nearly as in

pruinosus, more or less greyish drab, the underfur light grey,

the longer hairs brown, some of them tipped with white.

But the head, instead of being concolor with the body or very

slightly darker, is heavily washed with blackish on crown

and cheeks, the top of the muzzle alone rather lighter.

Under surface slightly lighter than upper. Hands and feet

grey. Tail naked, brown.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. pp. 56 & 313 (1915).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 30

446 On a new Form of Delias from Rossel Island.

Approximate dimensions (measured on skin) :—

Head and body 340 mm. ; tail 90 ; hind foot 50.

Hab. (of type). Bukit Gantang, Larut, Perak.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2.5.2.4. Presented by

the Perak Museum.

That this animal should be distinguishable from the related

forms in Burma and South-eastern Siam is only natural, as its

locality is so widely distant from theirs, down in the southern

part of the Malay Peninsula.

LI.—A new Form of Delias from Rossel Island.

By J. J. Joicey, F.L.S., F.E.S., and G. Tatzor, F.E.S.

Delias ornythion rosselana, subsp. un.

3. The hind wing below has a thicker red line than in the

typical form, and in some specimens it 1s twice as thick.

?. This only differs in the more regular edge of the white

area on the fore wing. ‘The red line on the hind wing tends

to be thicker than in the male.

Described from aseriesof 16 ¢ ¢,2 2 9, from Mt. Rossel,

2100 ft., Rossel Island, Nov.-Dec. 1915 (W. F. Hichhorn).

On Waigeu and throughout Dutch New Guinea is found

the race Persephone, Stgr., with the completely black hind

wing showing rarely a vestige of a red line. In German and

British New Guinea as far east as St. Aignan occurs typical

Ornythion with a complete red line on the hind wing, which

is only rarely vestigial. Rossel Island is the farthest east of

the Louisiade group, to which St. Aignan belongs, and here

we find the tendency for the red line to increase in size.

Two other Delias are known from this island—maga,

Gr.-Sm., which is a race of mysis, Fbr., and irma, Fruh.,

being the Brit. N. Guinea race of aruna, Bdv. D. maga

was described from Sudest Island, also one of the Louisiades,

but the specimens from Rossel show a narrower black

margin to the hind wing below as compared with the type.

We refrain from differentiating this form in the absence of

more material from ‘the typical locality, the ¢ type alone

being represented in the collection.

Bibliographical Notices. 447

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The British Museum Catalogue of Ungulate Mammals.

By the death of the late Richard Lydekker systematic zoology

suffered a great blow, for his knowledge in this province was

profound, based as it was on a wide and deep paleontological

foundation. More especially, he excelled in his knowledge of the

reptiles and the mammals. The British Museum was therefore

fortunate in being able to secure his services when it was decided

to issue a Catalogue of the Ungulate Mammals in the Museum.

Unhappily, however, death claimed him before he had completed

his task, for the fifth and last volume yet remains to be written.

The fourth, now under review, was completed only a few days

before his death. This includes the deer, chevrotains, camels and

lilamas, pigs and peccaries, and the hippopotamuses, and represents

an immense amount of hard work and no little restraint; for he

conceded much to present-day demands, both in the matter of

nomenclature and of species ‘splitting ”—though under protest,

which he records in his preface. We can sympathize with him

when we come to realize that by the present standards of specific

distinctions no less than six and twenty subspecies of the Virginian

deer (Odocoileus virginianus) are now recognized, and of the

chevrotain (Z’ragulus javanicus) there are twenty-three variants.

A considerable number of these are unrepresented in the Museum

collection, but he did well, nevertheless, to include them in this

Catalogue.

In the matter of illustrations it must be admitted much is left to

be desired. ‘Their selection apparently depended not so much on

the requirements of the work as upon the sources from which they

could be obtained ready made. Hence it is that some, as in the

case of the Persian fallow deer, fail to bring out the really distinctive

characters of the species; while in the case of many other species

no figures at all are given, evidently because there were no published

figures available. These should have been specially prepared for a

work of such importance. For this, however, he can hardly be

held responsible. In spite of these small blemishes, this volume is

in every way worthy of its predecessors, and will prove of immense

value to students as well as to the Museum.

Records of the Indian Museum.—Vol. VIII. Zoological Resulis of

the Abor Ewpedition. Part 1X., 1916.

Tur military results of the punitive force which entered the Abor

country in 1911-12 have long since been digested and filed. The

scientific results of that expedition, naturally, could not be so

speedily estimated. In the ‘ Records of the Indian Museum’ above

referred to Col. Godwin-Austen gives the results of his study of the

slug-like Mollusca collected by Mr. Stanley Kemp, who was attached

to that expedition as naturalist.

448 Geological Society.

Owing to the thorough and systematic way in which Mr. Kemp

worked, remarks the author, the very large number of species

collected is surprising, and as a series they differ much from what

has been hitherto collected on the south face of the Himalayas.

Many of these species owe their place in this collection to the

initiative of Mr, Kemp, who hit upon the original idea of searching

behind the overlapping leaves of the plantain. Col. Godwin-Austen

suggests that some of the species thus obtained should be searched

for in like positions farther to the west of the Abor Hills, also to

the south of the Brahmaputra valley.

Mr. Kemp fortunately made full and very careful notes of the

coloration of these slugs, which in many cases were very brilliant ;

but under the circumstances attending their capture we are

not surprised to find that no notes could be taken as to the relation

of these colours to their environment. The author’s specific

descriptions are supplemented by some admirable photographs and

a considerable number of figures of dissections.

To the same issue of the ‘Records’ Dr. Walter Collinge con-

tributes a short paper on the terrestrial Isopoda. Herein he

describes one species new to science, for which he has found it

necessary to make a new genus—fotungus pictus. He also describes

a new species of the genus Cubaris—C. marmoratus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 28th, 1916.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a New Species of Hdestus from the Upper Car bonifaraae

of Yorkshire.’ By A. Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.G.S.

With a Geological Appendix by John Pringle, F.G.S.

The new fossil described confirms the interpretation of Hdestus

as a row of symphysial teeth of an Elasmobranch fish. The

row of eight bilaterally- -symmetrical teeth, fused together, occurs

at the tapering end of a pair of calcified cartilages, which

evidently represent a jaw. An imperfect detached tooth probably

belongs to an opposing row. All the teeth are unusually large

compared with their base, and the serrated edges of most of

them have clearly been worn during life. As in the case of

the American Carboniferous Videstus mirus, small Orodont teeth

ef the form named Campodus are scattered in the shale near the

jaw. Markings on the Hdestus-teeth themselves suggest that

they have been derived from the Campodus-type of tooth. The

specimen, which represents a new species, was obtained by Mr. H.

H. Freer from shale below the Rough Rock, in the upper part of the

Millstone Grit, at Brockholes, near “Huddersfield, and was presented

to the Museum of Practical Geology by Mr. E. Crowther.

4uf

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[RIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 108. DECEMBER 1916.

LII.—On new Neotropical Curculionide.

By Guy A. K. Marswatt, D.Sc.

THE types of all the new species described in this paper are

in the British Museum.

Subfamily Bracuyperivz.

Diaprepes ballout, sp. n.

Colour shining red-brown; the head and thorax with

small scattered pale scales ; the elytra (in the ¢@) with a

broad sublateral stripe of dense yellowish scales, lying for

the most part between striw 5 and 6, and gradually curving

inwards behind so as to reach the suture at the top of the

declivity ; below the shoulder a similar broad stripe, which

ceases before the middle; in the 2 these markings are

somewhat reduced and less sharply defined, merging out-

wardly into indefinite sparse grey scaling ; a narrow stripe

of broad pale scales on the outer lobe of the mesosternum

and along the edge of the metasternum, but in neither case

does it extend on to the side-pieces.

3 2. Head not transversely impressed, smooth, with

scattered punctures ; the forehead narrow, less than half the

greatest width of the rostrum, with a distinct central stria ;

the eyes large, depressed, their length greater than the width

of the rostrum at the base. ostrum elongate, longer than

the head and twice as Jong as its own basal width; the

upper surface smooth and convex, with rather large separated

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 31

A5O Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

punctures, each containing a flat scale or a short recumbent

seta, and with a slightly raised smooth central line. An-

tenn with the scape rather abruptly clavate ; the funicle-

with joint 2 half as long again as 1, the remaining joints

much longer than broad, each one only slightly widening to

its apex, joint 3 rather longer than 4, 4 to 7 subequal

and each about as long as joint 2 of the club; the club

with joint 1 longer than 2 and about as long as 3+4.

Prothorax broader than long, its sides regularly rounded,

broadest about the middle, with a well-marked subapical

constriction, the base shallowly bisinuate and its margin

distinctly raised; the upper surface rugose, with low con-

fluent shiny granules, the median area of the disk slightly

flattened longitudinally, and sometimes with a trace of a

central stria; the scales sparse, small and narrow, the sete

very short and recumbent. Scute/lum subquadrate, clothed

with dense scaling. lytra elongate in the g¢ and gradually

narrowed posteriorly from the shoulders; broader in the 9

and parallel-sided trom the shoulders to beyond the middle;

the base truncate, the apices each with a short divergent

point, the shoulders roundly rectangular; with 13 regular

shallow strize, containing large quadrate punctures, the sixth

stria extending only from the base to somewhat behind the

middle and almost obscured by tlie scaling, tbe ninth and

tenth arising at some distance behind the shoulder; the

intervals all of equal height, much narrower than the strie,

and bearing a few minute punctures ; in the two stripes the

large rounded scales are densely packed, and among them

are numerous broad, short, curved, scale-like sete; the rest

of the surface is thinly clothed with minute narrow scales or

recumbent setee, with a few larger scales in some of the

punctures. Legs long and slender, red-brown, thinly clothed

with very small scales.

Length 9-103, breadth 33-4 mm.

LESSER ANTILLES: Dominica (77. A. Ballou).

This species is the representative in Dominica of D. hem-

grammus, Chev. (Natural. 1880, p. 197), which oceurs in

Martinique. The latter insect differs in the following parti-

culars:—The rostrum is more strongly punctate and the

central line is more raised in the anterior half; the eyes are

rather more convex and the forehead is a little broader pro-

portionately; the prothorax is broader, more finely and

closely granulate, and the sides are more strongly rounded ;.

on the elytra the discal stripe does not curve in to the suture,

but stops at the top of the declivity, with its inner edge

covering the third stria ; the stripe is also nearer the suture,

new Neotropical Curculionide. 451

there being only three clear strize between them in the basal

half, whereas in D. balloui there are four; the shoulders are

rather more sloping, and between the tenth and eleventh

strize there is, behind the middle, a short intercalated row of

six to eight punctures; finally, in D. ballouwi the spatula

of the male aedeagus is rather shorter and appreciably more

pointed.

Diaprepes famelicus barbadensis, subsp. n.

A distinctly larger and stouter insect than D. famelicus,

Oliv., and of a uniform leaden-black colour, the clothing of

the elytra consisting of short, narrow, curved, dark scales,

which are dense along the lateral margins and apex and

more sparse on the disk.

The structural differences from D. famelicus are as

follows:—The sculpturing of the prothorax is finer and

smoother, there being no granules on the disk. ‘The scu-

tellum is distinctly transverse, whereas in D. famelicus it is

nearly as long as broad and subpentagonal. On the elytra

the sutural margin is narrowly impressed ; the intervals are

less carinate laterally, and at the extreme base the intervals 3

and 5 are not appreciably higher and broader than those

adjoining them; just beyond the fifth stria is a longitudinal

area in which the punctures are very iregular. But the

most striking character by which this form may be distin-

guished from J). famelicus and its other subspecies is the

complete absence of the usual round flat scales.

Length 12-16, breadth 5-9 mm.

Lesser ANTILLES: Barbados, on Agave americana (J. R.

Bovell, H. A. Ballou).

In a recent paper on Diaprepes (Journ. Agric. Research.

Wash. iv., June 1915, p. 263) Mr. W. Dwight Pierce treats

D, esuriens, Gyl., as a mere synonym of D. famelicus. This

course seems inadvisable, as it obscures the difference in their

geographical distribution. D. famelicus was originally

described from Guadeloupe, and specimens from that island

can be distinguished “by certain minor characters from

examples which I have seen from Antigua, Montserrat, and

St. Kitts. These agree well with the type of D. esuriens

from St. Bartholomew, with which I compared them when in

Stockholm in 1913. The characters by which these two

forms may be distinguished are as follows :—

D. famelicus.—Kyes rather less convex. LElytra with the

intervals rather more costate, owing to the transverse spaces

between the punctures being on a slightly lower level; the

alternate dorsal intervals very slightly more raised than the

ake

452 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

others, especially behind and towards the sides ; the scaling

less dense, the round flat scales being confined to the punc-

tures except along the extreme lateral margins; the round —

scales pale, with a faint metallic greenish reflection, and often

dusted with yellow powdering.

D. famelicus esuriens.—EKyes rather more convex. Elytra

with the intervals rather broader and flatter, and all of equal

height ; the scaling much denser, especially towards the sides

and apex; the round sca’es occurring equally on the intervals

and in the punctures, generally dull, of a light brown or

brownish-grey colour, rarely with a slight coppery reflection,

but never with yellow powdering ; ‘in general effect the

posterior half of the elytra appears much smoother and less

strongly punctured. ‘The specimen figured by Mr. Pierce

(pl. xxxvi. fig. 2) evidently belongs to this form.

Further south, in Martinique, we find another very distinct

race—D). famelicus elegantulus, Gy].,—in which the carination

of the elytra is still more marked, the alternate intervals

being strongly raised and quite bare, while the intervening

spaces are densely clothed with pale metallic green scaling

and yellow powdering.

It is interesting to note that the Barbados form is very

distinct from that < occurring in the nearest of these islands,

namely, Martinique, being most nearly allied to the form

that is geographically most remote (eswrtens). It therefore

seems probable that the Barbados stock was originally intro-

duced from the northern islands.

In the same paper Mr. Pierce deals with some of the many

forms of the variable and economically important Diaprepes

abbreviatus, L. He says:—‘‘ Merely for the convenience of

designation and to retain old well-known names, the species

Diaprepes spenglert has been arbitrarily arranged into

varieties by the writer.” Unfortunately the old names

employed in this arbitrary arrangement appear to have been

applied without any particular regard to the sense in which

they were used by their original authors. Such a method

must inevitably lead to confusion, and, pending an adequate

revision of this difficult genus, it seems desirable to indicate

without further delay the correct names of the forms figured

by Mr. Pierce (1. ¢. pls. xxxv. & xxxvi.).

In the first place, the specific name abdreviatus is erro-

neously attributed to Olivier, the real author being Linneeus

(1764), and the name having two years’ priority over spenglert,

L. (1776). The primary specific name applicable to all the

varieties is therefore abbreviatus, and not spengleri.

The form to which the name marginatus, Oliv., is applied

new Neotropical Curculionide. 453

bears no resemblance to Olivier’s insect, and is undoubtedly

Jarinosus, Gyl., which is possibly a synonym of rohkri, F. ;

it does not yet appear certain that this form is really con-

specific with abbreviatus.

The variety figured as comma, Boh., is doublieri, Guér. ;

the true comma occurs in Venezuela and Trinidad, and I have

not so far seen any specimens from the Antilles.

The figure attributed to abbreviatus must not be coaaeded

as ty pical of the species, for it does not agree satisfactorily

with Linneus’s description ; his type (from. Martinique) is at

Upsala, but I have not yet had an opportunity of examining it.

The form described as a new variety, denudatus, Pierce, i is

the true marginatus, Oliv., recorded only from Guadeloupe.

{

Pachneus citri, sp. n.

Colour piceous, with uniform, dense, pale bluish-green

scaling, the glitter of which is more or less obscured by a

sparse dusting of pale yellow powder ; this powder is more

conspicuous at the sides and base of the prothorax, along the

lateral margins of the elytra, and in the punctures.

3 2. Head with dense opalescent creamy scales, with a

broad, subcostate, bare central stripe, which extends back-

wards well beyond the eyes and bears a large round fovea at

the narrowest part of the forehead; the eyes closer together

than usual. Rostrum longer than broad, the gene slightly

rounded, the dorsal outline flat from the forehead to about

the middle of the rostrum, then sloping gently to the apex ;

the dorsum with a bare punctate central costa and a slight

depression on each side of it, bounded outwardly by a more

or less distinct narrower lateral costa, the space between the

apices of the scrobes as broad as the narrowest part of the

forehead ; the basal half of the dorsum and the forehead bear

numerous long, recumbent, scale-like sete in addition to the

sealing. Antenne with joints-l and 2 of the funicle sub-

equal, "3 much longer than 4, 4 to 7 of about equal length

and evidently longer than broad ; the club much narrower

broadest at the base, very slightly narrowing to beyond the

middle, and then more abruptly so (?), or more nearly

parallel-sided (¢), the basal margin rather shallowly bi-

sinuate, the apical margin rounded dorsally, its gular edge

very deeply sinuate ; the upper surface moderately convex,

slightly flattened in the middle of the basal area, with a fine

central furrow reaching neither the base nor apex and usually

obliterated in the middle ; the sculpturing entirely hidden by

454 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

the scaling, and consisting of shallow, closely set punctures ;

a single pair of punctures shows through the scaling in the

middle of the disk, and sometimes a more distant pair behind ~

the middle. lytra with the basal margin simple and almost

straight; those of the 2 broad, almost parallel-sided to

beyond the middle, rather sharply acuminate behind and

separately pointed ; those of the ¢ narrower, much less acute

behind and jointly rounded at the apex; very shallowly

punctate-striate, the number of the strize being 14, owing to

the intercalation of two striae between the normal fourth

and fifth or fifth and sixth, the additional strize uniting and

ceasing a little behind the middle ; the intervals flat, with

coriaceous sculpturing, which is quite hidden by the scaling,

and with short, recumbent, flattened, white sete.

Length, g 8, @ 10-11 mm.; breadth, ¢ 33, 9 43-55 mm.

JAMAICA (A. HZ. Ritchie).

P. opalescens, Oliv., P. litus, Germ., and P. azurescens,

Gyl., may all be distinguished from this species by the fact

that they have the base of each elytron distinctly lobed and

the external angle projecting forwards. Of the remaining

described species, P. distans, Horn, is the nearest ally to

P. citri, but differs as follows:—The rostrum, as seen

laterally, is deeper, its dorsal outline being strongly convex ;

the gular emargination of the prosternum is very much

shallower ; the elytra are narrower and have only 12 strie.

P. psittacus, Oliv., differs in having the space between the

apices of the scrobes markedly narrower than the forehead,

the distal joints of the funicle not longer than broad, &e.

Mr. Ritchie states that this species was found on citrus-

trees.

Pachneus marmoratus, sp. n.

@. Colour piceous, with creamy-white scaling variegated

with glittering pale green markings as follows :—The pro-

thorax with two broad oblique discal stripes, which unite

broadly in front; the elytra with five or six narrow, ex-

tremely irregular or broken, transverse bands, and a narrow

sutural and broader lateral stripe; the head, rostrum, and

legs with metallic coppery scaling.

Head with the vertex rather prominent, the forehead with

a bare median costa extending behind the eyes and bearing a

large central fovea. tostrum longer than broad, parallel-

sided, the dorsal outline as in P. cétr¢, but the depth propor-

tionately less ; the dorsum with a bare impunctate costa and

a shallow longitudinal impression on each side of it, but no

lateral costa, the space between the apices of the scrobes as

new Neotropical Curculionide. 455

broad as the narrowest part of the forehead; the scaling

dense, except in the area above the scrobe, the recumbent

sete scarcely distinguishable from the scaling. Antenne

as in P. citri. Prothorax evidently broader than long, almost

parallel-sided from the base to the middle, then rapidly

narrowing to the apex and with a shallow subapical con-

striction, the basal margin strongly bisinuate, the apical

margin truncate dorsally and with no trace of a gular

sinuation ; the upper surface with a broad shallow pear-

shaped impression in the middle of the disk, extending from

the base almost to the front margin and containing in its

anterior half traces of an interrupted central stria; the close

shallow punctation almost entirely hidden by the scaling.

Elytra moderately broad, very slightly sinuate behind the

shoulders, which form a rounded obtuse angle, shortly pointed

behind ; striato-punctate, with 14 rows, the intercalated ones

being between the normal fifth and sixth, and extending

only trom behind the shoulders to a little behind the middle ;

the punctures for the most part not completely covered and

each containing a minute scale; the white scales very dense

and overlapping, the green ones rather more sparse, the sete

short and recumbent. Legs with the front tibia much more

strongly curved than usual and with a very long apical

mucro.

Leneth 11-15, breadth 44-64 mm.

JAMAICA: Bath (Mrs. H. M. Swainson).

This beautiful insect differs from all the previously

described species in its coloration, the structure of the front

tibiz, and the absence of the gular sinuation of the prothorax,

One of the specimens was found on a yam-plant.

Eustylus obliquefasciatus, sp. n.

Colour piceous, the upper surface with brown scaling

variegated with paler markings, the underparts uniform

greyish white ; the pronotum with two broad, discal, pale

brown stripes, diverging behind and continued for a short

distance on interval 3 of the elytra, and a narrower lateral

stripe; elytra with interval 1 paler and the two external

intervals whitish from before the middle to the apex, and

with the following whitish markings (usnally edged with

dark brown) :—A spot on the front of the shoulder; an

oblique row before the middle of three spots on intervals 7,

5, and 3, the outermost nearest the base ; behind and parallel

with this a very irregular oblique band running from the

middle of the lateral margin to the suture at the top of the

456 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

declivity, which may be broken up into two or more patches ;

and, finally, three contiguous spots at the apex of intervals

3, O; amd.

?. Head with the front margin of the ocular orbit deeply

impressed, the width of the forehead a little greater than the

length of the eyes, which are not very prominent, the fore-

head level with the vertex. ostrum longer than broad, the

sides parallel from the base to the middle, the genze strongly

dilated, the inter-scrobal area much less widened than usual,

its margins almost straight, the scrobe distinetly longer than

the space between the scrobe and the eye, the median dorsal

area almost flat as far as the apical slope. Antenne with the

scape subcylindrical and rather strongly curved, the sete

obliquely raised; the funicle with joint 2 much longer than 1,

3a little longer than 4, 4 to 7 subequal; the club compara-

tively large, as long as the three preceding joints. Pro-

thorax about as long as broad, the sides subparallel from the

base to the middle, thence gradually narrowed to the apex,

the subapical constriction very slight; the upper surface

apparently quite smooth, no trace of the sculpture being

appreciable through the scaling. Sceutellum subquadrate,

slightly elevated. lytra distinctly broader proportionately

than in the other species, the basal margin jointly sinuate,

the apices obtuse and slightly separate, the humeral slope

running straight to the basal angle, the sides slightly sinuate

behind the shoulders and somewhat widened behind the

middle ; the upper surface slightly flattened in the middle of

the disk, the shallow sulci containing remote punctures, which

are not entirely filled up by the scaling; all the intervals

costate, especially in the posterior half, 3, 5, and 7 being

distinctly more raised than the others; the sete for the most

part dark and recumbent, forming a single row on the lower

intervals, and more numerous on the higher, the longitudinal

space between them being usually little greater than the

length of the sete. Legs with pale scaling and a dark pre-

apical spot on the posterior pairs of femora; the front

femora with a very small tooth.

Length 9-10, breadth 44-5 mm.

VENEZUELA.

Eustylus bodkini, sp. n.

Colour black, with chalky-white scaling ; the prothorax

with three broad, pale brown stripes ; the elytra with a narrow,

common, V-shaped, brown mark at the top of the declivity,-

distinct as far as interval 3, thence much more faint and bent

forwards for a short distance along interval 5.

new Neotropical Curculionide. 457

9. Head with a faint transverse impression behind the

eyes, which are moderately prominent, the front portion of

the orbit only shallowly impressed, the width of the narrowest

part of the forehead equal to the length of theeye. Rostrum

parallel-sided in the basal half, then strongly dilated, the

margins of the inter-scrobal area gently curved, the scrobe a

little longer than the space between it and the eye, the median

dorsal area quite flat as far as the apical slope. Antenne

with the scape broad, compressed and rather strongly curved,

the sete curved and slightly raised ; the funicle with joint 2

much longer than 1, which is scarcely longer than 3, 3 a

little longer than 4, 4 to7 subequal ; the club only as long as

the two preceding joints. Prothoraz about as long as broad,

parallel-sided from the base to the middle, then gradually

narrowing to the apex, the subapical constriction shallow,

the front margin slightly rounded dorsally ; the upper surface

with slight inequalities appreciable through the sealing on

the disk, these being more evident towards the sides. Scu-

tellum a little longer than broad, oblong. lytra of the

usual rather elongate form, the basal margin straight from

the outer angle to interval 3 and jointly sinuate in the

middle, the apical area rather sharply pointed, the apices

themselves slightly separated ; the humeral slope not running

straight to the basal angle, but forming a distinct angle with

the base ; the shallow sulci containing large, widely separated

punctures, which are much more exposed than usual, each

having a small projecting scale on the front edge ; intervals

3, 5, and 7 strongly costate, the others almost flat, except

interval 1, which is costate on the declivity only, being there

higher than 3; the sete pale, moderately long and recum-

bent or nearly so, forming a single row on the low intervals,

irregular and more numerous on the raised areas. Legs pale

sandy, the front femora with a strong tooth.

Length 9-94, breadth 35-3? mm.

British Guiana: Issororo, North-west District (G. Z.

Bodkin). f

EHustylus subvittatus, sp. n.

Colour black, with dirty white scaling and faint light

brown markings ; the prothorax with three broad stripes ;

the elytra with faint stripes on the lower intervals, especially

in the basal half, and an oblique stripe running from before

the middle on stria 5 to the suture at the top of the declivity.

3 ?. Head not transversely impressed, the eyes not very

prominent, their length a little less than the width of the

forehead. Rostrum as in E, bodkini, Antenne very similar

458 Dr. G. A. IK. Marshall on

to those of EH. bodkini, but the scape is but little curved, and

the setee are finer, shorter, and straighter ; the club is larger

and as long as the three preceding joints. Prothorax asin

EE. bodkini, except that the front margin is truncate and not

rounded. Scutellum strongly exserted, subquadrate. Llytra

elongate, subtruncate at the base, the apical area somewhat

produced, the apices separately pointed, the humeral slope

forming, an angle with the base; the punctures in the sulci

are closely placed, nearly twice as numerous as in JL. bod-

kint, entirely covered with scaling, but not obliterated ; the

alternate intervals distinctly raised, the setee very short and

quite recumbent. Legs with uniform pale sandy scaling ;

the front femora angulated, but without a distinct tooth.

Length 8-93, breadth 22-34 mm.

VENEZUELA: Caraceas.

Chevrolat’s MS. name has been retained for this species.

Eustylus ephippiatus, sp. n.

Colour black, with dense chalky-white sealing and light

brown markings; prothorax with a light brown lateral stripe,

which is quite indefinite on its lower side, but has a sharp,

darker brown, emarginate edge above, thus enclosing a

hexagonal discal whitish area, in which brownish scales are

mingled, especially along the front margin ; elytra with an

irregular humeral brown patch extending for about one-

fourth the length and lying between striz 2 and 7, pale and

ill-defined in front, and with a darker dentate edge behind ;

beyond the middle a broad common transverse band, extending

to stria 7 and darker and dentate on both edges ; and, finally,

an irregular apical patch, ill-defined behind and with a

darker dentate edge in front.

9. Lead scarcely impressed behind the eyes, which are

moderately prominent, the width of the forehead only very

little greater than the length of the eye. Jostrum rather

stout, parallel-sided in the basal half, the genz strongly

dilated, the epistome much less raised than usual, being far

Jower than the inner edge of the scrobe, the apical slope more

abrupt and steep than usual, the length of the scrobe about

equal to the space between it and the eye. Antenne with

the scaling brown on the scape and grey on the funicle ; the

scape somewhat compressed and gently curved, the sete

recumbent ; the funicle with joint 2: evidently longer than 1,

3 about equal to 7 and a little longer than 4, 4 to 7 subequal,

elongate and gradually dilated from base to apex ; the club

rather longer than the two preceding joints. Prothorax as

new Neotropical Curculionidee. 459

long as broad, parallel-sided from the base to the middle,

then rather strongly narrowed, the subapical constriction

shallow; the upper surface apparently quite smooth, the

sculpture being entirely hidden by the sealing. Scutellum

subquadrate, elevated. lytra with the sides shallowly

sinuate behind the shoulders and somewhat rounded beyond

the middle, the basal margin jointly trisinuate, the apical

area not much produced, the apices not pointed and scarcely

separated, the humeral slope forming a distinct angle with

the base ; upper surface with a shallow transverse impression

close to the base, the shallow sulci with large remote punc-

tures which are not entirely covered by the scaling, the

alternate intervals strongly raised, the others only slightly

convex, interval 1 as high as 3 at the top of the declivity ;

the setz inconspicuous,,;very short and broad, and quite

recumbent. Legs with dirty white scaling, the front tibi

brownish ; the front femora without a tooth.

Length 124, breadth 51 mm,

COLOMBIA,

This is the largest species of Hustylus as yet described,

and is allied to the variable West-Indian /. hybridus, Rosen.,

in which the brown pattern, when present, is very similar.

The latter species differs, however, in having the two basal

joints of the funicle equal, while joints 3 to 6 are cylindrical ;

the rostrum is less dilated in front and the apical slope

is less abrupt; the rugose sculpturing of the prothorax is

distinetly appreciable through the scaling, and the alternate

intervals of the elytra are much less strongly raised.

Eustylus simulatus, sp. n.

Colour black, with dense uniform brownish-grey scaling.

9. Head witha shallow transverse impression behind the

eyes, which are rather small and not very prominent, the

width of the forehead evidently greater than the length of

the eye. ostrum gradually widening from the base to the

middle, the apical dilatation consequently less abrupt, the

median dorsal area flat and parallel-sided, the apical slope

gradual, the scrobe longer than the space between it and the

eye. Antenne with the scape but slightly compressed,

gently curved and with erect setee; the funicle with the two

basal joints subequal, 3, 4, and 7 equal and each a little

Jonger than 5 or 6, which are themselves equal ; the club

nearly as long as the three preceding joints. Prothorax

a trifle longer than broad, the sides subparallel from the

base to the middle, then narrowed to the apex, the subapicat

460 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

constriction rather well marked ; the coarse punctation clearly

visible through the scaling, and a distinct trace of a shallow

central furrow. Scutellum longer than broad, narrowing

towards the base. /ytra narrowly elongate, not sinuate

behind the shoulders and scarcely dilated beyond the middle,

the basal margin straight except for a median sinuation ex-

tending to stria 2 on each side, the humeral slope running

straight to the basal angle, the apical area scarcely produced,

the posterior declivity consequently steeper than usual, the

apices separately rounded ; the shallow sulci with numerous

closely set punctures, which are covered but not hidden by

the scaling, the alternate intervals distinctly raised, the others

almost flat, interval 1 elevated almost as far as the base; the

setee moderately long, stout, and erect, each interval bearing a

single row, but on the raised ones the setze are doubled here

and there. Legs with uniform brownish-grey scaling, the

front femora obtusely angulated but without any tooth.

Length 94, breadth 4 mm.

COLOMBIA.

I have retained Chevrolat’s MS. name for this species.

Eustylus sordidus, sp. n.

Colour black, with uniform dirty white scaling.

@. Very similar to £. s¢mulatus, but differing as follows :—

Head with the transverse impression slightly more pre-

nounced, the eyes rather larger, the width of the forehead

but little greater than the length of the eye. Rostrum

parallel-sided in the basal half, the apical dilatation rather

more abrupt. Antenne with the scape proportionately

shorter; joint 6 of the funicle not shorter than 7 ; the club

only a little longer than the two preceding joints. Pro-

thorax parallel-sided to beyond the middle, the subapical

constriction somewhat more strongly marked, the disk less

convex and with no trace of central furrow. Hlytra much

shorter in proportion to the breadth, the humeral slope

forming an angle with the base.

Length 8, breadth 3? mm.

COLOMBIA.

Eustylus simplex, sp. n.

Colour reddish brown, with uniform dense grey scaling.

?. Head with a marked transverse impression, the width

of the forehead rather less than the length of the eye; the

eyes very large and not very prominent, the facets absolutely

flat. Lostrum parallel-sided in the basal half, the genx

new Neotropical Curculionide. 461

strongly dilated, the scrobe much longer than the space

between it and the eye, the median dorsal area flat. Antenne

with the scape slightly curved and somewhat compressed,

broadest below the base and gradually narrowing to the apex,

the sete subrecumbent ; the funicle with the two basal joints

almost equal, 3 a little longer than 4, and 4 to 7 subequal ;

the club a trifle longer than the two preceding joints. Pro-

thoraw a little broader than long, the sides gently rounded,

broadest at the middle, slightly narrowed towards the base

and more so to the apex, the subapical constriction broad and

distinct; the upper surface foveate and uneven, the foveze

covered and partly obscured by the scaling. Scutellum

trapezoidal, narrower at the base. lytra rather short and

almost para!lel-sided, the basal margin deeply sinuate in the

vicinity of the scutellum ,only, the apical area only slightly

produced, the apices separately rounded, the humeral slope

running direct to the basalangle ; the sulci with rather large

shallow punctures, which are almost entirely covered but not

concealed by the scaling, the intervals comparatively narrow,

the alternate ones more raised, interval 1 rather higher than

3 almost down to the base; the sete rather long and erect,

those on the raised intervals forming only a single row.

Legs with uniform grey scaling, the front femora with a

strong tooth.

Length 7, breadth 4 mm.

COLOMBIA.

Fustylus inclusus, sp. 0.

Colour black, with dense chalky-white scaling and brown

markings ; the head and rostrum™=-pale fawn-colour above ;

the prothorax with a broad brown lateral stripe on each side

and a narrower indefinite central one; each elytron with a

very broad brown stripe running from the shoulder to the

middle between striz 3 and 7, and then turning obliquely

inwards up to the suture at the top of the declivity.

3 ¢. Lead scarcely impresstd behind the eyes, which are

rather large and prominent, the width of the forehead equal

to the length of the eye. Rostrum almost parallel-sided in

the basal half, the genze strongly dilated, the scrobe about as

long as the space between it and the eye, the median dorsal

area flat. Antenne with the scape only slightly curved and

somewhat compressed, the setee recumbent ; the funicle with

the two basal joints equal, 3 distinctly longer than 4, 4 and

5 equal to 7, 6 a little shorter; the club much smaller than

usual and scarcely as long as the two preceding joints.

Prothoraz a trifle longer than broad, parallel-sided from the

462 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

base to beyond the middle, the subapical constriction shallow,

the anterior margin slightly rounded dorsally; the whole

upper surface with very coarse punctures, which are covered

but not concealed by the scaling. .Scutellum subquadrate,

very prominent, lytra narrow in the g, much broader in

the 9, the basal margin jointly sinuate in the middle only,

the humeral slope running straight to the basal angle, the

apical area but little produced, the apices scarcely separated ;

the sulci with large shallow distant punctures, which are

mostly bare in the centre, with a single scale projecting from

the front edge; intervals 1, 3, 5, and 7 distinctly more raised,

interval 1 elevated right up to the base and higher than

interval 3 at the top of the declivity ; the setz rather long,

obliquely raised and forming a single row on each interval.

Legs with dirty white or sandy scaling, usually with a dark

subapical patch on the posterior femora; the front femora

with a stout tooth.

Length 74-10, breadth 23-43} mm.

Braziu (7. W. Bates).

Kustylus subguttatus, sp. n.

Colour black, with dense chalky-white scaling ; the head,

rostrum, and antenne light brown or fawn; the prothorax

with three very faint and often indistinguishable brownish

stripes; the elytra with the following small brown dots,

some or all of which may be absent :—one before and another

behind the middle on interval 38, and one at the middle on

interval 5.

3 2. Structurally very close to H. inclusus, but differing

as follows:—Antenne with the sete on the scape much

shorter and more slender. Rostrum with the scrobes less

curved inwards, the space between them distinctly broader.

Scutellum scarcely elevated. Hlytra with intervals 3, 5, and

7 more strongly raised, but interval 1 not raised except on

the declivity, and there not as high as interval 3; the sete

much shorter, the rows on the higher intervals duplicated ;

the punctures almost completely covered, but not hidden, by

the scaling.

Leneth 9-11, breadth 33-45 mm.

Brazit: Villa Nova, Amazon R. (HZ. W. Bates).

The Mexican &. sevguttatus, Chmp., which somewhat

resembles the more strongly marked specimens of this

species, differs, inter alia, in having entirely recumbent sete,

the width of the forehead evidently less than the length of

the eye, and a more slender funicle.

new Neotropical Curculionide. 463

Eustylus bolivianus, sp. n.

Colour black, with brown scaling, the elytra with ill-

defined darker brown stripes on intervals 2, 4, and 6, these

stripes being broken by an irregular oblique band of the

ground-colour running from behind the shoulder to the

middle of the suture.

6. Head with a shallow transverse impression behind the

eyes, which are large and moderately prominent, their length

being greater than the width of the forehead. Rostrum

elongate, parallel-sided in the basal half, the gene abruptly

dilated, the scrobe about as long as the space between it and

the eye, the median dorsal area flat. Antenne elongate ;

the scape comparatively slender and almost cylindrical,

gently curved, and with stout recumbent setee ; the funicle

with the two basal joints equal, 3 a little longer than 4, the

remainder subequal except 6, which is shorter and sub-

quadrate; the club as long as the three preceding joints.

Prothoraz a little longer than broad, subcylindrical, being

slightly narrowed only near the apex; the rugose punctures

entirely covered, but not hidden, by the scaling, the intervals

in the middle bearing a few small shiny granules. Scutellum

subquadrate, level with the elytra. ytra jointly sinuate

throughout at the base, the humeral slope running direct to

the basal angle, the sides feebly sinuate behind the shoulders,

the apical area not much prcduced, the apex broadly rounded,

the posterior declivity steep, its outline very slightly sinuate ;

the shallow sulci with rather large ocellated punctures, the

alternate intervals only slightly raised ; the setee moderately

long and obliquely raised, all the imtervals with only a single

row. Legs with light brownish scaling ; the front femora

with an obtuse tooth. ;

Length 74, breadth 3 mm.

BOLivia.

The specimen here described was identified by Jekel as

EL. striatus, Boh., but this superficially similar Mexican species,

of which there is a co-type in the British Museum, presents

the following differences :—'The eyes are entirely lateral; the

rostrum is continuously widened from the base, the sides

being almost straight; the scrobe is much longer than the

space between it and the eye; there is a deep central stria

on the forehead and basal half of the rostrum and a short

carina at the apex of the rostrum ; the cylindrical prothorax

is more than half as long again as its basal width; the

broad brown sete of the elytra are entirely recumbent; the

outline of the posterior declivity is distinctly angulated, &e.

A464 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on

Eustylus wquus, sp. n.

Colour black, the upper surface with brown scaling

variegated with paler and darker markings, the scaling of

the lower surface cream-coloured ; the prothorax with three

ill-defined dark brown stripes; elytra with the lateral margin

(from before the middle), an oblique band from the margin

to the top of the declivity, and an irregular apical patch

cream-coloured or pale fawn; behind the middle an oblique

darker brown band lying between strize 1 and 8, its front

half being between strizee 2 and 8 and the posterior half

between 1 and 7; the portions of this band on intervals 2

and 4 are blackish, and there are similar dark marks on

intervals 2, 4, and 6 in the brown patch on the declivity.

3 2. Head not transversely impressed, the width of the

forehead equal to or greater than the length of the eye.

Rostrum parallel-sided in the basal half, the gen strongly

dilated, the scrobe barely as long as the space between it and

the eye. Antenne with the scape somewhat compressed and

gently curved, the sete subrecumbent; the funicle with

joint 2 very slightly longer than 1, 3 a little longer than 4

and as long as 7, 4 and 5 equal, 6 shorter and subquadrate ;

the club a little longer than the two preceding joints. Pro-

thorax a little longer than broad, the sides subparallel to

beyond the middle and gently narrowed in front, the sub-

apical constriction indistinct ; the upper surface uneven, the

rugose punctation clearly discernible through the scaling.

Scutellum longer than broad, almost oval. lytra narrow

and parallel-sided in the &, rather broader and slightly

widened behind the middle in the ?, the basal margin only

shallowly sinuate in the middle, the apical area not produced

‘(as seen directly from above), the apices slightly separated,

the humeral slope forming a slight angle with the base; the

shallow sulci with rather numerous, deep, separated punctures,

the centre of each being almost filled by a single scale ; all

the intervals of practically equal height, and each bearing a

single row of rather long, stout, erect sete, which are rather

more numerous than usual. Legs brownish grey, the front

femora with a strong tooth.

Length 7-84, breadth 23-33 mm.

Braziz: Nanta, Amazons.

Eustylus scapularis, sp. n.

Colour black, with dense light brown scaling above,

variegated with paler and darker markings ; the lower sur-

face creamy white; the prothorax with a well-defined broad

new Neotropical Curculionide. 465

dark stripe on each side, and a fainter one below it; the

elytra a pale stripe on interval 1 from the base to the middle,

and there uniting with a pentagonal pale patch, which extends

to stria 3 on each side; this patch is embraced by a broad

V-shaped dark mark, having its apex at the top of the

declivity and united anteriorly along interval 3 with an

ill-defined, oblique, subbasal dark patch; a short pale line

behind the shoulders, and a vague pale mark behind the

V-shaped patch.

3S. Head with a deep transverse impression behind the

eyes, which are relatively large and prominent, the width of

the forehead distinctly less than the length of the eye.

Rostrum gradually widening from the base to the middle, the

gene abruptly dilated, the scrobe about equal to the space

between it and the eye, the median dorsal area more raised

than usual and the lateral slope steeper, Antenne with

brown scaling on the scape, the funicle grey, the last joint

and the club darker; the scape exceptionally broad, evidently

broader than the front tibia, subcompressed and slightly

curved, the sete erect; the funicle with joint 2 scarcely

longer than 1, joints 3 to 7 subequal, and the club almost

as long as the three preceding joints. Prothorawx as long as

broad, parallel-sided to the middle, the subapical constriction

distinct ; the upper surface almost flat in the pale central

area, and the sculpturing there entirely hidden by the

sealing, but on each side of it are two large shallow im-

pressions, one before and the other behind the middle. Sceu-

tellum almost circular. Hlytra narrow and _parallel-sided,

the basal margin shallowly sinuate in the middle, the humeral

slope running straight to the basal angle, the apical area

only slightly produced, the apices rounded and _ scarcely

separated ; the shallow sulci are almost obliterated by the

dense suberect scaling, and the dorsal punctures are quite

hidden, though those on the inflexed margins are more or less

indicated; the intervals 1, 3, 5, and 7 are slightly more

raised than the others, and all of them have a single row of

long, stout, erect sete. Legs with pale fawn scaling, the

front femora with a distinct tooth.

Length 5, breadth 14 mm.

Brazin (H. W. Bates).

This insect and #. equus differ from the other species here

described in having the scales on the elytra suberect, that

being the normal position for the scales on the forehead and

rostrum (and usually also on the scape) in this genus.

Mr. G. C. Champion has already published a key to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 32

456 D.. G. A. KK. Marshall on

Central-American species of LHustylus (Biol. Cent.-Amer.,

Ins., Coleopt. iv. pt. 3, 1911, p. 290), and they are there-

fore not included in the following synoptic table. The three —

species described from Peru—viz., . humilis, Er., EZ. placi-

dus, Kr. (Wiegm. Arch. 1847, p. 129), and E. funicularis,

Kirsch (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 890) —are also omitted, as

they are unknown to me. Probably some of the species

ascribed to the genus Compsus would be more suitably placed

in Hustylus.

). Elytra with recumbent sete.

). All the intervals of the elytra equally

raised ; insect with more or less me-

tallic green scaliag . ei assess ee puber, Oliv.

( 2). Alternate intervals of the elytra more

raised ; no metallic green scaling.

7). Front femora toothed.

( 6). Elytra broad, brown, each with two

oblique rows of darkish white-edged

spots; the humeral slope of the

elytra running direct to the basal

angle; femoral tooth very small .. obliquefasciatus, sp. n,

6 ( 5). Elytra narrow, whitish, with a short

commor -shaped brown mark be-

hind the middle; the humeral slope

forming an angle with the base;

femoral tooth well developed ...... bodkinz, sp. n.

7 ( 4). Front femora not toothed. .

8 (11). Funicle with joint 2 evidently longer

than 1.

9 (10). Epistome elevated, as high as the inner

edge of the scrobe; elytra dirty white,

with very faint brownish stripes .. subvittatus, sp. n.

10 ( 9), Epistome depressed, much lower than

the inner edge of the scrobe; elytra

chalky white, with brown markings:

an irregular humera! and a common

apical patch, and a broad dentate

transverse band behind the middle.. ephippiatus, sp. n.

). Funicle with the two basal joints equal. Aybridus, Rosen.

). Elytra with erect setz; funicle with

the two basal joints equal or sub-

equal.

18 (26). Elytra with a transverse basal impres-

sion, the upper edge of the basal

margin projecting strongly forwards.

17). Front femora not toothed.

6). Rostrum gradually dilated from the

base to the genx, so that the sides

are almost straight ; humeral slope

of the elytra running direct to the

basaltancles i). Wen hess eee re

16 (15). Rostrum parallel-sided in the basal

half, the gene more abruptly dilated,

oe us

stmulatus, sp. 0.

new Neotropical Curculionidae. 467

so that the sides appear deeply

sinuated ; humeral slope forming an

angle with the base .............. sordidus, sp. nl.

17 (14). Front femora with a more or less dis-

tinct tooth.

18 (19). Prothorax a little broader than long,

the sides gently rounded in the

middle; head distinctly impressed

behind the eyes...........065 +... sempler, sp. 0.

19 (18). Prothorax slightly longer than broad,

the sides straight from the base to

beyond the middle.

20 (25). Elytra with the dorsal punctures

plainly visible through the scaling ;

the scape not broader than the middle

of the front tibie; the prothorax

without dorsal impressions.

21 (24). Elytra with the alternate intervals

distinctly more raised,

22 (23). Interval 1 of the elytra raised through-

out and much higher than interval 3

at the top of the declivity, when seen

in profile; each elytron with a broad

dark stripe from the shoulder to the

middle, then bent in to the suture.. znclusus, sp. n.

23 (22). Interval 1 of the elytra not raised ex-

cept on the declivity, and there

scarcely as high as interval 3; elytra

whitish or pale sandy, usually with

Pete lew, WEOWHOSPOLS "te. oes 4 oss «s subguttatus, sp.n.

24 (21). Elytra with all the intervals approxi-

25 (20). Elytra with the dorsal punctures en-

tirely obliterated by the scaling;

the scape much broader than the

middle of the front tibiz ; prothorax

with four shallow dorsal impressions. scapularis, sp. nu.

26 (13). Elytra without any basal transverse

impression, the basal margin verti-

cally truncate, its upper edge not

PUCCINI aa ear ates shag viet ate 6 Nm is bolivianus, sp. 0.

Subfamily Cerrrorruyncuin2.

STYRACOPUS, gen. nov.

Head not concealed from above, the eyes distant. Rostrum

short and stout, its apex about as broad asthe eye. Antenne

with the scape reaching the eye, the funicle 7-jointed. Seu-

tellum minute. /ytra short, with prominent shoulders ; the

tenth stria abbreviated. Sternum with the rostral furrow

reaching the middle cox ; the mesosternum forming a cup-

like cavity and not extending backwards beyond the middle

of the coxe; the metasternum between the coxe as long as

32*

468 On new Neotropical Curculionide.

the portion of the first ventral segment behind the coxa ; the

metepisternum broad and conspicuous. Venter with the

intercoxal process broad and angulate ; plate 1 with its hind —

margin sinuate ; plate 2 as long as 3+4. Legs short; thie

femora neither dentate nor suleate beneath, the hind pair not

reaching further than the apex of the fourth ventral plate ;

the tibie curved at the base and somewhat compressed,

uncinate, and with an additional shorter perpendicular spur a

little above the uncus on the inner edge; the tarsal claws

simple.

Type. Styracopus phaseoli, sp. n.

The species upon which this genus is founded has quite

the appearance of asmall Tyrannion, Chmp., but differs from

that genus in its stout rostrum, minute scutellum, and unarmed

femora, and also in having an additional inner spur at the

apex of the tibiee.

Styracopus phaseoli, sp. n.

Colour piceous, with dense fawn-coloured scaling and ill-

defined whitish markings; the prothorax with three very

indistinct paler stripes ; the elytra with the-following whitish

markings:—the outer margin as far as the eighth stria ; an

oblique band from the shoulder ending on stria 2 just before

the middle; a spot on interval 7 a little before the middle ;

a short line at the base of interval 4; a patch at the top

of the declivity between striz 1 and 4, bordered in front

by a dark brown band; and a short stripe at the apex of

interval 3.

Head with very coarse confluent punctation, clothed with

large circular scales and raised, curved, scale-like sete; the

forehead nearly as broad as the apex of the rostrum, and

separated from the rostrum by a shallow transverse impres-

sion; the eyes with a narrow raised rim round the upper

margin. tostrum thick, gently curved, parallel-sided from

the base to beyond the middle, the apical portion slightly

widened; the upper surface with large reticulate punctures as

far as the insertion of the antenne, with an inconspicuous

wavy central carina and a less distinct one on each side of it,

the apical area smooth and with scattered small punctures.

Antenne testaceous brown ; the scape straight and gradually

clavate ; the funicle with joint 1 as long as but thicker than 2,

the remainder short, bead-like, and subequal in length; the

club broadly ovate, as long as the four preceding joints.

Prothorax much broader than long, the sides very strongly

rounded, broadest at the middle, the apex much narrower

than the base, the latter bisinuate and with a broad median

On some Species of Crisia. 469

lobe, the subapical constriction well marked, the apical

margin strongly rounded dersally, the postocular lobes well

developed ; the upper surface markedly convex in both

directions, set with large shallow fovexw, which are more or

less contiguous ; usually there is a small smooth space in the

middle and a small low rounded prominence on each side just

in front of it, and also a distinct short central carina on the

basal lobe ; the scales are circular, much larger than those on

the elytra, not overlapping, and each one filling a separate

fovea ; where the three paler stripes lie there are scales only,

in the intervening spaces there are fewer scales, the re-

maining foves each containing a broad, raised, curved, scale-

like seta. Elytra short, the width being nearly three-fourths

of the length, the basal margin sinuate only in the middle

for the reception of the thoracic lobe, the sides subparallel to

beyond the middle, the 4pices jointly rounded; the strie with

coarse punctures, which are almost hidden by the scaling, the

intervals shiny, with minute shallow punctures beneath the

scales, the declivity strongly impressed on each side before

the apex ; the scaling dense and overlapping, interval 1 bare

at the base only ; the setze sparse, broadly lanceolate, straight,

and obliquely raised, almost lacking on intervals 4, 6, and 8.

Length 5-53, breadth 23-22? mm.

Lesser ANTILLES: Dominica (H. A. Ballou, type) ; bred

from larve boring in the stems of beans, St. Vincent

(W.. Sands),

LIII,— Some Species of Crisia.

By ArTHuR Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S.

[Plate XVI. |

AT the time when I first determined Crista from Naples the

descriptions of our leading authorities were most unsatis-

factory, as often several quite different species -were united

under one name ; so that, while the separation and description

of the species dealt with were correct, so far as they went, it

was absolutely impossible without a large personal knowledge

from various places, that all the determinations should be

reliable—and all workers were finding the same difficulties.

Although the Busk, Hincks, and other collections are now

available for reference in South Kensington, our path is not

yet smooth, and much work is still needed on the genus ; but

470 Mr. A. W. Waters on

material advance has been made, for, besides other characters,

we now recognize that the ovicells are most useful by their

shape and that of the oveciostome ; another useful character

: the longitudinal distance from zocecium to zocecium, as 1S

also the size of the aperture of the zocecium. The distances

of the zocecia from one another must not be measured in the

basal portion of the zoarium, nor must we take the one or

two lowest zocecia of an internode ; ; but, taking older zocecia,

the variation is usually but slight, so that the typical size is

easily obtained by measuring a few cases, and abnormalities

through arrested growth are readily distinguished.

Harmer has shown that the position of the basis rami give

useful classificatory assistance. Some are, as Harmer says*,

‘wedged in” between two zocecia, which occurs always in

what I should call the denticulata seh) and in a few others,

as C. conferta, B., C. s’gmoidea, sp. n., &e., but it is not

common ; others have the basis ‘rami nar reaching to the

next zocecium, as in some C. ramosa, Harm., and a large

number of other species as seen in C. eburneo- rea (see

Pl. XVI. fig.4). A third group has a very short basis rami,

ending before it reaches the lower zocecium—as, for example,

in C. eburnea (fig. 6), in some C. ramosa in which both long

and “ graft” basis rami occur, and in a large number of the

smaller forms of Crisia. This last group I have distinguished

in my notes as the “graft”? form, as it reminded me of a

grafted tree or shrub. “Tn connection with the basis rami

there is still another character, perhaps of greater importance

than the shape—that is, the width of the base of the inter-

node, which may entirely differ from the diameter of the

zocecia. ‘The bases rami that are wedged in are the widest,

and I have elsewhere alluded to the fact that in most cases

the size of the base of the lateral and main internodes is the

same ; but in a few with “graft” basis rami, as C. ed-

wardsiana, the base of the branches is slightly less than that

of the main stem. In the denticulata group the basis rami is

wider than in the other groups, being wider than a zocecium,

as can be best seen in the new branch, where from the wide

joint the first zocecium gradually becomes narrower. This is

shown in my figure of what I considered was C. elongata TF

and also in the figure now given of C. eburneo-denticulata, B.

(fig. 4), the base of which is 0:12 mm.; the base of C. ser-

* “On the British Species of Crista,” Micr. Journ. vol. xxxii. n. s.,

. 130 (1891).

ine Proc Zool. Soe. 1914, pl. i. fig. 3.

C. elongata was but sliat! tly described by Milne-Edwards, and a figure

without a scale was given which really might pass for various species,

some Species of Crisia. 471

rata, sp. n., is 0°16 mm., of C. denticulata 0°11-0°12 mm., of

C. acropora 0'12 mm., of C. elongata, Waters, 0-14 mm., of

C. elongata, Harmer, 0°12 mm., of C. conferta, B., 0°18 mm.,

of C. sinelairensis, B., 0°08 mm., of C. sigmoidea, sp. 0.,

0-1 mm., of C. denticulata, var. verdensis, nov., 0°08 mm.

In the second group the basis rami is long, reaching to the

next zocecium, as may be seen in C. ramosa, Harm., base

0:08 mm. wide, C. tubulosa (Cape Verde), 0°1 mm., C. sertu-

larotdes, Aud., 0°06 mm., C. circincta, Waters, 0°06 mm.,

C. laxa, Busk, 0 O07 mm. .

In the third group with the “ graft’ basis rami are C. fistu-

losa, Hell., base 0°11 mm. wide, C, eburnea, Lamx., 0°05 mm.,

C. edwardstana, VOrb., main internode 0°05 mm. wide at

base, branch internodes 0-04 mm. wide, C. geniculata, M.-Ed.,

0:03 mm., C. cornuta, L., 0°02-0°03 mm. For examining

the basis rami properly it is necessary to have balsam pre-

parations, and other points are seen more satisfactorily with

such slides.

There is still another character which may give us a little

assistance, and that is the frequency of the surface-pores.

The number in a square 0°1 mm. may be counted, but as the

surface is not flat, and as the zocecial boundary-lines occur

close together, anything like exactness is out of the question,

and we must be satisfied with general expressions, and might

be guided by taking about ten pores to the square (0°1 mm.)

as few, ten to twenty moderate, over twenty numerous.

C. eburnea, C. eburneo-denticulata, C. ramosa are few ; CU.

tubulosa, C, sertularcides, C. laxa are moderate; C. denticu-

luta, C. sigmoidea are numerous. In the ovicells the pores

are about twice as numerous as in the zocecia.

Busk and others have thought they had found elongata, then I’ got a

form from Wasin (Brit. E. Africa) which seemed to me to be certainly

C. elongata, and unfortunately, instead of giving it a new name, I placed

it under elongata, hoping that the difficulties would be laid to rest.

Since then Harmer ® has found a speties in the ‘ Siboga’ material which

he considers is the C. elongata, and with this he places the forms described

by Busk and meas synonyms. With this 1 cannot agree. Naturally, if

I am right that the species first redescribed as elongata is not the same

as Harmer’s, then it would seem impossible for the name to be retained

for the ‘Siboga’ specimens, even if these should only represent one

species. Certainly we should all have been wiser to have dropped the

name altogether.

1 «Mar. Fauna of Brit. East Africa and Zanzibar, Bryozoa,” Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1914, p. 838, pl. i. figs. 3, 4, pl. iv. fig. 6.

2 « Polyzoa of the ‘Siboga’ Expedition, Ent., Cten., & Cyclost.,” p. 96,

pl. viii. figs. 1-8 (1915).

472 Mr. A. W. Waters on

In some species, as, for example, C. denticulata, the joints,

except in the youngest branches, are always black. In no

species are the joints black when quite young, and in the ~

commencement of a branch there is no discontinuity, the

breaking through of the walls at a joint occurring later on,

just as in Cellarta and other jointed genera, There are other

species in which the majority of joints are light, only the

oldest ones being black or dark, while in a considerable

number of species there are only light joints, as in C. eburneo-~

denticulata and most of the species with few zocecia in an

internode. In C. ramosa, Harm., from the Mediterranean,

the joints are usually light, as is the case in specimens from

Naples and the Gulf of “Taranto ; ; but in some from Capri

and Genoa the lower joints are dark or black, and in a speci-

men from Plymouth the lower joints are somewhat darkened.

The colour of the joint is undoubtedly useful generally, but

must be taken in conjunction with other characters ; and this.

may be said of every single character, and with more material

their value has to be tested. We must not deal with them on

too hard-and-fast lines, as if there could be no variation, but

by taking all available we shall see in which group various

characters occur, and thus relationships will be found. With

regard to size and measurements, these are of the greatest

use in examining a fauna of any locality; but we must

be prepared to find some changes when spread to distant

localities.

Crisia serrata, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1,2, 7)

The zoarium is composed of long, stout, straight inter-

nodes, the branchless ones having ‘an uneven number of

zocecia (21-23), while none of the internodes have fewer than

20 zocecia, and one has 25. There is only one branch to each

internode, occurring usually after the seventh to eighth

zocecium on that side. The part of the internole above the

branch is narrower than that below—a character also figured

by Busk in C. acropora, Busk. The basis rami is “ wedged

in’’—that is, the basis rami is short and reaches to the

zocecium below. ‘The base of the branch is about 0°16 mm.

and the joints are black.

The zocecial terminations are very short, directed frontally

and some distance from the edge of the zoarium, the aperture

being the smallest of any known species (0°04 mm.), although

the zoarium is the stoutest of any species of Crista. The

zocecia are not very tar apart longitudinally (only 0:21-

Q-24 mm.). There is a large projection belind the end of

some Species of Crisia. 473

each zocecium, being much more pronounced than in C. den-

ticulata, and this gives it a serrate appearance. ‘The denticle

of C. acropora, Busk, is similar in position—namely, more or

less behind the zocecium,—though much smaller, and no

doubt these two species are closely allied ; also the species

which I considered was the C. elongata, Milne-Edwards,

shows great resemblance in having long straight internodes

with only one branch to each internode, and that from the

distal half of the internode ; but I am unable to consider that

the elongata* I figured is the same as what Harmer calls

elongata.

The specimen from Port Elizabeth, 8. Africa, was sent to

me by Miss Jelly, and has been overlooked.

I have previously remarked on there being many massive

and solid Bryozoa from §. Africa, and now we get this large

Crista with branches about 0°42 mm. wide.

Loe. Port Elizabeth, S. Africa.

Crista oranensis, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.)

From a quantity of dredged material from Oran (Algiers)

there is only the fragment figured belonging to this species.

It has an ovicell quite similar to that of C. eburnea, L., but

the internode is apparently longer than in C. eburnea, then

the basis rami reaches to the next zocecium, whereas in

eburnea it is very short and of the “graft”? group. The

zoarium is also wider, as is the base of the branch, and the

surface-pores are more numerous.

The zocecial tubes hardly project at all, which seems to be

a character of C. eburneo-denticulata, Busk, and the ovicells

of both are fairly similar, though the shape of the ocecio-

stomes is not identical t=. A similarity of form will be seen

between figs. 4 and 3, though it should be noticed that the

scale of fig. 4 is only half that of fig. 3. The distance from

zocecium to zocecium is only about 0:31 mm., whereas in the

C. eburneo-denticulata, now figured, they are of the unusual

distance of 0°} mm. Making some comparisons, when only

a tracing was available on which there was no scale, led to

my coming temporarily to a false conclusion. The joints of

this species, of C. eburnea, and of C, eburneo-denticulata are

all light, and no doubt they belong to the same group.

From the Oran débris I picked out several other separate

* See footnote t, p. 470.

+ “ Résult. du Voyage du 8.Y. ‘ Belgica,’ Bryozoa,” Expéd. Antarct.

Belge, p. 79 (1904).

{ See footnote, p. . 475.

474 Mr. A. W. Waters on

internodes, and was able to determine C. eburnea, L., C. fistu-

losa, Hell., and C. stgmoidea, Waters.

Dr. Harmer kindly allowed me to examine some ‘ Siboga’-

slides of what he considers C. elongata, and among them was

37U, which he has queried in his report. This, however,

has very long straight internodes, with the branches narrower

than in other specimens of his C. elongata ; the branches are

given off pretty high in the internode after the third or fourth

zocecium of that side ; ; the base of the internode is about

0:07-0:08 mm., with the basis rami long, reaching to the next

zocecium ; the zocecia project at the end but very slightly,

and the joints are light. ‘The straight internodes, the basis

rami long instead of being wedged i in, and the light joints

indicate that it belongs to thé eburneo-denticulata group, and

not to the dlenisaulies group, of which C. elongata, Harmer, is

a member. It is much like the present C. oranensis, though

rather narrower.

On the other queried slide, 37 R, there is, among others, a

specimen similar to the present in having a long basis rami,

Jong narrow internodes, but the joints are black, and other

wise in the shape of the branches, form of the basis rami,

the distance between the zocecia, end the ovicell there is a.

resemblance to C. ramosa, Harm. Harmer suggests in his

report that this may be the C. denticulata, var. gracilis,

Busk, and this, I believe, is the case, though with the long

basis rami not wedged i in and the small pyriform ovicell it

would hardly seem to belong to the denticulata group, and

should stand as C. gracilis, Busk.

Loc. Oran (Algiers).

Crisia eburneo-denticulata, Busk.

(Pl. XVI. figs. 4 & 5.)

Crisia eburnea, var., Smitt, Kr. Fort. of Skand. Hafs Bry. 1865, pl. xvi.

figs. 9, 10, 11.

Crisia ebur neo-denticulata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Poly. in the Brit. Mus.,

Cyclost. p. 5, pl. vi. (1875) ; Vigelius, Cat. of Polyzoa d. Cruise of the

‘ Willem Barents,’ Niederl, Arch. f. Zool. p. 4(1882); Ortmann, Die

Japanische Bry., Arch. fiir Naturgesch. vol. i. p. 58, pl. iv. fig. 18

(1890) ; Calvet, Bry. Mar. de Cette, p. 72 (1902) ; Waters, Bry. from

Franz Josef Land, Cycl., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxix. p. 165

(1904).

Zoarium with straight internodes, no intermediate space ;

branches one, two, three, or four ; few pero (about

five to the agUATE 0-1 mm. vs basis rami fairly long; base of

internode 0°12 mm. ‘The ends of the zocecia project but very

slightly in all the specimens examined, whereas Smitt, in

‘

some Spectes of Crisia. 475

fig. 9, shows them free for a considerable distance ; however,

this is not the case in Busk’s figure. - The ovicells are long,

pyriform, with a tubular oceciostome, usually compressed, s0

that it is much wider Jaterally (0°12 mm.). Specimens from

Kola Bay, given to me by Dr. Kluge, have very long inter-

nodes with as many as thirty zocecia ; in these specimens

there may be branches after the second zececium, but more

frequently not until the sixth to ninth on that side, and there

may be also one, two, or three ae higher up.

Specimens from Granville B ay, West Greenland, also

given to me by Dr. Kluge, who had named both C. eburneo-

denticulata, have not more than twenty- five zocecia to an

internode, but some of these have a growing end, and so are

not completed. In this the distance from zocecium to zocecium

is about 0°5 mm., and in the Kola specimen is about 0-4 mm. ;

the aperture of the zocecium is about 0:06-0:07 mm., the base

of the internode is about 0°12 mm., the basis rami is long and

the joints are light.

A specimen which I named eburneo-denticulata, from Franz

Josef Land, has shorter internodes, with the branches arising

fiom after the first zocecium on that side; the basis rami

is short, not reaching to the zoarium below; there are not

above thirteen zocecia to an internode, but the general struc-

ture is similar to other eburneo-denticulata, though approaching

C. eburnea. There are, however, no ovicells. The number

of pores in all is similar.

Jn specimens in the Natural History Museum from

Smeerenberg, Spitzbergen ; Rekiavie, Greenland; and Cas-

trensis O@e, there are not more than eighteen zocecia to an

internode, so that possibly the preseit form should be looked

upon as a variety. There does not seem to be sufficient

reason for separating tle present form generically on account

of the contracted oceciostome, for in C. eburnea, in the Natural

History Museum, I have seen a round and contracted ocecio-

stome on the same e colony.

The long forms in some respects resemble C. pugeti *

Rob., but they are not identical. :

The double name eburneo-denticulata is very unfortunate,

as the species seems to belong to the eburnea group, and not

ow)

to the denticulata group. 1 have from Naples some long

* “ Cyclost. Bry. of the North-west Coast of America,” Uniy. of Cali-

fornia Pub. Zool. vol. vi. p. 244, pl. xx. figs. 20, 21 (1910). Dr. Alice

Lobertson’s figures always give me the impression of being very well

drawn and instructive, but they are reproduced by such an unsatisfactory

method that the sharp outlines and details are lost. In my copy of this

paper the details of the oceciostomes can in no case be made out, though

evidently drawn sharply.

A476 Mr. A. W. Waters on

specimens of Crisia, no doubt eburneo-denticulata, with

fairly long straight internodes with seventeen to thirty-one

zocecia, the joints yellow, the zocecial aperture 0-07 mm., the

base of the internode or branch 0°11 mm., the zocecial aper-

ture projects but very little. There are no complete ovicells,

but two are commencing at the end of branches. In one of

these internodes one branch is after the seeond zocecium,

another after the sixth on the other side, and soon after this

the ovicell commences ; in the other case the ovicell is about

the same distance up the internode, in which there is only

one branch, and that after the second zocecium, with an-

ovicell on the other side by the sixth to seventh zocecium.

The zocecia are about 0°45 mm. apart, and the number of

surface-pores is about the same as in the northern forms

of C. eburneo-denticulata.

Ortmann’s description would seem to refer to eburneo-

denticulata ; however, the figure shows wide branches, but

the scale is too small to attach much importance to this

difference.

Loc. Spitzbergen, 70-96 fath. (Busk), Barents Sea,

150 fath. (V.) ; Cette (Calvet) ; Japan? (Urt.) ; Franz Joset

Land (?), 130 fath.; Granville Bay, West Greenland, 30-

AO fath.; Kola Bay, 40 fath.; Smeerenberg; Rekiavie ;

Castrensis Ode, 30-40 fath. ; Naples.

Crisia sigmoidea, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 9, 10.)

Crisia denticulata, Waters, Bry. of the Bay of Naples, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 269, pl. xxiii. fig. 2 (1879).

This species I have from Naples, Rapallo, &c. The

branches are very wide, with an “intermediate space,” and

in general appearance it closely resembles C. conferta, Busk,

but no ocecial tube has been seen on any of the ovicells.

Harmer alludes to sigmoid curves in his C. elongata, which

sometimes occur to a certain extent in C. denticulata, Lamx.,

though in this last not pronounced as in the present species.

The ovicell, of which but a limited number have been seen, is

wide and short, and there are usually two branches on the

same side near to the ovicell. The oceciopore is a slit, as in

C. denticulata and C. elongata, Harmer.

The basis rami is ‘t wedged in,” corresponding in this

respect to C. denticulata; but the joints are light, whereas

in C. denticulata they are black. ‘The base of the branch is

wide (0°1 mm.). The branches start after the first, second,

or third zocecium on that side, frequently two originating

from the same side, just as in C. elongata, Harmer, while in

some Species of Crisia. 477

C. denticulata they are usually alternate on the following

branch. There are about twenty to twenty-six zocecia in an

internode, with zocecia about 0°26 mm, apart.

In the specimen figured there are, besides the ordinary

narrow radicles (0°06 mm.), some wide tubes (0°09-0°12 mm.)

given off, either from the end of an internode, or in place of a

lateral branch from the basis rami; these may grasp any

adjacent object spread out and give rise to a new subcolony

(fig. 10, w.r.). In the Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxx1.

pl. xxiv. fig. 3, I have figured several radicles from the end

of one branch, but these continue the same size as ordinary

radicles, not wide as in the present case. Also in C. sin-

clatrensis, Busk, one of the terminal members of an internode

is continued as a long conical spine, becoming narrow at

the end, and in one speeimen in my possession from Port

Elizabeth, S. Africa, it is jointed, showing a similarity to a

radicle.

I have several examples of Crisia throwing out radicles,

some even a considerable distance from the base, from which

fresh subcolonies can grow, but I know no other case in

which there are wide radicles, of a different type to the

ordinary ones, replacing a branch.

With regard to the wide internodes, there is a resemblance

to C. conferta, Busk, which has a funnel-shaped oceciostome

and wider basis rami, to C. elongata, Harmer, which has

black joints, to C. elongata, Waters, C. serrata, Waters,

C. denticulata, Lamx., all with black joints.

C. sertularoides, Aud., has light joints and the oceciostome

has a funnel.

Loc. Naples; Rapallo; Villefranche-sur-Mer ; Oran

(Algiers) ; Cape Verde Island, collected by Crossland.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Crisia serrata, sp.n., X 50. From’Port Elizabeth, 8. Africa.

Fig. 2. Ditto, X 25. Dorsal surface.

ig. 3. Crisia oranensis, sp. n., X 25. From Oran (Algiers).

Fig. 4. Crisia eburneo-denticulata, Busk, X 12, From Gfanyille Bay,

West Greenland.

Fig. 5. Ditto, x 2.

%g. 6. Crisia eburnea, L., X 25, Showing the “graft” form of the

basis rami.

Fig. 7. Crisia serrata, sp. n., X 12.

Fig. 8. Ditto, x 2.

Fig. 9. Crisia sugmoidea, sp.n., X 25, Ovicell. From Naples.

Fig. 10. Ditto, x 12. From Naples. Dorsal surface, showing wide

radicles starting from the basis rami and replacing the

branches ; see (w.7.).

478 On a new Fish of the Genus Barbus.

LIV.—Description of a new Fish of the Genus Barbus from

the Niger. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Barbus francisct,

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout rounded, a little shorter than the eye, which

is 3 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ;

mouth subinferior, small ; lips feebly developed ; two barbels

ou each side, anterior ? diameter of eye, posterior 2. Dorsal

ILL 8, equally distant from anterior border of eye and from

caudal, border scarcely concave; last simple ray not enlarged,

not serrated, as long as head. Anal III 5, not reaching

caudal. Pectoral # length of head, not reaching ventral ;

base of latter below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle

slightly longer than deep. Scales radiately striated, 23 op 23

between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Silvery, back yellowish olive; dorsal and caudal yellow,

blackish at the tips.

Total length 63 mm.

A single specimen from Mutum Biu, 90 miles east of Ibi,

S. Nigeria, in a tributary of the Benue River; presented to

the British Museum by Mr. Claude Francis.

The Hausa name of this fish is Dendskuri.”

B. perince, Riipp., from the Nile, is the nearest ally of this

new species, which is readily distinguished by the narrower

interorbital region and fewer scales in the lateral line.

The collection made by Mr. Francis in the Benue River

contains an example, from Ibi, of Pelmatochromis intermedius,

Blgr., recently described from Sierra Leone.

LV.—Two new Muridx from South America.

By OvprieLp THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Oxymycterus doris, sp. 0.

A dark brown species, with no red either on back or sides.

Size fairly large, about as in VU. inca, Fur rather thin

and straight, not shaggy, hairs of back about 11 mm. in

ene ee ee Ss ee ee

On new Muride from South America. 479

length. General colour above brown (between Prout’s

brown and mummy-brown), finely ticked with buffy, the

ticking markedly finer than the coarse grizzling or lining of

other species. Sides a little paler than back, but essentially

siunilar, without any tinge of rufous. Under surface soiled

grey, the ends of the hairs washed with buffy ; chin and

throat paler, a patch of white (to the roots of the hairs)

present on the interramia in both specimens. LEars darker

than head, the proectote and metentote nearly black. Hands

and feet dark brown. Tail uniformly blackish brown.

Skull with long heavy muzzle, the nasals slightly

trumpet-shaped terminally. Bulle larger than in O.jultace.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 126; hind foot 31;

ear 21. \

Skull: greatest length 37°5 ; condylo-incisive length 52:5 ;

aygomatic breadth 16; nasals 14°38 x 5 ; interorbital breadth

G6; palatilar length 13°7; palatal foramina 7°6 ; upper

wolar series 5°5.

flab. Charuplaya, Upper Mamoré, 65° 5’ W., 16° S.,

Bolivia. Alt. 1350 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 1. 1. 95. Original

number 1441. Collected 21st May, 1901, by Perry O.

Simons. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Two specimens.

This brown species is one which I formerly thought to be

O. juliace, Allen, but as its most marked character is the

_complete absence of red in its coloration, and the reddish sides

and chestnut back of O.judiace are emphasized in Allen’s

description, I am now driven to conclude that it is distinct,

Thomasomys laniger emeritus, subsp. n.

Closely similar to true laniger, but larger.

General characiers and colour quite as in laniger, though

the light postauricular patch is scarcely perceptible.

Skull longer than that of daniger, although the single

specimen of emeritus is younger than the majority of our

series of laniger. Palatal foramina not so nearly reaching

the level of the front of m'. Mesopterygoid fossa more

broadened in front, narrowed posteriorly; in laniger it is

always more nearly, sometimes quite, parallel-sided.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Vail 132 mim. ; hind foot 23.

Skull: greatest length 29°7; condylo-incisive length 26 ;

zygomatic breadth 15°3; nasals 10°6; interorbital breadth

480 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

4:7; palatilar length 11°6; palatal foramina 5°8; anterior

breadth of mesopterygoid fossa 2°7; upper molar series 4°7.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela. Type from the Montes de

Escaguer, alt. 2500 m.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 5.1.1.4. Collected

30th April, 1904, by S. Bricefio. Presented by Oldfield

Thomas.

LVI.—New Species of Butterflies and Moths from Australia,

Africa, and the Indo-Malayan Region. By Colonel C,

SwinHoe, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

RHOPALOCERA.

Family Eupleide.

Vadebra kala, nov.

3 ¢. Upperside very dark pure black, no markings ; hind

wing with all the costa and outer border broadly paler, tinged

with chocolate-colour. Underside paler; fore wing with the

hinder margin broadly whitish; a small white spot at the

end of the cell, two beyond it, another in a line with these

two near the costa, and a series of from two to five similar

submarginal spots from the apex hindwards: hind wing with

more than the lower half of the outer margin broadly paler,

of the same colour as it is on the upperside; a large white

spot at the end of the cell, a whorl of seven spots curved

round it, one in each interspace; four submarginal small

spots—one in each of the four upper interspaces—and three

or four minute dots on the margin below the apex ; thorax

below with some white spots, and two or three at the end of

the abdomen, the anal one the largest. The female only

differs from the male in having all the spots on the underside

larger.

lixpanse of wings, ¢ 2, 33%; inches.

Hab. New Britain.

Isamia noblet, nov.

3. Upperside: fore wings blue-black, without any

markings: hind wings blackish brown, pale on the upper

half; a broad, white, club-shaped streak on the upper margin

of the cell from near the base to beyond the end of the cell;

a double row of more or less indistinct small white spots

new Species of Butterflies and Moths. 481

near the outer margin. Underside exactly as in J. splendens,

Butler =irawada, Moore.

Expanse of wings, 3, 4,4; inches.

Hab, Rangoon.

I received this in 1887 from Mr. Noble, who was then

Curator of the Rangoon Museum ; he had other specimens.

Moore figured it in Lep. Indica, pl. xlviii. fig. Le, as a var.

of trawada, which is very doubtful; it resembles no other

form of this genus, and deserves a name.

Family Pieridae.

Lxias splendida, nov.

3d. Pale sulphur-yellow: fore wing with a very large

orange subapical patch, limited inwardly by a narrow straight

black band from the costal third, across the cell a little

beyond its middle to tue outer margin a little above the

hinder angle, where it joins the apical black band, which

encircles the orange patch and is continued to the hinder

angle ; the inner margin of the apical band runs in a little

into the orange patch on the veins, forming curves to the

patch in each interspace; there is a small tooth from the

straight black band, the point of which touches the lower end

of the cell, and there is a thick black lunular mark in the

middle of the discoidal veins; there is also a blackish narrow

costal band and a basal patch of black irrorations: hind wing

also with some black basal irrorations and large suffused

black spots on the outer margin at the vein-ends. Underside

pale dull yellow: fore wings with # black small spot on the

middle of the discoidal veins, four faint grey subapical rings,

and on the hind wing a black spot on the discoidal, and tive

large whitish spots broadly ringed with dull chocolate-brown

—one on the costa beyond the middle, and a row of four in

the middle of the disc, the two centre ones the largest ; the

apical portion of the fore wing and the whole of the bind

wing sparsely covered with brownish irrorations.

Expanse of wings, ¢ , 27%-2;%5 inches.

Hab. Polisha and Jainau, Formosa.

A very handsome Javas.

Delias aruna rana, nov.

3. Upperside chrome-yellow, very similar to aruna,

Boisd., from Dutch New Guinea. Underside: fore wing

black, as in aruna, with more than the basal half scarlet,

much more than in aruna, its outer edge not evenly rounded

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 33

as in that species, but extended in its middle to an obtuse

angle.

“9. More or less similar to the female of that species, but

on the upperside of the fore wing the white patch at the end

of the cell is much smaller, and the white space on the hind

wing beneath as in the scarlet space of the male.

Antenne of both sexes pure white above, marked with

black beneath.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 375-375, 9 37% —-33%7 inches.

Hab. Amboina.

A fine series of both sexes of this very handsome sub-

species.

Family Nymphalide.

Apatura hypna, nov.

9. Upperside blackish brown: fore wing with a dull

orange broad patch from vein 3 to the hinder margin; an

oblique band of five subapical, white, rather small spots in

interspaces 3, 4, 5, and 6, the lowest spot the largest, de-

creasing in size upwards, the upper one very small and

yaunden a submarginal series of small round white spots, one

in each interspace, the lowest nearly obsolete, the second

from the top elongate ; a double series of small dull ochreous

spots close to the outer margin, four in each interspace, the

outer series more or less lunular ; cilia black, outwardly edged

with white: hind wing with a broad dull orange discal band,

which becomes obscure at both ends, not reaching either

costa or abdominal margin ; a series of obscure dull ochreous

spots near the margin, followed by a series of lunules on the

margin ; cilia as in the fore wing. Underside chestnut-

brown, markings as on the upperside, but all very large and

prominent ; fore wing with four white costal spots between

the oblique subapical band and the base of the wing, and on

the middle of the costa of the hind wing a large white spot

inwardly edged with black.

Expanse of wings, ? , 37’9 inches.

Hab. Fiji.

Apatura tracta, nov.

ors Upperside similar to the above-mentioned form, but on

the fore wing the oblique subapical band of white spots i is

wanting ; the orange patches on both wings brighter and

larger, “the marginal spots hardly visible. Underside mach

duller in colour ; the large white spot on the middle of the

costa of hind wing not pr resent.

Kixpanse of wings, ? , 37% inches.

Hab. Fiji.

~ new Species of Butterflies and Moths. 483

Neptis quamensis, nov.

g. Resembles VV. papaja, Moore, from Sumatra, but on

the upperside the postdiscal band of white spots on the hind

wing are much larger, and on the underside the discal band

of this wing is highly recurved.

Expanse of wings, 9, 2,8, inches.

Hab. Guam, Marianne Islands (Ladrones), in the Pacific.

Family Hesperida.

Osmodes omar, nov.

3. Upperside bright orange: fore wing, costal line black,

outer marginal band bréadly black, uniform, as broad as in

O. distincta, Holland*; a black band from the costa one-

fourth from the apex, with a short thick branch outward, then

curving inwards into the interno-median interspace, where it

is bottle-shaped, narrowly joining the upper part, and hind-

wards connected with the base of the wing by a narrow black

line along the internal vein; some blackish irorations at the

base and along the basal half of the costa: hind wing with

a broad costal black band which thickens beyond its middle

in a round curve almost to the sex-mark of raised scales,

outer margin narrowly black ; cilia orange, in the fore wings

with square black spots at the vein-ends, these spots on the

hind wing small and not extending across the cilia. Under-

side: fore wing dull orange, bands as above, but they be-

come nearly obsolete upwards: hind wings paler, greyish

orange; three white spots ringed with black, as in QO. thora,

Plétz ft, the upperside markings faintly indicated. Head

and body above orange, covered with brown hairs below; the

palpi, body, and legs are greyish white.

?. Differs from the male in having a much broader outer

marginal black band which is connected with the outer branclr.

of the discal band, this band not continued hindwards, and

both wings by the larger space of black basal irrorations

which cover nearly the basal third of each wing.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1y%5, 2 1) inch.

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda.

Padraona ali«.

Apaustus alix, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1884, p. 165 (unpublished plate

no. 768).

* Figured by Holland in P. Z. 5. 1896, pl. iv.

+ Figured by Holland in P. Z. 8. 1896, pl. iv. figs. 3 g, 49.

‘ BQX®

484 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

Pamphila lascivia, Rosenstock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi. p. 378,

pl. ii. fig. 1 (1885). ,

Pamphila neocles, Mabille, Compt. Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxy. p. 177

(1891).

In his “ Revision of the Australian Hesperide ” * Mr. Os-

wald B. Lower makes aliv of Plotz a synonym to Bibla

papyria of Boisduval t—from Plétz’s description, I presume ;

Fruhstorfer, in his monograph of the Hesperide in ‘ Iris,’

1910 and 1911, omits it altogether. In 1908 I was fortunate

enough to obtain the loan of Plétz’s six volumes, containing

his unpublished figures of the Hesperide, through the kind-

ness of Director Robert Erhardt, of Munich—all hand-coloured

excellent figures. I sent Mr. Lower copies of those relating

to Australia, but, unfortunately, the copy of aliz was omitted.

I kept copies by Mr. Horace Knight of all the Indo-Malayan

species, and amongst them I find a copy of ali from New

Holland; it is identical with Jlasciwa, which is in my

museum from Waverley in New Zealand and from Cairns in

Queensland, where it appears to be quite common, and which

I have compared with Rosenstock’s type in the British

Museum. Lower says (p. 153) that he sent specimens of

lascivia to Professor Mabille, who returned them as his

Padraona neocles.

IETEROCERA.

Family Arctiide.

Aretia caja amboinensis, nov.

& ¢. Antenne white; abdomen scarlet, with dorsal black

bands on each segment, duller coloured beneath, with thin

blackish segmental bands: fore wing red-brown, a subbasal

narrow white band which runs narrowly outwards on the

inedian nervure and inward broadly to the base, and contains

a short brown streak ; asmall white spot on the costal third ;

a large white patch on the costa beyond the middle, narrowing

hindwards, its inner side straight, its outer side deeply angled

inwards; a discal X-shaped white band, its upper branch

running to near the outer margin of the wing, then abruptly

bent inwards and again outwards to the costa near the apex,

its lower outer branch straight to the outer margin, then

acutely angled inwards at the hinder angle of the wing, its

inner branch slightly curved, reaches the hinder margin

beyond the middle, and has an inward spur nearly meeting

* Trans. Roy. Soc. of S. Australia, xxxv. (1911).

+ Voy. ‘l’Astrolabe,’ Lep. p. 166 (1882).

new Species of Butterflies and Moths. 485

the outer streak on the median nervure from the subbasal

band: hind wings scarlet; with six large black spots—the

largest before the middle, a smaller one below it, a Junnlar

spot at the end of the celij, and three large discal spots in a

line well separated from each other; the whole pattern of the

wings is more or less like the HKuropean A. caja, Linn., but

with many subspecific differences.

Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 23's inches.

Hab. Amboina.

Received direct from my Amboina collector.

LirHostn 2.

Agrisius plumbeonigra, nov.

9. Palpi bright ochreous-yellow, third joint black: fore

wing above dark plumbeous, with all the veins a little paler

and quite distinct ; seven black spots at the base all above

the internal vein; a black spot at the end of the cells; a

complete series of black spots from the middle of the costa to

the middle of the hinder margin, curving deeply outside the

cell-end, one in each interspace : hind wing darker black, no

markings. Underside uniformly dark plumbeous, all the

veins on both wings paler and distinct ; a blackish mark at

the end of each cell and a blackish shade in the dise. An-

tenn, head, body, and legs dark, nearly black; abdomen

with the anal segment ochreous.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

A smaller insect than A. fuliginosus, Moore, the spots on

the fore wing somewhat similarly disposed, fewer at the base,

an extra spot at the end of the cell, and altogether differently

coloured,

Family Limacodide.

Scopelodes exigua, nov.

&. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings above ochreous-

fawn colour, palpi beneath black at their base : fore wing with

the inner half darker than the outer, where the veins are

more or less prominent; no markings; cilia dark chestnut-

brown, the tips glistening whitish yellow: hind wing paler,

also without markings, more than half the cilia glistening

whitish yellow. Abdomen somewhat ochreous, faint indica-

tions of two blackish dorsal bands, anal tuft black above.

Underside uniformly shining pale greyish ochreous, un-

marked ; body and legs darker ; tarsi with black ends,

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,4 inch,

Hab, Amboina,

486 Colonel (. Swinhoe on

Family Catocalide.

Grammodes frena, nov.

g. Grey-brown: fore wing with a narrow, erect, white,

transverse band before the middle from subcostal vein to

hinder margin, on which it is slightly dilated; a black patch

on its inner side extending from the hinder margin to the

cell, from which it narrows upwards almost to a point 3 a

similar thin white band beyond the middle slightly dilated

upwards, the space between the bands black ; between this —

and the margin is an irregular black band from the hinder

margin, dilated on its upper half, forming outward dentations

at veins 3 and 4, the former the smaller, then curving

outwards to the apex of the wing, the space on both sides of

this band greyish rufous; acrenulate black marginal thread ;

erey cilia, with a pale basal line: hind wing fuscous brown,

pale at the base ; a large white spot before the middle, the

upper half of the margin and cilia white; a black crenulate

marginal thread; a white marginal spot near the anal angle ;

the lower half of the cilia fuscous brown, with ‘a pale basal

line. Underside: fore wing with the white transverse band

broader, the basal space of the wings greyish ochreous, the

outer space blackish: hind wing with the basal half greyish

ochreous ; a black discoidal lunule marked with white and a

black spot a little beyond it, another small white patch below

this, with black spots in each end of it; the outer half of the

wing black, with a white crenulate submarginal line and

white on the upper half of the margin and white subanal

spot as on the upperside.

Expanse of wings, @, 1,%5 inch.

Hab. Amboina.

Superficially resembling G. cooma, Swinhoe, from Queens-

land (Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 11. p. 158, 1900).

Family Micronide.

Urapteroides falka, nov.

3 ?. Allied to U. bifasciata *, Butler, from New Ireland:

fore wing with the brown-spotted costal border, the marginal

brown band, and the transverse pale ochreous-brown bands

of both wings all much narrower ; in the male the transverse

bands are very narrow, very little better than thick lines ;

* P. Z. 5.1879) p. 165.

new Species of Butterflies and Moths. 487

the tails are shorter, and the black tail-spot round, not elon-

gate as in that species.

Urapteroides gutturalis, nov.

6. Fore wing with the costal margin striated and marked

with dark chocolate-brown, the markings all well separated,

showing the pure white ground-colour between them; the

bands on both wings darker than in bfasczata, the transverse

bands not so broad, but broader than in falka; the shape of

the tail and spots similar ; the abdomen, except at the base,

and anal tuft suffused with black; the head white, in b7-

fasciata and falka it is, black ; the anal angle of the hind

wings suffused with ochreous brown.

Expanse of wings, @, 23/5 inches.

Hab. Amboina.

Family Urapteryxide.

Thinopteryx crocopterata assamensis, nov.

3 ¢. Markings similar to crocopterata, Kollar, from the

N.W. Himalayas, of which I have both sexes, but the colour

is quite different, being dark orange in both sexes, whereas

the colour of crocopterata is yellow in both sexes (“flavis

eroceo maculatis’’): assamensis is a very common form in

the Khasia Hills; I have received very many specimens,

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 24 inches.

Hab. Assam, Sikkim. :

Thinopteryx crocopterata padanga, nov.

g. Coloured like assamensis; markings similar, but the

postmedian band of the fore wing and the submarginal band

of the hind wing is darker and much broader and not so

close to the margin; the basal half of the fore wing is

suffused with brown strie; the medial patch on the hind

wing is very much more enlarged and runs down to the

abdominal margin, and the tail at vein 4 is entirely dark

brown, this colour expanding until it reaches the submarginal

band. Underside with the ground-colour pale as in assam-

ensis, but the hands are much broader and the outer two-

thirds of the wing up to the submarginal band is greyish

brown.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 24 inches.

Hab, Padang, Sumatra.

488 Colonel C. Swinhoe on

T have in my collection a very fair series of the following,

all clearly distinct from each other :—crocopterata, Kollar ;

assamensis, mihi; padanga, mihi (one example) ; nebulosa,

Butler; delectans, Butler; cctrina, Warren; lorguini, Oberth.

(one example).

Family Pyralide.

Dicuocrosiv Zz.

Endocrossts kenricki, nov.

& @. Very like a small £. flavibasalis, Moore, but the

wings are shorter and broader -and the entire fore legs are

broadly banded with chocolate-brown, and the inner choco-

late transverse line of the fore wings above is represented by

three spots in the four males and three females before me ;

there is no difference in size or markings.

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Hab. Kkeikei.

There is an example in the B.M. unnamed.

Dichocrocis pulalis, nov.

6. Bright ochreous yellow: both wings covered with

large black spots, fore wings with six in the basal area, one

in the cell, three conjoined across the end, shghtly outwardly

curved ; a short similar band straight down from the costa

one-fourth from the apex, followed by a nearly straight band

of eight spots right across the wing, and three near the outer

margin below its middle: hind wing with a large spot in the

cell, a band of six spots across the middle of the wing, with

a gap in its centre, followed by a slightly curved band of ten

spots, and three near the middle of the outer margin: wings

beneath paler, spots as above. Palpi, head, body above and

below, and the legs concolorous with the wings; abdomen

above with prominent spots on the first four segments.

EXxxpanse of wings 1% inch.

Hab. Maymyo, Burma.

SYLEPTINE. .

Ligropia sumatralis, nov.

3. Palpi chocolate-brown, white beneath at base: fore

wing palish purple-brown, somewhat glossy ; a white spot in

the middle of the cell, with a blackish square spot on each

side of it, joined together ; a large white spot beyond it, well

beyond the end of the cell, with similar blackish spots

new Species of Butterflies and Moths. 489

touching each side of it: hind wings daiker, with a distorted

whitish middle band, its centre part large and running

upwards in an angle, its lower portion narrowing to tlie

middle of the abdominal margin. Head and body above

concolorous with the wings. Wings beneath greyish white,

shining, the outer areas darker: fore wings with a black

spot in the middle of the cell, one at the end, and another

beyond it, adjoining a whitish spot which reaches the costa:

hind wing with a short blackish discal band from the costa,

and another more outwards below it. Body and legs white,

a brown spot on the knee, and another at the base of the

tarsus,

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Hab. Padang, Sumatra.

With a superficial resemblance to L. poltisalis, Walker.

Lygropia nictoalis, nov.

2. Palpi chocolate-brown, the first and second joints

white beneath. Wings of a uniform dark purplish brown of

the same shade of colour as L. flavispila, Swinhoe, described

in this Journal (ser. 6, vol. xiv. p. 204, 1894) from the

Khasia Hllls, which it somewhat resembles: fore wings with

a white spot at the end of the cell, a white discal band from

the costa to vein 4, a minute white dot below it, and a spot

near the hinder margin a little beyond its middle: hind wings

with a white transverse band a little before the middle, from

the costa, narrowing hindwards to the abdominal margin and

bent slightly inwards at vein 2. -Underside pale purplish

shining grey, markings as on the upperside ; a fine whitish

marginal thread on both wings. Head and body above con-

colorous with the wings ; abdomen with fine white segmental

bands; the face, body beneath, and legs are pure white.

Expanse of wings, 2, 1 inch.

Hab. Padang, Sumatra.

Prwactin2.

Euglyphis procopia graphica, nov.

3 @. In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 290 (1906),

I named the Indian form as falsalis, on account of its dis-

tinctive differences from specimens I have trom Fergusson

Isiand, which I wrongly supposed to be the same as Cramer’s

species from Amboina. Now that I have received the true

procopta from Amboina, I find that they differ materially

490 On new Species of Butterflies and Moths.

from those from Fergusson Island, which seem to be identical

with a long series I have from different parts of British New

Guinea. The yellow basal space, though more extensive than

it is in the Indian form falsalis, is not nearly as extensive

asitisin typical procopia ; its outer edge on the hind wing is

angled, whereas in procopia it is rounded, and the yellow

streak on vein 2 of the fore wing in the purplish outer half

is broader and prominent. When the genitalia of these forms

come to be examined, I feel sure it will prove their distinctive

differences, as it has done in so many similar cases in the

Rhopalocera. Procopia is also the largest form of the three,

the expanse of its wings measuring from 1,%—2 inches.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 1,8 inch.

Hab. British New Guinea.

MaArGARroniine=.

Margaronia pallidalis, nov.

3 ¢. Palpi chestnut-colour, its underside pure white ;

head and collar chestnut, body and legs white, fore tibize with

chestnut bands: wings pure glistening white, fore wing with

a deep costal chestnut band, inwardly marked by a_ black

line, broken in places, with a black spot above the upper end

of the cell: hind wing with a black spot at the end of the

cell ; both wings with black, lunular, marginal spots; cilia

tinged with ochreous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 13 inch.

Hab. Mt. Kebea, 3600 feet ; Ekeikei, 1500 feet ; Mafalu,

6500 feet: British Central New Guinea.

Margaronia silvicolalis, nov.

S 2. Head, body, and fore wing much as in MU. stolalis,

Guen., but the white central and diseal bands are much

broader and the chocolate portions much paler and clearer;

the hind wing is, however, quite differently marked, the band

on the outer marginal area being narrow and composed of

two narrow pale chocolate bands, lined with fine dark choco-

late lines, the inner band being often nearly white; there is

a little thickening of the chocolate colour at the apex.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 1,5 inch.

Hab. Ekeikei, 1000 feet.

A uniformly larger insect than stolalis, very nearly as large

as agathialis, Walker, from Australia, I have three pairs,

all from Ekeikei.

On Two new Species of Mollusca. 491

LVU.—Deseriptions of Two new Mollusca of the Genera

Leptothyra and Mitra. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

Leptothyra fultoni, Sowerby, sp. n.

Testa minuta, umbilicata, globosa, solidiuscula, rotundata, spiraliter

anguste costata, lineis spiralibus nigro-fuscis interruptis ornata ;

spira brevis, apice obtusa; anfractus 4, convexi, rotundati,

sutura impressa sejuncti ; anfractus ultimus globosus, dextrorsum

leviter obliquus, in regione umbilicalis albo callosus; umbilicus

parvus, profundus, circularis ; apertura leviter obliqua, rotundata,

intus margaritacea ; peristoma acutum, columella vix incrassata.

Operculum calcareum, album, tenue, planum, leve.

Lat. 23, alt. 22 mm.

Hab. Aden.

This pretty little shell is chiefly distinguished by its dark

brown interrupted spiral lines and narrow spiral ridges.

Compared with the New Caledonian Turbo latus (Montr.)

it is much smaller and rather less solid ; its spiral ridges are

less numerous and narrower.

Leptothyra fultoni, Sowerby, sp. n.

Mitra fidis, Sowerby, sp. n.

Testa subovata, solidiuscula, ventricosa, pallide cinnamomea, griseo-

fusco variegata, glabra, longitudinaliter lirata; spira acuta,

mediocriter elata; anfractus 6, levissime convexi, sutura anguste

canaliculata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus $ longitudinis teste

gequans, convexus, infra attenuatus, haud striatus; apertura

latiuscula, intus levis, griseo-fusca; peristoma acutum, leve,

leviter incrassatum, arcuatum, postice anguste sinuatum; colu-

mella leviter callosa, fusca, quadriplicata, plicis crassiusculis,

leviter obliquis ; canalis brevis.

Long. 14, lat. 7; apert. long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. South Africa.

This shell is in form very like I. patula, Reeve, from

which it is distinguished by having numerous prominent

longitudinal folds or lire, which are smooth, rounded, and

very slightly arcuate. Having seen a considerable number

492 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

of specimens of this form, I think it well that it should have

a specific name, although it has hitherto been placed as an

unnamed variety of J. patula, which is a smooth shell,

without any signs of longitudinal lire.

Mitra fidis, Sowerby, sp. n.

LVIII.—On the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island.

By GiuBert J. ARRow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

DuRING a visit to Larat Island, in the Tenimber Group,

between Timor and New Guinea, in 1907, Mr. F. Muir made

a collection of beetles which is probably the most complete

yet brought from that island, and strikingly illustrates the

immense number of yet unknown forms awaiting col-

lectors in the innumerable islands of the great archipelago.

Most of the families represented in the collection remain still

unworked, but those which have been studied by experts

contain a considerable proportion of new species. A few of

these have already been described by different specialists,

and I now give an enumeration of the Lamellicornia, Two

species received by the British Museum from other sources

have been added. The Lucanide, of which there are several

species, are not yet identified.

Passalide.

Gonatas naviculator, Perch.

Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus, Smith. Found by Dr. H. O. Forbes im

1888.

Scarabeide.

GEOTRUPIN”.

Bolboceras lowert, Blackh., var. laratinum, noy.

TlyBosorIn&,

Pheochrous emarginatus, Cast.

Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island. 495

CoPRIN&.

Onthophagus laratinus, sp. 0.

MELOLONTHINE.

Idiapogonia, gen. nov., laratina, sp. n.

Lepidoderma pica, sp. n.

RUTELINZ.

Parastasia vittata, Voll.

Anomala sp. nu.

Adoretus sp.

A, sp.

The last three species, although probably undescribed, are

represented only by female specimens, and therefore their

description is not at present advisable.

_ DYNASTINZ.

Dipelicus nasutus, Bates.

CETONIINE.

Dilochrosis parvula, Moser.

Pecilopharis levipennis, Kraatz.

P, minuta, Moser.

Glycyphana mollendorfi, Flach.

G. disparilis, sp. n.

Protetia adspersa, Moser.

Clinteria dimorpha, sp. n.

The new species are here described. The types are in the

British Museum.

Bolboceras loweri, Blackb., var. laratinum.

Rufo-castaneum, subtus dense fulyo-pubescens ; corpus globosum,

nitidum, capite grosse inequaliter punctato, clypeo fere semi-

circulari, margine toto reflexo, parte antica absque carinis

obliquis, carina postica lata, paulo arcuata, utrinque paulo

acuminata, labro antice subtiliter emarginato; pronoto toto

marginato, dorso lzvissimo, dimidio antico late excayvato et

punctato, postico medio vix sulcato, punctis nonnullis minutis,

lateribus fovea profunda punctisque sparsis impressis; elytris

subtiliter punctato-striatis, punctis minutis, haud remotis, inter-

vallo suturali lato, conyexo, reliquis angustis, fere planis,

Long. 10-11°5 mm.; lat. max. 6-7 mm.

The two specimens found by Mr. Muir are interesting as

the first examples of Bolboceras proper found in the Malayan

or Papuan Region. ‘They differ from the type of B. lowert

from North Queensland in the anterior declivity of the

494 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

clypeus being without the two diverging ridges and the

frontal carina wider. In the Australian form the latter is

one-third the width of the clypeus, and in the present

variety one-half,

The distribution of the large and curious genus Bolbo-

ceras is exceedingly interesting. Widely scattered through

the Old and New Worlds, it is well represented in India,

and reaches its highest development in Australia, where the

species are more numerous and attain larger ‘and more

striking forms than in any other part of the world. It

might, therefore, be expected that it would also be found

distributed through the chain of islands that connects the

two continents ; but this is not the case. The little group of

species separated from Bolboceras by M. Boucomont under

the name of Bolbochromus occurs in Java, Borneo, Sumatra,

and Celebes, but no true Bolboceras is known from that

region, and no member of the family has been hitherto

known from the Papuan Region. ‘he present apparent

exception is evidently a straggler from Australia, and not a

link with Oriental species. We must conclude, therefore,

that these insects have not entered Australia from that

region, but belong to the primitive fauna of the country.

This is confirmed by the fact that, as in the case of many

other peculiar Australian animals, ae nearest allied forms

are to be found in America—a group of species of Bolboceras

occurring in Chili which is quite unconnected with the other

iemeng species, but has evident affinities with the

Australian.

Onthophagus laratinus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, capite et prothorace leviter cupreis, pedibus an-

tennisque rufo-piceis, harum clava nonnunquam flava; late

ovatus, parce setosus, capite haud dense, subrugose punctato,

nitido, antice obtuse bidentato; pronoto fortiter ineequaliter

punetato, modice convexo; elytris subtilissime coriaceis, striatis,

striis vix punctatis, interstitiis sat remote punctatis, punctis

breviter setiferis, interstitiis alternis longitudinaliter carinatis,

carinis nitidis, punctis setiferis interruptis ; pygidio parce longius

setoso :

3, clypeo paulo longiori, postice leviter transversim tuberculato,

vertice bicornuto, cornubus fere rectis, leviter divergentibus,

retrorsum inclinatis, basi intus paulo dilatatis; tibia antica

apice truncata, paulo inquinata, haud calcarata, lateraliter tri-

dentata et serrata :

2, vertice bituberculato, tibia antica lateraliter acute quadri-

dentata, apice fortiter calcarata.

Long. 8-9 mm.; lat. max. 4-5°5 mm.

Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island. 495

Three males and two females of this were found by

Mr. Muir. The sculpture of the elytra is quite peculiar and

unlike that of any other species known to me. There is a

microscopic reticulation of the surface, which, in the male,

where it is rather less fine than in the female, produces a

semiopaque effect, at least upon tle inner part. ‘The sutural

and alternate intervals bear smooth shining carine along the

middle, interrupted at intervals by large punctures bearing

minute erect bristles. The intervening flat intervals also

bear rather more numerous bristle-bearing punctures, and

the head and pygidium are clothed with longer and more

conspicuous, though very scanty, erect bristles. The pro-

notum is moderately convex, unarmed and simple in both

sexes, but less strongly punctured in the male, and the vertex

in the latter sex bears‘two straight separate horns inclined

backwards.

IDIAPOGONIA, gen. nov.

Corpus parvum, paulo elongatum. Oculi modice prominentes.

Clypeus haud brevissimus, antice fere rectus, lateraliter rotun-

datus, sutura leviter curvata. Antenne 8-articulate, articulo 2°

globuloso, 3° et 4° minutis, elongatis, 5° conicali, 6°-8° lamellatis,

lamellis brevibus. Labrum sat magnum, valde emarginatum.

Mandibule breves, apice acuminate. Maxille crasse, apice

vaide 5-dentate, palpis simplicibus. Mentum elongatum,

oblongum, extus valde convexum, apice emarginatum, palpis

geniculatis, articulo penultimo valde arcuato. Epimera meta-

thoracica triangulares. Cox intermediz oblique. Tibie 4

posteriores breves, extus carina setigera munite. ‘arsi subtus

pilosi, articulo primo longo. Ungues appendiculati, haud fissi,

intus pulyillo late lobato et piloso instructi.

¢. Tarsi antici et intermedii dilatati, subtus dense pilosi. Elytra

pruinosa.

Idiapogonia laratina, sp. n.

- Nigro-picea, corpore subtus rufescenti; modice convexa, clypeo

grosse et crebre punctato, margine reflexo, vix sinuato, fronte

prothoraceque fortiter punctatis, hujus lateribus arcuatis, angulis

anticis acutis, posticis obtusis, basi leviter trisinuato; scutello

punctis minutis nonnullis preedito elytrisque distincte equaliter

et sublineare punctatis; pygidio grosse et subrugose punctato,

flavo-setoso ; tibiis anticis bidentatis.

Long. 6°5-8 mm.; lat. max. 3°5-4 mm.

A male and two females were collected by Mr. Muir.

This little insect has many peculiar features which separate

it rather widely from all other known genera. ‘The great

496 - Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

development of the pulvillus as a broad setose lamina, parti-

cularly as it occurs in combination with claws furnished with

broad laminge at the base, is, so far as I know, unique

amongst the Melolonthing. The antenne are of peculiar

structure, the joints being reduced in number to eight, and

the three composing the club broader at the base and less

closely fitting than usual. The mandibles are small, with a

large molar “at the base, and the maxille are powerfully

developed. The mentum is very tumid beneath, and the

labial palpi have the penultimate joint curiously bent, giving

the organs an elbowed form. Finally, the sexual differences

are interesting, the male having a silky bloom upon the

elytra, in addition to dilated and velvety front and middle

tarsi, as in Apogon’a and other genera.

Lepidoderma pica, sp. 0

Nigra, nitida, elytris minus nitidis, postice fasciis duabus oblique

transyersis (interdum intus connexis) nonnunquam etiam maculis

minoribus anterioribus albo-squamosis; capite grosse punctato,

sat longe fulvo-piloso, pronoto glabro, hic ibique minute punc-

tato, antice parce fulvo-piloso, prope margines squamis albis

irregulariter sparsuto, lateribus in medio obtuse angulatis, angulis

anticis fere rectis, posticis acutis ; scutello laxe punctato, margine

angulisque anticis setosis; elytris minutissime et densissime

punctulatis, singulo areis duabus levigatis; propygidio dense

setoso, pygidio ruguloso, nudo; pectore dense flavo-piloso, medio

levi, lateribus albo-squamoso; abdomine medio polito, lateribus

quingue-fasciatis, fasciis dense albo-squamosis.

Long. 29-33 mm.; lat. max. 16-17 mm.

This is a very distinctively marked species, being entirely

black, with white scales which form two transverse, slightly

oblique bands upon the hinder half of each elytron, nowhere

reaching the margin. These bands are of vocab size, and

in one specimen are united at their inner ends by a straight

line of scales near the suture and parallel toit. The pattern

thus produced is repeated in this specimen by a similar figure

just in front, but smaller. In others this is represented by a

tew scales only. ‘The pygidium is almost without scales,

the propygidium ee setose, and the abdomen smooth and

shining in the middle and finely punctured at the sides,

where there are five transverse bars of dense white scales.

‘he pronotum is very shining and the elytra are subopaque.

The male has the antennz rather longer than the female,

the club consisting of five instead of four joints, and the tarsi

are distinctly longer.

LL. pica possibly resembles L. nigra, Nonfr., but the

Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island. 497

pygidium of the latter is said to be closely scaly and the pro-

notum densely punctured, and no pattern formed by the

scale-distribution is described.

Glycyphana disparilis, sp. n.

Obseure olivaceo-viridis vel nigro-viridis, plus minusve albido-

maculata, corpore depresso, elongato, lateribus post medium fere

parallelis, pronoto undique punctato, elytris profunde punctato-

striatis :

¢, corpore supra opaco, capite corporeque subtus nitidis, illo

minute albido-punctato, hoc utrinque transversim fasciato ; pro-

noto punctis utrinque 3-9 sat minutis, sparsutis, nonnunquam

partim confluentibus, ornato ; scutello basi bi-, apice unipunctato

vel immaculato; elytri§ punctis minutis inconstantibus plus

minusve confluentibus ornatis ; pygidio albido, macula mediana

trilobata nigra:

¢ , corpore nitido, elytris sericeis pygidioque dense et brevissime

flavo-setoso; pronoto grosse et profunde punctato; elytris ut in

mari albido-maculatis aut immaculatis.

Long. 14-17 mm.; lat. max. 8-9 mm.

Mr. Muir took a series of six males and four females of

this species, which is remarkable for the striking difference

in appearance between the sexes. The male resembles that

of G. felina, G. & P., but the prothorax is relatively shorter

and the scutellum and elytra are distinctly longer than in

that species. ‘The pale markings of the upper surface are

similar, but generally less crowded and without the marginal

lines appearing in G. felina. There are large white patches

on each side of the body beneath, including a broad bar on

each ventral segment but the last.

In the female the whole body is shining except the elytra,

which are dull, and the pygidium, which is finely and

densely rugulose and clothed with very short, erect, yellow

sete. The elytra usually exhibit a few small scattered pale

spots.

Clinteria dimorpha, sp. n.

Fusco-znea vel cuprea, corpore subtus nitido, capite prothoraceque

irregulariter punctatis, clypei margine paulo exciso; prothorace

sat angusto, angulis posticis rotundatis ; elytris punctato-striatis,

angulis apicalibus rotundatis ; processu mesosternali acuminato,

vix producto :

S, corpore supra opaco, prothoracis margine laterali interrupto,

punctis 2 discoidalibus minutis lobique posticalis vitta brevi,

elytrorum macula triangulari mediana, punctis 2 geminatis prope

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xviii. 34

498 On the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Larat Island.

marginem externum, alio prope marginem internum lunulaque:

apicali, pallide flavis vel albidis ; pygidii maculis 3 vel 4 corporis-

que subtus lateribus fasciis transversis ornatis; tibia antica

dentibus duobus acutis tertioque minuto remoto armata.

Leng. 12°5-15 mm. ; lat. max. 6°5-7-°5 mm.

In the above diagnosis I have described the male only,

because, although I have little doubt that I have rightly

sexbotated the very different forms I regard as the male and

female, the evidence is not yet conclusive.

The male i is like C. for besi, Jans., but the sternal process

is shorter, the sutural angles of the elytra are not sharp, and

the pale “markings are different. Three male specimens

found by Mr. Muir are practically identical in their markings,

which consist of an aril lateral margin to the pro-

notum, a spot upon the basal lobe, and two minute discoidal

spots, maa upon the elytra a triangular mark near the middle

of each, a comma-like spot near ‘the suture behind, a large

and a small spot between the two last but near the outer

margin, and an apical lunule.

The two female specimens are superficially entirely different.

The pronotum is shining and the pale markings are absent

from the upper and lower surface alike, except. “that in one

specimen there are two minute spots upon each elytron. The

front tibize are short and broad and armed with three blunt

equidistant teeth, and the hind tarsi are shorter than those

of the male.

I believe no well-marked sexual dimorphism has hitherto

been recorded in the genus Clinterta, and the remarkable

parallelism between the present case and that of Glycyphana

disparilis, in which the sexes differ in exactly the same way,

is very suggestive. It is natural to suppose that some kind

of local influence is responsible for the occurrence of the same

phenomenon (not of a usual kind) in two different genera

inhabiting the same place,

LIX.—Two new Australian Diptera.

By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Asphondylia hill, sp. n.

Adult 2 — Eyes very large, contiguous above for a long

distance, leaving only a triangular vertex and a very small

On Two new Australian Diptera, 499

space above the antenne. Vertex blackish, clothed witi

rather long and dense black hair. Palpt two-jointed (apart

from the palpiger), the joints about equal in length, five or

six times as long as broad. Antenne dark brown, two-thirds

as long as the whole body, clothed with short pale hair.

First seapal joint about twice as long as broad, second

globular ; first flagellar joint cylindrical, six times as long as

broad ; second to eighth cylindrical, equally long, four times

as long as broad ; ninth three times, tenth nearly twice, and

A. : Y.

A. A. hilli. Apex of antenna, to show circumfili.

B, A. hilli. Cervical armature of pupa.

eleventh scarcely more than as long as broad, all cylindrical ;

twelfth globular, rather less in diameter than the eleventh.

All the flagellar joints have an “ arcuated thread” round the

tip, connected with a second at about one-third the distance

from the base. YZhoraw dark greyish brown, dull, with two

lines of long yellowish hairs, mixed with some dark ones ;

patches of dark hair on the humeri. Abdomcn blackish,

rather densely clothed with short greyish pubescence, only

about twice as long as broad. ‘The strong needle-like ovyi-

500 Mr. F. W. Edwards on

positor is not exserted in any of the specimens, and cannot be

seen when they are in the dry state ; 1n the mounted specimen,

however, it is conspicuous and is about half as long as the

entire abdomen. Legs stout, clothed for the most part with

dark brown scales ; on the apical half of the hind tibie and

the whole of the second hind tarsal joint, however, these

scales are light greyish. ‘The empodia are slightly longer

than the stout black claws. Wings appearing blackish

owing to their dense hairy covering, the tips of the veins

somewhat darker than the remainder of the wing. alteres

blackish, base of stalk yellowish.

Length of body 3 mm. ; antenna 2°2 mm.; wing 2°8 mm.

Pupa.—Rather dark brownish in colour. Cervical arma-

ture as in the diagram, the anterior edges finely serrate.

Four facial teeth ; one large one in front and a group of

three rather smaller ones behind, two of which are some

distance in front of the third. The anterior half of each

abdominal segment bears numerous irregularly arranged back-

wardly directed spines, while situated at about two-thirds of

the distance across each segment is a regular transverse row

of about 20 spines.

Gall_—-Glandular, on the surface of the stem of an un-

determined plant; very much resembling that figured by

Kieffer for Daphnephila glandifer (Gen. Ins. Cecid. pl. 11.

figs. 2 & 3), except that the individual galls are quite separate

at the base ; in size the galls are 4-6 mm. long by 2-3 mm.

broad, and on the piece of stem sent, which is only 3 in. x

34 in., there are about eighty galls. Only a single larva

occupies each gall; pupation occurs within the gall, and the

pupa emerges by boring a more or less circular hole at the

apex.

N. Austratta: Darwin, 11. xi, 1915 (G. #. Hill).

Palpomyia flagellata, sp. n.

Head shining black, front fairly broad, the eyes separated

by about the width of the second antennal joint. Palpi and

proboscis dark brown, the latter a little shorter than the

vertical diameier of the head. Antennas long as the whole .

body ; first seapal joint small, second larger, nearly globular ;

flagellar joints all cylindrical, the first about ten times as

long as broad, the next nine all about equal in length, five

times as long as broad, last four more elongate and more

densely haired than the first ten, which have each a few stiff

hairs near the base and apex. The scape of the antenne is

Two new Australian Diptera. 501

blackish, the flagellum has the few basal joints yellowish

brown, the remainder dark brown. Thorax entirely shining

black, except for a narrow grey-pruinose band across the

lower edge of the pleuize; scattered black hairs but no short

pubescence on the mesonotum, which has a well-marked

tubercle in the middle line in front. Abdomen nearly cylin-

drical, entirely shining black. Legs: front coxe and all the

trochanters reddish, middle and hind coxze shining black.

Femora yellow with black tips; front and middle pairs

entirely unarmed, hind pair with two bristly spines on the

underside near the tip. Front tibie slightly enlarged before

the middle, the basal half and the tip black, the remainder

yellow. Middle and hind tibiz with the basal fourth and

the tip black, remainder yellow. All the tarsi with the first

joint yellow; second, third, and fourth brownish; fifth

whitish, claws black. First tarsal joint of front legs a little

less, of middle and hind legs rather more, than half as long

as the tibia; second joint about half as long as the first,

third about half as long as the second ; the front legs being

shorter than the others, the third tarsal joint is almost

globular. Fourth joint on all legs short, cordiform. Fifth

joint about as long as the third, longer on the front lees,

without spines beneath. Claws nearly as long as the fitth

tarsal joint, simple; the front and middle pairs equal, the

hind pair very unequal. Wengs slightly greyish, unmarked.

Costa to about nine-tenths of wing-length; second marginal

cell more than three times as long as first ; cubitus forking

below base of lower branch of media. (Halteres missing.)

Length of body, without antenna, 8 mm.; wing 2°5 mm.

N. AUSTRALIA: Stapleton, 16. 11. 1915; two females (one

damaged) taken in jungle amongst small herbage (G. F.

Fill).

This species is the first to be described from Australia of

this group of Ceratopogonine ; it is chiefly interesting on

account of its elongate antennze, with cylindrical flagellar

joints ; the presence of spinules on the hind femora only is

also a very unusual character, and, so far as I am aware, is

found in only one other species—P. currier, Coq., from North

America,—which, except in antennal characters, must bear a

close resemblance to P. flagellata, ‘The bristles on the hind

femora of the new species are hardly stout enough to be

called spines, and doubt might arise as to whether the species

should be placed in Palpomyia or Johannsenomyia, but tor

the presence of a well-marked mesonotal tubercle. This

tubercle has apparently been overlooked by previous workers

502 Bibliographical Notice.

on this group, but I believe it forms one of the best generic

characters of Palpomyia. It occurs in all the species of the

genus which I have examined (including those of Heteromyia,

which, in my opinion, is not properly separable from Palpo-

myia), but not in the allied genera Johannsenomyta and

Hartomyva.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Evolution of Aquatic Reptiles.

Many attempts during recent years have been made to set before

the layman the evidences of Evolution in language devoid of

technical terms. Some of these efforts have at the same time

resulted in volumes which have proved most acceptable to the

trained zoologist. Prof. Williston’s book on ‘ Water Reptiles Past

and Present’ (‘The University of Chicago Press and the Cambridge

University Press, London) is one of these.

The author writes with a very intimate knowledge of his subject,

gleaned not merely from specimens in museums, but also from work

in the field. Hence he writes with an almost deadly accuracy—so

that, apart from eccentricities of spelling and grammar, which

grate on English ears, the critic finds little to cavil at. But here

and there we seem to catch him tripping. ‘Thus, in describing the

method by which the crocodile drowns its prey, we are told that,

by reason of the extremely backward position of the posterior nares,

the animal is enabled to “‘ breathe with the mouth,” while the

extremity of the snout, carrying the external nares, is thrust above

the water. Perhaps he merely meant to say that, by reason of the

backward migration of the nares, the animal is able to breathe even

while the mouth is filled with water. Again, itis scarcely accurate

to describe the tortoises as animals which have developed ‘‘ the

strange habit of concealing themselves inside of their ribs.”

The Ichthyosaurs naturally are described at length in this

volume, but, curiously, no mention is made, in describing the

paddles, of the posterior fin-like membrane, with its supporting

rays, recalling the fin-rays of fishes.

These, however, are but small blemishes in a book brimful of

interest and profusely illustrated.

503

INDEX ‘ro: VOE ANTE

ACANTHUSUS, new species of, 28.

Acca, new subspecies of, 64,

Acinonyx jubatus, on the cranial

and external characters of, 419.

A®milia, new species of, 62, _

AXolopora, characters of the new

genus, 383.

Aglossa, new species of, 370,

Agrisius, new species of, 485, -

Akodon, new species of, 354; on the

grouping of the S.-Americap Mu-

ride commonly referred to, 330.

Alosa, new species of, 8.

Anaptopora, characters of the new

genus, 402.

Andrews, Dr. C. W., on a new ba-

boon from the Pliocene of British

East Africa, 410.

Andrioporid, characters of the new

family, 381.

Angelopora, characters of the new

genus, 382,

Anomalurus,

255.

Anorni hopora, characters of the new

genus, 93.

Anotopora, characters of the new

genus, 402.

Antropora, characters of the new

genus, 86.

Anzac, characters of the new genus,

43.

Apatura, new species of, 482.

Apogonia, new species of, 439,

Apomatus ampulliferus, note on,

183.

Arzomolis, new species of, 5d,

Arzopaschia, characters of the new

genus, 134.

Aramuna, vew species of, 218.

Arctia, new subspecies of, 484.

Arctiade, new S.-American, 53,

379.

Argopora, characters of the new

genus, 382.

Arimanes, characters of the new

genus, 290,

Arrow, G. J., on the melolonthine

beetles of Ceylon, 429; on the

lamellicorns of Larat I., 492,

new subspecies of,

Arvicanthis, note on the genus, 67.

Aspasiana, characters of the new

enus, 26.

Asphondylia, new species of, 498.

Astrodendrum, new species of, 117,

Atarba, new species of, 249.

Auchenopora, characters of the new

genus, 383.

Austropaschia, characters of the new

genus, 155.

Automolis, new species of, 57,

Autoserica, new species of, 437.

Azamora, new species of, 158.

Baptopora, characters of the new

genus, 84.

Barbus, new species of, 478.

Batrachopora, characters of the new

genus, 101,

Beaufortiana, characters of the new

genus, 30.

Bedriagaia, characters of the new

genus, 112.

Blackler, W. F. G., on two new

carnivores from Asia Minor, 73;

on two new subspecies of roedeer,

78.

Bocula, new species of, 219.

Bohadschia, note on the generic

name, 580.

Bolboceras, new variety of, 493.

Bolomys, characters of the new

genus, 359.

Books, new:—Waite’s Fishes. Aus-

tralasian Antarctic Expedition,

3/7; Thompson’s Fishes collected

by the ‘ Albatross’ during 1888,

377; The British Museum Cata-

logue of Ungulate Memmals, 447 ;

Records of the Indian Museum,

447; Williston’s Water Reptiles

Past and Present, 502.

Boulenger, G. A., on a new genus

of Lacertide, 112; on a new

species of Barbus, 478.

Brithura, characters of the new

genus, 262.

Brotulid fishes, on the scales of,

317.

Bu'lis ER, description of the female

of, 211,

504

Cesicirrus neglectus, note on the

coloration of, 161.

Callasopia, new species of, 349.

Calman, Dr. W. T., on anew species

of Squilla from West Africa, 373.

Calpidoporide, characters of the

new family, 403.

Campion, H., on a new genus and

species of Odonata, 229.

Caphys, new species of, 350.

Capreolus, new subspecies of, 78.

Carathis, new species of, 59.

Carydiopora, characters of the new

genus, 95.

Castanoporine, characters of the new

subfamily, 83.

Catochrysops, new species of, 209.

Cavies, on the classification of the,

301.

Cebes, characters of the new genus, 39,

Ceira, new species of, 216.

Centrotus, new species of, 292.

Centrotusoides, characters of the

new genus, 29.

Centrotypus, new species of, 291,

Cephalopoda of the Irish Atlantic

slope, on the, 114.

Cereeris, new species of, 277.

Chaleomys, characters of the new

subgenus, 358.

Chevrotains, on the generic names of

the, 72.

Chilton, Prof. C., on Parapherusa

crassipes, 199; on the gribble

attacking a submarine cable in

New Zealand, 208.

Chortomys, characters of the new

subgenus, 238.

C hroeomys, characters of the new

genus, 340.

Cirratulus incertus, note on, 162.

Clark, A. H., on a new starfish and

five new brittle stars from the

Galapagos Islands, 115.

Clinteria, new species of, 497.

Clupea, new species of, 5.

Ciupeinz, on British species of, 1.

Clyomys, characters of the new genus,

300.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 44; on the scales

of the Brotulid fishes, 317.

Coleoptera, new, 429, 449, 492.

Cooper, W. O., on the genus Para-

gnatbia, 122.

Corymbopora, characters of

new genus, 382,

the

INDEX.

Cotachena, new species of, 370,

Crisia, new species of, 472.

Crito, characters of the new genus, 45,

Crustacea, new, 379.

Ctenomys, new species of, 304.

Ctenoporide, characters of the new

family, 403,

Curculionidee, new neotropical, 449,

Curicta, new species of, 353,

Cyclopium, new species of, 80.

Dalima gigantea, description of the

male of, 220.

Dasychira postfusca, description of

the female of, 216.

Deilemera, notes

218.

Delias, new subspecies of, 63, 446,

481.

Dendromus, new species of, 241.

Diacanthoporine, characters of the

new subfamily, 84.

Diacrisia sumatrana, description of

the female of, 212.

Diancopora, characters of the new

genus, 398.

Diaprepes, new species of, 449.

Dicaratopora, characters of the new

genus, 398,

Dichocrocis, new species of, 486.

Dicranomyia, new species of, 246.

Dilophodes khasiana, description of

the female of, 220.

Diptera, new, 245, 498.

Disheloporinse, characters of the

new subfamily, 397,

Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes,

19, 288

Ditrypa arietina, note on, 185.

Kehimyine, notes on the, 294.

Echimys, on the generic name, 70.

Edwards, F. W., on new and little-

known Tipulide from Formosa,

245; on two new Australian

diptera, 498.

Elysius, new species of, 60,

Endocrossi sis, new species of, 488.

Kndotricha, new species of, 397.

Eviboea, new species of, 65.

Eniocera, new species of, 253.

Erioptera, new species of, 2ole

Euaspa, new species of, 210,

Eucheilopora, characters of the new

venus, 382.

Eufairmairia, characters of the new

genus, 35.

Eugly phis, new subspecies of, 489,

K uproetis, new species of, 216,

on species of,

IN DEX.

Euryzygomatomys, new species of,

301.

Eustylus, new species of, 455.

Felide, on the hyoidean apparatus

of the, 222; on the structure of

the auditory bulla in the, 326.

Felis, new subspecies of, 73.

leo, on the hyoidean apparatus

of, 222.

sylvestris, on some dental and

cranial variations in, 272.

uncia, on the tooth-change,

cranial characters, and classifica-

tion of, 306.

Filograna implexa, note on, 170.

Fishes, on the British, of the sub-

family Clupeinz, 1; on the scales

of the Brotulid, 317; new, 1, 80,

478.

Francoporine, characters of the new

subfamily, 85.

Freyella, new species of, 115.

Funisciurus, new subspecies of,

236.

Gazalina intermixta, description of

the female of, 214.

Geisopora, characters of the new

genus, 400.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 448.

Gephyra, new species of, 156,

Geranomyia, new species of, 246.

Glycyphana, new species of, 497,

Gnophomyia, new species of, 251.

Goddefroyinella, characters of the

new genus, 22.

Godingella, characters of the new

genus, 31. d

Gongroneura, new species of, 25,

Goniophysetis, characters of the new

genus, 367.

Grammodes, new species of, 486.

Graptopora, characters of the new

genus, 404.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new Pyra-

lide, 126, 349.

Haplocephalopora, characters of the

new genus, 86.

Haptomys, characters of the new

subgenus, 505.

Helix nemoralis, on shell-banding as

a means of protection in, 341.

Hemihyalea, new species of, 61.

Hendecasis, new species of, 368.

Hesperopora, characters of the new

genus, 95.

Heterauge, new species of, 159,

505

Hexacanthopora, characters of the

new genus, 394.

Hippiopora, characters of the new

genus, 383.

Hirst, S8., on the occurrence ot the

tropical fowl mite in Australia,

243.

Holostegopora, characters of the

new genus, 383.

Holothuria, note on the generic

name, 330.

Holotrichia, new species of, 443.

Homoptera, new, 19, 288.

Hybopora, characters of the new

genus, 583.

Hydroides noryegica, note on, 173.

Hymenoptera, new, 44, 277, 343.

Hyperthzema, new species of, 59.

Hypocosmia, new species of, 158.

Hyponerita, new species of, 62.

Hypsopygia, new species of, 371.

Hystricopora, characters of the new

genus, 38.

Ichnopora, characters of the new

genus, 101.

Idiapogonia, characters of the new

genus, 495.

Idiochelyna, characters of the new

genus, 444.

Idnea, new species of, 158.

Isamia, new species of, 480.

Ischnoscopa, new species of, 368.

Ixias, new species of, 481.

Jamides, new species of, 209.

Jocara, new species of, 130.

Joiceyz J. J., on new S.-American

Arctiade, 58, 379; on new Delias

from the East, 63, 379; on a new

form of Delias from Rossel I., 446.

Kankopora, characters of the new

genus, 382.

Kelestomine, characters of the new

subfamily, 83.

Lachnomys, characters of the new

subgenus, 299.

Leeyilitorina, new species of, 270.

Lagynoporide, characters of the

new family, 393.

Lang, W. D., revision of the cribri-

morph cretaceous polyzoa, 8&1,

381.

Lemniscomys, note on the genus, 68.

Lepidoderma, new species of, 496.

Lepidogma, new species of, 129.

Lepidomys, new species of, 355,

Lepidoptera, new, 58, 63, 126, 209,

349, 446, 480.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xviii. 35

506

Leptocentrus, new species of, 24,

289,

Leptocheiloporine, characters of the

new subfamily, 394,

Leptothyra, new species of, 491.

Leucoma ecnomoda, description of

the female of, 215.

Libnotes, new species of, 248.

Ligropia, new species of, 488.

Limacina, new species of, 269,

Limatula, new species of, 271.

Limnobia, new species of, 247.

Limnoria hgnorum, note on, 208.

Liponyssus bursa, on the occurrence

of, in Australia, 248.

Lissarca, new species of, 271.

Locastra, new species of, 146.

Loncheres, note on the generic

name, 70.

Longurio, new species of, 261.

Lophopleura, new species of, 355.

Lunatia, new species of, 270.

Lyroda, new species of, 285.

Macalla, new species of, 135.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the coloration

of Ceesicirrus neglectus, 161; on

Cirratulus incertus, 162; on the

British Serpulide, 163; on a

Plagostegus from the ‘ Porcupine’

expedition of 1870, 148.

Malacomys, new species of, 238.

Mammals, new, 78, 78, 234, 241,

294, 304, 334, 410, 445, 478.

Margaronia, new species of, 490.

Marshall, Dr. G, A. K., on new neo-

tropical Curculionide, 449.

Massy, Miss A. L., on the Cephalo-

poda of the Irish Atlantic slope,

114.

Megacaphys, characters of the new

genus, ddl.

Meles, new subspecies of, 75.

Melese, new species of, 57.

Metanastria, new species of, 217.

Miscothyris, new species of, 278.

Mitra, new species of, 491.

Mollusca, new, 269; onshell-banding

as a means of protection in, 341.

Molophilus, new species of, 251.

Monoceratopora, characters of the

new genus, 583.

Morphasmopora, characters of the

new genus, 85.

Murgisca, new species of, 354.

Myagroporide, characters of the new

family, 406,

INDEX.

Nannopora, characters of the new

genus, 382.,. .

Nelomys, new species of, 297.

Neophrida, new species of, 157.

Neritos, new species of, 61.

Nitella, new’ species of, 345.

Nomenclature, notice of the possible

suspension of the rules of, 380.

Noordodes, characters of the new

genus, 369,

Notocolletes, characters of the new

genus, 44.

Notogonia, new species of, 282.

Odonata, new, 229.

Oligotobora, characters of the new ~

genus, 382.

Onthophagus, new species of, 494.

Ophiacantha, new species of, 117.

Ophiolebes, new species of, 119.

Ophiophyllum, new species of, 120.

Opisthornithoporine, characters of

the new subfamily, 853.

Orthaga, new species of, 149,

Orthoraphis, new species of, 367,

Osmodes, new species of, 483.

Otinotoides, new species of, 40.

Otinotus, new species of, 40. |

Otoporidz, characters of the new

family, 401.

Oxymycterus, new species of, 478.

Oxyrhachis, new species of, 19.

Pachnzeus, new species of, 453.

Pachydera, new species of, 112.

Pachypodistes, new species of, 356.

Pachyrrhina, new species of, 265.

Palpomyia, new species of, 500.

Pancheilopora, characters of the

new genus, 383.

Parachma, new species of, 160.

Paracolletes, new species of, 46.

Parzevia, new species of, 56.

Paraglossa, new species of, 371.

Paragnathia, note on the genus, 122,

Parapherusa crassipes, note on, 199.

Pelasgis, new species of, 353,

Pellitorina, new species of, 270,

Pelmatoporide, characters of the

new family, 83.

Pelochyta, new species of, 60.

Periserica, new species of, 433.

Phractopora, characters of the new

genus, 86.

Phrynopora, characters of the new

genus, 93,

Phyllomys, note on the generic

name, 240,

OO a

INDEX.

- Physalia, note on the generic name,

380. ;

Pisidium supinum and P. parvulum,

on, 346.

Placostegus, notes on species of,

181, 198. :

Pliophloeinze, characters of the new

subfamily, 582.

Pnictoporinz, characters of the new

subfamily, 83.

Pococera, new species of, 126.

Pocock, R.I., on the hyoidean appa-

ratus of the lion and related t'e-

lide, 222; on some dental and

cranial variatious in the Scotch

wild cat, 272; on the tooth-

change, cranial characters, and

classification of the snow;leopard

or ounce, 3806; on the structure of

the auditory bulla in existing

species of Felide, 326; on the

eranial and external characters of

the hunting leopard, 419.

Poliopaschia, characters of the new

genus, 156.

Polonius, characters of the new

genus, 291.

Polycephalopora, characters of the

new genus, 86.

Polyceratopora, characters of the

new genus, 382.

Polyzoa, revision of the cribrimorph

cretaceous, 81, 581; new, 469,

Pomatocerus triqueter, note on, 178.

Preston, H. B., on new species of

marine mollusca from the South

Shetland Islands, 269.

Prodromopora, characters of the new

- genus, 394,

Proropoca, characters of the new

genus, 154.

Prosotopora, characters of the new

genus, 398.

Protula tubularia, note on, 167.

Prumala, new species of, 54.

Pselliophora, new species of, 254.

Pyralidz, new, 126, 349.

Pyralis, new species of, 372.

Rattus, notes on the generic name,

70, 240.

Regan, C. T., on the British fishes

of the subfamily Clupeinze, 1; on

a new species of Cyclupium from

Ecuador, 80.

Reithrodon, new subspecies of, 305.

Reptiles, new, 112,

507

Rhabdomys, characters of the new

genus, 69. °

Rhabdopora, characters of the new

genus, 404,

Rhacheoporide, characters of the

new family, 397.

Rhiniopora, characters of the new

genus, 93.

Rthizomys, new species of, 445.

Rhynchopaschia, new species of,

154.

Rhynchotosale, characters of the

new genus, 304.

Salabrena, new species of, 157.

Sandalopora, characters of the new

genus, LOL.

Sardina, notes on species of, 11.

Scaptesyle, new species of, 212.

Schistacanthoporinze, characters of

the new subfamily, 382.

Scopelodes, new species of, 485.

Selaserica, new species of, 434.

Serica, new species of, 436.

Serpula vermicularis, note on, 176.

Serpulide, on the British, 1638,

Sertorius, new species of, 25.

Sextius, new species of, 34,

Shell-banding as a means of protec-

tion, on, 341.

Simopithecus, characters of the new

genus, 410.

Sowerby, G. B., on new species of

Leptothyra and Mitra, 491.

Spalirises, characters of the new

genus, 29.

Spectrotrota, new species of, 184.

Spirorbis, new species of, 187.

Squilla, new species of, 373.

Stenopaschia, new species of, 158.

Stephanopholis, new species of, 442.

Stericta, new species of, 146,

Stichocados, new species of, 98.

Styracopus, characters of the new

genus, 467.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Indo-

Malayan lepidoptera, 209; on

new butterflies and moths from

Australia, Africa, and the Indo-

Malayan region, 480.

Talbot, G., on new S.-American

Arctiade, 53; on new Delias

from the East, 63; on a new

form of Delias from Rossel I., 446.

Taractoporidx, characters of the

new family, 406.

Telingana, new species of, 288,

508 INDEX.

Tellimya, new species of, 272.

TetrascHistis, new species of, 351.

Teucholabis, new species of, 248.

Thalpomys, characters of the new

genus, 309.

Thermotesia, characters of the new

genus, 359,

Thinopteryx, new subspecies of, 487,

Thomas, O., on the rats usually

included in the genus Aryicanthis,

67; on the generic names Rattus

-and Phyllomys, 70, 240; on the

eeneric names applicable to the

chevrotains, 72; on small mam-

mals from Sankuru, 2384; on new

African species of Dendromus,

241; notes .on the Echimyine,

204; on the classification of the

cavies, 301; on two new Argen-

tine rodents, 304; on two new

species of Akodon from Argen-

tina, 334; on the S.- American

Muridz commonly referred to

Akodon, 336; on a new bamboo-

rat from Perak, 445 ; on two new

Muridz from 8. America, 478.

Thomasomys, new subspecies of,

479.

Thoracoporide, characters of the

new family, 407.

Thrinacodus, new species of, 29

Thyraretia, new species of, ae

Tineopaschia, characters of the new

genus, 153,

Tipula, new species of, 258.

Tipulide, on Formosan, 245.

Tragulus, note on the generic name,

72.

Trizeschna, characters of the new

genus, 229.

Tricephaloporine, characters of the

new subfamily, 83.

‘Tricolpopora, characters of the new

genus, 385.

Trilophopora, characters of the new

oenus, 391,

Trueman, A. E., on shell-banding as

a means of protection, 341,

Tshaka, new species of, 42.

Turner, R. E., notes on fossorial

hymenoptera, 277, 343.

Ubaghsia, new species of, 99.

Uliosoma, new species of, 349.

Urapteroides, new species of, 486.

Vadebra, new species of, 480,

Vithora nigripars, description of the

female of, 221.

Waters, A. W., on some species of

Crisia, 469.

Woodward, Dr. A. 5., on a new

species of Kdestus, 448,

Woodward, B. B., on Pisidium su-

pinum and P. parvulum, 346.

Xantippa, new species of, 159.

Xenophasma, new species of, 152.

Xiphistes, new species of, ¢ 21,

Zizera, new species of, 211.

END OF THE EIGHTEENTIL VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLELT STREBT,